Academia.eduAcademia.edu
Contributions to Tibetan Studies Edited by David P. Jackson and Franz-Karl Ehrhard Volume 7 WIESBADEN 2009 DR. LUDWIG REICHERT VERLAG Redmda' ba Buddhist Yogi-Scholar of the Fourteenth Century The Forgotten Reviver of Madhyamaka Philosophy in Tibet by Carola Roloff WIESBADEN 2009 DR. LUDWIG REICHERT VERLAG Roloff Redmda' ba Gedruckt mit Unterstutzung des Tibetischen Zentrums e.v., Hamburg Bibliografische Information der Deutschen N ationalbibliothek Die Deutsche N ationalbibliothek verzeichnet diese Publikation in der Deutschen Nationalbibliografie; detaillierte bibliografische Daten sind im Internet tiber http://dnb.ddb.deabrufbar. Gedruckt auf saurefreiem Papier (alterungsbestandig - pH7, neutral) © 2009 Dr. Ludwig Reichert Verlag Wiesbaden www.reichert-verlag.de ISBN: 978-3-89500-693-7 Das Werk einschlieGlich aller seiner Teile ist urheberrechtlich geschutzt. Jede Verwertung auBerhalb der engen Grenzen des Urheberrechtsgesetzes ist ohne Zustimmung des Verlages unzulassig und strafuar. Das gilt insbesondere fur Vervielfaltigungen, Dbersetzungen, Mikroverfilmungen und die Einspeichemng und Verarbeitung in elektronischen Systemen. Printed in Germany In memory of my teacher Ven. Geshe Thubten Ngawang (1932-2003) and my mother Gerda Roloff (1934-2004) Homage to Chos rje gZhon blo ba by rJe Tsong kha pa ~'ll S·i!l·e-r~~·t.l~·lQ~·?fa,E.e-r·t.l~·lS~~·l l£jt:ll~·i!l·Q~·Q~·t:Il~~·~~·~~·~~·t:IlSt:ll~·l t:Il~~·:o~·e-rfl~·t.l~·~t:Il·~~·~l·e-rla,·Q·l t:Il~~·~~~~·~Q~·a,y·~t:Il·a,iSa,y·arll Lord of stainless wisdom, MafijusrI, Huge treasure of great objectless compassion, Avalokitesvara, Crown ornament among scholars of the land of snow, Redmda' ba, gZhon nu blo gros, I pay homage to you. Contents LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS XI XII LIST OF TABLES XII INTRODUCTION I 2 7 8 9 13 14 15 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS purpose of the Study Overview Limiting of the Topic and Methodology Modelling of Red mda' ba's Biography on the Biography of the Buddha STATE OF RESEARCH Red mda' ba's Impact on the History of Tibetan Buddhism A Main Teacher of Tsong kha pa His Role in the History ofMadhyamaka as the True Reviver ofthe Prasangika-Madhyamaka Tradition An Influential Early Opponent of the Jo nang Tradition and the Kalacakratantra His Role within the Synthesis of the rNgog pa and Sa skya pa Scholastic Lineages Red mda' ba's Tshad rna Studies in Sa skya Red mda' ba's Phar phyin Studies The Scholastic System of Teaching and Learning HISTORICAL SOURCES ON RED MDA' BA'S LIFE Biographies of Red mda' ba Primary Sources Secondary Sources Modem Tibetan Secondary Literature INTRODUCTION TO THE TEXT EDITION OF THE BIOGRAPHY BY SANGS RGYAS RTSE MO The Two Primary Textual Witnesses Manuscript A Manuscript B Secondary Textual Witnesses The Minor Works of Red mda' ba Ye shes rgyal mtshan Zhalgdams Aim of Editing Methodology of Editing Relationship Between the Two Surviving Primary Witnesses Details of Editing Peculiarities of Manuscripts A and B Abbreviations in the Edition and Apparatus Transliteration System Lists of Abbreviations used in the Cursive Manuscripts Shorthands for Monosyllabic Words (mgyogs bris) Contractions (bsdu yig) Elided Spelling (skung yig) 16 25 28 29 32 33 37 37 37 39 42 43 43 44 45 46 46 47 48 48 49 50 53 55 55 56 57 57 58 60 TEXT EDITION ENGLISH 'TRANSLATION THE WRITINGS OF RED MDA' BA The Minor Works of Red mda' ba TABULAR CURRICULUM VITAE OF RED MDA' BA CONCLUSIONS ApPENDICES Appendix A: Red mda' ba's Autobiography Appendix B: Letter to the [Great] Teacher [Buddha Siikyamum] ABBREVIATIONS NOTES BIBLIOGRAPHY INDEX 67 197 267 272 289 297 303 303 307 315 319 435 457 Acknowledgements This thesis is the result of a PhD research project carried out at the Department offudian and Tibetan Studies of the Asia and Africa Institute at the University of Hamburg and in cooperation with the Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies SamatbNaranasi. Both parties supported me excellently in the course of the thesis: Above all, my sincere thanks go to Prof. Dr. David P. Jackson for his support while supervising this thesis. His valuable remarks also significantly contributed to this dissertation. It was Jackson who first introduced me as MA student in the - iD.teresting period of Tibetan scholastiCism, where Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa are the most outstanding figures. I would also like to thank the scholars and staff of the Central Institute of Higher Tibetan . Studies for their support during my stays as researcher for altogether ten months in 2006 and 2007. My thanks go to the director, Prof. Geshe Ngawang Samten, and especially to Dr. Tashi Tsering, Acarya Lobsang Norbu Siistri, Acarya JampaDhadak, TenzinLungtok Sastri, all of _whom made my stay more pleasant and fruitful. I also do not want to miss the opportunity to thank the owners of the Agrawal Paying Guest House for taking so nicely care of me during 'both stays. - Additionally, many thanks go to Prof. Dr. Michael Zimmermann, Prof Dr. Eva Neumaier, Prof Lambert Schmithausen, Prof. Dr. Harunaga Isaacson, PD Dr. Felix Erb, Dr. Dorji --,\Yangchlik; Ven. Damcho Dianna Finnegan, Dr. Gene Smith, Prof. Dr. Franz-Karl Ehrhard, PD . Dr. Karl-Heinz Everding, Prof Dr. Jens-Uwe Hartmann, PD Dr. AdelheidHermann-Pfandt, PD Dr. Ulrike Roesler, Prof. Dr. Jan-Ulrich Sobisch, Prof Dr. JosefKeuffer (pedagogy), and Sera Jhe Abbot Ven. Acarya Geshe Lobsang Palden, Geshe Sonam Rinchen, teacher at the Library of Tibetan Works & Archives in Dharamsala as well as many other colleagues, especially Alexander Schiller, Volker Caumans and Kazuo Kano for their support at various stages of the project. I would also like to thank the Tara Foundation, Tibetan Centre Hamburg, especially Beate Ludwig, Thorsten Grigat and Prof. Dr. Marlis Diirkop, as well as the Foundation for Buddhist Studies for their timely financial support Last but not least, I wish to thank my family and friends for their patience and understanding for my being less available to them. My special thanks go to Irmtraut Wager, my sister Monika Schiirzeberg and her family, Gabriele Kiistermann, Moni Kellermann, Dr. Thea Mohr, Dr. Annette Kleinbrod, Christof Spitz, Dr. med. Wolfuanl Starke, Dr. med. Eva Kuczewski, and Gabriela Reichert, not only for their inunense encouragement and moral support, but also for practical help such as in getting texts from Nepal and Tibet, and technical support. "Dr. List of Illustrations Number 1. Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros. Source: Red mda' ba's Minor Works. 2. Map of Tibet Page vii supplement List of Tables Number Page 1. Concordance: The Collected Works of Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros 270 2. Tabular Curriculum Vitae of Red mda' ba gZhon nu blogros 289 3. EX8I11pJes ofRed mda' ba 'i m8I11 thar ngo mtshar nnad byung, Manuscripts A and B 479 Introduction Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros (1348-1412Y is a crucial figure in the history of Tibetan Buddhist scholasticism2 . But in contrast to Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa (1357-1419), whose main teacher he was, Red mda' ba remains an obscure figure in Western scholarship to date. No m9nograph has been devoted to him, and until very recently only one of his works was translated into a Western language, namely Nag8rjuna ~ "Letter to a Friend" with a commentary by the Venerable Rendawa, Zh6n-nu Lo-dr&. In 1997 Jfugen Sti:iter-Tillmann and Aciirya Tashi Tsering began translating Red mda' ba' s three most important Madhyamaka commentaries into English, and all three of them have now been published. For a long time they were regarded as the earliest indigenous Tibetan Madhyamaka commentaries to have been composed or available.4 These are: 1. Rendawa Sh6nnu Lodr6's "Commentary on the 'Entry info the Middle. ' Lamp which Elucidates ReaJiry-"(Cll:ITS 1997), 2. Rendawa Shonnu Lodro's Commentary on Aryadeva ~ "Four Hundred Vemes "(Manjushri Publications 2004), and 3. Light of Logic. Commentary on the 'Root ofthe Middle Way' byRendawa Sh6nuLodr6. Translation of the "Dbu ma rtsa bai 'grel pa 'thadpai snang ba "(IDA 2007). The first also provides the most precise summary of Red mda' ba's biography thus far, drawing from the work of Khetsun Sangpo (1979), who based his summary on Ye shes rgyal mtshan' s Lam rim bla ma brgyudpa 'i mam thar, and the latter in turn partly on Las chen Kun dga rgyal mtshan's bKa'gdams chos 'byung gsaJ ba 'i sgron me. Sato (1983: 246) wrote that according to Ye shes rgyal mtshan, Red mda' ba composed eighteen works. Of these eighteen, only three were known to Sato to have been published, that is, Red mda'. ba's commentaries on Nagiirjuna's Suhrllekha, Aryadeva's Catul;1sataka, and CandrakIrti's Madhyamakavatiira. At the same time he noted that Red mda' ba's important Prasannapada synopsis5 had not been published yet. In previous traditional Tibetan scholarship, Red mda' ba's contributions seem to have not .been much appreciated either, though he is said to have been responsible for the revival of the Prllsangika Madhyamika tenet system, which was being largely neglected during his time but which is now the leading philosophical view of Tibetan Buddhism. As this study will show, Red mda' ba made great contributions to intensify the pure practice of view and conduct.6 Although he is referred to as the "great Red mda' ba" and considered to be one of the most prominent scholars of Tibet, strangely enough there seem to be no commentaries to his writings. So far only a few texts referring to his works have been identified, such as mKhas grub Nor bzang rGyamtsho's Kiilacakra commentary Omament ofStainJessLight (Dri med 'odkyi rgyan), Go rams pa's Distinguishing the li'iews (ITa baY shan 'byed), and writings of Tsong kha pa and . mKhas grub rje on Guhyasamaja8, which criticize some of his views. Go rams pa reproaches Red mda' ba for going too far in considering the adherents of Empty of other-nature (gzhan stong) to be heretics (Phyi rol pa). This text by Go rams pa was recently printed together with Red mda' ba's Madhyamakavatiiracommentary in one book (Beijing 2003) under the title dBu mao No doubt there are other works dealing with some of Red mda' ba's theses, specially within 2 Chapter 1 the Kalacakra, 10 nang and gZhan stong literature. According to Cyrus Stearns' Buddha of Dolpo, Red mda' ba is considered to be a "detennined enemy" of the 10 nang tradition and the teachings of the Kalacakra (1999: 59). On the other hand, some contemporary Sa skya scholars argue that Red mda' ba's writings could be considered 'non-sectarian', because he only explains Indian root texts without citing or refuting any Tibetan scholars. To verify this claim would require a full study of his works, which falls beyond the scope of the present work. Rather my aim here is to lay the basis for such studies by analyzing Red mda' ba's extensive biography, which was long lost. Red mda' ba was the teacher of many famous scholars, and in particular he taught scholastic philosophy to the three main founders of the Tibetan dGe lugs tradition: Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa, rGya1 tshab Dar ma rin chen (1364-1432) andmKhas grub dGe legs dpal bzang (1385-1431\). This fact alone, which is hardly mentioned anywhere, justifies a detailed study of this pivotal figure. Through his disciples, who founded a new tradition, he clearly had a formative, ifunderacknowledged, influence on the development of Tibetan Buddhism. By the end of Red mda' ba's life, his instructions had been channeled into the foundation of the dGe lugs pa tradition, and in consequence weakened not only the remaining branch of the Sa skya tradition, but also the rNgog tradition of gSang phu. Despite his impact on his students, Red mda' ba himself seems to have not become part ofthe new tradition, which is widely considered to have been started with the foundation or inauguration of dGa' Idan monastery 140911 0 in dBus 9 just three years before his death far off in Mang yul Gung thang. IO Subsequent dGe lugs pa adherents tended to credit their three main founders as the creators of the new system, and it may be precisely for this reason that Red mda' ba became a controversial figure and was no longer favored or studied much by either subsequent Sa skya or dGe lugs scholars. Purpose of the Study The purpose of the present study is to close a gap in our knowledge ofthe nebulous figure Red mda' ba by studying his 'large biography' (mam thar chen mo) and the short autobiography (rang mam)that is included in it. This will help us better understand Red mda' ba's impact on the development of Tibetan Buddhism during one of its crucial doctrinal transitions. Such an analysis was not previously possible because no one had access to the texts concerned. Already in the 19th century in Tibet, Red mda' ba's Large Biographywas listed as a rare scripture. For a long time it was regarded as lost. Recently a few photocopies of a manuscript appeared, which turned out to belong to a group oftexts which had probably been confiscated by the traditional Tibetan government and moved to Drepung monastery, where according to Gene Smith they became part of the library of the dGa' Idan Pho brangY Also missing until recently were Red mda' ba's Minor Works (gSung thor bu), from which parts of the biography stem, especially his autobiography. These Minor Works form the only volume of his Collected Works (gSung 'bum)that we have so far. 12 According to Gene Smith13 , blockprints of most of the works collected in his gSung 'bum were never carved, and so it is unlikely that they were ever banned as was the fate of many other controversial texts. Producing blockprints of large works was expensive in the early period and could only be undertaken Introduction 3 through the financing of a rich patron. Furthermore, as noted above, Red mda' ba had an unusual and slightly controversial position because of his relationships with rJe Tsong kha pa and his two spiritual sons (rJe yab sras gsum). In the end, Red mda' ba's Collected Workswere never printed. 14 The biographies of the three above-mentioned disciples of Red mda' ba provide some information that help understand the life of Red mda' ba. The biography of rGyal tshab rje 15 and his Records of Teachings Received (gsan yig) unfortunately are not included in his Collected Works. Dar ma rin chen, born in 1364, became one of the seven closest disciples of Red mda' ba after becoming a novice with mKhan chen Rin chenrgyal mtshan at the age often in gNas mying 16• He studied especially with Red mda' ba up to 1388. At the age of twenty-five he received bhik~u ordination from Red mda' ba. Dar ma rin chen was also the [lIst person who obtained the academic title ofa 'Master of the Ten Scriptures' (bKa' bcu pa) in Sa skyamonastery and other monastic centers. Only in summer of 1397 did he become one ofTsong kha pa' s main disciples. Interestingly, Red mda' ba was also the teacher of 'Dul 'dzin Grags pa rgyal mtshan (1374-1434)17, who was counted as one of the original group "Tsong kha pa and his two main disciples" (rJe yab sras gsum), but is understood to have been later replaced by rnl<has grub rje and seems not to have have enjoyed wide support thereafter. He also composed a biography of Red mda' ba, which is still missing. But luckily now, for the [lIst time, we have access to the Large Biography of Red mda' ba, who was not only the teacher of these four prominent dGe lugs pa scholars, but also of such illustrious figures as Bla ma rMi lam pa brTson ' grus seng ge (also known as Bla ma dBu rna pa), and Thang stong rgyal po (136l-1485Y s. For further studies of Red mda' ba, the contextual background of his biography can guide our selection from among the available texts authored by him. At the beginning of my research into the significance of Red mda' ba I had to rely on catalogs such as the Sa skya pa 'i dkar chag. From these catalogs however I learnt about the main topics that were of concern to Red mda' ba, and that many of his writings were missing. His works had been collected in twelve volumes, which are no longer available as a complete set. As noted in the list oflocations given in Ku se A pad Yon tan bzang po, et. al (Delhi 1987: 4Oy9 manuscript sets of the twelve volumes20 of the gSung 'bum of Red mda' ba were located at such places as Sa skya, Ngor, 'Dar Grang mo che, and Nyang stod rTse chen. In recent years, several of the works included in his gSung 'bum became available again. For example, in 1999 the International Buddhist Academy (IBA) in Kathmandu [lIst published two volumes of the Collected Works (gSung 'bum) of Red mda' ba, which contain five of his major writings, including his commentaries on the Pramiipavarttika, the Abhidhannasamuccaya, and the Millamadhyamakakiirikii. Furthermore large parts of his Minor Works (gSung thor bu)have been published now.21 Also another four works which have not yet been officially released by the Tibetan Buddhist Resource Center (TBRC) have been very kindly made available to be considered for this work. They may be published by Guru Lama (Kathmandu) in the next few years. Thus the time seems ripe to turn our attention to the life and works of Red mda' ba. The Large Biography of Red mda' ba was composed by his direct disciple mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo (b. 14th cent.Y2 in the [lIst half of the 15th century. The critical edition 4 Chapter 1 presented here has been drawn up on the basis of two dEli medmanuscripts, manuscripts A and B. Manuscript A was frrst discovered by Leonard van der Kuijp in 1993 in the China Nationalities Library of the Cultural Palace of Nationalities (CPN) in Beijing and numbers 39 folios. For some years, worldwide, only a few photocopies of ms. A were available. But in March 2008 the text appeared in the TBRC archive?3 Manuscript B is a second exemplar, and consits of 43 folios. It was also found in Beijing, and appeared in 2004 in the archive of the TBRC in New York. 24 A few Western scholars have already referred to manuscript A, for example Leonard van der Kuijp (1994a: 15), Cyrus Steams (1999: 292), and David Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 61n13l). The only complete manuscript is manuscript A. Cyrus Steams had received another photocopy of manuscript A from Leonard van der Kuijp in about 199325 , which had been briefly discussed by van der Kuijp in an article published in 1994. However, the exact location where manuscripts A and B are presently housed is unknown. According to the shelf-numbers given on the front page of the negative microfrlm copies, both manuscripts stem from the Drepung archive, but they are missing from the recently published Drepung Catalog. However, a similar title does appear but is listed under a different shelf-number. Thus far it has proven impossible to verify the contents of this work. According to Gene Smith so far there seems to be no project to publish a collection of rare Sa skya texts as was done for the bKa' gdams, rNgog, bKa' brgyud, and Jo nang texts, and it remains very difficult to obtain copies of them. The microfrlm of manuscript B, of which the TBRC had copies (and of which I received scans) was microfrlmed in Beijing before their return to the so-called Tibetan Autonomous Region (TAR). When the books were returned, none of them marked with the Drepung call number were returned to Drepung, but rather were divided up by the TAR authorities and distributed as they saw frt. Some went to Sera, some to Narthang, some to Zhwalu and still other volumes went to individual scholars. There is a project headed by Zenkar Rinpoche to publish a catalog of the books at Sera and Narthang. This will be arranged in the same way as the Drepung Catalog and will include the old shelflistnumbers. We will then see what went where and where it might now be found. The central questions driving this research are: What role did Red mda' ba play at the turning point from the pre-classical to the classical period of Tibetan Buddhist scholastics and what stand did he take towards the most important philosophical questions of his times? Our knowledge of the development of Tibetan scholasticism at the crucial time prior to the formation of the dGe lugs school is very patchy. This thesis will make a contribution to this freld of knowledge by examining the following issues: Red mda' ba's influence on the philosophical curriculum and on the examination system in the Tibetan monasteries, by determining his position in the lineages; the curriculum he himself went through; the places where he obtained his training; identifying his teachers as well as his disciples, and the monasteries, whose communities were influenced by his teachings. Thus a major gap in our knowledge of medieval Tibet and of the development of Tibetan scholasticism will begin to be frlled. To begin with, the study presents a critical edition of Red mda' ba's biography and its English translation. It will be followed by Red mda' ba's contribution to the spiritual culture of Buddhism, including his influence on an important reform of philosophical studies and dialec- Introduction 5 tics, his restructuring and extending of the scholastic system of education and exams in the monasteries and his decisive contribution to Tsongkha pa'sfounding of the dGe lugs pa school. The primary purpose of the present project is to make this rare text available to the scholarly public in order to broaden the textual basis for understanding the biography of Red mda' ba and to throw light on his life story by providing what is the fIrst extensive exposition of his biography by a Westerner. Main thesis: The rise ofPrasangika Madhyamaka in Tibet is commonly still mainly attributed to Tsong kha pa and the dGe lugs pa (cf. Cabez6n and Dargyay 2007: 49; Dreyfus and McClintock, eds. 2003: 26, 85n8, 175,211,257/58). In shaping their own identity as a school (choslugs) distinct from all others, the dGe lugs pa minimized their founder's, i.e., Tsong kha pa's, reliance on the Madhyamaka teachings of others, in particular that of Red mda' ba. Although Red mda' ba is mentioned in dGe lugs lists of important teachers, and was recognized as one ofTsong kha pa's inain teachers, his Collected Works however were neither printed by the big monastic presses nor were they part of the intellectual discourse oflater dGe lugs scholars. When nowadays, in dGe lugs pa circles, Red mda' ba's name is mentioned, it is mainly in connection with the arisal of the famous praise of Tsong kha pa as Maiijusrl and Avalokitesvara (dmigs brtse ma), which originally was a praise of Red mda' ba by Tsong kha pa (cf. English translation of Sangs rgyas rtse mo, chapter 6, section 2.1.3). Red mda' ba is said to have changed the one line that mentions his name and changed it to a praise of Tsong kha pa, which down to the present day is recited by dGe lugs pa adherents with great commitment. 26 From the time of the Fifth Dalai Lama on Red mda' ba's main biography was listed as rare, which did not exactly correspond to the factual reality. It seems that it was confIscated and thus removed from circulation. Also Red mda' ba's Collected Works, although they are not considered to have been banned, are missing. Only a few of Red mda' ba's works such as his commentary on NiigiiIjuna 's "Letter to a Friend" remained continuously as independent works in circulate. For sure this can have different reasons. However, only lately have many of his works gradually begun to appear amid various Tibetan monasteries and research institutions. The present work, based on an analysis of Red mda' ba's biography, will prove that Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros played a crucial role in reintroducing the Prasangika Madhyamaka thoughts into the scholastic debate of Tibet at the time of the transition from a pre-classical to aclassical period. He has been largely overlooked, in part because he stood at the very beginning of a new period but was eclipsed by his three famous disciples, the founders of the new dGe lugs pa tradition. Furthermore, this study will shed some light on the influence Red mda' ba had on Tsong kha pa and rGyal tshab rje in formulating the scholastic thinking and educational system typical of the dGe lugs school. Thus it will revise our hitherto understanding of the . origins of dGe lugs scholasticism. In detail I want to provide evidence for the following theses: 1. Red mda' ba was the true reviver of the Prasangika Madhyamaka27 tradition in Tibet. He reintroduced the study of CandrakIrti's Madhyamakiivatiira and thus introduced the fIfth 6 Chapter 1 course of study of the so-called "Five Scriptures" (bKa' pod Inga) studies of the scholastic tradition in medieval Tibet, which continues in the dGe lugs tradition in their dEu ma studies. The previous studies of dEu ma topics in Tibet consisted of study ofthe Svatantrika Madhyamaka view only, set within the framework of the Phar phyin studies. 2. Red mda' ba established the curriculum of a 'Master of the Ten Scriptures' (bKa' bcu pa). His disciple rGyal tshab, successor of Tsong kha pa and first dGa' ldan throne holder (dGa' ldan khri pa), achieved the academic title of a Master of the Ten Scriptures before Red mda' ba sent him to Tsong kha pa and before he met Tsong kha pa nine years later and went on to become his disciple. 3. Red mda' ba did not condemn the Jo nang pa's view and the Kalacakratantra wholesale. Although he and his disciple Tsong kha pa initially studied these two traditions, later in their lives they questioned and refuted some significant views related to them. 4. Philosophically Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa's view of the Prasa.ngika Madhyamaka doctrine did not differ essentially. Both agree that Candraklrti's Prasa.ngika is the only correct interpretation ofNagfujuna and thus imperative to achieve a direct perception (mngon sum,' pratyak~a)of emptiness (stong nyi~' siinyatii). 5. Red mda' ba made great contribution to intensify the 'pure practice of view and conduct. ' 6. The lineage of Sa skya as upheld by Red mda' ba mutated into a separate tradition, that is, the dGe lugs tradition, and thus ceased to be transmitted as part of the Sa skya tradition. Another stream of the Sa skya tradition, which still continues today, gained the upper hand over that transmitted by Red mda' ba, namely that of his competitor g. Yag ston and his disciple Rong ston, whose last students included Sakya mChog ldan and Go rams pa bSod nams seng ge, the author of the compulsory scholastic textbooks (yig cha) that are mainly studied today within the Sa skya tradition. 7. Many contemporaries of Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa felt disturbed by their views. The main topics of their debate are elucidated by means of Red mda' ba's biography compiled by mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo. 8. Red mda' ba's influence on the dGe lugs tradition was far greater than is commonly assumed. 9. The reason why Red mda' ba appears to us as a rather obscure figure is that he comes to us in fragments due to his partial disappearance from historical records. This resulted from several factors, including: a) the fact that his large biography presented here was rare and for a long time missing, b) that a second rare biography of his, composed by 'Dul 'dzin Grags pa rgyal mtshan, is still missing, c) that his Collected Works and his Records of Teachings Received (gSan yig) are still missing, d) that likewise the biography and the Records of Teachings Received of rGyal mtshab Dar rna rin chen and parts of Tsong kha pa's Records a/Teachings Receivedare missing, e) and that there are no sub-commentaries on Red mda' ba's writings, and although some of his writings were once used as the scholastic textbooks, they are no longer. Introduction 7 Overview The present study consists of nine main chapters followed by two appendices. Chapter 1 provides a general introduction to the purpose and significance of the study as well as this overview. The chapter concludes by limiting the topic and describing the methodology applied. Chapter 2 gives an outline of the present state of research exploring the major issues of this thesis while providing a review of the literature on each topic, mainly taking up works of European language sources. These will be considered here to the extent that they have not Iilieady been mentioned in the introduction. The chapter deals with literature regarding Red mda' bit's general role in Tibetan Buddhism as one of the main teachers ofTsong kha pa, as well as on his role in the history of Madhyamaka, within the synthesis of the rNgog pa and Sa skya pa .~cholastic lineages, his influence on the Jo nang tradition, and his attitude towards the Kala". crucratantra. Furthermore, research will be surveyed with regard to his influence on the Tibetan . monastic education system and his impact on the Sa skya and dGe lugs traditions. Chapter 3 discusses the primary historical sources on Red mda' ba's life. Chapter4presents a detailed introduction to the text edition and an overview of the primary and textual witnesses that have been considered here. , Chapters 5 and 6 are the main part of this study. Chapter 5 presents a text edition of Red mda' ba's Large Biography (rNam thar chen mo) by Sangs rgyas rtse mo. Chapter 6 contains a complete annotated English translation. 'Chapter 7 gives an overview of Red mda' ba's writings with a table of concordance and a ." aetailed index of his Minor Works-in the dbu medmanuscript, vol. nga, of the twelve volumes . of his Collected Works. i::hapter 8is a summary of the life of Red mda' ba with a Tabular Curriculum Vitae of him. Chapter 9provides the conclusions with regard to the main and secondary theses stated in the introduction. It will show that more attention and research are needed, and that the basis for •. further research has been laid out herein. 'This will be followed by two appendices, including parts of Red mda' ba's autobiography (rang !Dam) missing in Sangs rgyas rtse mo (Appendix A), Red mda' ba's polemic Letter to the [Great] Teacher (i.e., to the Buddha), in 25 verses with English translation (Appendix B), and a pibliography. The text is supplemented by an index that contains all the proper names .~entioned in the biography, including variants of Tibetan names of persons and places as well as various technical terms. 8 Chapter 1 Limiting of the Topic and Methodology The present study seeks mainly to clarify Red mda' ba's role in the intellectual tradition of Tibetan Buddhism as a whole and his formative impact on the development of the Tibetan scholastics, including its curriculum and dialectics. In pursuit of that aim, this study also presents particular philosophical debates recounted by mNga' ris pa Sarigs rgyas rtse mo, the author of Red mda' ba's biography, translated here for the first time. As outlined above, the main aim of this thesis is to explore Red mda' ba's important contributions during the crucial transition from the pre-classical to the classical period of Tibetan Buddhist scholasticism. An understanding of the text clearly requires a broad knowledge of its cultural, historical and literary contexts, yet for the purposes of this study, I will only provide background material to elucidate practices and conceptual categories that are not yet widely known within Tibetology. For example, Red mda' ba's biographer mentions the traditional practice of completing scholastic studies through going on a debate round (grwa skor) to other monasteries, often starting in one's own monastery, the full significance of which has been overlooked by early studies such as Kaschewsky (1971). I aim to contribute to our understanding of Red mda' ba and his impact, as a neccessary foundation for a thorough future analysis of Red mda' ba's writings in comparision with the related works by other scholars. Other limits that had to be set to the scope of the present work included that I could not fully trace all the numerous shorter and longer quotations from other texts in Red mda' ba's biography. In most cases no precise sources are given. Although many could be identified, especially the longer quotations, the source of several short citations remains still undisclosed. It will require a thorough study of all the writings of Red mda' ba, as well as of all the colophons of the writings of his main disciples. Although a start has been made, such an exhaustive study remains a desideratum. Red mda' ba's lIdinor Works:, of which we have thus far a manuscript with 335 folios, contain among other things at least fifty-five letters to disciples, sponsors and other persons. These have not yet been studied in detail, but references have been provided in notes to the English translation of the biography, wherever some link exists between a person or topic mentioned in the biography and the respective minor work. A list of contents of rJe btsun Red mda' ba' s Minor Works together with his writings mentioned in his biography is provided in chapter 7. Furthermore, Tsong kha pa's lIdinor Works contain several letters to or praises of Red mda' ba. These need to be studied separately. As an aid to other scholars, my unpublished MA thesis (2003: 125-27) identifies and lists the relevant sources. 28 In time, other references to Red mda' ba will be found in biographies of contemporaries. This study was able to consider some details in biographies of rGyal tshab rje, mKhas grub rje, Sakya mChog ldan, and Thang stong rgyal po, but leaves for the future the task of reviewing other biographies. Within these limits my methodology has been mainly historical and philological. I have undertaken this academic project within the studies of Tibetan language with its literature, taking into account the historical and cultural contexts, including the philosophy of Tibetan Buddhism. This study should be understood as a work of textual philology and text editing Introduction 9 using the basics of the method of textual criticism as laid down by Paul Maas (1957) and Gerhard Jager 199029 , combined with the methods of historiography, using historical methods as explained by Barzun and Graff in The Modem Researcher. I will explain in detail my method of editing in the introduction to the edition below (chapter 4). As will be further presented below in the discussion oftextual materials, we are dealing here with narrative and literary sources, including biographies, among other genres. Our main source is the biography of an ecclesiastical leader - a hagiographyO - written by a disciple, who considered the main figure to be a saint or holy person. In Tibetan, this genre is referred to as mam thar, "[story of] complete liberation'»!. There is no need to describe this genre in detail here, since this has already been done very capably by scholars much more qualified than myself, such as Gyatso (1998), Dargyay (1988), Vostrikov (1970: 180-98), and Kaschewsky (1971: 2135). Eva K. Dargyay (1988) has shown, King Srong btsan sgam po serving as an example, that "Tibetanmam dJarrecords a person's way ofliberation, ornirvar;ta, and therefore secular events are of subordinate importance," but this does not mean that we can relinquish important historical information included in this genre. Van der Kuijp (1996: 40) emphasizes, autobiographies and biographies such as our text here must be included among Tibet's vast corpus of his toriographic literature, and "bear testimony to an approach to history that is different from the Indian" one. The Buddhist biography under study here is somewhat different from what Robinson describes as 'myth' (1996: 58) when studying the Caturasitisiddhapravrtti(Tib. Grub thob brgyad cu tsa bzhi'i 10 rgyus), in English, The Lives ofthe Eighty-fOur Siddhas. He prefers to see these accounts as "Buddhist myths," although he acknowledges that they do have some historical dimension. While the siddhas "are not simply products of a religious or literary imagination" and indeed have developed certain doctrines and practices, he describes them as "real characters who perform seemingly unrealistic deeds" (1996: 63). As will be discussed further below, Red mda' ba's biography contains both formalized traditional hagiographical elements and personal biographical information of high historical value. The biography also incorporates parts of a short autobiography by Red mda' ba. Autobiographical passages that have been omitted by the Tibetan author have been identified in Red mda' ba's Minor Works and are translated in Appendix A. The special genre of autobiography is discussed in detail in Janet Gyatso's Appan'tions of the Se1f(1998). She mainly deals with a specific "secret autobiography," but also describes the differences between biography and autobiography in general (1998: 6, 101-23). In short, there is no need to doubt the usefulness of this traditional biography for historical studies, simply because the author, as a disciple of the main figure, has faith in Red mda' ba and maintains a consistently positive attitude towards him. Modelling of Red mda' ba's Biography on the Biography of the Buddha One thing to note when reading this biography is that, similar to many Tibetan biographies, it is pattemed after biographies of Buddha Sakyamuni.32 It includes such standard elements as Chapter 1 10 accounts ofrniraculous signs at birth and death as well as other features that appear among the four or twelve exalted deeds of the Buddha. A similar pattern and feature are found, for example, in several biographies in Y ongs 'diin Ye shes rgyal mtshan's collection Lam rim bla ma brgyud pa'i mam tharas well as in his description of the life of dGe slong rna dPal mo (Bhik~l Lak~m1). This model is also reflected in biographies composed by other authors, for example, in several biographies of Tsong kha pa, and in biographies of Indian masters such as Vasubandhu, Dignaga and so on.33 The inclusion of such easily identifiable narrative motifs of Tibetan hagiographical writing is a way of signaling the sanctity of the person, but is no reason to dismiss the remainder of the work, which often include extensive historical data with no appreciable supernatural element. As an aid to reading the following biography, it may be useful here to list the deeds of the Buddha that we will fmd echoed in Red mda' ba's biography. There are various presentations of the so-called "Twelve Deeds of the Buddha"34 in script and painting. Many of these "deeds" can be found in Tibetan Buddhist biographies, usually at least the four main deeds (birth, enlightenment, turning the wheel of dharma, and passing into nirvfu).a), but also others among the twelve. The following is a standard presentation from the MahiiyiinottaratantrasiistrEP: 1. Transmigration from Tu~ita [to this world] and Entering the Womb of the Mother 2. Taking Birth 3. Activities of Youth 4. Life in the Palace 5. Renouncing the World 6. Practicing Asceticism 7. Reaching Enlightenment by Overcoming Mara 8. Turning the Wheel of Dharma 9. Converting Tlrthika.Teachers and Devadatta 10. Performing Miracles 11. Passing into ParinirvaI).a 12. Continuing to be Present in the Eight Portions of Relics One can fmd the following corresponding twelve episodes in the biography of Red mda' ba, although partly in a different order: 1. Prophecy by the Buddha and Former Lives (see section 2.4) - comparable to the jiitakas. 2. Taking Birth (in a famous family, along with miraculous signs) (see section 2.5) 3. ActivitiesofYouth (childhood, education, entering the Dharma) (see section 2.5) 4. Living in the Palace (statement that he will become a great ruler of Sa skya or brighten the Buddha's teaching) (see section 2.5) 5. Renouncing the World (taking the sriimar;tera vows to make his life meaningful) (see section 2.5.3) Introduction 11 6. Practicing Asceticism (see section 2.9 ethics and especially section 2.9.1 his "Instruction on the Conduct of a SramaJ:}.a," and section 2.9.2 Bodhisattva Ethics) 7. Reaching Enlightemnent by Overcoming Mara (see section 2.10: determination to go into retreat and accomplishments of mahamudrii., and section 2.11 signs of meditative accomplishment, section 2.11.49 dream of attaining Buddbahood before Tsong khapa) s: Turning the Wheel of Dharma (see section 2.7 gathering disciples and authoring books) . '9. - Converting Trrthika Teachers and Devadatta (see section 2.6 defeating scholars who are holding the wrong views of etemalism and nihilism, including section 2.6.3.2 failed attempt on Redmda' ba's life) ) o. Performing Miracles (see section 2.11, such as section 2.11.9, interaction with a spirit, and section 2.11.26, healing of an insane woman) 11. Passing into Parinirvfu].a (see sections 2.13-2.17) 12. ContinuingJo be Present in the Eight Portions of Relics (see sections 2.21-2.24) "State of Research 'this section surveys our present knowledge of Red mda' ba and his position within Tibetan sCholasticism excluding the information derived from his biography, which will be presented in "the chapters 5 and 6. Although no other monograph has been devoted to Red mda' ba gZhon nu ,'blo gros in either Tibetan or any European language, he appears recurringly in historicai, ,biographical, and philosophical works. A good deal can be learned by extracting from those '~ources, which we may explore here as a foundation for the fuller picture that emerges from the : biography. '?LSnellgrove and Richardson (1986: 180) briefly note that Red mda' ba appears as one of the "'teachers who most influenced Tsong kha pa. From Tsong kha pa's biography, given in great detail in Kaschewsky (1971), we learn that Tsong 1¢a pa met Red mda' ba first in 1375 and ifrtquently studied and met with him up to 1402. Two other disciples of Red mda' ba, rGyal fshab rje (1364-1432) and mKhas grub rje (1385-1438), later became Tsong kha pa's main ~iH~ciples and co-founders of his dGe lugs pa school. Kaschewsky (1971: 216, 217) gives short ;J>ibgraphies of both. /Ji':We can glean from these sources about rGyal tshab that he first met Tsong kha pa in Rab ;'»ong in gNyal stod in 1397. Earlier, among other teachers, he studied with Red mda' ba, who 'Was also one of his ordination masters when receiving bhik~u ordination (cf. Kaschewsky 1971: '216). Van der Kuijp's studies of the life and thought ofmKhas grub rje (1985b: 75-106) and 'Cabezon's introduction to mKhas grub's Dose ofEmptiness(1992: 14-16), together with some :ofuer sources, give a partial picture of Red mda' ba's relationship with mKhas grub. In summa,~'these sources reveal that mKhas grub, born in gTsant6, spent his early years at places like ~gam ring and Sa skya. He had been trained by Red mda' ba from the age of seven onwards. At fht:~ge of twenty, in 1405, he received his :full ordination from Red mda' ba.37 Afterwards, in the :~;;~ 1407, in his 23rd year oflife, he was sent by Red mda' ba to study with Tsong kha pa, who ;'Y~sresiding at the time in Se ra chos sding.38 4£.,;-",. '{,~.Furthermore, Jackson (1985: 26, 31) and van derKuijp (1985c: 11-13) show which Madhyaiiiiika transmissions came through Red mda' ba down to mKhas grub and the Fifth Dalai Lama ~g~g dbang Blo bzang rgya mtsho. Regarding the Prarnfu}.a transmissions that Red mda' ba passed on, one needs to consider van der Kuijp (1983: 314) as well as Jackson (1987: 134, 141;(43,145). In addition, other scholars have noted in passing some of Red mda' ba's impact on and interactions with other scholars, most often in wOlks' focusing on the biography ofTsong kha pa. .As early as 1882, Sarat Chandra Das mentions that after Tsong kha pa had been admitted to bDe ~a.can monastery in dBus, he took up his studies with such famous masters as Bla ma dBu ma pa and Red mda' ba. As we will see from Sangs rgyas rtse mo' s biography of Red mda' ba, Bla PladBumapa was one ofRedmda' ba's disciples (see chapter 6, section 2.7.6). Filchner(1933) Chapter 2 14 mentions that Tsong kha pa received teachings from the "eminent scholar Red mda' ba Kumaramati" in Sa skya. Other scholars have also noted Red mda' ba's impact, such as Obermiller (1935),'Tucci (1949), Roerich (1949Y9, and Wylie (1962: 193n743). All of these have already been considered in the extensive analysis of Tsong kha pa's biography Source ofAll Happiness (bDe legs kun gyi 'byung gnas) composed by BIo bzang tshul khrims (1740-1810), translated by Kaschewsky (1971), who also considers some additional sources. For our understanding of Red mda' ba's life this study by Kaschewsky will be taken into account, as will that of Robert Thurman (1982), who mentions events related to Red mda' ba several times in his summary of the Tsong kha pa biography Ford to Faith (Dad pa 'i 'jug ngogs), composed by mKhas grub rje. Some other Tibetan biographies will also be considered where appropriate, first of all Tsong kha pa's rNam thar chen mo by 'Brug rGyal dbang Chos rje BIo bzang 'phrin las mam rgyal (b. 19th cent.). Contemporary dGe lugs pa scholars consider this to be the most important of his biographies; it has not yet been translated. For interpreting the biography of Red mda' ba and gaining an understanding of his role in the development of Tibetan Buddhism and the monastic education system, the more important works are those of Sato (1983) van der Kuijp (1983), Jackson (1988), Onoda (1992), Jackson (1994a), Tauscher (1995), Kapstein (1996), Dreyfus (1997), Kramer (1997), Everding (1998), Naga (1999), Stearns (1999), and (Tauscher 1999). One should also note the more recent contributions by Tarab Tulku (2000), Everding (2000), David Seyfort Ruegg (2000 and 2002), Dreyfus (2003), Dreyfus and McClintock, eds. (2003). Ehrhard (2004), Cabezon and Dargyay (2007), and Stearns (2008} Red mda' ba's Impact on the History of Tibetan Buddhism As indicated above, no scholarly work to date has specifically focused on Red mda' ba and his contributions, although a number of his works have been translated and prefaced by introductory biographical materiaL This lack of research calls into question our present state of understanding of Tibetan intellectual history. Red mda' ba was listed among the eminent scholars, but these references were not followed up with dedicated research. The Intemational Encyclopaedia ofBuddhism (Tibet, vol. 66) and Naga (1999: 708) show that sDe srid Sangs rgyas rgya mtsho (1653-1705lo as well as A khu Shes rab rgya mtsho (1803-1875) name the following eminent scholars as most important for the development of the monastic education system: 1. rNgog Legs pa'i shes rab (11. cent.l l and his nephew 2. rNgog 10 tsa ba Blo ldan shes rab (1059-1109), 3. Phywa pa Chos kyi seng ge (1109-1169), 4. Sa skyaPal}.gita (1182-1251), 5. dU yug pa Rigs pa'i seng ge (d. 1253), 6. mChims 'Jampa'i dbyangs (b. 13th cent), 7. Kun mkhyen mTsho sna ba Shes rab bzang po (b. l3thcent.), State of Research ~,8. rJe btsun Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros (1348-1412), . 9." Kun mkhyen Bu ston rin po che Rin chen grub (1290~ 13 64)42, .,Tb. :>r ,: 15 'Jammgon Tsongkhapa chen po Blo bzang grags pa (1357-1419), ,-~ 11. : rGyal tshab Dar ma rin chen, "j.• • - ;17. mI(has grub dGe legs dpal bzang, 13. dGe 'dun grub, the First Dalai Lama, . 14. dGe 'dun rgya mtsho, the Second Dalai Lama, is. the Eighth Karma pa Mi bskyod rdo rje, and many others. Also as part of a short biography ofBla ma dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan (1312-13 75), in the • fourth list of his supreme disciples, Mang thos Klu sgrub rgya mtsho (1993: 189.5-10) gives the :following names of eleven famous great scholars (yongs grags kyi mkhas pa bcu gcig): [Sa bzang] Ma ti Pa!}. chen (1294-1376), "2, Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros (1348-1412), :}., Ne rings pa 'Jam dpal rdo rje, Theg chen chos rje Kun dga' bkra shis (1349-1425), :'5.··· ;rr;:"f;-. gNyagphu ba bSodnams bzangpo (1341-1433), ;,6. rTog ge pa dKar po dPalldan bzang po, ;:7. sGrub chen Bud[d]ha sri (1339-1419), ~8.. Karma [pal Rol pa'i rdo rje (1340-1383), sPos khang pa Rin chen rgyal mtshan43 , lHa btsun bSam yas pa, and Shar Tsong kha paBlo bzang grags pa (1357-1419). :Since Red mda' ba appears in both lists, he must have been a key figure in his time. We also can ,draw this conclusions from the fact that after Khrirgyal bSod nams Ide, King ofMang yul Gung 'thang, passed away in 1404, Redmda' ba became the main teacher of the queen, mNga' bdag !~a Chos skyong rgyal mo (reign 1404- ca. 1419), who by relying on Red mda' ba dissociated ',herself more and more from the political influence of Sa skya (Everding 2000: 501, 508). 'furthermore, as we will see from the present study, in 1408 Red mda' ba also received an invita';tion and gifts from the Chinese Emperor and the King ofGu ge (see chapter 6, sections 2.11.45· imd 2.12.6). AMain Teacher of Tsong kha pa fFurthermore, the present study will show that Tsong kha pa spent much time with his main :f~acher Red mda' ba, and received from him not only transmissions of the Abhidharmakosa, ?f!adhyamakiivafiira, Abhidharmasamuccaya, and Pramiipavarttika, but also of the Instruction on l/hc V'icw ofthc Middle Way, the Mental Purification (bIo sbyong), and the Guhyasamajatantra. 16 Chapter 2 He also played an important role in the transmission ofthe Yamantaka tantra. In many texts Red mda' ba is described as one of the four main teachers (rtsa ba'i bla ma) of Tsong kha pa, but among those Red mda' ba was unquestionably his foremost. Kaschewsky (1971: 24) lists fourteen important teachers ofT song kha pa. The Viiil;1iJrya list he gives of fourteen is in principle identical with the list in Blo bzang 'phrin las mam rgyal's list in Tsong kha pa 'i mam thar chen mo (1981: 478.14-479.20). His source is the same, the dGa'ldan chos 'byung, known as Vail;1f1rya ser po by Sangs rgyas rgya mtsho (1653-1705). Tsong kha pa'i mam thar chen mo (1981: 476.17-478.14) summarizes from whom Tsong kha pa received which teachings and fmally mentions the following four teachers to whom he was most indebted (478.20-479.2): 1. Chos rje Don grub rin chen (1309-1385), 2. rJe btsun Red mda' ba (1348-1412), 3. Grub chen dPa' bo rdo rje (b. 14th century), 4. Las kyi rdo rje (1324/26-1401)44. In the Gmbmtha' shel gyi me long(1985: 306.12.4) we fmd anotherlist offour teachers with whom he studied mainly: 1. dBu ma brTson 'grus seng ge (b. 14th cent.), 2. mKhan chen Nam mkha' rgya1 mtshan (1324/26-1401), 3. rJe btsun Red mda' ba (1348-1412), 4. Bra gor mKhan chen Chos skyabs bzang po (b. 13th cent.). The latter list is identical with the one given by Kaschewsky (1971: 207): 1. dBu ma pa B1a ma brTson 'grus seng ge (b. 14th cent), 2. lHo brag Grub chen Nam mkha' rgya1 mtshan (1324/26-1401), 3. Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros (1348-1412), 4. Bra gor mKhan chen Chos skyab bzang po (b. 13th cent.). But as mentioned above, Bla rna dBu ma pa was a disciple of Red mda' ba and in fact he acted more as a kind of purported "translator" between Red mda' ba and MaiijusrI than as a teacher. His Role in the History of Madhyamaka as the True Reviver of the PrasangikaMadhyamaka Tradition The biography will prove that Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros played a crucial role in reviving the PrasangikaMadhyamaka view as part of the scholastic debate of Tibet at the time of the transition from a pre-classical to a classical period. David Seyfort Ruegg stressed this point already twice in the fIrst two volumes of his comprehensive studies ofMadhyamaka philosophy, but still the rise of the Prasangika Madhyamaka in Tibet is commonly mainly attributed to Tsong kha pa and the early dGe lugs masters, or better to say the dGa' Idan pa or dGe Idan pa.45 State of Research 17 For example Cabez6n says in Cabez6n and Dargyay (2007: 49) that Go rams pa is reticent to identify himself as exclusively Prasangika, since "fIrst, Tsong kha pa had already co-opted this term." It is notable that the biography of Red mda' ba employs the Tibetan words for svatantrika and Prasangika and gives valuable infonnation about Red mda' ba's role in the process of reviving the Prasangika doctrine (see chapter 6, section 2.5.8). Later a controversy arose among some passionate followers of the two famous teachers as to who had the more correct Prasangika view, Red mda' ba or Tsong kha pa. Furthermore the biography conveys that Red mda' ba referred to Gangs pa She'u, Khu mDo sde, 'Bar Pa tshabNyi rna grags, and ICe sGom zhig po as "the great Madhyamikas in Tibet," (see section 2.8.1). This means that he thought highly of those previous Tibetan masters who followed the dEu rna ThaI 'gyur ba before him. Presumably when reviving Madhyamaka he sought out and carefillly studied their writings. In this context, the Empty of self-nature (rang stong) and the Empty of other-nature (gzhan stong) debate needs to be discussed, but the main purpose is to make clear the centrality of Red mda' ba for the Prasangika Madhyamaka. In his Three Studies in the History ofIndian and Tibetan Madhyamaka Philosophy(2000: 37) Seyfort Ruegg divides the history of Tibetan Madhyamaka in Tibet into four periods and again subdivides the third, described as the classical-systematic period - mainly the 14th to 16th centuries - into four. The classical-systematic period was "the high point of Tibetan textual exegesis, philosophical penetration and systematic hermeneutics. In this period there took place the defInitive constitution as philosophical schools of the principal Tibetan orders (chos Jugs)." These are: 1. rNying rna pa or rDzogs chen pa with Klong chen pa (1308-1363); 2. Sa skya pa with Madhyamaka masters claiming spiritual descent from Sa skya paJ;u;lita Kun dga' rgyal mtshan such as Redmda' ba (1349-1412), Rong ston (1367-1449) and Go rams pa (1429-1489); 3. dGa' ldan pa or dGe lugs pa with Tsong kha pa (1357-1419) and his disciples rGyal tshab Dar rna rin chen (1364-1432), mKhas grub dGe legs dpal bzang (po) (1385-1438) and dGe 'dun grub (Dalai Lama I, 1391-1474); 4. bKa' brgyud pa with Kanna pa VIII Mi bskyod rdo rje (1507-1554) and 'Brug pa Padma dkar po (1527-1592) - along with some smaller, but historically and doctrinally significant, schools such as the Jo nang pa with Dol po pa (1292-1361). Tauscher (1995: 10), adapting according to Seyfort-Ruegg (1980: 278) divides the development of Tibetan Madhyamaka into two major historical periods: the early and later propagation, and further subdivides the latter into three periods: 1. The "period ofreception" (end of 10th to 14th century), during which Tibetan scholars reached a concept which was complete in itself through a process of gathering, systematizing and interpretation of the Indian materials. 2. The "classical period" (14thto 16th century), which constitutes the peak and conclusion of these earlier processes, and which ends with the full establishment of the religious, exegetical 18 Chapter 2 andhenneneutical traditions or rather "schools" (cJlOS JugS) of Tibetan Buddhism through the fmal consolidation of the dGe lugs pa. 3. The "scholastic period" (16th century onwards), which is characterized by commentanal and interpretative activity and takes place within the framework of the previously established schools within their respective "curricula" (yig chaJ6. Tauscher (1995: 13) places Red mda' ba's disciple Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa (13571419), posthumously considered to be the founder of the dGe lugs pa, at the end of the second period (phyi dar), while at the same time he began the "classical period," i.e., the second of the three periods of the later propagation. Furthennore Tauscher (1995: 33) detects that in the second half of the 14th century there occurred a revival of the studies of the Prasangika Madhyamaka, which had been neglected before. In his view this tendency had probably been set off by Red mda' ba, but Tsong kha pa provided the decisive breakthrough. Supposing this assumption to be correct and Tsong kha pa indeed introduced a classical period of Tibetan Madhyamaka in the second half of the fourteenth century, then Red mda' ba must be placed either at the end of the 'period of reception' or between the first and second period, that is, at the turning point from the pre-classical to the classical period. This placement in a liminal period would help explain why he was overlooked in favor of his three famous disciples. Another possibility is that we place Red mda' ba as the actual reviver of the Prasangika Madhyamaka at the very beginning of the classical period, before Tsong kha pa, and thus give him the credit to which he is entitled, as becomes eminently clear from his biography. Seyfort Ruegg (2002: 154) explains in the second part of his Studies in Indian and Tibetan Madhyamaka Thoughtthat he had already described Red mda' ba's place in the history of the Madhyamaka (Part 1, Section 1, § 4.3), and that there he makes clear that Red mda' ba gZhonnu blo gros composed works which are of special importance for tracing the development of the Tibetan Madhyamaka in the second half of the fourteenth century. ( ... ) And it is to him that is indeed ascribed the re-establishment and explication of the Prasangika Madhyamaka after a period of relative eclipse, this school being stated to have all but died out before him (Seyfort Ruegg 2000: 60-61). Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 60-66) summarizes Red mda' ba's role in Madhyamaka to a great extent and leaves us with no doubt as to his importance for Tibetan Madhyamaka. While this assessment has not been rejected so far, there seems to be still a certain amount of incertitude and reluctance to fully adopt this view. For example, Dreyfus and McClintock (2003: 26) state: Of course, the extent to which Tsong kha pa's innovations are truly original remains difficult to assess, given that we do not have an adequate understanding of the ideas of some his important predecessors such as Bla rna dam pa bsod nams rgyal mtshan and his student Red mda' ba. As we willleam from Sangs rgyas rtse mo's biography of Red mda' ba, although he was a student of Bla rna dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan and intended to receive Madhyamaka teachings from him, this was not possible (see chapter 6, section 2.5.8). Instead he studied with State of Research 19 ,['he Dharma Lord Byang chub seng ge (b. 14th cent.), and the Instruction on the Wew [of the .' ,Middle WayJhe received from mKhan chen lDog lhod pa l{.un dga'bzang po (section 2.5.7). Details on Red mda' ba's Madhyamaka view, achieved during his five-year-retreat in Gangs bu 'ie;are given in section 2.10.3. ", In general Sa skya scholars like Mang thos KIu sgrub rgya mtsho call Red mda' ba a main /lliscip1e of Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal (1285-1379), who was probably the most important disciple " of the Jo nang pa Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan (1292-1361).47 Although Nya dbon is traditionally said to have been the fountainhead oflater Tibetan Tshad rna exposition and the teacher of the most influential Tshad rna scholars, including g.Yag ston Sangs rgyas dpal (1348-1414), Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa, for sure his knowledge was not limited to Pra'Iriru;ta. He was also a master ofParamita, and - important in this context - served as abbot of Jo Jiang monastery, defending the Empty of other-nature (gzhan stong)theory (Jackson 1994: 103). 'Nya dbon became very upset with his disciple Red mda' ba, after he had composed his famous polemic Letter to the [Great] Teacher (i. e., to the Buddha), criticizing the Jo nang pa's view (see ;:,\ppendix B). This was between 1375 and 1379 and probably marks an elementary turning point ,hot only in Red mda' ba's mind set, but also for the development ofTibetan Buddhist scholasti'iis~ in its whole, which finally ended in the dominance of the dGe lugs pa tradition and the ~d~clu;.e of the non-dGe lugs schools in the domain of philosophical-dialectical studies (Dreyfus ,:"1997: 3'8). It finally lead to a very strict delimitation of the various schools (chos lugs) from ~~~h other, especially with regard to the view on Madhyamaka (cf. chapter 6, section 2.8). {WEckel (2003: 175) points out that without knowing much more about the centuries of Madhyiunaka interpretation that intervened between the time ofBhavaviveka (6th cent.) and Tsong ,;khapa, without a thorough study of Red mda' ba andhis sources, it would be difficult to speak ;;With any confidence about Tsong kha pa' s originality, and how much of his apparent innovation ~Sh6uld be attributed to Red mda' ba. L,;: Cabez6n (2003: 289-315) differentiates between two views in fourteenth and fifteenth Tibet, a "hard" and a "soft" approach to the doxographical categories ofSvatantrika and ':j:>riisatigika distinction.48 In his view, the hard is represented by Tsong kha pa, founder of the ;1:lGe lugs pa, and his teacher Red mda' ba, while the soft is ascribed to Rong ston pa (1367'1449)49 and Go rams pa (1429-1489). The latter is supposed to take an intermediary position j:~etween Dol po pa and Tsong kha pa. Referring in more detail to Red mda' ba's commentary on the Madhyamakiivatiira, Cabez6n (295/96) states that the fact that especially Red mda' ba and :&I's6ng kha pa ':ft~; ; [century ]..,' ;viewed Candraldrti's Prasangika as the only vaiIaintexpretation of the Madhyamaka, and as the true purport of the Buddha's teachings (gsung rab kyi dgongs pa) - a position that may well go as far back as Jayananda and Pa tshab - leads to a hard Svatantrika-Prasai:tgika .distinction. i~L} He taIls both, Tsong kha pa and his teacher Red mda' ba, "hard doxographers." Although they have quite different theories, both agree that "CandrakIrti' s Prasatigika is the only unequivocally correct interpretation ofNagarjuna, making the Prasatigika school, and this school alone, the .BUddha's true intention" (298): 20 Chapter 2 In Red mda' ba's words, "the text of the four schools of tenets are mutually contradictory ... and only the Madhyamaka path ofthe freedom from extremes (mtha' bral dbu ma 'i lam) is the true purport of all of the Tathagata's teachings .... All of the special beliefs (held by the vario~s philosophers of the different schools) from the Vijiianavadins on down are not established even as conventional truths .... The system of the Arya Nagarjuna is the only correct interpretation of the Tathagata's word." Further Cabez6n (2003: 301-02) says that the goal of Go rams pa's lTa ba 'i shan 'byed is to argue for the superiority of his interpretation of the Madhyamaka - which Go rams pa, following Red mda' ba, Rong ston pa, and other earlier Sa skya pa figures, calls the "Freedom from Proliferations" (spros bral) theory of the Madhyamaka - vis-it-vis two rival interpretations prevalent in his day, that of the founder of the Jo nang pa tradition, Dol po pa shes rab rgyal mtshan (1292-1361), and that of Tsong kha pa. This needs further investigation, since - as will be discussed in the present study (chapter 6, section 2.6.1) - Go rams pa reproaches Red mda' ba in his lTa ba 'i shan 'byed for going too far in considering the adherents of Empty of other-nature (gzhan stong) to be heretics (phyi rol pa). So the question arises, on which points Go rams pa agrees or disagrees with Red mda' ba. Cabezan's remark (2003: 309n19) seems important to me, namely that Red mda' ba states in his De kho na nyid gsal sgron, p. 28 that he has written about the difference between the Svatantrika and Prasangika elsewhere and therefore will not treat the issue here: It is difficult to know precisely, therefore, how Red mda' ba elaborated this distinction, although we have clues from other portions of the De kho na nyid gsal sgron (104-05). That Red mda' ba takes a position that is more akin to that ofthe earlier tradition of Jayananda and rMa bya pa, and different from that taken by Tsong kha pa and Rong ston pa is discussed in Cabez6n (1997): 100. M. Sato (Morioka) (1983)50 stresses that the problem of Madhyamaka philosophy from Red mda' ba to Tsong kha pa is a central historical one, considering that Red mda' ba was the first of six famous Sa skya commentators51 on Candraklrti's Madhyamakiivatiira. He explains that in the Sa skya school we find support for rang stong and gzhan stong as well as priismiga and svatantra, while the Ge lugs school commits itself to rang stong and prasmiga only. Furthermore Sato states that Tsong kha pa is seen to have been even more determined, after having taken over Red mda' ba's view on prasmiga and thus is said to have given impetus to later attacks by Sa skya scholars. In short, Red mda' ba was pivotal for the understanding of Madhyamaka in Tibet. Sato then refers to the Sa skya chapter in Thu'u bkwan's Grub mtha' she! gyi me long, where it is explained that there were three tendencies ofthinking within the Madhyamaka phil~sophy ofthe Sa skya school: 1) Sa pal)., Rong ston and others, who wanted to prove emptiness through deduction, 2) Red mda' ba, who only applied the prasmiga method, and 3) Sakya mchog ldan, who studied first the Madhyamaka philosophy, then the Vijnanavada, and finally the Io nang pa State of Research 21 philos ophy.52 S.ato further r:.0t~s that it is difficult. to ascertain Red mda' b~'s perso~al point ~f view. Considenng Candralmtl' s Madhyamaka philosophy the correct one, ill the epIlogue to hIS Madhyamakiivatiira commentary Red mda' ba expresses his concern that his way of understanding does not fmd acceptance among Tibetan scholars. This become even more clear from Sangs rgyas rtse mo's biography, where he reports 1hat Red mda' ba felt he had not been understood, and that when he died, his Madhyamaka view would die with him (see chapter 6, section 2.8). Further on, Sato points out that in the preface to his Madhyamakiivatiira commentary Red mda' ba distinguishes three different dharmacakra periods: 1. teaching the four truths in Varanasi, 2. the Prajilaparamita teaching, and 3. the SaIpdhinirmocanasiitra, and that Red mda' ba must have linked the third with Madhyamaka. From the dGe lugs pa point of view, the second is considered to be linked with the Madhyamaka school, while the third is linked with the Citta.matra point of view. 53 This needs further investigation too. According to Sato, towards the end ofhis life, Red mda' ba considered the Vijilanamatra teachings to be subject to interpretation (drang don, neyiirtha). He received a Guhyasamaj a empowerment and stayed as a hermit in the mountains up to his death. He did not consider the Kalacakratantra to be a pure Buddhist tantra. Sato then refers to various differences he sees between rJe btsun Red mda' ba and rJe Tsong kha pa. Tauscher (1995: 17n34) thinks that Red mda' ba differs from Tsong kha pa on fundamental questions such as whether the two truths are identical or different, or with regard to the meaning 'of "satya"in the context of saIpvrtisatya. But to assess possible connections in terms of content .between the two, he considers a more detailed analysis of the system of Red mda' ba to be necessary. Although he mainly analyses the two tru1hs in Tsong kha pa's Madhyamaka works, he refers several times to Red mda' ba. But a thorough study of Red mda' ba's works failed to appear. Sato (1983:243) points out that Red mda' ba's Madhyamakiivatiira commentary was the first by a Sa skya pa author, reinforcing our understanding of his position as a trailblazer in the area ofMadhyamaka, and in the preface to a translation of rGyal tshab' s commentary on AIyadeva 's j?our Hundred, Geshe SonamRinchen and Ruth Sonam (1994: 23-24) make a similar assertion. According to their short evaluation of this text: It is a lucid and concise commentary which omits Dharmadasa's analogies. Ren-da-wa does not always qualify the object of refutation as clearly as does Gyel-tsap nor does he give as great importance to the establishment of conventional truths. Since Ren-da-wa was Gyel-tsab' s teacher, it is possible that Gyel-tsab had access to this commentary and chose to stress points which he felt required more attention, at the same time presenting the material in a different format. Ren-da-wa concentrates on the meaning of the text, closely following Candrakirti's presentation. He is not as intent as Gyel-tsap on summarizing the arguments and formulating them according to the dialectic code. There are instances where Ren-da-wa's interpretation is at variance with Gyel-tsap's more usual version ofthe Prasangika system based on Candrakirti's works. Chapter 2 22 Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 61) mentions that in addition to these two commentaries by Red mda' ba, those on the Millamadhyamakakadkii and the Prasannapadii are noteworthy, as well as his guide to meditative realization of the theory (Ita khrid) of the Madhyamaka. Jinpa (2002: 18), who briefly explores the historical and intellectual context of Tsong kha pa's Madhyamaka, remarks, without specifying to which of the important Madhyamaka works of Red mda' ba he is referring: There is also an extant Madhyamaka work by Rendawa Shanu Lodra (1349-1412), the noted Sakya master and the foremost teacher of Tsongkhapa, that may help us to discern the points of divergence in Tsongkhapa's thought in the later part of his life. Probably Jinpa refers here to Tsong kha pa's dGongs parab gsa!, his famous commentary on the Madhyamakiivatiira, which he composed at the end of his life, in 1418 in dGa' 1dan (see Kaschewsky 1971: 198), while Red mda' ba - as we will see from this study - must have finished his commentary on the Madhyamakiivatiira by 13 7417 5. Nowadays many Tibetan scholars may feel that there is nothing in Red mda' ba's commentary that we cannot find in a more precise form in other later commentaries, but it may be worth taking the opposite approach and find out, whether there is anything in Red mda' ba's writings, which he pronounced fIrst, and may have become a matter of course in later commentaries. rJe btsun Red mda' ba's position in the Madhyamaka lineages and his impact on later developments becomes clear from putting his biography into the larger context of historical changes. VanderKuijp (1985c: 11-13) and Jackson (1985: 26,31) analyze Tibetan materials, such as the gSan yigofmKhas grub rje and the Fifth Dalai Lama, to provide a clearer picture of how the Madhyamaka view was transmitted by Red mda' ba. So far he is mentioned to have transmitted the Millamadhyamakakiidkii, the Prasannapadff, the CatufJiataka, the Madhyamakiivatiira, the Dharmadhiifustava and the SlJhrllekha. Regarding Red mda' ba's role in the transmission of the dBu ma ita khddlineage, Kapstein (1996: 282) notes: From the 'History of the Hundred and Eight Guidebooks': Concerning the dBu ma chen pO'i khIid ['The Guidance on the Great Middle Way,]54: it was received by the bodhisattva Zla ba rgyal mtshan from the Newa Pe nya pa, who belonged to the lineage ofNagarjuna, father and son [i. e., Nagiiljuna and Aryadeva]. He taught it to rDzi lung pa 'Od zer grags pa, and he to Gro ston, who propounded it widely. There are some who hold that this was the lineage of the dBu ma Ita kb.rid['The Guidance on the View of the Middle Way'] that came to the venerable Red mda' ba from mNga' ris, in West Tibet, but that is uncertain. 55 This is [also] called the gZhung phyi mo'i dbu ma ['The Middle Way according to the Original Texts', i.e., of Nagiiljuna and Aryadeva], and so is the ancient tradition, not yet divided into Priisangika and Svatantrika. That which is distinguished as the special doctrine of Red mda' ba, however, is the unblemished adherence to the Prasangika tradition, that follows the text of the glorious Candraldrti. Kapstein (1996: 285n19) further states: State of Research 23 Jo nang rJe btsun Kun dga' grol mchog, Khdd brgya'i brgyudpa'i 10 rgyus, plates 320-321, in DNgDz, vol. 12. Zla ba rgyal mtshan, from whose teaching this tradition is derived, is best known among Tibetans for his contributions to the development of the traditions pertaining to . the worship and meditation of the bodhisattva Avalokitesvara. Red mda' ba (1349-1412) was a noted scholar of the Sa skya pa sect, who was among the foremost teachers ofrJe Tsong kha pa, and whose insistence on the authority of the Prasangika school of the Madhyamaka interpretation was sometimes regarded as standing in complete opposition to those traditions that claimed adherence to the Great Middle Way. Thus, while Sato (1983: 244) says that in the Sa skya school, because of having two main streams of transmission, we fInd both terms rang stongand gzhan stongas well as prasanga and svatantra, Jo nang rJe btsun Kun dga' grol mchog notes that the ancient tradition was not divided into Prasangika and Svatantrika (K.apstein 1996: 282). Huntington (2003: 68) points out, that we will probably never know, who coined the enormously influential terms Rang rgyud pa (*Svatantrika) and ThaI 'gyur ba. (*Prasangika), (... ) but it seems likely that it was the translator Pa tshab nyi rna grags (I 055-1145?), who began to use them in conjunction with his study of Candraklrti. Also Yo shimizu (2003: 257) admits that the division between the two Madhyamaka systems have been already acknowledged in Tibet at the time of Tsong kha pa, but explains, how he introduced a new criterion for distinguishing between Svatantrika and Prasangika, an ontological shift in the values of autonomous reasoning. Tauscher (2003: 207-09) defInes that after Pa tshab had "invented" the division ofPrasailgika and Svatantrika, Phywa pa did not deal with it directly, but only with the validity of the use of prasanga and svatantra, and that likewise the Sa skya pa master Grags pa rgyal mtshan (11471216) did not utilize this division when discussing the Madhyamaka school, but distinguished between Prasangika and Svatantrika, when discussing the two realities in a tantric context. Also Grags pa rgyal mtshan's nephew Sa skya PaJ.}.9ita used the terms for establishing ~llbdivisions of the Madhyamaka school, but Tauscher (2003: 211) attaches only limited .relevance to the usage of these categories in the early texts, and states that strictly speaking the discussion is not about the distinction of subschools, but is "inseparably connected with the issue of the use of reductio ad absurdum (prasanga) or the independent syllogism (svatantra)." However, in many ways Phywa pa's view of the Svatantrika-Prasangika distinction seems to differ signifIcantly from the "new" dGe lugs pa distinction. Cabez6n (2003: 292) raises the concern that although it is true that the Svatantrika-Prasangika distinction seems to be virtually unknown to the Indian Madhyamaka tradition, (... ) it is worth mentioning that Jayananda's Madhyamakiivatiirafikii does use the word Svatantrika twice in contexts where it clearly refers to advocates of a position that he sees Candraklrti as opposing. Nonetheless it is interesting, and 24 Chapter 2 significant, that he calls his own position simply "the Madhyamaka" (dbu ina), without specifying it as Prasangika. 56 Dreyfus (2003b: 317-18; 344n1) refers in his essay on the Svatantrika-Prasarigika distinction for a view of the history of Tibetan Madhyamaka to Seyfort-Ruegg (2000: 41-72), and agrees that the Svatantrika-Prasarigika distinction and the superiority of the latter seems to have been frrst asserted by Pa tshab, and states: Klong chen rab 'byams pa (1308-1363), for instance, stressed the importance of Prasangika view in the practice of the Great Perfection (rdzogs chen, lit., Great Completion), ( ... ). Thus by Tsong kha pa's time, the preenrinence of the Prasangika view was already fmnly inscribed in the rhetorical field of the Tibetan tradition. Thus Dreyfus (2003b: 319-20) skips Red mda' ba, and points out that Tsong kha pa's "aggressive promotion of Prasarigika as the supreme Madhyamaka view" led to a polarization of Tibetan Madhyamaka between Tsong kha pa's followers, i.e., the dGe lugs pa school, and their opponents, and thus reflected the political situation of the country. However, Sangs rgyas rtse mo's biography shows that Red mda' ba was the driving force for the revival of Madhyamaka studies, giving superiority to the Prasarigika Madhyamaka, while the mainstream remained focused on the Svatantrika view (see chapter 6, section 2.5.8). According to Obermiller (1935: 325) also mKhas grub rje says of Red mda' ba that he revived the regular and critical studies on Madhyamaka and logic in the universities ofTibet.57 And Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 65) makes clear that in the Sa skya pa school, Red mda' ba's Prasangika interpretation of the Madhyamaka coexisted with Rong ston's (allegedly) Svatantrika theory, and also to a degree with Siikya mchog Idan's Madhyamaka doctrine that was partly combined with the gzhan stong theory. The Empty of other-nature (gzhan stong) tradition came into prominence in Tibet at the beginning of the later propagation (Phyi dar). It is a synthesizing movement harmonizing the Madhyamaka and the Vijnapti philosophy (mam par ng pa) depending on the Ratnagotravibhiiga, and is opposed to the Empty of self-nature (rang stong) theory of the other Madhyamaka schools (Seyfort Ruegg 1980: 277; 2000: 19).58 According to Steams (1999: 41) little is known about the early Tibetan proponents of the Empty of other-nature: Taranatha traces a h·ansmission lineage for what he refers to as "the instructions on the view of the Zhentong Middle Way," as well as a separate lineage for the transmission of the Kalacakra teachings passed down in the Jonang tradition. Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 79) explains that Tsong kha pa and his followers criticized the gzhan stong in its Jo nang pa version as presented by Dol po pa, which the latter considered to be "in harmony with the Kalacakra." We do not know about Red mda' ba's stance towards the instructions on the view of the gZhan stong Middle Way. It would bear investigating to see whether what Steams (1999: 88) calls the Instruction on the View of the Emptiness of Other (gZhan stong gi ita khrid)and the Instruction on the View ofthe Middle Way (dEll ma ita khrid) . State of Research 25 that came through Redmda' ba to Sakyamchog Idan (1428-1507), are the same (see chapter 6, section 2.5.7). However, Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 80) points out that Red mda' ba like rNgog 10 and Dar ma rin chen belonged to the Empty of self-nature (rang stong) tradition of the Madhyamaka in both its Svatantrika and Prasangika branches. An Influential Early Opponent of the Jo nang Tradition and the KiUacakratantra The protracted and bitter doctrinal feud that ensued between the Jo nang tradition and other schools, particularly that of the dGe lugs, can be traced directly back to the interventions of Red mda' ba. While this has been noted by other scholars to varying degrees, Red mda' ba's biography will provide us with a far fuller picture of those interventions than has been available to date. Tucci (1949: 118) asked: Is Tson k'a pa an innovator, or rather does he continue preceding h'ends? From his biographers' statements and from his disciples' allusions it appears that he developed and gave greater depth to ideas already elaborated by a great master, at whose school he had his training: gZon nu blo gros (Kumaramati) ofRe mda' [sic] (1349-1412), one of the greatest men Lamaism has had between Buston and Tson k'a pa. He had been a disciple of the Na dpon [sic!] Kun dga' dpal, he had .commented on the prajiiiiwith penetrating research, continuing a tradition derived from the lotsava of rNog and his followers; then, after leaving his work as a teacher to meditate in a hermitage, he had particularly studied 'Maitreya's five laws', laying down, on the base of those texts, the principle that cosmic consciousness is the only reality, and that, being inborn in each of us, it represents a necessary passport and the cause of that return to the purity of 'the Buddha's essence' which is identified with nirviiI;a. Fifty years later Jinpa (1999: 8) writes: Tsongkhapa vehemently opposes what is known as the Shentong Madhyamaka as absolutist. In doing so, Tsongkhapa is following in the footsteps of thinkers like Sakya Palfgita, Buton, and Tsongkhapa's own teacher Rendawa. The most detailed analysis with regard to Red mda' ba's position towards tathagatagarbha and the Jo nang pa's view of Empty of other-nature (gzhan stong) has been undertaken by Stearns (1999) in his historical survey of this view in Tibet, mainly based on Sangs rgyas rtse mo, and Red mda' ba's writings. But some information is coming from different sources such as the Claim that he had copies ofthe Vimalaprabhathrown into rivers. Stearns (1999: 56) states: The best known and most influential early opponent of the J onang tradition was the Sakya scholar Rendawa Zhonu Lodro (1348-1413). (... ) He became one of the most important teachers of the great Tsongkhapa Lozang Trakpa (1357-1419), but was viewed by the Jonang tradition as a vicious opponent of the teachings of definitive meaning (nitiirtha, nges don), Which has been spread so successfully by Dolpopa. 26 Chapter 2 In short, Stearns (1999: 56-59) points out that there is a strong condemnation of Red mda' ba, who opposed the doctrine of Buddha nature as the ultimate ground, denigrated the six-limbed yoga as the ultimate path, criticized the KiiJacakramillatantra as well as the Condensed'KiiJacakratantra and had copies of the VimaJaprabhiiilirown into rivers, Steams acknowledges that there was a considerable degree of hysteria surrounding this matter, and that Red mda' ba's main quarrel was not with the content of the Kalacakratantra itself, but with the prevalent practice of taking its meaning to be literal (sgraji bzhinpa) Rendawa was indeed the most famous (or infamous) critic of the Kalacakra tradition in Tibet But he had first studied with some of Dolpopa's greatest disciples, such as Nyaon Kunga Bal and Mati Panchen'9, and had been extremely impressed with the Jonang philosophical system, Seyfort Ruegg (1963: 75) points out that "only a few authorities, notably Red mda' ba (13491412), actually opposed the Ka1acakra and the Sa<;langayoga (".) for introducing into the well authenticated and in themselves complete methods ofthe great Buddhist masters extraneous and not easily verifiable notions and terms," Red mda' ba's attitude towards the Kalacakra will be explored in chapter 6, section 2,6.3,1, How can he be the most important critic of the Jo nang system, after he had been extremely impressed with the Jo nang philosophical system? According to his biography, Red mda' ba first wanted to establish this tenet system ofthe Jo nang pa in a deeply rooted way, but changed his mind after investigating the respective scriptures three times (see chapter 6, section 2,6.1). Steams (1999: 58) states: In short, [Rendawa] does seem to have led a strong reactionary movement against the Jonang philosophical system less than fifteen years after the death of Dolpopa. Nevertheless, it now seems clear that Rendawa's attitude was considerably more ambivalent than the latter historical sources would have us believe. Indeed, mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo stresses in his biography on Red mda' ba, that he did not categorically criticize theKalacakratantra, This agrees with Jinpa (2009: 319), who analyzes the key qualms raised by Red mda' ba about Kalacakra, while noting at the same time that the examination of the specifics of his qualms deserves a careful separate study. One of Red mda' ba's central premises is that any system of thought or practice at odds with the four classical Buddhist philosophical schools must lie outside the bounds of Buddhist thought, and that he does not see the Kiilacakra to be acceptable, Jinpa (2009: 319-22) lists Red mda' ba's key objections following sTag tshang Lo tsa ba (b. 1405) and points out that Red mda' ba "also raises an interesting historical question pertaining to the tantra when he refers to a statement in PUQ.<;larika's Stainless Lightthat the root tantra was composed in different languages in different places, including in Tibetan in Tibet!" He also asserts that the essential points of the six-limbed yoga of the Kalacakra completion stage are in conflict with the Guhyasamaja. Comparing Kalacakra to the more established tanh'as, such as Guhyasamaja, Hevajra, and CakrasaI)lVara, Rendawa asserts that these tantras were brought to the world by great Mahasiddhas like Saraha, expounded by Nagarjuna and his State of Research 27 sons, and produced masters who attained freedom on the basis of practicing their essential points (Jinpa 2009: 321-22). Jinpa (2009: 324) assumes that by the time Red mda' ba changed his views on this important tantra and even does not rule out the possibilitiy ofTsong kha pa's being an important influence, who never doubted the authenticity of Kiilacakra. Whether Red mda' ba's criticism at the KRlacakra had an influence on the dGe lug pa's mininrizing Tsong kha pa's reliance on Red mda' ba is difficult to judge at this stage of research. Jinpa (2009: 325-26) concludes: Regardless of which standpoint Rendawa finally upheld with respect to Kalacakra, the probing •questions he raised appear to have enduring mark, at least in the way in which this important Buddhist tantra has been expounded by Tsongkhapa. These questions not only helped to draw 'attention to the features that are unique to this system, but, and perhaps more importantly, they have caused the Tibetans to appreciate more clearly the essential similarity of this tantra to other well-known tantras of the highest yoga class. However, Steams (1999: 65) is probably correct in arguing that due to the great influence ofthe dGe lugs sect, also many mainstream Sa skya scholars distanced themselves from the Jo nang school. According to him, many had been influenced by the "unique views" of Tsong kha pa. This may have happened in large part because many Sa skya scholars following the time of Rendawa had rejected the theories of Dolpopa, and perhaps gone to the other extreme had allied themselves with the new Geluk school, founded by Rendawa's disciple Lord Tsongkhapa, whose views were very questionable in light of the ancient teachings of the original Sakya masters. Go rarns pa's Distinguishing the VJ'ews (iTa ba 'j shan 'byed), which is ostensibly written as an attack on the Madhyamaka views of Dol po pa60 and Tsong kha pa, is one of the few works known to us so far in which Red mda' ba is also criticized. This text by Go rams pa has been edited and made available in an English translation in Cabez6n and Dargyay (2007). In the introduction on p. 30 Cabez6n says: Go rams pa mentions some of the critics of Dol po pa in Distinguishing the Views, among them his own teacher, Rong ston Shes bya kun rig (1367-1450), and another great master of the Sa skya school, Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros (1349-1412), who was also a teacher of Tsong kha pa. And of course it is well-known that Tsong kha pa himself criticized the views of Dol po pa in such works as The Essence ofEloquent Discourse (Legs bshad snying po). Furthermore Cabez6n (2007: 47) remarks that Go rams pa employs arguments such as those found used by Tsong kha pa against Dol po pa, arguments that Tsong kha pa may, in tum, have borrowed from one of his Sa skya teachers, Red mda' ba. However, as Steams (1999: 59) assesses, without a more careful study of Red mda' ba's works, it is very difficult to reach a fmal conclusion as to his stand towards the view of Empty of other-nature (gzhan stong) in the context of the Kiilacakra. It is noticeable that Kano (2006: 212-13) states in his analysis of rNgog lo's impact on doctrinal developments from the 11 th through 14th centuries, alluding to the Empty of other-nature Madhyarnaka doctrinal area: Chapter 2 28 In a brief summary of the positions ofDol-po-pa and Bu-ston, Shakya-mchog-Idan summarizes Bu-ston's position as follows: Bu-ston's system of the Buddha nature is similar to Sa-pal), and Bu-ston takes the Buddha nature as being of implicative meaning and judges a statement in the Mahlfparinirviil}asiltra (which taught that the resultant Buddha nature actually abides' in all sentient beings) to be not literal, for the RGV [i.e., Ratnagotravibhlfga] does not equate the causal stained tathatlf with the resultant bodhi itself Furthermore, Shakya-mchog-ldan says that Bu-ston explained the definitive meaning of tantric works in accordance with the gzhan stong. In note 139 Kano adds: "In another work, Shiikya-mchog-ldan says that Red-mda' -ba accorded with Bu-ston's mDzes rgyan. See Shilkya-mchog-ldan, Mus rab byams pa 'i dds Ian, vol. 23, 407.1-2."61 Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 63, 64), referring to Deb ther sngon po and mKhas grub's· rGyud sde spyi mam points out that Red mda' ba is reported to have connected the Ratnagotravibhaga with the Cittamatra system, though it is implied that he may have later changed his opinion. While this is not the main aim ofthe present study, we will examine some debates related to the topic that are found in the biography, as well as some related texts, particularly Red mda' ba's Letter to the [Great} Teacher (i.e., to the Buddha), which seems to have greatly upset Red mda' ba's own teacher Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal (see Appendix B and chapter 6, section 2.6). His Role within the Synthesis of the rNgog pa and Sa skya pa Scholastic Lineages Red mda' ba's role within the rNgog and Sa skya tradition is quite blurred, perhaps partly also because the relationship between the two great learning centers Sa skya and gSang phu has not yet been clarified. It seems that at the time of Red mda' ba there were Sa skya colleges within the bKa' gdams monastery gSang phu.62 To understand this development, we have to go back to the year 1073. Kramer (1997: 1) notes in the introduction to his translation of the biography of rNgog BIo 1dan shes rab (1059-1109) that in the same year 1073, when gSang phu was founded in dBUS 63 by rNgog Legs pa'i shes rab, one of the main disciples of Atisa, Khon dKon mchog rgyal po (1034-1102), founded Sa skya in gTsang. Jackson (1987: 155n52) points out: gSang-phu (... ) was established by the famous bKa-gdams-pa master rNgog Legs-pa'i-shes-rab (fl. early to late 11th century), whose nephew and successor on the abbot's chair, rNgog lo-tsiiba Blo-1dan-shes-rab (1059-1109, hereafter rNgog-lo), played a leading role in the transmission of some branches ofIndian Buddhist thought to Tibet. Also Dreyfus (1997: 22) stresses that rNgog 10, despite belonging to the bKa' gdams school of Atisa (982-1054) and 'Brom ston pa rGyal ba'i byung gnas (1005-1064), was deeply interested in scholarly studies. Under his influence, Tibetan Buddhism became more philosophically oriented. The rNgog tradition centered around the bKa' gdams monastery64 of gSang phu Ne'u thog65 , located about 25-30 km south or south-west of lHasa. It was the first seminary for dialectics and other studies of the doctrine. 66 State of Research 29 But Red mda' ba's home monastery was not gSang phu. He belonged to Sa skya, located more than 400 Ian westwards in gTsang. The question is whether the rNgog tradition had any impact on the philosophical studies in Sa skya at Red mda' ba's time, and what kind of relationship the two large centers oflearning had in the second half of the 14th century. . Red mda' ba's Tshad ma Studies in Sa skya As will be analyzed in detail (see chapter 6, section 2.5.4), Red mda' ba studied the PramiilJa~iIrttika with Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal, the greatest Tibetan scholar in this field, and another great expert, mKhan chen Sangs rgyas 'phel. But when in Sa skya, he got stuck and failed in a debate, started doubting about the teachings received from his teachers, and went into retreat, making intensive self studies on Dharmaklrti's seven treatises on valid cognition supported by commentaries in the tradition of Sa skya P3I.l9ita Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (1182-1251) and 'u yug pa Rigs pa'i seng ge (d. 1253). Due to the previous teachings and these studies he attained a deep understanding ofPrarniiI;.a and composed his own two commentaries. Wayman (1999: 255) points out that Tsong kha pa mentions at the end of his Mun sel (a guided tour through the books ofDharmaklrti) that it was exhorted by some notable of his day, named Grags pa'i rgyal mtshan, but inside the text there is a passage naming Red mda' ba as the source (cf. 1999: 294). Dreyfus (1997: 469n44) ascertains that rGyal tshab acknowledges his debt to Red mda' ba, whose many teachings on Sa P3I.l'S Treasure have enabled him to write his . book, in the colophon of his Essence ofGood Sayings, an Explanadon of[Sa palJ 'sJ Treasure on th~ Science of Valid Cognition. Van der Kuijp (1994a: 5) states: The earliest Tibetan scholar of the so-called later propagation of Buddhism in Central Tibet known to have composed a good number of works on tshad ma is Rngog Lo tsa ba. In fact his oeuvre may be said to have initiated in Tibet the so-called later phase of pre-classical tshad ma. Furthermore van der Kuijp (1987: 104) shows that up to the first half of the 13th century, the best-known scholars of gSang phu monastery interacted in controversial and non-controversial ;.vays with their counterparts at the monastery of Sa skya: Until Sa-skya PaQ.dita's days, it was only Gsang phu ne'u thog which had the sole reputation of being a veritable fortress of the type of textual gzhung learning that belongs to the siltraclass, in contrast to most of the other central Tibetan monastic establishments where the importance of siltra-class studies was largely overshadowed by tantric study and practice. Sakya mChog ldan later said that two systems oflearning appeared in the scholarship based on authoritative texts (lung) and reasoning (rigs pa), known as the Sa skya pa and rNgog positions (van der Kuijp 1983: 1). In 12th century gSang phumasters such as Phywa pa Chos kyi seng ge (1109-1169), who was an expert in the fields ofPramfu].a and Madhyamaka, strictly followed as aMadhyamika the Svatantrika tradition ofrNgog 10 tsa ba BIo ldan shes rab (1059-1109). Phywa pa was a disciple of Gro lung pa BIo gros 'byung gnas, the chief disciple of rNgog 10, 30 Chapter 2 and ofrGya dmar pa Byang chub grags pa (Tauscher 1999: vii-xii). Sa chen Kun dga' snying po (1092-1158), the fIrst of the fIve forefathers of the Sa skya tradition, and his successor bSod nams rtse mo (1142-1182) studied many years under masters of gSang phu Ne'u thog (Jackson 1985: 20, 22; 1987: 24, 105-06). Phywa pa is known to have written refutations of the works of Candrakrrti.67. We need to understand, whether scholars of Sa skya monastery, to which Red mda' ba belonged, continued to study and teach rNgog 10 's epistemological (tshad ma)tradition after the time of Sa skyaPal).<,lita or whether they adhered only to the view of the latter. It is also possible that in Sa skya various scholars took different views and co-existed, at least in the fIeld of Buddhist epistemology. Jackson (l994a: 382-83) points out: Much of Sa skya Pal).c.iita's epistemological writings, for instance, should be understood not only in relation to Indian tradition, but also as a continuation of or a divergence from the school founded by rNgog-lo and further developed by Phywa-pa. But for now it is enough to notice in this biography [ofrNgog 10] signs of a significant new dialectical orientation at the new beginning of Tibetan Buddhist scholasticism. From rNgog-lo's time onwards, and probably as one of his special· legacies, Tshad-ma studies have come to occupy a very central position. Quoting Sakya mchog Idan, Jackson (1987: 134) includes Red mda' ba among the upholders of Dharmaklrti's PramiiI;zaviirttika lineage. He also lists seminaries in dEus and gTsang where the PramiiI;zaviirttika was studied according to the Sa skya tradition, and states that the Summaries (bsDus pa)were maintained in accordance with the Treasure ofReasoning (Rigs gterj. When Siikya mchog Idan was writing this account in 1495, some seven notable seminaries were still at least nominal adherents of Pramfu)a traditions of the old school of rNgog and Phywa pa, though the actual teaching lineages of the PVin [i.e., Pramiil}aviniscaya] and Bsdus pa were then on the verge of dying out (Jackson 1987: 135), Jackson also names monasteries in which Tsong kha pa and his disciples studied, among them gSang phu monastery, and adds: "Any exposition of the PV [i.e., PramiiJ;1aviirttika] in these seminaries must have originated from Sa-pal).'s lineage." According to Dreyfus (1997: 26) many important Sa skya thinkers such as Nya dbon and Red mda' ba are to be included in the list of epistemological thinkers attempting to reconcile the rising Treasure ofReasoning of Sa pal). with the accepted views ofPhywa pa's tradition. Therefore, at the end of the fourteenth and the beginning of the fifteenth centuries, a conflict of interpretation opposed the partisans of Tibetan realism to those who followed Sa pal).' s antirealism. Siikya Chok-den alluded to this situation when he complained about authors who, although claiming to uphold the tradition of the Treasure, nevertheless made it the target of their indirect criticism. The terms "realism" and "antirealism" here refer to the two basic trends in Tibetan Buddhist epistemology initiated by rNgog 10 and Sa pal)., which Sakya mchog Idan has referred to as the rNgog tradition (rNgog lugs) and the Sa skya tradition (Sa lugs) (cf. van der Kuijp 1983: 5), State of Research 31 both part of the period of "New epistemo10gy"68 in Tibet that mainly developed during the late propagation (phyi dar), while the major. cornn:entaries to the works ofDignaga (480-540) and Dhannaklrti (600-660) were translated mto TIbetan. Dreyfus (1997: 21-27), emphasizing the work of Tibetan thinkers in the "classical period of Tibetan Buddhism," i.e., between the end ofthefourteenth and the end of the fifteenth centuries, ~j{plains this development in summary as follows: Sa Pal!, studying with the Indian pai)J,lit Siik:ya Sribhadra, discovered that rNgog 10 and Phywa pa misinterpreted Dharmaklrti and composed his masterpiece Treasure ofReasoning, which only received attention with g.Yag ston. g.Yag ston criticized those, who followed Phywa pa's Summades, which supported a "realism regarding universals and commonsense objects" that corresponds neither to Dharmaklrti's ideas nor to Sa Pal!'S explanations. A conflict of interpretations arose. The main critic of Sa Pal! was Bo dong Phyogs las mam rgyal (1376-1451), who "followed the Zeitgeist in his attempt to es,tablish a synthesis between Sa-pal). and the realist interpretations dominant in his time," followingalsoRig pa'i ral gri (1250-1330). Others like Tsong kha pa, rGyal tshab rje andmKhas grub rje did not agree with Sa Pal!' s interpretation that contradicts with the more realist interpretation ofDharmaklrti. Thus they "interpreted" Sa Pal!'S views and tried to make them compatible with 'fuose ofPhywa pa. Thus Sa Pal! was made out a forerunner of Tsong kha pa, although their :views on epistemology were quite different. Dreyfus (1997: 22-23) thinks that before introdu.$ing the dGe lugs tradition, the Sa skya tradition had been the great rival of the Sang phu tradiirian ofrNgog 10 and Phywa pa, and that Sa skya became a major scholarly tradition only during the thirteenth century under Sa Pal!, who brought together monastic and tantric aspects. How~ver, as Dreyfus (1997: 30-32) stresses, Tsong kha pahad only a limited role in the elaboration adGe lugs logico-epistemological tradition. There are two currents of exegesis in the dGe 'lug~ epistemology tradition, usually associated willi rGyal tshab and mKhas grub, who, as the present study will show, both studied Pramiil).a with Red mda' ba (see chapter 6, sections 2.5.4 ~'a.nd2.6.6). rGyal tshab takes a more orthodox way of interpreting, closely connected to Phywa ,pa, while mKhas grub (similar to rGyal tshab's commentary on Sa pal). treasure, based on Red ~da' ba) refutes several concepts introduced by Phywa pa (Dreyfus 1997: 32). Important seems to be in this context the above mentioned remark that many important Sa skya thinkers such as Nya dbon and Red mda' ba tried to reconcile Sa Pal!'S Treasure ofReasoning with the views of Phywa pa. This needs further analysis by studying Red mda' ba's works. Dreyfus (1997: 441) klsostates that dGe lugs thinkers and especially rGyal tshab strongly emphasized the religious ,*spect of Buddhist epistemology, and adds in note 46: ?f Although the significance of this [sotetiological] interpretation [of Buddhist epistemology] is quite clear, its otigin is less obvious. Steinkellner speculates that the initiator of this religious interpretation might have been Dzong-ka-ba's teacher, Ren-da-wa (E. Steinkellner, "Tshad ma 'j skyes bu.') Van der Kuijp rejects this idea as lacking evidence. He finds it extraordinary that Ren-da-wa would not be mentioned by Gyel-tsap or Kay_drup 69. Although it seems to be correct that Red mda' ba emphasized the study of Sa pal).'s text in ~ombination with 'u yug pa Rigs pa'i seng ge's commentary, I have found no evidence so far ~atrGyal tshab was trained in gSang phu monastery as Dreyfus (1997: 32, 34) claims. 32 Chapter 2 Red mda' ba 's Phar phyin Studies From Sangs rgyas rtse mo's biography of Red mda' ba it becomes clear that he studied the perfections (phar phyin) or Prajfiapiiramita, with the glorious Bla rna dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan according to commentaries of 'Bre Shes rab 'bar and his disciple AI Byang chub ye shes, both masters in the transmission lineage of the rNgog tradition (rNgog lugs) ofthe Prajniipiiramitii (see chapter 6, section 2.5.5). In his preface to the facsimile reproduction of the Rang ston Phar phyin, Jackson (1988: I-II) explains the relationship and doctrinal competition between the tradition of Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa on the one hand and Rong ston on the other. With regard to Rong ston, one ofthe early critics of Tsong kha pa, Jackson notes: The importance of Rong-ston in the history of Tibetan scholasticism can hardly be overestimated. This goes without saying of the Sa-skya-pa tradition, where his students and their pupils completely dominate later developments. But for the scholastic (mtshan nyid) traditions of the Bka' -brgyud-pa and Rnying-ma too he is a very important figure because many if not most of their scholastic lineages pass through him. Indeed even some of the great scholars within the early-15th-century movement that under the inspiration of Tsong-kha-pa was developing into the Dga' -Idan-pa (or Dge-Iugs-pa) school had also received some training under Rong-ston during the years he was actively teaching at Gsang-phu. These included six abbots of Ri-bo Dga'-ldan and 'Bras-spungs. 70 The later Dge-lugs-pa tradition stemming as it does from Tsong-kha-pa Blo-bzang-grags-pa (l357-1419) and Red-mda'-ba Gzhon-nu-blogros (1349-1412), represents a continuation of a different synthesis of the Rngog-pa and Saskya-pa scholastic lineages, and it generally does not preserve glad memolies of Rong-ston. Not only did Rong-ston and his teacher G.yag-ston represent the main alternative tradition which could vie with it for authority, but also Rong-ston was the first great scholar openly to question and criticize what he took to be novel doctrinal and philosophical interpretations on the part of his older contemporary Tsong-kha-pa. It is also important to note that the Blue Annals (Roerich 1949: 340) states that the original college of g.Yag ston, although he was a Sa skya scholar, was gSang phu Ne'u thog, not Sa skya, and also that his spiritual son Rong ston s=a ba'i seng ge, came in his youth from rGyal mo rong7 ! (Tsha rong) to study in gSang phu monastery. According to David Jackson72 both went later and taught extensively at Sa skya during visits there. However, there is no evidence that g.Yag ston, Red mda' ba's competitor, was in Sa skya at the time when from there a great deferral of Red mda' ba's teachings and a revolt by his retinues in Bul rong occurred (ca. 1390). This incident was soon followed by Red mda' ba's resignation from his teaching position in Sa skya and his twelve-year-retreat in Bul rong (see chapter 6, sections 2.9.2.6 and 2.10.1). It is important to note that Jackson (1989: 6) states: In the general Mahayana scholasticism of Tibet in those days [i.e., the early fifteenth century], Rong-ston together with g.Y ag-ston represented the main doctrinal alternative to the tradition of Tsong-kha-pa (1357-1419) and his teacher Red-mda' -ba (1349-1412), though both pairs of savants were basically offshoots from a common trunk ofthe gSang-phulSa-skya scholarly and intellectual tradition. (He may also have influenced the thought of certain early dGa' -ldan-pas, State of Research 33 for many masters who later became influential students ofTsong kha pa had also studied under Rong-ston at some stage of their career.) In the later Sa-skya-pa dialectic or scholastic traditions, his influence predominated almost completely. Nearly all such traditions surviving in the Sa-skya-pa pass down through.him. This shoWS that a comparative study of the works byRedmda' ba, Tsong kha pa, and Rong ston would be extremely helpful. Unfortunately Red mda' ba' sPhar phyin commentary (see chapter . 7, text no. 4) is still missing, but since it is listed in Orags pa (1985) as well as in a list from Mongolia, there is some hope that sooner or later it will come to light again. For an adequate understanding of the intellectual developments of ftlls period more information about the relationship between Sa skya, gSang phu and the early dOe lugs pa monasteries is desirable too. The Scholastic System of Teaching and Learning .·Dreyfus (2003: 144) indicates that the gradual institutionalization of scholastic learning can also be traced in the development of monastic degrees. One of the many peculiarities ofSangs rgyas rtse mo's biography is that it lists the very many disciples of Red mda' ba (see chapter 6, sections 2.7.1 to 2.7.8) according to their scholastic degrees. Analyzing these sections, and . considering that Red mda' ba, while teaching in Sa skya, had been asked by his students to establish a scriptural tradition through monastic textbooks (yig cha) on Madhyamaka, it will be shown that Red mda' ba introduced the fifth course of study of the so-called 'Five Scriptures' . (bKa' pod lnga) studies of the scholastic tradition, which continues in the dOe lugs tradition in their dEu rna studies, as well as the curriculum ofa 'Master of the Ten Scriptures' (bKa' bcu pa). The previous studies of dEu rna topics in Tibet consisted of study of the Svatantrika Madhyamaka view only, set within the framework of the Phar phyin studies. While Red mda' ba's main disciple rOyal tshab, successor of Tsong kha pa, achieved the academic title of a Master of the Ten Scriptures, Tsong kha pa, probably similar to Red mda' ba himself, obtained only the title ofa 'Master of the Four Scriptures' (bKa' bzhi pa). We do not know much about the early education system in Tibet, especially about the curriculum in Sa skya, from the thirteenth century onwards, when under Sa pat}. it had developed a major scholarly tradition. For gSang phu Ne'u thog we have some information. Van der Kuijp (1987:104) points out that anyone wishing to study the basic philosophical texts of Buddhism, including of course Dharmaklrti's PramiiJ;aviniscaya, during the twelfth and the beginning of the thirteenth centuries, had to go to Gsang-phu ne'u thog for such training. Jackson (1988, I) makes clear that in the early time in gSang phu Ne'u thog a unit of three subjects was studied: Since the time of Rngog lo-tsa-ba Blo-Idan-shes-rab (1059-1109), the Prajiiaparamita philosophy expounded in the Abhisamay§lBIpkiira and its main commentaries such as Haribhadra's had been a fundamental topic for Tibetan scholars of Mahayana philosophy. Its study, together with the study of elementary dialectics (bsdus grwa) and Buddhist logic-epistemology (PramaI).a, especially Dharmaklrti's PramiiJ;aviniscaya), was considered in the tradition of Rngog's seminary Gsang-phu Ne'u-thog to be one of the three prerequisite subjects for Buddhist 34 Chapter 2 scholarship - this triad being sometimes referred to as phar tshad bsdus gsum73 • The fundamental importance of these subjects remains more or less unchanged today in the main surviving offshoot of that tradition - i. e. modern Dge-lugs-pa scholasticism. Furthermore van der Kuijp (1987: 111) describes in the curriculum at the time ofPhywa pa, the sixth abbot of gSang phu Ne'u thog, a configuration of four teachers, who taught in four teaching quarters the following topics: 1. Phywa pa taught on the eastern side of the rNgog 10 tsii ba's mausoleum logic and epistemology, 2. rGya mching ru ba on the southern side the Maitreya[natha] texts, 3. Rin chen tshul khrims on the western side Abhidharma, and 4. Yon tan shes rab on the northern side Vinaya. As my present study shows, what is nowadays in the dGe lugs pa studies referred to as dBu rna studies, based on the Madhyamakavatfira was established by Red mda' ba in Sa skya. Other teachers like g.Yag ston followed his example. Jackson (2007: 348) points out that it was Red mda' ba's main contribution to revive Madhyamaka studies and raise them to new prominence, but Madhyamaka was not counted as one of the core subjects of gSang phu Ne'u thog and its branches before Rong ston Shes byakun rig (1367-1449), and that the basic curriculum often scriptures under Red mda' ba may be hinted at in a verse by Red mda' ba quoted by A khu Shes rab rgya mtsho. Details on Red mda' ba's Abhidharma and Vinaya studies and his lineages are given too (see chapter 6, sections 2.5.6, 2.5.7). How studies ofPharphyin (including Svatantrika Madhyamaka studies), Tshad rna and dBu rna can intertwine becomes clear, when studying Cabez6n (2003: 296-98). He describes, why Tsong kha pa dedicates so much energy to elaborating the Svatantrika-Prasangika distinction. He positions Red mda' ba possibly close to J ayananda, while Tsong kha pa and Red mda' ba are said to have had quite different theories of the Madhyamaka, although both agree that CandraJdrti' s Priisangika is the only correct interpretation ofNagarjuna. From the viewpoint of Tshad rna Dreyfus (1997: 5) states that most Sa skya and dGe lugs thinkers describe themselves as Madhyamika.Although Dharmaklrti is considered as Y ogacarin they use his thought in the domains of logic, epistemology, and philosophy of language. They do so because, in a tradition in which philosophy is commentarial, a philosophical point canoot be made without being properly grounded in a previous tradition. In the logico-epistemological domain, Dharrnaklrti provides this authoritative grounding. Such an approach of combining Tshad rna and dBu rna seems to find its parallels in the Indian tradition. As Dreyfus (1997: 19) points out, already Bhavya (500-70) reconsidered Madhyamaka doctrine in the light of Dignaga's logical system. Jnanagarbha (700-760) offers the example of a Madhyamika who has adopted many of the key Dharrnaklrtian epistemological concepts we examine here. His works mark a strong shift toward epistemology within the Madhyamaka tradition. c. .. ) Not all Madhyamikas, however, agreed on this use of Buddhist logic and epistemology. Candraklrti (540-600) in particular saw this use of Dignaga's system (... ) as contradicting the Madhyamaka rejection of essentialism. So the question arises which stance Red mda' ba took as Prasangika towards the use of the thoughts ofDignaga and DharmakIrti. Cabez6n (2003: 297) explains that svatantras need to be State of Research 35 rejected by Madhyamikas, because their positing requires not only the acceptance of theses, but also, their epistemological grounding in valid cognition: "This or a version of it, would seem to be the position ofJayananda, and possibly that of Red mda' ba." This needs further investigation. 74 Historical Sources on Red mda' ba's Life 'From the viewpoint of historiography, the present work tries to base itself, as much as possible, '6rl. primary sources, or in other words, original sources. But there are also secondary sources, later Tibetan histories that repeat the original sources, which will also be considered. iithough Red mda' ba was one of the key figures in the history of Tibetan Buddhist scholastiextensive accounts of his life or mentions ofhis accomplishments are found in few places ~thin Tibetan literature. Thus it may be worthwhile to list here the main sources on his life. mus list contains all biographies of Red mda' ba known so far, but it does not claim to be ex- re., E1sm, ha.~stive?5 Biograpbies of Red mda' ba -"~ 1.iTimary Sources ;k}ir,' " IThree biographies of Red mda' ba are known, though only two are now extant. Of these two, ~b!ie is listed in at least two traditional Tibetan lists of biographies: One such list was compiled 1865 by dKon mchog bstan pa rab rgyas (b. 18.0 1) and is to be found in the history mDo smad ;rehos 'byung(1977: 26). He enumerates two biographies ofRedmda' ba: one bymNga' ris pa ~bSodnams rtse mo and another by 'Du1 'dzin Grags pa rgyal mtshan?6 The first citation is partly ;'iil~orrect. The author's name is not mNga' ris pa bSod nams rtse mo, but mNga' ris pa Sangs rtgyas rtse mo (see chapter 6, sections 1.8 verse 36 and 2.26 verse 36). ~~~\ In the second traditional list, the List ofSome Rare Tibetan Books Transmitted (dPe rgyun t?kon pa 'ga shiggi tho yigp by the famous A khu Shes rab rgya mtsho, we find only one entry, !J1'kely in the section 'Histories (chos-/;1bymi), biographies (roam-thar},jiitakas, etc.:' "10957 :.>'" tIRedmda'pa 'i roam thar mnga ' ris pa bsodnams rtse mos mdzadpa." Just as his contemporary '~on mchog bstan pa rab rgyas, so too A khu Rin po che wrongly names mNga' ris pa bSod :~~ rtse mo as the author. The three biographies of Red mda' ba known to us, are as follows: 1'fu f~~;F'. ,8,angs rgyas rtse mo ~i,~!' , ~$angsrgyasrtsemo, mNga' ris pa(b. 14thcent.). dPaiidanredmda' ba chenpo'iroam tharngo rmtshar lII1ad byung. There are two manuscripts (A and B), of which TBRC holds digitally ~(;anned microfilm images, tiffs and pdf files, and a computer-input offset print of manuscript A. Manuscript [A], 39 fols., TBRC code W1CZ1885, discovered in Beijing: Nationalities Library ~bfthe Cultural Palace of Nationalities. i~anuscript [B], 43 fols., TBRC code W18649. ';2003. Sa skya rgyal yongs gsung rab slob gnyer khang (IBA), ed. Sa skya pa 'i bia ma kha shas 'kyi roam thar (Biographies ofSome Sa-skya-pa Masters), pp. 265-352. Part of a collection of 38 Chapter 3 ten biographies. A copy of the template used for printing has been received from IBA. !tis just another negative microfilm copy of manuscript A, and thus not really significant as a "textual witness." In the text edition I will only occasionally refer to it in the critical apparatus. 78 • This main source for the present study, of which we have two manuscripts, will be discussed in detail in the next chapter. The work was created by an authoritative source with a good knowledge of the events being described, even being an eyewitness to some of them. The source is therefore close to the origin of the information under study, and can thus provide us with valuable information about Red mda' ba. The work seems to have been written or collected soon after his death. It contains original research andhad been forgotten or lost for a long time. Thus this work is the oldest extant source of information on the life ofRedmda' ba to which we now have access. It may therefore allow us to draw new historical conclusions to outstanding questions surrounding the development of Tibetan Buddhism in the time period in question. It speaks for itself in ways that cannot be captured through the filter oflater Tibetan histories and deserves our full attention. The source is a hagiography, a geme which has also come to be referred to pejoratively by critics, who hold them to be uncritical and devotional in style and content. But as we shall see, this present source contains not only traditional hagiographical elements, but also purely biographical information, whose historical value is enhanced by the fact that it covers an entire lifetime. This can be clarified by consulting other contemporaneous historical documents that also refer to the events described in the biography, such as letters, other writings, and their colophons, and parallel sources such as biographies of the main figures' contemporaries. Because this present work does not belong entirely either to the category of fiction or to that of straight history, it can be used selectively for the purposes of both, religious and historical inquiry. 'Dul ' dzin Grags pa rgyal mtshan The biography mentioned in the mDo smad Chos 'byunglist, composed by 'Dul ' dzin Grags pa rgyal mtshan (l374-1434?9, the direct disciple of Tsong kha pa, would b~ indeed of great interest too, but unfortunately it is still lost. Despite all efforts it could not be located thus far, neither in international manuscript catalogs nor in the main libraries of Tibetans in exile nor in Tibet itself. In Tibet searches have been undertaken in Derge as well as in several other places which for understandable reasons will not be mentioned here. In Indian exile an inquiry to the Office of H.H. the Dalai Lama was met with the response that it is neither in His Holiness' private library nor in the Library of Tibetan Work and Archives. Furthermore searches have been made in the Tibet House New Delhi, in the libraries of Sera, Drepung and Ganden, in Sa skya monastery CBylakuppe, South India), in H.B. Sakya Trizin's private library in Dehradun and in the Shantarakshita Library ofthe Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies in SamathVaranasi. Further searches in the private libraries of high-ranking dGe lugs pa lamas may lead to success. Historical Sources on Red mda' ba's Life 39 RatnasaI11bhava FromKhenpo Gyats080 the information was received that several other biographies on Red mda' ba are available such as the one by RatnasaI11bhava, of which I later also obtained a blockprint and an dbu medmanuscript. It was published as a clearly legible computer-input offset print, together with the biography composed by mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo. RatnasaI11bhava. Red mda' ba gzhon nu blo gros kyi mam thar, dBu med manuscript, 17 fols., dbu can version published in: Sa skya pa 'i bla ma kha shas kyi mam thar, Tibetan-style book (dpe cha), 1 vol., published in Kathmandu 2003 by Sakya International Buddhist Academy (Sa skyargyal yongs gsung rab slob gnyerkhang), pp. 241-64. Place ofwriting:·dPe dmar, the . main seat (gdan sa) of sTag 10 [tsa ba]81. RatnasaI11bhava is probably the Sanskritized form of Tibetan Rin chen 'byung ldan or Rin chen 'byung gnas. According to the colophon, p. l7b3-5 it has been composed by "RatnasaI11bhava, 'who has attained little faith,82 in the Lama [Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros]." The author carefully studied Red mda' ba's Minor Works-and then developed the wish to compose this biography. The text does not contain many biographical datas, but concentrates more on Buddhist practice and view. It has sixteen sections, and mainly follows the order of Sangs rgyas rtse mo. Sometimes the author refers to different parts of Red mda' ba's writings than Sangs rgyas rtse mo. Despite many efforts, it has not yet been possible to determine the identity of the author. 83 l'his biography is not mentioned in the lists of rare books. A preliminary perusal of this work points at a later date of composition and does not significantly add to our understanding of this .important figure. Secondary Sources There are a number of other biographies of Red mda' ba, not the least of which are contemporary short biographies, which are worthwhile to be mentioned, although they have not been fully considered when making the critical edition ofSangs rgyas rtse mo. Occasionally they served as source of additional information for the present work. Surely many other biographies could be added: Las chen Bla ma rje btsun red mda' ba zhes snyan par grags de ni, in Las chen Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (1432-1506), bKa'gdams kyimam par tharpa bka' gdams chos 'byung gsaJ ba 'i sgron me zhes bya ba (Biographies ofthe bKa' gdams pa [Masters). 'The Clear Light~ A History ofthe bKa' gdams [School). A Detailed Account of the Spread of the bKa' gdarns school in Tibet and a collection of more than 200 biographies ofbKa' gdams pa masters, given in the chapters 4-10. At present we have access to three different editions of this work: 1) 1972.2 vols. New Delhi: B. Jamyang Norbu vol. 2., 630 ff. 2) 19- . Blockprint, no place, no publisher, scarmed by Tibetan Buddhist Resource Center, vol. no. 2593, work number (W) 23748, 832 pp., 417 fols. Kaschewsky (1982: 22 no. 2) notes that 40 Chapter 3 a xerox copy is with the library of the Indo10gisches Seminar at Bonn university (formerly Zentralasiatisches Seminar, now Abteilung Zentra1asienkunde), and the original with L.S. Dagyab, Bonn. 3) 2003. Modem offset book print, Lhasa, Bod 1jongs mi dmangs dpe slcrun khang, 830 p., 7223-01568-3. Other mentions of Las chen occur in: Vostrikov (1970: 172-73) mentions according to edition no. 2) that the text was written in 1494. . Same in Martin (1997: 81, no. 148). However in the colophon of Las chen (19-: 417a) it is said that the work was compiled 3631 years after the teaching or rather after the Nirvfu;ta of the victorious Buddha, i.e., in 1498 (see also 1972: vol. 2, 315a.4-6; 2003: 829.21-830.3). Kaschewsky, R. (1969). "Bericht tiber eine literarische und buddho10gische Samme1arbeit in Nepal 1968/69" Zentraiasiatische Studien3, pp. 289 ff. ' Precise reference to the section on the biography of Red mda' ba: Las chen, chap. 9: 1972: vol. 2, 155a.4-173a.2; 19-: 309a.2-320b.5; 2003: 611.19-634.20. Note that the summary of Sangs rgyas rtse mo ends 2003: 617.5. In that part the author mainly su=arizes the sections 2.5, 2.7, 2.9,2.10,2.13,2.14,2.17, and 2.19 of Sangs rgyas rtse mo, followed by his conclusion as to who Red mda' ba's chief disciples were, a detailed account on various transmissions of Mental Purification (blo sbyong), and explanations on the deity of compassion (snying rje 'j lha), i.e., A valokiteSvara, as well as on the being that has gained highest siddhis, dGe slong ma dPal mo (Bhik~UI}l Lak~mi), and her main followers. 84 Whether there is a direct relationship between Red mda' ba and the dPal mo tradition (dpal molugs)is not mentioned. At the begiuning of Las chen's biography on Red mda' ba he agrees clearly with manuscript B, but later also summarizes part 2.17, which is missing in manuscript B. Mangthos mNyam medredmda 'pa chen po 'j mam thar, in Mang thos KIu sgrub rgya mtsho (1523-1596). 1993. bsTan rtsis gsal ba·'j nyin byed, tha snyad rig gnas Jnga 'j byung tshU] blo gsal mgrin rgyan. Hsi Ning (Zi ling) (province Qinghai): Bod ljongs mi dmangs dpe skrun khang (people's Publishing House of the ART), pp. 194.10-197.14. Date of Writing: 1564-1566. Cf. Martin (1997: 94, no. 181): finally completed in 1587 only. Mang thos klu sgrub rgya mtsho briefly su=arizes Sangs rgyas rtse mo in a paraphrasing style. His reading could be decided to follow six times the reading of manuscript B, three times manuscript A, and seven times neither of the two. Therefore this text can be neglected for drawing up the critical edition. Ngor Chos 'byung mKhaspag.yag gzhongnyi}S kyi lorgyusni, inNgordKonmchog lhungrub (1497-1557): A History of Buddhism being the text ofDam pa 'j chos kyi byung tshU] legspar bshadpa bstan pa rgya mtshor 'jug pa''j gru chen zhes bya ba rtsom 'phro kha skong bcas. Short title: Ngor Chos Historical Sources on Red mda' ba's Life 41 'byung. Begun by Ngor chen dKon mchog 1hun grub and completed [in 1692] by Ngor chen Sangs rgyas phun tshogs (1649-1705). Reproduced from a rare xy10graphic print from the 1705 Sde-dge blocks from the library of Bunniok Athing. New Delhi: Ngawang Topgay 1973, 345.6.' 347.2 (together with the biography of g.Yag phrug Sangs rgyas dpal); states like Sangs rgyas •!hse mo that Red mda' ba passed away at the age of65, that means in his 65th year oflife, on the 29th day of the 10th month in the year of the water-dragon [1412]). . For more details on Ngor Chos 'byung see Martin (1997: 112) no. 233 . .y~ shes rgyal mtshan -·iJe btsun red mda' ba gzhon nu bio gras ni, in Ye shes rgyal mtshan, Tshe mchog gling Yongs .,dzin (1713-1793). 1990. Byang chub lam gyi dmpa'i bia ma brgyudpa'iroampar thar pa rgyaJ bstan mdzes pa 'i rgyan mchogphul byung nor bu 'iphreng ba, pp. 891.27-905.23. With a "preface by Blo bzang Tshe ring. Hsi Ning (Zi ling), Province Qinghai: Bod ljongs rni dmangs dpe skrun khang (People's Publishing House of the Tibet Autonomous Region). This text has •occasionally been used for editing the biography ofSangs rgyas rtse mo. It will be described in -more detail in chapter 4. "\ 'Shes bya 'i gter mdzod iJTsom pa po 'i 10 rgyus nyung bsdusin Shes bya 'i gter mdzod, Beijing 1997, vol. 3 (smad cha), 316-18. Contains also a short biography of Red mda' ba in Chinese (pp. 318-19) and an index :.6fthe so-called Red mda ' ba gzhon nu bio gros kyi gsung 'bum (pp. 311-16) which is actually .only an index of one volume of the gSung 'bum, the Minor Works'. Accordingly, at the end of fue biography (p. 318.6), the editors say that they are holding the composition of Red mda' ba' s Minor WorkS'which consists of one volume in the Nationalities Library (bka' rtsomyang nged Tni rigs dpe mdzodkhang du gsung thor bu podgcig bzhugs yod). The biography is a summary ofSangs rgyas rtse mo. It follows almost literally the reading of manuscript A, while alternately ~ome words are replaced by Modern Tibetan. Only in one place does this short biography disagree with manuscript A: At the beginning it starts by dating the year of birth to 1349 and thus matches Las chen and Ye shes rgyal mtshan. But with regard to the age at death "65 [in 1412]" and the month of death "10th month" Shes bya'igtermdzodagrees with Sangs rgyas rtse mo, .and disagrees with Las chen and Ye shes rgyal mtshan. Note that this text agrees almost wordfor-word with Red mda' ba gzhon nu bio gros kyi roam thar mdor bsdus, in Mi nyag mGon po. J,996. Gangs can mkhas dbang rim byon gyi roam thar mdor bsdus, bdud rtsi'i thigs phreng, 106-14. 42 Chapter 3 Modem Tibetan Secondary Literature Biographies based on Ye shes rgyal mtshan Redmda' ba gzhon nu blo gros ni, in T. G. Dhongthog Rinpoche: Byangphyogs thub pa 'irgyal tshab dpalldan sa skya pa 'i bstan pa lin po che ji ltar byung ba 'i 10 rgyus rab 'byams zhing du snyanpa'i sgra dbyangs. New Delhi: T. G. Dhongthog Rinpoche 1977: 112b3-113b5 (follows literally Ngor Chos 'byung, but states at the end, similarly to Ye shes rgya1 mtshan and Las chen, that Red mda' ba passed away at the age of 64 on the 29th day of the 12th month in the water-dragon-year [1412] of the 7th 60-year-cycle. In the beginning the text agrees almost literally with Ye shes rgyal mtshan and gives similarly the earth-ox-year [1349] as his year of birth. rJe btsun redmda' ba gzhon nu bio gros m; in Khetsun Sangpo, The Biographical Dictionmy of Tibet and TIbetan Buddhism. Dharamsala: Library of Tibetan Works & Archives (1979: vol. XI, 351-67). This biography is based on Ye shes rgyal mtshan (see foreword to Khetsun Sangpo 1979: vol. XI). Red mda' ba gzhon nu blo groB, in Ko zhul Grags pa 'byung gnas, and rGyal ba Blo bzang mkhas grub: Gangs can mkhas grub rim byon ming mdzod Lan Chou: Kan su'u mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Gansu) 1992, 1619.6-1620.19. States the dates of birth and death of Red mda' ba 1349-1412 and the name of his mother dBang phyug skyid. Thus the text agrees with Ye shes rgyal mtshan. The authors add rab byung bdun pato the year of birth and death. Biography based on Mang thos and Ye shes rgyal mtshan rJe btsun Red mda' ba gzhon nu blo groB, in Don rdor, and bsTan 'dzin chos grags, ed., Gangs ljongs 10 rgyus thog gi grags can mi sna. Hsi Ning (Zi ling) Province Qinghai: Bod Ijongs mi dmangs dpe skrun khang (People's Publishing House of the ART) 1993: 420-2-422.12. The author follows clearly Mang thos Klu sgrub. Only with regard to the year of birth and the age at death does the text match Las chen or rather Ye shes rgyal mtshan. Biography based on Khetsun Sangpo rJe btsun red mda' pa gzllOn nu blo gros ni, in Red mda' ba gzhon nu blo gros. 1995. dBu ma la j'ug pa 'i mam bshad de kho na nyid gsal ba 'i sgron me. Samath, Varanasi: dPal sa skya'i slob gnyer Ihan tshogs. Sakyapa's Students' Union, Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies. Post Graduate Teaching and Research. ka-tsa, pp. 15-31. According to Dr. Tashi Tsering, CIHTS, who was responsible for this publication, the introductory biography on Red mda' ba is a summary of that by Khetsun Sangpo (see above). English translation in: Stiiter-Tillmann, Jiirgen and Tsering, Tashi (1997: ix-xviii). Introduction to the Text Edition of the Biography by Sangs rgyas rtse mo The Two Primary Textual Witnesses The edited text presented here is mainly drawn from two sources (manuscripts A and B), and for a few passages from a third related but different source, Red mda'ba' s Minor Works (M). Readings from two and in some cases from three sources are combined in a single edition. The underlying original text is the Large Biography (rNarn thar chen rna) of Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros (1348-1412) composed by mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo (b. 14th cent.), a disciple of Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros. Little else is known about this author. Whatever we know about him so far comes from this biography that he composed. At present we have access to only two witnesses, here called manuscripts A and B, which will be described in detail below. One manuscript is or was in the possession of the Library of the CPN in Beijing, and a copy of the other manuscript was made available from the Tibetan Buddhist Resource Center, New York. Now copies of both manuscripts are held by TBRC. However, it deserves mention that David Jackson was so kind as to entrust me with a copy of manuscript A, which he himself had received from Leonard van der Kuijp. Later, I kindly received a copy of the manuscript B and a rare manuscript copy of Red mda' ba's Minor Works from Gene Smith. The dates as well as the biographical details of the author are unknown. We can only say that most likely the biography was composed shortly after the death of Red mda' ba, which took place in 1412. Both from the fact that his passing away is described in great detail at the end of the biography and from the way in which the verses oflamentation testify to the grief that Sangs rgyas rtse mo felt, we can speculate that it may have been composed in 1412/13. As we can see from the biography and the colophon, Sangs rgyas rtse mo not only met Red mda' ba, but frequently mentions having been an eyewitness to certain events, at least from ca. 1401 onwards. On ten separate occasions, he writes: "I heard," "I requested," "I went to Drung pa and asked him," "When I told him," and soon. In the colophon he says that although what he reports comes directly from his teacher, Red mda' ba did not intentionally tell it to him as his biographer, and that furthermore he could not check details later with anyone who was familiar with Red mda' ba's life based on having attended him regularly as a personal servant. Sangs rgyas rtse mo does not specify why he was unable to ask anybody, although we may assume that it was because he wrote the biography in a hermitage in the mountainous region ofMang yul Gung thang in mNga' ris smad. The author was clearly a direct disciple of Red mda' ba, and most probably one of his senior disciples. Therefore the biography must have been composed within his life span and thus not later than 1450. In any case, we can say with certainty that the text was known at the end of the 15th century, because Las chen Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (1432-1506)86 Chapter 4 44 summarizes mNga' ris pa sangs rgyas rtse mos mdzad pa 'i red mda' ba gzhon nu blo gros kyi rnam thaI' ngo mtshar rmad byung (Sangs rgyas rtse mo) in his bKa' gdams chos 'byung gsal ba 'i sgron me, which he fmished writing in the year 1498. This is the earliest text we have so far that refers to Sangs rgyas rtse mo. Also Mang thos Klu sgrub rgya mtsho (1523-1596)87 summarizes it 88 in his bsTan rtsis gsal ba'i nyin byed (1993: 194.10-197.14)89, completed in 1587. Furthermore it is also summarized in the Ngor Chos 'byung, begun by Ngor dKon mchog lhun grub (1497-1557) and completed in 1692 by Ngor chen Sangs rgyas phun tshogs (16491705). About the history of the text we know no more than stated here. Sangs rgyas rtse mo drew not only on information he had observed directly as an eyewitness, but he also gathered further details from interviews with others or learnt from Red mda' ba's writings, not least of all Red mda' ba's short autobiography which is to be found in his Minor Works (M). According to Ven. Lobsang Dorjee, CmTS (Sarnath), wordings such as Ye shes rgyal mtshan 894.7 "nyid kyi zhal nas" imply that the author of the biography is quoting from Red mda' ba's rang rnam (autobiography). But in Ku se A pad, et. al. 1987. Sa skya pa 'i dkar chag, no. 13, p. 41, red'da' ba rang gis rnam thar zhal gsungs las, followed by the famous verse in which Red mda' ba's main writings are summarized, "rang gis rnam thar" refers not to Red mda' ba's autobiography but to Sangs rgyas rtse mo. Thus further analysis shows that rang rnam can also just mean "his own biography." Also in Ye shes rgyal mtshan the quotes refer to the biography of Red mda' ba composed bySangs rgyas rtse mo, and not to Red mda' ba's autobiography itself, which is to be found in his Minor Works (see p. 46, and Appendix A, p. 303). The two manuscripts the critical edition is drawn from are as follows: Manuscript A A: dbu med manuscript90 in cursive script ('khyug bris or 'khyug yig!91. Original filmed by Leonard van der Kuijp in 1993 in Beijing (VR China), see van der Kuijp (1994: 30): fols. 44-82, CPN [Minzu wenhua gong Zhongguo minzu tushuguan = China Nationalities Library of the Cultural Palace of Nationalities (also known as: China Minorities or Ethnic Library)]92 no. 002802(5); indigenous catalogue no. of the monastic library which had originally housed this manuscript above the title of the title page as phyi ra 85 93 This text no. 85 is missing in the Drepung Catalog. Van der Kuijp (1994: 2) explains the meaning ofphyi as follows: The phyi, "external," implies that it was "in circulation;" other manuscripts of the CPN col1ection sometimes have nang, "internal," as part of their catalogue number, which would indicate that these were not for the consumption of the respective monastic community at large. As we know now from the introduction to the Catalog of the Drepung Library (Beijing 2004), vol. T, pp. 7-16, phyi ra 85 is the shelf mark of a book that belongs to the Drepung Library. The Introduction to the Text Edition 45 letter ra refers to the genre chos 'byung 10 rgyus. With regard to phyi and nang Gene Smith gives the following c1arification: 94 The Drepung Library shelflist n~ longer survives, but the structure is clear. Phyi seems to refer to the fact that the books bearing this letter were brought from outside. Most of these were confiscated fi'om the Depa Tsangpa library or from some other collection. They were moved to Drepung and became the library of the dGa' ldan Pho brang. The ones that have nang seem to have been the original library collection ofDrepung. TBRC code: WI CZ1885. Other mentions ofSangs rgyasrtse mo occur in: SeyfortRuegg (2000: 61n131) and Steams (1999: 292). Unlike manuscript B: no extra top page with CPN no. is included, and the numbering does not start with page 1, so it must be a part of a larger work. The left margin gives the vol. no. nga. Title: dPalldan red mda ' ba chen po 'i mamthar ngo mtshar nnad byung zhes bya ba bzhugs pa 'i dbu lags so (The Amazingly Marvelous Biography ofthe Great Glorious Red mda' ba). On p. 82a, this work is said to be 'a summary of Red mda' ba's writings and statements' (red mda' pa 'i gsung sgros5 mdor bsdus pa). Size: 77 pages (39 folia:;); 37 x 5,7 cm; folio 44b-8 lb: 7 lines; folio 82a: 3 lines. Manuscript B B: dbu medmanuscript ('jib, also: jib or dpe tshugSJ6 received from Gene Smith, TBRC code W18649 (4142),1 vol. (scan of photocopies). Top page: CPN no. 002781 (6f7, short title in dbu can: Red mda' ba 'i mam thar, in Chinese: Ren da wazhuan, i.e. BiographyofRendawa. First page: stamp on the right side not legible; indigenous catalog no. of the monastic library which had originally housed this manuscript above the title of the title page as phyi ra 10 This text no. lOis also from the Drepung Library, but missing in the Drepung Catalog. Title in dbu med' de btsun thams cad mkhyen pa ku mii ra ma ti 'i mam thar ngo mtshar nnad byung zhes bya ba bzhugs so (The AmazinglyMarvelous Biography ofthe Omniscient Kumiiramati de btsun Red mda' ba). Size: 85 pages (43 folios) top page not included; folio 1b: 4 lines; folio 2a: 5 lines; folio 2b-42b: 6 lines; folio 43a: 4 lines. This text is about 20-25% shorter than manuscript A. Although it has more pages, the lines per page are fewer and the length of each line is shorter. Note that this manuscript includes parts that are missing from manuscript A, but also omits parts that are included in manuscript A. On p. 40b2 the scribe of manuscript B states that the template he is working from omits here two sheets (folios): bar'dir dpe cha 'i shog bu gnyis ma [shang. This part is preserved. in manuscript A, pp. 77b3-80a2. 46 Chapter 4 Secondary Textual Witnesses In summary the edited text presented here draws mainly from two sources (mss. A and B), 'and for a few passages from a third related, but separate source, Red mda' ba's Minor Works (M). Only in a few places have variants from two further secondary textual witnesses been used, Ye shes rgyal mtshan (Y) and Zhal gdams (R), namely to wit - a variant being favored, - as proof for emendation, to demonstrate that manuscripts A and B sometimes differ commonly from Zhal gdams and sometimes also from Zhal gdams and Ye shes rgyal mtshan - to show that Ye shes rgyal mtshan and Zhal gdams sometimes differ from each other, - to "have another source to collate with, in case text passages were only attested by one witness (manuscript A or B). These three witnesses proved to be very helpful, and will be described in the following: The Minor Works ofRed mda ' ba This text or a copy of it turned out to have been one of the main sources for the author. M: dbu med manuscript (khams yig) received from Gene Smith, TBRC code W1CZ1871 1 vol. (scanned from original microfilm copy). Cf. van der Kuijp (1994a: 15-16).98 Top page: CPN no. 004546, short title in dbu can: Red mda' ba 'i gsung (Red mda' ba 's Writings). First page: 1a title page (with Chinese stamp) not legible, except an arabic number 1, and next to it: (7). Size: 670 pages (335 folios; incomplete from 33 5b onwards) top page not inc1uded;folios 1b-7a: dKar chag;folio 1b: 7 lines, 2 illustrations: left side: Ma ti P~ chen la na mo, right side: Lo tsii. ba Byang chub rtse mo Ia na mo;folios 2a-6b: 7 lines each;folio 7a: 5 lines, two illustrations: left side: Chos Jje dByig pa Ia na mo, right side: Chos rje gZhon b10 pa Ia na mo, last word on p. 7a: subham; fresh start of pagination: 1a-2b missing;folio 3a: 7 lines, left side: arabic number 2 (277), right side stamp: Min zu wen hua gong tu shu guan cang (Held by the Library of the Palace of National Minorities), the front half of the first three lines are not legible, because they have been pasted over with a piece of paper on which it says in cursive script ('khyug yig): rJe btsun red mda' pa gzhon nu blo gros kyi gsung thor bu ba. Altogether about 102 texts. For detailed dKar chag of the whole Minor Works see Shes bya'i gter mdzod, vol. 3, no. 006117 (note that the manuscript M available to us does not match the dKar chag given in the Shes bya'i gter mdzod in all places) and chapter 7. Among other important writings Red mda' ba's Minor Works contain also the autobiography of Redmda' ba: Minor Works, manuscript M, 006 99 : p. 2b5-2b7: dKar chag of the autobiography (rang rnam) which follows in detail below as texts no. 8,9 and 10 (six lines, nine syllables each): rang nyid dam pa'i tshul dang mthun byas nasI Introduction to the Text Edition 47 skalldan gzhan la' ang , di bzhin ' doms so zhesl roam thar mdo tsam ston byed ' di dag golI . dge sbyong tshulla gdams pa'i ts~igs bcad dangl . rang nyid ' gyod med gdeng Idan ' gyur rna dangl rten 'breI de kho na nyid rab byed doll Minor Works, manuscript M, 031, p. 10a6-7 clearly states at the end of these three texts that they make up his brief (auto)biography: rje btS1ID dam pa red mda' pa'i gsung 'bum thor bu ba las rang nyid dam pa'i tshul dang mthun par byas nas gzhan la' ang , di bzhin ' dams soIl zhes mam thar mdo tsam ston pa'i skor gnyis pa'oll Minor Works, manuscript M, 029-030, p. 9a4-9b6, CPN, no. 006117 (13? pp. 6): (8) dge sbyong gi tshulla gdams pa mdzad pa po Siikya'i dge slong gZhonnu blo gros Minor Works, manuscript M, 0030-0031: pp. 9b6-10a6, CPN, no. 006117 refers at the end to 004546 (7 pp. 1): (9) 'gyod med gdeng brod kyi 'gyur rna (10) rten 'brei gyi de kho na nyid bsdus pa'i rab tu byed pa mdzad pa po Siikya'i dge slong gZhon nu blo gros For a detailed catalog of the Minor Works see chapter 7. Ye shes rgyal mtshan rJe btsun red mda' ba gzhon nu blo gros ni in Ye shes rgyal mtshan, Tshe mchog gling Yongs 'dzin (1713-1793): Byang chub lam gyi rim pa 'i bla ma brgyud pa'i mam par thar pa rgyal bstan mdzes pa 'i rgyan mchog phul byung nor bu 'i phreng ba (Short title: Lam rim bla ma brgyud pa 'i mam thar). With a foreword by Blo bzang Tshe ring. Hsi Ning (Zi ling) (province Qinghai): Bod Ijongs mi dmangs dpe skrun khang (people's Publishing House of the ART) 1990: 891.27-905.23. For more details on this work see also Martin (1997: 141, no. 325). Particularly in the beginning, this text specially reports a large part of Las chen almost verbatim.· In-between it summarizes and adds further passages from Sangs rgyas rtse mo. Quotations are not marked as such, except verses. While Ye she§ rgyal mtshan agrees mainly with manuscript B, it contains also parts that are missing in manuscript B such as chapter 5, section 2.17.1. Sometimes Ye shes rgyal mtshan agrees with manuscript A or both manuscripts, but it mainly agrees with the reading of manuscript B. For example, Ye shes rgyal mtshan gives the name of Red mda' ba's mother dBang phyug skyid, which we only find in manuscript B, or reads sangs rgyas kyi bstan pa nyin mo ltar, while A reads: bstan pa nyi mo ltar. B reads lung rigs smra ba seng ge mkhan chen sangs rgyas 'phel, or dkon mchog la gsol ba btab, while A reads: lung rigs smra ba dbang po mkhan chen sangs rgyas 'phel, and dkon mchog gsum la gsol ba btab. 48 Chapter 4 Towards the end of the biography, while A reads abbr. dge 'dun brgya phrag 1, and B abbr. brgyaphragphyed 2, Ye shes rgyal mtshanreads similar to B: dge 'dun brgya dang lnga beu. Further, as in manuscript B, Ye shes rgyal mtshan quotes four of Red mda' ba's Verses on'the Disadvantages ofDesire (see chapter 5, section 2.10.1), which are not contained in A. In many places Ye shesrgyal mtshan skips verses quoted in Sangs rgyas rtse mo and concentrates on the descriptions in prose, while in other places Ye shes rgya1 mtshan must have identified the sources as Red mda' ba's or Tsong kha pa's writings and completes those quotations. Ye shes rgyal mtshan carries a series of verses, i.e., Red mda' ba's Joyful SongofAssurance ofNo Regret (chapter 5, section 2.17.1) which is only contained in manuscript A (part of the text where manuscript B is missing some folios). Ye shes rgyal mtshan gives all the eight verses that stem from Red mda' ba's Minor Works, while A omits two of them. Thus it is likely that Ye shes rgyal mtshan had not only access to Red mda' ba's Minor Works and to Las chen, but also to manuscripts A and B or a third manuscript of Sangs rgyas rtse mo. Ye shes rgyal mtshan also agrees very often with Zhal gdams. It is noteworthy, if not surprising that neither Sangs rgyas rtse mo nor Las chen include the very interesting part on hermitages in Mang yul Gung thang quoted and translated by Ehrhard (2004: 405n168), also contained in my unpublishedMA thesis (2003: 171, 190), see Ye shes rgyal mtshan 1990: 897.14-898.2. The source has not been identified yet. However, the parts of Sangs rgyas rtse mo summarized in Ye shes rgyal mtshan are not sufficient to consider Ye shes rgyal mtshan throughout the critical edition of Sangs rgyas rtse mo, but it is occasionally referred to. Zhalgdams Red mda' ba'i gsung thor bu las zhal gdams 'ga' zhig zur du bkol ba, in sDe gzhung sprul sku rin po ehe 'jam dbyangs kun dga' bstan pa'i rgyal mtshan la sags pa 'i zhal gdams khag, Kathmandu: IBA 2003, pp. 53-59. The small brochure has no preface and gives no source. Jreceived it from David Jackson together with the print of Sangs rgyas rtse mo (IBA 2003). All texts given here - as far as identified - agree with Red mda' ba's Minor Works (manuscript). One series of nine verses has not been identified in the Minor Works yet (see Zhal gdams 54.1355.15). It is contained in manuscripts A and B (see section 2.9.2.1 of the text edition ofSangs rgyas rtse mo). Zhal gdams has been fully considered in drawing up the critical edition. Aim of Editing The aim of the present work is the production of a critical edition by collating two manuscripts (A and B) and to present the text as a standardized edition. One goal of philology is to identify and correct mistakes in the received textual tradition. Due to the lac:k of further primary textual witnesses rather than reconstruct to what was the original text of the author, I have chosen to correct misspellings according to standards of orthography as represented by dictionaries such as the Mahavyutpatti Index (1926), Jiischke' s Tibetan-English Dictionary (1881), Sarat Chandra Das (1902), the Tshig mdzod ehen mo (1984), Goldstein 2001, and in certain cases Illuminator (2006Yoo. In the event that there was evidence of a rare, archaic reading marked by the indication Introduction to the Text Edition 49 that it is rnying such readings are favored. In two cases I refer to Dan Martin's Tibetan Vo" cabulary (2007).101 At times I also refer to the Nitartha Tibetan-English Electronic Dictionary (1998).102 In the critical edition the reader will find a blending of the two available manuscripts. In the case of differences, mainly deviations of spelling or grammar, I chose that reading which follows what is generally accepted as standard Tibetan. For details of editing see below. The translation is based on this critical edition and the reading chosen. Methodology of Editing There does not appear to have emerged a decisive standard for the preparation of critical editions within the field of Tibetology as yet. As such it may be useful to layout clearly the principles that this present work follows. As required the edition is accompanied by a critical apparatus that presents the evidence considered here, an analysis of that evidence, and a record of rejected variants. The number of primary textual witnesses transmitted from which the best variants could have been selected was only two. When I started at the time of my masters' thesis in 2002 with what later turned out to be one of the basic preparations for the present work, there was only the negative microfilm copy of one dbu med manuscript (manuscript A) available, which I had transcribed by hand into dbu can by a group of monks from Sera The monastery (Bylakuppe) under the guidance of the present Sera The abbot Geshe Lobsang Palden. After having received the handwritten dbu can rendition drawn up by eleven monks, each of whom had transcribed about ten pages (5 folios), I started entering that text into the computer. Initially I was comparing it word by word to the dbu med manuscript, but then discovered soon that this was much too extensive an undertaking to be handled properly in the frame of my masters' thesis. Since that project was limited in time and scope, at the time I was unable to consult it as much as I would have liked, especially because the text contains many abbreviations, i.e. shorthands for monosyllables (mgyogs bris), abbreviations of c.ompound words and phrases or contractions (bsdus yig), and elided spelling (skung yig). For lists of abbreviations, see below (p. 57). Furthermore the Sera transcript contained several copyists mistakes from manuscript A, and thus a thorough revision was required. Through personal conversation with the respective monks in Sera, I learnt that they had also faced many difficulties in deciphering the text. Sometimes they approached monks from a nearby small Sa skya monastery hoping to get help from them with regard to some perhaps Sa skya specific terms. As a result,. the word-byword comparison to the dbu med manuscript in its whole had to be postponed. Instead, at that time I simply entered the Sera dbu can transcript as it was and then compared only those parts to the dbu med manuscript that were to be quoted in my masters' thesis. Later the next year, in 2003, after having finished my masters' thesis and the entering of the dbu can letter transcript, my supervisor Davidlackson brought a Tibetan-style book (dpe cha) from Kathmandu containing a collection of biographies that rnA Kathmandu had just published in a limited edition and that to my surprise, among others contained 'my' text. In 2004 through extensive personal communication I fmally got hold of a copy of the manuscript they had used as template for producing a computer-input offset print. It turned out to be a copy of exactly the 50 Chapter 4 same manuscript A. ID3 Therefore in the text edition and in the rest of the present work the print is referred to as A' (eliminatio codicum), or Sangs rgyas rtse mo (IBA 2003). In 2004, I started entering the cursive manuscript A in the computer checking against the 'text already entered, comparing it carefully, word by word, to manuscript A. Since from the philological point of view Sangs rgyas rtse mo (IBA 2003) did not need to be considered, I only consulted it when there seemed to be a deviation between the Sera transcript (already entered in the computer) and my own reading of manuscript A. Whenever! had doubts whether manuscript A had been correctly transcribed by the Sera monks, I checked with the IBA print. Thus it became evident that in most of the cases the print carried the same wrong reading as the Sera rendition. They seemed to have largely accepted the Sera transcript and only corrected it in a few places. To See, whether my suspicions were correct, in April 2008 I checked it with Sera The Khen Rinpoche Geshe Lobsang Palden. He confinned that he had given a copy of their transcript to the Sa skya monastery in Bylakuppe. Most likely it had been forwarded to IBA then. Although the print was thus not of great benefit for drawing up the critical edition, it was extremely helpful when consulting Tibetan scholars to discuss certain questions with .them. In January 2005 thanks to Gene Smith a second edition of the same work unexpectedly came into my hands, this one an dbu med manuscript (B). Checking five pages as samples from the beginning and end of manuscript B, especially the colophon, it became clear that it is without a doubt the same text, but with variant readings, a different title, different number of pages and different type of dbu med script, and most important, with a remark by the scribe on p. 40b that in his pattern two folios were missing. Thus manuscript A is the only complete manuscript we have. According to TBRC's website they had been holding these digitally scanned microfilm images, tiffs and pdf files only for a short time then. This second manuscript was of great value, but at the same time at this stage of the project its discovery led to a lot of additional work and fmally made the prolongation of this project necessary. Supposing that only one witness (codex unicus) existed, I had already started drawing up a 'diplomatic edition', dissolving abbreviations and correcting misspellings. The goal was to show every orthographic feature of the text. But now, being confronted with another edition of the same text, with its orthographical or grammatical variants and sometimes also variants in terms of content required me to go for a further time through the whole text and to draw up a critical edition. Relationship Between the Two Surviving Primary Witnesses Right from the outset of studying these manuscripts, the question arose as to what the relationship is between the two surviving witnesses. Which is closer to the archetype? Orcould one even be the original, the autograph? From the viewpoint of preservation it would be a possibility, since the earliest Tibetan manuscripts are dated pre-millennial, and the climatical conditions in Tibet are very conducive to conservation. However our witnesses do not belong to the corpus of "Old Tibetan Manuscripts."ID4 The process of cO.Q.structing the stemma was started by analyzing the two manuscripts A and B accordingly, following the principle that "community of error implies community of origin." Introduction to the Text Edition 51 That is, -if two witnesses have a number of errors in common, it may be presumed that they were derived from a common source (archetype) or a common intermediate source (hyparchetype). In the process of collation - as the critical apparatus will show - the two witnesses show several errors in common (Leitfehler or Bindefehler), which indicate that they have a common source. But they have also several disconnecting errors (Trennfehler), that is, the two witnesses have deviations that make it likely that they developed separately and are not directly related. But as we will see below in the section on peculiarities in the manuscripts A and B (see p. 55), in manuscript A on several occasions ligatures are marked with dots on top, that means that they are to be deleted. It is noticeable that letters or words marked in manuscript A are omitted in manuscript B. At the same time contamination could be assumed for manuscript B, since it contains parts that are not included in manuscript A. But these other source(s) could also be Red mda' ba's or Tsong kha pa' s Minor Works and not a second predecessor. Whether contamjnation of the core text has taken place can neither be proven nor excluded due to the lack of further independent primary textual witnesses. It is also possible that errors or alternations were made by scribes, who copied the manuscripts by hand. When comparing the two documents or witnesses of this single text, it is not apparent which variants might better represent the author's original work and which entered the text secondarily, as accidental or intentional changes introduced by persons other than the author, as could easily have happened during the work's transmission. Furthermore two manuscripts are not nearly sufficient to reconstruct the text of the archetypus. According to Paul Maas (1957: 6) for its reconstruction the main splitting needs to be at least triple. Ideally, one would consider a far greater number of texts before making such assertions. Such work may be possible at a later point of time. Recently nine further folios of the texts were listed in the Catalog oJOld Books in Drepung Monastery.IOS All attempts to get a copy failed. However, when comparing manuscripts A and B, it is evident that many of the emendations that I had made in the beginning when working with manuscript A alone, were attested by the variant presented in manuscript B. This means that the orthography of manuscript B is more standardized and has fewer grammatical errors. According to standard orthography in more than twice as many cases as in manuscript A, manuscript B is correct. Furthermore it is conspicuous that manuscript B, unlike manuscript A, contains hardly any text that was crossed out by the scribe to make corrections or deletions, nor does it have many visible insertions. As such, it looks more tidy. Many of the passages and terms that are visible corrections and insertions to be found in manuscript A appear as the final reading presented in manuscript B. In other places, the reading of manuscript A is more correct according to standard orthography, specially when it comes to rarer terms. At times manuscript B offers more precise statements. When for example A reads go rims, while B reads go rim, I follow the standard orthography go rim as mentioned above. Even, ifboth manuscripts read nyams thag pa (cf. chapter 5, note 18), which according to Goldstein 2001 is a non-standard spelling sm. to nyam thag (cf. Mvy, S.v. 7334 nyam thag pa -artha, Jaschke 1881: nyam(s), nyams thagpa'i skad or sgra), I have emended to the standard spelling nyam thag pa, since I could not fmd any evidence that nyams thag pa is an old spelling. Rather several Tibetan dictionaries explicitly consider nyam thag pa the "correct spelling" (cf. bSam gtan, et a1. bDag yig gsar bsgrigs 1973; Brag g.yab Blo Idan shes rab, Bod brda'i tshig 52 Chapter 4 mdzod. 1989; Bod gzhung shes rig dpar khang, Dag yig rna nor lam bzang 1995; Negi, J. S. 1993-2005. Tibetan Sanskrit Dictionary. vol. 4). And even if both manuscripts and the Minor Works read sdzogs instead of rdzogs as for example in bsnyen sdzogs, the critical edition'will read bsnyen rdzogs, especially because this meets the standard already laid down early in the Mvy, and there is no evidence for a later revision of this standard known to me. According to Szerb (1990: XVIln47) "there is no rdz- in dbu med." I could not find this confirmed with Tibetan language teachers at CIHTS. Some suppose that super-fixed ra (ra mgo) does exist and that this super-fixed letter may just look like super-fixed sa (sa mgo) when in combination with other basic letters (ming gzhi), while others suppose that ra mgo does exist and looks different, but could not find any example in other dbu med scripts. However, the scholars had no doubt that rdzogs is the correct standard spelling. With regard to content, from a historical point of view, it is important to note that manuscript B carries several passages that are not to be found in manuscript A. Sometimes only a few words appear additionally, sometimes a few lines. These are - as far as possible - all kept and marked in the main text or clearly marked in the text edition. For example, the name of the mother of Red mda' ba is only given in manuscript B. Further, while in manuscript A a one-line praise by Tsong kha pa is given, in manuscript B we frod a four-line praise instead of that line. In such cases the respective passage appears in square brackets with the respective siglum, such as [B: .,. 1together with an explanatory footnote. But sometimes manuscript B is also missing parts to be found in manuscript A. For example in manuscript A we frod four verses taken from Red mda' ba's Letter to Tsong kha pa about the Decline of the Doctrine, which are to be found in Red mda' ba's Minor Works. They are missing in manuscript B, against which elsewhere four verses from Red mda' ba's Verses on Disadvantages ofDesire, which are also from his Minor Works, are only to be found in manuscript B, but not in manuscript A. Most important, as mentioned above, is to note that on p. 40b2 the scribe of manuscript B states that the template he is working from omits "here" two sheets (folios). This part is only preserved in manuscript A, pp. 77b3-80a2. This needs to be considered a disconnecting error, that clearly shows that our witnesses A and the template of manuscript B from a certain point onwards have developed separately and were no longer directly related. On the other hand manuscript A is missing the third line in the last verse, the "chos praise," at the end of chapter 5, section 2.5.10. This line is preserved in manuscript B, p. 12a, line 2. This could be considered another disconnecting error, but could be also an addition from an independent source or a scribal error. Due to the paucity of primary textual witnesses, as mentioned above, it is not possible to complete a stemma. Nor is it possible to take the next step of selection or selectio, wherein "the text of the archetype is determined by examining variants from the closest hyparchetypes to the archetype and selecting the best ones," due again to the shortage of suitable witnesses. When no source preserves the correct standard reading and I have no evidence that at least one of two alternative readings can be considered an old spelling, it has been emended as clearly documented in the critical apparatus. Introduction to the Text Edition 53 Details of Editing When starting with the present critical edition, models had been: Jackson (1987: vol. 1,229 ff.), Szerb (1990: XI-XX), and Everding (2000: 18-39). Although dealing with canonical literature, Iwas also inspired by the models of Zimmermann (2002) and Harrison (1992). With regard to abbreviations I especially considered Bacot (1912), Eimer (1992: 54 ff.), and Szerb (L990: 12324). I also considered the works by Maas (1957) and Jager (1990). But fmal1y, due to the peculiarity of the present work, it turned out that here a different approach will be required, since we do not have enough textual witnesses to compare with and cannot decide which of the two manuscripts is closer to the archetype as well as to preserve the differences in content in the main text. At least in such cases the classical philological method used for Greek manuscripts only works to a certain extent. I06 The details of the principles of editing adopted here are as follows: Although there are no chapter divisions in any of the two manuscripts A or B, and no dKar chag or table of contents has been drawn up for the only available print of Sangs rgyas rtse mo (IDA 2003), the Tibetan text oftlle text edition has been separated into paragraphs and divided into chapters for ease of handling. Sometimes the chapters have been further subdivided into sections, depending on length and content. As far as possible the chapter breaks coincide with natural breaks in the text, such as a division into part I (Introductory Verses) and part II (Verseby-Verse Commentary) that is to be found in manuscript A only. Furthe=ore paragraphs have been made wherever there is a completing particle (rdzogs tshig), and at the beginning of a new introductory verse which is usually followed by a kind of commentary in prose on the verse. These sections vary in length. Unlike in the Tibetan text, verses are marked off from prose and always kept together, regardless oflength of the verse passages, since ease of reference is readily maintained by the numbering of verses. The biography contains verses of two sorts: the introductory verses, composed by the author and commented on as part of the biography, and those he is simply citing. The fo=er appear in square brackets and in Part II in bold, while the latter appear within round brackets. Often for the verses cited, no source is given. Many could be identified, although several still require identification. The main text has been printed in Roman script system provided with a critical apparatus. For both of them Turrell Wylie's 'Standard System of Tibetan Transcription' is used. I07 In the critical apparatus Sanskrit terms that were transliterated into Tibetan script as well as abbreviations are as far as possible depicted according to the rules for the 'Extended Wylie Transliteration Scheme' (for details, see p. 56). However, in the main text these appear with diacritics for better legibility and optical reasons. For Chinese terms Pinyin transliteration has been used. Since scans of both manuscripts are held by the TBRC, thus far unknown abbreviations that are typical in the two manuscripts A and B can be reflected more accurately by consulting the scans. To give an overview, common lists of abbreviations for the two manuscripts have been drawn up. The abbreviations to be found in both manuscripts are almost the same. 54 Chapter 4 The critical apparatus contains variant readings as well as other important notes. To avoid redundancy and for the purpose of clarity and uniformity, word explanations are given most of the time in the notes of the English translation, unless they are not ofimportance there. Thus also most of the archaic terms favored are discussed in the annotations to the translation. In most cases the variants are easily accounted for as coincidental scribal lapses, intended 'improvements', or old spellings. As a rule, abbreviations have been tacitly completed and listed in the lists of abbreviations l08 (see p. 57). But in the event that they occur as part of the variants, they have been left in their place and are transliterated according to the schemes mentioned above. Sometimes they are given to demonstrate how manuscripts A and B match. Partly the apparatus also contains single readings, i.e., variants attested by only one witness. When we had secondary textual witnesses as described above, they have been consulted to secure my reading. In order to keep the apparatus as concise as possible, only the Tibetan morphem concerned has been taken as the unit of reference. Thus when manuscript A wrongly reads khor med, while manuscript Breads 'khor med, "'khar B : khor A." suffices to indicate the variants. To reduce the number of footnotes, but also for some other reasons such as insertions by the scribes or deviations in many successive syllables, in one footnote several syllables may appear together, although they are not directly related to each other but belong to separate words. For example: "zhes pa ni bdag B : ces <pa ni bdag> A." Or: "khar gsal em. : khar bsal A: kar gsal B." (from the context: mar me 'chi khar gsal ba !tar). If both variants have been considered to be wrong and are in need of emendation, this is indicated following the example: "rigs em. : rig AB." To avoid ambiguity as to whether one or more syllables are referred to in case of omission, both variants are given "phyag gis A : om. B," or "om. B : pa 'i A." As regards the manuscripts A and B, variants are generally not noted in the following instances: 1. Punctuation: Following the example ofSzerb (1990: XVI, no. 1), apart from a few examples, the differences in the usage of the shad are not indicated. In most cases the placement of the shad follows manuscript A. In case they are indicated, they appear in the critical apparatus as comma, while in the main text as slash. 2. When the Tibetan text contains a reversed -d (= D) it is transliterated -gs or sometimes -g (and in the latter case additionally listed in the lists of abbreviations). When the Tibetan text contains an anusviira (= M), this is written as m, unless the abbreviation occurs in a documented variant or in some examples in the critical apparatus. 3. When digits or parts of words are given in numerals such as for example 3 for gsum or 4n for bzhin, unless the abbreviation occurs in a documented variant or in some examples on the first pages of the critical edition. lo9 4. When abbreviations of compound words and phrases are used, they are listed once in the lists of abbreviations, unless they occur in a documented variant or once as an example. In the main text the expansions of such abbreviations are spelled out and not marked out by round brackets. 5. When rdz-looks like sdz-, I always transliterate rdz- since the latter seems to be the standard in dbu med as explained above. Introduction to the Text Edition 55 6. When about 40 times throughout the text the word lugs is abbreviated IuD in manuscript B, while manuscript A reads lug, omitting suffix -s, unless it occurs as part of another documented variant The same goes for rtogs compi. : rtoD B : rtog A (about 22 times), rigs compi. : riD B : rig A (about 30 times),.and legs compi. : leD B : leg A (about 10 times). Peculiarities ofManuscripts A and B Noticeable are the following orthographical peculiarities: Both manuscripts contain many abbreviations, i.e. shorthands for monosyllables (mgyogs bris), abbreviations of compound words and plu:ases or contractions (bsdu yig), and elided spelling (skung yig). For lists of abbreviations, see p. 57. Especially conspicuous is the use of more uncommon shorthands such as ch+ ya = chags, thya(s) = thugs, gz+yi(s) = gzigs, gsh+yes = gshegs, (g)s+ya = gsungs, and elided spellings such as th+ye = thugs rje, gz+ya = gzugs, and l+yaudng= long spyod. Furthermore, more often in manuscript B than in manuscript A, we fmd elided spellings such as mkhas'i for mkhas pa 'i, mkhyen 'i for mkhyen pa 'i, mchod'i for mchod pa 'i and so on, which in the critical edition and the lists of abbreviations are also only listed in the beginning for a few times as an example, but are not indicated in the apparatus throughout the whole edition. Most important is: In manuscript A on several occasions single letters or ligatures are marked with dots on top, which means that they are to be deleted. The letters or words marked are omitted in manuscriptB. See notes 1318, 1339, 1412,1521,1585,1701,1714,1742,1758, 2110,2389,2499,2685,2710,2841,2878, 1985,2018,2057,2057, 1758,2110,2389,2499, 2685,2710,2841,2878. There are only two exceptions (see note 1592, and note 1472). Abbreviations in the Edition and Apparatus Most abbreviations used are based on Jager (1990: 56), West (1973: 80-81), and Lexikon der alten Welt (2001: 3023), but occasionally deviate. They are used as follows: A, B capital letters of the Latin alphabet are used as sigla for individual extant manuscripts M here a rare manuscript copy of Red mda' ba's Minor Works abbr. abbreviation, i.e., shorthands (mgyogs bris), contractions (bsdu yig), 'elided spelling' (skung yig) are listed below and only mentioned in the apparatus in case of special reason cf. confer compi. completion, i.e., the full form of standard contraction (since one cannot consider it as emendation) em. emendavit, emendaverunt id. idem, same italic technical or specialist terms and title of scriptures 56 Chapter 4 ms. manuscript mss. manuscripts om. omisit, omiserunt () round brackets mark ordinary parentheses, the numbering of cited verses and expansions of abbreviations (mainly listed in the lists of abbreviations ?elow), or two possible variants - <> angle brackets enclose letters, words or passages added to the text by the scribe [] square brackets are commonly used for editorial deletions or to mark off parts of the text lost through physical damage to the extant source, but here they are used to mark parts of the text added such as headlines, numbering, and to mark parts whiclJ. are only part of one of the two manuscripts the critical edition is based on, e. g. [A: ... ] or [B: ...], or parts added from the Minor Works [M: ... J. {} braces are used as the sign of deletion by the scribe or later editors. When the letters deleted, are still legible, they are given in braces illegible letters (hyphens in braces indicate the corresponding estimated number of letters deleted, {---} (43 a) pagination of the Tibetan manuscripts A and B; the siglaA and B are only mentioned once at the very beginning of the edition, because the page numbers do not intersect; A starts with 44a and ends with 82a, B starts with la and ends with 43a (S267) pagination of Sangs rgyas rtse mo (lBA 2003), kept for the convenience of the reader Transliteration System Turrell Wylie. 1959. "A Standard System ofTibetan Transcription," Harvard Journal ofAsiatic Studies 22, pp. 261-267. Extended Wylie Transliteration Scheme by Nathaniel Garson and David Germano, Tibetan & Himalaya Digital Library, University of Virginia 11/26/2001. Tibetan & Himalaya Digital Library: Rules Extended Wylie Transliteration Scheme, www.thdl.org (status: October 19, 2005). Alexandru Anton-Luca: Teaching THDL Extended Wylie, www.thdl.org (status: October 19, 2005). Introduction to the Text Edition 57 Lists ofAbbreviations used in the Cursive Manuscripts The lists of abbreviations given here, are divided into shorthands for monosyllabic words (mgyogs brisy 10, abbreviations of compound words and phrases, i.e., contractions (bsdu yig), and elided spelling (skung yig). Shorthands which are in general well known such as anusviira for m and reversed d for fmal -gs are not all listed here. I am only giving some examples. They occur in many words, i.e., in khaMs for khams, 'jaM for 'jam, mnyaM for mnyam, gdaMs for gdams, 'doMs for 'doms, etc., or in rtaD for rtags, rtoD for rtogs, thiD for thigs, thuD for thugs, thoD for thogs, etc. The same goes for elided spellings which we fmd only in manuscript B such as mkhas'i for mkhas pa 'i, mkhyen'i for mkhyen pa 'i, mchod'i for mchod pa 'i, and so on. Shorthands for Monosyllabic Words (mgyogs bris) Abbr. Unabridged Form Bacot no. ± Scan ± 3 gsum or sum (as in mngon sum) 679 4n bzhin (as in rang bzhin) bkaD bkag gal+te gal te bsgoM bsgom ch+ya chags mchoD mchog nyaMs nyams (as in nyams thag) gtaM gtam rt+ya rtags theD theg (as in thegpa) th+ya thugs th+yas thugs th+yas daM thugs dam th+yasu th(u)gs su 'duD 'dug sdoM sdom maMs mams (as in bsod nams) buM bum (as in bumpa) 'byaMs 'byams (as in rab 'byams) m+yin mea) yin tshoD tshogs gz+yi gzigs gz+yis gzigs y+ni yin 076 Chapter 4 58 riD rigs r+se res laswo pa la sogs pa leDs legs (as in dge legs) IuD lugs l+yes legs gsh+yes lll gshegs bsh+yas bshags saskya sa skya seMs sems soD sogs swo sogs s+ya gsungs gs+ya gsungs bsaMs bsams bsaM+s bsams 631 Contractions (bsdu yig) skabsu skabs (s)u skaldan skal (l)dan mkha'gro mkha' C)gro gisung gi (g)sung (as in drung gi gsung) gurM gur (gu)m gyuraM gyurram gragsog grags so(gs) 27 79 'gyedang 'gyed (d)ang (as in 'gyed dang bcas pa) rgyugsung rgyugs (gs )ung sgrog+s sgrogs (as inyis sgrags) brgyadgos brgyad (b )gos (as in cha brgyad bgos pa) ceso ces (s)o choskyong chos (s)kyong chosde chos (s)de (as in chas sde snad) mchogi Il?-chog (g)i 'jigsu 'jigs (s)u Introduction to the Text Edition Ijesu rjes (s)u nyamsu nyams (s)u ruyedang ruyed(d)ang brtenas ll2 brten (n)as bstanas bstan (n)as dagi dag (g)i (as in de dag gi) deg de (da)g drengs dr(a)ng (ng)es bdagir bdag (g)ir 'dugaM 'dug (g)am nadang nad (d)ang 59 295 namkha' nam(m)kha' .9\"""~<I.' naMkha' nam(m)kha' ,,j)(,,,,. gnadu gnad(d)u pad+makar po padma (d)kar po pas+gribs pas (s)gribs (as in mui't pas sgrib) dpal+dan dpal O)dan spangs te 113 spangste babsu babs (s)u byonas byon (n)as blozang blo (b)zang 'brugi 'brug (g)i 'brus 'br(a)s (b)u 'brelr 'breI (ba)r migis mig (g)is mig+si mig (g)is minga' mi (m)nga' (as in mi mnga' ba) mithun mi (m)thun mod m(a)d (d)o ~"'~ 378 ~~,. ~~ 462 ~ 481 ~\ m+tego me tog tsan+dan tsan dan Gj~" btsuen btsun (n)e t:§'~ tshigi tshig (g)i tshigsal tshig (g)sal 'tshalo 'tshal 0)0 (as inphyag 'tshallo) ~~ Chapter 4 60 mdzod mdz(a)d (d)o zhal+ta zhal ta zhalog zhallog zhigis zhig gis (as in 'ga' zhig gis) zheso zhes (s)o gzhonu gzhon (n)u zins zin (n)as 563 yino yin (n)o yuMb y(a)b (y)um 593 y+ton+yi yo(n) t(a)n (g)yi 604 rai'i re (r)e'i . . . .,t\. . lagsaM lags (s)am ,~""01~ lagso lags (s)o l.,,!'II.l, lags+Do lags (s)ogs '~~'- saskya sa skya ~'!':~ srasu sras (s)u f2.~\: Elided Spelling (skung yig) kuen ku(n mkhy)en 4 kuob kuob[tsa rtags]114 ku(nrdz)ob 3 ku(n r)dzob (tsa rtags on b) ~ kun+yis kun (g)yis -Z>~" klrub kl(u sg)rub ~<.. dkaug 3 dko(n mch)og gsum dkaugi dko(n mch)og (g)i dkaugsuM dko(n mch)og (g)sum cf.15 cf.14 dkyior dkyi(l 'kh)or 18 bkris bkr(a sh)is 25 skued sku (mch)ed khau l15 kho (b)o khyadar khyad (p)ar khyed khyod+yi khy(adm)ed khyod(k)yi mkhas'i mkhas (pa)'i 0~'\: ~'~\' 46 ~~ ~''-' ~. Introduction to the Text Edition rokhen mkh(an ch)en mkbro mkh(a' 'g)ro mkbro' mkh(a)' Cg)ro rokhyen'i mkhyen (pa)'i 'khaur 'khor (1)0 61 gyuig gyu(r c)ig gruob gru(b th)ob 88 dgeun dge Cd)un 97 dgreub dge (bsny)en dgais dge (bsh)es dgeong dge (sby)ong dgel[tsa rtags] dge tshul dgleong dge (s)long l,g)I.' 1\3'N\, dgr(a bc)om 104 cf.107 'ga'phangs 'ga(1) 'phangs 'g(a' zh)ig o).li ... --=-.. mgon (P)o'i 'g(a' zh)ig .. ~~" 99 dgroM 'gig ,@~" ~ mgaun'i 'giD ""'~ :....~ I~' dge Cd)u(n gru)b dgain 61 ...~~, .,~\A~ "'-- .("0,"""0::"'\\ ,~~ rgy[tsa rtags]o rgy(a m)tsho (tsa rtags on rgy) 120 rgyan[tsa rtags] rgya(l m)tshan (tsa rtags on n) cf. 128 rgyun[tsartags] rgyumtshan ~ !ff?,' ~, ngaus ngo (b)os ngor[tsa rtags] ngo (m)tshar 138 dng+roub dngo(s g)rub 141 mngounM mngon(s)um cungd cung (za)d 143 cf, 150 ces+ya ces (gsun)gs bcuig bcu (gc)ig 155 bcuis bcu (gny)is bcuM bcu(gsu)m 156 157 nw ~~ <U,\~ -=-> .",,~ ~~ bc+rug bc(u d)rug 160 bc+yod bco (brg)y(a)d 162 ~, bc+doMs bcom (l)d(an 'da)s 163 o..v4\ cheno chen (P)o cf,179 ~ ..L.. ..,- Chapter 4 62 che no'i chen (P)o'i chenogrig chen (P)o (na)g rig ~5~",\) chenor chen (p)or mchod'i \11I00j~ chon mchod (pa)'i cho(s ca)n (as in shes bya chos can) chos+yi chos (k)yi -~ choes chos (rj)e ~. mch+toen mcho(d) (r)ten mchoen mcho(d rt)en jau jo (b)o j+tir ji (l)t(a)r 'jaMI 'jam (dp)al 'jien 'ji(g rt)en ny+li nyi (z)l(a) nyiu nyi (sh)u nyes'i nyes (pa)'i nyos ny(an th)os nyaungs nyo(n m)ongs snyiong snying (P)o tingin ting (' dz)in tingni ting (' dz)in tingni[tsa rtags] ting ('dz)in tingeni[tsa rtags] ting (ng)e (,dz)in rtrel rt( en 'b)rel rtrail rte(n 'b)rel ltu It(a b)u ltu'i !t(a b)u'i ltur It(a b)ur ltus It(a b)us ston'i ston (pa)'i bstan'i bstan (pa)'i bstin[tsa rtags] bst(a)n ['dzin] bstodr bstod (pa)r bstos b~t(an thaMd tham(s ca)d bc)os ''''''~'' '(IO'~ 194 194 200 198 202 206 213 214 '~1'. ,~C>¢\ ____ l~ ~<S' ~ \~\, 219 231 ~ 235 235 ~;~ 243 ~ ..... 247 :..~\ ~~, ~t.1t~~ ~";iM, 246 251 63 Introduction to the Text Edition thaJ.\tfdang tham(s ca)d (d)ang thaig theg (ch)e(n) cf. 264 thieg thig Ie 253 thueD thugs (rj)e cf.255 thugs aM thugs (bs)am thugskye thugs (bs )kyed thuong thu(nm)ong thuoMng thu(n) mong 261 ~" ------~~ ~. ~ the (ts)om cf. 262 ::::::2 th+ye[tsa rtags] th(u)gs (rj)e cf.255 %' mthag mthaC da)g mthaso mthaC ya)s (s)o cf.271 ..;.,.s~ theoM mthong'i mthong (ba)'i mthrug mth(a)r (th)ug dong d(a)ngp(o) dangor dang (p)or cf.275 f1lg,· .~",\, --.. , W' ;m~ :3<.. duor dues 'kh)or deg de (da)g 295 don+rub don Cg)rub 296 drin+yi bdain drin (g)yi bde (ch)en ~~. gdul+ya gdul (b)ya bdain bde (ch)en 312 322 bdid bd(ag ny)id 315 bduid[ tsa rtags] bdud (rts)i cf.320 bdego bde (mch)og bdeom bde m(ch)o(g) bded bd(ag m)ed cf.316 4V"; bdaiD snyingo bde (bzh)egs snying po cf. 323 mdoe mdo (sd)e Fu)l.'1.W .~ q}\ •. ~i' ~-=:...-. -41: ",,-,. =-. Q)Q\.' 'dod'i 'dod (pa)'i rdoe rdo (rj)e 331 rdoeng rdo (rj)e ('cha)ng 332 rdor dril rdo rUe) (dang) dril (bu) Idanr Idan (pa)r bsdul sdu(g) b( snga)l '!,<;~"'" 'l!,"\t,. 336 Chapter 4 64 nos no(d na)s maMg mam(da)g maMr mam (pa)r (as in rnam par dag pa 'i) maMs+yang mams (k)yang maMs+yi mams kyis 359 :~'\~ ,~. J;~; moMg mams rtog 361 368 mor m( al 'by)or piri p(a')i (phy)ir spr+rol spro( s bra)l phunM ~~ cf.394 ..., ~ :.,~- phun (su)m ~«" ~~ phuog[tsa rtags] phu(n) tshog(s) (tsa rtags on g) pher ph(al ch)er phol ph(a r)ol cf. 396 phrog phr(ag d)og cf.415 ."-!iL~}: phy[tsa rtags]alo phya(g 'tsha) 10 cf.407 ~""\ phy[tsa rtags]al phya(g'tsha)l cf. 407 phiol phyi (r)ol phris phri(n la)s cf.411 416 'phris 'phri(n la)s 'phrins 'phrin (la)s biri ba'i phyir (as in bral ba'i phyir) bued bu(dm)ed byang sesM byang sems byin+labs byin (r)labs ± byin (gyis) (r)labs I:ii'l-u.,. -~ ~'N, ,~, ~~ ~~~~\ .... ~: <\.~"\'I." ~ ...... cf. 420 ~)" 12t\\it'i\, 434 byin+yis brlabs byin (g)yis brlabs cf.433 byub by(ang ch)ub 431 byed'i byed (pa)'i byesM by(ang s)ems byengMs by(a)ng (s)ems bral'i bral (ba)'i blaus blo (gr)os 446 dbyugi db(ang ph)yug (g)i cf.454 manE tsa rtags] m(tsh)an m+ngag m(a.J?) ngag cf.469 mueD mu (st)egs 477 . ~o .. \ ~ . ~y:,~~::,: ~\ ~~c~ ,li~ .u-~ "<><t"'" 3{' Introduction to the Text Edition 65 .... " dmiD'i dmigs (pa)'i rmiM rmi (la)m smonaM smon (la)m 498 I~~': gtsau gtso (b)o ~ gtsaur gtso (b)or 503 cf.502 brts+rous brtso(n 'g)rus 517 ~'4 ~ tshruirn tshu(l kh)rirn(s) tshruisM tshu(l kh)rirns mdzod mdz(a)d (d)o J"'l.'" 495 ~. .....:L- ' ~~, 521 .." ,in[tsa rtags] 'dzin (as in 'dzin pa) 542 ~. idzu1 rdzu ('phru)l (looks like sdzul) cf.544 a..~~ zhuig zhu(y)ig 552 ~.,t;. zhes+ya zhes (gsun)gs zhes+ya ba zhes bya ba .~U\' zhesungs zhes (gs)ungs ~\~ ~: gz+ya gz(u)gs bzodr bzod (pa)r y+lag ya(n) lag cf.591 yangg yang (da)g cf.588 yais ye (sh)es 600 cf.494 l~~: yier yi (g)er yine yin (t)e yul yun yul yu(l ca)n '~'"". ....,....' rangni rang (bzh)in cf. 612 4.i rine rinchen cf.625 ,~,; rinoe rinpo che cf. 626 ~\ rino che rin (P)o che rai'i re (r)e'i legr leges pa)r .. ,,! ~ .. ~: leDr legs (pa)r loD l(a s)ogs (pa) l+yaudng long (sp)yod cf.639 shinu shin (t)u cf. 646 ~~; sheb she(s ra)b 648 ~Q' sher she(s) r(ab) ~~. ,. ~j\' 66 shes+ya shes (b)ya sh+yeon sh(es) (b)y(a ch)o(s ca)n sh+yes chon shes (b )y(a) cho(s ca)n bshain bshe(s) (gny)en sar+yas sa(ngs) r(g)yas senge seng (g)e saing seng (g)e cf.647 E\V: '-s..- • :27\~ .~~<j: 652 655 ~ . ~\ ,,-...=- , seMda' sem(s) d(p)a' seMn sem(s ca)n cf.657 659 sesM sems (as in byang sems) 656 sau'i so (s)o'i cf. 664 saur so sor 665 saung so(ng s)ong slaun slo(b dp)on slaun chenG slo(b dp )on chen (p)0 ~@~ slaub slob (dp)o(n) ~a,~ '"'1<\" ~" -. lil'L\\ 673 L~~~ gsalr gsal (ba)r gsal+yed gsal (b)yed bstaMn bsam (g)t(a)n bsodMs bsod (na)ms 684 lhrub lh(un g)rub 698 682 09,.". ~Q1 Text Edition [0 Title] A44a dPalldan l red mda' ba2 chen po'i mam thar ngo mtshar rmad3 byung zhes bya ba bzhugs SO/4 A44b / BIb / 8266 [1 Part I] [1.1] [1.2 Verse 1] [1] bden gnyis gnas lugs8 don rtogs mkhyen pa rgyas/ dpalldan compI. : abbr. dpaJ+dan A; see chap. 4, "Lists of Abbreviations used in the dEu medManuscripts." Apart from some exru:nples, abbreviations have been tacitly dissolved and listed in that list, unless there are deviations from the abbreviations used in the dbu med manuscripts. In this case they are noted once. 2 ba em. : pa A. Regarding both attested spellings Red mda' balpa see chap. 6, English translation. 3 nnadem.: smad A; cf. 45a2, first cluster: nnad(corresponds to p. 70, verse 11). See also notes 151, 1696. 4 so em. : pa'j dbu lags+Do (read: lags sags) A; cf. A' (Sangs rgyas rtse mo 2003: 265): bzhugs so. The idiom dbu lags so means there are at least two parts dbu and zhabs = stod and smad, and this is part one, i.e. the introductory verses opposite to the following parts or here the second part (i.e., the verse by verse commentary, seenote 159). The tile of manuscript B reads slightly different: BO: redmda'pa(read: ba'l) mam thar. Bla: de btsun thams cad mkhyen pa ku ma (read: mA) ra ma ti'j mam thar ngo mtshar nnad byung zhes bya ba bzhugs so. S mA em.: maAB. , ma tayeem.: <ma>ti laA: ma tiyeB (prob. failed Skt. dative matiyeof matif.). 7 namaHB: na moA. Final-aHbecomes only -0 before voiced consonants, h-and a- (sandhi rule), but not at the end of a sentence. Skt. guru kumiira mataye namafJ corresponds to Tib. bla ma gzhon nu blo gras la phyag 'tshallo. , lugs compi. : abbr. IuD B : lug A. Note: Where ms. A often omits the post-suffix (yang 'jug) -s, ms. B reads often -r;! (Tib. da log; see Jottotshang 1975, 76), here transliterated D. See for example notes 8, 10, 30. In ms. A sometimes Dis -g. See for example notes 1191, 1371. In the view of Prof. Ngawang Samten, CIHTS (personal communication Feb. 24, 2008) Tibetan da log can be used for suffix (des 'jug) -g as well as for -gs. According to Tashi Tsering (personal comunication Dec. 2006) in Situ Rinpoche' grammar, which CIHTS and all Tibetan schools in exile rely on, for example "lung dgs' needs suffix -so But in Norbu Tenzin's grammar (from Khams), suffix -sis left out in several cases, for example lung dg instead of lung dgs. In practice this difference among two different grammatical rules led to much confusion among authors, scribes and editors, adding and deleting this suffix throughout the texts. Here, in this critical edition, apart from listing of a few first examples and documentation of deviations, as a rule -D is tacitly transliterated -gs depending on the context and today's standards of orthography. If it stands for final -g, it is documented in the critical appartus or the respective word is listed in the lists of ab- 68 Chapter 5 byang chub9 thugs lO gnyis ll 'byongs pa'i thugs rje canl mkhyen rab thugs rje 'gran zla ma mchis pa'i/ dpalldan bla ma'i zhabs la phyag 'tshallo12// [1.3 Verses 2-4] [2] 'od srung13 nye bar l4 'khor dang kun dga' bos iS/ dgra bcom l6 lnga brgya'i bla gos khri steng l7 nasi nyam l8 thag dbyangs kyis 'di skad bdag thos zhes/ ston pa'i mdzad tshul gus pas brjod pa bzhinl9/ [3] bka' drin 'khoro med chos rje rin po chef l mthong ba'i skaf2 med dran pa'i yul du gyur/ nyin mtshan bsams23 kyang yon tan mtha' ma rtogs/ cha y?4 cha tsam gus pas brjod bgyid25 nal [4] thub bstan nub khar 6 dar zhes gsungs 27 pa'i doni bstan pa'i mjui 8 'dir skyes chen khyod29 byon nasi 10 il 12 13 14 15 16 17 IS 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 2S 29 breviations. byang chub compI. : abbr. byubAB. thugscompI.: abbr. thuDB : thug A; cf. Jiischke 1881: byang chub mehog tu sems(orresp. thugs) skyed pa. gnYlscompI.: abbr. 2AB. phyag 'tshallo compI. : abbr. phyag 'tshalo A : abbr. phyalo B. snmgem.: bsnmgs A: bsnmgB; cf. Panglung (1981: 281): 'od srung(kiisyapa); Zimmermann 226: 'od snmg; Mvy, s.v. 3545, 3706, 9079 verifies four spellings: 'od snmg(s), 'od bsrung(s). barem.: ba AB; cf. Mvy, s.v. 1062: nye bar 'khor- upiili boscompl.: abbr. b+so A: bo B. Note that Jjod pa is transitive and therefore requires an agentive particle. Note also that ms. A subscribes suffix (Jjes Jug) -sto save space (cf. Eimer 1992: 61). Mvy, s.v. 3609: kun dga' bo - iinanda. beom compI. : abbr. beoM AB (syllable-closing m like Indian anusviira), cf. Eimer (1992: 56nl). From here onwards tacitly written out, unless it occurs as part ofa variant. See also Szerb (1990: XVI, no. 1). steng B : stengs A. llyam em. : llyaMS AB; cf. Jaschke 1881: nyam(s), nyams thag pa'i skad or sgra; Goldstein 2001, s.v. nyams thag- a non-standard spelling sm. to nyam thag; Mvy, s.v. 7334 nyam thag pa - iirtha. bzhin A : abbr. 4n B. 'khorB: khorA. Cf. p. 79, verse 3: 'khormed AB. nn po che A : abbr. nlloe B. skal B: skabs A; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.v. skal med - abbr. skal ba med pa - 1. having bad! negative/ unmeritorious kanna. bsams compI. : abbr. bsaM+s A: abbr. bsaMs B. ehayiB: eha'iA. Because of metre. Note deviationp. 79: 'chi baA: ehayiB. bgyidem.: bgyisAB; cf. p. 79, verse 3. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. bgyidpa- (td.) bgyispa, bgyi ba, gyis - byedpa. kharA: karB. zhes gsungs A : abbr. zhesungs B. On June 13, 2008 Ulrike Roesler mentioned during a lecture at Hamburg university that she noted with regard to a certain text that there gsungs referred to canonical texts and gsungto personal sayings. It seems that in this text gsungs is either perfect tense of gsung ba or refers to quotations from canonical as well as other texts, while gsungrefers to oral statements. mjug A : abbr. Jug B. khyod em. : khyed AB; cf. p. 80, verse 4. Text Edition 69 Ita spyod nyams len mam dag spella dgongsl rgyal bas lung (8267) bstan khyod la phyag 'tshalloll (20) [1.4 Verses 5-22] [5] bsams bzbin srid bzhes ehos ldan rig~O su 'khrungs I bstan pa'i sgor zhugs yongs 'dzin mkhas mang bsten31 I sdom32 pa gsum33 blangs srog las34 gees par bzunt5 I thub pa'i ring lugs36 khyod la phyag 'tshall03711 [6]mdo rgyud bstan beos kun la leg~8 sbyangs nasi -rtag chad mthar Ita'i grub mtha' ma Ius pal mam dag lunt 9 dang dngos stobs rigs40 pas bshig log smra tshar geod khyod la phyag 'tshallolI [7] lung rtogs yon tan thabs mkhas thugs Ije41 yisl gdul bya'i khams dang bsam pa bag la nyall ji bzbin mkhyen pa ehos kyi42 'khor 10 bskor43 I skalldan44 Ijes ' dzin khyod la phyag 'tshallo/I [8] bdag med gnas lugs rtOgS pa'i shes rab45 kyisl kun rdzob rten 'bre146 sgyu ma Ita bur47 gzigs481 30 31 32 33 ,. 35 ,6 ,7 38 ,9 '0 '1 '2 ., 44 's 46 .7 48 rigscompL: riDB: rigA. bsten em. : brten A : sten B. sdam compL : abbr.: sdaMAB. gsum compL : abbr. 3 AB. From here onwards numerals are always tacitly written out, unless they occur as (part of) the variants. lasem. :pasAB. bzrmg B : gzrmgs A. ring lugscompL : ring luDB : rig lugsA. Cf. Iiischke 1881: ring lugs,-Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ring fugs 1) ring du gnas pa 'i lugs srollam ring nas chags pa 'i lugs sroL phyag 'tshalla compL : abbr. phy[tsa rtags]ala AB. legs compL : leD B : abbr. leDs A. lungB: {-} iungA. rigsem.: rigAB. thugs IjecompL: abbr. thueDA: abbr. th+ye[tsartags]B. chos kyi A : abbr. chos+yiB. 'khor 10 bskorcompL : abbr. 'khaur bskor A: abbr. 'khaur skorB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. skor ba - I. (td.) bskor ba, bskar ba, skoT. skalldan compI. : abbr. skaldan A : abbr. bskaldan B; Mvy, s.v. skalldan - bhagya or bhavya. Eimer (1992: 58) mentions that he could only find one example for this contraction (bsdu yig). shes Tab compL : abbr. sher A : abbr. sheb B. rten 'brei compL : abbr. rtrel A : abbr. rtrailB. Ita bur A : abbr. ltur B. gzigscompL: abbr. gz+yisA: abbr. gziDB; cf. note 8; gzigs(h) mthongba dang Ita ba;similar ligatures see Krasser, p. 1, no. 4, abbr. gz+ya = gzugs; Eimer (1992: 56nl) gshye = gshegs. 70 Chapter 5 don dam chos dbyings nam mkha,49 Ita bur rtogs/ Ita ba mam datO khyod la phyag 'tshallo// [9] bshes gnyen dul ba5! zhi ba52 nyer zhi bal sdoms pa kun53 ldan nyes ltung dri rna bral/ sgo gsum rna bcos !hug pa'i ngang la bzhugs54/ spyod pa mam dag khyod la phyag 'tshallo// [10] tshe 'di bIos btang Sgrub55 pa snying pormdzadl bden bzhi rten 'breI (450) phyin drug rim gnyis bsgoms56/ phyag rgya chen po (2b) mchog gi dngos grub bmyes/ nyams len mam dag khyod la phyag 'tshallo// [11] thugs dam57 zab mo gnad dusnun58 pa'i rtags/ bla rna yi dam mkha' 'gr059 chos skyong sogs60/ rgyun du gzigs kyang rang rgyal brtul zhugs bstenf! ngo mtshar rmad byung khyod la phyag 'tshallo// [12] gangs ri'i khrod kyi che btsun 'byor ldan gyis/ gus pas spyan drangs myed dang bkur stis62 mchodl dbang bskur sems bskyed63 gdams64 pa mang du zhus/ kun gyis65 mchod ' OS66 khyod la phyag 'tshallo// (8268) nam mkha' compl. : abbr. namkha' A : abbr. naMkha'B. mam dagcompl. : abbr. maMgB : abbr. maM<g>A (-ginserted in reduced size -dotted line from -gto tsheg). 51 Jiischke 1881: prop. pf. of 'du! ba. 52 baA: zhingB. 53 kun A : gSUln B. LN: gsum is clearer, but we are following here the technique lectio ditJiciiior potior"the harder reading is stronger," that means the more difficult or more unspecific is more likely the initial form. 5. bzhugsem.: <b>zhug A: abbr. zhuDB; cf. p: 130, verse 9. 55 sgrubB: bsgrubA; cf. p. 138, verse 10. Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.v. sgrubpa- (td.) bsgrubspa, bsgrub pa, sgrubs. 56 bsgoms em. : <b>sgoM A : sgom B. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sgom pa - (td.) bsgoms pa, bsgom pa, sgoms. 57 thugs dam compl. : thugs daM A : thuD daMB. 5. snunB: <b>snunA; cf. p.142, verse 11. 59 mkha' lIrocompl.: abbr. mkhroA: abbr. mkhro'B. 60 sags compl. : abbr. soD B : abbr. swo A, i.e. so with subscribed wa zurfor final -gs; cf. Krasser, p. 1, no. 4, abbr. gzugs sags. From here onwards tacitly written out. 6l zhugs bsten compl. : zhuD bsten B : shug brten A. 62 stisA: bstisB. 63 bskyedB: <b>skyedA. 64 gdams compl. : gdaMs B : gdaMA; cf. Jiischke 1881: gdam pa - to advice, gdams pa sbst. advice etc. 65 kun gyis A : kun+yis B. 66 'osB :paA; cf. p.176, verse 12. 49 50 Text Edition 71 [13] 'brug gi67 10 la myangan 'da,68 dgongs nasi go rtogs69 nyams su myong ba'i zab don mamsl ston pas bstan pa gtod pa ji bzhin duJ chos 'khor nan ' doms khyod la phyag 'tshallolI [14] 'khor 'das chos kun skye ba med bstan nasi de nyid ngang la mya ngan ' da' bzhed na' ang I gus pas gsol btab70 ngo ru zhag bdun barf sku tshe byin brlabs7! khyod la phyag 'tshalloll [15] 'chi ba 'od gsallus la brten mi srid! Ius sems bral nas mam shes stong par zhugs721 dbyings rig dbyer med ' od gsal yin no zhesl yang yang gsungs pa73 khyod la phyag 'tshalloll [16] sngar bsgoms74 'pho ba'i man ngag75 gsal btab nasi rtags76 mams rna Ijed dga' spros77 , od gsal 'jug 'gog las ldang78 zhing sngon gyi 'phen pas 'phol gsung bzhin mdzad pa khyod la phyag 'tshalloll [17] sku tshe 'di yi79 dngos kyi gdul bya80 lal zab rgyas chos kyi 'khor 10 bskor zin nas'! ,chi ba ' od gsa! skabs su gzhan don gshegs821 skye 'chi dbang thob khyod la phyag 'tshallolI [18] (3.) sgyu Ius kun rdzob bden pa mam par dag ,od gsal don dam bden pa mngon du gyurl 'brag gi compl. : abbr. 'bragi AB. 'da'B: 'dasA; cf. p. 179, verse 13. 69 Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. go rtogs -go don rtogs pa. 70 btab B : tab A. 71 byin brlabs compl. : abbr. byin+Iabs A : byin riabs B; cf. p. 182, verse 14. Different from the use as noun. See also note 91: byingyisrlabs;cf. Jiischke 1881: byin2. byingyisrIobpa, pf. brlabs, ft. brIab, imp. riobsto bless, to create, to change into; byin rIabsblessing. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. byin gyis brlabs pa;Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. byin riabs. 72 zhugscompl.: abbr. zhuDB: (b}zhuDA. 73 gsungspaem.: gsungbaAB; cf. note 2637. 74 bsgoms compI. : bsgoMs A : sgom B. 75 man ngag A : abbr. m+ngag B. 76 rtags B : rtag<s> A. 77 sprosA: sproB; cf.p.183, verse 16. 78 'gog las Idangcompl. : 'goD las Idang A: 'gog las 'dangB; cf. p. 183, verse 16. See Illuminator, s.v. II. v. i.Idangs pa, Idang ba, ldang ba- 2i) to arise from ... (in the case of meditation). 7, 'di yiB: 'di'i A (metre). 80 gdul byacompI.: abbr. gdul+yaAB; Jiischke 1881: gdulv. 'dul ba. S! zin nas compl. : abbr. zins AB. 82 gshegscompI.: abbr. gsh+yesA: abbr. gsheDB; cf. note 48. 67 68 72 Chapter 5 zung 'jug rdo rje 'chang83 gi go 'phailg84 bmyes 851 'phrin las lhun grub86 khyod la phyag 'tshalloll [19] zhing gzhan gshegs tshe sa chen rab tu g.yosl dpa' bo mkha' 'gro 87 lha mams 'dus gyur nasi phyi dang nang dang gsang ba de kho nas881 mchod nas spyan drangs (8269) khyod la phyag 'tshalloll [20] ye shes89 me yis khyod sku bzhu ba'i tshel mkha' la sprin med bar snang rlung yang zhi/ sa la drod rgyas dby~O (45b) bzhin byin gyis brlabs911 rten 'breI dbang thob khyod la phyag 'tshalloll [21] ston pa'i sku gdung cha brgyad bgos92 pa bzhinl khyod gdung dad ldan lha rni grangs med kyis93 I phyogs bcur spyan drangs mchod pa'i94 rten du gyurl sku gdung rgyas mdzad khyod la phyag 'tshallolI [22] mthong thos dran reg gtam du brjod mams kyisl 'di phyi bar do'i mgon skyabs dpung gnyen mdzadl bslu med skyabs gnas dpal95 ldan red mda' ba961 , dren mchoi7 dam pa khyod la phyag 'tshalloll 83 84 8S 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 rdo Ije 'changcompl. : abbr. rdoe 'chang A : abbr. rdoeng B. 'phangB: 'phangsA. cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. go 'phang;Jascbke 1881: go, compo go 'phang(s). bmyes A : myes B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. bmyes pa (tmd.) go 'phang bmyes pa. 'phrin las lhun grub compl. : abbr. 'phris lhrub A : abbr. phris lhrub B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. 1. phrin las, 2. 'phrin las. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v.Ihun grub 1) lhun gyis grub pa ste 'bad med rang bzhin gyis grub pa. mkha' ;g.rvcompl.: abbr. mkhroA: abbr. mkhro'B. LN: de kho na is an uncommon abbreviation of de kho na nyid; here perh. due to meter. yeshescompl. :yaisAB. dbyarB: g.yarA; cf. p. 189, verse 20. byin gyis brlabs B : abbr. byin+yis briabs A; cf. note 71. brgyad bgos compl. : abbr. brgyadgos A : brgyad bsgos (sic) B; cf. Jascbke 1881: bgos pf., imp. of bgod pa - to divide, to distribute. kyis A : kyiB; 'dren pa is transitive and therefore demands agentive particle mchodpa'j A: abbr. mchod'iB. dpalidan compl. : dpal+dan B : d{-JI+dan A. red mda' ba em. : re mda ' pa A : red mda'pa B; cf. note 2. mchog B : m~hoD A . Text Edition 73 [1.5 Verses 23-33] [23] kye rna kye hud bstan pa'i srog'8 shing chag bstan 'dzin dge 'dun99 phyogs bcur 'thor100 lags solllOl [24] kye rna kye hud thar pa'i rgyal rntshan102 'gyel/ thar ' dod marns kyi thar lam stor lags soil [25] kye rna kye 103 hud legs bshad dga' ston nyarnsl blo gsal marns kyi re thag chad104 lags soil [26] kye rna kye hud lta ba'i nyi rna nubl klu sgrub 105 yab sras lugs bzang su yis 106 ston 1071 [27] kye rna kye 108 hud dam chos rgya rntsho skarns 1091 thogsllO rned sku rnched bshad srol su yis 111 skyong 1l21 [28] (3b) kye rna kye 113 hud lung rigs114 rnche sder 'thor l15 I phyogs1l6 glang chos grags rigs tshul su yis1l7 spell [29] kye rna kye hud tshul khrims 118 bum pa zhig 119 mam gnyis sdorn brgyud120 su yis121 'dzin! yon sak " 99 100 101 srogB : srogsA; cf. Jaschke 1881: srog, camp. srog shing. dge 'dunA: abbr. dgeunB. 'thor B : mthor A; cf. Jiischke 1881: 'thor ba. lags so campI. : abbr. lagsoA: abbr. laD so B; one of the eleven concluding words in Tibetan Grammar. 102 103 10' 105 106 107 108 109 1I0 111 112 1I3 114 115 116 1I7 1I8 1I9 120 121 rgyal mtshan campI. : abbr. rgyan[tsa nags] AB; cf. Bacot no. 128. kyeA:kyiB. ehadB : bead A. kfu sgrub B : kfu grub A; cf. Jiischke 1881: kfu (Skt. niiga), kfu sgrllb, prop. n., Niigarjuna. yisB :yiA. ston B : bston A; Jiischke 1881: stonpa 1. vb., pf. and fut. bstan; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. stonpa - 1. (td.) bstan pa, bstan pa, stan. kye B : <kye> A. skams B : skam+s A; cf. bSam gtan, et ai. bDag yig gsar bsgrigs: skams alternative for skam. thogscompI.: thoDB: thogA. yis em. : yi AB. skyongAB; cf. p. 73, verse 27. kyeA: kyiB. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. lung rigs: dpe eha 'i lung dang nag dpyod kyi rigs pa, lung rigs gnyis kyi sgo nas sgrub pa. 'thor B : mthor A; cf. note 100. phyogsB :phyogA. yiscompi. : yi<s> B : yi A. tshul khrims campI. : abbr. tshruisMB : abbr. tshruim A. shAkem.: shakB: shagA. brgyudem.: rgyudAB. YlsB :yiA; cf. p.l92, verse 29. 74 Chapter 5 [30] kye rna kye hud spangs l22 rtogs go rirnl23 'tshol l24j 'phags l25 seng gnyisl26 kyil27 legs bshad l28 su yis sgrogsl29j [31] kye rna kye hud nyarns rtogs130 byin rlabs13 I yall ti1321 0 na l33 ro'i man ngag su la zhuj [32] kye rna (8270) kye hud phan bde'i 134 pad tshal zuml bshad sgrub 135 bstan pa gcig carB6 nub lags sol37j/ [33] kye rna kye hud nyarn138 thag yi re rnug 139 khyod 140 sku mig gis141 rnthong ba'i skal bas dben/ [1.6 Verse 34] [34] khyod gsung ma142 bas thos pa'i bsod narns rned! khyod thugs 143 gang na bzhugs kyang byin gyis rlobs l44 j 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 spangsB : spang A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. spangs rtogs - dri ma bral zhing yon tan khongdu chud pa ste, sgnb gnyis bagchags dang bcas pa thams cad byang ba dang,ji Itaji snyed kyi mkhyen pa mngon du bmyes pa ni bde bar gshegs pa 'i spangs rtogs kyi yon tan phun sum tshogs pa '0. rim B: rims A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. go rim; l1ischke 1881: go rim. 'tshol ba sm. to Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'khmg pa 1. (tmd.) 'khmgs pa, 'khrug pa 1) go rim 'tshol ba 'am nor ba. 'phagscompl.: 'phaDB: 'phagA. gnyiscompl.: abbr. 2AB. kyiB :gyiA. legs bshadB: lung rig A; cf. p. 192; yerse 30. sgrogscompl.: sgrog+sA: sgroDB. Cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. nyams rtogs; laschke 1881: nyam(s)rtogs. byin rlabsem. : abbr. byin+labA: abbr.: byiblabsB; cf. note 91 and p. 192, verse 31. tiB: teA. nAB: naA. bde'iB : bde A; cf. p. 192, verse 32. sgmb B : bsgmbs A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. bshad sgnlb - chos 'chadpa dang nyams su len pa. gcig car em. : abbr. 1 char AB; cf. laschke 1881: gcig, gcigchar- single, only. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. cigcar-lhan cig gam dusmnyam. See also p. 192, verse 32. See also Negi vol. 3. l1ischke 1881: lags pa - resp. and e1eg. saying for yin pa and 'gyur ba, to be; lags so like yin. nyamem.: nyamsAB; cf. note 18. mug B : muD A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. yi re mug - yi mug pa dang don gcig, yi mug pasems sdug pa 'am sems pham pa. khyodB : khyed A. mig giscompl.: abbr. migisB: mig+siA. maA: snaB. thugscompl.: abbr. th+yaAB. byin gyis rlobsem.: byin gyis brlobsA: abbr. byin+yis brlobsB; imp., cf. n. 71. Text Edition 75 [1.7 Verse 35] [35] dge legs yon tan chu gter chen po lasl chu thigs tsam zhigl"45 blangs lal46 nyes pa'i tshogs/147 ji snyed mchis pa thams cad mthoi 10148 bshags l49I zhabs 'bring gnyug ma'i tshogs la bzod parl50 gsol/ [1.8 Verse 36] [36] bla ma'i mam thar ngo mtshar rmadl51 byung 'di! bshes gnyen (46a) bsod nams grags sogsl52 bkas bskul nasi ·grangs med gdul bya'i tha shal153 mnga' ris pal .. mi phyed dad thob sangs rgyas l54 rtse mos sbyar [1.9 Verse 37] [37] dge ba 'di dang dge ba'i rtsa ba gzhan/ ma Ius blo yis gcig tu bsdoms l55 byas nasi bla rna mchogl56 1a gus pas phul ba yisl bla ma dam pa'i thugs dgongs yongs rdzogs nasi . dpalldan bla ma'i mam thar 'khyong bal57 yi/ sku gsung thugs kyis byin gyis brlab tul58 gsol [A: !]159 145 146 147 14' 149 ISO lSI 152 153 154 ISS 156 157 IS' 1S9 tsamzhigB: <gciD>tsamA. LN: tsamzhig, cf. liischke 1881: tsam-also emphat.: chosde tsamzhig bshadnas. Sobisch (2005: 113): 1a after perfect stem: close chronological sequence; (2005: 120) 1a as copula between verbal actions. nyespa'itshogscompl.: abbr. nyespa'itshoDsA: abbr. nyes'itshoDB. mtho11ocompl.: abbr. mtho1oB: mtho1oA; cf. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.y. mtho1 ba-l.(trod.) sgrog pa 'am, mi gsang bar smra ba, 2. nyes ltung byung ba roams pa gsang med par bshadpa stc, ltung ba phyir bcos kyi nang gses shig. bshags compl. : abbr. bshy{i}as A: bshaDB. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'chags pa - (td.) bshags pa, bshag pa, bshogs - rang skyon mi gsang bar shod pa 'am Ijod pa, ...rang skyon 'chad pa,. .. sdig pa bshags pa, .. .ltung ba bshags pa. bzodparA: abbr. bzodrB. nnadB : sniadA; cf. note 3; liischke 1881: nnadpaorratherusually: nnaddu byungba, nnad byung. grags sogs compl. : abbr. graD soD B : abbr. gragsog A. tha shalB : tha bshal A; cf. Jiischke 1881, Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. thashal. sangs rgyas compl. : abbr. sar+yas AB, cf. Bacot 655. bsdoms em. : abbr. sdoMs AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sdom pa 1. (td.) 2. bsdoms pa, bsdom pa, sdoms - sdudpa. mchog B : mchoD A. 'khyong ba em. : 'khyong pa A: 'khyongs pa B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'khyong ba - (trod.) 'khyongs pa, 'khyong ba - mu mthudpa'am 'khyo1 ba;Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'khyo1 ba - (trod.) mtharphyin pa. byin gyis br1ab tu em. : byin+yis rlab tuB : abbr. byin+yis br1abs su A; fut. see note 71. Here in IDS. A a 'snake stroke' (sbruJ shalljmarks the end ofa section oftext (don tshan);cf. Extented Wylie Transliteration Scheme, University of Virgina, 11/2610LSeealsonote 4 ofthis text. 76 Chapter 5 [2 Part ll] [2.1 Verse 1] [1] bden gnyis gnas lugs don rtogs160 mkhyen pa rgyas/ byang chub thugs 161 gnyis 'byongs162 pa'i thugs rje can! mkhyen rab thugs rje 'gran zla ma mchis pa'il (4a) dpa11dan b1a ma'i zhabs la phyag 'tshallo/ zhes pa 'ni 163 mi 'phrog l64 pa'i mkhyen rab dang thugs rje dpag tu med pa mnga' ba'i bdag nyid 165 mkhas pa'i l66 dbang po dpalldan red mda' ba167 zhes/ [2.1.1] mtshan yongs su grags pa de nyid kyis168 kun rdzob kyi bden pa gzugs169 nas mam mkhyen gyi bar gyi chos thams cad/170 spyi mtshan rang gi ngo bOS17l stong par thugs su (8271) chud cing / rang mtshan lag mthil gyi skyu172 ru ra ltar gzigs pa ji snyed pa mkhyen pa dang / don dam pa'i l73 bdenpa 'khor 'das kyi chos thams cad kyi gnas lugs spros pa'i mtha' thams cad dang174 bral bar thugs su chud pa ji Ita ba l75 bzhin176 mkhyen pa'i ye shes mnga' bas na mkhyen pa'i ye shes rgyas177 pa'o// [2.1.2] 'gro ba mtha' dag 178 'khor ba sdug bsngal gyi rgya mtsho 179 las grol bar 'dod pa'i lhag bsam mam par dag pa'i go bgos shing sgroI bar byed pa'i sbyor ba phun sum tshogs pa'i brtson 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 17. 171 172 173 174 175 17" 177 178 179 Cf. Iiischke 1881: rtogs pa, sems rtogs pa. thug.s"compl.: abbr. th+yasA: abbr. th+yaB. 'byongs B: 'byong A. zhes pa niB : A: ces pa 'di 'phrogA: 'phroDB; the term of negation miin front of the verb is used only with present and rarely with future tense; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'phrogpa - (td.) phrogs pa, 'phrog pa, phrogs. bdagnyidcompl.: abbr. bdidAB. mkhas pa 'i A : abbr. mkhas'iB. ba em. : pa AB. kyis B: kyi A. gzugs compl. : gzuD B : gzug A. thams cadcompl. : abbr. thaMd AB; cf. Eimer 1992, 104. ngo boscompl.: abbr. ngausAB. skyu A : kyu B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 1. skyu ru I8 (Skt. limaIaki); 2. kyu ru I8 - skyu ru ra dang'dra. pa'iB: om. A. thams cad dangcompl. : abbr. thaMdang AB. Ita ba B : <Ita ba> A; insertion in dbu can, below the place marked by a cross, betweenji and ba. bzhin A : om. B. . rgyasB: brgyasA. mtha' dag B : abbr. mthag A. rgya mtsho compl. : abbr. <rgya> mtsho A : abbr. rgy[tsa rtagsJo B. 77 Text Edition 'gruS180 dang Idan pasl smon pa dang 'jug l81 pa'i byang chub kyi thugs gnyis 'byongs pas na thugs rje chen po dang Idan pa' 011 de lta bu'i 182 mkhyen rab dang thugs rje rnnyam pa'i lhag pa gangs can 183 gyi khrod na med pasl 'gran zia dang bral ba'oll dag nyid chen po'i zhal rnnga' nasi srid zhi stong l84 par lta ba'i shes rab dang I mkha' rnnyam 'gro Ia dmigs pa'i l85 snying rje gnyisl res 'ga,186 res 'jog re 'ga' zung 'breI sgoms 1871 zhes gsungs 1881 [A: bstod pari chos Ije bio bzang grags pasj189 mkhyen rab gzhan dang skal ba mi rnnyam zhing I (46b) mkhan chen chos rgyal basi snying po chen po'i bde drod rab 'bar bal zhes soll]190 [2.1.3] [B: bstod pari chos rje bio bzang pasj191 dri med mkhyen pa'i dbang po 'jam pa'i dbyangsl dmigs med brtse ba'i gter chen spyan ras gzigsl gangs can mkhas pa'i gtsug rgyan red mda' bal gzhon nu bio gros zhabs Ia phyag 'tshalloll ISO 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 brtson 'gros B : abbr. brtsrous A. 'jug B : mjug A. lta bu 'i A : ltu ~·B. gangs can B : gang can A. stong B : 'byongs A. mnyam 'gIo la dmigs pa 'i compl. : mnyaM 'gIo la dmiD'iB : mnyaMs 'gIo la dmig pa 'i A. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. res 'ga' -mtshams mtshams sam skabs reo Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. re 'ga' - 'ga' zhig gam kha shas dang, skabs 'ga ~ Jaschke 1881: res, res 'ga '. sgomsem.: sgoMAB; cf. Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.v. sgompa-I. (td.) bsgomspa, bsgompa, sgoms. zhes gsungs compl. : abbr. zhesungs B abbr. zhes+ya A; cf. example for final -gs in Krasser, p. I, no. 4 gZllgS. chos Ije blo bzang grags pas compl. : abbr. <choes bio bzang grags pas> A. ba mi mnyam zhing, mkhan chen chos rgyal bas, snying po chen po 'i bde drod rab 'bar ba, zhes so em. : abbr. pa mi mnyaM zhing <mkhan chen chos rgyal bas> snyiong cheon 'i bde drod rab 'bar ba zheso A. 191 192 chos Ije blo bzang pas em. : <cheos blo bzang pas> B. dri med mkhyen pa'i dbang po 'jam pa 'i dbyangs, dmigs med brtse ba 'i gter chen spyan ras gzigs, gangs can mkhas pa 'i gtsug rgyan red mda' ba, gzhon nu blo gros zhabs la phyag 'tshallo zhes so em. : abbr. dd med mkhyen 'j dbang po 'jaMpa 'i dbyangs, dmiD med brtse ba 'i gter chen spyan ras gziD, gangs can mkhas pa 'i gtsug rgyan red mda' pa, gzhonu biaus zhabs la phyalo zheso B. Source: Red mda' ba gzhon nu blo gros la phyag 'tsha!, in Tsong kha pa 'i bka "bum thor bu, gSung 'blun, vol. kha, p. 7bl-2. Cf. Toh. 5274 (5) A salutation to Red mda' ba Kumiiramati. It reads slightly different as follows: dd med mkhyen pa 'j dbang po 'jam pa 'i dbyangs, tshad med brtse ba 'i gter chen spyan ras gzigs, gangs can mkhas pa 'i gtsug rgyan red mda'pa, gzhon nu bio gros zhabs kyi pad+mor bdud For more details on the origin of this praise, its meaning and its change to the famous dMigs brtse ma praise ofTsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa see my unpublished MA thesis 2003: 127-35. Cf. beginning 78 Chapter 5 tshogs gnyiS193 kyi (4b) dpal dang ldan zhing I dbang rgyud manngag phyin ci ma log pa thob cing I thugs SU194 chud nas ston pa bla ma'i sku'i cha thams cad kyi [B: dman pa zhabs kyi] padmo la rang gi yan lag195 kun gyi mchog 196 spyi bos ' dud pas Ius dang I gang gi drin gyis Ode chen197 nyid/ ces sogs kyis bstod pa198 ngag dang I dad cing gus pa bskyed pas199 yid depoo [B: sgo gsum] gus pa'i sgo nas phyag 'tshalloll [2.2 Verses 2-4] [2] 'od (8272) sruniO I nye bar 'khor02 dang kun dga' bOS2031 dgra bcom204 lnga brgya'i bla gos khri steni05 nasi nyam thai06 dbyangs kyis207 , di skad bdag thos zhesl ston pa'i mdzad tshul gus pas brjod pa bzhinf°8 zhes209 pa nil ston pa'i nyan thos210 brgya~ll khri bzhi stong gi nang nas sbyangs pa dang I ' dul ba212 ,dzin pa dang I mang du thos pa mams kyi [B: nang nas] mchog tu gyur pa ' od sruni 13 dang Inye bar214 'khor dang kun dga' bOS215 stonpamyangan las 'das pa'i 'og tu/bstanpa dam pa'i chos yun ring du gnas par bya ba'i phyirl bstan ' dzin dgra bcom pa lnga brgyar gcig gi ma 193 194 195 190 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 200 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 ofRatnasrupbhava's biography of Red mda' ba (2003: 242.1): dmigs /l1.ed brtse ba'i gter gyurspyan ras gzigs, dri med mkbycn pa 'i dbang po Jam pa 'i dbyangs, gangs can mkhas pa 'i gtsug rgyan red mda' ba, gzhon nu b10 gras zhabs 1a phyag 'tshaJ 10. tshogsgnyiscompl.: tshaD2B: tshagnyisA. thugs sucompl. : thuD suB: abbr. th+yasuA; -ys= final -gsas in Krasser, p. 1, no. 4 gzugs;cf. note 188. yan lag A : y+1ag B. mchog B : mchaD A; cf. note 97. drin gyis bde chen em. : abbr. drin gyi bdain A : abbr. drin+yi bdain B. ces sags kyis bstadpa em. : ceswa kyi bstodpas A : cesoD kyis B. bskyedpascompl.: <b>skyedp+saA: bskyedpaB. de em. : te A: ste B; continuative particle (lhag bcas) de used after suffix -d; cf. Schubert (1937: 47), Hahn (1996: 148). srung B : bsrungs A; cf. note 13. bar em. : baAB; cf. note 14. bosA: boB; cf. note IS. dgra beam compl. : abbr. dgroMAB. steng A: stcngs B; cf. Jiischke 1881: steng. nyam thag em. : nyams thag B : nyaMs thag A; cf. note 18. kyis B : kyi A. bzhin B : gzhin A. zhes B : ces A; phrase connector (tshig phrad) zhes after suffix -n. nyan thas A : abbr. nyos B. brgyadB : brgya A. baB: ba'iA. srungem. : srungsB: bsrungsA; cf. 13. barem.: baAB; cfnote 14. bosB: b+saA. Text Edition 79 tshang ba216 bsduS217 nasi de dag gf18 bla gos kyi khri steng219 nas ston pa'i yon tan dran nasi nyam220 thag pa'i dbyangs kyis 'di skad bdag gis thos pa'i dus gcignalbcom ldan 'das221 rgyal po 'i khab bya rgod phung po 'i ri lal zhes sogg222 kyi sgo nasi ston223 pas dang por224 byang chub kyi mchog tu thugs bskyed225/bar du skal pa226 grangs med227 gsum228 du tshogs229 bsags230/ tha mar mdzad pa bcu gnyis231 kyis 'gro ba'i don mdzad pa'i tshul mngon pal 'dul bal mdo sde'i sde snod232 rin po che mam pa233 gsum legs par234 bsdus235 pa bzhin du/ [2.3 Verse 3] [3] bka' 'drin 'khor med chos rje rin po chef mthong ba'i skal236 med dran pa'i yul du gyur/ nyin mtshan bsams237 kyang yon tan mtha' (Sa) ma rtogs/ cha yi238 cha tsam gus pas brjod bgyid239 nal zhes pa nil bdag240 sogs gdul bya mams la yang dag pa'i lam bstan pa'i bka' drin 'khor241 ba med pa'i chos kyi242 rje rin po che243 de nyid mig shes kyis mngon sum244 du mthong ba'i skal 21" 211 218 21. 220 221 222 223 224 225 220 221 22' 22. 230 23! 2J2 233 234 235 23" m 23' 23. 240 241 242 243 244 baB :paA. bsduscompI.: <b>sdusA: sdusB; Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. sdudpa- (td.) bsduspa, bsdu ba, sdus. dag gi A : abbr. dagiB. stengem. : stengs AB; cf. note 205. See also bSam gtan, et aI. bDag yig gsar bsgrigs. nyam em. : nyaMs AB. bcomJdan 'dascompI.: abbr. bc+doMsAB. zhes sogs compI. : abbr. zhesoD B : ceswo A; phrase connector zhes after vowels. ston B : (-}ston A. dangporA: abbr. dangorB. thugs bskyed compI. : th+ya bskyedB : abbr. abbr. thugskye A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. thugs bskyed- 1) gzhan phan gyi sems bskyed de byang chub mchog tu sems bskyedpa. paB: <pa>A. grangs mcdB : grang medA; cf. Iiischke 1881: grangs medpa. gsum compI. : abbr. JAB. tshogs compI. : tsh+ya B : tshog A; cf. Iiischke 1881: tshogs, bsod nams kyi tshogs - accumulation of merit acquired by virtue; tshogs gsog pa - to accumulate such. bsagscompI.: bsag+sA: bsaDB; cf. Iiischke 1881: sogpa2. vb. (also: gsogpa, bsogpa, sogspa) pf. (b)[sjags, fut. bsag, imp. sogs, bsag. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. tshogs gsog - dge ba sgrub pa; gsog pa - (td.) 1. bsags pa, bsagpa, sog,' tshogs gniys bsags te rdzogs sangs rgyas; bsod nams gsog pa. bcu gnyis compI. : abbr. bcuis AB. mdo sde'i sde snodA : mdo 'i sde snodB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mdo sde'i sde snod paB: <pa>A. legs parA : abbr.leDrB. bsdusA: sdusB; cf. note 217. skalB : skabs A. bsaMs B : bsaM+sA. chayiB: 'chi baA. bgyidcompI.: {--}<bgyid>A: gyisB. zhes pa ni bdag B : ces <pa ni bdag> A. 'khor B: khor A. kyiA:om.B. Ije rill po che em. : abbr. rinoe B : Ije A. mngon sum compI. : abbr. mngon suMB : abbr. mngonJ A. 80 Chapter 5 ba rned cing I (47a) yid shes kyi245 dran pa'i yul (S273) 'ba' zhig tu246 gyur tel nyin [B: dang] rntshan247 du gus pas bsams kyang I lung dang rtogs pa'i yon tan gyi248 pha rntha' rtogs par mi249 nus tel [B: mkhan chen chos rgyal bas] bstod parJ250 bshes gnyen mkha' lding dbang po mams kyis kyang I khyod kyi251 yon tan rntha,252 rna rnthong ba253 nal gang gi blo gros phye rna leb lta bUSP54 de ni dpoi55 par nus pa ga la yin2561 de lta na yani 58 rang gi skal ba dang 'tsham par 59 rnthong zhing thos pa'i yon tan [B: gyi] cha'i cha tsarn sgro ' dogs260 dang I gcam261 bu spangs262 nas gus pas brjod par bgyicf63 nal [2.4 Verse 4] [4] thub bstan nub khar64 dar zhes gsungs265 pa'i doni bstan pa'i rnjui 66 'dir skyes chen khyod byon nasi lta dpyod nyams len mam dag spella dgongsl rgyal bas lung bstan khyod la phyag 'tshallo267II 245 246 247 24' 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 shes kyi comp!. : shes+yiB : shes kyis A; since gYUI'is past of the intransitive verb 'gJl7.lF pa. tuB: duA. mtshan A : abbr. man[tsa rtagsJB. yon tan gyi compl. : y+ton+yiB : abbr. y+ton gyi A. miA:maB. bstodparA: abbr. bstodrB. khyod kyi A : abbr. khyod+yiB. mtha' A : mkha' mtha 'B. baA: om.B. Ita bus compl. : abbr. /tus AB. dpog A : dpoDB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. dpog pa - (td.) dpags pa, dpag pa, dpogs. yinB: yodA. ees so compl. : abbr. eeso A : abbr. zheso B. de Ita nayangB : de Ita na'ang A; cf. Jiischke 1881: de, de Ita, de ltar (-du, or-na), de'ang, deyang. Illuminator, s.y. de Ita na- being like that; de lIar yang- meaning: de ltar yin na yang- although it is like this. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. delta na -de 'drayin tshe'am, de 'drayin na;Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. de lIar-de 'dra ba dang de 'dra Ita bur; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.V. de lIar yang-de 'drared kyang, de lIar yin na yang. Jiischke 1881: 'tsham(s) pa- fit, suitable, in accodanc~ to, in conformity with. 'dogscompl.: 'doDB: 'dogpaA; cf. Jiischke 1881: sgro, sgro 'dogs geodpa;Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. sgro 'dogs -medparyod 'dzin gyi kun btags. geam em. : abbr. JcaM A : abbr. eaMB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. geam bu- 1. g.tam beos ma 'am beos ma 'i ngo bstod spangsB: spang A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. spong ba-I.(td.) spangspa, spang ba, spongs. bgyidem.: bgyisA: gyiB; cf. note 239. kharA: karB. zhesgsungscompl.: zhesgsung+sA: abbr. zhesllngsB. mjugA: jugB; cf. note 28; Jiischke 1881: jug-sometimes for mjug. phyag 'Ishallo campI. : abbr. phyag 'tshalo A : phy[tsa rtagsJa 10 B. Text Edition 81 zhes268 pa nil mdo lasl mar me 'chi khar gsal269 ba Itarl nga'i bstan pa nub khar darl zhes270 lung 'dir mkhas shing grub pa brnyes274 pa'i skyes chen khyed byon nasi Ita ba dang spyod pa nyams len rnam par dag pa'i sgo nasi •.. sangs rgyas kyi bstan pa dar zhingl rgyas par mdzad pa la dgongs pa yin tel de'i rgyu mtshan275 . sngar gangs276 ri'i khrod 'dir mkhas pa'i dbang po mang du byon na yang I 'ga' zhig gis277Ita . ba'i cha de khonagsal bar278 (5b)mdzadl 'ga' zhig gis spyod pa'iphyogs de279 khonagsal bar280 mdzadl 'ga' zhig gis281 nyams len gyi gnad282 kho na gsal bar mdzad pa tsam du zad [B: kyis]1 bshad Sgrub283 gnyis ka'i sgo nas bstan pa gsal bar mdzad pa khyod las sngar gzhan284 ma byung ~ bstan pa'i dgongs pa ni27l1 yang snyigs272 bstan pa'i mjug273 bar mthong zhing thos pas khums [B: shing]1 phyis kyang mi (8274) 'byung stel [2.4.1] dag nyid chen po'i gsung lasl (1) (M222a3) mang pos bkur bas chen pOi 85 grags rnams kyang I myed dang bkur sti grags pa lhui 86 byed kyil sangs rgyas bstan pa ched cher mi ' dzin287 na! (47b) 'di na thub bstan gees 'dzin dam pa sui 268 269 27. 271 272 273 274 275 27' m 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 zhes B : ces A. khar gsal em. : khar bsal A : kar gsalB; cf. Jaschke 1881: 'chi ba, compo 'chi kha, 'chi khar. khar dar zhcs em. : khar dar ces A : kar dar zhcs B. niB :yinA. snyigscompl.: snyiDB: myig+sA; cf. Jaschke 1881: snyigspa, Cs. snyigsma (ka~iiya). mjugem. : 'jug AB. bmycs B : mnycs A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. grub bmycs - grub pa thob pa stc sngags lugs kyi grub pa 'i dngos grub brgyadgang nmg sogs thob pa 'i mal 'byor pa. rgyumtshan A : abbr. rgyun[tsartagsJB. gangs B : gang+s A. zhig gis compl. : abbr. zhigis AB. gsal barA: abbr. gsalrB. spyodphyogspa'ideem.: spyodpa'iphyogdeA: dpyodpa'iphyoDB. barA :parB. zhig gis compl. : abbr. zhigis B : zhig+siA. gnadB : cha A. sgrub B : bsgrub A. sngar gzhan B : gzhan sngar A. chcnporA: abbr. chenorB. myed dang bkur sti grags pa lhurcompl. : abbr. myedang bkur sti grags pa lhur M : mycdang bskur sti grags pa lhur A : bmyedang bkur sti graD pa lhur B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. mycd bkur - myed pa dang bkursti ste, norrdzas 'buJ mtshon dang, bkurstigus 'dud Mvy, S.V. 183 bkursti, 1750 bkur stirbyedpa/bya ba (satkara);Jaschke 1881: skurbaIT. pf. ft. & imp. bskur. Jaschke 1881: bkur ba I. 1. vb. to honour, esteem (synon. mchod pa), mang pas bkur ba'i rgyal po, mahiisammata, the Icing honoured by many, frq.; 2. sbst. honour; more frq., bkur sti, honour, respect, homage, mark of honour. Jaschke 1881: lhur, with len pa or bycd pa C. acc. to apply one's self to, bestow pains upon = don gnycr byedpa. ched cher mi 'dzin BM : ched chcr mi mdzin A; cf. Jiischke 1881: chcd, as sbst. of rare occurence, Schr.: reason, signification = don; Sch.: ched chen po a great thing, an important business or affair. LN: wrong spelling of chcs; Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. chcs - ha cang ngam shin ta, ... slab pa chcs chcr rgan pa. Jiischke 1881: ches 2. pf. of che ba, as adv. very. Nitartha, S.V. ches cher- ever greater, greatly, widely, very much. 82 Chapter 5 (2) mkhas rlom phal cher smra mkhan ne tso288 bzhin! tshig gi rjes 'brang gzhu289 tsam klog par zadl rigs dang mi rigs 'byed la 'thoms290 gyur9! na! ,di na rigs292 Idan legs bshad smra ba293 gang I (3) nyin dang mtshan du mal 'byor94 sgOm'-95 mams kyani 96 I !hag spyod kyis ni297 ting , dzin bsgoms298 pa bzhinl yang dag Ita ba'i gnad kyis dben gyur na! ,di na yang dai 99 lam zhugs sgrub300 po medl (4) Ito phyir rab byung gral pyhir bsnyen rdzogs30 ! kyang I tshulldan bslab la302 gus pa'i dge sbyong nyung I kye rna kye303 hud sakya'i304 bstan pa nil ming tsam Ius par05 kho b0306 gcig pus mthong I zhes 307 dang / blo bzant08 bstod parP09 288 2" 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 mkhan ne tso B : mkhan ne tsho A : lnkhas ne tsho M; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. smra mkhan ne tso -mi skad shes pa'i ne tso; J1ischke 1881: ne tso-parrot. gzhu A : gzhu{4} M : gzhung B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. gzhu - 1) mda' stan; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. mda' stan- (mngon) gzhu. rigs dang mi rigs 'byed la 'thoms compl. : riD dang mi riD 'byed la 'thoMs B : rig dang mi rig 'byed la 'thoMs A : rigs dang mi rigs 'thoms M; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. 'byed pa (td.) phye ba, dbye ba,phyes I) kha 'phral ba;Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. 'thomspa- (tmd.) mgo ba 'kharba. J1ischke 1881: 'gyur ba 1. Yb. pf. gyur (-ta, -pa) imp. gyur (-cig), cf. sgyur ba, 2. to become. Cf. J1ischke 1881: rigs can, rigs ldan- of noble birth. Lit. 'of good family' (Skt. kulika). baAB :paM. mal 'byarcompl. : abbr. mar AB. sgaMB : bsgam M : bsgaMs A, cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. sgam pa - 1. (td.) bsgams pa, bsgam pa,sgams. mams kyangcompl. : maMs kyang A : maMs+yang B. kyis ni= emphatic particle; cf. Hodge (1993:27-29). ting 'dzin bsgams M : abbr. tingin sgaMs B : abbr. tingni sgaMA. yang dag A : abbr. yangg B. zhugs sgrubM: zhuDsgrubB: zhug bsgrllbA; cf: Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. }ugpa2. (tmd.) zhugs pa, }ug pa, zhugs - des sa 'brang ba dang 'gra ba; LN: sgrub pa = sgrub pa pa. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. sgrub pa pa 2) chas sgrub mkhan. Skt. sadhaka. MW, s.v. sadhaka - adept, an efficient or skillful person, magician. bsnyen rdzogs AM : snyen rdzaDB; cf. Mvy, s.Y. 8715 bsnyen parrdzags (pa) upasatpanna. tshulldan bslab la M : abbr. tshuldan bslab la B : tshulldan bslab pa A. kyeA: kyiB. shAkya'iBM : shakya<'>i A. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.Y.luspa -(tmd.) ma tshang ba'am chadpa. par kha ba M : abbr. pa khau B : abbr. par khall{-} A. zhes BM : ces A. bla bzangcompl. : abbr. <blazang> A: <bla> B. Source: dPalldan ·bla ma dam pa ku ma ra ma ti'i yan tan rjes su dran nas cung zad bstadpa, in Tsang kha pa 'i bka' 'bwn thar bu, gSung 'bum, vol. kha, p. 6b2-3. See also bio bstad parp. 92, 97. Cf. Toh. 5274 (4) A eulagy ta Klimaramati, the chiefteacher afTsangkhapa. Text Edition kIu Sgrub 310 thogs rned311 gnyis kyi312 bzhed pa'i lugs/313 ji bzhin thugs su chud nas314 brtse ba yisl skyon bral gsung gi[B: gsang ba]legs 'dorns pas3151 bstan pa'i gnad la nges pa ster ba ~dil khyod kyi rjes su bstan las316 gzhan su zhig 83 ces soil [2.5 Verse 5] [5] bsams bzhin srid bzhes317 chos ldan rigs su 'khrungsl bstan pa'i sgor zhugs318 yongs 'dzin mkhas (6a) rnang bstenl sdorn pa gsum blangs srog las319 gees par bzunt20 I ,thub pa'i ring lugs khyod la phyag 'tshalloll [2.5.1] zhes pa ni32l1 bdag nyid chen po 'di sku tshe snga rnar322 kha cher PaI).Qi ta don yod rdo rjel zhes bya bar sku 'khrungs nasi chos rje blo bzang grags pa paI).gi ta rna ti bha dra2 23 gyur (8275) pas gtso rndzad gdul bya bsam gyis324 mi khyab pa la chos sde snod gSum/325 rgyud sde bzhi'i spyi326 don phyin ci rna log par bstan nasi bstan pa dang sems can327 gyi328 don rgya chen po rndzad tshull gsang bdag gis phyag rdar grub thob329 la gsungs330 pa yinl331 310 3ll 312 3I3 31. 315 316 317 31' 319 320 sgrubB: grubAB. thogs med compl. : thaD medB : mthog med A; cf. Mvy, s.v. 3477 'phags pa thogs med Aryasanga. kyiB :niA. Note that Tsong kha pa, bKa' 'bum thor bu, vol. kha, p. 6b2 reads gzhunginstead of lugs. Ibid reads gsa! bar gzigs nasinstead of thugs su chud nas. gsang ba legs 'daMs pas compl. : gsang ba leD 'daMs pas B : legs 'daMs pas A (metre uncomplete, two syllables missing). The two syllables missing im ms. A can be suplemented by the scribe in ms. B or stem from an intermediate version. For example Tsong kha pa, bKa' 'bum thor bu, vol. kha, p. 6b2 reads gsung gis gzhan la instead of gsung gi [B: gsang baJ las A : la B; cf. Tsong kha pa, bKa' 'bum thor bu, vol. kha, p. 6b2: las. bzhes B : bzhin A; cf. p. 69, verse 5. zhugscompl. : zhuDB : zhug A; cf. Jiischke 1881: sgo, bdagchos sgor jugpazhu-I beg to allow us to enter religion, to receive us as students or disciples; jug pa L pf. and imp. zhugs. srog las B : srogs pas A. bzung B : gzung A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'dzin pa - (td.) bzung ba, gzung ba, zung; cf. note 35. 32I 322 323 32. m 326 327 328 329 330 33I zhespaniB: cespa 'diA. marA :maB. drar B : trar A. gyiscompl.: gy+si A: gyiB; cf. Jiischke 1881: bsam, bsamgyis mi khyab pa. chos sde snod gsum compl. : abbr. chosde snod gsuMA : abbr. chos sde snod 3 B. spyi A; om. B. . sems can compl. : abbr. seMn AB. gyiB: kyiA. grub thob A : abbr. gruob B. gsungs em : gsung+s A : gs+ya B. For the source of this quotation see Las chen (2003: 615.6-19). 84 Chapter 5 [2.5.2] de nas bsams bzhin du gangs ri'i killod 'dir Ita spyod nyams len phyin ci loi 32 tu sPyod pa mams tshar bead pa'i phyirl bod kyi rdo rje gdan °dpalldan *sa skya333 dang nye ba na3341 red mda'335 khab soy336'grags pa derl chos rgyal srong btsan337 sgam po'i nang blon! blon po mgar stong btsan338 yul srungs339 kyi brgyud340 (48a) pal yab red mda'i341 blon chen bkra shiS342 rgyal mtshan343 dangl yum lhag bsam roam par dag pa bram ze ma gsa! ba'i tshul khrirns dang tshul mtshungs344 pa ye shes kyi mkha' 'gro ma345 [B: slon346 10 dbang phyug skyid347] zhes bya348 ba gnyis kyi sras SU349 gyur tel lhums su zhugs pa'i tshe yum la nyi zla350 shar ba dang I sgron me spar ba35l dang I gtsug lag khang bzhengs p~52 sogs rmi353 ltas bzang po mang po byung zhing! Ius sdug bsngal354 dang brall sems bde ba dang ldan par'55 gyur toll btsas pa'e56 tshe na yang I yum sras gnyis ka la btsa,357 ba'i sdug bsngal dang bral bar gyur toll [B: chos] bstod pari 332 333 334 335 336 331 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 ;." 349 350 351 352 353 354 m 356 357 JogB : JogsA; cf. Jiischke 1881:phyiu ci Jog. sa skya B : abbr. saskya A. o Here Mang thos KIu sgrub rgya mtsho starts in his bsTan rtsis with summarizing his biography on Red mda' ba (1993: 194.10). * Here Ye shes rgyal mtshan starts with his summary of the biography on Red mda' ba (1990: 891.27). See aJso Las chen 2003: 611.19; 1972: yol. 2, 155a4, and 19-: 309a2. mda'A: 'da'B. khab sor AB. Cf. Ye shes rgyal mtshan: khang sor; NgCh: khab sor; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. khab so - rgyaJ po 'i mdzod khang. btsan B : tsan A. stong btsanem. : stongs tsan A: stong tsa B; cf. Stein (1993: 64, 120): mGar sTong tsan (btsan); Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. mgar, mgar stong btsan. srungs A : bsrungs B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. srung ba - (td.) bsrungs pa, bsrung ba, srungs: brgyud A : rgyudB. mda'iA: 'da'iB. bkrashiscompl.: abbr. bJaisAB. rgyaJ mtshan compl. : abbr. rgyan[tsa rtags] A : abbr. <{-go-}> rgyan[tsa rtags]B. mtshungs B : mtshung+s A. ma B : {ba} <ma> A. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. sJon pa - 'I. (td.) bsJan pa, bsJan pa, sJon I) sdudpa dang sbyor ba 'am zIa sgriJ gtong ba. Ye shes rgyal mtshan 891: yum dbang phyug skyid Same in Las chen 1) 155a.5: abbr. yuM dbang phyug skyid Note that Bstan 194.10-197.14 does not mention the name of the parents. zhes bya A : abbr. zhes+ya B. sras su A : abbr. srasu B. Note that Las chen 1)155a.6 adds after abbr. srasu; sa mo gJang Ja sku 'khrungs, cf. 2) 309a3, 3) 611.22. Differently Mang thos (1993: 194.10-13): sum stong bzhi brgya dang brgyad cu 'das pa 'i gya gcig pa sa pho byi (spyi Jo 1348) Jo mnyam med red mda' pa chen po ... byon. Note that Shes bya 'i gter mdzod, yol. 3, 316.15-16 adds rab byung drug pa 'i sa gJang Jo (1349), and dates Red mda' ba's ordination in the 18th year of life 1366 (see note 405). nyi zIa A : abbr. ny+liB. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. spor ba (td.) spar ba, spar ba, spor 1) 'bar bar byedpa, ...me spar ba. bzhengs pa A : gzheng ba B; cf. Jiischke 1881: bzhengs pa pf. of bzheng ba. m2iB : smi A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. rmi Jtas - rmi Jam bzang ngan gyi mtshan ma. sdug bsngaJ compl. : abbr. bsduJAB. JdanparA: abbr. JdanrB. Cf. liischke 1881': btsas pa Y. btsa[7 ba. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. btsa'ba 2.(tmd.) btsaspa, btsa'ba -skyeba. btsa'B: rtsaA. Text Edition khyod ni lurn bi tshal du358 rgyal ba bzhin/ dri rned yum gyi lhums nas bltams359 pa'i tshe 36 01 bsod narns phun tshogs361 khyod sku rna (6b) bzung phyirl tshangs dbang nyid362 du gyur ram yang na363 shil zhes 85 11 S0364 de nas ' 0 rna dang zho dang I mar gyi nying khu sogs kyis bskyed365 bsring ste3661rntshan yang btsUll ne 367 zhes bya bar 68 gsol te3691 smra shes don go tshun chad370 dkon rnchog gsurn371 gyi (S276) sgra thos pa'am372 rten rnthong ba na! dad cing gus pa cher skye ba373 byung I yab yum gnyis ka gzhon nu'i dus su374 , das 375 shingl a ne rntshan ldan gyi mkha' ,gro rna bkra shis 'bum zhes bya basi gzhon nu nyid nas mkhas pa'i dbang po chen por gyur gyi bar du/376 zhabs tog skyo ngal rned pam phul basi shin tu drin che gsuni 78 [A48aS: !]379 bdag nyid chen pO'i380 'byis pa'i dus sui a ne lags381 1 nga yang na sa skya dpon chen gyi lag rtags382 blangs383 nasi bod 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 lum bi tshal du em. : fuM pa'i tshal du B : abbr. luM pa'i nagsu A; deriy. LumbinI. cf. Tshig rndzod chen rno, s.y. lum bi'i tshal- sangs rgyas shAkya thub pa 'khmngs sa'i gnas te da Ita bal yul gyi khongs su gtogs yod bltamsA: ltaMsB; cf. Tshig rndzod chen rno, s.y. sku bltams -sku 'khrungspa. tsheB: tshesA; cf. Jiischke 1881: tshes-I. day ofthernonth, 2. syrnb. num.: 15. phun tshogscornpl. : abbr. phuog[tsa rtags} A: abbr. phuongB; cf. Tshig rndzod chen rno, s.y.phun sum tshogs pa - legs shing cha tshang ba. nyid A : gnyidB. naA: {-} B. zhes so cornpl. : zheso B : ceso A; cf. Hahn (1996: 42) Indefinite particles zhig after terminal position nga, na, ma, a: ra, la and yowels; sha is none of the ten suffixes, but i is the concluding yowel. bskyed A : skyedB; cf. Tshig rndzod chen rno, s.y. skyedpa - (td.) bskyedpa, bskyedpa, skyed. bsring ste A : snngs te B; cf. Tshig rndzod chen rno, s.y. sring ba - (td.) bsrings pa, bsring ba, srings. btsun ne B : abbr. brtsuen A. zhes bya barcornpl. : zhes <bya bar> A : abbr. zhes+ya barB. gsol te B : bsol to A; cf. Tshig rndzod chen rno, s.y. gsol ba 1. (td.) 1) zhu ba dang 'bul ba, ...mtshan gsol chad A; bcadB; cf. Tshig rndzod chen rno, s.y. tshun chad - dbyemtshams nas rang ngos suphyogs pa. dkon mchog gsum cornpl. : abbr. dkaugsuMA: dkaug 3B. thospa'am em.: thospa'i AB; cf. A': thospa'am. ba B : bar A; cf. Jiischke 1881: cheF, termin. of che, cher po ba - to grow, increase; cher skye bato become great, to grow up. dus su cornpl. : abbr. dusu B : dus nas A. 'das A : bdas B. duA: tuB. ngal med pa em. : ngas med pa B : ngas med par A; cf. Tshig rndzod chen rno, s.y. skyo ngal - sems skyo ba dang, Ius nga! ba. shin tu drin che gSlmgcornpl. : shinu drin che gsung B : drin ShIn tu che gsungs {--} A. In rns. A here a "snake stroke" (sbIlll shad) marks the insertion of an extra line <bdag nyid chen po 'di ... gsa! barbyedgsungspas> (seems. A, line 8, yigchungand also note 159). po'iA :po 'diB. lags em. : laAB; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.y. ane lags- term of address fornunsl paternal aunt. rtagscornpl.: rtaDB: rtagA. bJangs B : blang+s A. 86 Chapter 5 khams384 bde ba la 'god/385 yang na bstan pa'i sgor zhugs386 nasI [B: sangs rgyas kyi387] bstan pa nyin388 rno ltar gsal bar byed gsung basp89 a ne na reI btsun ne bl0 gros390 chel khyod kyi s39 1 de gnyis ka392 mi ' grub par ' dug gi ham393 pa rna che zerl de dus rntshan yang btsun ne bl0 grils 394 che2 95 grags pa [B: yang] byung I [2.5.3] de dus 'phags chen chos bzang dpal ba la1 skyabs ' gro sems bskyedP 96 bsnyen397 gnas kyi sdorn pasogs thugs rje chenpo'i chos bsk02 98 rnang duzhusl denas bdagnyid chenpo'i thugs la1 dal 'byor thob pa don dang Idan par bya ba'i phyir/bstan pa'i sgor 'jug dgongs399 nasI gangs can gyi ngur smrig400 'dzin pa mams kyi gtsug gi rgyan dam par gyur pal sa bzang401 pat}. chen pa'i drung duJ dge bsnyen402 dang dge tshu1403 gyi sdorn pa dgung 10 bC0404 brgyad pa la405 mnos nas/406 (48b) rntshan yang gzhon nu bl0 gros zhes gsol/ [2.5.4] de nas shes bya'i (7a) gnas thams cad la 'jug par byed pa'i sgol bka' spyi'i dgongs 'grel/ rgyas pa'i bstan bcos tshad rna mam ' grella gzigs par dgongs nasI mkhas pa'i dbang po nya dbon kun 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 khams comp!. : khaMs {-} A: 'khaMs B. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'godpa -(td.) bkodpa, dgodpa, khod 1) 'iogpa, ... 'gro sa'i gzhung lam du bkodpa, ...rgan rgon mams bde skyid kyi sar 'god pa. zhugs comp!. : zhuD B : zhug A. Cf. Ye shes rgyal mtshan: sangs rgyas kyi bstan pa; further example for indication that Ye shes rgyal ' mtshan's pattern was ms. B or a text related to it, cf. note-347. nyin B : nyi A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. nyin mo - nam langs telag ris magon panas nyi nub lag ds mimagon par gyurpa 'i bar. gsung bas em. : gsung pas A : gsungs pas B. blo gTOS comp!. : abbr. biaus B : blo bo A. kyis B : kyi A. kaB:gaA. ham comp!. : {-} ham A: abbr. haMB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. ham pa 1) 'thob 'dodkyi bmab sems2) rang tshod ma zin pa. blogToscomp!.: abbr. biausB: blo boA. cher B : che A. bskyed em. : skyed AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. sems bskyed bsnyen B : snyen A; cf. Jiischke 1881: bsnyen, bsnyen gaas - fasting, abstinence. bskor A : skor B. Prob. abbr. of chos kyi 'khor 10 (b)skor ba; Mvy, s.y. 1308-09 chos kyi 'khor 10, Mvy, s.y. 769 chos kyi 'khor lorab tu (b)skorba'i stobs; Jiischke 1881: 'khor losgyurba, or skorba, with chos kyi, to tum the wheel of doctrine. dgongs A : dgos dgongs B. smdgB : mig A; cf. Jiischke 1881: ngur ba, ngur smdgyellowish red, saffron colour, the original colour of the monks' habit. sa bzang B : sa bzang+s A. dge bsnyen comp!. : abbr. dgain AB. dge tshU] A : abbr. dgel[tsa rtags]B. bco B : bcwo A. Shes bya 'i gtenndzod, yo!. 3, 316.20-21 adds: rab byung drug pa 'i me rta lor (1366). maos nas em. : nod nas B : abbr. nos A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. nod pa I. (td.) maos pa, mao ba, nos -len pa'am zhu ba, ... 2. (tmd.) myedpa'am thob pa. Text Edition 87 dga' dang I lung rigs407 smra ba'i seng ge408 mkhan chen sangs rgyas (S277) 'phel gnyis kyi zhabs la btug ste409 I blo gros sbyangs pasl mam 'grella go ba tho re ba chags410 [B: pa byung] nasi . grwa skor411 mdzad.pasl thugs412 rab che ba'i grags413 pa thobl . cle dus rgyal ba'i sras po thogs414 med bzang po dpal ba'i mtshan thos pa tsam gyis41S ba spu g.yo zhingl mig nas416 mchi417 ma ' dzag418 pa sogs byung nas4191 dngul chu'i420 chos rdzong421 du '.' byon tel sems dpa,422 chen po'i drung du smon 'jug sems bskyed"23 blangsl theg pa chen p0424 blo sbyong425 la sogs pa'i chos skor426 mang du zhusl .denas gdan sarbyonnasl chos khri thang du Ian 'debs gcig mdzad pasl gzhung la sbyorba bde bsang427 ba gcig rna 'khod pa [B: la]1 grwa skor428 bas ma shes na'ang I khong pa rang la rang gis429 thugs430 shin tu khral431 ba gcig byung nasi mam ' grel gyi gzhung kho rang432 ci zer shes pa gcig ma byung na! slob dpon gyi433 ngag rgyun gyis slu434 bar 'dug dgongs nasi sa skyar dpe 407 -.<108 _409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 ,418 41. 420 ,421 422 423 424 ·425 42. 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 - 434 rigsem.: rigAB. seng ge compl. : abbr. senge B : dbang po A. btugsteA: btuD teB; cf. Jiischke 1881: btugpay. gtugpa. Jiischke 1881: gtugpa,pf. gtugs, also btug pa, cognate to thug pa. Lit. zhabs la gtug pa - to touch the feet of s.o. chagscompl.: chaDB :·chagA. g:rwa skor B : gra bskor A. thugscompl.: thuDB: thugA. gragscompl.: graDB: gragA. thogscompl.: thoDB: thogA. gyisA: laB. nasA; om.B. mchiB: 'chi A; cf. Jiischke 1881: mchi ma, resp. spyan chab. 'dzag B : mdzag A; cf. Jiischke 1881: 'dzag pa, mchi ma gzag. Tshig mdzod chen mo; s.y. 'dzag pa (tmd) zag pa, 'dzag pa - 'bab pa 'am, Jhung ba, 'dzir ba, ... chu 'dzag pa, ... thig Ie 'dzag pa, ...mchi ma 'dzag pa. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. gzag pa - gzags pa'i da Ita ba dang ma 'ongs pa 'j 'bri tsul gzhan zhig. nasB: steA. dnguJ chu 'j A : sngul chu)iB. Cf. TBRC code 0223: chos rdzong- seat resp. hermitage of dNgnl chu. sems dpa' compl. : abbr. seMda' AB. bskyed compl. : <b>skyedA : skyedB; cf. note 396. chenpocompl.: chenpo<{-}>A: abbr. chenoB. sbyong B : sbyongs A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. blo sbyong - sems la 'dris par byedpa. skorB: bskorA; cf. note 398,1179,2093,2129. bsangem. : sang A : sarB; cf. Jiischke 1881: pf. (b)sangs, 1. to do away with, to remoye (dirt) etc., to cleanse. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. bsang ba (td.) bsangs pa, bsang ba, songs 2) sel ba (Skt. apoha). MW, s.y. apoha-pushing away, remoYing, (in disputation) reasoning, argne, denying. grwa skor B : gra bskor A. gis em. : giAB; rang la rang gis = rang rang gis? thu$Scompl.: thuDB: thugA. khral em. : khrel AB; thugs khraJ, (h) sems kbraL rang A: rang {gil B. slob dpon gyi em. : abbr. slon dpon+yiB : abbr. slob dpono gyi A. sluB: bsluA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. slu ba- (td.) bsluspa, bslu ba, slus- 'dridpa'am 'brid pa dang mgo skor gtong ba. 88 Chapter 5 mtshams435 bead [B: nas]1 gzhung la rgya436 cher bcug [B: tel] sde bdun mdo 'grel pa 'grel bshad dang bcas pa [B: la437] gzigsl mkhyen rab438 [B: kyi439] dbang phyug sa skya pat;t<;li t~ dangl 'u yug pa rigs440 pa'i seng ge'i legs bshadmams la'ang gzigs4411 slob dpon442 che chung443 gnyis la chos mang du gsan pasl sde bdun dgongs 'grel dang bcas pa'i don phyin ci ma log par444 thugs SU445 chud nasi mkhas (7b) pa'i grags pas sa steng446 khyab par447 gyur tel mam 'grella 'grel pa che chung gnyisl spyi don dang bcas pa mdzad nasi (1) gang gi legs bshad tsha zer pbra mos kyang I mkhas rlom me khyer bye ba'i gzi 'pbrog448 (49a) cing I (S278) rigs449 tshul 'bum pbrag stong gi zer 'pbro ba'il blo gros 'di ni sngon med nyi rna yin! (2) kun gzhi'i rungal nas450 thon451 pa'i sa bon mamsl shes rab yurn gyis 452 legs bskrun453 brtson 'grus kyil rna rnas rgyun dU454 bskyangs455 pas gangs can 'dir456I dpalldan grags pa'i gdung tshob kho bo 'khrungsl (3) de lta na yang gangs ri'i khrod 'di rul mkhas nnongs 'byed pa'i: tshulla rni mkhas pas457 I 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 dpe mtshams em. : dpe' 'tshaMs A : dpe 'tshaMs B; cf Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. dpe mtshams pa mtshams la bshad de dpe tshig blo la 'dzin mkhan dang, don la dog dpyod byed mkhan. rgya em. : brgyaAB. Jiischke 1881: brgya- often erron for rgya. Jiischke 1881: rgya2. extend, width, size; rgya cheradv. = rgyas par in detail, at large, at full length. la B : am. A. Note: Las chen 1) 155b.3 same as B: lao rab B : rabs A; cf note 189. kyiB : om. A. Note: Las chen 1) I 55b.4 same as B: kyi. rigs A : rig B. la 'ang gzigs em. : la yang gz+yiB : la 'ang gzig A. slob dpon compI. : abbr. slaun AB. che chung A : abbr. cheung B. logparcompI.: abbr.logrB: logpaA. thugs su compI. : abbr. thugsu A : abbr. th+ya su B. steng em. : stengs AB; cf. Jaschke 1881: steng, sa steng thams cad-the whole face of the earth; Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. sasteng- 1) sagzhi'i sgang2) sagsum gyi yagyal zhig stemi'j jig den. khyab parcompI. : abbr. khyabr B : khyabs par A. 'phrog B : 'phroD A. cf Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. 'phrog pa - 1. (td.) phrogs pa, 'phrog pa, phrogs - dbang dang btsan thabs kyis len pa dang 'lamps pa. rigsem.: rigAB. nasA: lasB. than em. : thorn} A : thos B. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. 'than pa (tmd.) than pa, 'than pa, than 3) 'char ba, ... zhing kha 'i nang nas son gyimyu gu 'than nyer 'dug. gYlS B : gyi A. bskrun B : skrun A; Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. skrun pa - (td.) bskrunpa, bsknmpa, skrun -gsardu 'dzugs pa dang bzo ba. duB: tuA. bskyangs A : skyangs B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. skyong ba - (td.) bskyangs pa, bskyang ba, skyongs. 'dirB: 'diA. pasB :pa'iA. 89 Text Edition nya pa'i458 lag tu rin chen 'brim459 pa ltarl blo ngan 'tshong bya'i460 tshogs dang mnyam du spell (4) Sgrub461 dang sUn 'byin rigs462.pa'i mche Ider463 gyisl phas rgol glang po'i klad464 pa 'gems nus kyang I legs nyes 'byed pa'i gzu bOS465 dben pas nal smra ngan wa skyes tshogs kyang rtag tu rgoll zhes gsungs466 shing I bstod par/467 (l)rigs468 tshul brgya phrag du ma'i ro ldan pa'i! blo chen ldan mams dga' ba skyed469 byed pal roam ' grel mdzad pa'i thun mong470 min pa'i lugsl zhes471 dang I yongs su rdzogs par smra ba khyod du basi (2) sde bdun472 ral pam 'thug pos gnya' khebs cing ( mdo' yi474 stobs rgyas 'grel bshad so SO'i475 khyogsl nyid kyi shes rab ngan pa'i glang 'phen pal tshad ma ri bo'i sul na rgyu ba lagsl [2.5.5] de nas bdag nyid chen po desl mngon par rtogs pa'i477 rim pa gtso bor ston pal sa bcu'i dbang phyug rgyal tshab byams pa mgon pO'i478 gsung479 mngon par rtogs pa'i rgyan 'grel pa (8a) dang 458 459 pa'iB : ba 'i A. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. nya pa - nya 'dzin mkhan. 'bdm em.: 'grim A: 'griMs B; cf. Iiischke 1881: 'bdm pa, L vb., pf. bdm(s) 1. to distribute, deal out, hand round. 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 47. 477 478 479 'tshongbya'iem.: 'chingbya'iB: 'tshongbu'iA. sgrub B : bsgrubs A. rigs em. : rig AB. lderem. : sdcr AB. kladB : gladA; cf. Iaschke 1881: klad;hence kladpa, also glad; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. kladpa -1) mgo'ikladpa. bas B : b+so A. cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gzu bo - 1. modgJeng bar 'dum byed mkhan. zhes gsungs comp!. : abbr. zhesungs B : ces gsungs A. Source: dPalldan blama dampakumiirama ti'iyon tan Ijessu dran nas cung zad bstodpa, in Tsang kha pa 'i bka' 'bum thor bu, gSung 'bum, vo!. kha, p. 6a6-6b 1. Cf. Toh. 5274 (4) A eulogy to Kumiiramati, the chiefteacher ofTsongkhapa. rigsem.: rigAB. skyedB : bskyed A; cf. note 365. thunmongcomp!.: abbr. thuongB: thunmongsA. zhes B : ces A. sde bdun A : sde <chos> bdun B. ralpaB: ralpa {---} A; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. raJpa-1) skraringpo,. ..seng ge'iralpa. ,riB: 'iA. . so so 'i comp!. : abbr. sau''i A : abbr. swo'iB. zhes so comp!. : abbr. zheso B : abbr. 'ceso A. Cf. Iiischke 1881: rtogs pa, mngon par rtogs pa (abhisamaya). mgon po 'i comp!. : abbr. mgaun 'i AB. gsung B : gsungs A. 90 Chapter 5 bcas pa la gzigs par dgongs nasi phar phyin gyi gzhung spar480 rna gcig dbu481 mgas SU482 bcug stel gzims483 pa'i mtshan lam dul rgya gar skad nas rdzogs so'i bar gzhung rna Ius pa 'bur du dod pa (8279) phyag gis484 bzung485 nyan pa byung I re re nas blangs nasi zhal du gsol basi ro mchog dang ldan pa byung zhingl nmal486 sad pa dang I shin tu dgyes par gyur nasi de ring [B: ngas] ji tsam zin Ita dgongs487 nas bzung488 basi bam po [B: dang po] che ba 'phyi489 la zin pa490 byung gsungsl gzhung thugs su (49b) chud pa dang I lung chos kyi go ba dpe cha ba491 chags492 pa byung na yang I shin tu493 mkhas pa cig494 byed dgongs nasi skye dgu'i gtsug rgyan chos kyi rje dpalldan bla ma495 dam pa bsod nams rgyal mtshan la sogs pa yongs ' dzin dam pa mams la gsan zhing496 I khyad par du497 nyi khri snang ba dang I brgyad stong ,grel chen la sogs498 pa rgya 'grel mams dang I 'bre499 ~oo gyi 'grel bshad la501 sogs bod 'grel mams la gzigs pasl 'phags502 seng gnyis kyi dgongs pa phyin ci rna log pa503 thugs su chud nasi phar phyin gyi tIkii504 sbyor tlk505 don bdun CU506 mams mdzad del 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 sparA : parB; d. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. spar ma -par ma dang 'dra; Jiischke 1881: par, parma - a printed work. dbu B : dbus A. mgas su comp!. : abbr. mgasu A : abbr. sngasu B. gzims B : gzim A. phyaggiscomp!.: abbr.phyagisA: om. B. bzung A : zung B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'dzin pa - (td.) bzung ba, gzung ba, zung. mnal A : malB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mnal- gnyid kyi zhe sa, ...mtshan mor mna/ du song ba, ...mna1 sadpa. dgongs A : dgos dgongs B. bzung B : gzung A. che ba 'phyi comp!. : che <ba> 'phyi A : tsha phyiB. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'phyi ba 1. (tmd.) 'phyis pa, 'phyi ba - dus tshod 'gyang ba. pa B : (-}pa A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. zin pa 2) ... 2. tshar ba 'i don ston rags byed pa 'i tshig grogsshig. dpe cha ba em. : eha pe ba A : eha ze ba B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. dpe eha ba - gzhung lugs la thos bsam byed mkhan. chags comp!. : B: eh+ya: chag A. tuA: om.B. 494 cigcomp!. : abbr. 1 A : om. B. 495 maB: <ma>A. zhing B : cing A. khyad par du comp!. : abbr. khyadr du A : abbr. khyadr B. la sogscomp!.: abbr.laswoA: loDB. 'bre B: 'gre A. 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 Note that Las chen 1) 156.1,2) 309b2 and 3) 612.18 wrongly state marinstead of ar, while mss. A and B correctly state ar. For more details see English translation. laA: om. B. 'phagscomp!.: 'phaDB: 'phagA. paB :parA. TIkA em. : TikaAB. T1kem. : Tik A: Tig B; Tibetan abbr. for f[kif. eu em. : beu AB. 91 Text Edition (1) tshig gi507 rjes 'brang byis pa'i b10 can mamsl sngon rabs bshad srol bzlas508 pas rngu509 na yang I 'bras rned sbun510 pa 'phyar ba ngal rnthong nasi gzhan zer mam grangs zio ba511 kho bos spangsl (2) spyi don gzhung brgya'i tshul dang mi 'gal zhing I tshig don dngos stobs rigs512 pas sgrub513 pa Ial rokhas dorn mngon pa'i nga rgyal can mams kyisl yun ring514 brtags 515 kyang klan ka'i516 skabs rned doll zhes gsungs517I goD. byo nyi rnas518 bstod pari 'phags pa'i519 bzhed gzhung rna Ius gzhan dag kyang f20 Ian re tsam gyis rna Ius rnthar phyin phyirl rang dang gzhan gyi grub rntha' rgya rntsho yi/ pha rol son pa'i go 'phangs521 bmyes522 pa (8280) yin! zhes S0523II (8b) [2.5.6] de nas bdag nyid chen po des524 chos thams cad kyi rna rno mngon pa'i sde snod Ia gzigs par dgongs nasi gnas lnga rig pa'i par:t~H ta chen po byang chub rtse rno'i zhabs Ia btug ste525 I mngon pa gong' og tshar mang du gsan zhinlf26 I rgyas pa'i bstan bcos sa sde lngal bsdus pa'i 507 508 509 510 5Il 512 513 514 515 tshig gi compl. : abbr. tshigiB : tshigs gi A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. tshig. bzlasA: zlasB. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. zlo ba (td.) bzlaspa, bzla ba, zlos 1) yang yang 'donpa. mgu B : 'gu A; cf. Iiischke 1881: 'go ba, incorr. for mgu ba; mgu ba - to rejoice, to be glad, joyful, content. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. mgu ba - (trod.) yid!shims pa'am yi rang pa. Iiischke 1881: sbuupay. spuupa;spuupa 1. sbst., also sbuupa, chaff, husks. zlo ba em. : bzlos pa AB; cf. note 508. rigs em. : rig AB; cf. note 40. sgrub em. : sgrubs B : bsgrubs A; cf. note 461. ringB : rings A; cf. Iiischke 1881: yuu,yuuringpo. brtags compl. : brtaDB : brtag A; see Iiischke 1881: bmg(s) pa y. rtog pa; as sbst., preceeded by a genit. 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 ldanka'iem. : glan dga'iA: gIanka'iB; cf. Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.y. ldanka -snyad ka'am, rtsod gzhi. Iiischke 1881: ldan ka 1. censure, blame. zhesgsuugscompl.: zhesuugsB: cesgsuugsA. gon byo nyi mas compl. : <gon byo nyi mas> AB. 'phags pa 'i A: 'phags pa 'i yuf gyiB. 'phags pa 'i bzhed gzhuug ma Ius gzhan dag kyang em.: 'phags pa 'i yuf+yi bzhed gzhuug gzhan dag kyang B: 'phags pa 'i bzhed gzhuug [xx] gzhan dag kyang A. Perhaps in both patterns from which the scribes of mss. A and B copied their texts were missing two syllables. While this corruption (Korruptel) has been cured by conjecture in ms. B, ms. A still omits two of nine syllables. Emendation according to Sangs rgyas rtse mo IBA 2003: 276.6): <ma Ius>. 'phangem.: 'phangsAB; Iiischke 1881: go, go 'phang(s);Tshig mdzod chenmo, S.Y. go 'phang. See also bSam gtan, et aI. bDag yig gsar bsgrigs. bmyesB : mnyes A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. bmyespa - (trod.) rtogs pa dang chen po 'i gnas thob pa... go 'phang bmyes pa. zhes so compl. : abbr. zheso B : abbr. ceso A. des B : de A; dgongs pa is a transitiye yerb. btugsteem. : btugteA: btuD teB; cf. Iiischke 1881: gtugpa, pf. gtugs, also btugpa, cognate to thug pa. zhingem.: cingAB. 92 Chapter 5 bstan beos sdorn mam gnyisl pra ka ra [B: l}.a] sde brgyad ' grel pa ' grel bshad dang beas pa la gzigs shingl mkhas pa'i dbang po dpang27 10 tstsha ba528 blo gros bstan529 pa'i 'grel bshacP 30 la gzigs pasl thogs rned sku rnehed kyi dgongs pa (50.) phyin ei rna log pa thugs suo ehud liasl nmgon pa gong53l 'og gi iT kii532 bsdus don dang beas pa rndzad del mkha' 'gro'i dbang po mkha' la spyod pa'i rntshan rna rjes su rnthong gyur nasi 'dab rna shin tu rgyas pa min pa'ang de'i533 rjes su slob pa !tarl blo gros stobs ldan sngon rabs 534 mkhas pa'i rjes su 'brang35 nas bshad pa lal phrag36 dog sgo nas srnod par byed kyang 'di la nye~37 pa eung zad med/ ees gsungsl bl0538 bstod pari stobs beu nmga' ba thub pa'i ring lugs pa539I mam rig shing rta'i srol 'byed ' dzam gling rgyan/ gang gis540 bde bar gshegs pa'i gdung 'tshob54l pal thogs542 rned sku rnehed gnyis kyi bzhed pa'i lugsl ji bzhin thugs su ehud pa'ang khyod du ba~431 [2.5.7] de nas bdag nyid chen po des5451 bstan pa'i bya ba yongs su rdzogs pa dge slong46 gi sdorn pa nmos547 nasi' dul ba'i bslab bya phyin ci (9.) rna log par48 nyams su len pa'i srol gtOd549 [B: dgos STI 52' 52. 530 531 5J2 533 534 535 53. 537 538 53. 54. 541 542 543 544 545 54. 547 548 54. dpang A : spang B. See English translation. bstan A : brtan B. 'gJ-e1 bshad A: abbr. leD bshad soDB. Note that Las chen agrees with ms. B: leD bshad, see I) 156a4, 2) 309b4, 3) 613.2. gong B : gongs A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gong 'og - gong dang gsham mam steng 'og. TlkAem.: TlkaB: TikaA. de'iA: deyiB. rabsB: rabA; cf. Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.v. sngonrabs-sngargyi byungrabs. 'brang A: 'brangs B; cf. note 507. phragem. : phra AB. nyesB: ny+seA. blo compl. : <blo> AB. lugs pa compl. : IuD pa B : lug+s la A; cf. p. 97. gisB :phyirA; cf. below: p. 97. 'tshob A : tshob B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gdung 'tshob 2) rigs dang Iud kyi rgyud 'dzin mkhan. thogscompl.: thoDB: thogA. khyod du bas- according to GTN: khyed rang red or, almost: khyed rang ma gtogs mi 'dug. zhes so compl. :. zheso B : ceso A. This verse matches partly with a verse in Ye shes rgyal mtshan 901.2-6 and with a verse below. See blo bstodparp. 97. Similar to a verse in dPaJ ldan biama dampa ku mil ra ma ti'i yon tan Ijes su dra.n nas cung zad bstodpa, in Tsong kha pa, bKa' 'bum thor bu, vol. kha, p. 6bl-2. Cf. Toh. 5274 (4) A el/logy to Kumilramati, the chiefteacher ofTsongkhapa. des B : d+se A. dgeslongcompl.: abbr. dgJeongAB. mnos em. : nod AB. 10gparA: 10grB.' gtod em. : bstod AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sIOI gtod - srol 'byed dang don gcig; sIOI 'byed 1) lugs srol gsar du 'byed pa. Text Edition 93 par] dgongs nasi gnas brtan dgra bcompa chen pol Idog550 lhodpamkhan chen55l kun(S281) dga' dpal bzang po'i drung du byon nasi mkhan slob dge 'dun dang bcas pa'i spyan sngar bsnyen rdzogs kyi sdom pa mnos552 nasi 'dul ba mdo rtsa tshar gcig gsan pasl mkhan chen pa la yang thugs bskyed thon pa byung I Ita khrid kyang zhusl chos grol ba dang I mkhan chen pas bya bur553 gcig gnang nasi khyed skyes stobs kyi thugs554 rab che zhing I gzhung lugs gzhan la [B: 'ang] sbyangs pa'i stobs kyisl 'dul ba la yang nged555 pas khyed shin tu mkhas pa cig byung gda'0 55611 chos bdag po la 'phrod lags soil 'dl la khyed kyis 11 ka557 gcig [B: kyang] mdzad d0 5581/ bstod 'dul gyi sdom brgyud559 'di rna chad560 pa gcig 'tshalloll zhes 56l gsung ba'i562 zhal ta563 bzang po gnang ba dang du blangs te5641 'dul ba565 lung dang rgya 'grel mams dang /byakhyi sog gsum sogs566 bod kyi 'grel bshad mams la gzigs pas/yon Siik567 (50b) mam gnyis kyi dgongs pa phyin ci rna loi 68 pa thugs su chud cing I mdo rtsa [B: ba]'i 11 ka569 dang I las chog gnyis mdzad nasi de phyin chad' chad nyan mdzad dus kyang I dbyar gnas dang gso sbyong [B: dang] dgag dbye sogs rna chag par mdzad doll yon tan 'od ces sa gsum rab grags570 pal rgyal ba'i ring lugs 'dzin pa des mdzad pal 550 55l 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 56l 562 563 564 565 566 567 56' 569 570 1dog A : mdog B. Note that here Las chen agrees with ms. A: ldog, see I) 156a5, 2) 309a5, 3) 613.5. mkhim chen comp!. : abbr. lnkhen AB. mnos em. : nod AB. bya burA :}a burB. See English translation. thugscomp!. thuDB: thugA. ngedB: nged{-} A. gda '0 A: 'da '0 B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gda' - 'dug gam yod pa. Note: Las chen I) agrees with ms. A: 156bl: gda'. Tl kA em. : Ti ka AB. mdzad do comp!. : abbr. mdzod AB. brgyud em. : rgyud A : rgyun B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sdom brgyud - sor byang sngags gsum gyi sdom pa 'i bla brgyud ma chad is prob. an abbreviation of bar ma chad pa; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. bar ma chad pargyun ma chadpa. zhes A : om. B. ba'iB :pa'iA. zhal ta comp!.: abbr. zhal+taA: zhal1taB; cf. Jiischke 1881: zhal, zhal(v. zhalta); zhal ta, 2. resp. for kha ta, kha gdams - direction, instruction, counsel, advice. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. zhal fa slobston. blangs te B : blang sfe A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. len pa - (td.) blangs pa, blang ba, longs; Goldstein 2001, s.v. dang du lenpa 2. va. to accept/recognize. baA: om. B. sogs comp!. : sog+s A : la soD pa B. shAkem.: shagA: shakB. log B : logs A. TJ kA em. : Ti ka B : Ti ka A. gragscomp!.: graDB: gragA. 94 Chapter 5 thub pa'i nang mdzod 'dul ba 'bum sde'i don! rna Ius sdud571 byed legs bshad 'di byas soil zhes gsungs S0572II bl0 573 bstod parj514 thub pas Ian gcig min par bsngags pa yil tshul khrims 'phags pa'i nor bum gzigs nas nil nyer (9b) sbas zla ba'i nor bu yon tan 'od! thams cad yod smra mkhas pa'i (S 282) dgongs pa bzhin! 'dul ba 'bum sde'i dgag Sgrub576 gnang gsum gyil bslab pa'i gnas la mkhas shing 'da' mi byed! ces so 57711 [2.5.8] de nas bdag nyid chen po desl snying po'i don gtso bor ston pa 'phags pa klu sgrub kyi zhal snga578 nas mdzad pal dbu rna rigs pa'i tshogs la gzigs par bzhed na'ang I de dus su gangs ri'i khrod na [B: dbu ma'i] bka,579 rna chad tsam rna gtogs580 'chad nyan gyis581 gtan la 'bebs pa dang I sgom sgrub kyi s582 nyams su len pa'i srol nyams par gyur nasi thugs shin tu chad par gyur kyang I bshad pa dpalldan bla rna dam pa la zhu dgongs na'ang I dbus na bzhugs pas rna byung bar5831 chos rje584 byang seng ba5S5 la rigs tshogs bzhi brgya pal 'jug pa sogs dbu rna'i SkOr'86 mams 587 gsan nas I dkon rnchog gsum588 la gsol ba btabl thugs rab kyis yang yang spyad pasl sngon gyi srnon Iam589 dang I sbyang pa'i mthu dang I dkon mchog gi590 byin gyis rlabs591 Ia 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 sdudB: bsdudA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. sdudpa- (td.) bsduspa, bsdu ba, sdus2) sdompa. zhes gsungsso campI. : abbr. zhesungso B : ces gsungso A. blo campI. : <blo> B : am. A. Source: dPalldaa bla ma dam pa ku ma ra ma ti'i yon tan Ijes su draa nas cung zad bstodpa, in Tsong khapa'i bka' 'bum thorbu,gSungthorbu, vol. kha, p. 6a4. Cf. Toh. 5274 (4) A eulogy to Kumaramati, the chief teacher ofTsongkhapa. Note that there the first line starts with rgyal bas instead of thub pas. bu A : du B. Note that B agrees with the above-mentioned source. sgrub B : bsgrub A. ces so campI. : ceso A : zheso B. sngaB: mnga' A; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. zhal snga -spyan sngaste, sku dngoskyi drung. bka'A :kaB. gtogs em. : rtogs B : gtog pa A; cf. Jaschke 1881: gtogs pa, ma gtogs pa. gyisB : gyi A. kyis B : gyi A. barB : parA. chos Ije em. : abbr. choes AB. byang seng ba B : abbr. byengseMpa A. skor B : bskor A. mams B : <maMs> A. dkon mchog gsum campI. : abbr. dkaugsuMA : abbr. dkaug B; cf. NgCh 346.5-6: dkon mchog la gsoJ ba btab. smon Jam campI. : 'abbr. smon laMA: abbr. smonMB. dkon mchog gi campI. : abbr. dkaugi AB. byin gyis rlabs campI. : abbr. byin+Iabs A : abbr. byin+Iabs B; cf. note 71. Text Edition 95 brten nas592 klu Sgrub593 yab sras dpalldan zla ba grags pa594 dang bcas pa'i dgongs pa phyin ci roa log par thugs su chud cing I mkhas pa chen po legs595 ldan 'byed dang I rang rgyud shar 96 gsuro gyi gzhung lugs maws kyang ma ' dres par mkhyen nasi' chad nyan (5Ja) gyis legs par gtan la phab;S97 de'i dus su slob rna maws kyis rtsa 'jug bzhi598 gsum sogs gal che ba maws la yig.Cha,599 'jog par600 mdzad par zhu zhes yang yang gsol ba btab pa'i ngor rtsa 'jug bzhi gsum! tshig gsal601 gyi stong thun gyi ,grel pa mams mdzad nasi slob dpon602 thams cad kyis603 'chad nyan mdzad pas dbu roa'i 'chad nyan gyi (S283) srollegs par gtod pa'i604 (lOa) mthu la brten nas6051 de'i dus su chos kyi rje grags pa606 rgyal mtshan zhang dbonllotstsha ba skyabs mchog dpal khu dbonl mkhas pa chen po g.yag phrug pa607 sangs rgyas dpal dpon slob maws kyis kyang dbu ma la 'chad nyan mdzad pas6081 gangs can gyi khrod609 'dir dbu ma'i bshad srol dar zhing rgyas par gyur kyang I phal cher rang rgyud kyi Ita ba'i thogna61O gnas shing I thal 'gyur gyi Ita ba thugs su chud pa tsaw ma byung 'dug stel 'di tsaw yang dga' mo yin! ngas611 dang por slob gnyer byed dusl sa skya sogs na dbu ma'i dpe cha612 gcig , dug zer nasi nor mi cher byed pa ' dugl ding sang dbu ma'i dpe613 cha la rtsis su byed pa ' di yang I kho bos bstan pa la614 bya ba byas pa yin 5.2 5.3 594 5.5 5.6 5., 5.8 5•• 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 60. 610 611 612 613 614 brten nas A: abbr. rtenas B; cf. Iiischke 1881: rtenpa, (b)rten nas;cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. rten pa (trod.) brten pa, brten pa, rten 1) Itos pa, ...rgyu dang rkyen la brten nas 'bras bu byung. kIu sgrub B : kIu sgrub{s} A. grags pa A : om. B. JegscompI.: abbr.l+yesA: leDB; cf. note 194. shar B : bshad A. gtan laphabA: bstanlaphabB; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v.phab pa - 'bebspa'i 'daspa. Note: In ms. A a gter tsheg (Illuminator, s.v. gter tsheg "abbr. of gter ma 'i tsheg ring, a long break for gter mao ''), also called gter shad, represented by the colon (cf. Extended Wylie p. 7), marks the place for the insertion of the following text <de dus su ... mams mdzas nBS>. It is placed in smaIl letters in an extra line top to the first. Ms. B incorporates this insertion in its flowing text. de'i dus su slob ma mams kyis rtsa 'jug bzhi compI. : abbr. de'i dus su slob ma mams+yis rtsa 'jug bzhiB: dedussuslomamaMkyisrtsa 'jug4A. chaA: om. B. parA: reB. tshig gsal compI. : abbr. tshigsal AB. slab dpon compI. : abbr. slaub A : dpon slob B. kyisB: kyiA. gtad pa 'i A : abbr. bstad'iB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gtod pa - (td.) 1. btodpa, gtod pa, gtadgsarbza'amgsar'dzugs. brten nas compI. : abbr. brtenas AB. chas kyi Ije grags pa compI. : abbr. chas+yi Ije graD pa B : chos kyi grags pa A. phrugB: sprugpaA; cf. TBRC code P1971: g.YagphrugpaSangs rgyas dpal (1350-1414). pasB :paA. gangs can gyi khrod A : gangs ri'i khrodB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gangs ri'i khrad2) bad yul; cf. Iiischke 1881: gangs, gangs can; khrad, ri khrod - an assemblage (mass) of mountains; Goldstein 2001, s.v. gangs can 1. Tibet, 2. snowy. naA: duB. ngasem.: ngaAB. dpechaB : dpe' chaA; cf. Iiischke 1881: dpe, Compo dpechavulgo the common word for book. dpe B : dpe' A; cf. above note 612. Note deviation Las chen 3) 613.20: pha (father), but 1) 156b5, 2) 31Oa.3 match with mss. A and B: lao 96 Chapter 5 gsungs/ 615 kanna ba616 dkon gzhon gyi gsung617 gis/ ding sang gangs ri'i kbrod na mkhas pa dang / blun p0618 kun kha619 dbu ma sna dbu ma zer ba 'di red mda' ba'i620 drin yin!621 de gong du thang sag na dbu622 ma shi ro gcig 'dug zer! gzhan yod pa'i lab ma thos 623 gsungs 624/ (1) rgya gar bal po bod kyi yul mams sui mdo don smra ba'i mkhas pa mang byon yang / phal cher625 rtog pas sbyar ba'i don tsam la/ mkhas par zad kyi de nyid don la min! (2) thub pa'i bstan la nyid kyi626 dgongs pa bzhin/ 'khrul med smra ba 'phags pa kln sgrub yin! de yi 627 bzhed gzhung rab dkar kun da'i tshal628/ ji bzhin 'byed629 mkhas 630 dpalldan zla ba yin! (3) slob dpon de dag631 dgongs pa 'di yin zhes/ mkhas dom mang yang sn la ci cha yod/ mam bkra tshon632 gyi ri mo gsal ba (S284) yi/ mam (lOb) dbye dmus 633 long mams634 la yod dam ci/ 615 616 617 618 gsungs campI. : abbr. gs+yaAB; cf. note 143. Cf. NgCh 346.6-7: nged dang po slob gnyer byed dus dbu ma 'i dpe cha gcig 'dug ces nor mi che bar byed pa la, ding sang rtsis su byed pa 'di kho bas bstan pa 1a bya byas pa yin zhes gsung. Shes bya'i gter mdzod317.12-13: rje 'di bas kyang ngas dang par slob gnyer byed dus sa skya sags na dbu ma 'i dpe cha gcig 'dug zer na mi tshos brtsi mthong chen po mi dbyed, deng sang dbu ma 'i dpe cha 1a gees spras byed pa 'di 'ang bdag gis bstan pa 1a bya ba byas pa'i 'bras bu yin gsungs. ba A: pa B. Note different spelling note 819: karmA pa. See English translation. gsungA: gs+yaB. po A : pa B; cf. Jaschke 1881: b1un pa - dull, stupid; stupidity, folishness; blun po - stupid, foolish; fool; idiot. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. b1un pa - nnongs pa ste mi shes pa; b1un po - shes dg nnongs pa~j m1: 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 623 629 630 631 632 633 634 kha B : dga' A. Shes bya 'i gter mdzod317.1 0 reads kUll gyis kha. kha dbu ma sna dbu ma = literally, "Madhyamaka is the mouth, Madhyamaka is the nose." Probably a proverbial expression for valuing or paying attention to something. mda' ba'iem. : mda'pa'i A: 'da'pa'iB. Cf. NgCh 346.7: k81l1la pa dkon mchog gzhon nu 'i gsung gis, din SOllg mkhas nnongs kun kha dbu ma sna dbu ma zer ba 'di J'ed mda' ba 'i drin yin gsungs, gsang 'dus dang dbu ma 1a 'di bka' drin che. dbuB: {-}<dbu>A. thos B : tshor A. gsullgscompl.: gs+yaB: gsungA. Cf. SeyfortRuegg (2000: 62n139) quotes the same statement from Thu'u bkvan a little different. pha1 chercompl. : abbr. pher AB. kyiA: kyisB. de yi em. : de'i AB; cf. Red mda' ba (1993: 359.1). kun da 'i tsha1B : <kull da'i tsha1> A; cf. Jaschke 1881: lam da - jessamine. ji bzhin 'byed campI. : ji 4n 'byedB : de bzhin 'byed A. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. 'byed pa (td.) pllye ba, dbye ba, phyes I) kha 'phra1 ba. Cf. Red mda' ba (1993: 359.1: pal; same Ye shes rgyal mtshan 898.24. de dag A: abbr. deg B. mam bkra tshon campI. : abbr. maM bkJ'a tshon B : abbr. maM bkra mtshon A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. mam bkra'-mamparbkra ba'i bdus tshig. dmusB: musA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. dmus 10ng-khog zharteskye dus nasmig long ba. mamscompl.: maMsA: dagB. Text Edition (4) long bas 635 rin chen gter (SIb) kha phyed pa ltarl roam dag 'phags pa'i mig dang mi ldan yang I rgyal dang rgyal ba'i sras kyi byin brlabs636 lasl rten 'byung zab mo'i lam637 'di kho bos bmyed6381 97 ces gsungs 639I [B: blo] stodparl stobs bcu mnga' ba thub pa'i ring lugs pal mtha' bral shing rta'i srol 'byed 'dzam gling rgyan/ gang gis bde bar gshegs pa'i gdung 'tshob640 pal kIu sgrub zla grags gnyis kyi bzhed pa'i lugsl ji bzhin thugs su chud pa'ang khyed du basI zhes gsungs641 11 [B: chos rje642] (1) mthar lta'i g.yang sa ring du spangs gyur lal dus gsum gshegs pa mams kyi bgrod pa'i shull bzung dang' dzin pa'i 'jigs pa las sgroI bal dbu ma'i lam nas khyod ni gshegs pa lagsl zhes643 dang I (2) snyigs644 ma'i dus 'dir ngan rtog chang gis myos gyur pasl de nyid don la skye bo mams ni 'khrug pa'i645 tshel gang gis spros kun bsal646 nas stong nyid zab mo'i647 don! yang dag legs rtogs648 mam dpyod 'di ni e ma mtsha;rP491 zhes 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 S0 650l1 basB :pasA. byin brlabsA: abbr. byin+labsB; cf. note 91. lam compl. : laMB: don A. bmyed B : myed A; cf. !aschke 1881: myed pa, pf. bmyed, bmyes, fut. bmyed (Skt. labh) to get, obtain, acquire; to meet with, find. ces gsungs compl. : abbr. ces+ya A : abbr. cesungs B. final -gs comparable to Krasser, p. 1, no. 4 gzugs. These are the first four verses of in total nine verses from the epilogue to Red mda' ba's Madhyamakiivafiira commentary. Verse 6 is cited below (see p. 130) . See Cf. Red mda' ba (1993: 358.17-360.1). Ye shes rgyal mtshan 898.20-899.9 contains all nine verses. 'tshobem.: tshobAB; cf. note 54!. zhes gsungs em. : abbr.: zhessung B : ceso A. Cf. note 544. chos de compl. : <chos de> B : om. A. zhes B : ces A. snyigsem.: <nyi>snyiDB: myingsA. 'khrog pa 'i A: 'khmD'iB. bsalB : gsal A. mo'iB : mo<'i> A. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. legs pa - bzang ba 'am spus dag pa, ...legspar rtogs pa. mtshar B: 'tshar A. zhesso compl. : abbr.: zhesoB: abbr.: cesoA. 98 Chapter 5 [2.5.9] de nas 651 bdag nyid chen po des theg pa thams cad kyi yang rtse rdo rje theg pa la 'jug par dgongs nasi mal 'byor gyi652 dbang phyug chen po byang chub rtse mo'i drung dul dpal gsang ba 'dus'pa mi skyod653 rdo rje la sogs pa'i dbang 'ga' zhusl gsang mtshan yang mi skyod654 rdo rjer gsoll rgyud 10 tstsha ba655 nam bzang pa656 la zhus/657 man ngag chos kyi rje grags pa rgyal mtshan pa'i drung du zhusl dpalldan bla rna dam pa'i drung du dgyes pa rdo rje la sogs pa'i dbang 'ga' zhusl 10 tstsha ba658 skyabs mchog dpal bzang po (S285) la rgyud kyi bshad pa zhusl bla rna dpalldan pa'i drung dU659 lam 'bras man ngag chos skyong660 che chung gi 'khor661 dang bcas pa zhusl sa bzangpaI). chen pa'i drung du! (Ila) bde mchog sogs662 dbang 'ga' zhusl chos Ije skyabs mchog pa'i drung du rdo rje phreng bal gsang 'dus 'jam rdor663 I 'jig rten664 dbang phyugl sa skya pa'i pha chos rdo rje gzhon nu sogs mang du zhusl 'phags pa klu665 sgrub kyis mdzad pa'i rim666 lngal mdor byasl 'phags pa lhas mdzad667 pa'i spyod (52a) bsdus sgron ma6681 dpalldan zla bas mdzad pa'i gsang 'dus sgron gsalla sogs pa 'phags lugs 669 kyi rgya 'grel thams cad dang I rgyal po indra bd 70 dhi la sogs pa671 gSaI).g 'dus snga srol ba672 mams kyi dgongs pa phyogs gcig tu bsdus pal Siinti 673 pas 674 mdzad pa'i bshad 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 denasB: denaA. gyiB : gyis A. skyod A: bskyodB. Las chen agrees with ms. B: bskyod, see I) 156b6, 2) 31Oa3, 3) 613.23. skyod A: bskyodB. Las chen agrees with ms. B: bskyod, see I) 156b6, 2) 310a4, 3) 614.1. ba B : <ba> A; see note 528. pa campI. : <pa> A : am. B; prob. abbr. for nam (rokha J bzang (/Jo);Refers to Lo chen Nam mkha' bzang po (b. 14th cent.; TBRC code P2921). See English translation. Cf. Ye shes rgyal mtshan 893: 10 chen skyabsmchogdpal bzangpo'i drungdu rgyud kyi bshadpa. Scenote 528. Las chen: 10 chen, see I) 157al, 2) 310a4, 3) 614.1. B carries here the mark x+ya; below the last line the insertion (in dbu can) is to be found in small letters, marked with x+ya at the beginning and the end: <lam 'bras man ngag ... dJ7Jng du>. Probably haplography, since drung du appears several times on this page (abberation occuli). chos skyong B : abbr. choskyong A. 'khorem. : bskor A : skor B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'khor bcas - 'khor dang bcas pa ste, ngo ma rjes 'brang dang bcas pa. bdemchog sogscompI. : abbr. bdegoswoA: abbr. bdeom 10D'iB. 'jam rdorcompI. : abbr. jaM rdor B : jaMs rdor A. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. jam rdor - 'jam dpai rdo rje 'j mtsham gyi bsdus mingo jIg rten compI. : abbr. JIen AB; cf. Jaschke 1881: jIg rtcn. klu B : <klu> A. rim B : rims A. mdzadB : byas A. sgron ma B : sgroI me A. lugscompI.: IuDB: <JuD>A. indra bo em. : indra bho B : Jindra bho A. la sogs pa compI. : abbr. 10D pa B : abbr. laswo A. snga sroi ba B : snga{-} sral <ba> A. shAnti em. : shantiB : shan ti A. pasB: basA. Text Edition 99 sbyar675 snyim pa'i me tot76 dang I ye shes zhabs kyis677 mdzad pa'i sgrub thabs678 kun tu bzang pol mar me mdzad [B: bzang pos mdzad] pa'i dkyil chog bzhi brgya pa ' grel pa dang bcas paf79 stha ga na'i680 , grel pal rgyal bas byin gyi68b grel pa la sogs pal dpal gsang ba ' dus pa lugs gsum gyi rgya 'grel mams dang I bod kyi Ije 'gos bdot 82 klan gsum dang I sa skya pa683 khu dbon I rin po che684 bu ston pa la sogs pa'i legs bshad685 mams la yang dag pat86 gzigs rtog687 mdzad pasl gsang ba ' dus pa'i rgyud 'grel cha lag dang beas pa'i tshig don ma Ius pa thugs su chud nasi rdo J.je ,dzin pa chen por gyur tel gsang , dus rtsa ba'i rgyud kyi p-Kii688 [B: dang]1 mngon rtogs I bdag 'jug mchod phreng I rim689 lnga'i bsdus don la sogs pa mdzad (8286) nasi (1) 'phags pa rdo J.je'i man ngag [B: dang I] bshad rgyud gzhan gyi Ijes 'brangs690 nasi 'dus pa'i rgyud chen rim pa lngat911 dpalldan zla ba grags pas bshadl (2) sngon rabs rgyud pa'i man ngag dang I phyi ma'i (lib) rgyud kyi Ijes 'brang692 nasi rgyud don bsnyen Sgrub693 yan lag bzhirl rin chen 'byung gnas694 zhi bas phyel (3) 'jam pa'i dbyangs kyi man ngag gisl rgyud don bskyed695 pa'i rim pa dang / (i/5 '7' • 77 678 679 • 8. 681 • 82 683 684 685 68. 687 • 88 68. 69. 691 692 693 694 695 sbyarB: byangA; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. bshad sbyar-rtsa ba dang 'grcJpasbyarba. snyimpa'imetagcompI.: abbr. snyimpa'im+teagB: snyimspa'imetagA . kyis B : kyi A. sgrub thabs B : bsgrubs thab A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sgrub thabs - 2) Iha sgrub pa 'i cha ga. bzang pas mdzad pa'i dkyii chag bzhi brgya pa 'grei pa dang bcas pa compI. : abbr. bzangpas mdzad'i dkyil chog bzhi brgya pa 'greipa dang bcas pa B : kyi bsgrub thab+s dkyii mchag, bzhi brgya pa 'grei pa dang bcas pa A . sthagana'iem.: thagana'iA: thakana'iB. bas byin gyi compI. : abbr. bas byin+yiB : ba{-}<s> byin gyi A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. byin - gzhan gyi bsam pa dang snang ba sags bsgyur thub pa 'i nus pa 'am mthu. bdag B : gdag A. paB: <pa>A. rinpachecompl.": abbr. dnaeB: abbr. dna cheA. Note that Las chen states not iegs bshad, but yig c[h]a, sec 1) 157a3, 2) 31OaS, 3) 614.8. yang dag par B : <yang dag par> A. " nag B : tog A; cf. Goldstein 2001: gzigs nag - h. of ita nag, ita nag - inspecting, investigating, overseeing; va. -byed- to inspect, to oversee . TlkAem.: TikaAB. dmB :dm+sA. Ijes 'bnmgscompI.: Ijes 'bnmg+sA: abbr. Ijesu 'bnmgsB. ingar B : lnga<r> A. 'bnmg A: 'bnmgs B. sgrub B : bsgrub A. gnas B : idan A. bskyed A : skycdB. 100 Chapter 5 rdzogs rim thig Ie rnam696 gsum duJ sangs rgyas ye shes zhabs kyis697 bstanJ (4) 'phags dang mkhas pas gsa! byas pa'i / 'dus pa'i rgyud chen shing rta'i sro1/ rim pa gsum du phye ba'i698 doni rnyed pa gang de ya mtshan noll zhes gsungs699/ [B: blo] bstod parfoo (1) thub pa chen pOS701 chos kyi rnam grangs nil ji snyed gsungs702 pa kun gyi rtser703 gyur pal rgyud sde'i mthar thug704 dpa!ldan 'dus pa yi/ mtha' drug tshul bzhi705 rgyas btab706 rdo rje'i tshig/ (2) ji bzhin legs par phye nas rim gnyis kyi/ ting , dzin mchog gi bde Ia rol bas nal rdo rje 'dzin707 pa zhes bya'i708 sgra de yang / mgon po khyod Ia (52b) don dang bcas par 'jug ces so /f o9 [2.5.10] gong du bstan pa'i b1a ma de rnams gus pas bsten7!O pa yin te711 / skye dgu'f12 gtsug rgyan chos rje bsod rgya1 dang I rgyal ba'i sras po thogs713 med bzang p0714 dpal/ 60. • 97 60' •99 700 701 702 703 704 705 70. 707 70' 709 710 711 712 713 714 thig Ie mam comp!. : abbr. thieg maMB : thig Ie {-}maMA; c£ Jaschke 1881: thig Ie. kyisB : kyi<s> A.' ba'iB :pa'iA; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v.phye ba-1. 'byedpa'i'daspa. zhcsgsungscomp!.: abbr. zhcsungsB: cesgsungsA. Source: dPalidan bia ma dam pa ku ma 1'8 ma ti'i yon tan Jjes su draa nas cung zad bstodpa, in Tsong khapa'i bka' 'bum thorbu,gSung 'bum, vo!. kha, p. 6b3-4. Cf. Toh. 5274 (4) A eulogy to Kumiiramati, the chiefteacher ofTsongkhapa. chCllposem.: <chenpo'i>A: abbr.: chenpoB; cf. Ye shes rgyalmtshan 901.10. gsungs B : gsung+s A. kun gyi rtserem. : kun gyi rtse B : chos kyi rtser A. mthar thug B : abbr. mthrug A. bzhi comp!. : abbr. 4B : abbr. 4'iA. btab A : bstan B. 'dzin A: 'in[tsa rtagsJB. zhes bya 'i comp!. : shcs+ya'iB : zhcs pa 'i A. Note that these two verses also match with Ye shes rgyal mtshan 901.10-14. bstenB: brtenA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. stenpa(td.) bstenpa, bstenpa, sten-nye barbsnyen pa 'am nyc bar gfug pa, ... sman pa bsten pa, dge rgan sten pa. yin teB: abbr. yineA. skye dgu'iB : skycs dgu<'i> A; c£ Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. skye dgu - 'gro ba selDS can thams cad dc, 'dod pa'i khams las tshe 'phos te khams gsum du skye ba gsum, gzugs khams las tshe 'phos te khams gsum du skye ba gsum, gzugs med khams las tshe 'phos te khams gsum du skye ba gsum Ia bya'o. . thogscomp!. : thoDB : thogA. poBY:po'iA. 101 Text Edition JIla ti pal}. chen pal}.7l5 chen byang rtse dang I , mkhas pa'i dbang po nya dbon kun dga' sogsl bka' drin JIlllOS716 pa'i bla rna bcu phrag gnyisl "yun ring717 'bad de7lS gus pa'i gtsug gis719 bsten7201 zhes so72111 , gong du bstan pa'i so thar byang sems722 rig 'dzin gyi sdom pa gsum yan lag dang bcas pa(S287) sku srog 1as723 kyang gees par bsrungs pa yin tel (1) kho bos sangs rgyas bstan la rab byung nasi , rigs dang mi rigs 'byed shes tshun chad724 du! 'Ius ngag yid725 kyi spyod pa ci byed kyang I rab tu bsgrims te726 thub pa'i (120) gsung bzhin SgrubS7271 (2) thog728 med sgoms729 pa'i nyon mongs730 shugs731 drag pasl gal te732 mi rigs733 cung zad byas na yang I de yf34 mod la dug zos dran pa bzhin/ zhes gsungs solf36 'gyod sems Idan735 pas slar yang chos bzhin byasl 7lS 716 m 718 719 720 721 _ 722 123 72. 72S 126 127 128 129 130 731 132 133 134 135 736 paNBY : mkhan A. mnos Y : nod AB. ring B : rings A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. yun ring - dus yun ring po.' 'bad de B : abbr. 'bade A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'bad pa 1.(td.) 'bad p8, 'bad pa, 'bod - rtsol ' ba dang brtson pa. gtsug gis Y : gtsugis B : tshuJ gyi A; cf. Jaschke 1881: gtsug 1. crown of the head, vertex, Lt., spyi gtsug. bsten B: brten A. Acc. to Jackson (lesson Sept. 2002) brten always demands 18, whereas bsten can directly take an object and also means: to stay with somebody, to stay close to somebody as their servant, student etc. zhes so compl. : abbr. zheso B : abbr. ceso A. byang sems compl. : abbr. byang sesMB : abbr. byesMA. lasem. :pasAB. chadB : chod A; cf. Goldstein 2001, S.v. tshun chad; tshun chad Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. tshun chad - dbye mtshams nas rang ngos suphyogs pa. Jaschke 1881: tshun, gen. with chador cad or 18, signifying within, by, not later than, as postp. c. accus., rabs bdun tshun chadwithin seven generations, (they will be happy) even to the seventh generation. yidB :yiA. bsgrims te em. : abbr. bsgrisM ste A : sgrims te B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sgrim pa - (td.) bsgrims pa, bsgrim pa, sgrims 1) rtse gcig tu gzhol ba. bsgrubs em. : bsgrub+s A : sgrubs B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sgrub pa 1. (td.) bsgrubs pa, bsgrub pa, sgrubs 1) byedpa. thogA: thoDB. LNreads: thogmed= thogmamedpa. sgomsem. : goMs B : gam A. nyon mongs compl. : abbr. nyaungs B : abbr. nyau<n>ngs A. shugscompl. : shuDB : shug A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. shugs 1) nus pa dang stabs. gal te B : abbr. gal+te A. Cf. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. mirigspa -mi 'thadpa'ammi 'ospa. yiB: 'iA; (metre). Note that Ye shes rgyalmtshan 899.16 agrees withms. B. ldanB : dranA. Note that Ye shes rgyalmtshan 899.16-17 agrees withms. B. zhes gsungs so compl. : abbr. zhes gsungso B : abbr. ces+yo A. The source of this quote has not been identified yet. Note that Ye shes rgyal mtshan 899.13-23 in addition continues with three more verses. The last and one more verse are to be found below. Seep. 118. 102 Chapter 5 [B: chosY37 stod pari gzhan dag khas len chu yi738 ri mo bzhin/ mang po nyid kyang 'pbral du yal bar739 bgyid740I [B: khyod ni rdo la ri mo bris pa bzhin/]741 shi yang dam bca' gzhan du bgyid la742 lagsl zhes solf43 [2.5.11] bdag nyi chen po de nyid nif44 thub pa'i ring lugs pa bla na med pa yin te7451 nyams len byin dabs kyi brgyud746 parrdo Ije 'chang nas bzung ste747/bcu dgu pa la byon zhing7481zab mo Ita ba'i brgyud749 par thub pa chen po nas bzung stel nyi shu150 rtsa gnyis pa la byon lal rgya chen spyod pa'i brgyud751 par thub pa chen po nas bzung752 stel nyi shu rtsa bdun pa753 la byon [B: nas]1 brgyud754 pa gsumka'i bka' brgyud755 sgrub brgyud756 dar rgyas su mdzad pa yinnolf57 [2.6 Verse 6] [6] mdo rgyud bstan bcos kun la legs sbyangs nasi rtag chad mthar Ita'i grub758 mtha' ma Ius pal 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 740 747 748 749 750 m 752 7S3 754 7SS 756 7S7 7S8 chos compJ. : <chos> B : om. A; cf. note 642. yiB: 'i A; (metre). barB: baA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. yaJ ba (tmd.) mthong rgyu medpar gyur pa. Cf. note 239. A' states in yig chung that here a line seems to be missing in the original manuscript: 'dir ma dper tshig rkang zhig chad pa 'drs. This again proofs that A' follows only ms. A, since B is holding the missing line. rnA had no access to ms. B at the time of preparing the print of A'. Only ms. B holds a complete verse. laB:maA. zhes so compJ. : abbr. zheso B : abbr. ceso A. nyid w'A : niB. yin tecompJ. : abbr. yineAB. byin rlabs kyi brgyud em. : abbr. byin+labs kyi rgyudB : abbr. byin+labs <kyi> rgyud A. bzung ste B : gzung te A. zhing B : cing A. brgyudem.: rgyudAB. nyi shu compJ. : abbr. nyiu AB. brgyud em. : rgyud AB. bzung B : gzung A. paA:om.B. brgyud em. : rgyud AB. brgyud em. : rgyud AB. sgrub brgyud em. : sgrub rgyud B : bsgrub rgyud A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sgrub brgyudsgrub pa nyams len gyi brgyudpa. In Ye shes rgyal'mtshan, pp. 903-05 this part is only indirectly dealt with at the very end of the biography. grub em. : sgrub AB. Text Edition 103 'roam dag lung dang dngos stobs rigs759 pas bshig/ 'log smra tshar geod760 khyod la phyag 'tshalloll ~~es761 pa nil gong du bshad pa'i mdo rgyud bstan bcos de dag la legs par sbyangs pa yin tel rgya gar nas 'gyur bstan bcos thams cad dang"62 I rodo dang rgyud sde phal eher legs par bltas7631 '(13288) rang gzhan grub mtha'i de nyid 'byed pa lal :rnkhas mang mdun764 sar 'jigs med SpObS765 pa thobl "(530) ees gsungsl [2.6.1] 'bdag nyid chen po 'dil dang po nas766 thams cad mkhyen pa bu ston rin po che la mos pa gcig ,yodna'ang I slob dpon dang grogs mched sogs767 kyi stobs kyis (I2b) kun mkhyen768 chen po'i grub mtha' la 'dris ches pa cig769 byung nasi jo nang gi grub mtha'i rgyab rten770 rgyud dus kyi 'khor 101 mdo mya ngan las 'das pa chen pol dgongs771 pa nges 'grell lang kar gshegs772 pal bstan bcos rgyud bla maf73 chos dbyings bstod pa sogs la rten par774 dgongs nasi mdo rgyud bstan beos de dag gi dgongs pa phyin ci ma log par blangs nasi jo nang pa'i grub mtha' 'di gting775 tshugs pa gcig byed dgongs te7761 man mun brag khar777 byon nasi mdo rgyud bstan ,bCOS778 de dag la gzigs rtog779 tshar gsum mdzad pasl dang po la jo nang pa'i grub mtha' mdo rgyud bstan be os de dag gi dgongs pa yin nges par780 'dug dgongs pa byung I gnyis pa la yin min the tshom za ba gcig byung I gsum pa la dgongs pa las phyin ci log tu78! go ba gcig byung gsungl 759 760 rigsem.: rigAB. gcod A : spyodB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. tshar gcod - pham par byedpa'am Joms par byed pa, ...smra ba ngan pa tshar gcod byas pa, ... dgra bo tshar gcod byedpa. Goldstein 200 I, s.y. !shar gcod 761 762 - annihilation, eradication, extermination. zhes B : ces A. thams cad dangcompl. : abbr. thaMdng AB. 763 764 765 766 767 -768 769 770 771 772 773 77. 775 776 m 778 77. 780 781 bl!ascompl. :<b>ltasB: ltasA. mdun A: 'dun B. Note that Ye shes rgyal mtshan 902.1 agrees with ms. A. spobsB: spobA. Note that Ye shes rgyal mtsha'n 902.1 agrees with ms. B. nas em : n+sa A : <nBs> B. dang grogs mched sogs em. : dang groD mchedB : rang grog mched swo A. kun mkhyen compl. : abbr. kuen AB. la 'dris ches pa cigcompl. : abbr. la 'drjs ches pa 1 B : abbr. <1a> 'dris che ba 1 A. rgyab rten B : abbr. rgyabrten A; cf. liischke 1881: rgyab, compo rgyab rten. dgongs B : dgong A. kar gshegs compl. : kar gsheDB : dkar gshegs A. maB: om. A. rtenr B : brten parA. gtjng em. : ting AB. dgongs te B : dgong nas A. brag khar B : graD khar A. mdorgyud bstan bcoscompl.: abbr. mdorgyud bstosB: abbr. mdosgyud bstos {--}A. rtog B : tog A; cf. note 687. ngesparcompl. : abbr. ngesrB : <nges> parA (cross between yjn and par marks place of insertion). tuA: duB. 104 Chapter 5 de nas gdan sar mkhan chen sangs rgyas 'phel ba'i drung du byon nasi jo nang pa'i grub mtha' , di mdo rgyud bstan bCOS782 , di dag gi dgongs pa yin bsams nas/lta rtog zhib tu bgyis na 'angf83 dgongs pa las phyr 84 rol du gyur gda,785 lags zhus pasl khyod mkhas grags786 pas shin tu btlen gsungs nasi ca ra787 mdzad pa byung I de dus ston pa la springs788 yig mdzad pasl mkhan chen pa shin tu rna mnyes (S289) te 7891 'khon790 'dzin mdzad pa byung I de nas bdag nyid chen po'i thugs la79I mkhan chen nya dbon pa 'di thugs rab792 che zhing I tshad ma'i rig pa793 la shin tu mkhas pa'i stobs kyis794 'di la795 lung rigs796 kyi797 dgag Sgrub798 zhus na 'gyur bar799 ngesl khong pa 'gyurna chu 'olkhanas 'gyurnas din/OO (53b) sang gijonangpa thams cad 'gyurba gcig 'ong b~Ol 'dug dgongs802 [B: nas]1 (13a) rtse chen du nya dbon p~'i drung du byon pasl skyo rna snga btsan dU803 song nasi dngos su mi skyon yangf04 thugs mi mnyes pa'i mam 'gyur du rna ston kyin805 , dug pasl da zhus kyang don du mi ' gyur bar 'dug dgongs nasjR06 gdan sar log byon nasi bstan 'dzin807 mams la springs yig808 nor bu 'i 809 phreng ba mdzad pasl gangs ri'i khrod 782 783 784 785 78. 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 79. 797 798 799 SOO 801 S02 803 804 S05 80. S07 S08 S09 bstan bcoscompl. : abbr. bstosB: abbr. bcos{-} A. tu bgyis na 'angem. : tu gyis na 'ang B : du bgyis na A; cf. note 239. phyiB : phyis A. gda' A: bda'B; gda' lagsresp. for: yodpayin. grags compl. : graD B : grag A. gsungs nBS caraero. : gsungnas tsaraA: gsung nBS bca' bca'B; cf. A': ca ra; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ca ra ra - sgra 'i byc brag pa zhig ... skya ka 'i skad ca ra ra grag (a special tone ...the magpie's call sounds [like1 ca ra ra). A magpie is a black and white bird with a long tail and a noisy cry. There is a popular belief that magpies like to steal small bright objects. Sec also Goldstein 2001, s.v. ca co: 3. sound oflaughter. springs B : spdng+s A. tcB: stcA. 'khon B : kho<n> A. laB: <la>A. thugs rab compl. : abbr. th+ya rab B : thug rab A; cf. Jaschke 1881: thugs, compo thugs rab = shes rab. paB: <pa>A. kyis B : kyi A. 'di la compl. : <'di la> (below line 7) A : om. B. rigsem.: rigAB. kyiA:giB. . sgrub B : bsgrub A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. dgag sgrub - min pa dgag cing yin pa sgrub pa. bar B : ba<r> A; cf. Jaschke 1881: 'gyur ba I. vb. pf. gyur (-to, -pa) imp. gyur (-cig), cf. sgyur ba, I. to change. ding B : ling A. 'ong barB: 'ong {----------} barA. dgongs A: dgong B. duA: laB. dngos su mi skyon yang A : <dngos su mi skyon yang> B. kyin B : gyi A. 'dug dgongs nBS B: 'dug {-----} dgongs te A. bstan 'dzin A : abbr. bstin[tsa rtagsJB. In the book title itself it says: bstan 'dzin mams laphrin du gsol ba. Cf. chapter 7, Minor Works-of Red mda' ba, text no. 32. bu'iB: buA. Text Edition 105 na dus 'khor bar!lO khas ' che8l! ba mams dang I khyad pat 12 du jo nang pa rjes 'brang dang bcas · pas 813 dngossu rtsod par ma814 nus kyang I lkog tu rgyud cher 'khrug par gyur toll [2.6.2] · de'i dus su drung bzhi thog pas gtS0815 mdzad gdan sa chen po'i sde snod 'dzin pa mams 'jomS816 pa'i drung dul bdag nyid chen pos dus 'khorla 'gal' du 817 yod gsungsl karma ba818 dkon gzhon pas 819 'gal 'du med gsungs820 nas rtsod pa'i skabs sui karma ba821 na rei shes bya chos Can/822 padma dkar p0823 blun por thal/ blun po bdag gcod824 'dod! ces pa de sa bcu'i dbang phyug gi825 gsung 'khrul med yin pa'i phyirl gsa! khyab khas blangsl rtags 826 grub ste8271rgyud 'gre"! dri med 'od kyi rang lugs kyi tshig yin pa'i phyir828 zer ba lat bdag nyid chen posl shes bya chos can829I sgra rtag mi rtag rtsod pa'i skabs sui [B: sgra de] sgra (S290) mi rtag pa'i sgrub byed du thal/ rgyud 'grel dri med 'od nyid sa bcu'i dbang phyug gi gsung830 yin min rtsod pa'i 831 skabs sui rgyud ' grel dri med ' od kyi rang lugs kyi tshig yin pa del rgyud ' grel de nyid sa bcu'i dbang phyug gi gsung yin pa'i sgrub byed yin pa'i832 phyirl zhes gsungs833 nasi sun phyung . zhing I gzhan yang bla rna shar chung ba834 la sogs pas835 yi ger836 (l3b) bkod nas rtsod pa byung ·ba mams kyang I sgrub byed bsgrub bya dang mtshungs pa las rna byung gsungs837I 810 811 ~, 812 813 814 "SIS 816 817 ·818 81' 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 83> 836 837 bar El : <bar> A. 'checompl. : <'>cheA : phye El; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo,.s.y. khas 'che ba - rang gis khas len pa'am rang nyid ngo sprodpa. khyad parcompl. : abbr. khyadar B : khyad <p111;> A. pas compl. : pa<s> A : pa roaMs B. ma B : mi A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. nu ba - (td.) nus pa, nu ba, nus. gtso A : rtsodpa B. 'jams em. : 'jom B : 'joM A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'jams pa - (td.) beom pa, gzhompa, chom. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.y. 'gal 'du - 'gal ba. kanna baem.: kannApaA: skarmaB; cf. note 616. pasB: baA. gsungs compl. : gs+ya B : gsung A. kanna baA: skannapaB. chos can B : abbr. chon A. pad+ma dkarpo B : abbr. pad+makarpo A. geod em. : codB : spyod A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. geod pa 1. (td.) beadpa, gead pa, chod7) lag len byedpa. phyug gi compl. : abbr. phyugi AB; sa bcu 'i dbang phyug = byams pa mgon po; cf. note 477. rtagscompl. : rtaDB : rtag A. steA:teB. yinpa'jphyircompl.: abbr.yinpiriA: abbr. yin'iB. shes bya chos can compl. : abbr. shes+ya chos can B.: abbr. sh+yeon A. dbang phyug gi gsung compi. : abbr. dbang phyugisung A : abbr. dbyugi gsung B. rtsod pa'j compi. : abbr. rtsod'i B : brtsod pa 'i A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. rtsod pa - 1. (td.) brtsadpa, brtsadpa, rtsod sgrub byed yin pa 'i A : <sgrub byed yin pa 'i> B. zhes gsungs compl. : abbr. zhesungs B : ces gsung A. baB :paA. pas B : p+sa A. yi gercompi. : abbr. yige<r>A: abbr. yierB; cf. Jaschke 1881: yi ge,yi ger 'bd ba, 'godpa-to compose, to pen down. gsungs compi. : gs+ya B : gsung A. 106 Chapter 5 jo nang pa'i phyogs kyi sngags838 pa gcig gis839 (540) khyed mkhas pa chen po yin pa lal dus 'khor840 la dgag pa mdzad p~41 rni 'os zhus pas/ de'i Ian dU842/ bde bar843 gshegs pa'i gsung rab844 lal dgag sgrub mkhas pa mams kyis byed/ rni mams 'phying ba 'dra ba845 lal khyi 846 la rtsol gnye~41 ci shig yodl ces gsungs/ [2.6.3] de'i dus su mkhan chen bstan rgyal bas gtso mdzadl jo nang pa mams gros byas nasi khongB48 ,di zer na rang re ' di zer gyi lung rigs849 mang du brtsams850 nasi 'jam dbyangs chen po la slob dpon gzhol! blo pa '&51 spyan drongs/ bde gshegs snying po drang nges852 la rtsod853 pa yin zhus pas/ bdag nyid chen po dpon slob mams sa skyanas spyan drangs/ rtsod854 pa'i dus SU855/ bdag nyid chen pos '0856 skol rtsod851 pa byed nal yang na rgyudl yang na mdo/ yang na bstan bcos kho na'i steng nas byedl blun po mgu858 ba'i rtsod pa sra ste sres te859 rni byed gsung zhing/ 'jam dbyangs pas kyang de bzhin 'thad zhus pas/ khong gis lkog gros byas pa'i lung860 rigs mams zhig na'angB61/ dri bcas dang dri med kyi de bzhin nyid la khyad [B: par862] med (S291) 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 85. 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 sngags compl. : sngaDs A : sngaD B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sngags pa - sngags kyi gzungs 'dzin mkhan nam gsang sngags nyams su len mkhan. gis B : g+si A. dus 'khorA: abbr. duorB. parA :paB. duA: suB. barA :parB. mb A : mbs B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s. v. gsung mb - sangs rgyas kyi gsung. 'phyiIJg ba 'dra ba em. : phying pa 'dra ba B: 'phying pa 'gra' <ba> A; Another possible reading is: mi mams 'phyiIJg ba 'dra ba la, khyi la rtsol gnyer ci shig yod For [ordinary] people these are like wool that is not woven. What is the use if a dog tries [to make something of it]. khyiB : phyi A. rtsol gnyerem. : tsol gnyer A : btsol gnyer B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. rtsol ba - 1. (td.) brtsaI ba, brtsaI ba, rtso!, brtson pa dang 'bad pa. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gnyer ba (td.) I) 'tshol ba, 2) do dam byedpa. Jaschke 1881: rtsol ba 1. vb. to endeavour, to take pains. Jaschke 1881: gnyer ba - to take pains with, to take care of, to provide for. khong B : kho A. Cf. Iilwninator, s.v. lung rig= misspelling of lung rigs. brtsams compl. : brtsaMs A : rtsaMs B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. rtsom pa - 1. (td.) brtsams pa, brtsam pa, rtsoms 1) dpe eha sogs kyi tshig sbyor sgrigpa... 2. tshig rgyan gyi rtsom po. pa 'dirB: ba 'diA. drang nges B : abbr. drengs A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. drang nges gnyis - drang don dang nges don gnyis kyi bsdus ming. rtsodB : brtsod A; cf. note 831. rtsodB : brtsod A. dussucompl.: abbr. dusuB: abbr. skabsuA. '0 A: 'u B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. '0 skol- (mying) rang re'am mng eag. rtsodB : brtsod A. mguB: 'guA; cf. Jaschke 1881: 'gu ba, incorr. for mgu ba;Tshig mdzod chenmo, S.Y. mgu ba(tmd.) yicl tshims pa 'am yi rang pa. sm ste sre ste em. : sras ta sre te A : sras fa sras te B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sm sre - 1) phan tshun mnyam sre byedpa. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. sre ba - (td.) bsres pa, bsre ba, sres, spe] ba'am 'dre bar byedpa. Jaschke 1881: sre ba II. vb., pf. bsres, fut. bsre, imp. (b)sres, trans. to 'dre ba; sm. to Goldstein 2001, s.v. kroskres-mixing, va. - gtong-to mix. fungA: fuB. ' na'angB: nasA. parcompl. : <par> B : om. A. 107 Text Edition cingl stobs sogs863 'dus rna byas kyi yon tangyis brgyan pa'i864 bde gshegs snying p0865 [B: rtag hrtan ther zug] don dam par grub p~66 khas blangs pa la! . bdag nyid chen pos/shes bya chos can867I rtag brtan868 gyi bde gshegs snying p0869 bden par rna grub par thall de don dam par gcig tu870 'ang rna grubl du mar yang rna grub pa'i phyirl gsal b~871 khas blangsl rtags872 rna grub na! gcig tu grub na du rna la khyab pa bud! (14a) du mar grub na gcig yin par873 bud! gzhan yang I shes bya chos can! bde gshegs snying po bden ' dzin gyi 874 blo spang dU875 mi rung bar thal I de bden par grub pa'i phyirl gsungs876 pa la! slob dpon blo gros rdo rjesl shes bya chos can! spros bral du 'dzin pa'i blo877 spang du mi rung bar thall spros bral878 yin pa'i phyirl 'khor gsum khas blangs 879 zer ba la! de 'dra tshig 'dra tsarn yin (54b) snying po rned gsungs 88 01 de dag la sogs pa'i lung rigs du rnas881 jo nang pa'i grub rntha' la sngar zhugs882 pa log pa dang I [B: 'jug pal the tsorn za ba dang8831phyis mi 'jug pa'i 'phrin las884 rndzad doll [2.6.3.1J bdag nyid chen pOS885 dus 'khor chos min gsungs p~86 gangs can dU887 grags na'ang I sgraji bzhin pa la nang' gal yod gsungs888 pa las I chos min zhes rna gsungs tel rtsod889 pari' on kyang 863 864 865 '" ." 867 86' 870 871 .72 873 '7. .75 876 '77 87. 879 880 881 882 '" ,,, 88, 8" 887 '"'89 stobssogscompl.: abbr. stobswoA: stobssoDB. brgyanpa'jA: rgyan'iB; cf. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. rgyanpa- (td.) - brgyanpa, brgyanpa, rgyan - mdzes chas kyis spras pa. bdegshegssnyingpocompl.: abbr. bdegshegsnyingpoA: abbr.: bdaiDsnyingoB. don dam par grub parcompl. : don daMpar grub pa: don daMpar B. shes bya chos can compl. : abbr. shes+ya chos can B : abbr. sh+yes chon A. brtan B : bstan A. bde gshegs snyjng po compl. : bdalD snyingo B : abbr. bde gsh+yes snying po A. tuA: duB. gsaJ ba A : bsaJ khyab B. rtagscompl.: rtaDB: rtagA. yjn parcompl. : yjnr B : yin pa A. 'dzingyicompl.: 'dzin+yiB: 'dzin <gyi>A. spang du A : abbr. spangsu B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. spong ba - 1. (td.) spangs pa, spang ba, spongs, 'dor ba dang sel ba. gsungs compl. : gs+ya B : gsung A. bJoA: bJosB. spros braJ A : abbr. spr+roJB. khas bJangs A : <khas bJangs> B. gsungs compl. : gs+ya B : gsung A. masB: m+saA. zhugscompl. : zhuDB : zhug A. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'jugpa2. (tmd.) zhugs pa, 'jugpa -des su 'brang ba dang 'gro ba. the tsom za ba dangcompl. : abbr. tbeoM za ba dang B : <tbe tshoM za ba dang> A. 'phrin Jas A : abbr. phris B. chenposcompl.: abbr. chenosB: {---}osA. gsungs parcompl. : gs+ya par B : gsung bar A. duA: naB. gsungs compl. : gs+ya B : gsung A. rtsodB : brtsod A, cf. note 83 I . 108 Chapter 5 'phags pas mdzad dam min yang b1a8901 legs par bshad pa'ang mang du mthong bas nal thar 'dod mams kyi 'jug ngogs 891 rna yin zhesl kho bo 'di la mtha' geig skur mi 'debs 8921 zhes 893 dang I 'gal spong du I ding894 sang gangs 895 ri'i khrod kyi 896 mkhas dom mamsl Idem po'i tigag (S292) gis 897 zab mo'i tshul ston pal dus kyi 'khor 10'i898 rgyud 'grel dang beas pa'i tshig la899 (M210b6) ji bzhin sgra ru mngon zhen pasl mam dag 900 mdo rgyud tshogs dang 'gal ba yi/ log pa'i 901 ehos lugs mang du spel mthong nasi 'khyog902 po'i shing la srong ba'i tshul bzhin dU903 1 brgal 904 zhing905 brtag pa'i906 sgo nas bdag gis bris 9071 nges don gsal byed90 ' duJ zhes 908 dang I (1) , di don ' grel byed mkhas pa gzhan dag gisl snying po dor nas sbun pa yang yang 'phyar'101 rgya mtsho srubs las911 bdud rtsi912 ji bzhin du! yang dag don gyi snying po kho bos blangsl (l4b) (2ab) 'dab brgya'i tshal nas sbrang rtsi bung bas len! ehu dang '0 rna ngang pas so sor l3 [A: ! <gdas su 'ong>] 'byedf 14 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 '" 912 913 914 yang bla B : kyang bla A. ngogscompl.: abbr. ngoDB: ngogA. skur mi 'debs em. : bkur mi 'debs A : bsklII mi 'debs B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. skur 'debssklII ba 'debs pa ste gzhan la yon tan yod pa mams med pa dang, bzang po mams ngan par beos pa'i smod tshig. liischke 1881: sklII ba, 1. pf. skur, sometimes for sklII ba 'debs pa. zhesB: eesA. ding B : ling A. gangs B : gang A. kyiB: 'dir A. gisA :giR 'khoT lo'i compl. : abbr. 'khaur'i A : abbr. 'khaur R la B : (-}<la> A. mam dag compl. : abbr. maMg AB; cf. Bacot no. 359 gives maMg as the abbreviation of mam dag, not mam bzhag like A'. logpa'icompl.: 10g'iB: 10gspa'iA. 'khyog A : mkhyog B. bzhin du compl. : abbr. 4n du B : abbr. bstanas A. brgal em. : rgal AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. rgal ba (td.) brgal ba, brgal ba, rgol-sgrol ba dang 'da'ba. zhing A : shing R brtag pa'i compl. : abbr. brtag'iB : rtag pa 'i A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. rtog pa - 1. (td.) brtags pa, brtag pa, rtogs - rags par dpyod pa, ... brgal bJtags. blisA: 'ddsB. zhes B : ees A. gsal byed A : abbr. gsaJ+yedB. 'phyarB : pharA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'phyarba- (td.) phyar ba, 'phyar ba,phyor. lasA: laB. bdud Jtsi compl. : bduid[tsa Jtags] AR sosorem.: abbr. saurB: abbr. saurA. 'byedB : <I> A (In ms. A 'byednot placed here, but on p. 55al after the following insertion sngon Jig Jten ... blangs so, which B omits, and the phrase 'dir shog; see also note 159); cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gdas pa (td.) - smra ba 'am zhu ba 'am go ba. This phrase gdas su 'ong seems to in- Text Edition 109 [A: sngon 'jig rten ehags9 !5 pa'i tshe/lha dang lha rna yin mams kyis'!6 ri rab la srub'I7 smng byasl klu'i rgyal po norrgyas la srub thag!8 byas nas/rgya mtsho srub'!' pa la/ bdud rtsi bum pa gang dang I dug ha la bum pa gang dang I zla ba phyed pa gcig dang920 gsum byung I de'i tshe bdud rtsi lha mams kyis'2! khyerl dug dbang phyug gis ,thungs922 pas mgrin pa gnag por song I zla923 ba phyed pa lha'i dbang po'i gtsug rgyan ees grags/ de bzhin du dus kyi 'khor lo'i rgya tsho bsrubs pa924 las byung ba'i dug 'ga' zhig jo nang pas gsoll drang don gyi zla ba phyed pa rokhas pa zha lu ba925 gzhan gyis926 (55a) byis pa mams dga' ba'i rgyan du byasl nges don gyi bdud rtsi kho bos blangs soil 'dir sho g'27] (2ed) nor bu ' ching bu ded dpon mkhas928 pas shesl (S293) legs bshad nyes bshad mkhas pa'i blo yis rtogsl (3) yod pa'i legs bshad phrag29 dog mun pas sgribs 93 01 ined pa'i skyon mams blo ngan mig gis mthong I gdug pa'i sbrul gyis '0 ma 'thung ba'31 bzhinl legs bshad bdud rtsis nyon mongs dug 'phel ba'il (4) legs pa'i'32 rgyun phyogs gzhol ba'i933 blo ngan mamsl legs bshad ehu Ion stong gis mi Idog34 medl gzur'35 gnas blo ldan 'ga' yis936 'di mthong na9371 yid la 'bab ' gyur snyam nas ngas ' di sbyarl zhes gsungsf38 '15 916 917 918 91. 920 921 922 923 92. 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 93. 935 936 937 938 traduce the following insertion. chagsem. : chagA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. jigrten chags tshul kyis em. : kyi A. srub em. : smbs A. smb thagem. : bsmb tbag A; cf. liischke 1881: thag pa I. Aope, cord. smbem. : bsmbA. gdgdangcompl.: abbr. 1 dangA. kyis em. : kyi A. gis 'tbungs pa em. : gi mthung+s A; cf. liischke 1881: 'thung ba, pf. 'thungs. ziacompl.: {-}ziaA. pa compl. : pa {-} A. zha iu ba compl. : <zha iu ba> A. gyisem. : gyi A. 'byed< 'dir shag> A. (marks the end of the insertion as mentioned above, cf. note 914). mkhasB: {--} <mkhas>A. phragem. :phraAB. pas sgrjbs B : pas+glibs A. 'tbung ba em. : 'thungs pa B : mtbung ba A; cf. note 922. iegspa'icompl.: ieD'iB: iagpa'iA. gzhai ba 'i A : gzhaMpa 'iB. idagA: JdaDB. gzur A : zur B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gzur gnas - phyags su ma ihung baJ drang par gnas pa 'am gzu bar gnas pa. yisB :yiA. naA: nasB. zhes gsungs compl. : abbr. zhesungs B : abbr. ces+ya A. 110 Chapter 5 de ltar mdo rgyud btan bcos de dag gi dgongs pa dang mthun na ga la 'gegs939I chos sku rtag brtan940 ther zug tu 'dod pa sng~41 rgya bod bal gsum gang du yani42 rna byung zhing I da yang Ita ba ngan pa la 'jug pa rgyu<f>43 gcod pa'i944 phyir dgag pa mdzad del (1) bde945 legs sa bon yon tan kun gyi gzhi9461 yang dag Ita ba'i nor mchog 'phroi47 byed cing I thar pa'i srog rtsa gcod p~48 byed pa yi/ lta ngan las lhag 'phuni49 byed dgra gzhan medl (2) Ita ngan dman pa'i tha<f>50 la mngon zhen zhini51 I rtag chad mthar lta'i wa skad cher sgrog pal 'di dag ngur smrig rgyal mtshan 'chang na yang I thub pa'i bstan la mu stegs952 than skyel yin! zhes gsungsf53 [2.6.3.2J de dus jo nang pa'i (ISa) pho rus pa gcig gis Idoi54 na yar 'ongs 955 pasl mkhas pa gzhon blo956 dpon slob mams 'byon gyi 'dug zer ba thos nasi jonang pa la nga mi gcii57 yod med [khyad958] medl kho gsod959 na jo nang pa'i dgra sgo960 lcags p~61 'dug bsams962 nasi dbu la rdo rdeg 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 94' 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 9'0 961 'gegs em. : 'geg AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'gegs pa - 'gog pa 'i da Ita ba 'bri tshuJ gzhan zhig; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'gog pa 1. (td.) bkag pa, dgag pa, khog 1) rgyun gcod pa. Jiischke 1881: 'geg(s) pa pt: bkag, fut. dgag, imp. khogto hinder, prohibit, stop. brtan B : stan A; ct: Nitartha, s.V. rtag brtan ther zugs- permanent, stable, and unchanging. sngar B : <sngar> A. yang B: 'ang A. rgyudA : rgyun B. gcodpa'icompl.: abbr. gcod'iB: gcadpa'iA. bdeB: dgeA. gzhiB: 4A. ct: note 448. gcodparA: abbr. spyodrB. 'phung em. : phung AB; ct: Jiischke 1881: phung bav. 'phung ba; Jiischke 1881: 'phung ba, 'phung bar byedpa, 'phung la sbyor ba, prob. also gtong ba, Jug pa - ro ruin, to undo. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'phung ba 1. (tmd.) phung ba, 'phung ba 1) nyams nyes 'byung ba'am, nyams rgud 'byung ba. thad em. : thed AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. thad -gang de'i skor dang, phyogs. Goldstein 2001, s.v. thad-I. (gen. + -) concerning, about. zhing B : cing A. mustegscompl.: abbr. mu+eDB: mustegA. zhes gsungs corilpl. : abbr. zhesungs B : abbr. ccs+ya A. Idog A : mdog B. 'ongs B : yong+s A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'ong ba 1. (tmd.) 'ongs pa, 'ong ba - yong ba. bl0 A : bl0 ba B. nga mi gcigem. : nga mi 1 B : nga {-} mi 11a A. khyadem. : om. AB gsodem. : sodAB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gsodpa(td.) bsadpa,'gsadpa, sodl) srog gcodpa. sgoA:mgoB. lcagsparcompl. : chogparB : abbr. chog+spa A; ct: Goldstein 2001, s.v. chogs-imp. of 'chag(to walk). 962 ' bsamscompl. : abbr. bsaMsB : abbr. bsaMA; cf. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. semspa-l. (td.) bsams pa, bsam pa, soms. Text Edition 111 pa'i963 dam bca' byas 'ongst 64 drung pa dang mja1965 bas Ius rengsl sems dran pa nyams nas brdeg966 pa rna byung I kho dran pa myed pa dang I dge bshes 967 zil can gcig 'dug snyaill'68 pa byung I dus phyis drung pa la dad nas mtho1969 bshags 970 kyang phul bar grags soil IB: 'bri khung 10 tstsha bas kyang jo nang pa'i pho rus byas nasi bdag nyid chen po sreg pa'i sbyin sreg gi thab brtsigs 97l sreg grabs byas pa'i tshe na yang I nam mkhar rni dkar po gcig mngon sum du byung nasi de khyod kyis bsregs kyang rni 'tshig mam smin chen po pog pas rna byed zer nas 'phro la bzhag dgos byung bar gragsl] (55b) bzang Idan du bka,972 bcu pa yon tan gyis 9731jo nangpala bka' skyonmdzad pa'di lal sdig pa chen po'ong ba974 'dra zhus pas/bdag (S294) niyd chen po'i gsung nas/'di 'dra zer ba shin tu roang stel de ' dra ga la yin! sngon 'jig rten du ston pa byon pa'i dus sui lhas975 byin la sogs pa'i bdud [kyi] ris 976 mams dang I mu stegs 977 kyi ston pa drug gsum bco brgyad la sogs [B: pa phyi ro1978 pal mams la zhe sdang dang79 khong khro dpag tu med pa980 skyes pa'i sdig pa yang 8l ston pa la'ong982 ngarn/ de'i rjes su rgyan983 drug mchog gnyis la sogs p~84 byon pa la I nag phyogs mams rni dga' bar gyur pa'i sdig pa'ang 85 de dag la 'ong ngarn/ khyad par (lSb) du 'phags pa klu Sgrub986 byon nas theg pa chen po'i sral phye ba lal rang bde 987 gnyis kas theg 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 97! 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 rdo rdeg pa'i A : re brdog'i B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. 1. rdeg pa - (td.) brdegs pa, brdeg pa, rdegs - rgyag pa dang, rdllng ba. 'ongs B : yongs A. mjal em. : jal A: 'byaIB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. mjal ba (td.) mjal ba, mjal ba, mjol- thllg 'phrad byedpa 'i zhe sa. brdeg A : rdeg B. dge bshes campI. : abbr. dgais AB. snyamB: snyaMsA. mthol A: 'thoIB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.y. 'thol ba - mthol ba dang 'dra. bshagscompI.: abbr. bshaDB: bshagA. . brtsigsem. : rtsigsB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. rtsig pa 1. (td.) brtsigs pa, brtsigpa, rtsigs -rtsig pargyagpa. bka'B :kaA. gyis B : gyi A. 'ong ba B : yong pa A. lhasem. : IhaAB; cf. Mvy, s.y. 3610: lhas byin- devadatta. bdlld kyi risem. : bdlld risB : bdlld ng A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, S.Y. bdlld kyi ris- bdlldkyi sde; bdlld = mara. mil stegs campI. : abbr. mlleD B : mllg rteg A; cf. liischke 1881: mil stegs pa, also mil stegs can (SkI. tlrthika). phyi raf campI. : abbr. phyiofB. dangA: am. B. tu med pa campI. : tu med <pa> A : medpa B. yang B : am. A. 'ong B : yong A. rgyan A : brgyan B. la sogs pa campI. : abbLloD pa B: abbr. lasogs A. 'ang A : yang B. kill sgrub A : kIu grob B. bde A : sde B; here abbr. of rang gzhan bde ba. 112 Chapter 5 chen988 ni989 bka' rninzhes/ skurba990 btab pa'i sdig pa yang / 'phags mchogklu sgrub 13"91 'ong ngam/ nyi ma'i dkyil 'khO~92 shar ba'i tshe/ 'byung po'i bya mams long ba rten 'breI gyi chos nyid yin zhing993 / guam thig drang par rgyab994 na sgur po ras su 'thon995 pa lugs yin! blun po 'i lab de 'dra996 rna zer gsungs 997/ sdom gsum rab dbye las/ (1) sangs rgyas 'jig rten byorr98 pa dang / mkhas mams bshad pa byed pa la! 'bras bU999 mam gsum 'byung ba 'di/ sangs rgyas bstan pa'i spyi lugs yin/lOOO (2) mkhas pa mams kyis 100l chos bshad na! chos log spyod pa 'pham1002 byed cing / bdud ri S!003 thams cad yi mug 'gyur/ mkhas pa thams cad dga' bar byed/ 'di 'dras bstan pa 'dzin par byed nus 1004/ lta tshe chOS1006 slm rtag brtan 'dod! sgom tshe ci 1007 snang chos skur spyod! 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 thegchenem.: abbr. thaigAB. niA: am. B. skur ba em. : skur pa A : bskur pa B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. skur ba - 1. (td.) bskur ba, bskur ba, skur 2. yod bzhin du med par bshad pa dang, yon tan yin bzhin du skyon char brtsis pa 'i smod tshig. 'phags mchog kiu sgmb Ja em.: 'phaD mchog skiu sgrub Ja B : bdag nyid chen po <Ja> A. dkyiJ 'khorcompI. : abbr. dkyior AB. zhing B : cing A. rgyabA: gyabB. 'thon A : mthon B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. ras su bor ba - Ias su dnogs su 'thon pa. Goldstein 2001, s.v. ras su bOI- va. to shunl avoidJ not do well. 'dmB: 'dra baA. gsungs campI. : abbr. gs+ya B : abbr. s+ya A. byon B: 'byon A. 'bras bu campI. : abbr. 'bros AB. Same in Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (2002: 327, v.634). mams kyis campI. : abbr. maMs kyis A : abbr. maMs+yiB. 'pham em. : pham AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. 'pham pa (tmd.) pham pa, 'pham pa - pha IOJ gyi do zJa ma Jon par zhumpa. Jiischke 1881: 'phampa - to be beaten, conqured; 'phampar byedpa - to beat, to defeat, to conquer. ris B : rig A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. bdud kyi ris - bdud kyi sde. byed nus em. : byed A: nusB. Cf. Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (2002: 328, v. 636b-d and v. 637a-b). zhes so campI. : abbr. zheso B : abbr. ceso A. Cf. Same Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (2002: 327, v.636b-d and 637a-b). chos B : <chos> A. ciA: cirB. Text Edition 113 chos sku rgyud Idan Ius can kunl las kyi 'khor bar 'khyam pa1008 mtshar lO09 I [B: ! roro bar skabs kyi tshigs bead doll] [2.6.4] inkhan chen g.yag pasl sems can thams cad sangs rgya/lOll 'khor ba la zad pamed gsung ba/lOl2 (S295) gsung balOl3 Ia/ bdag nyid chen posl sems can10l4 thams cad 'tshang rgya1015 bar tshad mas ng es par thaI! der tshad mas grub pa'i phyirl zhes gsungs pasl g.yag pas khyab pa rna grub gsungs nas tshur Idog pasl rtags 1016 rna grub la sogs pa'i 'phen len mang dU lOl7 mdzad na'angl don la rton pa'i lOl8 (56a) mkhas pamams bdag nyid chen po'i rigs 10l9 pa la mnyes shingl tshig la rton 1020 pa'i mkhas pa mams mkhan chen g.yag pa'i rigs lO21 pa la mnyes par grags soil [2.6.5] chos rje 10 tstsha ba dang I karma balO22 dkon gzhon gnyis kun rdzob tu yod pas yod pa'i (l6a) go chod mi chod la rtsod1023 pa mdzad pasl rtsod 1024 pa bre 1025 mo byung bar1026 10 tstsha ba'i gsung nas donrtsod1027 ni mi'ong 1028 bar 'dug/tshig la snying po [B: tsam] med pasl drungpamams '0 brgyal 1029 gzhan mams yang 1030 thugs dam chag1031 pas bzhud gsungs 10321 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 10]5 1016 1017 1018 1019 lO2D 1021 1022 lO23 1024 1025 paB : parA. mtshar B: 'tshang A. B 15b4: A 'snake stroke' (sbrul shad) which usually marks the end of a section of text (cf. note 159) similarly to ms. A (see note 379) marks the insertion afthis extra line. sangs rgya compl. : abbr. sarlya A: 'tshang rgya B. gsung ba B : abbr. s+ya pa A. gsung ba B : abbr. s+ya pa A. sems can compl. : abbr. senMAB. 'tshang rgyaB : abbr. sar+yaA (= sangs rgya); cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'tshang rgya ba- sangs rgyas pa 'j ma 'ongs da Jta gnyjs. rtagscompl.: rtaDB: rtagA. duA: suB. rtonpa'hm.: stonpa'iB: stonpaA. dgs em. : dg AB. rton em. : ston AB. dgsem.: dgAB. karma ba em. : kalInA <pa> A : skar ma B. rtsodB : brtsod A; cf. note 831. rtsodB : brtsod A; cf. note 831. bre mo byung bar em. : 'grel mo byung par A: 'dre mo ma byung bar B; cf. llischke 1881: bre mounifit, useless, worthless. 1026 1027 1028 1029 10)0 1031 barB : parA. rtsod B : brtsod A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. don med - don 'bras med pa 'am dgos don med pa, ... don med rtsod slong. 'ong B : yongs A; cf. note 955. brgyal A : rgyalB. mams yangcompl. : abbr.: maMs+yang B : mams A. chag B : 'chags A; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.y. sems shugs chag-yi. to loose enthusiasm, to get discouraged. 1032 gsungs campI. : gs+ya B : gsung A. Chapter 5 114 de nas bdagnyid chen pos drung pa '0 brgyal/!033 bdag gis rtsod 1034 pas chog gsungS!03S nas thaI 'gyur 'gal 'phangs l036 pasl kanna ba lo37 la zug par thams cad kyi l038 mthun snang du grubl drung gi gsung l039 nasi dbus gtsang l040 gi dge bshes chen por grags pa mams kyang I don rgyab 'gal [B: la] song yang tshig phyogs tsam 'grig nalrang re rtsod l041 rgyu med! grub mtha' mthun zhes smral1042 don gcig kyang tshig!043 cung zad l044 mi mthun!045 nal mgo byang mthug tu l046 song song l047 rtsod kyin 'dug ste 1048 de 'dra la snying po medl drung 10 tstsha bal049 yang I rigs pas rna dpyad par kun rdzob tu lOSO yod pasl yod pa'i go mi chod ni mi gsungl gsung na chad Ita bar lOSl 'gyurl karma bal052 yang rigs pas dpyad nas kyang kun (S29.6) rdzob tu lOS3 yod na yod pa'i l054 go chod par mi 'dod! 'dodlos5 na rtag Har 'gyurl gzhong stong la khyi 'thab mi dgos par gda,lOS6 gsungs/ lOS7 [2.6.6] de dus nyan mkhanmams narel bla ma'i zhabs tog tu!OS8 'gro balrang gi blo gros kyi nus palOS9 thon pal ngo mtshar1060 che zhes l061 shin tu dad par gyur toll 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 10S8 1059 1060 1061 brgyal A : rgyalB. rtsodB : brtsod A. gsungs campI. : gs+ya B : gsung A. 'gal 'phangs campI. : abbr. 'ga 'phangs A: 'ga' 'phangs B. kanna ba em. : karmA ba A : skar ma pa B. kyi A : <kyi> B. gi gSling B : abbr. gisung A. gtsang A : rtsang B. rtsodB : brtsod A. mtha'mthun zhes smra B : abbr. mtha'thun ces+mra A. tshig B : tshigs A. cung zadB : abbr. cungd A. mimthun A: abbr. mithun B. mthllg tuem. : thuD du A: dug duB; cf. A': mthug tu; Goldstein 2001, s.y. mthugpo-l. thick. song song B : abbr. saling A. rtsodkyin 'dugsteem. :rtsodkyin 'dligteB: brtsodkyin 'dugsteA. Seenote 528. kun rdzob tll em. : abbr. kuob[tsa rtags] du B : kun rdzobs du A. Ita bar B : Itar A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. chad Ita - las 'bras dang, skye ba snga phyi sogs med par smra ba 'i Ita ba. kanna ba A : skar ma pa B. tuA: duB. pa'iB : pas A. mi 'dod, 'dod A : mi 'dodB. gda'A: bda'B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. gda' - 'dug gam yodpa, ...gzugs gzhi bde po gda' lags. gSlli1gs compl. : gs+ya B : gsung A. tu em. : du AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. zhabs tog 1) bsnyen bkur. paA :pasB. ngomtsharA: ngor[tsartags]B. zhesB: zheA. Text Edition 115 stag lung 10 tsatsha ba sakya1062 bzang gis bka'.I063 bzhi pa cigI064 btang nasi nged rgyan drug gi dgongs pa gcig tu 'dod pa yin! khyed ji ltar bzhedlO65 zhus pas/ de la nges pa medl geig pa mams ni gcig mi geig pa mams ni mi gcig par byas pas ' ong gsungS/I066 khong I067 na ref khyed mkhas pa chen po lags pas/ thag ehod pa'i zha1lta gnang dgos zhes (16b) nan gyis zhus pas/ dgongs pa e gcig (56b) mi gciglO68 ,di la shes modi klUlO69 sgrub yab sras rjes 'brang dang beas pas1070/ thogs lO71 med sku mehed rjes 'brang dang beas pa'i lugs 'gegs par1072 'dug! thogs 1073 med sku mehed lO74 rjes 'brang dang beas pas/ klu SgrublO75 yab sras rjes 'brang , dang beas pa'i lugs 'gegs par1076 'dug! de la thugs bsam1077 btang bas lO78 shes/ lar dbu rna palO79 . dang dngos smra ba gnyis1080 grub mtha' geig nal dgongs pa mi geig pa bya ba su yod pa yin! ,zhes gad mo eher mdzodl ,slob dponbka' beu pa darmas lO81 yid ehes 'bras rtags lO82 bla rna rin po ehe pa'i de dngos1083 yin 'par gda' 1084 lags zhus pas/ khyed kyi de da dung skyor dang gsung bskyarlO85 basi grub 1086 mtha' 'de bzung1087 nalkhanagbabs lalO88 'gro bar 'dug gsungs1089 /khong gislO90 'gro bar gyur gcigees 1062 1063 ,1064 [065 ,1066 [061 1068 1069 1070 1011 [072 1073 [014 1075 1076 [011 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 [084 108S . shAkya em. : shAka A : shaka B. gis bka'B: gi (b)ka' A. gcig A : cig B. jiItar bzhedB : abbr.j+tir 'dod A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. bzhedpa - 1. (td.) 2) 'dodpa'i zhe sa. gsungs compl. : gs+ya B : gsung A. khongA: khoB; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, S.v. khong-kho!izhesa. dgongs pa e gcig mi gcigcompl. : abbr. dgongs pa e 1 mi 1 B : abbr. d<g>ongs pa e 1 mi 1 A. Jdu A : sklu B. pasB :paA. thogscompl.: thoDB: thogA. gegsparcompl.: abbr. geDrB: gegparA; cf. note 939. thogscompl.: thoDB: thogA. sku mchedA : abbr. wedB. Jdu sgrub A : abbr. Jdrob B. lugs gegs parcompl. : IuD geDr B : lug geg par A; cf. above. thugs bsam compl. : abbr. thugsaMA : abbr. th+ya bsaMB. basB :pasA. paB: baA. gnyis compl. : 2 A : om. B. masB:maA. Itagscompl.: rtaDB: ItagA. dngos A : ngos B. gda'A: bda'B. bskyarA: skyarB; cf. Jaschke 1881: skyarbav. skyorba;skyorba- 1. vb. pf. & ft. bskyar3.to repeat. 1086 1087 1088 1089 [090 grub A: sgrub B; cf. Jaschke 1881: grub pa, grub mtha' (siddhiinta); Mvy, S.v. grub pa'i mtha'siddhiinta. bzung A : zung B. babs la em. : sbablaB: sbabsA; cf. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. khanagpo 2) khami dro'am bkrami shispa. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. kha babs-kha'igshiskasteskad cha'i babs. Goldstein 2001, s.v. babs 3. in accordance with, considering. Note that kha nag po is the opposite of kha dro po - something that brings positive changes, that is auspicious, sm. to Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. kha dro ba -bkrashispa'amlegspo 'ongba;cf. notes 2439, 2441. 'duggsungscompl.: abbr. 'duggs+yaB :gsungA. gisB:giA. 116 Chapter 5 gsungs 1091 nasi smon lam 'debs na sku dbang chel rigs pas Idog tu mi btub lO92 zhus (8297) pasl '0 na SgugslO93 gcig gsungs 1094 nasi thaI 'gyur gcig 'phangslO95 pasl 'khor gsum dngos 'gal dU1096 song [B: zhing]/lo zla bar bsarns bsamslO97 pa tsho skad cig ma re la 'khur rgyug gsungs/1098 de dus dbus pa'i dge bshes kun na rei blo bzang pa 'jam dbyangs kyi zhal gzigsl gar gshegs su dpe cha mdzo rgyab che chung bcu bzhi1099 bkal nas nyin mtshan med par gzigs pa'i grub mtha' skyor bzang po dar ma Ita bus skyar ba1100 skad cig re la bshig gtong bas;t 101 'jigs su rung zhes ha las par gyur toll [2.6.7] mal 'byor gyi dbang phyug mi la ras chen la sogs pa sngon gyi phyag chen pa 'ga' yis sku tshe snga ma la llo2 yang dang 1103 yang du sbyangs shing I sku tshe 'dir yang dung sems dbang du 'dus tel (Ha) gang byung gis chog na ci byas kyang sla ba mal 'byor pa'i spyod pa mdzad pa la 'khrul gzhill04 byas tel ding sang gi phyag chen par bsgom pa phalmo che mams nil lhag pal105 tshul khrims kyi bslab llo6 pa la gces spras su mdzad pa'il107 dam pa mams kyi lugsl nyan thos kyi lugs yin zhes khyad du bsad1108 nas (S7a) 'khor 'das kyi chos tharns cad stong zhing bdag med pa yin 1109 zhes tshig tu smra yang I don la bdag dang bdag gir lllO 'dzinpa'i gnyenpor cung zad kyang mi 'gro ba 'di dag ni chad par Ita ba yin te/lta bas spyod pa khyadlll1 du bsad nasi bag med pa'i spyod palalhurlenpalas chad par Ita ball 12 gzhanmed/ 'di dagni so sorrtogpa'i shes 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1091 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 llli 1112 ees gsungs comp!. : abbr. eesungs B : ees gsung A. fdag tu mi btub em. : fdag mi btub A : fdag tu mi tub B; cf. Jaschke 1881: btub, Lex. = rung, fit, conyinient, practicable, becoming. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. btub pa - bfa 'am rung ba dang thub pa. sgugs em. : sgur B : dgug A; imp. of sgugpa - to wait. gsungs comp!. : gs+ya B : gsung A. 'phangs B: 'phang A. du A : <fa> B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. dngas 'gaf- 'gal ba gang zhig phan tshun dngas su mi mthun par gnas pa, rtag mi rtag dang, snang ba dang mun pa fta bu '0. bsamsbsamscompl.: bsaMsbsaMsB: bsaMbsaMA. cig ma re fa 'khur rgyug gsungs em. : abbr. 1 ma re fa khur rgyug gsung B : abbr. 1 Ie la khur rgyugsung A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'khu ba 1. (tmd.) 2) (mying) fdog pa. dpe eha mdzo rgyab cbe chung beu bzhi em. : dpe' eha mdzo rgyab ehe eung 4 A : dpe eha 'dzo rgyab beu 4B; cf. Jaschke 1881: mdzo-mongrel-breed of the yak-bull and common cow, whilst 'bd mdzo is the hybrid ofa common bull and a yak-cow. skyar ba B : skyar ba la A; cf. Jaschke 1881: skyar ba y. skyor ba; better: skyor ba. re fa bshig gtong bas em. : re fa bshig stong ba B : ma<r> la bshig gtong pas A; Tashi Tsering: sm. to storba. mafaem.: maA: laB. dang A : om. B. gzhiB: bzhi A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'khrul gzhi -nor 'khrul byung ba'i rgyu rkyen. lhagpaB: lha<g> parA; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.y.lhagpa tshulJchrims kyi bsfab pa -so thards bdun gyi sdom khrims dang byang chub sems dpa 'i tshul khrims gsum beas. bsfab A : slab B. pa'iA :paB. zhes khyad du bsadB : zhes {--} khyad du bsad A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s. y. khyad du gsod pa - mi rtsi ba dang, bmyas beos byedpa 'am, 'dzem bag medpa. payinA: <payin>B. bdaggircompl.: abbr. bdagirAB. khyadB : khyad {med} A. baA:rgyuB. 117 Text Edition rab kyis dpyad nas gnas lugs kyi don sgomll13 pa'rtog sgom skyon can du byed cing I yid la byed pa thams cad bkag ste l1l41 mi rtog pa (S298) 'thoms lll5 po sgom pa la skyon med kyi sgom du byed par snang stell 161lugs 'di ni bstanpa las phyi ral du gyur par ting 'dzin lll7 rgyal po las 1118 gsungs te1 (1) 'jig rten pa dag ting 'dzin1119 sgom byed kyang I dellZo ni bdag tu 'dzin1121 pa bzhig 1l22 mi nusl deS ni nyon mongs ches cher rab tu 'khrugsl !hag spyod kyis ll23 ni ting 'dzin 'dir sgom bzhinl l124 (2) gal te chos la bdag med so sor rtog so sor de rtag 1l25 sgom par byed pa nil de ni 1l26 my a ngan 'das thob 'bras bu'i1127 rgyu! rgyu gzhan gang yin del 128 ni zhi mi 'gyurl zhes 1129 dang I gang dag dran pa dang yid byed bkagl130 nasi mun pa la mig cer ltas byas te had sgom byed pa dang I mtshan rna ci yang [B: yid la] mi byed pari mam rtog ll31 thol skyes (l7b) rbad chod byed pa nil rgya nag ha shang gi ring lugs rna nor bal132 'dzin pa yin gsungs l133 I ding sang gi sgom chen pa 'ga' shig shin tu las sla bal134 bar do zin pa yod zer ba mang ste ll351 nyin par gyi l136 snang ba 'di la a 'thas nal1371rmi lamgyi 'khrul pami zinl rmi lam rna zin pari 138 bar do'i 'khrul 1113 1114 IllS 1116 lIt7 1118 1119 1120 1I2! 1122 1113 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 il33 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 sgom compl. sgoMB : bsgoMA. steem.: teAB. 'thomsem.: thomB: abbr. thoMA; cf. Jiischke 1881: thomspav. 'thomspa; 'thom(s)pa, thomspa, to be dim, dull, clouded (ofthe senses and the understanding). snang ste B : gnang te A. ting 'dzin A : tingeni[tsa rtags}B. gsungs te B : gsungs ste A. ting 'dzin compl. : abbr. tingni A : abbr. tingeni[tsa rtags}B. deA: desB. 'dzin A : abbr. 'in B. bzhigA: zhigB; cf. note 1100. kyis A : kyiB. bzhin B : <g>zhin A. rtag A : brtag B. niA:nyidB. 'bras bu'iB : abbr. 'bros A. deA: desB. zhesB: cesA. bkag B : abbr. bkaD A. roam rtogcompl. : abbr. roaM rtog A : abbr. rooMg B. baA: barB. gsungs compl. : gs+ya B : gsung A. shin tu las sla ba em. : shin tu las sla A : shi tung las bla B. steB: teA. par gyi em. : par kyi A : bar gyiB. 'thas na B : mthas nas A. nni lam ma zin par B : abbr. nniM <roa> zin par A. 118 Chapter 5 snang mi zinJ TO kha gdangs la1l39 grog gnam1l40 babs la 'ong dUTe l141 kyang mi 'ong gsungs 1l421 de la sogs te lung [dang] rigs I 143 pa du ma'i sgo nas Slll phyung basi sngar zhugs l144 pa ldog pa dangl 'jug pa the tshom za ba dang I phyil145 mi 'jug pa la sogs pa'i 'phrin las l146 mdzad Goll (1) mtha' gnyis spangs 1147 pa'i chu gter la gnas te 11481 gdengsl149 can dbang po (57b) klu sgrub ring lugs 'dzinl kho bo'i lta zer l150 'bar ba'i gzi brjid la! phas rgol 'dab stong gis ni rgol 115l mi nusl (2) 'jig 1152 tshogs Ita ri spo mtho 'joms l153 byed pa'i! lung rigs rdo rje'i gnam (S299) 1cags 1154 stong yod kyang I rmongs l155 pa'i go cha sra brtan cher bgos 1156 pa'il skye bo ' di la bdag gis ci byar yod! ces gsungs SOll57II [B: chos]1158 bstod pari khyod ni rtsod l159 pa mdzad tshe'ang 1l60 dag pa dang I rgya che 1l6l gzu bor gnas pa'i blo gros kyisl 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 t150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 la A: <la> B; c£ Jaschke 1881: gdang ba - to open wide, mouth and nostrils, to gape. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. gdang ba (td.) gdangs pa, gdang ba, gdongs - phye ba. grog gnam compl. : grog gnaMB : abbr. grognaM A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. grog2) glo bur du byung ba'i bza ' btung ngam longs spyod. babs la 'ong du re em. : babs la 'ong du res B : abbr. babsu yong du re A. 'ong gsungscompl. : abbr. 'ong gs+yaB: yongsgsungA; cf. note 955. rigs em. : rig AB. zhugs compl. : zhuD B : zhug A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'jug pa 2. (tmd.) zhugs pa, 'jug pa, zhugs - ljes su 'brang ba dang 'gIo ba. phyiA :phyisB. palasogs pa'i 'phrin lascompl. : abbr.pa laswo pa'i 'phrinsA: abbr. <pala sogspa> 'iphris B. spangs B : spang A. teB: steA. gdengsA: gdengB; cf. SCD, s.Y. gdeng ba = 'phyarba-to raise, to lift. zer A : gzer B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. zer I. 'od kyi zer mdangs. rgol 'dab stong gis ni rgol em. : sgol 'dab stong gis ni sgol A : rgol 'dab bzang stong gis 'gong B. 'jig em. : 'jigs A: 'jiD B. 'jomscompl. : 'joMsB : 'joM A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'joms pa- (td.) bcompa, gzhompa, chom - 'gems pa 'am 'jig par byed pa. gnam leags compl. : gnaM leaD B : gnaM leag A. Imongs B : Imong A. bgos B : dgos A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. go bgo - go cha gyon pa. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. bgo ba 1. (td.) bgos pa, bgo ba, bgos 1) gyonpa. ces gsungs so compl. : abbr. ces+yo A : abbr. ceszmgs B. 1158 Cf. note 642. 1159 rtsodB: brtsodA. 'ang B : <'ang> A. che A : chen B. 1160 1161 Text Edition 119 gzhan gyi1162 phyogS1163 las mam par rgyal ba1164 ste 11651 khyod la g.yo ba nam yang mnga' rna lagsl zhes 1166 dang I smra ba ngan mamS tshar gcod paV sun 'byin bgyid pa'i gnas mams lal skyon yang yon tan Ita bU1167 dang I yon tan skyon Itar snang ba yil yang dag pa dang Itar snang gil mampar dbye ba'ang legs parbstan/ de Har log par ' gro ba bkag ces dang 11168 (1) stong nyid seng (l8a) ge'i ngaro cher sgrog1169 shing I lung dang rigs 1170 pa'i niche sder rab bsgrad de l17l1 log par smra ba'i wa tshogs pham byas nasi thub mchogl172 bstan pa gangs ri legs par ' dzin/ (2) de ll73 phyir da Ita 'dzin ma'i ll74 khyon 'di nal che bar rlom pa mang du snang mod kyang I blo chen ' di ni ' dzam gling rgyanll75 gcig purl gzur gnas blo ldan mams kyisl176 nges par gyisl [2.7 Verse 7] [7] lung rtogs yon tan thabs nikhas thugs rje yisl gdul bya'i khams dang bsam pa bag la nyal! 1162 1163 1164 1l6S 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1112 117J 1174 1175 1176 1177 gyiB : gyis A. phyogscomp!. :phyoDB :phyogA. baA: basB. steA : naB. zhes B : ces A. Ita bu comp!. : abbr. Itu AB. Source of these seven lines: dPalidan bia ma dam pa ku mil ra ma ti'i yon tan des su dran nas cung zad bstod pa, in Tsong kha pa 'i bka' 'bum thor bu, gSung 'bum, vo!. kha, p. 6b6-7 al. See also bio bstodparp. 97. Cf. Toh. 5274 (4) A euiogytoKumiiramati, thechiefteacherofTsongkhapa. Note that these seven lines also match with Ye shes rgyal mtshan 901.20-22 and continue there with the lines of the bio bstodparon p. 126. sgrog A : groD B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sgrog pa (td.) 1. bsgrags pa, bstrag pa, sgrogskhyab par shodpa. Jiischke 1881: sgrog pa - to call (out), to publish, proclaim, promulgate, to preach. rigs em. : rigAB. bsgrad de A : bgrad te B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. bsgrad pa (td.) bsgrad pa, bsgrad pa, bsgrad 1) gdangs pa. Jiischke 1881: bsgradpa Lex. = bgradpa; Jiischke 1881: bgradpa 1. to open wide. mchog B : abbr. mchoD A. deA: de'iB. ma'iB: {-}<ma>'iA. rgyanA: brgyanB. kyis B : kyi A. zhes so comp!. : abbr. zheso B : abbr. ceso A. 120 Chapter 5 ji bzhin mkhyen pa ll78 chos kyi 'khoT 10 bskor/ll79 skalldan rjes 'dzin khyod 1a phyag 'tsha11011 zhes 1180 pa nil de ltar gong du bstan1181 pa'ilung rigs l182 kyi yon tan phun sum tshogs l183 shingl gzhan rjes su 'dzinpa'i thabs mkhas dang l184 thugs rje l185 chen po mnga' basi gdul bya'i khams theg pa che chung gi l186 rigs so sor mkhyen zhing l1871 bsam pa [B: dang] dbang po rno rtul l188 dang I bag la(s30o) nyal nyonmongs [B: pal shas che chungji Ita ba bzhin du mkhyen zhing l1891 chos kyi 'khor 10 rang rang gi skal bal190 ji Ita ba bzhin du theg l19l pa che chung I chos rgyas ll92 'bring bsdus (58a) pa sde snod gsum la sogs [B: pal gang la gang 'os kyi zab cing rgya che ba'i chos bstan pal 1931srnin grol thar pa dang I thams cad mkyen pa'i lamphyin ci rna log par bstan nasi skalldan gyi gdul bya [B: la] mtha' yas 1194 parjes su bzung l195 ba'i gtso bor gyur pa ni 'di dag stell 196 [2.7.1] sbyangs pa'i mchog gyur kun mkhyen sherI 197 'od dang I sras kyi mchog gyur blo bzang grags pa'i dpaII mang thos mchog gyur blo bzang grags pa'i dpaII 'dul (l8b) 'dzin mchog gyur blo bzang grags pa'i dpaII 'phrin Ias l198 mchog gyur blo bzang grags pa'i dpaI/l199 Ita ba'i1200 mchog gyur gon l20l gyo nyi rna grags/1202 nyams len mchog gyur kun dga' dpal bzang pol 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 !IS3 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 tl89 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 mkhyenpaem. : abbr. mkhyenasB : mkhyennasA; cf. p. 69, verse 7. bskor A: skorB; cf. note 398, 1179,2093,2129. zhes B : ces A. bstan B : stan A. rigs em. : rig A : rtogs B. phun sum tshogs compl. : abbr. phun suM tshoDB : abbr. phunM tshog A. dang B : <dang> A. thugs Ije compl. : abbr. th+ye[tsa rtagsj A : abbr. th+ye B. giB: <gi>A. zhing B : cing A. rtlilem. : brtlll AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mortu12) rigpa'am dbangpogsal dang mi gsal zhing B : cing A. skal ba B : <skaJ ba> A. du theg B : <du> theD A. rgyas B : brgyas A. paA :om.B. yas B : <yas> A. bZllngB: gZllngA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'dzinpa 1. (td.) bzung ba, gzung ba, zung. steA: teB. sherB : shes {--} A; cf. Mang thos (1993: 196): sher= abbr. shes rab. 'phrin las compl. : abbr. 'phris A : abbr. phds B. Cf. NgCh 347.2: slob mayang, kun mkhyen sher 'od blo bzang gragspasogs, mangdu byung. ba'iA: baB. cf. Mang thos: ba'i. gonA :goB. ' gon gyonyi ma grags em. : gogyonyi magraDB : gon gyonyi mar grags A; cf. Mang thos (1993: 196): gon gyo nyi ma grags. For further spellings see endnote 283. Text Edition 121 brtse l203 1dan rnchog gyur dpal 'byor shes rab dangl 'chad mkhas rnchog l204 gyur bsod narns shes rab dang I rtsod bzang l205 rnchog gyur dar rna rin chen te l2061 gzhung lugs rab 'byarns mkhyen pa'i bshes gnyenl207 bdun/ [2.7.2] bka' bcu pa l208 chen po nam mkha' byang 'chad pal209 nil de dag dang ngo mnyam l2lO du byed doll gzhan yang bka' bcu pal2l1 rnang ra ba yon tan rgyal rntshan! bo dong bka' bcu pa l2l2 grags pa l213 tshul khrirns l2141 byang pa bka' bcu pa l215 dge l216 legs dpal/ gnas myingl217 bka' bcu pa mchog grub la sogs pa mamsl [2.7.3] mdo stod l218 pa bka' bzhi 'dzin pa spre bo thang bzang l219 I gnyal gro gor ba l220 jo gdan mtshungs rnedl la l221 stod pa mkhan chen buddha srlj1222 sta ste ba chen po byang bsod! bo dong pa chen po byang (S301) rgyall blo brtan!l223 bzang Idan pa don' grub rin chen!l224 ngam rings 1225 1203 brtse B : rtse A; cf. Nitartha, s.v. brtse idan -loving, affectionate. Cf. Mang thos: ltsom Idan. Considering here the next two, Mang thos emended according to the division into 'chad rtsod rtsom gSWD, 1204 mchog B : mchoD A. rtsod bzangem.: brtsod bzangA: ItsodmkhaB'; cf. Mang thos: rtsod bzang. teB: steA. mkhyen pa 'i bshes gnyen em. : abbr.: mkhyen pa 'i bshain B : shes pa 'i <b>shain A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. bshes gnyen 1) snying nye ba 'i dge rgan nam grogs po. paB: <pa>A. 'chad pa em. : chadpa B : chad A; cf. Jaschke 1881: chadII. 1. to promise, 2. v. sub 'chad pa II. 1. to 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 explain, to teach. i210 ngo mnyam comp!. : abbr. ngo mnyaM A : ngos snyaMB; sm. to Goldstein 2001, s.v. ngo 'dra2. something that looks like the original/real thing. Goldstein 2001, s.v. ngo 2. the real, the actual, the 1211 paB: baA. mang ra ba yon tan rgyal mtshan, bo dong bka' bcu pa camp!. : mang ra ba y+ton rgyan[tsa rtags], bo dong bka' bcu pa B : <mang ra ba y+ ton rgyan[tsa rtags], bo dong bka' bcu ba> A. paB :pa'iA. tshui khrims camp!. : abbr. tshndsMB : tshul khIim A. paB: baA. dge camp!. : <d>ge A : bde B. mying B : snying A. stodB : bstod A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mdo stod spre bo thang bzangA: spre'o tharbzangB. baA: om.B. Ia B : las A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ia stod - ding ri rdzong gi sa cha zhig. buddha shr1 em. : buddha shriB : budha shdA. sta ste ba chen po byang bsod, bo dong pa chen po byang rgyal, bio brtan em. : sta ste ba chen po byang bsod, chen po byang rgyal A : abbr. bo dong pa chenG byang rgyal, chenG byang bsod, bIo brtan essence (often conveys the true members ofa family as opposed to servants or distant relatives). 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 B. don 'pub rin chen camp!. : abbr. don+mb rine B : abbr. don 'grub rinoe A. ngam nngs comp!. : ngaM lings AB. cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ngam ring - rdzong zhig bod rang skyong Jjongs kyi nub rgyud dang mdog gzhung gtsang po 'i chu rgyud du yod yar klungs gtsang po rdzong 'di'inubigyudnasshardu 'bab. Chapter 5 122 pa dkon mchog dar/ mnga' ris pa yi dam dpalla sogs pa bka' bzhi 'dzin pa bcu phrag gcig gsungs 1226 yang de las 1227 mang 'bal228 snang/ lung rigs 1229 smra ba'i seng ge1230 sgra tshad pa chos bzang123l / jo gdan grags she l232/ sngo phyi dbon po la sogs pa [2.7.4] phar tshad mkhyen pa yang shin tu mangl1233 rigs pa smra ba mams kyi nang na mchog tu gyur pal ri phug pa mkhan chen1234 bsod nams skyabsl dga' ldan gyi1235 mkhan chen sakya1236 srlla sogs pa rigs pa smra ba'ang1237 shin tu mang (58b) stod lung 1238 pa bso,d byang la sogs pa lung chos smra ba yang mang du byon/ 'di dag ni bdag nyid chen po'i gsung rab kho na (l9a) las rtogs pa 'khrungs l239 pa yin no// [2.7.5] gzhan yang bdag nyid chen po'i gsung rab la gzigs shing / sdom phrug marns1240 kyi nang nas mchog 124l tu gyur pal bo dong mkhan chen phyogs [B: tharns cad] las mam par1242 rgyal ba chos kyi rgyal mtshan pa dang 1243/ brag 1244 ram mkhan chen chos rgyal/ ngam rings pa1245 mkhan chen rin chen dpal bzang1246 [B: dang]/bzang ldan sde bdag slob dpon chen po nammkha' dpa1 1247/ la stod1248 nam mkha'i mal 'byor/ mkhyen ldan dharma1249 mgon seng I stag tshang mkhan po seng ge rgyal mtshan/ gsang phU1250 gling stod mkhan chen 'od-chen pa125l / gling smad mkhan chen bsod nams l252 'phell bka' bzhi 'dzin pa chen po nag1253 rig/ slob dpon chen po gnyal1254 pa 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 123. 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1241 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 gsungs compl. : gs+ya B : gsung A. lasA: basB. baem. :paA: barB. dgsem.: dgAB. seng ge compL: abbr. saing B : abbr. <saing> A. bzang B : bzangs A. grags she compl. : graD she B : grag she A. yang shin tu mangem. : yang shin <tu> mang A: abbr. shinu mang B. pa mkhan chen compl. : abbr. pa mkhen B : abbr. mkhen A. gyiA:paB. shAkya A : shakya B. yang B: 'ang A. lung B : lungs A. 'khrungs B: 'khrung A. roamscompl. : abbr. roaMs A: abbr. roaMs nyaMs B. mchog B : abbr. mchoD A. mam parcompl. : maM <par>A : abbr. mamr B. dang A : om. B. bragem.: abbr. gragDA: gragB; cf. Las chen 2003: 617.15. rings pa A : ring B. bzang B : bzangs A. slob dpon chen po nam mkha' dpal compl. : abbr. slaun cheno naMkha' dpal A : slaun chenG B. la stod A : las ston B. dharma em. : dharmA A : 'darpaB. phuB: buA. paA: om. B. bsodnamscompl.: abbr. bsodMsB: bsodnaMA. chenponagcompl.: abbr. chenonagB: abbr. chenogA. gnyaFS : snyal A. Text Edition 123 dang I rgyal dbang la sogs pa gsang phu'i slob dpon chen po phal che ba dang I dga' ba gdong pa'i 1255 mkhan chen bya yu1 rin po che/1256 10 mkhan pol byan.g rwa sgreng1257 gi mkhan po (S302) gnyis 12581 glang drag1259 sher gsum1260 gyi dbon chen! stag sna1261 chos lung gi mkhan pol lha bdun1262 gyi bla rna la sogs nmga'·ris phyogs kyi1263 sde snod 'dzin pa mams ni12641nyi zla ltar grags pa'i mkhas pa1265 P3I}.9i ta'i slob rigs yin! [2.7.6] sbas pa'i mal 'byor l266 ku su lu'i slob rigs mams kyi nang nasi rnchog tu gyur pa sgra tshad la .sogs thos pa'i yon tan dang ldan yang I ku su lu'i spyod pa skyong zhing I gzhan phan byang chub kyi sems kyis thugs rgyud shin tu snum par byas pas/1267 chos kyi rje jiiii. na ba dang I lung rigs 1268 yon tan khur gyis Ici1269 yang I ku su lu'j spyod pa kho na lhur len pa rnchog bzang legs pa'i blo gros dang I rje btsun 'jam pa'i dbyangs kyi zhal rgyun du gzigs shing I ku su lu'i (l9b) spyod pas1270 nyin rntshan ' da' ba bla rna rmi lam pa1271 brtson ' gruS1272 seng ge dang I dbus pa bdag (59a) po'i bla rna chos rje rin bzang1273 pa dang I tshe 'diblos btang zhing Sgrub1274 pa snying por rndzad pal ne ring pa Sgrub1275 pa dpalla sogs pa gnyug rna'i 'khor bya bral ba roams soil 1255 125" 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 gdong pa'i A :sdong B. riIJpo checompl.: abbr. rinoeAB. TWa sgrengem. : IS sgrcng B : TWa grang A. gnyiscompl.: 2A :go2B. drag A : greg B. GTN: 3 monasteries; cf. A': glang stag sher gsum. dban chen stag sna em. : dben chen stag sga B : dbon chen rta sna A. bdun A : mdun B. phyogs kyi compl. : abbr. phyoD kyiB : kyi A. niA: leB. mkhas pa B : <mkhas pa> A. mal 'byorcompl. : abbr. mor B : abbr. mor gang zag A. pasA :paB. rigs A : rig B. yon tan khur gyis lei em. : abbr. y+ton <khur> gy+si fji A : abbr. y+ton+yi leiB. pasB :paA. nni lam pa compl. : nni laMpa B : abbr. nniMpa A. Sera transcipt reads: dbu ma pa. brtson 'gras compl. : abbr. brts+rous A : abbr. rts+rous B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. brtson 'gras. bzang B : bzang+s A. sgrub B : <b>sgrub A. sgrub B : bsgrub A. 124 Chapter 5 [2.7.7] rdo rje 'dzin pa'i slob rigs kyi1276 mchog tu gyurpal sa skya grang mo che'i mkhan chen bzang po rgyaI mtshan pa dang I chos rje lam 'bras pa blo bzang pa dang I rdo rje 'dzin pa chen po chos dpaI bzang po dang I rdo rje ' dzin pa chen po bla rna bsod grags pa [dang] jI277 bla rna rgyaI bzang pal sngags 'chang kun dga' zla ba la sogs pa1278 rig pa 'dzin pa'i slob rna shin tu mang I gzhan yang rab tu byung ba'i gdul bya mtha' yas S01279II [2.7.8] rigs dang rus dang cho 'brang l280 dang bsod nams kyi dpal gyis1281 mngon par mtho ba'i slob rigs nil 'dzam bU1282 gling gsum gnyis1283 kyi bdagpol rigs (8303) gsummgon po'i sprul pa chos rgyal rnam1284 gsum gyi dbon sras dam pal khri rgyal bsodnams ldeyab yum1285 sras dang bcas pa dang 12861 dam pa 'ba' zhig byung byung ba'i rigsl sa skya 'khon gyi gdung rgyud/ bla rna dbang gi sras pol slob dpon chen pol stobs kyi 'khor los sgyur ba'i rgyaI p01287 se chen gan gyi gdung rgyud gong rna dge sbyong ba12881 'byor ldan ne'u dpon nam12891 dad ldan yon tan rgya mtshol rigs ldan 'u yug ilia btsunl gnas rnying1290 stong dpon rgyal bzang I stobs1291 idan rgya chos stag gsum pa12921khungs 1293 btsun mnga' ris 1294 zhang blon 'khor dang bcas pa la sogs pa gdul bya mtha' yas pa la rgyu mngon par mtho ba dang I 'bras bu (20a) nges par legs pa la sogs pa thob pa'i thabs 1295 phyin ci rna log pa bstan no129611 kun mkhyen sher ' od blo bzang grags pa sogsl gzhung lugs rab 'byams l297 shes pa'i bshes gnyen bdun/ 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 slob rigs kyi campI. : abbr. slob riD kyiB : <slob rigs> A. grags pa dang em. : abbr. graD pa B : grag pa {--} A. 1asogspacompl.: abbr.1aswopaA: <la>soDB. mtha' yas so compl. : abbr. mtha' yaso B : abbr. mthaso A. 'brang B : (--J 'phrang A. kyi dpa1 gyis compl. : abbr. kyi dpaJ+yis B : gyi <dpa1> gyis A. bu A: bu'iB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'dzam bu gling-jambudvIpa. gsumgnyisem.: abbr. suM2AB; GTN: two third. mamem.: abbr. maMS: abbr. maMspaA; cf. Tshigmdzodchenmo, s.v. spro1pa. yab yum compl. : abbr. yab yuMB : abbr. yuM<b> A. dang B : om. A. 'khor los sgyur ba 'i rgyal po compl. : abbr. 'khaurs sgyur ba 'i rgyal po B: 'khor 10 bsgyur ba 'i rgyal posA. baB :paA. 'byor 1dan ne'u dpon nam compl. : 'byor /dan ne'u dponaMA : stobs 1dan sne'u dpon pa B. myingB: snyingA; cf. note 1217. stobsA: 'byorB. gsumpacompl.: gsuMpaA: 3B. khungs B : khung A. risB: rigA. thabs B : thab A. pa bstan no A : pa bstan to B. rab 'byamsB : 1eg+s parA. Tshig mdzod chen rno, s.v. rab 'byams 1) mtha' med dang shin tumang bar .. gzhung lugs rab 'byams. Cf. section 2.7.1, line 11. Note that Ye shes rgyal mtshan 902.9 agrees withms.B. Text Edition bka' bzhi legs par smra ba beu phrag geig12981 phar tshad shes pa'i slob1299 ma brgya phrag rgal l300I 125 zhes gsungs soil [2.7.9] [2.7.9.1J (59b) de ltar dngos kyi gdul bya mams rjes su bzung nasi ma 'ongs pa'i gdul bya mams rjes su bzung bar bya ba'i1301 phyirl gong du bstan l302 pa'i legs par l303 bshad pal304 [B: rin po ehe'i] 'phreng ba de mams mdzad dolP05 [2.7.9.2J 'dzam gling mkhas pa'i rgyan mehog bka' chen bzhil rtsa 'jug bzhi gsum theg chen rgyud bla1306 dang I chos nmgon mdzod dang dpalldan ' dus pa sogsl mam bshad byas pa'i gzhung lugs bcu phrag gcig/l307 [2.7.9.3J ces gsungs kyang 1308 derma 'dus palung kun las btus pa'i pkal3091 [B: bshes pa'i springs1310 yig gsang 'dus kyi dkyil chogl bdag 'jugl (S304) mchod phreng I mdo rgyud bstan bcos thams cad kyi snying po gcig tu bsdus pa go bde 'jug par13l2 sla ba'i man ngag rin po che bka' 'bum thor bu ba la sogs pal rjes 'jug gi gdul bya mams kyi ston pa yi ge'i ngos na bzhugs pa dpe 13l3 lnga beu rtsa lnga mdzad doll tIka131l1] mdo lasl lnga brgyal314 tha mar gyur pa'i tshe 13l51 nga ni yi ge'i ngos la gnasl zhes gsungs [B: sol]I 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 bcu phrag gcig= 10 slob B : slo A. brgya brag rgal - more than 100. bzung bar bya ba 'i A : bzung ba 'iB. gong du bstan B : gongs du bshad A. legsparcompl.: legs <par>A: abbr. leDrB. paB :pa'iA. mdzad do B : abbr. mdzade A. blaB: bla (ma} A. Cf. NgCh 347.1-2: mom pa yang, 'dzam gling mdzes pa 'i rgyan mchog dka' chen bzhi sogs mang du mdzad Ye shes rgya1 mtshan 901.25-27 contains the whole verse. kyang A : yang B. TIkA em. : Ti ka AB. springs em. : springB; cf. TBRC code W453. Note that Las chen agrees withms. B mentioning bshes spring, 1) 157a5, 2) 31Oa6, 3) 614.12. TIkAem.: TikaB. 'jugparcompl.: abbr. 'jugrB: 'jugsparA. dpe em. : dpe'A : deb B. brgya B : <b>rgya A. tshe B : tshes A. 126 Chapter 5 [B: blo] bstod par/1316 mkhas pa dgyes pa'i1317 lam du khridl1318 mang thos chud mi za ba'i1319 rgyu! de don bsgrub Ia'ang1320 rab tu sbyorl de1321 phyir khyod kyi s1322 gdul bya Ial bgyi bar ' os pa ma Ius mdzadl phan mdzad khyod Ia dus kun dU 13231 bdag ni gus pas phyag 'tshalloll zhes S0 132411 [2.8 Verse 8] [8] bdag med gnas (20b) lugs rtogs pa'i shes rab kyis13251 kun rdzob rten 'breI sgyu ma Ita bur gzigsl don dam chos libyings nam mkha' Ita bur rtogsl Ita ba mam dag l326 khyod Ia phyag 'tshalIoll zhes l327 pa nil 'khor 'das kyi chos thams cad stong zhing bdag med par rtogs pa'i shes rab zab mosl ma brtags1328 nyams dga' ba'i mam ' gyur kun rdzob rten cing 'breI bar1329 'byung ba thams cad sgyu ma dang rmi lam Ita bur rna ' dres par so sar gzigs shing I don dam [B: pa'i] bden pa chos kyi dbyings nam mkha'i dkyilItar brjod du med pa'i don! so sor rang gis1330 rig pa'i ye shes bmyes pa'i Ita (60a) bamampar dagpa dang Idanpa yin te/kho bo Iadbu ma'i rtogs1331 pa Skyes1332 tshul rim pal333 bzhi byung stel ' di Itar dang p01334 chad stong I gnyis pa snang stong I gsumparten 'breI sgyumar go1335 ba/bzhi parten 'breI btags l336 yod gzhi1337 med du go ba'oll 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 Source: dPalldan bla ma dam pa ku mii ra ma ti'i yon tan Ijes su dran nas eung zad bstodpa, in Tsong khapa'i bka' 'bum thorbu, gSung 'bum, vol. kha, p. 7al-2. Cf. Toh. 5274 (4) A euJogytoKumiiramaIi, the ehiefteaeher ofTsongkhapa. dgyespa'iA: dgel''iB; cf. Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.v. dgespa -dgyespa dang'c!ra. khridB : 'kbrid A. In ms. A the prefix 'a ehungis marked with three dots on top, which means that it needs to be deleted. za ba'iB : abbr. za 'i A. bsgrub la 'angem. : bsgrubs la 'ang {-} A : sgrub la 'ang B; cf. sgrub pa note 727. deA: de'iB. kyis A : kyiB. duA: tuB. zhessocompl.: abbr. zhesoB: abbr. eesoA. kyisem. : kyi AB; cf. p. 69, verse 8. mam dagcompl.: abbr. maMgB: maM{-} A. zhel' B ,: eel' A. brtags rtaD B : rtag A. 'brei barcompl.: abbr. 'brelrB: 'brelparA. gisA :giB. rtogsem.: rtogAB. skyel'A: skyeB. dmpaA: om. B. dang po A : abbr. dong B. goA: b{-}oB. ' btags compl. : btaDB : reg A. gzhiB : bzhiA. . em. : Text Edition 127 de la dang po ni (S305) bum pa tho bas beorn pa ltarl kun rdzob rdzas yod rigs pas bshig pa'i stong pa nyid del 'dis kyang rigs pas dpyadl338 kyi bden 'dzin bzlog eing I stong nyid la rnos pa'i 1339 rgyu tsam byed do 134°11 gnyis pa nil snang ba sgyu rna lta bur snang dus nyid nasi rang bzhin l341 rned par rtogs pa stel ,dis phyi gzung 1342 ba la sgro bskur gyi rtog pa rntha' dag bzlog1343 kyang I nang rnyong1344 rig la brod pa'i zhen pa mi ' dor basi sems tsarn marn rdzun pa'i 1345 lta ba las rna ' dasl sum pa nil nang rnyong1346 rig dang phyi gzung1347 ba gnyis ka 1348 yang rgyu rkyen la rag las l349 pasl sgyu rna ltar kun rdzob tu l350 yang snang ba tsarn las rang bzhin eung zad kyang rned par rtogs pa te 1351 I ' di la yang rnthar1352 ,dzin gyi zhen pa ci yang rned kyang I rten 'breI sgra rtog la rna 1353 ltos pa'i don ehos sgyu rna tsarn du (21a) 'dzin pa yod pasl mal 'byor spyod pa'i1354 dbu rna pa1355 las rna 'dasl bzhi pa nil rten 'breI gyi ehos marns rigs pas tshul bzhin du dpyad1356 pa na! rang gi ngo bo cung zad kyang mi myed eing I rna dpyad pa na! tha snyad kyi yul du gyur pas l3571 rtog 1358 pas btags 1359 shing I ming gi tha snyad1360 du byas pa tsarn gyis btags l361 yod du rtogs pa'oll 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 135} 1352 135] 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 rigs pas dpyad em. : abbr. nD chadB : rig dpyad A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. dpyod pa 1. (td.) dpyadpa, dpyadpa, dpyod - phra zhib tu rtogpa'am bIos gzab nan gyis Jal ba. Illuminator, s.y. rigs pas dpyod pa. mas pa'icompl. : abbr. mos'iB : mas pa'imos pa'i A. In ms. A the first ligature mas pa'iis marked with dots on top, i.e. it is to be deleted (cf. note 1318). doA : am. B. rang bzhin campI. : abbr. rang 4n B : abbr. rangni A. phyi gzungem. : phyis gzung A : phyi bzung B. bzlog A : zlog B. myongB: myongsA; cf. Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.y. myongba. rdZlln pa 'i em. : abbr. rdzun'iB : brdzun pa 'i A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. sems tsam mam rdZlln pa - sems tsam pa 'i grub mtha'i nang gses shig ste, dbang shes la rags par snang ba snang ba ltar du grub par mi 'dod pa. myong B : myongs A. gzungA: bZllngB. ka em. : ga AB. lasB: lusA. tuB: duA. pa steA : pas teB. mthar A: mtha'B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. mthar 'dzinpa'ilta ba - bdag gam phung polnga la rtag pa dang chadpar 'dzin pa 'di dbu ma 'i lam gyis nges par 'byung ba la bar du gcod pa'i las can no. maA : am. B. spyodpa'icompl. : abbr. spyod'iB : <spyod> pa'i A (at the bottom ofp. 60a, marked with a cross). paA: am. B. dpyadB : bead A. pasB :paA. rtogA: rtoDB. btags campI. : abbr. btaD B : brtag A. tha snyadB : tha myed A. btags campI. : abbr. btaD B : brtag A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. tha snyad btags pa - ming du btagspa, 128 Chapter 5 de lta bu'i rang bzhin gyis1362 rten 'breI rtogs pa'i blo de nyid kyisl blo gzhan la ltos rned du rgyu 'bras phan tshun mi 'khrul ba dang I rten 'breI rtag chad spros pa'i 1363 rntha' thams cad dang bral ba gcig 'ong1364 ba yin gsungs l3651 lta ba1366 'di gzhan gyi thugs yul du rna chud par chad lta yin [B: zhes] zer ba rnang na yang I khas len thams cad dang bral ba'i lta ba 'di klu sgrub yab sras kyi dgongs pa (60b) phyin ci (S306) rna log pa yin tel 'phags pa klu sgrub kyi zhal sngal367 nasi gal te ngas dam bcas 'ga' yodl des na nga la skyon 'ga,1368 yodl nga la dam bca' rned pas na! nga ni skyon rned kho na'oll zhes gsungs1369 shing1370 I 'ga' zhig1371 rang rgyud kyi dam bca' rnedl rang lugs kyi dam bca'l372 yod ces zer yang I rning spos pa tsam rna gtogsl373 don la khyad parl374 'ga' yang rned gsungl mkhas pa gzhan dag gi 1375 Ita ba bzang 1376 bzang par 'dod pa marns kyang I bdag 'dzin la gros dris nasi bzhag pa l377 kho nar zadl nga'i Ita ba 'di yang I nga rang [B: dang] sdongs nas 'gro ba gcig 'ong bar1378 'dug gsung ste13791 shin tu mad [B: do/]1 [2.8.1] chos rje blo bzang pas 'jam dbyangs kyi zhal gzigs nasi dbu ma'i lta ba'i1380 dgongs tshul zhus pasl da dung l381 ma go (2Ib) gsung I '0 na khyed l382 dpon slob la khyad medl383 pasl slob dpon 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 gyis em. : gyi AB. sprospa'iA: abbr. sprodpa'iB. 'ong B: 'ongs A. gsungs compl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. baB :paA. snga B : <snga> A. ga 'B: 'diA; check the resp. verse zhes gsungs compl. : abbr. zhesungs B : zhes gsung A. shing B : kyallg A. ga' zhigcompl. : abbr. giDA: abbr. gigB. bca 'B : bcas A. gtogscompl.: abbr. gtoDB: gtogA. khyad parcompl. : abbr. khyadr B : khyad <par> A. gzhan dag gi A : abbr. gzhan+yiB. bzang B : <bzang> A. paB : parA. 'ong barB: yongspa<r> A; cf. note 955. 'dug gsung ste B: 'dug te A. ba'iA: baB. dung A : rung B; cf. Jaschke 1881: da, da dung (frq. pronounced and spelled: da rung) - still (more). khyed compl. : {-yed} <khyed> A : nged B. In ms. A not well readable; marked with cross and repeated below line 7: khyed khyad medB : abbr. khyed A. Text Edition 129 pas kyang rna dgongs [B: sam] zhus pas/khong gis1384 go yodl zhib cha l385 'ga' yar 1386 ni rna go gsung 13871 de Itar grags kyang I chos rje pa'i gdul bya pho ms 1388 che zhing I mkhyen rab 1389 chung ba1390 'ga' zhig yab sras gnyis chos rje pa'i Ita ba mchog yin tel 'jam dbyangs kyi zhaI gzigs pa'i phyir [B: zhes] zer ba ni mi rigs tel 'jam dbyangs dang mi dang mi bzhin [B: du] 'grogS1391 shing I sangs rgyas kyi bstan pa la yang chos rje bas1392 ches cher lhag pa'i bya ba1393 mdzad pa pa!}. chen zhi ba mtshos 1394 kyang I thai ' gyur gyi Ita ba thugs su ma1395 child par rgya bod kun tu grags 13P6 shing I don Ia yang 1397 gnas tel rang rgyud pa'i shing1398 rta chen po yin pa'i phyirroll 'phags pa dang dngos su mjaI1399 bas Ita ba bzang Ial rna mjaI1400 bas Ita ba ngan pa'i nges pa med (8307) del slob dpon chen po legs 1dan 'byed dang I dpaIldan zla ba grags pa bzhin noll drung pa Ia chad Ita ba1401 yin zer mkhan gda,1402lags zhus pasl yod nyen yodl sngon ston pa1403 'jig rten du byon pa'i dus su! dge sbyong1404 gautama1405 ni chad par smra ba'oll (6Ja) zer1406 mkhan [B: mang du] byung , dugl de'i rjes su kIu sgrub yab sras dpalldan zia bal khu byug che chung la'ang l407 de bzhin zer.mkhan byung 'dugl bod du yang dbu rna pa chen po gangs pa she'u l408 kllU mdo sdel 'bar pa1409 tshab nyi rna gragsl Ice sgom zhig po sogs la'ang chad Ita bar grags 'dugl 'u yang chad Ita [B: ba] yin yang grogs bzang bar yod kyi gsungs 14101 1384 1385 1386 1387 gisB: giA. chaA: bca'B. Perh. 'ga' yar is a different spelling of kha yar; c£ Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. kha yar 3) kha shas dang, 'ga' shas. ni ma go gsung A : 1a <111> ma go gsung B. 1388 Cf.p.111. 1389 rob B : rabs A. baB :paA. 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 ~g.s'compl.: 'groDB: 'grogA. basB :pasA. baB: <ba>A. mtshos B : mtsho A. su ma compl. : su <ma> A : du ma B. gmgscompl.: gmDB: gmgA. 1ayangA: 1a'angB. shing B : shin A. mjal B : 'ia1 A; cf. Jiischke 1881: mjal ba, imp. mjoi, 1. to meet c. dang, = 'phrad pa, without any respect to rank. More frq. 2. resp.: to obtain access to an honoured person; zhal dngos su mjal bar yod - he (the reincarnated Buddha) may personally be seen and spoken to. 14<)0 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 mjalB: 'ja1 A. baA: om.B. gda'em. : brda' A: bdogB; c£ Jaschke 1881: lags, gda' 1ags- there is; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. bdog pa 1. (tmd.) 'dug pa 'am yodpa. paA: pa {-} B. dge sbyong A : abbr. dgeong B. gautama em. : go 'u fa ma AB; c£ liluminator, s.v. go 'utama - corrupted foun of gautama. zer B : zhes zer A. 1a 'ang A : 1a yang B. she'uB: shi'uA. paB: spaA. gsungs compl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. 130 Chapter 5 karma ba 1411 dkon gzhon gyis kyang ! khyed chad Ita (22a) ba 1412 yin byas pas! nga chad Ita ba e yin! nga'i spyod pa 'di la Itos gsungs l413 pas! khyed shin tu mad par gda'o 141411 bzod par gsol zhes 1415 zhus par1416 grags l4171 phyogs bcur bzhugs pa'i rgyal ba sras bcas mamsl mngon sum1418 byon nas dbyangs dang mgrin gcig gisl 'di las gzhan du thar pa'i lam ston yang I bdag blo g.yo ba med do grogs po dagl ces gsungs/1419 de ltar phyir mi ldog pa'i rtogs 1420 pa brtan po thob pa yin noll [2.9 Verse 9] [9] bshes gnyen dul ba zhi ba1421 nyer zhi bal sdom pa kun 1422 ldan nyes ltung dri rna bral! sgo gsum rna beos !hug pa'i ngang la1423 bzhugs14241 spyod pa mam dag khyod la phyag 'tshallolI zhes 1425 pa nil theg 1426 pa chen po'i dge ba'i bshes gnyen 'di nil !hag pa'i tshul khrims kyi1427 bslab 1428 pa dang ldan pasl thugs rgyud shin tu dul ba1429 lal !hag pa1430 shes rab kyi bslab 1431 pa dang ldan (8308) pas rab tu zhi zhing I !hag pa sems kyi bslab1432 pa dang ldan pas nye bar zhi ba yinno!1 14J1 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 kanna baA: skarmaB; c£ note 616. Ita ba compl. : lta{n) ba A: Ita (-) B. Note that in ms. A the suffix n is marked by dots (cf. notes 1318, 1339). gsungs A : abbr. gs+ya B. gda '0 A : bda '0 B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gda' - 'dug gam yod pa. zhes B : ces A. zhus par A : abbr. zhusr B. grags compl. : abbr. graD B : grag A. mngon sum compl. : abbr. mngon sl1MB : abbr. mngounMA. Cf. Red mda' ba (1993: 359.10-13). See also note 639. rtogs em. : rtog AB. dul bazhi baA: zhi ba dul baB; cf. p. 70, verse 9; see also note 51. kun em. : abbr. gsuM A: abbr. JB; cf. p. 70, verse 9. la B : du A; cf. p. 70, verse 9. bzhugscompl.: bzhuDB: bzhugA. zhes B : ces A. theg B : thegs A. kyiB :gyiA. bslab A : slab B. baA :om.B. pa B : pa 'j A; c£ Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. lhag pa shes rab kyi bslab pa - theg pa chen po ni chos dang gang zag gnyis kyi bcL1g med rtogs pa dang, nyan thos dag ni gang zag gi bdag medpar rtogs pa 'i ' shes rab. kyi bslab A : gyi slab B. bslab A : slab B. Text Edition 131 [2.9.1] so sortharpa bsnyen l433 gnas kyi sdompayanlag brgyad/ dge gnyen gyi yanlag lngaJ dge tshul gyi yan lag beul dge slong gi l434 khrims l435 nyis l436 brgya lnga beu rtsa gsum la nyes ltung gi l437 dri ma'i skyon gyis rna gos pa yin tel [2.9.1.1J [M: 1438 namo gurave l439 ] (1) (M 9a5) gang zhig legs gsung dam ehos1440 , dul ba laJ rab tu byung nas legs par mi sdom zhing ! thub pa'i bka' lung tshul min 'da,1441 byed pa'i! dge sbyong de dag 'jig rten ehom rkun yin! (2) 'khyogl442 por smra la (61b) gzhan dag brling l443 por sems! ngag mi btsun pa dge sbyong tshul min pas! gya gyu'i sems dang de yi 1444 (22b) tshul spangs te 1445! gsong por l446 smra la kho bOS 1447 rtag tu brten l448! (3) 'dzem l449 med smra la l450 gzhan dag SpObS l451 par l452 sems! ngag mi 1453 sdom pa dge sbyong tshul min pas! 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 bsnyen B : gnyen A. giB :gisA. khzims comp!. : abbr. khriMs B : khzim A. nyis B : nyi A. gi A : om. B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. nyes ltung - sdom pa nyams pa 'j nyes pa. Source of the following verses: Minor Works, text no. 8) dOe sbyong gi tshu/ /a gdams pa, 0029-0030: pp. 9a4-9b6, CPN, no. 006117 (13? pp. 6), mdzad pa po Sakya'i dge slong gZhon nu blo gros. The verses are the beginning of the rang [gil mam [thar] (autobiography) of gZhon nu blo gros on which mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo has partly based this present biography on Red mda' ba. For further details on Red mda' ba's autobiography see Textual Materials, section on Ms. M and Appendix p. 303. These eight verses also agree with Ye shes rgyal mtshan 894.27-895.14 and Zha/ gdams53.1-54.3. nama guraveem. : M: namagu ra bhai'. Ace. to declination of gumm. (like pasum.) dative singular gurave, dual gurubhyiim and plural gumbhyafi. Here the dative singular is most likely. ehos BM : <ehos> A. 'da'MR: z/oA: z/ogB. 'khyog AMR : khyog B. briingR: riingABM; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. briingpo 1) brtanpo dang, 'gyurbamedpa. deyiR: de'iABM. spangs teMB: spang steA; see note 1462. gsong par AMR : gsang po B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gsong po - drang po dang bden pa, ... skad eha gsong par smra ba po. kho bas R : abbr. khau ABM. brten BM : bsten AR; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. rten pa (tmd.) brten pa, brten pa, rten 1) /tos pa. 'dzem BMR : abbr. 'dzeM{-j A. laMR: baAB. spobs BMR : spob A. par AMR : barB. miBMR: {gi} <mi>A. 132 Chapter 5 mu cor smra ba smyon pa'i 1454 tshu1 spangs te 1455f zhi ba'i tshullakho bOS 1456 (M9b) rtag tu brten1457f (4) phyi tshul 'ehos pa1458 gzhan dag btsun por semsf g.yo sgyu'i l459 spyod pa dge sbyong1460 tshul min pasf pha ro1 ' drid 1461 byed yon pa'i tshul spangs te l462f des pa'i tshulla kho bOS1463 rtag tu brten1464f (5) rang dga'i spyod pa gzhan dag drang por semsf dbang po mi sdom dge sbyong1465 tshul min pasf bag dang mi !dan hral po'i tshul spangs tef bag yod tshu11a kho bOS 1466 rtag tu brten1467f (6) bya byed mang ba1468 gzhan dag grung1469 por semsf mam g.yeng 'dod pa dge sbyong tshu1 min pasf 'du 'dzi srel1470 ba khyim pa'i tshul spangs tef1471 don nyungl472 tshu1la kho bOS 1473 rtag tu brten1474f (7) longs spyod 'byor ba1475 gzhan dag dpal du semsl 'dod zhen ehe ba dge sbyong tshul min pasf (S309) zang zing dang beas grong pa'i tshul spangs tef ehog shes tshulla kho bOS1476 rtag tu brten1477f 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 smyonpa'iAR: abbr. smyon'iB : broyonpa'iM. spangs te BMR : spang te A; c£ note 1445. kho bosR: abbr. kauABM. brten AM : bsten BR. 'chospaBM : <'>chospaA : 'choslaR. sgyu'iBMR : rgyu'i A; c£ Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. g.yo sgyu - rang skyon sba zhing gzhan mgo skor ba 'i bsam sbyor zhig. sbyong BMR : sbyongs A. pha raf 'dIidM : abbr. phol 'brid AB : bddR; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'dIid pa (td.) bddpa, bddpa, bdd - slu ba. spangs te BMR : abbr. spangste A; cf. note 1445. kho bos R : kho bo M : abbr. khau AB. brten AM : rten B : bsten MR. sbyong BMR : sbyongs A. kho bos R : kho bo M : abbr. khau AB. brten ABM : bsten R. baBMR:paA. grung AR : drung BM; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. grung po 2) nus pa dang ldan pa. 'dzi srel M: 'dzi bsrefR: 'dzis brefB : 'dzis bre<l> A. spangs teBMR: spangssteA; cf. note 1445. nyung AMR : myur B (in ms. B syllable marked with three points on top). kho bosR: kho boAM: abbr. khauB. brten ABM : bsten R. baR:paABM. ' kho bos R : abbr. khau ABM. brten AB : bsten MR. Text Edition 133 (8) grong 'dabs 1478 'grim pa gzhan dag gdul byar semsl rnyed bkur1479 Sgrub 1480 pa dge sbyong1481 tshul min pasl khe spogs1482 'dod pa tshong 1483 pa'i tshul spangs tel bas rntha'i gnas la kho bOS 1484 rtag tu brten 14851 zhes gsungs so 148611 de ltar gzhan gnod gzhi 1487 bcas spong ba so sor thar pa'i tshul khrirns mam par dag pa yin noll [2.9.2] gzhan phan mtha' dag Sgrub1488 (23a) pa byang chub sems dpa'i tshul khrims 1489 kyang mam par dag pa yin tel myed dang bkur sti1490 chags pa yisl bdag bstod gzhan la smod pa dang zhes (62a) pa'i nyes pas ma gas tel [2.9.2. I} (1) gang du gnas na snang shas 'phe! 'gyur zhing I rang rgyud myed bkur zhags 1491 pas 'ching byed la1492 I gzhan rgyud phrag dog 1493 'gran 1494 sems kyis gdungs pa'i14951 gnas der 1496 skad cig tsam yang rni gnas soil (2) gzhan gyi 1497 nyes pa nam yang rni gleng zhing I don dang ldan zhing chos mthun ma gtogs1498 pal 1478 1479 1480 148[ 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 'dabs B : 'dab M : zlab A : dag R; cf. Tshig mdzod chen 'mo, s.v. 'dabs - ngogs sam 'khris, ...ri'i 'dabs, ...grong khyer gyi nye 'dabs. bkurMR: <bkur>A: bskurB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v.111yed bkw: sgI1lb BR : bsgrub AM; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. bsgrub pa - sgI1lb pa 'i ma 'ongs pa. sbyongBMR: sbyongsA. khe spogs M : kbe bogs A : khye spoD B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. khe spogs - khe bzang dang skyed ka, ...kbe spogs sgI1lb pa, ...khe spogs 'don pa. SeD, S.v. kbe kbye, kbe spogs- gain, profit. tshong BMR : tshongs A. kho bos R : kbo bo M : abbr. khau AB. brte11 ABM : bsten R. zhes gsungs so campI. : abbr. zhesungso B : abbr. ces gsungso A. gzhiB : bzhi A. sgrub B : bsgI1lb A. tshul kbrimscompl. : abbr. tshruisMB : abbr. tshul khrim A. sti A : bstiB; cf. note 286. 111yed bkur zhags R : 111yed bkur zhaD B : b111yed bkur zhag A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. zhags pa - 'gugs byed kyi thag pa 'am, 'ching byed laBR: {-)A. phrag dog R : abbr. phrog A : phra dog B. 'gran em. : 'dranAB. kyis gdungs pa'iB : gyis gdungs pa'i A: kyis gdung ba'iR; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gdung ba (tmd.) gdungs pa, gdung ba. der BR : de<r> A. gzhan gyi campI. : gzhan+yiB : gzhan gyis A. gtogs campI. : gtog+s A : rtogs B. 134 Chapter 5 dmag dang ehom rkun rgyal po'i gtam la sogsl 'khrul ba'i 1499 bka' mehid nam yang mi bgyid lSOO doll zhes gsungs;ISO 1 sdug bsngal mgon med gyur pa la/ ser snas chos nor 1S02 mi ster lSOJ dang I zhes pa'i 1S04 nyes pas rna gos telSOSI chos don du gnyerba'i gdul byamgonmed [B: pa]mams la [B: slob dpon gyi] dpe mkhyud1S06 spangs tel mdo rgyud bstan beos kyi dgongs pa rangmam 1S07 tshim gyi 1S08 bar du ston pa'i phyir roll gdul bya rdzas don du gnyer ba mgon med pa mams la yang I rdzas la ser sna spangs tel dbul phongs1S09 kyi Ie ba bskangs parl5l0 mdzad doll [2.9.2.2J [B: de ltaryang] bdag (S310) nyid chen po 'di mangyul skyid1S11 grongna bzhugs pa'i 1S12 dus sui zhabs tog pa med pa la/ mdze ph0 1513 pha spad gnyis yong 1S14 nasi bsod snyoms drags 1S1S pa gcig gnang bar1S16 zhu zhus pasl nang du gshegs nasi tsam rkya11s17 gog p01S18 geig gnang bas 1s191 sha 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1503 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 'khrul ba 'iR : abbr. 'khru1'iB: 'khrul pa 'i A. bgyid AR : gyidB. zhes gsungs comp!. : abbr. zheslmgs B : ces gsungs A. These two verses are verses 3 and 7 among nine verses given in Zhal gdams 54.13-55.15. They have not been identified in ms. M so far. However in Zhal gdams these verses are given under the headline "Extract of Some Instructions taken from the Minor Works of Red mda' ba." See also Ye shes rgyal mtshan 895.15-896.5. chos norB : mchod gtor A; cf. thun drug: 2nd of the 18 bodhisattva precepts: chos nor mi ster zhing. sterB : gter A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ster ba (td.) 1) sbyinpa. zhespa'icompl.: abbr. zhes'iB: cespa'iA. teB: steA. dpemkhyudB: dpe'mkhyudA. mamem. :naMAB. gyiA: om.B. phongsem.: 'phongsAB. bskangs par em. : bskong bar A : skong bar B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. skong ba (td.) 1. bskangs pa, bskang ba, skongs I) yid tshim par byedpa, ...re ba bskangs. skyidB : gyiA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. skyid grongja ba - 'phags pa mched bzhi'i nang gses skyid rang spyan ras gzigs Iha khang du bzhugs pa 'i 'phags pa wa ti. bzhugspa'iA: abbr. bzhuD'iB. mdzephoem.: 'dzephoA: 'dzepaB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mdzepha. pha spad gnyis yongem. : abbr. pha phad 2 yang A: phad pad 1 'ongs B; cf. SeD, s.v. pha, pha spad = pha dang bu - father and son or father and daughter. dragscomp!. : draD{-} A: dragB; cf. Jiischke 1881: drags-adv. very, much, greatly. barB : parA. rkyalB : skyal A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. rkyal pa - tshem bu brgyab pa'i pags pa'i sgro ba dang, brang khag sogs nas ma gshags par hril por bshus pa 'i rlid bu. gagpoem.: dkogpo baB: abbr. kageA; cf. Jiischke 1881: gogpa-dilapidated, ruinous,khang(-pa) gog (-po)- a house in ruins; ... of clothes: out of repair, ragged. basB :pasA. Text Edition 135 gcig kyang thugs la 'dOgS I520 zerba laJ [B: ba] sha lag pa gcig gnang / sku byug gil521 chas [B: ka] mar gcig kyang gnang bal522 zhu zer nas 'tshal l523 bas mar gong phyed bshagsl524 (23b) gcig myed pa'ang gnang! ras 1cags1525 'ga' yar yang gnang zhes ~agsl [2.9.2.3] dga' ba gdong l526 du 'khams1527 pa gcig gis ja la gdan drangsl bsngo rten/ [B: gos chenl gang l528 dkar po gcig phul/ tshur byon pa'i lam du sprang po gcig gis gnang sbyin zhus pas phyag phyir btsun chung gcig yod pa la gos yug de (62b) sbyinl529 gsung nas gnang I [2.9.2.4] yang lha sar gshegs pa'i lam du/ sprang po gnyis ladngul gyirdorjere re gnang Ilha sar sprang po mang po 'dus nasi gnang sbyinl530 zhus pasl nye 'khor na yod pa'i grogs thams cad bas shig l531 gsungs pasl khongl532 pas lha sa sde bzhi'i 1533 sprang po thams cad bsduS l534 nasi sprang rdzus dang bcas pas l535 lnga brgya tsam byung bal536 laJ dar kha dang gos kha 'dres pal537 spungs l538 nas sprang po 'phrang la bshar nasl5391 snga gang zin re gnang bas l540 sprang po 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1521 1528 1529 '1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 'dogs em. : thaD B : thog A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'dogs pa (td.) btags pa, gdags pa, thogs'chingba. sku byug gi compl. : sku byugiB : abbr:skug gi sku byugi A; cf Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'byug pa (td.) byugs pa, byugpa, byugs - skudpa. In ms. A the first ligature skug gi is marked with a continous line of dots on top, cf. notes 1318, 1339. baB: barA. 'tshal em. : tshaJB : btsal A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'tshaJ ba 1. (td.) btzaJ ba, btzaJ ba, 'tshol - 2. (tmd.) 2) 'dod pa, 3) dgos pa. bshagsem.: bshagA: abbr. shaDB; cf.liischke 1881: bshagpav. gshogpa; liischke 1881: gshogpa I. sbst. v. shog pa; II. vb., also bshogpa, gshag pa, gsheg pa, 'chegs pa, pf. gshags, bshags, fut. gshag, bshag, imp. gshog, 1. to cleave, to split, to break upon. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. gshog pa 1. (td.) bshags pa, gshag pa, gshogs - dum bur gtong ba 'am gse ba. Illuminator, s.v. gshogpa - to split apart, break into pieces, cut apart / up, to cleave, to slice up. 1cags B : lcag A. gdong B : gdongs A. 'khams compl. : abbr. 'khaMs A : abbr. khaMs B. gang em. : g,wgB: abbr. 'g+ha<ng>A; cf. liischke 1881: gangba1. full; whole. sbyinem.: byinAB; cf Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. sbyinpa 1. (td.) byinpa, sbyin, sbyin. sbyin A : byin B. grogs thams cad bos shigcompl. : abbr. grog<s> thams cad bos 1 A: abbr. sprang po maMs bos shig B. pas khong A : nas kho B. sde bzhi'iB23b3 : bde<'>'iA. bsdusA: sdusB; cf. Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.v. sdudpa(td.) bsduspa, bsdu ba, sdus. pasA :paB. baB :paA. paA:maB. . spangs B : spang A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s. v.spang ba (td.) spangs pa, spang ba, spangs - gzhi gcig tu gsog pa 'am sdudpa. . nasA: teB. sngagang zin regnang basB: snazin re gnangpas A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. zinpa1. (tmd.) 2) thebs pa, ...rkun ma lag par zin pa. 136 Chapter 5 rgan 1541 po gcig na rei lha sar bla ma nga1542 bzang zer ba mang po byung ste1543I 'bar ba pa dang 'di gnyis las l544 drag pa ma byung I 'bar ba pas rinrgyab dar kha1545 re'i thag bkye 15461 'dis rang re bsod bde1547 kha la dar kha gos kha1548 gang zin re byung ba1549 yin zer roll [2.9.2.5] bu1 rong du bzhugs1550 dus/ko dkar gyi 1551 sha phyed gang zag1552 la bzhagl mar gong gcig bya (S311) rog ,ga' yis1553 gang mthong1554 la bzhag pa sogsl rdzas la ser sna mi mnga,1555 ba yin tel bdog pa1556 la bdag gir 'dzin pa dang bral ba'i phyirj1557 gser dngul gos dar sogs ci phu1 yang spyan gzigs pa tsam ma gtogs1558 gees spras su ' dzin pa'i phyag len dang! zhal ta sogs gang yang mi mdzad doll [2.9.2.6] gzhan gyis1559 bshags kyang mi nyan pari khros nas 1560 (24.) gzhan la 'tshog pa dang I zhes pa'i 1561 nyes pa yang mi mgna' stel bdag nyid chen p01562 gtsang1563 du gshegs shu1 duJ chos rje rnam gnyis rwa 1564 sgreng du byon dus 15651nyin gcig bya bral1566 du chos rje lotstsha basi chos rje blo bzang grags1567 pa la/ khyed yab sras gnyis kyis 1568 'dir zla ba gnyis gsum1569 du sku 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 ISS7 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 rgan A: rgadB; cf. rganpo 1) lona sminpa;Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. rgadpo -lona che ba'i mi ngaA: om.B. steB: teA. lasA :pasB. rgyab dar kha A : rgyan dar kha dar kha B. bkye B : skye A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'gyed pa (td.) bkyes pa, bkye ba, khyes 5) gtong ba dang sbyin pa. Jiischke 1881: 'gyed pa 1. to diyide (trs.), to scatter, disperse, diffuse, e.g. rays of light; nor 'gyedpa - to distribute (a property). re bsod bde em. : re'i gsod de A : re bsod de B; Tashi Tsering: bs.od de = coil. for bsod nams. cf. Goldstein 2001, s.Y. bsod bde- sm. bsod nams. dar kha gos kha A : gos kha dar kha B. baem. :paA: om. B. bzhugscompl.: abbr. bzhuDB: bzhugA. dkargyiB: kargyisA; cf. Tshigmdzod chenmo, S.Y. kokog.yagl)phaga-yagdangmamdzomo las skyes pa 'ipho phyugs shig. Goldstein 2001, s.Y. ko ko g.yag 1. a hybrid yak. zag em. : za{g} A : za B. 'ga' yisA: 'ga'IisB; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.y. 'ga'2. kha shasdang, kha cig ...mi 'ga: mthongem.: mthorA: 'thorB. mnga'B: 'da'A. paB: baA. braJ ba'iphyircompl.: abbr. braJ'iphyirB: abbr. biIiA. gtogscompl. : gtoDB : gtog A. gzhan gyis compl. : abbr. gzhan+yis B : gzhan gyi A. nas A : abbr. p+sa B. zhespa'icompl.: abbr. zhes'iB: cespa'iA. chenpoA: abbr. chenosB. gtsang B : rtsang A. rwaA:mB. dusB: duA. bya braJA :jagmIB; cf. Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.y. bya braJl) 'jigrtengyi bya ba dangbraJ ba. grags A : om. B. . yab sms gnyis kyis em. : abbr. yab sms 2 kyi A : yab 2 kyiB. gnyis gsum compl. : abbr. 23 A : abbr. 3 B; Text Edition 137 IIltshams dam p01570 mdzad nasi chos kyi 'bel1571 gtam mang du mdzad pa yod par gda' bal5721 dnmg Ije btsun pa la thun mong1573 ma yin pa'i yon tan ci (63a) mnga' gsungs gi gda,1574 zhus pasl bla ma'i yon tan mkhas btsun bzang gsum la1575 chos mthun l576 gyi mal 'byor ba dang 'brel l577 ba der gda' zhus pas/l578 de'ang min pa'i1579 thun mong min pa1580 'dra gsungs bdog pa1581 da Ian cis kyang gsungs par1582 zhu zhus pas/bla ma'i yon tan chung ShOS1583 gda,1584 lags na'ang I sa skya nas 'chad nyan bshol tel bul rong du zhallog gzigs nasi tha ma da lta'i bar la khong khro tsha 'khrug pa gcig kyangl585 skyes ma myong gsung gin gda,1586 lags gsungs 1587 nasi spyan chab cher g.yos pasl chos Ije 10 tstsha bas kyang spyan chab btang nas gsung bton1588 te bshums 1589 zhes thosl theg pa chen po spong byed cing I dam chos 'drar snang ston pa'oll zhes pa'i nyes pa mi (S312) mnga' ste15901 theg pa chen po dbu sems gnyisl rdo Ije theg pa dang bcas pa phyin ci ma log par1591 dgongs [B: shing bstan] pa'i phyir roll [2.9.3] nyon mongs lam du Sgyur1592 ba rig 'dzin gyi sdom pa la'ang nyes ltung gis1593 ma reg ste15941 rtsa ba'i ltung ba bcu bzhi/ yan lag gi brgyad mams kyis 1595 phal cher1596 ma gos shing I re re ·157U 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 157. 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1:591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 mtshams dam po em. : abbr. mtshaM daMpo A : abbr. 'tshaMs B. 'bel A: 'brelB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'bel gtam - don gcig rtsal du btan te bshadpa min par bshad bya 'imam grangs sna tshags pa nas gleng ba 'i gtam. pa yad par gda' ba A : yad par bda' B; cf. Jiischke 1881: gda' ba 1. to be (there), 2. with par it expresses uncertainty, vagueness, gshegs par gda' - he may possibly go; 'di yin pa (col. for pai') gda' - he seems to be this (man). . thunmangcompl.: abbr. thuaMngA: abbr. thuangB. gsungs kyi gda' em. : gsung gi gda' A : gs+ya gi bda 'B. laB :paA. mthun B: 'thun A. 'breI em. : bra!AB. gda' zhuspasA: bda' zhusB. de'angminpa'iA: abbr. de 'dramayin'iB. paA :pa'iB. bdag pa em. : bdag pas B : bsdag pa A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s. v. bdag pa 1. (tmd.) 'dug pa 'am yadpa. gsungs parcompl. : abbr. gs+yar B : gsung parA. shas A : abbr. shasu B. gda'A : bda 'B. gcig lyangcompl. : abbr. Ilyang B : I {--} lyang A. In ms. A the ligature between I and lyangis not only deleted, but on top also marked by dots (cf. note 1521). gda'A: bda'B. gsungs comp1. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. gsung btan em. : abbr. gs+ya gtan B : gsung gtan A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. btan pa 1. (td.) btan pa, gdan pa, than. bshums compl. : abbr. bshuMs A : abbr. bshuMB. steB: teA. log parcomp1. : abbr.Iagr B : logs parA. sgyur B : bsgyur A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sgyur ba (td.) bsgyur pa, bsgyur ba, sgyur. Note that here in ms. A not the prefix b is marked with dots, but the rest of the ligature, i.e. sgyur, which here means that the latter is correct (cf. note 1585). gisB :giA. steem.: teAB. kyisB: lyiA. phal cher B : pha cher A. 138 Chapter 5 tsam byung srid na'ang dus las ma ' das par bshags1597 sdom mdzad pa'i phyirl theg chen bslab pa'i (24b) bsam sbyor nyams 1598 pa medl ees soil sku'i spyod pa ma beos pa yin tel tshul 'ehos l599 dang brall gsung gi spyod pa ma beos pa yin te 1600 gzhogs slong1601 kha gsag1602 thob 'jaI1603 sogs dang bral! thugs kyi spyod pa ma beos pa1604 mams g.yeng l605 g.yo Sgyu1606 sogs dang braIl gang byung gis ehog na! ei byas kyang bde ba zhingl gzung 'dzin gyi 'khru! ba rang sar zhig nas/1607 khyab gdal 1608 lhug pa'i spyod pa mdzad doll [2.10 Verse 10] [10] tshe 'di bIos btang sgrub pa snying por mdzadl bden bzhi1609 rten 'breI phyin drug rim gnyis bsgomsl6lOI phyag rgya chen po mchog gi dngos grub bmyes16111 nyams len (63b) mam dag khyod la phyag 'tshaIloll zhes 1612 pa nil kho bo dben par1613 bsten1614 pa'i rgyu mtshan yang I 'khor dang grogs kyis yid sun phyung ba'am16151myed 1616 bkur grags pa 'dod [B: pa'i] phyir ma yin gyi1617 I gzhan du nal 'khor1618 ba'i sdug bsngaI me[B: 'i] 'obs Itar shin tu bmag1619 dka' bar mthong ba'i phyirl 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 . 160S 160. 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1611 1618 1619 bzhags em. : abbr. gshaD B : gshag A. nyamscompl.: abbr. nyaMsB: nyamA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. nyamspa 1. (tmd.) 'jigpa dang, rgudpa, ... tshuJ khrims nyams pa. 'chosB: chosA. payin teB :pasA. gzhogs siongcompi. : abbr. gzhoD slong B : bzhogs slongs A. gsagem.: zagAB. 'jal em. : 'byalB : mjab A. paA:om.B. mam g.yeng B : abbr. maMs sem9 A. g.yo sgyu B : g.yo rgyu A. sogs dang braJ, gang byung gis chog na, ci byas kyang bde ba zhing, gzung 'dzin gyi 'khruJ ba rang sar zhig nas em. : abbr. swo dang braJ, gang byung gis chog nB, ci byas kyang bde ba A : abbr. soD dang brai zhing, zung 'dzin gyi 'khrulpa rang sar zhig nas B. gdalB : brdal A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. khyab brdal-khyab gdal dang 'drs. bzhi compi. : abbr. 4B : abbr. 2 A; cf. p. 70, yerse 10. bsgomsem.: abbr. bsgoMA: abbr. sgoMB. bmyes B : bmyed A. zhes B : ces A. parem. : pa AB; cf. Iiischke 1881: dbenpa- solitary, lonely; solitude, loneliness; dben par 'gIo ba or gnaspa. bsten em. : brten AB; cf. Ye shes rgyal mtshan 896.6. ba'amA: ba'iB. myedB : myed{-} A. gyiB: gyisA. 'khorB: (-}'kMrA. bmagem.: magA: gnagB; cf. Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.y. mogpa(td.) 1. bmagspa, bmagpa,mogs 2) bzodpa, ...na tsha bmag dka' ba. Text Edition 139 [2.10.1] de yang' di ltar/ (1) srid pa'i phun tshogs shin tu1620·mnog1621 chung zhing / rab mang nyes pa'i tshogs dang ldan rig nasi rang gzhan srid pa'i mtsho las bsgral1622 bya'i phyir/ mang thos bdag ni dben pa'i gnas SU1623 ,gro/ (2) char sdod byi 'US 1624 'brug sgra thos pa ltar/ dben pa'i gtam 'di kho bo'i snying la 'bab/ thos (8313) pa'i don mams don yod bya ba'i phyir/ gzhon nu blo gros dben pa'i gnas SU1625 'gro/ (3) ngang pa'i tshogs kyis1626 padmo'i mtsho mthong ltar/ bas mtha'i gnas la kho bo sems rab g.yo/ dal 'byor Ius la snying po blang ba'i1627 pyhir/ gzhonnu blo gros dbenpa'i gnas SU1628 'gro/ (4) bung ba gzhon nus 1629 'dab brgya'i tshal mthong ltar/ kho bo'i yid ni dben pa'i ro 1630 la chags l631 / ting 'dzin bdud rtsi'i I632 ro de myang bya'i phyir/ gzhon nu blo gros dben pa'i gnas SU1633 (2Sa) , gro/ (5) dpyid dus bsil ba'i ma la ya1634 rlung ltar/ nags 1635 kyi sman Ijongs1636 kho bo'i yid la 'bab/ 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 shin tuAB: deltarRY. mnogem. : gnog B : sdog A; cf. Jiischke 1881: mnogpa, mnog chung- insignificant, trifling. bsgralRY : sgral AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. bsgral ba - sgroI ba 'i 'das pa dang ma 'ongs pa. gnas su compl. : abbr. gnasu AB : nags RY. charsdodbyi'usem.: charsdod byi'uA: char 'dod byi'usB: char 'dod byi'uR: charsdod bye'uY. gnassucompl.: abbr. gnasuAB: nagsRY. kyis BRY : kyi A. ba'iBRY:pa'iA. gnassucompl.: abbr.gnasuAB: nagsRY. gzhon nus RY : abbr. gzhonus B : gzhonu A. roABY:dR. chagsRY: abbr. ch+yaB: chagA. bdud rtsi'iRY : abbr. bdud'i AB. gnas su em : abbr.gnasuAB: nagsRY. ya BY: ya'iR : yang A. nagsRY: naDB: nagA. /jongs BY : sjongs A : /jon R; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. sman gyi /jongs (mngon) spang Ii 140 Chapter 5 nyon mongs bdud kyi sde de gzhom bya'i phyirl gzhon nu bl0 gros dben pa'i gnas SU1637 'grol gsungs l638 nas/ 1639 [B: de dus sui] sa skya'i brgya dpon dang I bzang Idan gyi mkhan po sogsl mdzad pa'i zhu ba phul nas/ 1640 mi 10 bco brgyad1641 kyi bar du bstan pa lal642 bsamsj1643 'chad nyan byas nasi [B: da] rgas kha 'dir sde gog p01644 gcig la mi 'jug (63b7) gsungs tel [2.10.2] [B: (1) 'jig rten 'dren pa lha (25a3) mi'i ston pa yis16451 'dod la sred l646 pa phung kro1 1647 rtsa bar bstanl 'dod pa'i yon tan sdug bsngal bskyed pa stel nad dang l648 'bras dang zug rngu'i rtsa ba yin! (2) ji ltar mdze can g.yan pa 'phrug1649 pa dang I tsha ba'i nad can bsil ba'i1650 chu dang niJ1651 skom pas nyen la Ian tshwa'i1652 chu 'thungs 1653 bzhin/ 'dod pa bsten pas nam yang ngoms mi 'gyurl (3) dug dang bcas pa'i kha zas (Mllb) g.yos legs 1654 dang I spu gri'i so la chags pa'i sbrang rtsi dang I shing rta 'dren pa'i phyugs kyis rtswa zos bzhinl 'dod pa'i yon tan mnog1655 chung nyes pa rnang I 1631 1638 1639 164. 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 164. 1647 1648 164. 1650 1651 1652 gnassucompl.: abbr. gnasllAB: nagsRY. gsungsem.: gsungAB. These five verses are the verses 9-13, contained mZhal gdams 56.15-57.8. They could not be identified in M so far. The verses are also contained in Ye shes rgyal mtshan 896.10-897.7. In Zhal gdams they are subsumed under the main headline Redmda' ba gzhon nil bio gros kyi zhal gdams khag. nas A : na yang B. beo brgyad compl. : abbr. be+yodB : abbr. bewo brgyad A. iaA: om. B. bsamscompl.: abbr. bsaMsB: abbr. bsaMA. gog po compl. : abbr. gogo A : gog B. yis MRY : yi<s> B. sredM : zhen BRY. phung khroi em. : phung krolBY : phung groiM : khong khro 'iR. Cf. Red mda' ba's commentary on Nagiirjuna's ietter(Samath 2005: 41.13). Acc. to Tashi Tsermg phung and phung (b)khroiare synonym and mean "something like suffering/trouble." Cf. l1ischke 1881: 'phung ba, 'phung diaoi or khroi - the decay of fortune, ruin, destruction. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. phung - nyams pa'am nyes pa. nad dang MRY : abbr. nadng B. 'phrugBM :phrugsRY. bsil ba'iMY: bsii'iB: sredpa'iR. ehu dang niM : <ehu dang ni>B. skom pas nyen ia ian tshwa'iM : <skom pas nyen pa ian tshwa 'i> B : skom pas nyen pa ian tshwa'i RY. 'thungs BMY: 'thung R. kha zas g.yos iegs MRY : abbr. g.yos ieD kha zas B. mnog R : gnog BMY; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mnog 1) spogs dang khe phan. 0 1653 1654 1655 141 Text Edition (4) glang chen dri la chags pa'i sbrang bu dang I regon pa'i glu dbyangs nyan pa'i ri dwags 1656 dang I lcags kyu'i sha la chags pa'i nya bzhin dul ,dod 1a rkam pa'i byis pa myur du brlagl ces solll657 de ltar klog pa thos bsam gyi (2Sa6) 'khor los bstan pa dang sems can gyi don rgya .chen po mdzad nasI spong ba bsam gtan1658 gyi 'khor los bstan pa dang sems can gyi don mdzad pa'i phyirr 659 [2.10.3] sku tshe 'di'i phun tshogs 1660 thams cad spangs nas16611gangs bu Ie dkar po'i g.yas1662 mgul g.yu lung rdo Ije ljongs 1663 (2Sb) gi dben gnas su Sgrub1664 pa la byon nasI 10 lnga'i bar du rtse gcig tu Sgrub 1665 pa mdzad pa'i tshe 16661 gang zag gi (64a) bdag med gtan la 'bebs pa nyan thos kyi lam16671 bden bzhi mi rtag [B: pal sogs skad cig ma1668 bcu drug 1669 bsgomsl bzung ba1670 chos kyi bdag med l67J gtan la 'bebs I672 pa rang rgyal gyi lam16731 rten 'breI yan lag bcu gnyis lugs 'byung lugs ldog du bsgoms/1674 , dzin pa chos kyi bdag med gtan1675 la 'bebs l676 pa byang sems kyi lam16771pharol tu phyin pa drug 'khor gsum (8314) mam dag tu bsgoms l6781nyon mongs lam 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 167, 1676 1677 1678 dwagsRY: dagsM: daDB. These four verses are not contained in manuscript A, but in manuscript B. They stem from the Minor Works, text no. 12: 'dodpa'i nyes dmigs la brts,amspa'i tshigs su bcadpa, 033-034: pp. lla5-11b3, ePN, no. 006117 (not included), mdzad pa po Sakya'i dge slong gZhon nu blo gros. The verses are also contained in ZhaJ gdams 54.3-13. They are no longer part of Red mda' ba's autobiography (rang roam), but come after another text in between. The verses are also contained in Ye shes rgyal mtshan 897.7-14. bsam gtan compl. : abbr. bstaMn B. These five extra lines from the beginning of section 2.10.2 up to here marked with brackets [...] are not contained in ms. A, but only in ms. B and end B25a7. phun tshogs compl. : abbr. phuoD[tsa rtagsJB : phun tshog A. nasA: teB. . g.yas B : gings A. ijongs em. : ijong B : 40ng A. sgrub B : bsgrub A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sgrub pa 1. (td.) bsgrubs pa, bsgrub pa, sgrubs. tu sgrub em. : tu bsgrub A : sgrub B. tshe B : tshes A. kyi lam compl. : abbr. kyi laMB: gyi sgom A. skad cig ma em. : skad 1 A : skad ma B. bcu drugcompl. : abbr. bc+rog AB. baB :om.A. bdag medB : abbr. bdedA. 'bebs B: 'beb A. lam compl. : abbr. laMB: abbr. sgoMA. bsgoms B : abbr. sgoMA. gtan B : bstan A. 'bebsB: 'bebA. lam compl. : abbr. laMB: abbr. sgoMA. bsgoms B : sgom A. c 142 Chapter 5 du Sgyur1679 ba rig 'dzin gyi lam/1680 bskyed!681 rdzogs zung 'jug tu bsgoms 1682 pas phyag rgya chen po mchog gi 1683 dngos grub bmyed1684 pa yin tel mal 'byor rdo rje'i sku la rtag bzhugs1685 pal ting 'dzin yongs su rdzogs pa'i yan lag ste16861 de ni rdo rje sems dpa' zhes su brjod/1687 bde gshegs mams kyi dbang mchog bzhi par grags16881rni gnas myangan 'das pa'ang de yin tel phyag rgya chen po'i dngos grub dam pa thobl ces gsungsl de dus sui gangs can gyi bshad sgrub pa1689 kun gyi 1690 rna rtogs pa dang I log par rtog pa dang I the tshom gyi 1691 sgro 'dogsl thams cad gcod par byed pa'i1692 gnas dam par gyur cing I kun mkhyen bzhin du dri ba kun gyi Ian 'debs par mdzad doll [2.11 Verse 11] [11] thugs darn zab mo gnad1693 du snun pa'i rtagsl bla rna yi darn mkha' 'gro chos skyong sogsl rgyun du gzigs kyang rang rgyal brtul zhugs1694 bsten16951 ngo mtshar rmad1696 byung khyod la phyag 'tshalloll zhes 1697 panil gong du bstanpa'i thugs damzab mo de daggis nyinmtshankhoryug tu 'da' ba'i tshe dag pa'i snang ba bsam gyis 1698 rni khyab pa gzigs kyang I rang rgyal bzhin du rni smra ba'i brtul zhugs bsten1699 par mdzad doll 1679 1680 168} 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 sgyurB: {b}sgyurA. Jam compl. : abbr. JaMB: sgom A. bskyed A : skyedB. bsgoms B : abbr. sgoMs A. mchog gi compl. : abbr. mchogiB : abbr. mchogis A. bmyedA: bmyesB. bzhugs A: abbr. zhuDB. steA: teB. zhes su bIjod A : zhes bIjod do B. grags comp!. : abbr. grag+s A : graD B. sgrubpaem.: sgrubB: bsgrubpaA. kun gyi em. : abbr. kun+yis B : kun gyi A. gyiB :kyiA. gcod par byedpa 'i A : gcod pa'iB. gnad A : snadB. zhugscompl.: abbr. zhuDB : shugA; cf. p. 70, verse II; see also note 61. bsten em. : rten AB. nnadB : smad A; cf. note 3. zhes B : ces A. gyis B : gyi A. zhugs bsten compl. : abbr. zhuD bsten B : shug brten A. Text Edition 143 [2.11.1] 'ga' yarl700 (260) gyis drung pas thugs dam mdzad pa1701 la rtags l702 khyad par can ci byung lags170J zhus pasl mftshe chos la skyel1704 ba la rtags than thun yod srid de mi bshadl70S 'jig rten gyil706 bya ba chung ngu [B: re] la'ang (64b) gsangs l707 nas bsgrubs l708 na 'grub kyin 'dug pal rtags mams bshad nal709 nyams par 'gyur zhing I mkha' 'gro yangl710 mi mnyes parl7l1 'dug gsungsl712 nasi ched du (S315) gnyerl713 nas zhus pa17l4 phal cher mi gsungsl yengs ma laml71s la ·thol gsungs pa dang I dben sar yang yang nan gyiSl7l6 zhus pa [B: la] gsungs pa re re l717 tsam bdag gis thos pa 'di Itar lagsl [2.11.2] bu ler bla margyal bzang pasl mkhan chen g.yag pa'i gsungs nasi slob dpon [B: chen po] gzhon blo ba'i1718 dbu ma la'ang rgyud pa'i17l9 bla rna med! nga yang slob dpon med rung ston gsung bal720 dang Ila la na rei zla grags kyi sku'i skye ba yinlla la na rei zla grags l721 la dngos su chos gsan zer ba [B: mams] gang lags l722 zhus pasl dbu rna'i tshig gi brgyudl723 pa ni yod! don gyi brgyud1724 pa yod pa1725 dka' mor 'dug! dpalldan zla grags pa'i1726 skye ba min par thag l727 chod! 1700 Cf. note 1386. 1101 pa B : pa{'i} A. Note that in ms. A the letter 'i is circled by dots, which here means that it needs to be 1702 rtags compl. : abbr. rtaD B : rtag A. lagscompl. : abbr.laDB: laA. skyel em. : skyaJ AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. skycJ ba (td.) bskyal ba, bskyaJ ba, skyo14) yol bar byedpa, ...mi tshe don dang ldan par bskyaJ. bshadB : shad A. gyi A : <la> B. gsangs B : bsangs A; c£ gsang ba I. (td.) gsangs pa, gsang ba, gsongs - sbed pa dang, gzhan la mi mngon par byedpa. bsgrobscompl. : abbr. bsgrob+sAB. bshad na A : om. B. yang B : <'ang> A. parB :paA. 'duggsungscompl.: abbr. 'duggs+yaB : abbr. 'dugsungA. gnyerB: mnyerA. paB : pars} A. Note that in ms. A the suffix -sis marked by dots (c£ note 1521). malam compl. : abbr. malaM A: langangB; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.y. yengsmalam -mam g.yeng gi ngang tshuJ. yang yang nan gyis em. : nan gyis yang yang B : yang yang nan gyi A. rereA: reB. ba'iA :pa'iB. rgyud pa 'i compl. : rgyudpa<i> A: abbr. rgyud'iB. gsung ba em. : gsung pa A : abbr. gs+ya ba B. grogscompl. :abbr.groDB :grogA. lags compl. : abbr. la<D> A : abbr. laD B. brgyud em. : rgyud AB. brgyud em. : rgyud AB. yodpa B : yong pa{--} A. zla ba grogs pa 'i A : zla ba'iB. deleted (c£ note 1521). 1703 1104 1705 1706 1707 1708 1109 1710 1711 1112 1113 1714 1115 1716 1717 1118 1119 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 172S 1726 1727 thag B : abbr. thag+s A. 144 Chapter 5 chos nmyan1728 rna nmyan1729 dpon slob nang byan1730 chud cing mi phyed pa'i dad pa thob par grags 1731 / rned 1732 na log Ita skye ba'i rgyur'gyur gsungs l733 / bdag gis 1734 drung pa'i sku gsung thugs kyi spyod pa ci ston1735 yang yon tan du rnthong ba rna gtogsl736/ skyon du mi rtog par1737 rnchis pas/ cis kyang gsung bar zhu zhus pas/ yug1738 gcig ci yang mi gsungs par1739 'dug/ yengs rna ngang la dpalldan zla ba rig 'dzin gyi go 'phang l740 bmyes nasi ding sang yang rgya gar na bzhugs yod pa (26b) yin! skalldan gyi gdul bya rjes su 'dzinpa lalkhong gi drung rang du snyag dgos pa yang rna yin 1741 gsung ba dang /blarna lha pas phyag rdor1742 grub thob tu mi rkang btsugs1743 btang nasi slob dpon gzhon blo dang/ byang pa 'jam dbyangs kyis gcig gis Ita log gi bdag rkyen byas 1744 gcig gis1745Ita log dar rgyas su byas pa 'di (65a) phyi rna gar skye gsang bdag la (83\6) zhu grogs1746 zhu byas pas/ phyag rdor grub thob kyis gsang bdag la zhus ba'i Ian lal slob dpon gzhon blo ba1747 theg pa chen po'i gang zag khyad par can1748 yin! khong gi Ita ba de yang / zla grags kyis rmi lam du bstan pa yin gsungs l749/ 'jam dbyangs pa ' di/ sa pal). gyi dngos slob mi phyed pa'i l750 dad pa thob 1751 pa gcig yin! da Ita longs spyod dang ldan pa yang1752/ sa pal).la tshogs 'khor gcig zhus pa'i mam smin1753 yin zer ba'i Ian khyer ' ongs pas/ lha pa na ref de ga1754 yin! phyag rdor gyi1755 grub thob gcig yod 1728 InO 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1136 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1741 1748 1749 1750 1151 1752 1753 1754 mnyan B : nyan A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. nyan pa 1. (td.) mnyan pa, mnyan pa, nyon 1) thos par byedpa 'am ma bas sgra len pa. mnyan B : nyan A. byanA: chanB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. nang byan2) khongdu chudpa'am ngcsparshespa. thob par grags A : thob pa yod na drag B. medB:minA. gsungs compl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. Mag gis compl. : abbr. Magis B : Maggi A. ston B : ton A. gtogsem. : abbr. rtoDB : rtog A. parA:paB. yug B : abbr. abbr. yuD A. gsungs parem. : abbr. gs+ya barB: gsung bar A. 'phang A: 'phangs B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. go 'phang. yang ma yin A : abbr. myin B. rdor B : {rda} rdor A. Note that the first ligature is marked by dots as described above. btsugscompl.: abbr. btsuDB: btsugA. gcig gis Ita log gi bdag rkyen byas em. : abbr. <1 gi Ita logi rdag rkyen byas> A : abbr. 1 gis ita log Mag rkyen byas B. glsB :giA. grogs em. : grog A : abbr. roD B. baA :paB. can B : spyan A. gsungs compl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. phyedpa'iA: ched'iB; cf. Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.v. miphyedpa 1) 'gyurldog medpa'am, brtan po. thob B : thobs A. longs spyod dang ldan pa yangcompl. : abbr. J+yaudng ldan pa yang B : longs spyod dang ldan pa {'i} <yang>A. smin B : nnin A. gaA: kaB; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. deka -dega dang 'dm;Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. dega - de yin pa nyiddu ngos gzung ba'i tshig cig. Goldstein 2001, s.v. de ga mng- just as one says, correct, 2. that's right! 1755 gyiA:kyiB. Text Edition 145 na nga'i rua!756 bar thos dogS!757 rued zer ro 1758 // de'i 10 rgyus bdag nyid chen po la klong!759 rtser zhus pas/ khong gi yid la nga drnyal bar skye ba 'dug zer!760 ba gcig 'ong!76! du re ba yin tel de rang mi 'ong1762 rnem gsungs 1763/ [B: bla rna Iha pa drung pa la yang yang bskur ba1764 'debs pa Ial khong rang gi sgrub pa rno . rgan rno geig na rei slob dpon gzhon blo pa la de tsam la skyon rndzad doll khong gangs kyi rngul spang sdings geig na ehos gsung gi 'dug pas/ ehos nyan mkhan bsarn gyis mi khyab eing / ri tharns cad kyang khong gi phyogs su rngo bo bdud1765 nas nyan gyi gda,1766 lags zhus pas/ mi tshe sgrub pa la phyin1767 pa'i nyarns kyi tshul 1768/ de ka bdenl ngo shes zer ro//r 769 [2.11.3] yang (27a) bul rong 1770 du bzhugs pa'i177! dus/ zhabs skor l772 rndzad 'phro Ial kho de brag kha1773 ya gi na sgroI rna gcig bzhugs kyin 'dug gsungs 1774/ gang na gda' 1775 lags zhus pas/ phyag rndzub btsugs 1776 nas ya gi [B: na] gsungs / mi gda'1777Iags zhus pas/ de ka yin sung ngo 1778// 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 176} 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 maB: snaA dogs em. : dog A : doD B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. dogs pa 1. (tmd.) the tshom za ba; 2. the tshom. zer ro B : gsung zero A Note that in ms. A gsungis marked with dots. klongem.: slongA: bJongB. zerA: gsungB. 'ongB: yongA; cf. note 955. 'ong B : yongs A; cf. note 955. gsungs compl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A baem. :paB. mgo bo bdud compl. : abbr. mgau bdudB : cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. mgo sgur ba 1) mgo bo dud pa; Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. 'dud pa 1. (td.) btud pa, gdud pa, thud - gus par ..zhabs la 'dud pa, ...mgo btudpa. gyi gda 'em. : kyi bda 'B. phyin compl. : phykn> B. nyams kyi tshul compl. : abbr. {kham} <nyaMs kyi> tshulB. The passage in square brackets [B: ... ] is missing in ms. A. mng B : mngs A bzhugspa'iem.: abbr. bzhuDB: bzhugpa'iA skorB: bskorA brag kha B : ba brag A. gsungs compl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. gda'A: bda'B. mdzub btsugs em. : abbr. 'dzub dsuD B : 'dzub gtsug A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. mdzub mo 'dzugspa - 'di dang 'di'ozhesmdzubsorthadkarsnunpa;Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. 'dzugspa (td.) btsugs pa, gzugs pa, tshugs. gsungs mi gda' em. : abbr. gs+ya mi bda 'B : gsung mi gda ' A gsung ngo A : gsung B. Chapter 5 146 [2.11.4] dmu rdzing1779 du gsang , dus kyi rgyud gsungs1780 dus sgmb chen rna dpal mo'i dbon mo sgrub chung rna yang nyan gyin1781 yod pa chos thun gyi 'go' dzugs 1782 nasi grol grol gyi1783 bar rgyun du rgod pa thengs 'ga' yar1784 byung /Jjes sukhyod1785 rgod pa ci yin dris l786 pas/ mkha' 'gro'i rigs bsamgyis1787 mi khyab pakha dog [B: dang] rgyan dang / gos dang/ spyod tshul mi 'dra ba du rna chos nyan du byung bal788 la rgod pa yin zer [B: rol]/ [2.11.5] chos rje blo bzang pa dpon slob '0 de (65b) gung rgyal gyi gangs la bzhugs dus/ dgong1789 mo thun gtor gcig la 'tshogs l790 par rtogs ldan 'jam dpal rgya mtshos 1791 (8317) nammkha' la mkha' 'gro'i tshogs mang du 'dus nasi bstod pa 'di 'don kyin1792 'dug pa gzigs/ gangs bu Ie dkar po'i g.yas 1793 mgul na! mal 'byor [gyi] dbang phyug red mda' ba1794/ mtha' bral gyi l795 dbu rna thugs su chud! [B: dmigs med kyi thugs Ije rgyun chad med/] rgyud sde'i l796 mthar thug dpal gsang 'dus/ thun mong l797 rna yin klu sgmb lugs/ [B: ji bzhin gzigs pa'i mkhyen pa can 'dro ba'i 'dren mchog khyod la 'dud! 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1191 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 ces so/I] dmu rdzingem. : dbu rdzing B : smu rcizing A; SeD anu = dmu; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. dmu rdzing -ius skrangs shing chu bsags nas rdzing bu 'i nang chus khengs pa itar gyur pa'i chu nad cig. gsungs compl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. gyin B : gin A. chos thun gyi 'go 'dzugs em. : abbr. chos thun+yi mgo zug B : chos (-}thun gyi mgo zug A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'go 'dzugs - bya ba thog mar byedpa. groi groi gyi A : groi groiB; cf. Illuminator, s.y. groi ba, tshogs 'du groi ba - the meeting adjonmed. SCD, s.y. 'groi bapf. bkroJ, fut. dgrol thengs 'ga' yar B: 'ga' yar A; cf. note 1700. khyod A : khyedB. dris A : byas B. gyis B : gyi A. baB :paA. dgong A : dgongs B. gcig ia 'tshogsem. : abbr. 1ia 'tshogA: abbr.ia tshoDB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. thungtor2) mtshams thun gyi mthar 'bul gtor. 'jam dpai rgya mtshos compl. : abbr. 'jaM dpaJ rgya mtsho<s> A : abbr. 'jaM] rgy[tsa rtagsjos B. kyin A : gyiB. g.yasA: sharB. mda' baem.: mda'paA: 'da'paB. brai gyi A : abbr. bral+yiB. sde'iB : sde A. thun mongcompl. : abbr. thuoMng A : abbr. thuongs B. Text Edition 147 [2.11.6] bul rong du bzhugs dusl mi nag po chung se179S bal gdong pa bzhi yod pa gcig gtor rna len du byung ba1799 lalkhyed gang nas 'ongs byas pasl ti se1SOO nas 'ongs zerl zhal bzhi pa yin (27b) par grags soil nye gnas mchog legs lamdang1801 chos skyong chungba de 'ongs1802 'dugpasl gtorma 'bags 1803 'dug lS041 da man chad lS05 rna 'bag1S06 pa gyis 1807 gsungs pa danglSOSI mdang 1809 pu tra lSIO de 'ongs lSll kha lhag lhag1812 nas so gsod lS13 rna bcug gsungs 1S141 [2.11.7] dmu rdzing 1S15 du rgyud mchod byas dusl sgrub chung mas gzigs pas! bdag nyid chen po'i mgul nas 'jig rten dbang phyug mas mkhyud nas 1S16 thod pa sha lnga l817 bdud rtsi lngas gang ba drung pa la yang zhus l8181 khong rang yang gsol gyin1819 'dug zerl bul rong du tshogs 1S20 'khor gcig gi dus sui bla rna sgrub1S21 pa dpaV slob dpon sangs rgyas dpaV bdag dang gsum yod pa lal8221 drung gi gsungs 1S23 nasi nga'i yid la da rang sangs rgyas kyi bstan 1798 chung seB : abbr. chungngeA; cf. Jaschke 1881: chung ba 1. adj. col. chung ngu, also chung se, little small. 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1801 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 baB :paA. tiseB: teseA.. mdangem. : 'dang A 'dang B; cf. Jiischke 1881: mdang, also mdangs 1. yesterday evening, last night. ba de 'ongsB cpa deyongsA; cf. note 955. 'bags B : abbr. <'baD> A; ID: polluted? Tashi Tsering: cut? Cf. SCD, s.v. 'bag pa 1. to defile, pollute oneself; to soil, make filthy; 2. to take away, steal, rob. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'bag pa 1. (tmd.) 'bags pa, 'bag pa 1) 'go ba dang, nyams pa, 2) longs su spyad nas zad pa.. .2 .. .1) btsog pa. Goldstein 2001, s.v. 'bag pa - to be defiled! polluted! desecrated. 'dugA: 'dugzerB. man chadA: marbcadB. Another spelling according to Goldstein 2001, s.v. man cad 'bagA: abbr. 'baDB. Nitartha, s.v. gJis- will (at the end ofa verbal clause). gsungs pa dang em. : abbr. gs+ya ba dang B : gsungs pas A. mdangem. : 'dang AB. pu mem.: spu traA cpu TaB. 'ongs A: 'ongs nasB; cf. note 955. kha lhag 1hag A : kha 1a lhaD lhaD B. gsod em. : sodB : bsod du A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. so gsod pa - zing med skyid la dbang thang 'phel ba; SeD, S.v. so gsod = skyidpo cig- comfortable. bcug gsungs compl. : abbr. bcug gs+ya B : abbr. bcugsung A. dmurdzingem.: dmurdzingB: smurdzingsA. mkhyud nas A: 'khyud de B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mkhyudpa- (td.) gsang ba'am sbedpa. 1nga B : lnga 'i A. zhusem. : zhuAB; cf. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. zhu ba 1.(td.) zhuspa, zhu ba, zhus. gyin A : kyin B. tshogscompl.: abbr. tshoDB: tshogA. sgrub B : bsgrub A. laB: 1asA. gsungs compl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. 148 Chapter 5 pa mal rna1824 med bsams 1825 na' ang I 'u rgyud mgo ' chad 1826 nas ma grol gyi barl 'jig rten dbang phyug ma'i rta'i 1827 rmig pa zad zad skor ba byed pa Sgrub1828 chung ma des mthong zer gyin1829 'dug! da dung yang bstan pa1830 a tho 1831 yang yod par 'dug (66a) gsungs 18321 [2.11.8] bul rang du Ita1833 khridkyi gsol 'debs mdzad dUS(S318) mtshanmo budmed1834 dkarmo gsum 'ongs 1835 nasi gsol 'debs de la skogs1836 'di 'dra gcig mdzad par zhu zer nasi khong mams kyis skogs 'di byas nas 1837 blangs soil [2.11.9] yang bul rong du Sgrub1838 chungma la rim Inga'i dmigs 1839 pa zhag bcu gsum tsam1840 nas re re 'bogs 1841 kyin1842 yod pa lal dmigs 1843 pa gcig zhag gnyis tsam las pa1844 lal mi gzhon gos dkar po gyon pa gcig 'ongs nas chu chu me [B: me] gtong1845 I tshod ma skol1846 ba sogs g.yog gang dgos byed cing I gtam mi zer ba cig byung I Sgrub1847 chung mas kyang ye (28a) ma lab 18481 dmigs 1849 pa zhu ru phyin dus zhag gnyis tsam gyi gong du mi gzhon de 'byung ba'i1850 10 rgyus 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 18)5 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 11145 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 mal ma B : {--}<mal> ma A (below line 7); cf. Goldstein 2001, s.v. mal ma - truthful, righteous, correct, proper, real. bsams compl. : abbr. bsaMs B : abbr. bsaMA. 'chadB : <'>chadA; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.v. 'chad' p. bshad; f. bshad; imp. shod-to say/speak/teach. ma'irta'iA: madre'uB. skorba byedpa sgrob em. : bskorba byedpa bsgrubA : bskor ba byedpa sgrobB; cf. Jaschke 1881: skor ba, phyag dang skor ba byed pa. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. skor ba 2. thog mtha' med pa'i dbyigs sgro sgor, ... skor ba gcig brgyab pa, ...nng thung skor ba gnyis 'khor ba zhig 'dug ... skor lam, ... chos skor, ... bon skor, ...nang skor, ...phyi skor, ... bar skor. gym A : gyiB. paB:palaA. tho A : do B; Tashi Tsering: a tho special Sakya coIL language mean o.k., alright, not bad. Cf. SeD, S.v. a tho ba - beautiful, good. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. a tho ba (mying) bzang po. 'dug gsungs compL : abbr. 'dug gs+ya B : abbr. 'duD gsung A. ltaB: rtaA. budmedcompL: abbr. buedAB. 'ongsB: yongsA; cf. note 955. skogsem. : kog A : lkog B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. skogs pa 3) shubs,. ..yig skogs;Tshig mdzod chen mo, s. v. yig skogs - 'phrin yig Jug snod kyi phyi shubs. mamsskogs 'di byasnasem.: abbr. maMskyikog 'di byasnasA: abbr. maMs+yilkog 'diB. sgrob B : bsgrob A. illnigs compL : abbr. illniD B : illnig A. bcu gsum tsam compL : abbr. bcu gsuM tsaMA : abbr. bcuM tsaMB. 'bogscompL: abbr. 'boDB: 'bogA. kyin A : kyiB. illnigscompL: abbr. dmiDB: dmigA. tsam las pa compL : abbr. tsaM las pa B : abbr. tsaMs la A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. las pa 1. (td.) las pa, las pa, los - byedpa. gtong B : thong A. skolB : kolA. sgrub B : bsgrob A. lab em. : labs AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. lab pa (td.) lab pa, lab pa, lob - Ijod pa dang 'chad pa. dmigscompL: abbr. dmiDB: dmigA. 'byungba'iem.: byungba'iA: 'ongspa'iB. Text Edition 149 zhus nasi ci lags sam I85I zhus pas/ ci yin mi shes khyed rangI852 dge sbyor la 'bungs/ ngas kyang dmigs 1853 pa gzung gis gsungs I854/ log nas phyin pas mi de da dung1855 sngar bzhin g.yog gang dgo s byed kyin 1856 ,dug/ zhag bcu tsam song ba1857 dang/ ~ga 'gro 'dod pa yin tel khyedI858 kyi bla mas lung pa mes bkang I859 nas 'gro sa mi 'dug/ bla ma la thugs dam slodI860 zer ba zhu grogsI86I gyis zer ba [B: lal] Ian ci yang ma byas/ yang dmigs I862 pa zhu ru phyin dus/ khyed kyi mi [B: de] da dung [B: yang] 'dug gam gsungS/ I863 khong I864 zer tshul zhus pas/ ngas thugs dam tsam cherI865 byas pa med! da khong I866 rang 'gro 'ong gsungs I867/ drung nas srung I868 'khor bshig pas/ log phyin dus song nas mi 'dug/ dpe 1869 dkar bar chad1870 la ' ongs 1871 par ' dug gsungs 1872/ brag dkar rta I873 sor bzhugs dus kyang/ dpe I874 dkar gyi gzugs dgon pa'i khong khebs I875 pa gcig byung nasi drung pa la mig ngan Ita yin 'dug/ thugs dam (66b) la bzhugs pas/ rang yalla (S319) song / 1&51 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 11165 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 lags sam compl. : abbr. laD saMB : abbr. lagsaM A. rang A : rang bas B. dmigscompl.: abbr. dmiDB: dmigA. gsungscompl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. mi de da dung compl. : <mi> de da dung A : da rung mi de B. kyinA: eingB. beu tsam song baem.: abbr. beu tsaMsongpaA: abbr. beuig songbaB; cf. note 1840. khyed A : khyodB. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'gengspa (td.) bkang ba, dgang ba, khong 1) rgyong ba'am gang bar byed pa. slod A : blodB. grogs em. : abbr. roDB: grogA. dmigscompl.: abbr. dmJDB: dmigA. 'duggamgsungscompl.: abbr. 'dugaMgs+yaB: abbr. 'dugaMgsungA. khong A : kho B. eher A : <eher {-}> B. khong A : kho B. 'ong gsungscompl. : abbr. 'ong gs+yaB : yongs gsungA; cf. note 955. srungem. : bsrung AB; cf Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v, srung 'khor-rdzas sngags dmigs nm sogs kyi srung ba 'j 'khor 10. dpe B : dpe' A. ehadB: ehodA; cf. Jiischke 1881: bar, compo and deriv. barehod, -chad, perh. also -geod, sbsl. to bar du geod pa - hinderance, impediment. 'ongs B : yong A. gsungs compl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. brag dkar rta B : bra dkar sta A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. brag dkar - brag d dkar po. dpe B : dpe' A. According to Nebesky-Wojkowitz (1975: 96) there is evidence for the following different spellings for Pe har, a 'Jig rten pa'i smng ma, so far: dPe kar, Pe dkar, sPe dkar, dPe dkar, Be dkar, dPe ha ra and Pe ha ra. khebs em. : kheb A : khengs B; cf Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. khebs pa (tmd.) khyab pa. Illuminator, S.V. khebs 1. <verb> Part ofi) v.i. khebs pa and ii) V.l. 'gebs pa q.v. 150 Chapter 5 [2.11.10] yang 1876 bul rong du bzhugs dUSI877 slob dpon nam mkha' dpal bas zhu yig phul nas rnnga' m1878 pa'i rnnga' bdag de grongs1879 sam zhes sgrogs kyin gda' lags1880 past thugs dam la' dogs 1881 par zhu zhus past de'i 1882 nub drnigs 1883 nas gsang , dus kyi bsgrub 1884 rnchod gcig rndZadi nam langs pa dang / rnnga' bdag pa gnas po cher 885 skyel rna la byon pa'i cha lug~1886 ji Ita ba bzhin/ sku rndun du byung bas 1887 drung nas yengs rna ngang lal (28b) khyed grongs 'dug zer ba e bden gsungs past dbu gug 1888 pa gsum rndzad1889 nas gzhugs khri 1890 la thim song gsungs/ [2.11.11] yang chos rje jiia 1891 na ba grongs l892 dus kyang / bla rna jii3.1893 na ba de rndang nub 1894 , ~ir byon byung ste1895/ sku gshegs pa 'dra gsungs 1896 / dus tshod sgrig1897 pas de'i nub dang 'grig par byung/ 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 yang A : om. B, bzhugs dus compl. : abbr. bzhuD dus B : om. A. zhuyigphulnasmnga'risem.: abbr.: zhuigphulnas mnga'dgA: zhuyigphul basmnga'dsB. grongs B : grong A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'grongs pa (tmd.) grongs pa, 'grongs pa - 'chi ba. grogs kyin gda' lags em. : abbr. sgroD kyi bda' laD B : sgrog kyin bda' lag A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. sgrog pa (td.) 1. bsgrags pa, bsgrag pa, sgrogs -khyab par shodpa. lliuminator, s.y. sgrog pa - to broadcast, publish. 'dogs compl. : abbr. 'doD B : 'dog A; cf. lliuminator, s.y. 'dogs pa, thugs la 'dogs pa - to fix in the mind. 1882 de'iB: deA. 1883 dmigscompl.: <dmigs>B: dmigA. bsgrub A : sgrob B. po eherB :po'i ehe'i A; cf. Iiischke 1881: gnas-comp. and deriy. gnaspo-host, landlord, master of a house, head of a family. Goldstein 2001, s.y. gnas po: innkeeper. C£ SCD, s.y. eha lugs- appearance, clothing, costume. 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 basB :pasA. gugem.: khugAB; c£ Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.y. gugpa(tmd.) 'khyogspa'am thurdu dudpa. mdzadB : mdzad {nas} A. bzhugs khdB : gzhugs khd A; c£ Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. bzhugs khri. jnyA ern. : jnya AB. grongs B : grong A. jnyAem. :jnyaAB. mdang nub em. : 'dang sang A: 'dang B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. mdang nub - snganub mtshan mo. Goldstein 2001, s.y. mdang nub - sm. mdang dgong. steB: teA. gsungs compl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. sgrig em. : bsgdg A : sgdD B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. sgrig pa - (td.) bsgrigs pa, bsgdg pa, sgrigs 1) gshom pa. Text Edition 151 [2.11.12] snyung gzbi1898 drag po gcig byung dus thugs dam Ia bzhugs1899 kyang snyung zug ches pas sku spar spar 'pharl900 bit dang I rngull.901 chu1902 ltar 'brub l903 pa byung dusl . gang gis rten cing 'breI pa1904 'byung I 'gag pa rned pa skyed rned pal chad pa rned pa rtag rned pal 'ong l905 ba rned pa 'gro rned pal tha dad don min don gcig mini spros pa nyer zbi zbi bstan1906 pal rdzogs pa'i sangs rgyas smra rnams kyi/ dam pa de Ia 'phyag 'tshaliolI ihes pa Ian gsum bton1901 pas snyung ba sangs1908 pa byung I [2.11.13] bla rna Sgrub 1909 pa dpal bas zhabs tog rndzad dusl rtug pa thur gshegs 1910 pas dus 'phyisI911 tel rna sieb pas gdan1912 yol bar 'dug dgongsj1913 khong pa rang gis1914 bshos g.yosl915 cing I yod pa Ii! bla mas phebs kyang nang du 'gro rna nus par sgo gseng nas gzigs pasl bshos dlaugs (S320) 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 .1915 gzhi em. : shi A: om. B; cf. Tshig mdzod 9hen mo, s.y. snyung gzhi - nad gzhi bzhugscompl.: abbr. bzhuDB: bzhugA. sparspar 'phar ba A: phar 'pharB; cf. SeD, s.y. spar ba-to raise, to increase; Goldstein 2001, S.Y. 'phar ba - 1. to increase, rise. mgulB : rgyu A. chuA: chuchuB. 'brubB: 'grugA; cf. SeD, S.Y. 'brubpa-with chu:to oyerflow. pa em. : par AB; cf. KIu sgrub, dEu ma rtsa ba 'i tshig 1e 'ur byas pa shes rab ces bya ba, Sde-dge no. 3824, mdo 'grel, tsa la: pa. 'ong B : "ongs A; cf. ibid, Sde-dge: la. bstsn em. : ston AB; ibid, Sde-dge la; Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. ston pa 1. (td.) bstsn pa, bstan pa, ston. bton em. : ston A : abbr. gs+ya B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. 'don pa 1. (td.) bton pa, gdon pa, thon 2) kha ton bye pa. snyung ba sangs em. : snyung sang A : snyung ba sangs dangs B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. sang ba - sangs pa 'i 'bri srol gzhan zhig. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. sangs pa (tmd.) 1) 'dag pa; Goldstein 2001, S.Y. sangs 1. yi. to be free from, to recoyer from, to get cleared up/cured. sgrub B : bsgrub A. thurgshegscompl.: abbr. thurgsheDB: thugbshegA. dus 'phyisem.: dusphyisB: 'phyisA. maslebpas gdan B : gdanA; cf. Goldstein 2001, S.Y. gdan 'da:n- inYiting; gdan 'dzoms-to meet to gather. SeD, S.Y. yol ba - II. yb. haye past, be done; Goldstein 2001, S.Y. yol- 1. yi. to pass/elapse (for time). dgongs A : dgongs nas B. gisB :giA. bshos g.yosA : g.yosg.yoDB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. bshos2. zas kyi zhe sa; Jaschke 1881: bshosresp. for zan or spags- food, Yictuals; Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. g.yo ba 1. (td.) g.yos pa, g.yo ba, g.yos 1) sbru ba dang 'tshod pa dang sbyor ba. Chapter 5 152 te l916 sku mdun du bog ste l9171 chos thamscad ming tsam brda,1918 btags l919 pa tsam l920 moll (67a) tsam tha snyad tsam gsungs nasi bshos phru'i l921 nang nas ka gsol kyinl922 'dug pas khong shin tu dad par gyur toll [2.11.14] sa skyar mang ja gcig 1a dung rna byung barl923 byon tel 'tshod l924 thab kyi 'gram du bzhugs l925 nasi khron l926 chu 1a spyan ha re gzigs tel spyan chab na re rel927 'dugl ja gsol (29a) rgyags l928 kyang ma chad! nang du log byon [B: dus] kyang ma chad [B: par] phebs pa dang I spre bo thar bzang l929 gis khyed kyi slob dpon de za yin kyangl930 ngu/ 'gro yin kyangl931 ngu ba ci yin zer bas l9321bdag gi snang ba la nya sram gyis za ba gzigs nas spyan chab byung ba yin nam snyam ste l933 ci lags zhus pasl de yang ma yin! khronl934 chu khro 10 10 ' gro yin 'dug pal935 de la/ rten cing 'breI bar 'byung ba yan lag bcu gnyis gcig brtags nas bsgoms pas l9361 stong pa nyid kyi Ita ba mal ma gcig skyes byung I stong nyid snying rje'i snying po can du ' dug pas mchi ma byung ba yin gsungs l9371 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1921 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 dkrugs fe em. : dkrug sfe A : abbr. bskruD nas B; cf. Jiischke 1881: dkrug pa, pf. dkrugs; 1. to stir (up). bog sfe em. : phog pa te A : phog te B; cf. Illuminator, s.y. bog pa,' past of 'bog pa TIL Yb. Y.i. 2) For things like fruit and flows ''to fall/drop to the ground (etc.)." brda' AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.y. brda'-brda dang 'dra. bfagscompl.: btaDB: btagA. fsamcompl.: abbr. tsaMB: abbr. tsaMsA. gsungs nas bshos phru'i em. : gsung nas gshos phru'i A: gsung nas gshos ldm1'iB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna; s.y.phru ba -rdza snod Goldstein 2001, s.Y. phru ba-sm. phru suod Goldstein 2001, s.Y. phru snod - clay pot. kyin A : kyiB. byung bar B: {byung} <byung> parA. 'tshod em. : btso B : grtso A (sic); cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.y. 'tshod pa (td.) btsos pa, btso ba, tshos; cf. Jiischke 1881: thab, 1. resp. gsol thah - fire-place, hearth. bzhugscompl.: abbr. bzhuDB: bzhugA. khron em. : abbr. khroMA : grom B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. khron pa - chu 'i ched du bros pa 'j sa dong, ...khron chu. rereem.: ramAB; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.y. rere byasnas-one by one. rgyagscompl. : abbr. rgyaDB : rgyagA; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.Y.ja2. tea; ya. - rgyag-to put leayes in water for brewing. bzang B : bzangs A. yin kyangem. : abbr. 4n kyang A : yin yang B. kyang A: yang B. bas A : bda 'B. steB: deA. khron em. : abbr. khroM A : grom B. khro 10 10 'gro yin 'dug pa em. : khro khro 10 'gIo yin 'dug pa A : khro 10 10 'gIo ba B; cf. Tsbig mdzod chen mo, s.y. khro 10 10 - sgra 'ikhyad par zhig. rten cing 'brei bar 'byung ba yan lag bcu gnyis gcig brtags nas bsgoms pas em. : abbr. rtrai1 yan laD bcUJs I rtagnas bsgoMpasA: abbr. rten cing 'bre1par 'byungba 1 sgoMspa{-) B. gsungs campI. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. Text Edition 153 [2.11.15] shangs su chos bar la byon [B: pa'i] dus [B: su] drung pa la chibs 1938 gcig yod pas bshol 1939 nas byon/ grwa pa rnams 1940 sngon la byon1941 nas rab la rgall drung pas 1942 rta gang' gro ba1943 btang nasi 'khor rno zab mo gcig la' chud 'dug pa lal grwal944 pa mams kyis rgyug1945 k:u co byas kyang I rta thad ka la btang bas 1946 chu la thug kha tsam man chad1947 nub pa byung rung! rta . btang1948 kyang ma shor bar1949 'dugl de 'dra'i mdzad lugs1950 zhus pasl rta kho rkang lag [B: bzhi] btsugs 1951 pa gcig mi 'gyel bar 'dug gsungs 19521(29a5, 67a6) gzhati yang chos bar la gshegs dusl sa chayangs pamams [B: su] thugs damla yengs nasi zhal gang tshur1953 tshugs su gshegs tel spyan 'dren du (S321) 'gro dgos mang dU1954 byung zerl mnga' ris nasi chos rje grags pa'i phyag phyi mdzad de gtsang1955 po la byon1956 dus (67b) kyang! thugs dam la 'byams nasi chibs 1957 pas yang yang bskyur19581 zhabs tog 1959 bya dgos mang du byung bas1960I rta rdzi na rei slob dpon gzhon blo ba'i1961 mi dgos pa'i sgom 'disl nga sdug rus bzod1962 pa 'dug [B: ces] zerl 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 19S5 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 chibs em. : phyibs AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. 'chib pa (td.) bcibs pa, bcib pa, chibs -zhon pa 'i zhe sa. Jiischke 1881: chibs (pa) resp. horse, riding-horse, saddle-horse, chibs la 'chib pa (for Ita lazhonpa). pas bshol em. : pa bshol A : pas shulB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. bshol ba (td.) bshol ba, bshol ba, sholl) phyir 'gyangs dang skyur ba, ...nyin gsum bshol ba. . grwa pa mams em. : abbr. gra pa maMs A : gra pa mams kyiB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. gzwa pa-dge'dunpaspyi'iming. byon A : phyin B. pas B : gaas A. baA: laB. grwa em. : gra AB. mams kyis rgyug compl. : abbr. maMs kyi<s> rgyug A : abbr. maMs+yi rgyuD B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. rgyug pa 1. (td.) brgyugs pa, brgyug pa, rgyugs - 'gros mgyogs por gtong ba. Goldstein 2001, S.Y. Itargyug-horse racing. basB :pasA. thug kha tsam man chad em. : thugs kha tsam man chadA : abbr. th+ya ka mar bcadB. Ita btang em. : Ita stang A : Ita stangs B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. gtong ba 1) (td.) btang ba, gtang ba, thong. barB: baA. Cf. llluminator, s.Y.lugs, byed lugs- techniques that haye been worked out and established for doing something. btsugs em. : gtsug A : abbr. ItsuD B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'dzugs pa (td.) btsugs pa, gzugs pa, tshugs2) 'jogpa. gsungs compl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. tshur A : om. B. mang du A : <mang dll> B. gtsang B : rtsang A. byon B : gshegs A. chibsem. :phyibsB: ('}phyibA. bskyur A : skyur B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. skyur ba 1. (td.) bskyur ba, bskyur ba, skyur2) phar dbjug pa 'am g.yug pa. tog B : thog A. basB :pasA. blo ba'iB : blo 'i A. ngasdugrus bzodem.: ngasdugrirgsodB: sdugrirbsodA; Goldstein 2001, s.y. sdugrus-enduring or tolerating hardship/ suffering! misery; ya - byed; -rgyag; to endure! tolerate/ bear hardship or suffering or misery. 154 Chapter 5 (29b) shel dkar gyi 'du khang du gzims shing1963 / spyi khang gi steng l964 na gdan gsoi ba mdzad 1965 kyin yod pa Ial nyin gcig bdag gis sangs rgyas kyi dus mchod gcig zhus dus/ mi drug bdun gcig spyi khang na yod pas/ rna mthong bar1966 drung pa steng na phebs 'dug/ khang pa dog mo 'dir'u [cag] reg pas 1967 rna mthong bar1968 drung pa1969 phebs pas 1970 rdzu 'phruI 1971 yin nam zhes ngo mtshar du gyur/ [2.11.16] drung nas dbus la byon pa'i dus sui chos rje [B: pal dpon slob sum brgya tsam gyis ser phreng l972 gis bsus/ chos rje pas 1973 phyag phul ba la phyag Ian mdzad bzhed pa la1974/ mi mdzad par zhu zhus pas l975 / de man chad 1976 phyag Ian rna mdzad pas/ dbus pa'i dge bshes chen po mams kyang / phyag Ian mdzad pa'i spro ba dang bra! bar gyur kyang /1977 drung nas 1978 gsang sde'i l979 mkhan pol stag lung 10 tstsha ba1980 sogs la 1981 phyag phar mdzad pas/ jo b0 1982 bzang ba'i 1983 grags pa yang cher thob pOI984// [2.11.17] de nas dga' ba gdong du chos rje blo bzang grags pas 1985 gtso mdzadl bka' bcu pa nam mkha' byang chad bsod she dar mal bka' brgyad pa ' ga' yar1986 dang/ phar tshad mkhyen pa lnga brgya tsam Ia dbu rna 'jug pa dang/ Ita khrid gsungs 1987 pas/ me tog gi char babs thams cad shin tu gus (8322) par gyur toll 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1918 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 gzims shing B : abbr. gzim+s pa mdzad A. stengA: stengsB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. steng-sgang ngam thog. ba mdzad campI. : <ba mdzad> A : pa mdzadB. barB : parA. 'u cag reg pas em. : 'u regs pas A : abbr.: 'u rage bas B; cf. SCD, s.v. reg pa 2. to touch. In W. very common under the fonn rag-ceo 3. to feel, to perceive; esp. in W. where it sounds: rag-ceo barB : parA. paB :pasA. pasB :paA. rdzu 'phmfB: abbr. rdzufA. gyis serphreng B : gyi ser 'phreng A. pasB: basA. faA: om.B. pasB: nasA. man chad em. : mar chad AB. phyag fan mdzad pa 'i spra ba dang braf bar gyur kyang A : <phyag fan zhu ba 'i spros pa dang braf bar gyur kyang> B. nas B : gnas A. sde'iA: ste'iB. baA: am. B. See note 528. fa B : abbr. pa <fa> A. jo bocompl.: abbr.jauAB. bzangba'icompl.: abbr. bzang'jB: bzangpa'iA. poB: boA. grogs pas A: bas'B. Note that in ms. A the suffix -sin the ligature pas is marked by dots, 1986 Cf. note 1700. 1987 gsungs campI. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. Text Edition 155 [2.11.18] de dus gsang phu ba Idan rna dkon seng langs1988 tel chos rje yab sras gnyis la zhu ba re yod pasl gsan du gsoll gtsang l989 na mkhas pa red mda' ba19901 dbus na mkhas pa blo bzang [B: pal zer nasi khyed yab sras gnyis [B: ding sang] dbus gtsang 1991 gi bstan pa'i bdag (68,) por grags brda' bas 19921 da [B: Ita] zhal 'dzorns dus 'dirl theg 1993 pa gsum grub mtha' bzhi'i bshad srol 1994 (30.) mdzad pa mams !kog tu mi mdzad pari bdag cag dbus gtsang 1995 gi don gnyer ba mams kyi log rtog l996 dang the tshom bsal 1997 ba'i phyirl tshogs su 'be1 1998 gtam mdzad par zhu ba dangl lung rigs kyi dgag Sgrub l999 mdzad nasi kho thag chod pa'i chos 'khor yun ring du bskor du gsolfOOO de nas rje btsun chen po yang gangs bu Ie danioo1 I chos rje blo bzang grags2002 pa yang '0 de gung rgyal gyi gangs la mi gshegs parOO3 dbus gtsanioo4 gi gzhung du bstan pa'i bya ba2005 rgya chen po mdzad du gsol/ zhes2006 zhus soil de dus drung nas2007 dge 'dun mams la mang ja dar 'gyed dani oo8 bcas pa mdzad doll de nas sne'ur byon dus yab sras2009 gnyis kyis2010 gtso mdzadl dge bshes bzang la rags2011 pa bdun bcu tsam gyis2012 tsha gral du2013 gsang phu ba'i2014 dge bshes gcig langs nasi khyed yab 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 200) 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 20ll 2012 2013 2014 gsang phu ba ldan ma dkon seng langs B : abbr. gsang phu ba ldan ma kun seng lang+s A. gtsang B : rtsang A. mda' baem.: mda'pa A : 'da'paB. gtsang B : dsang A. brda' bas A: bda' basB; cf Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. brda' - brda dang 'dra; Goldstein 2001, s.v. brda 2. communicating. 'dzoms dus 'dir thegcompI. : abbr. 'dzoM dus 'dir theg B: 'dzom dus 'dir thegs A. srolA: raiB. gtsang B : rtsang A. rtogA: abbr. rtoDB; cf Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v.log rtog. the tshom bsal campI. : abbr. theoM bsaiB : the tshoms gsal A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. the tshombsal 'bel A: 'brelB. mdzadpar zhu ba dang lung dgs kyi dgag sgrub em. : mdzadpar zhu ba dang lung dg kyi dgag bsgrub A : dang lung ngs kyi dgag sgrub B. bskor du gsol A : skor bar zhu ba dang B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. skor ba 1. (td.) bskor ba, bskor ba, skoT. de nas Ije btsun chen po yang gangs bu Ie dang A : abbr. de nas yang Ije btsun chene yang bu Ie 'i gangs la gsheD mi gs+ya zhing B. g.rags em. : {grogs} A : am. B. mi gshegs par campI. : abbr. mi gsheDr B : abbr. gsh+yes mi gsung bar A. gtsang B : rtsang A. bstan pa 'i bya ba A : bstan pa dang po naM gyi don B. zhes em. : ces A : am. B. nasB: (g}nasA. 'gyed dang A : abbr. 'gyedang B. yab sras B : yab {-} <sras> A. kyisB: kyiA. bzang la rags campI. : abbr. bzang la raD B : b<za>ng la rag A. gyisB: gyiA. tsha g.ral du A : abbr. tsha g.raisu B. See also note 2157. phu ba 'i campI. : phu 'iB : bu ba 'i A. 156 Chapter 5 sras gnyis la zhu ba tshiio 15 re yod pasl mi ' ehab par gsoni0l6 por gsung barO l7 zhul bla rna rje bstun pa'i zhal gsuni0 18 nasi spyir bka' bstan beos kyi dgongs pa gzhung lugs rngo rnjug gi2019 , gangs2020 go ba re dgos pa yin! tshig gi phreng ba re ltas te2021 I shes shes2022 rang la nges pa2023 tsam rned gsungs pa2024 e bden zhus pasl ngas de ' dra rang byas su rna (3323) tshorl lar de ' dra gcig 'dug pa gsungs pasl bla rna'i drunio25 nas don gyis2026 zhal gyis bzhes par gda' bas2027/rni 'ehab par gsung ba2028 thugs la btags2029 zer/bla marin po ehe'i gsuni03 0 nasi gzhung lugs kyi 'gangs gshoi031 nal nga'i blarna dgos2032 payin/ dka' gnad2033 kyi tshig [B: gi] spuris 'byednal a b02034 rgan chen dgos2035 pa yin gsungs pa2036 (30b) e bden zhus pasl ehos rje pas 2037 zhal , dzum2038 rndzad (68b) nasi eang mi gsung ba2039 la khong na rei yab sras gnyis kyang jo bo bzang ngan rnehod rten2040 gyi bang rim bzhin2041 log ge 'dug zer roll 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 tshig A : om. B. gsong B : srong A; cf. Goldstein 2001: gsong po: straightforward, honest, sincere. barB: baA. zhaf gsungem. : (zhaf) gsung A: abbr. gs+ya B; cf. Goldstein 2001: zhaf gsung- talk, conversation (h). Note that in ms. A the ligature zhaJis on the top and at the bottom marked by dots. mjug gi em. : abbr. )'ugiB : abbr. bzhugi A; cf. Jiischke 1881: mgo, mgo mjug. 'gangs em.: 'gang A : dgongs ba B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'gang - 'gangs dang 'dra; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'gangs - gnad dam gal Goldstein 2001, s.v. 'gangs - importance, value. Goldstein 200 I, s.v. gnad - the key or main point Isignificance, the importance, the essence. Tashi Tsering understands: colloquial steng- on. /tas te em. : re ftas ste A : te tes B. shes shes A : ne nes B. ngespaB: snyingpoA. gsungs pa em. : <gsung pa> A : gsung ba B. drung A : abbr. gs+ya B. gyis A : gyiB. gda'A: bda'B; cf. Jiischke 1881: gda' ba- eleg. for 'dugpa. gsung ba compl. : abbr. gs+ya ba B : gsungs pa A. thugs 1a btags compl. : abbr. th+ya fa btaDB : thug fa btag A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. thugs fa 'dogs pa - sems fa 'jog pa. gsung A : abbr. gs+ya B. gshog A: bshogB; cf. Goldstein 2001: bshog-sm. gshogl. va. to cut through, to split, to cleave. dgosB: dgo{ng)sA. gnadem. : gnasA: ba'i gnasB; cf. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. dka' gnad - dka' sa'i gnad 'gag. boA:poB. dgosB: (dgo-) <dgos>A. gSlWgS pa A : gsung ba B. pasB :paA. 2038 om. B : {pa} A. 2039 gsung ba compl. : abbr. gs+ya ba B : gsung pa A. mchod Iten compl. : abbr. mch+toen B : abbr. mchoen A. bzhincompl.: abbr. 4nA: /tarB. 2040 2041 Text Edition 157 [2.11.19] yang sne 'u'i tsha2042 gral gcig tu2043 slob dpon gnya12044 pa zer ba gsang phu gling stod2045 kyi gdan sa2046 byed rgyu grwa2047 pa brgya tsam yod pa gcig gisl zhabs dbang gnang bai°48 zhu zhus pasl khyed 'dra ba'j dge bshes chen po la de 'dra gar 'oni049 gsung nas ma gnang basfo50 ng a yang tshe mjui051 'dir dpalldan red mda' ba'j2052 zhabs kyi padmo dri ma med pa la gtugs 2053 zer ba gcig 'dod pa yinlbtsun rgan [B: rang] 'jigs mi dgos rkang pa zhoio 54 zhus pasl '0 na g.ya' gsungs2055 nas zhabs dbang mdzad doll [2.11.20] de nas ilia sar byon nasi dge ' dun brgyad brgyal mi nag pa drug brgyaZ°56 tsam la skyid sdug lam khyer gcig gsungsl de dus chos rje blo bzang grags2057 pas jo bo'i drung du mchod pa rgya chen po bshams te 20581bla majo bo'i drung du bzhugs te20591 smon lam [B: gyi mthun 'gyur] mdzad du gsol zhus nasi khong pa rang gis gtso mdzad dge ' dun lnga brgya tsam gyis yan lag bdun pa rgyas pa gcig phull gtso bor060 bzang po spyod pa'i smon lam2061 dang I khong pa rang gis (8324) mdzad pa'i bde ba can gyi smon lam [B: sogs] rgya cher btabl khyad par dU2062 rje btsun thams cad mkhyen pa ku mii 2063 ra rna tis2064 gtso mdzad bstan pa'i rtsa lai o65 skyes chen [B: dam pal zhal bzhugs pa2066 thams cad bstan pa dang sems can gyi don du zhabs brtan par gyur cigf067 ces pa Ian gsum mdzad doll 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 205) 2054 2055 2056 2057 See note 2157. taA: duB. gnyaJB: snyalA. Name ofa place cf. Kaschewsky (1971: 268nI29). phu gJing stod em. : phu gJing bstod A : phu 'i gJing stodB. gdan sa A : gdan <sa> B. grwaem. :graAB. gnangbarem.: gnangpaA: snangbarB. 'ong B : <yongs> A; cf. note 955. Illuminator, s.v. gar III. <pronoun> [Old] used to mean gang before the language revisions. E.g. in garcig q.v., and garyangmeaning gang yang and others. basB :pasA. mjugem.: bzhugAB. mda' ba'iem.: mda'pa'iA: 'da'pa'iB. gtags em. : abbr. gtsuD B : gtag A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gtag pa (td.) gtags pa, gtag pa, gtags 1) reg pa. zhog B : bzhog A; cf. Jiischke 1881: Jog pa I. pf. bzhag, ft. gzhag, imp. zhog 1. to put, to place. gsungs campI. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. brgya em. : rgya A : gya B. grags A : am. B. Note that in ms. A the ligature grags is not marked with dots, but with a continous line. 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 bshams te campI. : abbr. bshaMs te B : abbr. bshaM ste A. teB: steA. gtso borcompl. : abbr. gtsaur B : abbr. gtsau A. smon Jam campI. : abbr. smonMA : smon B .. khyad par du campI. : abbr. khyar du B : khyad du<r> A. mA em. : ma AB. tis B : tj<s> A. bstan pa 'j rtsa Jag: campI. : abbr. bstan 'i rtsa lag B : <bstan> pa 'i rtsa {-} Jag A. paB: om. A. gyur cig A : abbr. gyuig B. 158 Chapter 5 [2.11.21] de dus drung nas2068 zhabs dbang du zhu zhU2069 la gnang I chos rjes pas ye rna gnang bas20-:°1 gsang phu ba'i grwa2071 pamarns narel red rnda' bakhoni o72 'chi bas mi 'jigs pas2073 zhabs dbang du zhu zhu2074 1a gnang gin2075 'dugl bl0 bzang pa2076 'chi bas 'jigs pas2077 su la yang mi gnang ba2078 'dug zer ba'ani o79 byung I (3Ja) [2.11.22] de nas rwa2080 sgreng (69a) la 'byon dus brag dkar rno pal bya yul rin po chel 10 mkhan pol 'bri khung pa'i stag rtse rdzoni o81 pa mams kyis2082 'bul nod2083 phun sum tshogs pa rndzadl de nas stag rtse phu la byon pasl dge 'dun sum brgya rtsam gyi gdan2084 chad nasi kun bsod snyorns la byon pasl gdan theb2085 tsarn byung I [2.11.23] de nas 10 pa'i tshogs pa chos 'breI zhur byung stel tsam pa rndzo rgyab nyi shu lliag tsarn phul basi slar mi theg pa'i sdug bsngal du gyurl chos rje yab sras narn mkha' rnclZod la nmga' bmyes pa ' dra zer ba'i grags pa byung I 2068 2069 2070 nasB: (-}nasA. du zhu zhu em. : su zhu zhu B : su zhu A. basB :pasA. 2071 gnva em. : gra AB. 2072 mda' bakhongem.: mda'pakhoA: 'da'pakhongB; khong()1) ofkho. pasB : pa'iA. du zhu zhu em. : su zhu zhu B : su zhu A. ginA :giB. paB: om. A. pasA: nasB. ba em. : pa A : om. B. ba'angem.: bayangA: ba'a(sic) B. rwaA: raB. rdzongem. : rdzongs AB. kyisA :kyiB nodB : snod A. Note that this term occurs several times in this text. In one place below Shes bya 'i gter mdzod317.34 replaces 'buJ nod with 'buJ nor. Cf. gdanpp. 151, 154,243,245. pas gdan theb A : pa dang gdan thebs B. 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 Text Edition 159 [2.11.24] de nas rwa sgreng du phyag phebsl dngu1 gdugs can che chimg I gsang 'dus 'jam rdor gyis2086 gtso mdzad rten gsUm ngo mtshar can2087 mams la phyag dang mchod pa rgya cherr088 phul nasi dgon pa gong du yab sras gnyis sku mtshams2089 bead pa'i but090 sgo nasi gzhi byes kyi tshogs pa drug brgya tsam la2091 skal ba dang 'tsham2092 pa'i chos kyi 'khor 10 bskor2° 93 tshul nil bdag nyid chen posl [B: nyams len byin dabs kyi khrid/] gsang ,dus rim (S325) lnga/2094 zab mo lta ba'i khrid/2095 [B: bdag med gnyis sgom tshul rgya chen spyod pa'i khrid/] thet096 pa chen po blo sbyong [B: dang] bzhi brgyapa'i bshad pa [B: mams gnang]/ sku mtshams2097 grol nasi rigs pa drug CU2098 pa'i bshad pargyas2099 pa gcig gnang nasi grol dUS2100 kho bo klu sgrub yab sras (3ib) kyi dgongs2101 pa 'chad2102 na de Ita bur 'chad pa yin21031 mi re re'i rtog pa dang bstun nas21041 gzhung lugs 'chad pa kun mkhyerr 105 gyis kyang dka' gsungs 21061 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 lhag tsam phul bas, slar mi theg pa 'i sdug bsngal du gyur, chos Ije yab sras nam mkha' mdzod la mnga' bmyes pa 'dra zer ba 'i grags pa byung, de nas rwa sgreng du phyag phebs, dngul gdugs can che chung, gsang 'dus jam rdor gyis em. : abbr. lhag!sam phul bas, slar mi theg pa'i sdug bsngal du gyur, choes yab sras nalvlkha' mdzod la mnga' bmyes pa 'dra zer'i graD pa byung, de nas ra sgreng du phyaD phebs, dnguJ gdugs can che chung gsang 'dus jam rdor gyis B : abbr. ! <lhag pa tsaM 1 phul pas, slar mi theg pa 'i sdul du gyur, choes yab sras namkha' mdzod la mnga' mnyes pa 'dra zer ba 'i grags pa byung, de nas rwa sgrang du phyag+s pheb, dngul gdugs can che chung, gsang sdus jaMrdor gyi> A (in ms. A69a2 a snake stroke marks the place of insertion of this extra line which is given above the first line, cf. notes 379, 1010). can A : baB. chen A : cher B. mtshamsem. : abbr. mtshaMA: abbr. 'tshaMsB. bugB : bu A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. bugsgo - bug pa'i sgo. Goldstein 2001, S.v. bug sgodoor to a cave. tsam la compI. : abbr. tsaMla B : abbr. tsaMs <la>A. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. 'Isham pa 2. (td.) 'tshams pa, 'tsham pa - ran pa'am mthun pa. bskor A : skor B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. chos kyi 'khor 10 bskor ba - sangs rgyas kyis chos gsungspa. gsang 'dus rim lnga B : gsang 'dus rim Jnga 'i khrid A. zab mo lta ba 'i khridB : dbu ma 'i rta khrid A. theg B : thegs A. sku mtshamsem. : abbr. sku mtshaMA: 'tshams B. rigs pa drug cu em. : abbr.: rig pa crug B : rig pa mug bcu A. rgyas B : brgyas A. dus B : du<s> A. dgongs B : d<g>ongs A. 'chadB : mchad A. Ita bur 'chad pa yin campI. : Itar 'chad pa yin B : lta bu 'chad A. bstun nas campI. : abbr. bstuns A: abbr. stuns B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. stun pa - (td.) bstun pa, bstun pa, stun - gzhan la ltos pa dang, gzhan dang mthun par byedpa. pa kun mkhyen compI. : abbr. pa kuen B : <pa kun> mkhyen A (insertion marked with a cross). dka' gsungscompI.: abbr. dka' gs+yaB: bka' gsungA. 160 Chapter 5 [2.11.25] chos rje pa 'bri khung du byon shull bka' bcu pa gnyis kyis 2107 gtso mdzadl gsang bde gURg gsum rtse thang sogs kyi dge ba'i bshes gnyen yang dag pa bdun CU2108 tsam la gsang ,dus rgyud ,grel cha lag dang bcas pal dbu ma rgyan gyi bshad pa rgyas pa gcig gnang bas2109I ldan ma dkon seng dang I nam mkha' gshog ral2110 la sogs pa cung mi dad pamams kyang mi phyed pa'i dad pa thob par gyur toll [2.11.26] denas yab sras gnyis stag lung gimdorzhal 'dzomg2111 dusl '01 ka stagrtse ba'ijomo chos 'breI zhur 'ongs2112 pa gcig lal chos smyo byung ba2113 lal drung pa'i gsuni114 nas dge (69b) 'dun gcig rgyugs2115lajo mo ma gi'i lag pa g.yas pa 'og tu zhoi 116 lal khyed kyi lag pa g.yas pas steng nas rgyob dang gsungs pa2117 lal de bzhin byas pas jo mo smyo ba sangsl 'khor phal mo che'i bsam pa lal ' di sde snod la mkhas pa min pari gegg2118 sel sogs mi mkhyen snyam pa yod2119 pa lal kun ngo mtshar che bar gyur toll . de nas stag lung dU2120 spyan drangs tel stag lung rin po ches na bza' clubs2121 pal ja sig sogs 'bu1 nod2122 rgya chen po mdzadl tshogs pas chog2123 zhusl stag lung pa kun gus par gyur toll [2.11.27] de nas (8326) gnam rtse ldeng gf124 gtsug lag khang du chos rje 10 tstsha ba skyabs mchog dpal bzang po dang I chos rje yab sras gnyis kyis2125 gtso mdzad dbyar gnas khas blangs2126 pa'i dge 2107 2108 2109 2IlO 2111 2HZ 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 kyis B : kyi<s> A. cu em. : bcu AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. cu - Ijes 'jug yod pa 'i grangs ka 'i ming mthar bcu zhes pa 'i tshab tu 'gro ba, ... bcu... bcu... sum cu, ... drug cu,. .. bdun cu, ... brgyad cu. basB :pasA. gshog ralB : gshog ral {-} A. Note that in IDS. A the deletion is additionally marked with dots. gi mdor zhaJ 'dzoms em. : abbr. gi 'dor zhal 'dzoMB : abbr. mdor zhaJ 'dzoM A; cf. Nitartha, s.y. mdor- joined; the lower part; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. zhaJ 'dzoms 1) phan tshun gdong 'phrad pa. 'ongsB: yongsA; cf. note 955. baB :paA. pa 'i gsung A : abbr. gi gS+ya B. rgyugscompl. : abbr. rgyuDB : rgyug A; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.y. rgyug, p. brgyugs, f. brgyug;imp. rgyugs Ya. 1. to run, to race. 'ogtuzhogB: 'ogstubzhogA. gsungs pa em. : gsung pa A : abbr. gs+ya ba B. pargegscompl.: abbr.pargeg+sA: abbr. pa geDB. snyam pa yod compl. : abbr. snyaMpa yodB : snyaMs <yodpa> pa A (sic). lung du A : lungs su B. chibsem. :phyibsAB. nodB : modA. tshogs pas chos em. : abbr. tshog+s pas <tshogs> chos A : tshoD chos B. . Itse ldeng gi B : {-} Itse <ldeng> gyi A; cf. Ye shes rgyal mtshan 894.14: gnam Itser ldeng,' Shes bya 'i gter mdzod317 .17: gnam Itse Iding,' TBRC code W1956: gnam Itse Ideng. kyis em. : kyi AB. biangs B : blang A. Text Edition 161 'dun lnga brgyal phyogs (32a) [kun] nas2127 chos 'bre1la 'dus pa [B: mams] dang bcas pa brgyad brgya tsam byung ba2l28 la chos kyi 'khor 10 bskor129 tshu1nil bdag nyid chen pos gung chos 1a2130 , dul bal dbu ma rtsa 'jug gnyisl gsang , dus kyid rgyudl Ita khrid mams gnang I gzhan yang phyogs nas byonpamams la chos 'breI ci 'dod gnang 2131 1 de dus chos rje blo bzang grag~132 pas dbyar gnas rgyags gang byung gi dngos po drag pa rnams 'bul ba'i dam bca' mdzad nasi gser srang re re'i2133 ma1).9ala thengs gsum phull gzhan yang dngos po byung res bzhin gy'i2134 spyan drangs nasi khong pa rang gis 'bul ba 'bull smon lam ' debsl bsngo ba zhu ba sogs mdzad cing I de'i2135 gong du yang gser mgar 136 lugs dangl Ii sku'i 'jam dpal dbyangs zhal gnyis kyis2137 gtso mdzad! gser dngul gos dar sogs 'bul nod2138 rgya chen po mdzad cing I rjes su yang dngul bre chen! na bza,2139 cha tshang thengs 2140 'ga' yar [B: dang]1 gsoljargyun nri 'chad par 141 phul nasi rtag tu ngus (70a) chos 'phags bsten pa bzhin mdzad doll [2.11.28] dbyar gnas grol ba dang I gtsani 142 du byon nas2143 sa skyar phyai144 phebs tel 'jam dbyangs kyi drung duJ tahud 145 gyi snam sbyarbzang po gcig [B: dang]/blare gcig [B: phuI]1 tshogs pa stong 'khor 146 brgyad brgya tsam la mang ja ' gyed dang bcas pa mdzadl 2127 brgya, phyogs kun nas em. : <b>rgya, phyogs nas A : abbr. brgya, phyoD bell nas B. The addition bell in ms. B does not make much sense here, because this would include beings from heaven and hell. 2128 baB :paA. bskorA: skorB. laB: om.A. gnang A : snang B. grags A: am. B. Note that in ms. A the ligature gragsis marked with a continous line (c£ note 2057). re re 'iB : abbr. re 'i A. res bzhin gyi em. : abbr. res 4n gyis B : res kyi {---} A. de'iA: deB. mgarem. : gar AB. 'jam dpal dbyangs zhaJ gnyis kyis em. : abbr. 'jaMJ zhaJ 2 kyis A : abbr. 'jaM dbyangs zhal2 kyiB. nodB : snod A. bza'B :zaA. thengs B : thang A. mi 'chad par B : ma chad par A. gtsangem.: rtsangAB. byon nas campI. : byon <nas> A : abbr. byons B. phyagA: abbr.phyaDB. hunA: 'unB. stong 'khorem.: stongbskorA: bstongskorB; cf. Jaschke 1881: stong I. thousand; stong 'khorloa wheel with a thousand spokes; Usually 1800 = gcig stong brgyad bIYa. 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 162 Chapter 5 [2.11.29] de nas bill rong du2147 sku mtshams dam po 1a 10 gslllli 148 bzhugs dus bu Ie rgyun du gtor ma len du yong gin2149 yod pal nyin gcig (8327) Sgrub2150 chung mas kyang mthong nasi rgod pas ci 'dug gsungs2151 1kho bu Ie gtor ma len du 'ong gi gda' zhUS2152 zerl [2.11.30] dang po dmu rdzini 153 du chos bar mdzad dus nam (32b) langs pa dang I gzhi bdag mo khyung lung ma sku mdun na2154 yar rdol nasi rgyan [B: dang] cha lugs bsam gyigZ155 mi khyab pa dang ldan pa phyag 'tshall byin rlabs2156 zhus nas sa la thim song I snga dro tsha dus SU2157I gzhi bdag mo'i gzugs gyani 158 ngos la bris pa gcig gzigs nas21591mo 'di 'dra ba2160 gcig mi 'dug! 'di bas brgya2 161 'gyur gyis mdzes pa gcig 'dug gsunggZ l621 de'i2163 dus bud med gcig la gzhi bdag rno babs2164 nasi sngon gyi dge slong de tsho phebs2165 pasl zhabs tog yang dag pa phul zer nagZ 1661 sngon gyi dge slong ni byang se~167 zla ba rgyal mtshan2168J [2.11.311 de dus mkhan chen dpal 'byorl slob dpon dar ma sogs lnga la mdzod kyi rang' grel gyi steng nas mdzub khrid mdzad pas2169 lnga kas mdzod dga' mo shes pa re byung I 'di 'dra ba'i2170 mchad2171 nyan brod2172 po yin zhes mnyes tshor chen po mdzad doll 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2112 duB: tuA. sku mtshams dam po 1a 10 gsum em. : abbr. sku mtshaM dam po 1a 10 3 A : abbr. sku 'tshaMs 1a 10 3 daMpoB. yang gin A: 'ong giB. sgrub B: bsgrub A. gSUllgscompi. : abbr. gs+ya B : gSUllg A. 'ong gi gda' zhus em. : yang gi gda' zhus A: 'ongs bda 'B; cf. note 2027. dmu rdzingem. : nnu rdzing B : smu rdzings A; cf. note 1779. naA :paB. gyis B : gyi A. byin r1abs campI. : abbr. byin+1abs B : byin brlabs A; cf. note 71. tsha dus su A : tsha dus B. gyangem. : gyeng AB; cf. A': gyang. nasA :pasB. baA: am. B. brgya B : rgya A. 'dug gSUllgs campI. : abbr. 'dUgSUllgS A : abbr. 'dug gs+ya B. de'iA: deB; cf. Illuminator, s.v. dedusabbr. of de'i dus. babsB: {-}babsA. phebs B : pheb A. zernasA: zerB. byangsemscompI.: abbr. byangsesMB: abbr. byengMsA. zla ba rgyal mtshan campI. : abbr. zla ba rgyan[tsa rtags] A : abbr.: zla rgyalo B. rang 'grel gyi steng nas mdzub khrid mdzas pas /nga em. : <rang> 'gre1 gyi steng nas 'dzug4khrid (sic) mdzadpas A : rang 'gre1 gyi stengs nas 'dzub khrid mdzadpa {-} B. 'di 'dra ba'iA: 'di'dra'iB. 'chadB : mchad A. brad A : drodB. Text Edition 163 ngam ringS 2173 rtse mor blo bzang [B: ba] sogs dpon slob bcu drug gis chos bar mdzad dusl ngam rings2174 shod na mkhan chen bstan rgyal2175 ba dponslob bdun brgya tsam 'chad nyan mdzad kyi 'dug pasl drung pa'i thugs dgongs2176 la khong dpon slob bdun brgya2177 po dang I nged dpon (7Gb) slob2178 bcu drug po bstan pa la su phan che'i dgongs pa gcig byung I dus phyis khong bdun brgya pos blo bzani l79 grags pa gcig p02180 yang mi do bar 'dug gsungs2!811 [2.11.32] dang po bu ston rin po che'i sras kyi tim b02182 mkhan chen dhannii 8rl2183 dpon slob lnga bcu tsam bka'2184 (8328) bzhi la 'chad nyan yang dag mdzad pa2185 gzigs pasl ngas kyang bstan pa dang serns can la phan thogs 'di tsam 'ong ba2186 gcig byung na dgongs pa byung ba2187 lal dus phyis bstan pa dang sems can la (33a) khong pa bas nga dngos2188 phan che ba gcig byung 'dug gsungs 21891 [2.11.33] kbri rgyal bsod nams Ide pas2l9°1 'phags pa thogs med sang rgyas kyis lung bstan pa'i skyes bu chenpor 'dug palal rje btsun byams pas dbumamistonpa ci lags zhus pas21911 '0 na ama tshos bu btsa,2192la dang por sgrub gang brdzis2193 nas mi ster ba bar ldag pa ster ba ci yin gsungs21941 Ian zhu ba'i SpObS2195 pa dang braIIol1 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 219] 2194 2195 ngam rings compl. : abbr. ngaM rings AB. ngam rings compl. : abbr. ngaMrings AB. mkhan chen bstan rgyal compl. : abbr. mkhen bstan rgyalB : abbr.: mkhen <chen> stan rgya<l> A. dgongsB: {---} <dgongs>A. brgya B : <b>rgya A. dpon slob A : om. B. bzang B : bzangs A. gcig po compl. : abbr. 1 po A : abbr. I B. 'dug gsungscompl. : abbr. 'dug gs+ya B : abbr. 'dugsung A. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. thu bo-I) gtso bo, ... sras kyi thu boo shrlem.: shdAB. bka'A :kaB. dag mdzadpa em. : dag {-} <mdzadpa>A : dag pa mdzadpa B. 'ong ba B : yong pa A. baB :paA. pa bas nga dngosem. : pas nga dngossuA: pa bas ngangosB. 'dug gsungs compl. : abbr. abbr. 'dug gs+ya B : abbr. 'dugsung A. pasA: basB. ci lags zhus pas A: abbr. ci laD zhu laDB. btsa' em. : tsha AB; cf. Goldstein 200 I, s.v. bu tsha - 1. son and grandson, 2. son and nephew. Perh. bu tsho - children. Cf. Goldstein 2001, s.v. bu btsa' - to give birth to a child. Perh. here bu btsa'new-born child, baby? dang por sgrub gang brdzis em. : dang por sgrub gong rdzis A : dang po sgrub dgong rdzis B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. rdzi ba (tmd.) brdzis pa, brdzi ba, rdzis 2) gnon pa, ...rkang pas brdzis pa. According to Tashi Tsering also used for rtsampa rdzi ba-to knead dough from barley flour. mi ster ba bar Jdag pa ster ba ciyin gsungs em. : mi ster <bar zla kha gter> ci yin gsung A : abbr. mi gter bar Ida ga ster ba ci yin gs+ya B; cf. Goldstein 200 I, s.v. bar 1. in between, between. Here in the sense of bar skabs - for a (period of) time, for the time being; Tshig rndzod chen mo, S.V. Jdag pa 2. skyoma'am, thugpa. spobs B : spob A. 164 Chapter 5 [2.11.34] yang longs sprul sangs rgyas min zer mkhan2196 mang po gda' lags pas21971ji ltar lags zhus pasl ding sang gi mkhas pa ' di tsh02198 la nges pa tsam mi ' dugl ngas dus 'khor rgyud ' grella' gal' du yod byas pa lal chos spong gi las yin zer ' dugl longs sprul sangs rgyas min zer mkhan byung rungl de'i 'dra,?199 lugs kyang yodzer nas ciru yang mi sgom pa2200 'dug stellongs sprul sangs rgyas min nal mdo rgyud thams cad bka' min par 'gyur ba la sogs pa nyes pa shin tu che gsungs220 1I [2.11.35] gnas brtan dngos grub2202 na rei 'u'i blama 'di'i kun spyod2203 bsam gyis mi khyab par2 204 'dugl blun po gcig dang sdongs dangj2205 de bas ca2206 drag tsarn/ phar tshad shes pa gcig dang sdongs kyang I de bas drag tsarn/ bka' bzhi mkhyen pa gcig dang sdongs kyang I de bas [B: cal drag tsam mkhas pa chen p02207 gcig dang sdongs (710) kyang I de bas ches mngon par mtho bar mdzad kyin2208 , dugl nga ni lhag par de rang la mos pa gcig byung (8329) zer! bka' bcu pa yon tan na rei ngas bla rna 'di bas dkon mchog la dad gus che ba rna mthongl skyid2209 grong jo bo la mjal2210 du byon (33b) res kyis jo bo'i phyag la 'jus nasi spyan ras gzigs mgon2211 khyed sku ci , dra dang I zhes sogs kyj2212 810 ka ' don gyin2213 spyan chab phrol phrol yang gin2214 , dug zer! de e bden snyamnas dus phyis ched du gnyernas bdag gis kyang bltas2215 pasl bden par gda'0221611 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 mkhan B : ba A. gda ' lags pas em. : brda' lags pa A : abbr. bda' laD pas B; cf. note 2027. tshoA: abbr. maMsB. 'dra'iB: <'dra'i>A. sgompaem.: abbr. bsgoMpaB: <b>sgomparA. chegsungscompl.: abbr. chegs+yaB: che (_oj gSl/flgA. brtan dngos grob B : abbr. bstan dng+roub A. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. lmn spyod -Jam tu spyodpa ste, Ius ngag yid gsum mam de gsumgang rung gi bya spyod dam spyod lam. gyis mi khyab par em. : abbr. gyimi khyab par A: gyis mi khyab pa B. dang B : kyang A. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. ca2) ming mtha' la j'ug tsheskabs 'gar gsal byed cha dang 'dra ba. mkhas pa chen po campI. : abbr. mkhas pa cheno B : mkhas chen A. kyin A : kyiB. skyidem. skyiB: kyiA. mjal em. : 'jal AB. mgonA: dbangB. zhes sags kyi compl. : abbr. zhesoD kyiB : ces so" sa A. shlo ka 'don gyin B : sho 10 ka 'don kyin A. phrol phrol yang gin A : khral khraf 'ong giB. Tashi Tsering: phrollike ral mo phrol- tear are rolling continuously. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. sil snyan dkrol ba, ral mo dkrol ba. Jaschke 1881: dkrol ba v. 'khrol ba. Jaschke 1881: 'khral ba, pf. and fut. dkrol, imp. khrol. Goldstein 2001, S.v. sil snyan dkrol- to play the cymbals. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. spyan chab - mig chu'i zhe sa, ... spyan chab 'byin du nye, ... spyan chab nyil nyil mdzad Cf. Goldstein 2001, s.v. mig chu nyil nyil, mig chu long, long, mig chu lhung lhung- eyes full of tears, eyes brimming with tears. See also Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. Phnun phrum ... mig chu phrum phrum 'bab pa. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. lum lum ... mig chu hun lum du gtong ba. However, no entrances for phral phral, dkrol, dkrol, khral, khral etc. bltas em. : ltas AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. Ita ba 1. (td.) bItas pa, bita ba, ltos. gda '0 A : bda'oB. Text Edition 165 gsang phu ba'i2217 slob dpon rgyal dbang na rei ngas bla rna su bya ba'i rtsar bsdad de22181 sdug bsngal rang 'gag pa2219 'gro ba red rnda' ba2220 min pa rna rnthong zerl 'jam dbyangs pa na rei 'ga' zhig da Ita bodna slob dpon2221 pas mkhas parned zer na'ang I nga'i lugs kyi rgyagar shar nub rgya nag bal po marns na bstan pa mal rna rned par' dug pasl da Ita' dzarn bU2222 gling na slob dpon mkhas pa bas mkhas pa rned par go gsungsl drung nas khri skor gzhan dU2223 gshegs tsa nal zhal du rni 'don yang thugs2224 khral cher rndzad! byang du phebs2225 zer bi gsan rna khad! shin tu gtarn snyan/ rten gsum byinrlabg2226 canre yodna'ang yodzer ba lal de 'dra dang mnyarn2227 po min! gzhung lugs pa chen po phyag phebs2228 pa tsarn gyis2229 phyogs bkra shis pa yin zer nas rnynes tshor chen po rndzad doll mkhan chen bsod nams skyabs pa2230 na rei nga'i bla rna'i2231 yon tan chung shos [B: kyang /] gzhan gyis2232 rni dol bla rna [B: nil ri phug tu bzhugs2233 kyang I gos dar gyi na bza,2234 phangs rned la sgom22351 gzhan sde bdag tu sgom2236 pa mams kyang I nang du hrul chas gyon zhingl phyjr2237 'gro dus gzob par 'dug (71 b) gsungs (34a) (S330) te 2238 shin tu mad dolj2239 drnu rdzing na bzhugs2240 dus bka' bcu pa don seng gis rnjal du phyin pas2241 chos zhusl grol ba dang 'gro ba'i grabs byas2242 pasl khyed de2243 ring 'gro nal rta gyi zarn pa thon tsam der = 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2231 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 phu ba'iem.: bu ba'iA : phupa'iB. rtsar bsdad de A : Jtsa bar sdad ste B; cf. Jaschke 1881: rtsa ba, Jtsa bar, and rtsarwith genit. to, at, e.g. to be at, both of persons and things; at, near, to, e.g. chu'i rtsar- at, near, to a river; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sdodpa (tmd.) bsdadpa, bsdadpa, sdod - gnas pa dang, 'dug pa. rang 'gag pa compI. : <rang 'gag> pa A : rang 'gaD la B. mda' baem.: mda'paA: 'da'paB. slob dpon compI. : abbr. <slaun> A : abbr. slaun B. 'dzam bu compI. : 'dzaM bu A : 'dzam+bu'i B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'dzam bugling <jambudvipa> gling bzhi'i ya gyal zhig ste, drab Iho ngos su yod pa 'i gling chen. nas khri skor gzhan du B : gnas khri bskor gzhan su A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s. v. khd skor. thugscompI.: thuDB: thugA. phebs B : pheb A. by/n rlabs B : byin brlabs A; cf. note 71. mnyam A : snyaMB. phyag phebs em. : phyag pheb A : phyaD phebs B. tsam gyiscompI. : tsaM gyis A: om. B. mkhan chen bsod nams skyabs pa compI. : abbr. mkhen bsod <naMs> skyabs pa A; abbr. mkhen bsodMs skyabs B. ma'iA:ma'di'iB. gyis B : gyi<s> A. tu bzhugscompI.: abbr. tu bzhuDB: du bzhugA. bza'B :zaA. phangs med la sgom em.: 'phang med la bsgom A: 'phangs med la bsgoms B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sgom pa 1. (td.) bsgoms pa, bsgom pa, sgoms. sgom em. : abbr. bsgoMA : <bya> bsgoMB. zhing phyir em. : shing phyir A : zhing phyi la B. gzob par 'dug gsungs te em. : bzob par 'dug ste gsung A : bzob par gdug gs+ya te B; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.v. gzob, pf. gzabs, f. gzab, imp. gzobs-to do/act with care. mad do B : abbr. mod A. Tashi Tsering: old wording like bden no. dmurdzingna bzhugsem. : abbr. dmurdzingdu bzhuDB: smuldzingna bzhugA. gismjalduphyinpasem.: gismjal du byonnasB: gi 'jal duphyinpasA. ba'igrabs byasB : pa'i grabs byas A; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.v. grabs 2. - byed-to make preparations. deA: daB. 166 Chapter 5 rgyugs gsungs2244 I bdag cag de phyogs la mi ' gro lagg2245 zhus pasl a ha nga ni bul rong na yod pa'i bsams2246 pa gcig byung , dug gsungs22471bdag gis drung du phyin nasi bka' bcu pa la de ltar gsungs lags2248 sam zhus pasl de byung I nga la bul rong ~ luni249 pa ya gi [B: la] pha yul 'gyi snang ba2250 gcig 'char gyin225 ! 'dug stel bag chags brtas2252 pa yin [B: pa 'dra] gsungs22531 ri khrod dga,2254 rno ya gi myed pa 'phags chen chos bzang dpal gyi bka' drin yin gsungs 22551 [2.11.36] 'phags chen chos bzang dpallarnjal2256 du byon dus khyed bstanparinpo che'i bdagpo yin2257 pasl de !tar thugs2258 khur bzhes2259 gcig/ sangs rgyas kyi bstan pa rin po che ' di khyed kyi phyag nayoddoll bstan pa rin po che2260 , di la khyed shes soil zhes gsungs2261 nasi phyag nas bzung zhing zhal ta2262 rnang po gnang ba'i2263 rntharl khyed kyis2264 bstan pa rin po che la sngar phyag rjes rndzad pa'i2265 rtsorn pa rndzad pa2266 mams kyi dkar chag kyang'dir 'khod gsungs2267 nasi gong du bstan pa'i gsuni 268 sgros mams dgung 10 nyi shu rtsa bdun pa yar bcad2269 10 ' di la ' di rndzad kyi dkar chag kyang rndzad doll 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 225) 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2204 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 rgyugs gsungsem. : abbr. rgyug gs+yaB : abbr. rgyugsung A; cf. note 2115. Jagscompl.: abbr.laDB: JagA. bsamsem.: abbr. bsaMAB. 'dug gsungscompl. : abbr. 'dug gs+yaB: 'dugsung A. gsungs lags em. : gsungs lag A : abbr. gs+ya ba laD B. lung A : 'dungB. baB:paA. gyin B : gin A. bag chags brtas compl. : abbr. bag ch+ya brtas B : bag chag brdas A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. brta ba(tmd.) brtas pa, brta ba -rgyas pa. Goldstein 2001, S.v. brta 1. to grow (m strength/power/size). gsungscompl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. dga'B: dga"(sic) A. gsungs compl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. mjalB : 'jal A. yin A : abbr. y+niB. thugs compl. : abbr. th+ya B : thug A; cf. Goldstein 2001, S.v. (h) sems khur byed - to show concern/interest bzhesB : g{-}zhesA. Tin po che compl. : abbr. done AB. zhes gsungs em. : zhes gsung A : abbr. gs+ya B. bzung zhing zhal ta compl. : abbr. bzung zhing zhal+ta A : abbr. zung zhing zhalta B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'dzinpa 1. (td.) bzungba, gzung ba, zungl) 'chang ba;Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. zhal ta - slob stan. gnang ba 'i compl. : abbr. gnang'iB : gnang pa 'i A. kyis B : kyi A. des mdzadpa'iem. : bzhes mdzadpa'i A: abbr. des bzhag'iB; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.v. phyagbzhes 1. h. of lag len; Goldstein 2001, s.v. phyag des h. of lag des 2. accomplishment, achievement. mdzadpa A : om. B. 'khod gsungs em.: 'khod gsung A : abbr. khod gs+ya B. gsung A : abbr. gs+ya B. pa yar bcad A : <pa> mar bcadB; cf. Goldstein: yar bcadpa - except for, excluding; yan chad - (usu. with numbers) above, upwards of, more than, over, 2. before; man cad (du) = man chad (du) 1. below, under, lower, before, 3. from this time on. Text Edition 167 [2.11.37] drung nas2270 grod chung du bzhugs dusl skyid groni 271 jo bo la phyag zhabs kyi gdu bu mams tshod kyis brdungs2272 nas 'bul du btang basi bsgrigs ran par273 byung/ drung nas phyag tshacf274 (34b) mdzad pa lags2275 sam zhus p~sl ma byas che chung 'tsham pa2276 jo bo rang gi thugs rje yin (72a) (S331) gsungs 2277I bdag gis mkhan chen g.yag pa la mjaJ2278 du phyin dusl khong pa la chos rje 10 tstsha bal Jje btsunpa bIb bzang grags2279 pa gsumgang lhag zhus [B: pas]1 slob dpon gzhon blo balta bu'i2280 dge ba'i bshes gnyen ding sang dka' mor gtad2281 yod gsuni 282 zhing I khong pa'i phar phyin gyi tlkii de la bltas 2283 pasl nang' gal' ga' yar 'dugl khong byams chos sems tsam yin gsuni 284 na'angl ngabka' ru2285 'dod del byams pa sangs rgyas yin pa'iphyir/khong gsang 'dus pa chen po yin pas! 'jam dbyangs da! gyi gtso bor mdzad kyin yod yongp286 'jam dbyangs dang byams pa gnyis sangs rgyas yin na yin nmyarnl min na min rnnyam yin nga zer kyin2287 'dug slob dpon la zhus gcig gsungs2288 nas zhus pasl nang 'gal than thun yod srid! 'khrulmed smra ba'i 'phags par ngas khas blangs2289 pa med! khong gis2290 nang' gal du bzung ba mams nang' gal e yin rni shesl bstan pa 'di gzhir bzhag la byams pa byang sems dang I byams chos lnga bstan bcos su bshad 'dugl khoni291 rang sangs rgyas pas lhag gsungs na'ang dbang chel rdo rje theg pa'i rgya 2270 2271 nasB: {-}nasA. skyid grong B : kyi rang A; cf. Ehrhard (2004: 78): skyid grongjo bo: "Ehrwiirdiger Herr von sKyidgrang." 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 brdungs B : brdung A. bas bsgrigs ran par em. : pas krig ran par A : abbr. bas dkriD ran pa B; c£ sgng pa (td.) bsgrigs pa, bsgrigpa, sgrigs 1) gshom pa. dmng nas phyag tshadB: drung {-}nas phyag tshad de A. JagscompJ.: abbr. JaDB: JagA. che chung 'tshampa em. : abbr. che chung mtshaM{-} paA: 'fshampaB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'tshampa2. (td.) 'tshamspa, 'tshampa-ranpa'ammthunpa,. .. chechung 'tshampa. gsungscompJ. : abbr. gs+ya B : {yin} gsung A. mjaJ em. : 'jaJ AB. grags A : om. B. Jta bu 'i compJ. : abbr. JtlI 'i AB. mor gtad A : mo Ja btadB. gsung A : abbr. gs+ya B. pa'ipharphyingyi TIkA deja bJtasem.: abbr. 'i phar phyin+yi Tika de JaJtasB : paspharphyin gyi Ti ka de Ja bJtas A. gsung A : abbr. gs+ya B. mB:mdeA. kyin yod yong A : kyiyod 'ong B. yin na yin mnyam, min na min mnyam yin nga zer kyin em. : abbr. yin na yin snyaM min na min snyaMnga zer kyin A : abbr. yin nEi yin nmyaMyin zer kyiB. This is colloquial and means: yin na yin khyab mynam yin; cf Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. yin khyab nmyam - phan tshun gcig yin na, Clg shos kyang yin dgos pa 'j don de. gSlIngscompJ.: abbr. gs+yaB: gsungA. bJangs B : bJang A; bJangs = fut. of len pa. gisB :giA. khong A kho B. 168 Chapter 5 phar phyin thei 292 pa 1a bkab rung I zhwa dpe2293 !ham 1a bkab pa bya ba mkhas pa'i lugs rna yin gsungs 22941 mkhan ehen ehos dpa1 ba'i gsuni295 nas 'urang mthong lam thob thob Ita ba'i gtarn mazer 2961 297 gsuni298 zer ba drung du bskyar bas2299I mthong lam Ita ba2300 mam par dag de nas shes' pa'i 'bras bu yin pa la Ita ba rna shes par mthong lam gcig thob (35a) mi shes230li kha phye na zong zad pa'i lab (S332) yin gsungs2302 I ' oni [2.11.38] ehos rj es 10 tstsha ba dang I bla rna dbang pas gdan 'dren btang (72b) bas 2303 mkharns bzang zhing rten 'breI 'grig na 'ong bat"304 zhu zhus pasl 10 tstsha bas dgon pa brtsigs"305 nas khal nyis stong tsam bsagsl de 'i rgyab eha'i sha marl gos stan2306 me shing sogs bSgrugs"307 nasi da lam2308 phebs pa gcig yong2309 na zhes yid smon du mdzad eing I gdan 'dren btangbas 23101nged na so rgasl sha Ius leis bas23ll 1 'gru12312 mi pher bat"313 'dug gsungs nasi thugs dam gyi gtso b02314 'jam dbyangs kyi Ii sku mtshar p02315 gcig zhu rten la phul nas ma,2316 byon/ 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2)02 2303 2)04 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2]12 2313 2314 2315 2316 theg pa'i rgya phar phyin theg campI. : abbr. theg'i rgya phar phyin theg B : thegs pa'i rgya pharphyin thegsA. dpe B : dpe' A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. zhwa dpe lham 'gebs - dpe don mam pa 'gal ba.. .phyogs tsam gyi nyams myong la blten nas yongs khyab la zhwa dpe lham 'gebs kyis bed spyod gtang na nor 'khrul yong sdd gsungs campI. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. gsung A : abbr. gs+ya B. gtam ma zercompl. : abbr. abbr. gtaM ma zer B : lab ma zer A. 'ong B : yong A. gsung A : abbr. gs+ya B. bskyar bas A : skyar bas B; cf. Jiischke: skyor ba 1. vb. pf. & ft. bskyar2. to repeat. Ita ba B : abbr. Ita ba 'j dg+s A. mi shes em. : ngos shes AB. zong zad pa'i lab yin gsungs em. : zong zad pa 'j lab yin gsung A : abbr. <zong> zad pa 'j lab y+ni gs+yaB. basB :pasA. 'gdg na 'ong bar B : 'gdg yong par A. bJtsigs compl. : abbr. brtslD B : brtsig A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. rtsig pa 1. (td.) bJtsigs pa, brtzig pa, rtzigs - rtzig pa rgyag pa. stan A : bstan B. bsgmgs em. : sgmgs B : bsgmbs A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. sgrug pa - (td.) bsgrugs pa, bsgrug pa, sgmgs - yar len. lam campI. : abbr. laMB: abbr. naM(-) A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. da Jam - nye char. yongA: 'ongB. 'dren btang bas B : <'dren> btang pas A. basB :pasA. 'grul A: 'dmlB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. 'grul ba- (tmd.) lam du skyodpa'am 'gra ba. barB: baA. gtso bo campI. : abbr. gtsau B : abbr. gtsaur A. mtshar po em. : 'tshar po B: 'tshar mo A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mtshar po - mtshar ba dang 'dra. Goldstein 2001, s.v. mtsharpo- beautiful, gorgeous. maB: <ma>A. Text Edition 169 drung nas thugs shes kyis rnkhyen nas stag tshang du dus zini317 chen po yong ba2318 dang I yon rochod gnyis ka'i sku tshe thung ngu las mi yong ba2319 mkyhen nas ma byon par gragsl [2.11.39] bul rong du snga rting la 10 bcu gnyis bzhugs2320 pa lal 10 lnga drung pa rang gis2321 thugs dam rtse gcig tu [B: mdzad]1 10 bdun la chos 'khor ci rigs su bskoy2322 zhini323 bul rong shod du bzhugs dUS2324 rnkhan chen dpal 'byor ba chos Ije mchog bzang bas2325 gtso mdzad chos kho na . don du gnyer ba'i dge 'dun sha stag brgyad CU2326 tsam la gsang 'dus kyi rgyudl rtsa 'jug bzhi gsum Ita khrid sogs zhib rgyas su gnang I gsan rnkhan mams la yang bya rgyu chos las med pasl nyin2327 mtshan chos kho nas ' da' ba byung/ sa cha bgro<t2328 dka' mo der yang I sa skya tshun chad bsnyegs2329 nasi bsnyen bkuy2330 bzang la mang ba byung I bul rong du bstan pa myed dan~31 bkur sti2332 bcas pa de bas !hag pa dus gsum du khebs2333 (35b) zer roll [2.11.40] de'i phyi 10 dmu rdzing dU2334 slob dpon chen po nam rnkha' dpal bas gtso mdzadl brag (8333) ram rnkhan chen! slob dpon las ston! 'dar pa mgon seng I Sgrub2335 chen rna dpal (73a) mol yon bdag dpon po rtogs ldan la sogs pa2336 brgya dang brgyad bCU2337 tsam la gsang , dus kyi rgyudl rtsa 'jug gnyisl Ita khrid dang bcas pa gnang ngoll 2317 zingern. : gzingA : zingsB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y.jun gardus zing; Goldstein: jun gardus zing- the Dzunggar Disturbance (of 1717-1718). Goldstein 2001: dus zing- a time of disturbance, 2318 yong ba em. : yong pa A: 'ong ba B. yong ba A: 'ong ba B. bzhugsA: abbr. bzhuDB. gisA :giB. bskorA: skorB. zhing B : eing A. bzhugs dus em. : bzhug dus A : om. B. basB :pasA. brgyad eu em. : brgyad beu B : brgya beu A. nyin A : i1yin pa B. bgrod A : grodB. tshun chad bsnyegs em. : tshun chad snyaD B : abbr. tshun {tha}Md snyag A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. tshun chad bsnyen bkur em. : bsnyen bskur A : bmyed bkur B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. bsnyen bkur - sri zhu mzhabs tog. myed dang A : abbr. bmyeddB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. myed bkur - myed pa dang bkur sti ste, nor rdzas 'buf mtshon dang, bkur sti gus 'dud bkur sti em. : bkur bstir B : bskur stir A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. bkur sti - brtsi bkur ram, bsnyen bkur. . dukhebsem.: abbr. dukheDB: <du>khyegA; cf. A': khyab;Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.y. khebspa (tmd.) khayb pa, ...gsofja khebs song ngam, ...gos kyis bkab nas khebs pa, ... sa gzhi sbar mos bkab pas khebs dogs med dmurdzingduem.: c/murdzingB: smurdzingduA. sgrubB: bsgrubA; cf. p. 146, 169, 170, 171. 1a sogs pa compI. : abbr. foD pa B : <swo> A. brgya dang brgyad eu em. : <brgya> brgyad beu B : brgya brgya eu A. chaos. 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 232S 232. 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 233. 2337. 170 Chapter 5 [2.11.41] chos sum gnyis tsarn song pa2338 dang I sgrub chen rna2339 dpal rno la/ narn srnad mi rna yin chen po gcig dngos su 'ongs2340 nas/khyod narn langs pa dang/bla rna'i drung durgyugs2341la phyag gsurn phul [B: la]1 drung nas bstan pa dang serns can gyi don la yun ring du bzhugs su gso! zhes Ian gsurn gsoIf 342 bar chad chen po byung dogs2343 'dug goll zer ba de thos pas Sgrub2344 chen rna dang langs2345 tel thugs mi2346 bde ba byung I narn langs pa dang I drung du zhu ba gal chen gcii347 yod pas I cis kyang , ong ba2348 zhu zhus pas shog gsungs nas23491 gong du zer ba bzhin phyag phu! gsol ba btab nasl'di bdag la gyis zer mkhan gcig byung ba rna gtogs 235 °1 bdag gis rdzun nam ZOi 351 yin na drung gi bka' sruni 352 mams kyis chad pa chod byas pasl mna,2353 skyel gyin khyed lardzun yin2354 zer ba'i gal rned rnchi2355I nged sa skyar ' chad nyan byed dusl 10 grangs2356 ,di tsarn la2357 ,chi zer ba'i sgra chen po gcii 358 byung ba yin tel dedus brtags pas23591 re gcig pa la 'chi ba 'dug snyarn pa byungl da lomi 'chi yang sang phod skyas chen2360 yin pas [B: 'chi 'am] snyam gyin 'dug gsungs2361 1 2338 2339 2340 2341 2]42 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 baB :paA. sgrub chenmaem. : bsgrub chen maA: sgrub chen moB; cf. p. 146, 169, 170, 17l. 'ongsB : yongs A; cf. note 955. rgyugsem.: rgyugAB; cf. note 2115. gsol A: zhusB. dogscompl. : abbr. doDB : dog A; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.Y. dogs 1. (yb. + -) haying suspicions/ doubts/ fears/ apprehensions. sgrub B : bsgrub A. dang1angscompl.: abbr. dangngsB: ddangA. miB :maA. chen gcigcompl. : abbr. chen 1 B : abbr. can 1 A. 'ong ba B : yong pa A. pas shog gsungs nas em. : <pas> shog gsung nas A : abbr. pas shog gs+ya nas B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. shog 1.1) tshur 'bod pa 'i skultshig cig ... tshur shog. bamagtogsem.: abbr. ba'martoDB :pamagtogA .. bdag gis rdzun nam zogcompl. : abbr. bdagis rdzunaM zog A : abbr. rdzunaM zog B. srungem. : bsrung A : bsrungs B. mna ' skye1 A : gna' skydB. rdzun yin A : brdzun B. mchiB: 'chi A. grangs B : grang A. laB: naA. sgra chen po gcigcompl. : abbr. sgra cheno <1> A: abbr. sgra 1 B. brtags pas em. : brtag pas A : abbr. <b>rtaD pa B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. rtog pa 1. (td.) brtags pa, brtag pa, rtogs':' rags par dpyod pa. yang sang phod skyas chen A : abbr. phod skyag cheno B. gyin 'dug gsungs em. : gyin 'dug gsung A : abbr. gi 'dug gs+ya B. Text Edition 171 [2.11.42] drung pa la skyei362 chen pas bsu skyeg skyon2363 che ba gcig gda,2364 lagsl de dus kyi 10 rtags2365 gang yin brtsl bar366 zhu d~g zhus pas2367I rtsis pas Sgrub2368 chen rna (36a) dani369 gcig , par byung I de nas chos grol ba dang I bul rong du (S334) byon pas sku rntshams2370 dam po gcig rndzad par zhul bdag gis kyang gdan bzhugi371 gcig la 'ong2l72 zhus nasI Ijes su gdan bzhugs zab p02373 gcigphul bas 10 'ga' yar374 skukhams bzang po 'ong ba'?375 bltas byung gsungs23761 [2.11.43] de'i phyi 10 mnga' (73b) ris phyogs sa cha bzang zhing I rni blo las su rung ba2377 'dug pasl 'gro gsungi378 nas I 'jam dbyangs pas rgya mkhar bar bdaSZ379 pas rna non! chen po dpalldan pas cung thug bdas2380 nasI zhu ba phul yang rna gsan par mnga' ris SU2381 byon! yar res2382 ne rini383 pa'i dbon po gnyis2384 la dge tshul gyi bslab bya mams gnani3851dpon po rtogs ldan pa la dge ,36' 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2371 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 skyeg B : skeg A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. skyeg(rnying) - bar chad ...10 skyeg .. .10 tog 1a skyeg chen byung ba. Goldstein 2001: skyeg- sm. skeg. Goldstein 2001: skeg- sm. skag; Goldstein 2001: skag - an inauspicious year astrologically when one is most open to personal misfortune or danger (occurs once eyery twelYe years in one's animals birth year). skyeg skyon em. : skeg rkyon A : skyeg skyeg B. gda'A: bda'B. rtags em. : rta B : de A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 10 rtags 1) 'byung rtsis skabs 10 khams so so mtshon byed kyi dud 'gro bcu gnyis, ...2) rang skyes pa 'i 10 rtags. brtsi bar A : rtsi ba B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. rtsi ba (td.) brtsis pa, brtsi ba, rtzis 1) grangs ka rgyagpa. pasA :nasB. sgrub B : bsgrub A. dang A : abbr. gs+ya ba dang B. mtshams em. : abbr. mtshaMA : abbr. 'tshaMs B. bzhugscompL: abbr. bzhug+sA: abbr. bzhuDB. 'ongB: 'ongsA. bzhugs zab po compL : abbr. bzhug+s zab po A : abbr. bzhuD zab mo B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. zabpo-zabmo dang 'dra. Cf. note 1700. 'ongba'iB :yongpa'iA. gsungs compL : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. Goldstein 2001, s.Y. b10 1as- worry, worrying. llluminator, s.Y.1as su rung ba- "To be workable," "to be fit for the purpose at hand." In some contexts this will be "to become fit for the task." gsungs compL : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. bdasB: brdasA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'dedpa (td.) bdaspa, bda' ba, dedI) mtharskrodpa dang, des su snyeg pa. liischke 1881: 'dedpa - go or walk behind, 1. to driYe, 2. to pursue, chase, run after. bdas B : brdas A. suA: laB. resB: abbr. ressaA. ring A : rings B. gnyis compL : abbr. 2 A : om. B. roams gnangcompL : abbr. roaMs gnang A : gnang B. 172 Chapter 5 slong gi sdom pa gnang2386 I khong mam pas2387 kyang I 'bul 'degs2388 phun sum tshogs pa mdzad nasi stag rtse bas brag nag bar bskya12389 I de nas mnga' ris pas bsus tel rdzong2390 dkar du phyag phebsl gung thang khab pas shang2391 len phun sum tshogs [B: pal mdzad doll [2.11.44] de nas mang yu1 du byon tel rang byon phags pa'i drung du phyag dang mchod pa rgya chen po phull thani392 sher pa dbon po la rab byung gi sdom pa gnang nasi me tog mdangs2393 can gyi nags khrod2394 du sgrub pa la byon noll [2.11.45] de dus gzhi bdag btsan2395 rje zer bal chos la dkar ba2396 gcig yod pa yoni397 nasi nga la chang gcig 'dren gyin2398 'dug chang mi 'thung ba2399 la snyam pas mar khur song nas dum bu zhig 401 mang po [B: yang] byed kyin2402 'dugl de nas zhag btungs2400 nas bzhagl 'bul ba zang bzhi lnganasl rgya'i 'bul ba de2403 (36b) sleb byung I de gzhi bdag gis tshorba 'dra2404 snyampa gcig byung gsungs2405 I zini 238. 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 rnams gnangcompl. : abbr. rnaMs gnang A : gnang B. pas B : <bas> A. 'degs compl. : abbr. 'deD B : 'deg A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'degs pa (td.) bteg pa, gdeg pa, theg. Tshigmdzod chenmo, S.Y. 'bul rten - 'blll bya'i dngospa. Tshigmdzod chenmo, S.Y. 'degs rten - zhu yig dang mnyam du 'bul rgyu'i dngos rdzas. See also note 2408. brag nag bar bskyal em. : brag nag bar skyalB : abbr. graD na phar la bskyal A. Note that in ms. A the particle la is marked by dots. pas bsus te rdzong B : abbr. pasuste rdzong A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. bsu ba 1. (td.) bsus pa, bsu ba, bsus. shang A: shangs B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. shang - gshang dang 'dra; gshang - bon po'i ral mo zhig. liischke 1881: shangy. gshang; gshang- a musical instrument, esp. used by the Bonpo. Tashi Tsering: thinks from the context and together with phlW sum !shogs pa that shang len means to "offer hospitality." Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. sna len - sne len dang 'dra. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. sne len - mgran po mams la kha len ngo len byedpa 'i las don, ... sne len zhus pa, .. .mgron porja chang bshams nas sne len byed thangcompl.: <thang>A: om. B. mdangs em. : mdang AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. mdangs 1) mdog gam bkrag. nags khrod compl. : abbr. naD khrodB : nag khrod A. btsan B : brtsan A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. btsan - 'dre'i nang gses shig ... btsan, ... chll btsan. baA :poB. yong A: 'ongs B. gyin A : gyiB. 'thung ba B: mthung paA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'thung ba (td.) btungs pa, btung ba, 'thungs. dum bu gcig btungs em. : abbr. dum pa 1 'thungs AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. dum gcig - dum bu gcig ste cha shas. zang zing B : zang {--} <zing> A. kyin A : kyiB. de A : des B; sleb pa and 'byung ba are both intransitive verbs. gis tshorba 'draA: gitshorba 'draB; Tashi Tsering: here tshorba=to know, 'dra=it seems. gsungs compl. : abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. n Text Edition 173 [2.11.46] de nas sku mtshams2406 gro1 ba(S335) dang Ibdag chen ma2407 [B: sangs rgyal mos] bod du spyan drangsl dpon slob mams ri 'dabs su dbyar rgyags ' degs2408 'bul ba yang phun sum tshogs par 409 phull [2.11.47] de dus drung slob dponmas gtso mdzadl chen po chos dpal bal slob dpon yi dam dpallbka' bcu pa2410 don yod seng ge ba2411 la sogs pa2412 brgya [dang] brgyad bCU2413 tsam lal gsang 'dus rim lngal Ita khrid blo sbyong I rtsa 'jug gnyisl gsang ,dus kyi rgyud kyi bshad pa la sogs zab rgyas su gnang zhing I nmga' (74a) bdag sku mchedlbdag mo mchedl zhang blon 'ga' yarla yani414 gsang ,dus kyi dbang gnang I dpon zhang nam mkha' stobs rgyal ba kIm dbon la bsnyen rdzogs dang rab byung gi sdom pa gnang I de dus nmga' bdagyum sras pa2415 mams la bstan 'gyur bzhengs gsung ba,?416 zhal ta gnang bas24171 bdag chen ma'i gsuni418 nasi drung nas2419 thugs rjes bzung ba'i zhal ta yin! bdag cag rang ci 'byor byed par zhu zhus pasl de shin tu legs gsungs2420 nas nmyes tshor cher mdzad d02421 II kong tshos bIos rna blangs nal pal]. chen sakya srIs2422 kyang bod yul gyi 'bul nod2423 thams cad khro phu'i [B: rgyal ba] byams pa bzhengs pa la btang gsung2424 I ngas kyang pu rangs man chad2425 'di 'grirns na2426 bstan 'gyur 'grub2427 tsam gyi dnogs chas2428 'grub bsams pa gcii 429 byung na'ang I sde pas bzhengs pa shin tu legs gsungs 2430 nasi bdag chen rna lal bka,2431 ru rna 2406 2407 2408 mtshamsem. : abbr. mtshaMA: 'tshams B. maB: masA. rgyags 'degs em. : abbr. rgyaD bteg B : rgyags teg A; cf. note 2388. Illuminator, s.y. 'degs pa - II. <noun> used in combination with other words to give the sense of a support. 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 parA :paB. paB: baA. don yod seng ge ba A : abbr. don seng B. pa compl. : <pa> B : om. A. brgyad cu B : brgya bcu A. layangA: om. B. yum sras pa compl. : abbr. yuM sras pa B : abbr. yuM sras <pa> A. bzhengs gsung ba 'i em. : bzhengs gsu<ng> A : gzhengs gsung ba 'iB. basB :pasA. gsung A : abbr. gs+ya B. nas B : gnas A. legs gsungs compl. : abbr. leD gs+ya B : abbr. Jegsung A. mdzad do compl. : abbr. mdzado A : mdzadB. shrIB : shri A. nodB : snod A. gsungA: 'dugB. kyang pu rangs man chad em. : pu rangs mar bcadB : kyang spu rangs man chad A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. man chad - dus sam gnas kyimtshams 'byed pa 'j tshig. naB: nasA. 'grubB: grubA. chasem. : chaAB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. dngoschas-dngospo'i yo byad gcigcompl. : abbr. 1 A: om. B. gsungscompl.: abbr. gs+yaB: gsungA. bka' A: dka'B. 174 Chapter 5 dngul bre chen gcigl gos phyi nang bzang po [B: ma] (37.) lngal ber thul2432 thung rini433 re rei rgya'i rdor rje dang dril bU2434 gcigl gan dkar [B: gcig] mams gnang nasi bdag chen mas kyani435I thugs (8336) khur cher bzhes 'bad rtsol bton2436 pasl 10 gcig gi khongs su bar chad riled par grub pas bia ma byin rlabs che zhing I yon bdag mo sku bsod dang blo stobs che ba'i grags pa byung ngoll [2.11.48] de nas rab gnas la rdzong dka,il437 spyan drangs tel dpal gsang ba 'dus pa'i dkyil 'khor gyi zhal phye na Sgrub2438 mchod rgyas par mdzad pasl gsung rab zhal dr<1439 zhing byin rlabs2440 che bal mchod gnas ngo dr02441 yon bdag bkra shis pa phyogs byin chags pa'j2442 rab gnas mdzad doll drung du gser ngo ma2443 srang bdun/ gos ta hun2444 gyi snam bem2445 gcig gis mgo byas kyi 'bul nod2446 rgya chen po mdzad dusl drung gis (74b) zhal tas2447 bdag mol mi Ius thob pa don yod pa2448 bya ba de Ita bu Ia Zer ba yin! chos Ia bya ba byas pa rang sangs rgyas 8U skye bar mdo sde2449 du ma nas gsungsf450 ding sang dbus gtsani451 gi sde pa su stobs che yang I snag shog glegs2452 shing I glo bur2453 dgos na 'byor ba2454 shin tu dka' gsung zhini455I de ltar Sgrub2456 pa'i 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 244. 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 244. 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 liischke 1881: ber- cloak, berthut-fur·cloak. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ben thut -zlagam (spelling mistake for ber thuI!); cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ber- zia gam. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ber chen - zla gam gzab chen. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sku ber - zla gam mam, gos ber. Goldstein 2001, s.v. gos ber- monk's cloak. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. thut pa - nang du spu yod pa 'i zia gam. Goldstein 200 I, s.v. thuipa - a kind of fleece cloak /dress. thung dng em. : thong dngs A : thongs lings B. Cf. note 2557. roo Jje dang drii bu compl. : abbr. rdor ddi AB. kyang A : om. B. bton B : ton A. rdzong dkar B : rdzong khar A. gyi zhal phye na sgrub em. : gyi zhal phye <nas> sgrub B : zhai phye nas bsgrub A. gsung rob zhal dro compl. : gsung rab <zhal dro> A : abbr. gs+ya rabs zhal gru B. Note that in IDS. A the place of insertion is marked with a cross and the insertion is to be found below line 7. byin riabs compl. : abbr. byin+iabs B : byin briabs A. ngo dro em. : ngo gro AB; sm. to kha dro po - kha dro ba dang 'dra, cf. note 1088. phyogs byin chags pa 'i compl. : abbr. phyoD byin chaD'iB : abbr. phyog+s byin chag pa 'i A. ngo ma em. : ngon po AB; Tashi Tsering: ngon po unknown; perh. excellent? Cf. Goldstein: dngui ngan po- silver mixed! allyoed with other metals. Goldstein 2001, s.v. mngon 3. clear, clearly. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ngo ma - rozun ma ma yin pa'i do bdag dngos, ...gser ngo ma. hun A : 'unB; cf. pp.179, 247, 254. bem A: abbr. speMB. kyi 'but nodB: 'but nod A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. nod pa 2. (tmd.) myedpa'am thob pa. Cf. pp. 158,160, 161, 173. gis zhai tas em. : gis zhal itas B : abbr. abbr. gi zhal+tas A. paA: om. B. mdo sde B : abbr. mdoe A. gsungscompl.: abbr. gsung+sA: abbr. gs+yaB. dbus gtsang B : yang dbus Itsang A. giegs em. : gieg AB; cf. A': giegs. gio bur em. : bio bur du sgrub B : bio bu A; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.v. gio bur- sudden, suddenly. baB :paA. . gsung zhingcompl. : <gsung> zhing B : om. A. sgrub B : bsgrub A. Text Edition 175 dge rtsa2457 bia med rdzogs pa'i2458 byang chub tu bsngo ba yang rgya chen p02459 mdzad doll bstan ' gyur bzhengs pa'i2460 mgo tshugs pa tsam Ia! drung nas bia rna Sgrub2461 pa dpalla bstan ,gyur ,di bar chad med par 'grub par' dugl nga'i rmi lam du dbus gtsani462 thams cad du thos pa'i dung thengs bdun bUS2463 pa rmis gsungs 24641 [2.11.49] rwa sgreng du2465 bzhugs dus mtshan lam du! chos rje bio bzani466 pa dang gnyis gzhung lam (37b) chen po gcig la! sangs rgyas su 'gro ba zer 'gro yin2467 'dug pasl blo bzang pa ca mgyogs tsam ' gro yf468 ,dugl khong lam na mchod rten gcig , dug pa Ia skor469 ba byed cing , dugl ngas rna byas (S337) par phyin pasl sangs rgyas pa yin zer ba'i khri chen po gcig 'dug pa der2470 ngas sngon Ia ' dzegsl khong gis kyang de rna khad la phebs bytmi 471 1khong la khyed sangs rgya2472 bar zhu byas pasl khong na rei bla rna byang chub sngon la mdzad par zhu zer nasi ngas sngon la sangs rgyas pa rmisl khong bar skabs su skor ba byed pa de2473I rang don yid byed cig bytmg ba yin nam2474 snyam pa hytmg gsuni475 I de la sogs pa'f476 ngo mtshar rmad du bytmg ba'i yon tan mtha' yas soil 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 dge rtsa A :. dge ba 'i rtsa ba B. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. bia na med pa - gong na med pa, ... bla na med pa yang dag par rdzogs pa 'i byang chub. yang rgya chen po A : abbr. rgya chenG yang B. bzhengs pa'i A : bzhengs ba'iB. sgmb B : bsgrub A. gtsangem : gtsang <?> B : rtsang A. thengs bdun bus B : theng bdun 'bus A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. thengs -ian nam, tshar. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.y. 'budpa- (td.) 2. buspa, 'budpa, bus 1) gtong ba,. .. dungbus te 'dzom brdagtong ba, ...rgya giing 'budpa. gsungs compl. ; abbr. gs+ya B : gsung A. rwa sgreng du em. ; ra grengs su AB. bzang B : bzangs A. sangs rgyas su 'gro ba yin zer yo yin em. : abbr. sar+ya m yo ba <zer 'gIo> yin A : abbr. sar+yas m 'gIo rgyu yin zer yo yin B; cf. Bacot 655: sar+yas. Tashi Tsering: sangs rgyas su 'gIo ba sm. to Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'tshang rgya ba - sangs rgyas pa'i ma 'ongs da ita gnyis. In ms. A the place of insertion is marked with a cross; insertion below line 7. ca mgyogs 'gro yi em. : abbr. <ca> 'gyog tsaM 'gIo yi A : abbr. ca 'gyoD byon kyi B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. mgyogs pa 2. myur ba. skorB : bskor A; cf. notes 43,398,411,428, 1828,2000. pa derA: om. B. iaphebs byungB: phebs byon A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. demakhad-dema thag. sangs rgya compl. : abbr. sar+ya A : abbr. sar+yas B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. rgya ba 1. (tmd.) rgyas pa, rgya ba - mang du 'phd ba dang, Ije cher dar ba. bar skabs su skor ba byedpa de em. : abbr. bar skabsu bskor ba byedpa de A : skor ba byed pa de bar skabs su B; cf. note 2469. cig byung ba yin nam compl. : abbr. 1 byzmg ba yinaMB : abbr. 1 (byed pa) byzmg ba yinaMA. Note that in ms. A the ligature byedpa is deleted through crossing out. snyam pa byung gsungcompl. : abbr. snyaMpa byung gsung A : abbr. snyaM <pa byung gsung> B. pa'iA :paB. 176 Chapter 5 [2.12 Verse 12] [12] gangs ri'i khrod kyi che btsun 'byor 1dan gyis/ gus pas spyan drangs myed dang bskur stis mchodl dbang bskur sems' bskyed2477 gdams pa2478 mang du zhus/ kun gyis2479 mchod 'os khyod2480 1a phyag 'tshal10// [2.12.1] zhes pa ni2481 rigs dang gtong ba2482 1a sogs (750) pa mtho ris kyi yon tan bdun gyig2483 mngon par mtho ba 'jam dbyangs nam mkha' rin chen pas/ bdag nyin chen po mkhas pa'i grags pa thob nas2484 'chad nyan mdzad pa'i dus su dpon slob mams yang yang btegl gsung2485 sgros rnang po bzhengs nasi blo gsal mams la gnang / bzhengs2486 mkhan mams la yang snag shog sogs chas ka2487 mang po gnang / gsung2488 sgros la 'chad nyan mdzad pa mams kyi bdag rkyen2489 yang dag pa mdzadl bul rong du phyags phebs man chacf490 kyangl phyogs nas ' dus pa'i bya bral ba gang byung2491 mams bteg24921 bkren2493 pa mams la ci 'dod kyi gsung2494 sgros mams bris nas gnang ba sogs bshad Sgrub2495 mdzad pa'i zhabs tog yang dag pa(380) mdzad pas nal sbyin bdag mams kyi gtso bo yin noll [2.12.2] rigs dang rus dang! cho 'brang2496 gis (S338) mngon par mtho ba khri rgyal bsod nams Ide pa yab yum gyis dpon slob gang yod 10 gnyis kyi2497 bar du btegl mnga' ris su chos kyi 'khor 10 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 bskycdcompl.: <b>skycdA: skycdB. gdams pa compl. : abbr. gdaMs pa B : gdams <pa> A; cf. yerse 12c aboye, p. 70. kungyiscompl.: abbr. kun+yisB: kungyiA; cf. p. 70, Yerse 12. khyodB : khycd A. zhcspaniB: ecspa'iA. baB :paA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. gtong ba2. sbyinpa. bdun gyis em. : bdun gyi A : gyis B. grags pa thob nas compl. : abbr. graD pa thob nas B : abbr. grag+s pa thob nasu A. gsung A : abbr. gs+ya B. bzhcngs A : bzhcng B. kaB: khaA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. chaska 2) rgyu eha dangyo byad gsung A : abbr. gs+ya B. rkycnB: brkycnA; cf. Tshigmdzodchenmo, S.Y. rkycn bzhi2) rgyu'irkycn dang, dcma thagrkycn, dmigs rkycn, bdag rkyCD tc bzhi. man chad em. : mar bead AB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. phyag phcbs - phyags phcbs dang don gcig,'Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. phyags phcbs 1) 'ong ba, 2) slcbs pa 'am 'byor ba. . 'duspa'i bya braJ bagang byungA: byung ba'i bya braJ baB. 2492 $ccnote 2388. 2493 bkrcnA: bsk:rcnB; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.y. bk:rcnpa 1) normcd dbulphongs. gsung A : abbr. gs+ya B. sgrub B : bsgrub A: 'brangB: 'phrangA; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, S.Y. eho 'brang-ma'irigs. kyiB :gyiA. 2494 2495 2496 2497 L . Text Edition 177 bskor498 ba'i bdag rkyen2499 yang mdzad cing I dpon slob mams la 'bu1 nod25OO phun sum tshogs . pa mdzad nasi mi phyed pa'i dad pa thob pas na sbyin bdag gi2501 mchog yin noll [2.12.3] sne'u2502 pas dpon slob 'khor bcas dga' ba gdong dang I rwa2503 sgreng du nam bzhugs bar bteg cing I 'bu1 nod rgya chen po yang mdzadl . [2.12.4] dpon yon tan rgya mtshos gnam rtse ldeng du bzhugs dusj2504 rgyags 'khor mar505 bteg cing I 'bul nod phun sum tshogs pa yang mdzad [B: do!]1 [2.12.5] gling dkar basi yar mar gyi zhabs tog 'bu1 nod [B: dang] bcas pa yang bsgrubsj2506 gnas myini507 stong dpon rgyal mtshan bzang pos 'chad nyan mdzad dusl (75b) dpon slob mams kyi ,chad2508 nyan gyi bdag rkyen yang dag pa mdzadl 'bri khung [B: pa] chen po shes rab dpal basi na2509 bza' ja dkar rdzii510 chen la sogs [B: pal 'bu1 nod rgya chen po bsgrubg251l1 slob dpon seng ge bzang pos kyani512 nas khal2513 brgya phu1 nasi slob dpon2514 mams bteg! chu ' dus pas spyan drangs nasi chos 'khor bskor ba'f515 bdag rkyen 'bul nod2516 yang dag pa2517 mdzadl shrl2518 ri ' dzam bu gling du [B: bla ma] bsod nams ' od zer bas2519I dpon slob mams kyi2520 dbyar rgyags bteg nas chos 'khor bskor521 1mang yu1 seng ge mkhar du dpon po bsod n~522 [B: dge 2498 2499 2500 250! 2502 2503 2504 250S 250. 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 bskorA: skorB. Sccnotes 398,1179,2093,2129. bdag rkycn B : bdag rkycn mams A. Note that in ms. A mams is circled by dots. nodB : snodA. na sbyin bdag gi compl. : abbr. na sbyin bdagiB : <na> sbyin <bdag> gi A. snc'u em. : snc B : snelA. gdong dang rwa A : sdong dang ra B; cf. p. 154. bzhugs dus A: abbr. bzhuDB. rgyags 'khor marem. : rgyag 'khor mar A : abbr. rgyaD 'khor bcas B. bsgrubs A : sgrubs B. myingB: snyingA. Cf. note 121~ 'chadB : bshad A. naA: abbr. naMB. rdzigem. : sig AB; cf. Goldstein 200 I: rdzig po 2. grand, imposing. bsgrubs A : sgrubs B. kyang B : om. A. khal A : <m>khalB. slob dpon compl. : abbr.: slaun A : dpon slob B. bskor ba'i A : skor'iB. nodB : snod A. paA:om.B. shrIem. : shri AB. basA: baB. kyiA :om.B. bskor A : skor B. bsodnamscompl.: abbr. bsodMsB: abbr. bsodMA. 178 Chapter 5 ,dun] grub2523 kyis dpon slob 'khor bcas zla gcig bteg nas chos 'khor bskoi5241 Ian lde2525 gung stings su blama 'jam dpal (38b) gling pa lcam sring gis dpon slob sum brgyi526 tsam zla ba gsum gyi bar (8339) du btegl drung du yang na bza, 2527 Ia sogs 'bul nod phun sum tshogs pa dang I oya bral ba mams Ia'ang na bza,2528 re phuII stag rtse bas dmu rdzini 529 du chos 'khor bskoi 530 ba'i bdag rkyen dangl yar mar gyi dpon slob mams kyi zhabs tog 'bul nod dang bcas pa mdzad! khyad par khong2531 rang grongs2532 dusl thugs dam 'dogs2533 thig po zho drug CU2534 rtsa drug sgor mo2535 gcig phuII bya bral ba mams la'ani536 'gyed dang bcas pa bsgrubs25371 druni 538 a phyi2539 ba dangl dpon zhang kun spangs pas 'bul 'degs bzang po mdzad! khyad par [B: du] drung slob dpon mas zhabs tog mthil du zhugs nas2540 yang dag pa mdzad! shes rab2541 pa sku mched pas kyang zhabs tog phun sum tshogs pa mdzad! gzhan yang mnga' ris kyi dpon2542 rigs 'byor ldan dad pa can mams kyis2543 zhabs tog yang dag pa bsgrubs25441 drung nas kyang dbus gtsani 545 gi sbyin bdag de mams thams cad la dbang bskurl sems bskyed2546 lung khrid la sogs (76a) gang la gang 'os kyi chcis kyi 'breI ba2547 gnang nasi dal2548 'byor thob pa don dang ldan pai 549 mdzad pasl sangs rgyas dngos Ita bur mi phyed pa'i dad pa thob nasi gangs can gyi skye bo phal mo che'i 'dren pa dam par gyur toll 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 grub A : abbr. dgreub B. bskor A : skor B. /deB: 'deA; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.v. 'de sm. /de. brgya em. : rgya A : cu B. du yang na bza'A : abbr. nas naM bza<'> B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. na bza' - gas kyi zhe sa. /a yang na bza' B : /a 'ang na za A. dmurdzingB: smurdzingA. bskorA: skorB; cf. note? khong A : kho B. Here in ms. A p. 75b5 the whole line 75b7 <khyad par khong ... bzang po mdzad> (beginning marked with a svastika) is to be inserted here. Ms. B incorporates it in its flowing text. grongs B : grong A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'grongs pa (tmd.) grongs pa, pangs pa - 'chi ba. 'dogs B : 'dog A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. 'dogs pa (td.) btags pa, gdags pa, fhogs - 'ching ba, ... thugs /a 'dogs pa. cuB: bcuA. sgormoem.: 'gorbaAB. /a'angA: /ayangB. bsgmbs compl. : abbr. bsgrub+s A : sgrubs B. Cf. note 964. phyiA :phiB. mfhi/ du zhugs nasem. : abbr. togi 'fhi/ du zhug<s> nas A: abbr. tog '!hl] zhuDB. shes mbA: abbr. {sh}erB. dpon A : slob B. dad pa can mams kyis compl. : ab br. <dadpa can> maMs kyis A : abbr. dad pa can maMs+yiB. yang dag pa bsgrubs A : abbr. yangg sgmbs B. nas kyang dbus gtsang compl. : nas <kyang> dbus gtsang B : gnas kyang dbus rtsang A. bskyed A : skyedB. baA :paB. . da/B: darA. /danparcompl. : abbr. /danrB : /danpaA. Text Edition 179 kun mkhyen shes rab2550 'od la sogs pa mdo khams kyi bu slob mams dang Ibka' beu pa kun dga' dpalla sogs pa dbus gtsang2551 gi bu slob mams kyis kyang2552 'byor ba2553 dang stun nas2554 gus pas mehod doll . [2.12.6] gzhan yang gnam gyi mtha' ma rgya nag po'i yu1 nasi [B: !]2555 ta ming rgyal pos gan2556 gos bzang po phyi nang lnga! (39a) snam sbyar bzang pol sku 'gag ber thul (8340) thung rini557I dbu thebl [B: zhabs] lham! sku sked25581 phyag phreng I rdor dril2559 eha gnyisl ting shags2560 eha gnyisl rten khebs gnyisl gan dkar gnyisl gsol khebs gcigl maw~ala gyi rgyan gsum! tsan dan2561 dkai po dum2562 gcigl ja dkar2563 rgya ma lnga beu mams phul/ gu ge rgyal posl kha ehe2564 gur gum2565 zho lnga beus2566 mgo2567 byas 'bul nod mang du byung ngoll [2.13 Verse 13] [13] 'brug gi2568 10 la mya ngan 'da' dgongs nasi go rtogs nyams su myong ba'i zab don mams! bston2569 pas bstan pa gtOd2570 pa ji bzhin du! chos 'khor nan ' doms khyod la phyag 'tshallo!I 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 shes rab campI. : abbr. sher B : shes {--} A. gtsang B : rtsang A. kyis kyang B : kyi <kyang> A. baem. :paAB. stun nas em. : abbr. btuns AB. Special shad Different from the sbrul shad above, cf note 1010. ganA: am. B; cf Tshigmdzod chen rna, s.v. gan dar-goschengyirigsshig;cf. note 2433, 2444. thung ringem. : thong rings A: thongs rings B; cf notes 2433, 2444. sku sked em. : skyeg A : abbr. skyeD B; Tashi Tsering: sku sked = zhe sa ofske rags; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. sked rags - skedpa 'ching byed driIB: driA. shagsem.: shagAB; cf Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.v. tingshags-rol mo'i bye bragcig. tsan dan compI. : abbr. tsan+dan B : abbr. tsan+da A. Note that in ms. A the d is actually subscribed between ts and n. dum campI. : abbr. duMB: abbr. gduMA; cf Tshig mdzod chen mo, s. v. dum gcig - dum bu gcig ste chashas. . See section 2.12.5. che A : phye B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, illuminator, s.v. gur gum, kha che gur gum. MW, s.v. Ianikuma. gur gum campI. : abbr. gur guMB : abbr. gurMA. bcusB: bcu'iA. Shes bya 'i gter mdzod317.34 replaces bcus mgo byaswith bcu 'i gtsor byas. giB :gisA. bston A : ston B. gtod A : bstodB; cf verse 13 above. 180 Chapter 5 [2.13.1] zhes 2571 pa nil mang gung gi mtshams glini572 rtse dpal gyi dben gnas sui 'brug gi 10 la2573 dge 'dun brgya phrag cii 574 la chos kyi 'khor 10 bskorba'i dus sui de2575 10 my a ngan las 'da' bar2576 mkhyen nasi dguni 577 10 drug CU2578 rtsa lnga'i bar dU2579 thos bsam sgom2580 gsum gyis rgyal ba sras dang slob mar bcas pa thams cad kyi dgongs pa zab mo phyin ci rna loi58 ! pa rtogs shingl thugs nyams su bzhes pa'i don mams ston pa bcom ldan 'das kyis 'od sruni 582 chen po (76b) dangl kun dga' bo la sogs2583 la nga'i mdo sde rin po che 'di khyed la gtod2584 I khyed mams kyis 5851 chongs shigl kloi 586 shigl kun chub par gyis shigl gzhan [B: dag] la yang gya zung cher ston gcig ces yang dang yang du gsungs pa bzhin dul bdag nyid chen po 'dis kyang I gdul bya'i tha rna mams la gsang 'dus rim lnga'i khridllta khrid tshar gnyisl 'jug pa tshar gsum bstud2587 nas gsungsl rtsa ba tshar gcig rgyas par gsungsl (39b) smon 'jug gi sems2588 bskyed Ian (8341) gnyis nyin gcig la gsungsl gsang 'dus kyi dbang thengs gnyis gnang I lee sgom rdzong ba'i2589 man ngag rin spungs kyi lung gnang I bya bral ba mams kyis 10 mang po'i bar du gsol zhii 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 zhesB: cesA. mtshains gling A: abbr. 'tshaMs bleng B. Las chen: glong, see 1) 158b2, 2) 311a3, 3) 615.20. Ye shes rgyal mtshan 903.11: klong rtse bsam gtan gling. Las chen: ehu pho 'brug gi lola, see 1) 158b2, 2) 3IIa3, 3) 615.20. eig compI. : abbr. I A : phyed 2 B. Las chen: brgya phrag phyed dang gnyis, see 1) 158b2, 2) 311a4, 3) 615.21. Ye shes rgyal mtshan 903.11: brgya dang Inga beu skor. bskorba'idussudeem.: abbr. skor'idusudeB: bskorba'idusdude'iA. barB: baA. dgllI1g B : gung A; cf. liischke 1881: dgllI1g 5. before dates, esp. before the word 10, it serves as a respectful word, and is e.g. frq. used in stating the age of a Buddha or a king. 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 euem.: beuAB. Ye shes rgyal mtshan 903.15-16: here differently says dgung 10 re bzhi pa ehu pho 'brug gi 10 zla ba beu gnyis pa 'i nyer dgu'i nyin mya ngan las 'da' ba'i tshu! bstan, while both mss. AB state dgllI1g 10 drug eu rtsalnga 'i bardu and further down (see note 2723) 'brug 10 zla ba beupa'i nyerdgu'i nyi shar la. Ye shes rgyal mtshan agrees with Las chen 1) 159a5 abbr.10 re bzhipa chu pho 'brug gi 10 zla ba beuis pa'i nyerdgu'i nyi shar, cf. 2) 311b3, 3) 616.19. We cannot rule out that Las chen had access to a third manuscript of Sangs rgyas ltse mo, which carries the abbr. beuis = beu gnyis, while the scribe of mss. AB missed the gi gu vowel sign. But this would not explain the different year of birth and age at death. Note: ming mdzodp. 1620.6-7 dgllI1g 10 drug eu re bzhi par dgongs pa ehos dbyings su gshegs agrees with Ye shes rgyal mtshan's re bzhi mentoned above. Also the date of birth in ming mdzodp. 1619.7-10 Tab bYllIlg drug pa 'i sa mo glang 10 ste spyi 10 134910r (..) 'kbrungs, rab bYllIlg bdllI1pa'i ehupho 'brug 10 ste spyi 10 141210rsku gshegsagrees with Ye shes rgyal mtshan 892.1 sa mo glang 1a sku 'khrungs. Different Shes bya 'igter mdzod317.36: drug eu rtsa 1nga. sgom B : bsgom A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. thos bsam sgom gsum. log B : logs A; cf. liischke 1881: phyin ci log snmgem.: bsnmgsAB. 1a sogscompl. : abbr.1aswoA: abbr. soDB. gtod A : btodB. mams kyis ZllIlg zhigem. : abbr. maMs+yis zllng shig B : abbr. maMs kyi Zllng shig A. ldog em. : 1hogs A : abbr. 1hoD B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ldog pa - (td.) bldags pa, bldag pa, k10gs - yi ge 'don pa. bstudem. : btudAB; Tashi Tsering: sm. to mu mthud nas;cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. studpa(td.) bstud pa, bstud pa, stud - rgYllIl mi 'chad par byed pa, ... 'phnn bzang rgyun mi 'chad par bstud nas thos byung. semscompl.: abbr. seMsA: abbr. thuDB. sgom rdzong ba'iem. : abbr. sgoM rdzongpa'iB : abbr. bsgoM rdzongpa'iA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. rdzong ba. L Text Edition 181 ba btab kyang rna gnang ba'i gsung rab2590 tharns cad kyi snying po bsdus pa bka' 'bum thor bu ba'i lung mams2591 gnang I sngar nas gsungs pa dang rni 'drabar dka' ba'i gnad2592 mams Ian gnyis Ian gsum du bky~593 nas gsungsl de ltar nges par gyis zhig ces yang yang du gsungs2594 zhingl khyad par du 'phags pa klu sgrub kyi lugs kha na rna mtho ba med pa ' di la rna brten par 'tshang rgya2595 mi nus par khas len e nusl zhes chos mgo gzhui 596 la Ian gnyis gsum gsungs kyang I Ian zhu mkhan rna byung 'dugl bdag nyid chen po'i bzhed pas 'tshang rgyit2597 ba'i thabs rdo rje thei 598 pa dang I phar phyin theg pa gnyis las rna gsungs shing I de gnyis kyi lam gyi gtso bo yang rdzogs2599 rim dang lta ba mam [B: dag] gnyis yin la/ de gnyis kyang ming tha dad kyis bstan pa tsam rna gtogs2600 ngo bo bdag med rtogs pa,?601 shes rab kho na yin! des rtogs pa'i gnas [B: lugs] kyi don de las gnas lugs kyi don gzhan2602 dus gsum gyi sangs rgyas kyis rna gsungs shing I de phyin ci rna log pari 'phags pa klu (77a) sgrub kyi2603 bstan pa ' di kho na yin snyam du dgongs pa yin [B: no/]1 'phags pa klu sgrub zhabs kyi lugs2604 las nil phyi rol gyur la zhi ba'i thabs med do/;2605 zhes pas2606 gzhung 'jug p~607 mdzad pa yin noll 2590 2591 2592 259] 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 26Q3 2604 2605 2606 2607 ba'i gsung rab em. : abbr. ba 'i gs+ya rabs B : pa 'i gsungs rab A; cf. Iiischke 1881: gsung, compo gsung rab. mamscompl.: abbr. maMsA: yangB. gsungs pa dang mi 'dra bar dka' ba 'i gnad em. : gsungs pa dang mi 'dra bar dka' ba 'i gnas A : abbr. gs+ya ba dang mi 'dJa ba 'i dka' ba 'i gnas B. Ian gnyis Ian gsum du bskyarem. : abbr. Ian 2 Ian 3 du skyarB : abbr. Ian 2 3 bskyar A; cf. Tsbig mdzod chen rna, s. v. bskyar ba - yang yang ldab pa 'i don du go ba 'i skyor ba 'i 'das pa dang ma 'ongs pa. du gsungs campI. : abbr. du gs+ya B : gsung A. brten par 'tshang rgya em. : rten par 'tshang rgya B : abbr. brten par sar+ya A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. rtenpa(tmd.) brtenpa, brtenpa, rten. mgo gzhugem. : mgo bzhug A: 'go 'jug B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. mgo gzhug - gong 'og dang snga phyi 'tshang rgya B : abbr. sar+ya A. theg B : thegs A. rdzogscompl.: abbr. rdzoDE: rdzogA. gtogsem.: gtogA: abbr. rtoDB. rtogspa'icompl.: abbr. rtoD'iB :pa'iA. gzhan B : bzhan A. kyiB : kyis A. lugs campI. : abbr.lug+s A : lu<gs> B. Citation from dEu ma la 'jug pa, chapter 6, D3861, vol. 'a, p. 208al-2: slob dpon kIu sgrub zhabs kyi lam las ni, phyi ral gyur Ia zhi ba'i thabs med do. Same in 'Jug pa'i mam bshad(1995: 179.12-13). English translation in: Tsering and Stiiter-Tillmann (1997: 188): MMA B6LIX, 1-2. Cf. note 2623. zhespasem.: cespasA: zhes'iB. 'jug parcompl. : abbr. 'jugr B : abbr. 'jug+s par A. 182 Chapter 5 [2.13.2] dbang gnani608 dus dang I dbu ma'i skabs 'ga' yar609 du spyan chab yang yang gtong ba'i rgyu mtshannil chos (8342) dang chos smra ba'i gang zag la dad cing gus pa(40a) skyes pa'i! ngas klu sgrub kyi2610 Ita ba bzang po 'di bstan kyani6111 dad pa tsam ma gtogs2612 phyin ci [B: mal log par go ba ma byung bar613I gdul bya la thugs chad nas zer 10 bgyid2614 dang I go ba mi go gsung ba2615 dang I ye gsang chen mor616 'dug gi gsungs2617 zhing I zab mo Ita ba'i bstan pa nub' gro bar gzigs tel thugs2618 mug nas bshums par yang go'0261911 [2.14 Verse 14] [14] 'khor ' das chos kun skye ba med bstan nafl-620I de nyid ngang 1a mya ngan 'da' bzhed na'ang / gus pas gs01 btab ngo ru zhag bdun barl sku tshe byin brlabs khyod la phyag 'tshallol/ zhes pa ni2621 I gang tshe skye med de nyid2622 yin zhing blo yani 623 skye ba dang bral bal zhes pa'i skabs su yul yul can gyr624 bsdus pa'i2625 'khor 'das kyi chos tharns cad skye ba med par bstan tef626 rang nyid kyang chos kyi dbyings su mya ngan las 'da,2627 bar bshed nas snyuni628 ba'i tshul bstan na yang I gdul bya mams kyifl-629 mya ngan las mi ' da' bar gsol ba btab pa'i ngorl zhag bdun gyi bar [B: du] sku tshe [B: gyi] byin gyis brlabs2630 nas sku kharns dwangs pa2631 tel da lo'i chos 'di bar chad kyang mang ba2632 gcig byung basi grol ba'i rigs mi 'dug 2608 260, 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 26}9 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 gnang B : gna<ng> A. Cf. note 1700. kyiB :gyiA. bzang po 'di bstan kyang A : zab mo 'di bstan pa dang B. gtogscompl.: abbr. gtoDA: abbr. rtoDB. ma byungbarem.: ma byungparA: abbr. tsaMma byungbarB. bgyid em. : gyis AB. cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. bgyidpa (td.) bgyis pa, bgyi ba, gyis - byedpa. gSlPlg ba compl. : abbr. gs+ya ba B : gsung pa A. Perh. g.yeng zang chen mor; Tashi Tsering: Colloqiual phrase, not sure about spelling. Cf. Goldstein 2001, s.v. g.yeng ba chen po. Perh. not gsang, but zanglike in Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. zang ngi zingngfl gsungscoml?l.: abbr. gs+yaB: gsungA. thugscompl.: abbr. thug+sA: thugB. yanggo'oB: gomoA. bstan nas compl. : abbr. bstans B : abbr. drans A; cf. above p. 71 verse 14. zhes pa niB: ces dang A. skye med de nyidB : de nyid skye mooA. yang B : dang A. Regarding the source see note to English translation. yu1 yu1 can gyi compl. : abbr. yu1 yun gyi A : abbr. yulyu1 can+yiB. pa'iB :paA. feB: foA. mya ngan las 'da'compl.: abbr. myan las 'da'B: mya ngan Jas 'dasA. snyungB: bsnyungA; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. snyungba2.(tmd.) bsnyungspa, bsnyung bana ba 'i zhe sa. kyisern. :J(yi AB; cf. Las chen: kyis, see 1) l58b4, 2) 311a5, 3) 616.3. brlabsA: rlabsB. dwangs pa em. : dangs pa B : abbr. dang+s A. baB :paA. Text Edition 183 ,gsungs2633 nasi [B: rim lnga Ita khrid legs pa'i] dmigi634 pa [B: gnyis gsum] sprugs kyi.if635 gnang [B: zhing] I 'jug pa'i bshad pa yang grol barmdzad doll [2.15 Verse 15] [15] 'chi ba 'od gsallus la brten2636 mi srid/ Ius sems bral (77b) nas mams shes stong par zhugsl dbyings rig dbyer med ' od gsal yin no zhesl yang yang gsungs pa2637 khyod la phyag 'tshallol/ zhe;; panf638 ding sang (40b) gi manngag pa phal chef2639 nyerthob mun chen gyi gnas skabs su zhi gnas kyi·mthus (8343) sems Ius layunring du gnas pa lal 'chi ba 'od gsal du 'dodna'ang I de 'dra mdo rgyud kyi dgongs pa ma yin/Ius sems bral nas [B: mam shes] stong chen choskyi dbyings su zhugs nasi dbyings rig dbyer med du ' gyur ba2640 lal [B: bar 'dir dpe cha'i shog bu guy;. ma tshangl]2641 'chi ba 'odgsal zhes zerba yin!'di ltarbshadnamang po gcig dgraru 'gro ste/'di mi zer kha med yin pasl thams cad kyis2642 yid la zung zhig26431 ces mang du gsung ngoll [2.16 Verse 16] [16] sngar bsgoms2644 'pho ba'i man ngag gsal btab nasi rtags264S mams ma rjed dga' sproi646 'od gsal 'jug! 'gog las2647 1dang zhing sngon gyi2648 'phen pas 'phol gsung bzhin2649 mdzad pa khyod la phyag 'tshallol1 zhes2650 pa'di ding sang 'chi tsana2651 'pho ba 'debs zerba'i lag len zhig dar 'dugna'ang I phyi dbugi652 rna chad pa la' debs pa yin! phyi dbugi653 chad nas btab kyang thos pa'i go skabs med de'ang I sngar 'pho ba'i gnad man ngag sgom myong naJ mi gsal ba gsal bar byed pa la gzhan 2633 2634 2635 263. 2637 2638 263" 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 264. 2641 2648 264" 2650 2651 2652 2653 'duggsungscompl.: abbr. 'duggs+yaB: abbr. 'dugsungA. dmigscompl.: abbr. dmiDB: dmigA. sprogs kyin compl. : abbr. sproD kyin B : sprongs nas A. brtcn B : rten A. gsungs pa compl. : abbr. gs+ya pa B : abbr. gsung+s ba A. zhes pa niB: ces pa 'di A. phal cher B : phar cherA. 'gyur ba em. : (-}gyur ba A: gyur pa B. Ms. B omits here from 40b2 onwards two sheets (folios). kyis em. : kyi A. zungzhigem.: zungcigA. bsgomsem. : abbr. sgoM<s> A; cf. p. 71, verse 16. rtags em. : rtag A. sproscompl.: spro<s>A. las em. : la A. gyicompl.: gyi{<s>}A. bzhin em. : zhing A. zhes em. : ces A. 'chi tsa na em. : gi 'chi rtsa na A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. tsa na 2) dus su'am skabs suo dbugs em. : dbug A. dbugs em. : dbug A. 184 Chapter 5 gyis 'pho ba 'debs pa yin! man ngag ma thob pa'i skye bo tha mal pa la 'pho ba'i man ngag bstan kyang kho la ci yang mi phan pai6541mtshan dang I gzungs byin rlabs2655 can brjod pa don chel man ngag dang ldan pa 'chi ba'i tshel sngar rang gis bsgoms2656 pa'i 'pho ba'i man ngag mams legs par gsal btab nasi nga 'di 'dra gcig tu skye2657 na snyam pa'i (78.) 'phen pa drag tu sngon dli btang nasi 'byung ba bzhi thim pa'i rtags dang I snang ba gsum shar ba'i rtags2658 mams ma brjed par byas nasi rtags2659 mams rdzogs pa dang I da nga ' od (S344) gsal don dam pa'i bden pa mngon sum du byed pa 'dug snyams pa'i dga' spro cher skye zhing I pha khyim du bu ,gro ba ltar brad pa dang bcas nasi chos kyi dbyings la zhugs2660 pa la 'chi ba ' od gsal mngon du byas pa zer ba yin! de'i ngang la 'pho ba'i mam rtog med kyang I sngon2661 gyi 'phen pa'i dbang gis gang 'dod pa'i skye2662 gnas su 'phen nus pa la 'pho ba 'debs2663 pa zer ba yin! nyan thos mams 'gog pa la snyoms2664 par 'jug pa'i tshel zhag dang zla ba dang 10 'di tsam gyi bar du snyoms2665 par 'jug cing I snyoms 'jug gi ngang las ldang ba'i ' du shes med kyang sngon gyi 'phen pa'i dbang gis dus las mi ' da' bar ldang ba yin! dper na gnyid log pa'i sngon la nang par snga mor ldang snyam pa'i2666 'phen pa btang nas nyal basi gnyid kyi ngang la ldang ba'i blo med kyang I 'phen pas snga mor gnyid2667 sad pa bzhin noll zhes gsung mdzaddoll zhini 1ji Itar gsung ba bzhin du mya ngan las 'da' ba'i dus su yang mngon du 668 [2.17 Verse 17] [17] sku tshe 'di yi2669 dngos kyi gdul bya la1 zab rgyas chos kyi 'khor 10 bskor zin nasi 'chi ba 'od gsa! skabs su gzhan don gshegsl skye 'chi dbang thob khyod la phyag 'tshallol1 2654 2655 2650 2657 2658 2659 2060 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668. 2669 pas em. : {-} bas A. rlabs em. : brlabs A; cf. note 71. bsgomscomp!.: abbr. <b>sgom+sA. sAye em. : skyes A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. sAye ba 1. (tmd.) sAyes pa, skye ba 1) sngar moo gsar du 'byrmg ba. rtags em. : rtag A. rtags em. : rtag A. zhugs em. : zhug A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. 'jug pa 2. (tmd.) zhugs pa, 'jug pa, zhugs - des su 'brang ba dang 'gIo ba. sngon em. : mngon A; cf. p. 71, verse 16. skyeem.; sAyesA; cf. liischke 1881: skyeba, camp. skyegnasl. birthplace. 'debsem. : thebsA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. 'pho ba 'debspa -gshinpo'i maw shes dagzhing dusporba. 'gog pa 1a snyoms em.: 'gogs pa 1a snyom A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. 'gog pa 'i snyoms 'jug. snyomsem.: abbr. snyoMA. snyawpa'i em. : abbr. mnyaMpa'i A. gnyid camp!. : <i>nyid A. gsung zhing A. diyjem.: 'dj'iA; cf.p.71. Text Edition 185 zhes2670 pa nil gong du bstan pa de ltar [dngos]2671 gyi gdul bya'i tshogs2672 marns lal rang rang gi skal ba dang 'tsharns2673 par zab pa don dam bden pa dang I rgya che ba kun rdzob kyi bden pa gnyis kyi sgo nas thar pa dang thams cad mkhyen pa thob pa'i thabs chos kyi 'khor 10 ma Ius pa bskor zin nasi rang nyid (78b) mya ngan las' das pa2674 la 'jigs pa dang I ya nga ba dang I bag tsha ba rni mnga,2675 ba yin (S345) tel slob dpon sangs rgyas dpal gyi Sgrub2676 chen manarel tshe Sgrub 2677 rna mdzad na sku tshe thung zer gda' lagsl tshe Sgrub 2678 rndzad na zhuspasl drug CU2679 kha ral gyi2680 dus sui drug CU2681 rtsa lnga2682 song 'dugl de tshe ring ba'i rten 'breI rni sgrig gsung ba dangl snyung ba ldogpa'i sngadro blamargyal bzang gis phyagphulnasl drung nas bstan pa dang I sems can gyi don la zhabs brtan par bzhugs su gsoll zhes zhus pasl da na ba yun thung ba dang I ' chi ba zug chung ba 'byuni 683 na bsam pa ma gtogs2684 bya ba ' di rang ma 'gmb snyarn pa'i blo'i lhag rna Ius pa med gsuni685 nasi [2.17.1] (1) gang la skyabs na bslu rned dkon rnchog gsuml 'bral med spyi gtsut686 rgyan du rtag bzhugs gsolj2687 snang stong sgyu rna'i mal 'byor ri khrod pal sems gnong2688 rned kyi glu skad ' di bzhin len! (2) shul na 'phreng ba'i2689 zas nor Ius pa rnedl gdong na rntsher 690 ba'i las ngan (M 10a1) bsags2691 pa medl 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2617 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 zhes em. : ces A. dngosem. : om. A; cf. Las chen: dngos, see 1) IS8bS, 2) 311a6, 3) 616.5. tshogs em. : abbr. tshoDs A. 'tshams em. : abbr. 'tshaMA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. de dang 'tshams pa - de dang phan tShUIl mthUIl zhing ran pa. paem.: baA. mi mnga' compl. : abbr. minga' A. sgrub em. : bsgrub A. sgrub em. : bsgmb A. gda ' lags tshe sgmb em. : brda' lags tshe bsgrubs A; cf. note 2027. cu em. : bcu A. gyiem.: gyis A; cf. Las chen: gyi, see 1) IS9a2, 2) 311b2, 3) 616.12. cu em. : bcu A. Las chen: bzhi, see 1) IS9a2, 2) 311b2, 3) 616.l3. 'byungem.: byungA. gtogsem. : gtogA; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.y. magtogs. blo 'i lhag ma Ius pa med gSUIlg compl. : bio'i {thag} lhag ma <lus> pa med gsung A. Note that in ms. A the ligature thagis marked by dots on top, while in ms. B this part of the text is missing. gtsug AR : btsug M. rgyan du rtag bzhugs gsolR : abbr. rgyan du rtag bzhugsolM : abbr. rgyaIl du bzhugsuol A. gnong R : lTlong M : snong A. 'phreng ba 'i A: 'phreng pa 'iM: 'phrengs pa 'iR. mtsherR: 'tsherAM; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'tsherba(tmd.) 3) mtsherba dang don gcig bsagsMR: b{-}sagA. 186 Chapter 5 theg chen bslab pa'i bsam sbyor nyams2692 pa med/ da2693 sgyu ma'i Ius serns 'bra12694 yang 'gyod pa med/ Here M10al-2 has verse 3 that is left out in manuscriptA. 2695 (4) cir 696 snang sgyu mar rtogs2697 pa'i shes rab YOd/ 'gro drug pha mar shes pa'i lhag bsam yod/ thabs2698 shes zung du 'breI ba,?699 nyams len yod/ da2700 sgyu ma'i Ius serns 'braI yang' gyod pa med/ (5) thog mar gsung rab270 ! dgongs2702 don tshul bzhin sbyangs2703 / bar du b10 gsal gdul bya'i tshogs la2704 bshadl tha mar 'dris pa'i don la rtse gcig bsgoms;n05 da2706 sgyu ma'i lus sems 'bral yang 'gyod pa medl (6) rgyal ba'i bstan pa srog las2707 gces par bzuni 708 / rigs dang rni rigs2709 tshul (S346) bzhin mam par phye/ , chad rtsod rtsom2710 pas dal 'byor don (79a) yod byas/ da27l! sgyu ma'i Ius sems 'bral yang 'gyod pa med/ (7) , gyod med gdeng brod27 !2 kyi mgur rna ' di/ gangs bu le'i mgue713 du blangs pa yin! 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 271] nyamsMR: nyamA. daAM: om. R. 'bra1 M : bra! AR; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'bra1 ba (tmd.) bra! ba, 'bra1 ba 1) so sor 'thor ba dang, kha 'gyes pa. Zha1 gdams 59-3-5: tshe 'di'i myed bkur '" 'gyod pa med Ye shes rgyal mtshan 902.27-28 contains only three of the four lines of this verse. Line 3c is missing. For the whole text in ms. M see note 2715. eirMR: ciA. rtogs MR : rtog A. thabs MR : thab A. ba'i AR : pa'iM. daAM:om.R. rabAR: rabsM; cf Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. gsung rab-sangs rgyas kyi gsung. dgongs MR : dgong{-} A. sbyangs MR : <btsa1> A. 1a MR : <la> A. bsgomsR: abbr. bsgoMsA: sgomsM; cf note 2235. daAM:om.R. srog las AR : srogs pas M. gees par bzung R : gees par gzung M : ees par gzung A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'dzin pa I. (td.) bzung ba, gzung ba, zung. dgs dang mi dgs MR : rig dang mi Jig A. rtsod rtsom MR : abbr. {b}rtsod brtsoM A; cf Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'chad rtsod rtsom gsum. Note that in ms. A the prefix b of brtsod is marked by dots. daAM:om.R. gdeng brodMR : bde grod A. mgu1MR: 'gu1 A; cf. pp. 141, 146, 155,237. Text Edition 187 wi kho bo'i rjes 'jug dad2714 ldan mamsl wi nga bzhin byed na ' di bzhin mdzodl (8) Here manuscript M h;s verse 8 that is left out in manuscript A.2715 gSlillg ba bzhin gong du bstan pa de ltar ' chi ba ' od gsal gyi droigs pa rgyas par 716 gsungs nasi chos nangs2717 par gyi gro1 bar gda'oll [2.17.2] zhes gSlillgS shini718 I nang par719 chos gSlillg ba'i dus mar bcad2720 snYlillg2721 ba'i tshu1 bstan nasi gSlillg mi gnang zhing I gsol mi dgongs tsam rna gtogs 2722 snYlillg zug med pasl thugs dam gyi rim pa mams rna chag cing I ji ltar bzhed pa bzhin 'pho ba mdzad nasi 'brug 10 zla ba bcu pa'i nyer dgu'i nyi shar laP723 sku lus2724 gzugs kyi sku~725 ,od gsal chos kyi skur my a ngan las 'das pa'i tshu1 bstan teP726 skye 'chi la dbang thob pa yin tel bsam bzhin du srid pa bzhes zhing bzhed pa bzhin2727 du mya ngan las 'das pa'i phyir roll 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 dadMR : bskaf A. Source: Minor Works: Gyod med gdeng brad kyi 'gyur ma, 0030-0031: pp. 9b6-10a6, CPN, no. 006117 refers at the end to 004546 (7 pp. I). The text actually starts with a homage to the guru: nama guru/;1. However, although the form guru/;1 exists, nama guru/;1 is incorrect Sanskrit, since nama requires an object in the dative. Correct forms would be nama gurave or nama gurobhyab. All eight verses are contained in Zhal gdams58.17-59.18 and Ye shes rgyal mtshan 902.23-903.10. These six of eight verses are part of Red mda' ba's autobiography (rang mam). For the verses skipped in Sangs rgyas rtse rno see Appendix p. 303. pal' em. :paA. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen rno, S.V. nang pa I) nangs pa dang 'dra. Tshig mdzod chen rno, s.v. nangs pasngadro. gsungs shing em. : gsung zhing A. nangs em. : nangA. 2720 Cf. note 2490. 2721 snyungem.: bsnyzUlgA. gtogs em. : tog A. Cf. NgCh 347.2: drug eu rtsa fnga pa ehu 'brog zfa ba beu pa 'i nyer dgu fa gshegs so. Note that this dating by Ngor dKon mchog Ihun grub (1497-1557) agrees with mss. A arid B. Also Shes bya'i gter mdzod317.38-39 agrees with mss. A and B: ehu 'brog fa (1412)zfa ba beupa'inyerdgu'inyi shar fa. 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 Considering the deviations in Las chen and consequently in Ye shes rgyal mtshan, we may assume that we are not confronted with simple spelling mistakes. Rather it seems that Las chen Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (1432-1506) did not simply miscalculate Red mda' ba's year of birth, but corrected mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo's dating by changing the age of Red mda' ba's death. But since Sangs rgyas rtse rna was involved in drawing up the horoscope of Red mda'ba (see section 2.11.42) it is most unlikely that he was mistaken. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sku ius - gzugs pa,. .. dgung io mthon po yin yang sku filS thang po 'dug. Las chen: rgyu fus, see I) 159a5, 2) 311b4, 3) 616.20. Cf. p. 188 and English translation section 2.18 with the respective note. skurern. : sku A. teem. : toA. bzhin em. : shin A. Chapter 5 188 [2.18 Verse 18] [18] sgyu Ius kun rdzob bden pa roam par dagl 'od gsal don dam bden pa mngon du gyurl zung 'jug rdo rje 'chang gi go 'phang broye!?7281 'phrin las lhun grub khyod Ia phyag 'tshaIIol! zhes2729 pa ni sngon gyi 'phen pa'i dbang gis 'chi ba 'od gsaIIasl bar d 0 2730 sgyu Ius su bzhengs nasI kun rdzob bden pa roam par dag pa mtshan dang dpe byad yongs .su rdzogs pa longs sku broyes2731 tel rten de nyid Ia 'od gsaI don2732 dam pa'i bden pa roam par dag pa chos kyi sku rnngon2733 sum du rnngon du mdzad pa nil dbang phyug brgyad Idan zung (S347) 'jug rdo rje 'chang gi go 'phang broyes par gyur tel zhi rgya!?734 dbang drag phrin Ias2735 roam pa bzhis 'bad med lhun grub2736 rgyun rni chad du gzhan don mdzad pas (79b) 'khor ba sdug bsngal gyi rgya mtsho skem2737 par mdzad doll [2.19 Verse 19] [19] zhing gzhan gshegs tshe sa chen rab tu g.yosl dpa' bo mkha'. ' gro lha2738 roams 'dus gyur nas2739I phyi dang nang dang gsang ba de kho nasI mchod nas spyan drangs khyod Ia phyag 'tshaIIol! zhes2740 pa nil skyes bu dam pa roams bltams pa dang I chos kyi 'khor 10 bskor ba dang I mya ngan las 'das pa'i dus sui 'jig rten Ia gnod par rni 'gyur ba'i sa g.yo barf mdo las gsungs pa Itar byung ba2741 kun Ia gsaIIolI dpa' bo mkha' gro dkarphyogs Ia dga' ba'i lhaklusogs nammkha'Ia 'dus pa gyur tel phyi'i mchod pa 'dod yon Ingal nang gi mchod pa1742 sha Inga bdud rtsi Ingal gsang ba'i mchod pa dga' bzhi'i bde bal de kho na nyid kyi mchod pal gnas lugs rtogs2743 pa'i Ita bas rang rang gis2744 2728 2129 2730 2131 2732 2733 2734 2135 2736 2131 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 bmyesem.: bmyedA; cf. p. 71, verse 18. zhes em. : ces A. doem.: duA. bmyes em. : mnyes A. don compl. : <don> A. mngon em. : dngon A. rgyasem.: brgyasA. 'phrin las em. : abbr. phris. lhun grub compl. : abbr. lhrub A. skem em. : abbr. skem+s A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. skem pa 1. (td.) bskams pa, bskam pa, skoms. lha compl. : <lha> A. nasem.: teA; cf. p. 72, verse 19. zhes em. : ces A. 'byung ba em. : byungpaA. nang gi mchodpa'em. : <abbr. nangi mchod blf> A. lugs rtogs em. : abbr. lug+s rtog A. gis em. : gi A. Text Edition 189 ji Itar nus pa Itar mchod nasi bdag nyid chen po gshegs pa'i2745 gnas su spyan drangs pa yin noll kun gyis thos pa'i dung dang mga bo che'i sgra skad bsamgyis2746 mi khyab pa byung zhing I sngar nmam2747 rna myong ba'i dri bzang po kun gyis2748 tshor ba yang yang byung I bla rna bsod nams grags pa sogs 'ga' yar gyis2749 mtshan mor2750 bla brang kun 'od kyis khengs pa gzigsl de la sogs pa dge ba'i !tas bsam gyis2751 mi khyab pa byung ngoll [2.20 Verse 20] . [20] ye shes me yis khyod sku bzhu ba'i tshel mkha' Ia sprin med bar snang rIung yang zhi/ sa Ia drod rgyas dbyar bzhin2752 byin gyis rIabg1753I (8348) rten 'breI dbang thob khyod Ia phyag 'tshalIoll zhes2754 pa nil dpaI gsang ba 'dus pa'i dkyil 'khor gyi zhal pye nasi Sgrub2755 pa'i mchod pa rgyas pa2756 phul tel ye shes Inga'i mes roam par smin pa'i sku sbyangs pa,?757 tshel skad cig de nyid Ia rgyan nam mkha'i sprin sogs sgrib g.yogi758 kun dang braI zhing (80a) vai Q.ilrya'i2759 rang mdog yongs su rdzogs2760 par bstan/ bar snang Ia rIung dang 'tshub2761 rna sogs kyi rdul2762 dang bral bar gyurl sa gzhi Ia glo bur drod cher rgyas tel grang bas2763 nyen dang bral bal dbyar bzhin du byin gyis brIabs pa nil rten cing 'breI bar 'byung ba la dbang thobl Ita ba mam par dag pa'i mthu yin par kun gyis goyod27641 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2154 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2160 2761 2762 2763 2764 gshegs pa 'i em. : gar {gang} gshegs pa 'i A. The ligature gangis crossed out. gyis em. : gyi A. mnam em. : abbr. sn8MA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. n111am pa 1. nom pa 'i ma 'ongs pa, 2. (tmd.) 1) dri ma bro ba dang. gyis em. : gyi A. gyis em. : gyi A. morem. : mo A. gyis em. : gyi A. bzbin em. : gzhin A. gyis rlabs em. : gyi<s> brlabs A; cf. note 91. zhes em. : ces A. gyi zhalpye nas sgrub em. : <gyi> zhal pye nas bsgrob A. paem. : parA; cf. p. 174. sbyangs em. : sbyang A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. sbyong ba (td.) sbyangs pa, sbyang ba, sbyongs 2) skyon spong ba dang, 'dag par byedpa. g.yogs compl. : g.yog<s> A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. g.yog pa (td.) g.yogs pa, g.yog pa, g.yogs - sleon pa 'am, 'gebs pa'am btum pa. vai DUiya 'i em. : be dl1IYa'i A; cf. MW, S.Y. vidiira-ja- a cat's-eye gem (ifc. "a jewel" = "anything excellent of its kind''). rdzogsem.: rdzogA. 'tshubem.: tshubA. rdul em. : sdul A. basem. :pasA; cf. Tshigmdzod chenmo, S.Y. grangba 1) tsha ba'i ldogphyogs. gyis go yod em. : gyi<s> go yo A. 190 Chapter 5 [2.21 Verse 21] [21] (B40b2) ston pa'j2765 sku gdung cha brgyad bgo~766 pa bzhin! khyod gdung dad 1dan lha mi2767 grangs med kyis27681 phyogs bcur spyan drangs mchod pa'i rten du gyurl sku gdung rgyas mdzad khyod 1a phyag 'tsha11ol1 zhes2769 pa nil sngon gyi2770 gyad kyi yul shing sa277!la zung gi drung dul bcom Idan2772 'das my a ngan las' das pa'i dus SU2773 I sku gdung ring bsrej2774 mamsl lha dang I klu dang I mi mams kyi cha brgyad du bgos pa bzhin dul bdag nyid chen po 'di'i sku gdung byin gyis rlabs2775 kyi snying po can mams kyi skal baf 776 lha klu sogs mi ma yin gyis kyang spyan drangs par grags tel gdung khang zhal phye dus phyag zhabs kyi rkang 'ga' yar ma tshang bar m mthun snang du grub boll lhag rna mams nang rten phyi rten2778 sku 'dra'i nang du gzhui779 rgyu dang I bu slob278o kyi mchog chos rje blo bzang grags pas278 ! gtso mdzadl rab tu byung ba'i gdul bya mams dang I sbyin bdag gi mchog tu gyur pa khri (S349) bsod nams rgyal mtshan/ Ide2782 pa sku mched kyis thog drangs khyim pa'i 'dul bya mams la bkye2783 nas lha klu'i gnas dang I bod gangs can gyi khrod thams cad du mchod pa'i rten du gyur roj2784 [2.22 Verse 22] [22] mthong thos dran reg gtam du brjod mams kyi~785I 'di (410) phyi bar do'i mgon skyabs dpung gnyen mdzadl 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 ston pa 'j compl. : abbr. ston'iB : bston pa 'j A. bgosem.: dgosA: bsgosB; cf. p. 72, yerse21. miA: kluB. kyis B : kyi A. zhes B : ees A. gyiA :om.B. shing sM em. : shing sa A : sa B. beom idan em. : abbr. be+doMs AB. dus su compl. : abbr. dUSll B : dus du A. bsreJ A : srelB. byin gyis rlabscompl.: abbr. byin+lsB : byingyis brlabsA; cf. note 91. ba A : ba dang B. barB : parA. nang rten phyi rten A : abbr. nang rten+yi rten B. gzhugem. : bzhug A: <b>zhuDB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'jugpa 1. (td.) beug pa, gzhugpa, chug I) snod sogs kyi nang du 'jog pa dang blug pa. slobB: slo{-}bA. pasB : p+saA. ideA: sdeB. la bkye B : <la b>kye A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'gyed pa (td.) bkyes pa, bkye ba, khyes I) gtongba. . TO em. : to AB. kyis B : kyi A; cf. p. 72, yerse 22. Text Edition 191 bslu med skyabs gnas dpalldan red mda' bi-786I 'dren mchog dam pa khyod2787 la phyag 'tshalloll zhes2788 pa (80b) nli dpalldan bla ma de'i sku mthong ba'i gsuni789 thos pa'i yon tan dran pa'd790 'pbrin las kyis279! reg pa'amJ mtshan brjod pa'i2792 gdul bya mams kyi tshe 'di'i sku drin2793 mgonl phyi ma'i skyabsl bar do'i dpung gnyen dam par gyur pal gnas skabs dang I mthar thug kun tu slu2794 ba med pa'i skyabs gnas 'dren mchoi795 dam pa de la bdag sogs gdul bya thams cad sgo gsum gus pas skyabs su mchf796 zhing phyag 'tshalloll mchod doll bstod doll mam pa kun tu rjes su bzung du gsol/ [2.23 Verses 23-33] [23] kye ma kye2797 hud bstan pa'i srog shing chagl bstan 'dzin dge 'dun phyogs bcur 'th0l2798 lags soil [24] kye ma kye2799 hud thar pa'i rgyal mtshan 'gyel/ thar 'dod mams kyi thar lam stor lags soil [25] kye ma kye2SOO hud legs bshad dga' ston nyamsl blo gsal mams kyi re thag chad2SO ! lags soil [26] kye ma kye hud Ita ba'i nyi ma nubl kIu sgrub2802 yab sras lugs2803 bzang su yis2804 ston2S051 [27] kye ma kye2S06 hud dam chos rgya mtsho skamsl thogs2807 med sku mched bshad srol su yis skyoni 80SI 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2191 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 haem. :paAB. khyod A : de B. zhcs B : ecs A. gsung A : abbr. gs+ya B. pa'amcompl.: abbr.pa'aMA :pa'iB. 'phrin las kyis em. : abbr. phIis kyis B : abbr. phris kyi A. bl]odpa'icompl.: abbr. bzjod'iB: <h>l]odpa'iA. sku ddn A : om. B; c£ Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sku drill - phanpa'am dan. slu B : bslu A. 'drenmchogA: <'drenmehog>B. mehi A: 'ehiB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. skyabs su mehi ha -skyabs su 'gro ba ste yul gang la blogtodpa. kyeA: kyiB. 'thor B : mthor A; cf. above verse 23. kyeA:kyiB. kyeA:kyiB. ehadB : beadA; c£ p. 73, verse 25. sgrubA: grubB. lugs B : lung A; cf. p. 73, verse 26. yisB :yiA. stonem.: skyongAB; c£ p. 73, verse 26. kyeA :kyiB. thogs B : thog A. skyongem. : ston AB; cf. p. 73, verse 27. 192 Chapter 5 [28] kye ma kye2809 hud lung rigs2810 mche sder 'thoi2811 / phyogs glang chos grags rigs2812 tshu1 su yiS2813 (8350) spell [29] kye ma kye2814 hud tshu1 khrims bum pa zhig/ 281S rnam gnyis sdom brgyud2816 su yis 'dzinl yon siik [30] kye ma kye2817 hud spangs rtogs2818 go rim2819 'tsholl 'phags seng gnyis kyi legs bshad2820 su yis (41b) sgrogs2821/ [31] kye ma kye2822 hud nyams rtogs2823 byin rlabs2824 yal/ ti282S 10 na2826 ro'i man ngag su la zhu/ [32] kye ma kye2 827 hud phan bde'i pad tshal zumI bshad Sgrub2828 bstan pa gcig cai2 829 nub lags soil [33] kye ma kye hud nyam thai 830 yi re mug! khyod sku mig gis mthong ba'i skal2831 bas dbenl [2.24 Verse 34] [34] (81a) khyod gsung rna bas thos pa'i bsod nam~832 medl khyod2833 thugs gang na bzhugs kyang byin gyis rlobsf834 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 282.5 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 kyeA :kyiB. rigs em. : rig AB. 'thor B : mthor A. rigs B : rigA. yisB :yiA.. kyeA:kyiB. shAle em. : shale B : shag A. brgyud em. : rgyudB : rgylln A; cf. p. 73, verse 29. kyeA: kyiB. spangsrtogsB: spangrtogA; cf. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. spangs rtogs. rim A : rims B; cf. p. 74, note 123. legs bshad AB; cf. p. 74, verse 30. sgrogs B : sgzvg A. kyeA:kyiB. nyams rtogs B : abbr. nyaMs rtog A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. nyams rtogs. rIabs B : brlabs A; cf. p. 74, verse 31 and note 71. fiB: teA. nAB :naA. kyeA:kyiB. sgrub B : bsgrub A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. bshad sgrub. gcigcarcompl.: abbr. 1 carA :phyogs bcurB; cf. p. 74, verse 32. nyam thagem. : nyams thag B : abbr. nyaMs thug.$,. skalA: bskalB; cf. p. 74, verse 33. namsA: namB. ' khyodB : khyed A. bzhugs kyang byin gyis rlobs em. : bzhugs kyang byin gyis brIobs B : bzhug kyang byin gyis brlobs A. Text Edition 193 [2.24.1] rjes su mchod pa phul ba'i tshul nil bla rna bsod nams2835 grags pas gtso mdzad! bu slob brgya phrag cig2836 1hag tsam gyis I zhag bC02837 brgyad kyi bar du phyi nang gi dkyil 'khor chen po ' di dag gi2838 zhal phye nas gus pas gsol ba btab pa nil bla rna bsod nams grags pa dang I chen po chos dpal ba gnyis kyis2839 gtso mdzad kyisl kye'i rdo rje2840 slob dpon yi dam dpal ba dang I bla rna yon tan rgyal bas2841 gtso mdzad mams kyis2842 kun rigl bla rna rgyal bzang bas2843 gtso mdzadl bya bral ba mams kyis chos rje'i thugs dam gyi gtso bo dpal gsang ba 'dus pa dang I beom ldan 'das 'khor 10 bde mehogf844 slob dpon bka,2845 bzhi pas gtso mdzad! dge 'dun byin gyis bde gshegs brgyad la [B: phyag dang] mchod pal bdag gis bla rna mehod pa la sogs pa'i bsgrub mehoct2 846 phul tel gsol ba btabl (42a) des dus nang so rang gi phyag rdzas gang yod kyis ci ldani'847 byas pa'i lhag mal khab nang sos zhag gsum/ bdag chen mas zhag gnyisl (S351) drung slob dpon mas gtso mdzad mams kyis zhag gsum btei'848 nasi gdung gi drung nas gtso mdzad dge ' dun mams la bsnyen bklir 849 'bul 'degs phun sum tshogs pamdzad [B: eing I nang rang gi phyag rdzas kyis gung thang ehos sde chenpor yang I tsha ba mangja gral 'gyed phunsum tshogs pa dang I sgrub sde bsam gtan gling du' ang I tsha ba gral ' gyed dang beas pa yang mdzad] doll nang rten rang byon 'phags pa'i sku tshad [B: dang] mnyam pa'i De btsun 'jam pa'i dbyangs khri rgyab dang beas pa bzhengs2850 pa'i zangs gserl bZ02851 gnas pa'i yon rgyags sogs kyi sbyin bdag gi mthil zhugsf 852 drung bdag po bas2853 mdzad eing I gzhan yang bdag chen mas gtso (81 b) mdzadl bu slob mams kyis dad eing gus pas phul ba dang I nang so rang gis2854 thig po sogsl phyag rdzas kyi bcug gani'855 yod btang nasi mang yul 'phags pa'i gtsug lag khang du bzhugs 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 namsA: namB. cigcompl. : abbr. 1 A : gcig B. beo B : bewo A; cf. Jiischke 1881: beo. giB :gisA. kyi5'B: kyiA. kyerdoIjeB : kye'i rdoeA; cf. LC, s.y. kyerdoIje=Tib. he ba dzra, Skt. hevajra, Tib. he wa dzra. yon tan rgyaJ bas campI. : yon tan rgyaJ ba<s> A : yon rgyaJ bas B. Note that in ms. A the ligature tan is marked by dots on top and thus similar to the cases aboye missing in ms. B. kyis B : kyi A. basB : pas A. 'khorJo bdemehogcompl. : abbr. 'khaur bdemehogA: bdemehog 'khor loB. sJob dpon bka 'B : abbr. slaun <b>ka 'A. bsgnzb mehod A: sgmb mehodB; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.y. bsgmb mehod ci Jdang A : ci {-} Jdangs B; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. Jdang ba (tmd.) 2) 'bor tshad long ba 'am, tshang ba dang, mnyam pa. btegB : tegA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'degspa(td.) btegpa, gdegpa, !heg. bkurem. : bskurAB; cf. note 2330. bzhengs A : gzhengs B. bzoB: gzoA; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. bzognas2) bzolas lag rtsa. kyi sbyin bdag gi mtml zhugs em. : abbr. kyi sbyin bdagi !hil A : kyi '!hI1 zhugs B, basB : pas A. gIsB: giA. rdzas kyi bcug gang em. : rdzas kyi bzhug gang B : rdzas kyi bzhug <gang> A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. 'jugpa I. (td.) beugpa, gzhugpa, chug I) snod sogskyi nangdu 'jogpa dang biugpa. 194 Chapter 5 su gsol zhint856 I sku 'dra'i sbyinbdag chen po chos dpal bas rndzad nasi gtsug lag khang de nyid nal bzhugs pa'i spyan sngarl bdag nyid chen po rang gisl (42b) jo bo'i drung du phul ba'i kont857 bu la dngul darn gcig nman nasi kong2858 rkyen bzang po brtsegs te phul ba' 0 285911 ' rten gnyer chen pOf860 slob dpon yon rin2861 pas rndzadf 862 rnthil zhugs2863 bla rna rgyal bzang pa dang I nye gnas rnchog legs pas2864 rndzad doll [B: gzhan yang gdan sa chen mos gtso mdzadl bo dong! snar thang I zha lu 28651 gnas rnying I chos 'khor sgang I dpal gsang phu ne'u thogl ri bo dge 'phella sogs pa'il chos gra chen po mams su'ang gang lagang 'os kyi mangja 'gyed dangbcas pa bsgrubsl chos rje blo bzang grags pa'i zhal snga nas kyang I nang rten2866 rje btsun 'jam pa'i dbyangs sku tshad dang nmya:rrt 867 pa bzhengs nasi ri bo dge 'phel na bzhugs soil] [2.25 Verse 35] [35] dge legs yon tan chu gter chen po lasl chu thigs2868 tsarn zhig blangs la2869 nyes pa'i tshogsl ji snyed mchis pa tharns cad mtholio bshags287°1 zhabs 'bring gnyut 871 ma'i tshogs la bzod par gsol/ [2.26 Verse 36] [36] bla ma'i marn2872 thar ngo mtshar rmad2873 byung 'di 28741 bshes gnyen bsod narns grags sogs bkas bskul nasi 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 bzhugs su gsol zhing B : abbr. bzhugsu gsol cing A. kongB: skong A; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. kong bu - dpangs mtho zhing gting nng ba'isnod chung ngu zhig ste mar me 'bu1 snod, ...mchod kong, ... gser kong. dngu1 dam gcig mnan nas kong em. : abbr. dngu1 daMm (sic) gcig snan nas kong B : abbr. dngul daM 1 mnan nas skong A. brtsegs te phu1 ba '0 A : rtsegs te phu1 10 B. po em. : po dang A : po pa dang B. rinA: nngB. Another possible reading would be: lten gnyer chen po dang, slob dpon yon nn pas mdzad [He also paid]; the fee for the main caretaker and the masters [who helped with the inauguration]; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. yon - I) rin nam gla cha 'i zhe sa, 2) sbyin ba 'am gtong sgo. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. nn pa I) gong gi tshad gzhi, 2) nyo byed kyi dngui. mthi1 zhugs em.: 'thil bzhugs B : thi1 bzhugs A. pasB :kyiA. zha 1u em. : zhallu B. rten A : brten B. sku tshad dang mnyam A : ched dang snyam B. thigsem.: thigAB; cf. p. 75, verse 35. 1a B : 1a {-} A. mtho110 bshags em. : tho 10 bshags A: 'thoNo gshags B. gnyug A : snyug B. mam B: {-}mam A. nnadB : smad A. 'diB : pa 'i A. Text Edition 195 grangs med gdu1 bya'i tha sha12875 mnga' ris pal mi phyed dad thob (S352) sangs rgyas rtse mos sbyarl [2.27 Verse 37] [37] dge ba 'di dang dge ba'i rtsa ba gzhan/ ma Ius blo yis gcig (43a) tu bsdoms2876 byas nasi bla ma mchoi 877 la gus pas phul ba yisl bla ma dam pa'i thugs dgongs rdzogspa dang! sku gsung thugs kyis2878 byin gyis brIab tu gsolf879 mam thar zhib rgyas su brjod pa blo,?880 yul (82a) ma yinzhing I [B: bdag nyid chen po'i] drung rani 88l nas kyang I ngas ' di ltar byasl ' di bzhin byung sogs cher rni gsung ba dang I rgyun dU2882 zhabs tog phul ba'i rgyus can la 'dri sa2883 med pa'i stobs kyisl go rim2884 gong 'og nor ba sogsl nyes pa'i tshogs thams cad bzod par mdzad du gsol/ , di2885 phyogs dus gnas skabs thams cad du dar zhing rgyas par gyur cigl ces pa ' dil dbang phyug mi la ras chen gyi sti gnas rkang tshugs2886 phug gi ri khrod du sbyar ba' 01 f887 dge legs2888 su gyur cigl [A: rje btsun chen po red mda' ba'i2889 gsung sgros mdor bsdus pa'oll mangalaM2890 bhavatu/] zhus dag par gcig zhus lagsf89l [B: subham astu sarvajagatI2892] 2875 2876 2877 2878' 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 tha shalB : tha bshal A. gcig tu bsdomsB : cigdu sdomsA; cf. p. 75, verse 37. mchog B : abbr. mchoD A. gsung thugs Ayis B : gsungs thugs Ayi A. Note that in ms. A the suffix -s in gsungs is maked by dots. gyis brlab tu gsolB : brlabs Jug par shog A. rgyas su bJjodpa blo'iem.: rgyas su bJjodpa blo yiB : brgyas su bIjodpa blo'iA. rang A : om. B. ba dang rgylln du B : pa dang rgyun tu A. 'dri sa B : 'dris A. rim B : rims A. 'diB : 'dis A. sti gnas rkangtshugsem. : bsti gnas rkang tShlIgsB : ti gnas rkang tshugA; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. sti ba(tmd.) bstispa, bsti ba, stis-ngal gso'i ched dugnaspa. ba'oA: baB. legs B : las A. ba'iem. :pa'iA. mangalaMem. : maMghalaMA zhus dagpargcig zhus lagscompl.: abbr. zhus dagpar 1 zhus lagsA: abbr. 1 ZhlISB. shubham astu sarvajagatl em. : shubhammastusarvajagatlB. English Translation [0 Title] A44a The Amazingly Marvelous Biography o/the Great Glorious Red mda' ba 1l6 A44b / B Ib / S266 [1 Part I: Introductory Verses] [Ll Salutation] gurukumaramataye namal;t I pay homage to Master Kumaramati! 117 [1.2 Verse 1: Homage to Red mda' hal [1] I pay homage at the feet of the Glorious Master, whose knowledge that realized the essence of the two truths is extensive, the Great Compassionate One, who accomplished both awakening minds, and whose supreme knowledge 1l8 and compassion119 are matchless. [1.3 Verse 2-4: Author's Resolution to Expound His Subject] 120 [2] When similarly to Kasyapa, Upali and Ananda, who respectfully described the Buddha's deeds from upon a throne 121 made up of the 500 arhats' upper robes 122, [saying] with a sorrowful voice "thus have I heard"123, [3] I express respectfully only the slightest portion of [the qualities of] The Precious Dharma Lord124, whose gratitude can never be repaid, [and] who, since [we] do not have the fortune to see him [any longer], has become [only] an object of memory, [and] the extent of whose qualities 1 did not comprehend, although [1] thought about [them] day and night, [4] The meaning of the prophecy "the doctrine of the Buddha will spread [again] when it is about to disappear" is,125 that [the Buddha] thought that you, great being [Redmda' ba], after appearing at this time when the doctrine is ending, [would] intensifY the pure practice of view and conduct. (2.) 1 pay homage to you who were (S267) prophesied by the Buddha. 198 Chapter 6 [1.4 Verses 5-22: Homage to the Main Subject, Red mda' bal [5] You intentionally took a life and were born in a religious family, then entered the [Buddha's] doctrine and learnt from numerous renowned spiritual teachers. You took the three VOWS I26 , and protected them as ifmore precious than your own life. r pay homage to you [who embodied] the Buddha's tradition. [6] After you had learnt well all siitras, tantras and treatises 127, you demolished through perfect scriptures and through reasoning [that uses] the power of fact all the tenets [holding] the extreme views 128 of etemalism and nihilism. r pay homage to you who defeated the wrong views. [7] With the qUalities of [being trained in] the scriptures and [having attained] realization129, and with skill in means 130 and with compassion, knowing the disposition, intention and latent tendencies of your disciples as they are, [you] turned the Wheel ofDharma131 , r pay homage to you who take [us] fortunate [disciples] under your care. [8] With the wisdom 132 that realizes the state of being without self, you see conventional dependent arising [to be] like an illusion, and realize the ultimate state of phenomena [to be] like space. r pay homage to you who have the perfect view. [9] Spiritual teacher, disciplined, pacified, totally pacified133, endowed with all vows, free. of the impurity of [any] fault or downfall, your three doors remain in a natural spontaneous state. r pay homage to you who have perfected [his] conduct. [10] You renounced this [secular] life and concentrated on the essence of practice. You meditated on the four truths, on dependent arising, the six perfections and the two stages 134 [and] achieved the (2b) supreme siddhis 135 ofmahamudr1L r pay homage to you who have perfected [his] practice. [11] Although 'hitting the core' in your profound meditative accomplishment, continually seeing masters l36 , tutelary deities, rjiikinis and Dharma protectors, you abide [solitary] in yogic discipline 137 like a pratyekabuddha. r pay homage to you who are marvelous. [12] Noble, ordained and wealthy people of the snow mountains respectfully invited [you], offered material gifts and service138 [and] received numerous empowerments, generations of [bodhi}citta l39 and instructions. r pay homage to you who are worthy of worship by all [sentient beings]. (S268) [13] After you thought of entering into nirvliI}.a in the year of the dragon, you entrusted the subtle meanings of what you had heard and understood English Translation 199 as the Buddha entrusted [the responsibility for] the doctrine [to the seven custodians]140. I pay homage to you who assiduously141 teach the Wheel of Dharma. [14] After you had taught that all phenomena in saIpsara and nirv3J;i.a are unbom142, although you wished to enter into nirv3J;i.a, the state of true nature (tathatii), in response 143 to the respectful supplications [made by disciples], you blessed your life l44 for up to seven days. I pay homage to you. [15] 'The clear light of death 145 cannot rely on the body. After body and mind have separated, the consciousness 146 enters into emptiness. The lnseparability of sphere and awareness 147 are the clear light." I pay homage to you, who spoke thus again and again. [16] After having meditated previously [and] given meaning 148 to the oral instruction 149 on the transferring [of consciousness], not forgetting the signs, having entered the clear light with joy, you arose from [meditative] absorption in cessation 150 and migrated, propelled by what had preceded. I pay homage to you who act in accord with the words. [17] After you turned the profound and vast Wheel of Dharma for your direct disciples of this life, at the time of the clear light of death you passed away for the benefit of others. I pay homage to you who attained power over birth and death. [18] (3a) Your perfect illusory body, which is conventional truth, manifested as the clear light, the ultimate truth. [You] have attained the unified state ofVajradhara 151 . I pay homage to you who have accomplished spontaneity of activity. [19] At the time when you passed on to another buddhafield, the great earth trembled. I pay homage to you who were invited [there], by the viras, rjiikinis and deities who had assembled and who made (8269) outer, inner and secret offerings from the state of true nature [to you]. [20] At the time when your body melted into the fire of wisdom, there were no clouds in the sky and the wind in the space 152 became still too. Due to your blessing the heat on the earth rose as in the sunnner, I pay homage to you who attained power overdependent arising. [21] As the Buddha's relics were divided into eight portions, similarly your relics were invited by the countless devout gods and human beings into the ten directions to become an object ofworship 153, I pay homage to you who increased [his] relics. 200 Chapter 6 [22] From what [I have] seen, heard, remembered, [physically] touched 154 and [know from] stories told, [you] act [as] protector!55, refuge 156 and cornrade 157 in this life, in future lives, and in the intermediate states 158. Glorious Red mda' ba, infallible object of refuge, I pay homage to you, the holy supreme leader. [1.5 Verses 23-33: Lamentation for the Lost Master] [23] Alas, the life tree of the doctrine is broken. The holders of the doctrine, the sangha [members], have scattered in the ten directions. [24] Alas, the victory banner159 ofliberation has fallen down. Those who wish for liberation have lost the path of liberation. [25] Alas, the enjoyment of elegant sayings has declined. The cord of hope for the clear-minded is cut offl60. [26] Alas, the sun of[right] view has set. Who [will] explain the excellent tradition of father Nagiirjuna and his [spiritual] children? [27] Alas, the ocean of Dharma is dry. Who [will] maintain the teaching tradition of the brothers Asanga [and Vasubandhu]? [28] (3b) Alas, scripture and reasoning, which are like the incisor and claws [of a lion], have become dispersed. Who [will] spread the logical system ofDignaga and Dharmaklrti? [29] Alas, the vessel 161 of moral conduct is destroyed. Who [will] uphold the vow lineage of GUIfaprabha and Sakyaprabha? [30] Alas, the sequence of abandonment and realization has become disordered. Who [will] proclaim the elegant sayings of Aryavimuktisena 162 and Haribhadra l63 ? [31] Alas, the blessings of experience and realization have disappeared. Whom [will] we request for the oral instructions ofTilopa 164 and Niiropa l65 ? [32] Alas (8270), benefit and happiness have closed like lotus flowers [in a] pond l66 . The doctrine of expounding and practicing [the Dharma] were simultaneously lost. J [33] Alas, [we] pitiful [people] have fallen into despair, devoid of the fortune to see you [any longer] with [our] eyes. [1.6 Verse 34: Request for Blessings1 [34] [We] do not have the merit to hear your speech [any longer] with [our] ears. Wherever your mind is, please bless us. English Translation 201 [1.7 Verse 35: Confession and Request for Forbearance any Fault C~mmitted] . [35] From the huge ocean 167 of [your] excellent qualities, [I have] taken just [as much as] a <;!rop of water, and whatever mistakes there are, I openly express and confess them all. I beg the resident group of close disciples and attendants 168 to forgive [those faults] .. [1.8 Verse 36: Author's Colophon] 169 [36] After having been exhorted by the spiritual teacher (46a) bSod nams grags pa and others, the most inferior17o among his countless disciples, the mNga' ris pa who has achieved unfailing faith, Sangs rgyas rtse mo, has composed this amazingly wonderful biography of [his] master. [1.9 Verse 37: Dedication and Request for Blessings] [37] After my mind has gathered together this virtue l71 with other roots of virtue 172, I offer [them] to [my] supreme teacher with respect. Due to this after all intentions 173 of the supreme teacher have been fully accomplished, I request that I be blessed by [his] body, speech and mind to complete the biography of the glorious teacher. 202 Chapter 6 [2 Part IT: Verse-by-Verse Commentary] [2.1 Verse 1: Reverent Salutation: Praising Red mda' ba's Knowledge and Compassion] [1] (4a) I pay homage at the feet ofthe Glorious Master, whose knowledge that realized the essence of the two truths is extensive, the Great Compassionate One, who accomplished 174 both awakening minds, and whose supreme knowledge and compassion are matchless. Concerning these [words] it is said: "The being who possesses unassailable supreme knowledge and immeasurable compassion is the predominant scholar dPalldan Red mda' ba." [2.1.1 Praise of Red mda' ba's Supreme Knowledge] While this renowned noble being possesses [two kinds of] superior knowledge 175, his superior knowledge is extensive. [rJe btsun Red mda' ba possesses] the superior knowledge [that understands] all phenomena as they are176. [This means he understands] the conventional tmths 177 from form up to the knowing of [all] aspects 178, he realized (8271) that the general characterized [phenomena] 179 are empty oftheir own entity180, and sees the special characterized [phenomena] like a myrobalan fruit on the palm of one's handl8l. [More over, he] possesses the superior knowledge [that understands] the mode of existence of all phenomena 182. [This means he understands] that ultimately saIfIsara and nirvava are free from all extremes ofproliferation183 . [2.1.2 Praise of Red mda' ba's Immeasurable Compassion] He wears the armor of the special altruistic mind 184 that wishes to free all sentient beings from the saIfIsaric ocean of suffering, and since he is endowed with the virtuous effort 185 of perfectly186 preparing to liberate [all sentient beings], [and] has accomplished both awakening minds - the mind of aspiration [for full enlightenment] and engagement [in the actual practice of a Bodhisattva]- he is endowed with great compassion 187 . As there is no one in the Land of Snow whose supreme knowledge and compassion are equally excellent as his, he is matchless. The great being [Red mda' ba] himselfsaid 188 : "Meditate the wisdom that sees that saIfIsara and the peace [ofnirvava] are void [and] the compassion that observes sentient beings, who are infinite)ike the sky, one-by-one, and sometimes in union." [A: In a praise by The Dharma Lord 810 bzang grags pa 189 , it is said: "Your knowledge is outstanding, and your fortune incomparable 190." (46b) mKhan chen Chos rgyal said: "The blissful heat of [your] great heart of awakening blazes high."] English Translation 203 [2.1.3 Tsong kha pa's Praise of Red mda' ba as Maiijusri and Avalokitesvara] [B: It is said: "Lord of stainless wisdom, MaiijusrI, Huge treasure of great objectless compassion l91 , Avalokitesvara, Crown ornament among scholars of the land of snow, Red mda' ba, gZhon nu blo gros, I pay homage to yoU.]"192 Endowed with the glory (4b) of the two accumulations [of merit and wisdom], [you] attained the unmistaken empowerments (dbang, abhi~eka), [explanations on the] tantras (rgyud) and oral instructions [from the. experience of the master] (man ngag).193 Then you realized [all of them]. I respectfully pay homage to [you, Buddha] [B: by the means of the three doors (body, speech and mind)]. I bow with the highest part of all of my limbs l94, with the crown of my head, to the lowest of all parts of the body of the teacher, to his lotus feet, praising [him with the words] "due to whose kindness the great bliss [appears ]"195 and so on, having generated faith and respect. [2.2 Verses 2-4: Author's Resolution to Expound his Subject] [2] When similarly to (8272) Kiisyapa, Upiili and Ananda, who respectfully described the Buddha's deeds from upon a throne made up of the 500 arhats' upper robes, [saying] with a sorrowful voice 'thus have I heard', Concerning these [words]: The hearers of the Buddha trained in his 84.000 [teachings], and those [B: among] the holders of the Vinaya and the greatly learned who became sublime were Kasyapa, Upali and Ananda. After the [Buddha's] nirviilJa they engaged in preserving the Dharma of [his] noble doctrine for a long time. And after the holders of the doctrine, the 500 arhats, had assembled for this purpose without a single one missing, [they made up] a throne of the [500 arhats'] upper robes, recollected the qUalities of the Buddha, and then [recited] with a sorrowful voice: "Thus have I heard at one time, when the Bhagavat l96 [was.residing] in Rajagrha 197 on Vultures' Peak Mountain l98 ...." and so on, they collected [the Tripi!aka, in which it is expressed], how initially the Buddha generated [the altruistic] mind to [attain] the supreme Buddhahood l99, [how] in the interim period [he] accumulated a multitude [ofmerifoo and wisdom] over three countless201 aeons202, [and how] at the end [he] performed the twelve deeds for the benefit of sentient beings. [Thus they collected] the three precious types ofPi!akas: the Abhi[dharma], the Vinaya [and] the Siitra Pi!aka203 . [2.3 Verse 3: Red mda' ba's Infinite Qualities] [3] I express respectfully only the slightest portion of [the qualities of] The Precious Dharma Lord204, whose gratitude can never be repaid, [and] who, since [we] do not have the fortune to see him [any longer], has become [only] an object of memory, Chapter 6 204 [and] the extent of whose qualities [them] day and night, (5a) I did not comprehend, although [I] thought about Concerning these [words]: The Precious Dharma Lord's kindness in teaching the perfect path to me and the other disciples is inconceivable. [We do] not have the fortune to see him [any longer] with our direct eye perception, and [so] (470) he has become solely an (8273) object of the memory of [our] mental consciousness. [And] although [I] respectfully thought about [him] day [and] night, I was not able to comprehend the extenf05 ofhis infinite qualities of [having learnt many] scriptures and having realized [all] qualities [included in the three higher trainings]. In a praise [B: from mKhan chen Chos rgyal] it is said: "If even all the spiritual teachers, who are [like] the lord Garuga206, cannot see the extent of your qualities, how could it be that I, whose intellect is like a butterfly, have the ability to infer [them]?" Nevertheless, ifI am to express respectfully just the slightest portion of the qualities [of his] that I have seen or heard in conformity with my own fortune, after having set aside [any] exaggeration· or flattery, [it will be as follows]: [2.4 Verse 4: Prophecy by the Buddha] [4] The meaning of the prophecy "the doctrine of the Buddha will spread [again] when it is about to disappear" is, that [the Buddha] thought that you, great being [Red mda' ba], after appearing at this time when the doctrine is ending, [would] intensify the pure practice of view and conducfo7 • I pay homage to you who were prophesied by the Buddha. The [aforementioned refers] to a sutra, [where it is said:] "As the light of the butterlamp becomes brighter just before it dies out my doctrine will spread [again] just before it disappears." The purported meaning of this prophecy is: Even at the end of this degenerate period of the doctrine, you, great being [Red mda' ba], who are learned and realized, appeared, with the intention of spreading and extending the Buddha's doctrine through perfectly practicing right view and conduct. And although in the past, for the same reason, i!'J.any of the greatest scholars had already appeared here, in the Land of Snow, some stressed clarifying only the aspect of view (5b), others emphasized clarifying only the side of conduct and still others clarified only the essence of practice, nothing more than that. But I have neither seen nor heard208 of anybody else but you - before or after - who clarified the doctrine through both teaching and practice (S274). [2.4.1 From a Letter to Tsong kha pa about the Decline ofthe Doctrine] From a writing of the great being [Red mda' ba]:209 (1) "If even the famous, who are greatly venerated by many, are longing for material gifts, service and fame, English Translation 205 [and] do not uphold the Buddha's doctrine as an important thing [any longer], who will be the noble one who cherishes the doctrine ofthe sage here? (47b) (2) Most of the supposed scholars are like talking parrots. [Their capability] goes no further than following the words, and the reading of just an arrowsized [page]210. If they become stupefied distinguishing [between] right and wrong, where are the eloquent speakers of [sound] reasoning here? (3) If even [the meditation of] the yogis who are meditating day and night, as [Siddharta's teacher] Udraka211 meditated on concentration (samiidhi)212, became devoid of the vital poinfJ3 of correct view, then there is no practitioner who has entered the perfect path. (4) Although [people] get fully ordained for the purpose offood214 [and a seat] in the row of the celibates, there are [still] a few sramaI).as who have respect for proper training in moral conducf 15 . Alas! The doctrine of the Sakya remains only in name; I alone see [this]." And in BIo bzang [grags pars praise it is said: "You realized the tradition that is accepted by NiigiiIjuna and Asanga as it is, and then, out of compassion you elegantly taught the secret faultless speech.216 Therefore, who else after you will display this gift of certainty with regard to the essence of the doctrine?" [2.5 Verse 5: Former Lives, Birth, Education and Scholarship] [5] You intentionally took a life and were born in a religious family, then entered the [Buddha's] doctrine and learnt from numerous (6a) renowned spiritual teachers. You took the three vows, and protected them as if more precious than your own life. I pay homage to you [who embodied] the Buddha's tradition. [2.5.1 Former Reincarnations] Concerning these [words]: In his previous life, this great being [Red mda' ba] was born as the one called "KiismIri PaI).<;lita Amoghavitjra"217, and because The Dharma Lord BIo bzang grags pa was then PaI).<;litaMatibhadra218 (S27S), [Red mda' ba] unmistakenly taught the dharma exposed in the Tripitaka and the general exposition219 of the four classes oftantras to him - as the foremost - along with an inconceivable number of disciples. [This account,] how [Red mda' ba thus] extensively acted for the purpose of the doctrine and sentient beings, Vajrapiir}.i220 told to Phyag rdor Grub thob221 . 206 Chapter 6 [2.5.2 Birth] Then, to overcome those here in the Land of Snow who engage in wrong practices of view and conduct, he was intentionally born near Tibet's rDo rje gdan 01ajrasana)222, the glorious Sa skya, at a [place] that is well-known as the Fort(ress)223 ofRedmda'224, in the lineage of [the clan] of the protector of the country225 mGar stong btsan (d. 667), a minister of the Dharma king Srong btsan sgam p0226 (488), as the son of the father bKra shis rgyal mtshan, minister of Red mda', who was in union with the mother, a wisdom rjiikini called [B: "Lo dBang phyug skyid,"] whose perfectly altruistic way of acting was like that of the Brahmin woman called PrakasasIla227 •228 As he was entering into her womb, she had auspicious dreams such as the rising of sun and moon, lighting of [butter] lamps, and construction of new temples. [The mother] was free of any physical pain and had a joyful mind. Even at the time of birth, both mother and son were free of the suffering of birth. In a praise it is said: 229 "At the time when you, like Buddha in the Lumbini grove, were born from the stainless mother's womb, because of excellent merit you did not have (6b) a body received [due to karma], otherwise you could have become Lord Brahma himself or died." After that, you were nourished with milk, curd, a decoction of butter and so forth, and moreover you were offered the name "bTsun ne230." From the time on, when he was able to speak and understand the meaning [of words] , when he [simply] heard the sound (8276) "Three jewels" or saw an object representing them, his faith and respect grew. Both father and mother expired at a young age, and an aunt,231 a qualified rjiikini, called "bKra shis 'bum"232 offered her services without exhaustion from his youth until he became a great, mighty scholar. Thus it is said that she was extremely kind. At the time of his childhood, the great being [Red mda' ba] said: "A ne lags, I will either lead the land ofTibef33 towards happiness, after having taken up the seal234 of the great ruler of Sa skya [state] (Sa skya dpon chen), or just as [the sun brightens] the day [I will] brighten the [Buddha's] teaching, after I have entered through the gateway of the doctrine." The aunt answered: "Clever35 bTsun ne, don't get covetous. xpu cannot [accomplish] both." At that time [he] became also well-known under the name bTsun ne Blo gros che (Mahamati). [2.5.3 Taking Refuge, Generating ofBodhicitta, Taking Upasaka and Sramal,lera Vows] At that time [Red mda' ba] took refuge, the generation of [bodhi]citta, and the vow of' [one day] fasting' (bsnyen gnas, upaviisa/36 as well as many Dharma teachings on Mahakarw;ta237 from 'Phags chen238 Chos bzang dpal (b. 13. cent.)239 Thereafter the great being [Red mda' ba] thought about entering the gate of the doctrine, [in other words, to take ordination] in order to make meaningful [the human birth that] he achieved with the [eight] leisures240 and [ten] endowments. Therefore in the 18th year of his life [1365]241, from Sa bzang [Ma til PaJ;l chen242 (1294-1376), who had become a noble crown ornament of the saffron-colored [Vinaya] holders in the snoW mountains, he obtained the vow of a lay man (dge bsnyen, upiisaka) and a novice (dge tshul, sriimalJera) (48b) and moreover [he] received the name "gZhon nu blo gros." English Translation 207 [2.5.4 PramiilJa Studies, Bodhisattva Vow, Mental Purification Transmission, Authoring of Two PramiilJa Commentaries] Then [Red mda' ba] thought of studying the gateway to (7a) all important objects of knowledge, the corrunentary on the general thoughts of the Buddha, [Dharmakfrti's] comprehensive Commentary on [Digniiga's Compendium on] Valid Cognition (PramiilJaviirttika, Tshad ma rnam 'grell 43 • Thus he approached the greatest among the scholars, Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal (128513 79)244 and the lion [among the experts] on scriptures and reasoning, mKhan chen Sangs rgyas (S277) 'phel. 245 By training his intellect (blo gros, mati), he reached some understanding of the Viirttika, and then, after making debate rounds (grwa skorl46, [he] attained fame as having great wisdom. At that time, just by hearing the name of the son of the Victor247 , Thogs med bzang po dpal (1295-1369)248, it happened that the fme hairs coming from his pores moved, tears rolled down from his eyes and so on. Then The Precious Dharma Lord went to [Thogs me bzang po's] Chos rdzong in dNgul chu249 , and took from the great [Bodhi]sattva the generation of the mind of aspiration [for full enlightenment] and engagement [in the actual practice of a Bodhisattva], [and] received many Dharma teachings on Mahayana Mental Purification250 (theg pa chen po blo sbyong).251 Then, afterheretumed to the main seat [Sa skya], he had to answer [a question] in the Chos khri yard (chos khri thang). In a [Philosophical] text, a formally stated syllogism252 was asserted that was not easy to refute. And although the [other] participants in the debate round did not know [the answer] either, he himself felt extremely worried. When he himself did not come to an understanding of what the [PramiilJaJviirttika text was saying, he thought that he must have been deceived by the oral traditions received from his teachers 253 . Thereafter he remained in Sa skya in a retreat on the scriptures 254 , and studied texts very much. He studied [Dharmakfrti 's] seven treatises on valid cognition255 together with its [basic] siltra256 and [other] sub-corrunentaries. He also studied the elegant sayings of the lord of supreme knowledge Sa skya Pa1J.cJita (1182-1251) and of 'U yug pa Rigs pa'i seng ge (d. 1253).257 And due to listening to many Dharma teachings from his greater and lesser teachers [Nya dbon and Sangs rgyas 'phel], he urnnistakenly realized the meaning of the seven treatises and their commentaries, and thereafter his fame (7b) as a scholar spread all over the world. Then he compiled two pramiilJa corrunentaries ('grel bshad; {ikiil 58 of different lengths, a long one and a short one, together with a general overview of the topic (spyi don). 259 It is said: (I) "Even a fme glowing ray of [your] elegant explanation can eclipse the splendor often million seemingly scholar-fireflies, and (49a) (S278) this wisdom that emits one hundred rnillion260 logical ways is [like] a sun that did not exist before. 208 Chapter 6 (2) The seeds that originated in the womb 261 of the [mind]-basis-of-all262 have produced with [the help of] the mother, wisdom, the virtuous effort, which is my foster-mother who continuously took care of me here in the Land of Snow. I myself was born as the holder of the lineage263 of the glorious Dha=akIrt?64. (3) Nevertheless, in the Land of Snow, because [people] do not know how to differentiate between scholars and fools, as in the case of [false] jewels265 that are passed around in the hands offishe=en, the bad-minded increase together with the mass of things for sale. (4) Although we are able to overpower the brains of elephant-like opponents by the reasoning ofproo[266 and refutation267 [that are like] the incisor and claws [ofa lion], when lacking the neutrality to differentiate between good and bad, even bad proponents, [who are like a] group offoxes 268 , continously quarrel." In a praise [by Tsong kha pa it is said]: "(1) Pleasing to those of great mental abilities who are endowed with the taste of many hundreds of ways of reasoning, you are the only one ready to completely propound [all] the special prama(w systems that have been composed." "(2) A neck that is covered by the dense mane ofthe seven treatises [on Pramii1;la] that increase the power of the [Pramal}ajsiitra 269 [carried in a] palanquin of one's own interpretation causes the ox of bad wisdom [i.e., the mind of the sham scholars] to wander among the clefts of the pramal}a mountains [instead on the hill]." [2.5.5 Studies and Writings on the Paramitas] Then the great being [Red mda' ba] thought that he should study the teachings on the main stages of clear insight, the AbhisamayalaIpkara from the speeches ofMaitreyanatha, [who is] the Lord of the Ten Stages (Dasabhfunfsvara) and the Regent of the Victorious One (Yuvaraja)270, together with (8a) its commentaries. [Thereupon] he put one blockprint of the scripture on the paramitas inside his pillOW271 , and when he fell asleep, in a dream he heard the whole scripture from "In Indian language" up to "is completed." He took [the whole scripture from which the letters] were raised [as if a bas-relief]272 (S279) with his hand, put the [letters] into his mouth one by one, and experienced the [scripture's] exquisite taste. Then he arose from sleep and was filled with joy. He thought, 'Today I will see how much [I can] learn by heart,' and started memorizing. It is said that he finished the memorizing of the [B: first] great section273 . And although he was already someone who knew the scriptures (49b) and who had achieved an understanding [of the meaning] of Dharma [expressed] in the scriptures, he [was still not satisfied and] thought, 'I want to become an excellent scholar,' and thereupon received teachings from the glorious Dha=a Lord Bla rna dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan274 , crown ornament of the nine types of sentient beings, and others. Especially by studying Indian commentaries such as the Illumination 209 English Translation of the [Perfection of Wisdom in} 20,000 Verses (Nyi khri snang ba, ViipSatyiilokii)275 [of Arya Vimuktisena (beg. 6th century)]276 and the Large Commentary on the Siitra of the Perfection of Wisdom in 8, 000 Verses 277 [by Haribhadra (end 8th century)]278, as well as Tibetan commentaries such as [those] of 'Bre [Shes rab 'bar]279 and Ar [Byang chub ye shesf80, he comprehended the unmistaken thoughts of Arya [Vimuktisena] and Hari[bhadra]. Thereafter he composed a wordby-word commentary (sbyor rik) on the Prajfiiipiiramitii[siitra}, applying the meaniJig of the seventy items [of the AbhisamayiilaIpkiira28 I [to it]. It is said: "(1) Although those with a childish mind, who [just] follow the words, rejoice because they have recited the ancient traditions of explanation, [but] having seen this [just as] the arduous tossing up of grainless chaff, I myself have given up reciting the enumerations stated by others. (2) [The sbyor ilk] does not contradict the way of the general meaning of the many scriptures, and [it] proves the meaning of the words through reasoning by the power of facts. However long the seeming scholars who are endowed with obvious pride may analyze it, there is no ground for criticism282." In a praise by Gon byo Nyi rna [grags f83 it is said: "(8b) Due to perfecting all the other scriptures [embodying] the opinions of the aryas by [reading them] just once, [you] obtained the state of having reached the other side of the ocean284 of[your] own and others' tenets (S280)." [2.5.6 Abhidharma Studies and Writings] Then the great being [Red mda' ba] thought that he should study the Pitaka, which manifests the fimdamentals of all phenomena285 , [i.e., the Abhidharma]. He then approached the great scholar of the five fields ofknowledge 286 [Lo chen] Byang chub rtse mo (1303/06-13 8 0/8 87 and heard from him the Upper and Lower Abhidharma, [i.e., "Asanga's" Abhidharmasamuccaya and Vasubandhu's Abhidharmakosa]288 several times. He also studied [other] comprehensive works such as [Asanga's] Five Treatises on the Stages289, [Asanga's] Two Compendia ofSummarized Treatises 290 and Vasubandhu's Eight Treatises 291 together with their commentaries. He further studied the explanations of the highest of all scholars, a commentary by dPang Lo tsa ba292 BIo gros bstan pa (1276-1342)293, and after he had unmistakenly realized the intended meanings of the brothers Asanga [and Vasubandhu] (50a) [due to these studies], he compiled commentaries on the upper94 and lower Abhidharma295 together with a summarizing overview (bsdus donf96. After he had seen the signs of the Lord of the Sky_goers,297 activities in the Sky 298, [Red mda' ba] said: "Following their example although the wings [i.e., one's mind,] are not fully developed [yet], is like teaching [others] following the very intelligent ancient scholars, and although [people] criticize [me] out of jealousy299, there is not the slightest mistake [on my side]." 6i In a praise by BIo [bzang grags pal, it is said: 210 Chapter 6 "Holder of the Muni's Tradition, [you] who are endowed with the ten powers 300, Introducer of the Mind [Vehicle], Ornament of the World301 , Holder of the Lineage ofthe Sugata, You are the only one who has understood the tradition of the brothers Asanga and [Vasubandhu] as it is." [2.5.7 Bhik~u Vow, Lineage, Vinaya Studies and Writings, and Instruction on the View of the Middle Way] Then the great being [Red mda' ba] thought [B: that he must] introduce the tradition ofpracticing faultless (9a) Vinaya training, through receiving the bhik~u vow in order to complement the [Buddha's] doctrine. Thereupon he went to the senior monk (gnas brtan, sthiivira), the great arhat mKhan chen lDog lhod pa302 Kun dga' (S281) bzang po, and received the vow of full ordination (bsnyen par rdzogs pa, upasaJ!1Padii) from him as the preceptor (mkhan po, upiidhyiiya) along with the [other]acaryas303 . Then he heard the Vinayasutra 304 , [composed by G1ll)aprabha], from mKhan chen [lDog lhod pa] one time. Then Khan chen pa himself also expressed great expectations. [Red mda' ba] received the Instruction on the View 305 as well. And when the teaching was over, rnI<han chen pa gave him a bya bur 06 , [and said:] "You have great inborn wisdom, and due to having learnt the other scriptural traditions [B: too], you even became a much greater scholar on Vinaya than 1. You are suitable to be a holder of the Dharma. You should [B: also] write a commentary on this. I wish this Upper Vinaya lineage 307 to remain an unintenupted one."308 [Red mda' ba] accepted the kind advice given. By studying the Vinayasutra, the Vinayasutra{ika (Dul ba'i mdo 'i rgya cher 'grel pa) [by Dharmamitra (Chos kyi bshes bsnyen)] and the Tibetan commentaries such as the three [by] Bya309, Khyi and Sog3lO, he understood (50b) the unmistaken intended meaning of GUl).aprabha and S1ikyaprabha. And then he composed two commentaries, one on the Vinayasutra 311 and one on [karmaviicaniiJ acts and rites 312. Henceforth, even at the times when he was giving teachings, he unfailingly313 attended the [acts and rites] of restoration (gso sbyong; po~adha), rainy [season] retreat (dbyar gnas, var~ii) and removal of restrictions [at the end of the rainy season retreat] (dgag dbye, praviirmJii). Thus it is said: "These elegant sayings were produced to condense the entire meaning ofthe vast collection of the discipline 314 that is the inner treasure of the Muni, composed by the one renowned in the three spheres 315 as 'Gul).aprabha,' the holder of the Victor's tradition316 ." It is said in a praise [by Tsong kha pa] BIo [bzang grags pa]: "After having seen [one of] the aryas' [seven] jewels317 , the moral discipline, that was praised not just once by the Muni, in accord with the intended meaning of (S282) Sarvastivadin scholars [such as] (9b) English Translation 211 Upagupta318 , CandramaJ}i and GUlJaprabha, he became learned in the rules319 , which are [explained] in the vast collection of discipline as 'prohibition, requirement or permission' 320, and he did not transgress [them]." [2.5.8 Madhyamaka Studies,' Writing and Establishment of Prasangika Education System] Then the great being [Redmda' ba] wished to study the Collections ofMiddle Way Reasonings (dBu ma rigs pa 'i tshogs/ 21 , personally composed by Arya Nagiirjuna, the main teacher of the essential meaning. But at that time in the snow mountains the [Buddha's] word322 [B: on Madhyamaka] just barely survived; the traditions of making them understandable through explaining and listening, and of practicing through meditation and accomplishment had become degenerated. And although due to this he became very discouraged, [Redmda' ba] thought that he should ask the glorious Blama dampa [bSodnams rgyal mtshan (1312-1375)] for explanations. But since he was in dBus, this was not possible.323 And [thus] he studied [scriptures] on Madhyamaka such as the Collections ofReasonings (Rigs tshogs), the Four Hundred [VersesJ (CatuMataka/ 24 and the Entrance to the Middle Way (Madhyamakiivatiira/ 25 with The Dharma Lord Byang [chub] seng [gel (b. 14th cent.)326. [Redmda' ba] made prayers to the three jewels, and analyzed the content [of these scriptures] again and again using his wisdom. And due to the prayers done previously, by the power of learning and in dependence on the blessing of the jewels, he realized the faultless thoughts of father Nagiirjuna and his spiritual son Sri ~ Candraldrti. And after he had also attained an unadulterated understanding of the scriptural tradition of the great scholar Bhavaviveka and of the three main treatises of the Y ogaciira Madhyamaka synthesis of eastern India327, (Sla) he properly established them [as a system] through teaching and listening. At that time, his students requested him: "Please establish [a scriptural tradition through] monastic textbooks (yig cha/ 28 on the most important [points] in [Nagiirjuna' s] Root ofthe Middle Way in verses (Miilamadhyamakakiirikii), [CandrakIrti's] Entrance to the Middle Way (Madhyamakiivatiira) and [Aryadeva's] Four Hundred [VersesJ (CatuMataka)." In response to their repeated requests, he compiled commentaries on these three329, i.e., the Roof30, the Entranc~31 , and the Four Hundred332, as well as an overview commentary (sTong thunl33 on [Candraklrti's] "Clear Words" (Tshig gsal, Prasannapadii/34 . And because then all spiritual teachers listened to and gave teachings on [these commentaries], the tradition of teaching and listening to the (S283) Madhyamaka was thoroughly (lOa) introduced. And because of this driving force, at that time also the teachers Dharma Lord Grags pa rgyal mtshan and his nephew, Lo tsa ba sKyabs mchog dpal [bzang] (b. 14th cent.l 35 and his nephew, and the great scholar g.Yag phrug Sangs rgyas dpal (1348/50-l4l4l36 started also giving teachings on Madhyamaka. Thus here in the snow mountains the teaching system of Madhyamaka became widespread and increased considerably, but it [still] remained mainly [focused] onm Svatantrika. The Prasangika view3 38 did not exist even as a mere understanding. But to this extent it was good339 . [Red mda' ba] said: "When I frrst started my studies in such places as Sa skya there were many who made the mistake of saying that there was [just] one Madhyamaka text. Nowadays that 212 Chapter 6 anyone holds Madhyamaka texts [in Tibet] in high esteem is also [one of the signs] of my having served the doctrine34o ." As Karma ba dKon gzhon341 said: "These days in the snow mountains the wise as well as the foolish all make a big deal about Madhyamaka. It is thanks to Red mda' ba. Previously342 in Thang sag343 there was [only] a corpse of the Madhyamaka. I have never heard [anyone] saying that anyone else had it. "344 [In the epilogue to Red mda' ba's commentary on the Madhyamakiivatiira] it is said: 345 "(1) Although there appeared many scholars who explained the meaning of siltras, in the countries of India, Nepal and Tibet, For most of them, their learnedness was mostly skill at applying sense anceptually. but not the sense of reality. (2) The One who unmistakenly propounds the doctrine of the Muni according to his intended meaning is Arya Nagiirjuna. And the expert who distinguishes his views and scriptures exactly as they are, which are like a garden of very white jasmine346, is the glorious Candra[kirti]. (3) It is [often] stated: 'These are the thoughts of those teachers.' But although there are many seeming scholars, to whom among them are the[se thoughts] [really] comprehensible? What difference does a colorful, clear picture (S284) make (lOb) to people who are blind from birth? (4) Like a blind person who has discovered (5Ib) a jewel mine, although I do not have the eyes of a pure Arya, due to the blessing of the Victor and the Victor's children I myself found this path of the profound dependent arising." In a praise [by] BIo [bzang] it is said: "Follower of the tradition of the Muni who possesses the ten powers, Introducer of the vehicle that is free of the [two] extremes, Ornament of the world, You who hold the lineage of the Sugata, You are the only one who has realized the tradition of both Nagiirjuna and Candrakirti in the way they have accepted it." [B: A Dharma lord] says: "(1) Having left the precipices of extreme views far behind, you have gone forth by means of the middle way, that is the track left by the passing of the sugatas of the three times' , and that liberates fro~ the fear of[wrongly] grasping [the subject and object], English Translation 213 (2) In this degenerate age 347, when sentient beings who are drunk on the beer of evil notions quarrel about the meaning of true nature, [if] anyone annihilates all elaborations and perfectly understands the profound meaning of emptiness; this sort of thorough analysis is amazing." [2.5.9 Empowerments, Explanations on Tantras, and Instructions and Tantric Writings] Then, after the great being [Red mda' ba] had thought that he should enter the peak of all vehicles, the Vajrayana, he received from the mighty Mahasiddha [Lo chen] Byang chub rtse m0 348 some empowe=ents (dbang) such as Guhyasamaja349, Ak~obhyavajra and so on. He also received the secret name Mi skyod rdo rje (Al(~obhyavajra). He received [explanation on the] tantras from Lo tsaba Nam [mkha'] bzang [po] (b. 1359)350, and he received oral instructions [for practice] from The Dharma Lord Grags pargyal mtshan351 . From the glorious Bla rna dam pa [bSod nams rgyal mtshan] he received Hevajra352 and some other empowe=ents. From Lo tsa ba sKyabs mchog dpal [bzang] (b. 14th cent.)353 (S285) he received explanations on the tantra. 354 From Master dPalldan [Tshul khrims] (1333-1399) he received oral instructions on Path with the Fruit (Lam 'bras l55 together with the major and minor Dharma protectors and their retinues. From Sa bzang [Ma til PaJ;! chen (1294-1376) (11.) he received some empowe=ents such as CakrasaI]1vara356 . From The Dharma Lord [Lo chen] sKyabs mchog dpal bzang he received [Abhayakaragupta's] Vajriivali357 as well as [instructions on the practice connected with] Guhyasamaja]maiijuvajra358, Lokesvara and the Sa skya father tantra ofVajrakumara. [Furthe=ore he received] all the Indian commentaries related to Nagfujuna's tradition: the Five Stages (Paiicakrama) compiled by Arya Nagarjuna as well as [his] Summarized Stages (PilJrjikrama)359, the Caryameliipakapradipa 360 (52.) compiled by Aryadeva, the nluminating Lamp (PradipoddyotanaY61, [a commentary on the] Guhyasamaja[tantra] composed by the glorious Candra[kIrti], and so on. And [moreover, he received] the intended meaning of the early Guhyasamaja traditions of King Indrabhi1t?62 and others condensed into one, Two Handsful ofFlowers, a root text with attached commentary composed by Sarrtipa363 , the Samantabhadrasiidhana 364 compiled by [Sangs rgyas] Ye shes zhabs, The Four Hundred MaIJrjalas 365 together with a commentary composed by DlpaI]1kara[B:bhadra], the commentary [on the three lineages of Guhyasamaja]366 by Sthagana367, the commentary by linadatta368 and so on. He perfectly investigated the Indian commentaries on the three SrI Guhyasamaja traditions, and the Tibetan commentaries by the three [persons] rJe 'Gos, bDog, and by Klan as well as the good explanations 369 of the Sa skya uncle and nephew [i.e., bSod nams rtse mo (1142-82) and Sa skya PaJ;!gita370 ,] and ofBu ston Rin chen grub (1290-1364y71 etc. And after he had taken to heart all the words as well as the whole meaning of the Commentary on the Sri Guhyasamiijatantra (Sriguhyasamiijatantravivaral;a)372 together with its sub-commentaries, he became a great holder of the Vajra[yarra], compiled a commentary on the [Guhyasamaja] root tantra Sriguhyavajra 373 , [a commentary] on the Clear Realization (mngon rtogs, abhisamayay74 [ofthe deity], on self-empowerment (bdag jug) and on [arranging] a garland, i.e., rows of offerings (mchod phrengr S as well as a summarizing overview of the five stages (rim lnga'i bsdus dony76 and other works (S286). 214 Chapter 6 It is said: "(1) And then, following the Aryavajra oral instructions [B: and] other explanatory tantras 377 , the summarized great tantra was explained in five stages by the glorious Candraklrti. (2) And following the oral instructions on the tantras by ancient [masters] and the late (lib) tantras, the meaning of the tantra [and] the four branches of approach and accomplishment378 were explained by Ratnakarasanti379 . (3) According to the oral instructions by Maiijusrl the meaning of the tantra in three aspects - the creation stage, the completion stage, and the drops (bindu) has been shown by Buddhajnanapada380 . (4) Marvelous was the meaning I found in the great Guhyasamaja tantra's381 trail, cleared by Arya [Nagarjuna] and [other] scholars, divided into three stages." In a praise by Blo [bzang grags pal it is said: "(1) The summit of all the enumerations of dharmas taught by the great Muni, which is the ultimate section of the Sri Guhyasamiijatantra fixed382 in the six dimensions and the four modes 383 , is the vajrapiida 384 • (2) Because after you explained well how it is, [we] enjoyed the happiness385 of the highest [level of! concentration of the two stages, ( I purposely follow you, protector 86 , who are also given the name 'Holder of the Vajra[dhara]'." [2.5.10 Praise of his Main Teachers] He studied respectfully with the aforementioned masters. Thus he said: "Crownjewel of the nine types of sentient beings387, Dharma Lord [Bla rna dam pa] bSod [nams] rgyal [mtshan], Son of the Victor, Thogs med bzang po dpal, [Sa bzang] Ma ti Pal). chen, PaI).chen Byang [chub] rtse [mol, Highest of scholars, Nya dbon Kun dga' [dpal], and so forth. There are twelve 388 masters whose grace I received, for a long time I made great efforts and respectfully studied with them." English Translation 215 He held the abovementioned priitimok,Ja, bodhisattva and vidyadhara389 vows together with their secondary rules, (8287) even more dear than his life. Thus [Rt<d mda' ba] said: "0) After I myself iook ordinatioI). in the doctrine of the Buddha, [and] until I knew how to distinguish between right and wrong, whatever physical, verbal or mental conduct I performed, I collected my thought with great attention and practiced in accord with the teachings (12a) of the Muni. (2) Even in the event that I did anything inappropriate due to the strong force of afflictions, to which I am accustomed since beginningless time, in that very moment I called it to mind as if having eaten390 poison, [and] with a mind of regret, I once again acted in accordance with the Dharma." In a praise by The Dharma Lord [to Red mda' ba] it is said: "The assertions of others are like drawings in water. Even [if there are] plenty [of them] one can let [them] disappear immediately. [But] you[r theses] are like drawings written in stone. Even if you are going to die, you would not change your theses into something else. "391 [2.5.11 Position as a Holder ofthe Esoteric, Madhyamaka and Yogacara Lineages] The great being [Red mda' ba] is a unsurpassab1e holder of the tradition of the Muni: In the lineage392 of the blessing through practice393 he came as the 19th [Lama] beginning with Vajradhara. 394 In the lineage of the profound view beginning with the Teacher [Buddha Siikyamuni], he came as the 22nd.395 And in the lineage of the vast conduct beginning with the Teacher [Buddha Saykamuni] he came as the 27th.396 Thereafter he spread and made flourish the lineage of advice397 and the lineage of practice of all three of them. 398 [2.6 Verse 6: Defeating the Wrong Views of Eternalism and Nihilism] [6] After you had learnt well all siitras, tantras and treatises, you demolished through perfect scriptures and through reasoning [that uses] the power of fact all the tenets [holding] the extreme views of eternalism and nihilism. I pay homage to you who defeated the wrong views. Concerning these [words]: He had learnt well the abovementioned siitras, tantras and treatises. Therefore [he] said: "Having thoroughly studied all the treatises from India (53.), that were translated [into Tibetan], as well as most of the siitra and tantra sections, (8288) [I] attained a fearless confidence to reveal [my] own tenet and those of others in front of many scholars." 216 Chapter 6 [2.6.1 Dispute with the Jo nang pa and Writing ofthe Kalacakra Commentary] Although right from the beginning this great being [Red mda' ba] had esteem for the Omniscient Bu ston Rin po che (1290-1364), because of the influence of his teachers, friends and so on, he became much acquainted with the tenets 399 (12b) of the Omniscient [Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan (1292-1361)]400. And then, thinking that he should rely on the [texts that] support the Jo nang pa tenets, which are the Kiilacakratantra, [three sutras, i.e.,] the MahiiparinirviilJa-, the SaIJ1dhinirmocana- and the Lmikiivatiirasiitra 401 , as well as the [Mahiiyiina}uttaratantrasiistra 402 and the Dharmadhiitustotra403 etc., he obtained an unmistaken understanding of them. Then he thought that he should establish this tenet system of the Jo nang pa in a deeply rooted way, [but still] indecisive he went to Brag kha404 , [and again] investigated those siltras, the [Kiilacakra)tantra and the [respective] treatises three times. First he thought that it was certain that the tenets of the Jo nang pa [reflect] the thought of those sutras, the [Kiilacakra}tantra and the treatises. During a second [reading], he had a doubt arise as to whether it did or not. And the third time he said that [the Jo nang pa] had a wrong understanding, [and that their tenets differ] from the intended meaning [of those scriptures]. 405 Then, in the main seat406 [of Sa skya], he approached [his teacher] mKhan chen Sangs rgyas 'phel and reported to him: "I thought that the tenets of the Jo nang pareflect the intended meaning of the [relevant] slUras, tantras and treatises, and investigated them thoroughly, but it is [an understanding] that [has gone] outside407 their intended meaning." Thereupon [mKhan chen pa] replied: "Since you are a famous scholar, [this must be] very true," and laughed (ironically). At that time [Red mda' ba] composed a Letter to the [Great} Teacher (i.e., to the Buddha/OS, which mKhan chen[Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal] did not like at all (S289). He harbored a grudge 409 because [of it]. Then the great being [Red mda' ba] thought: "mKhan chen Nya dbon pa is very intelligent and an excellent scholar in the field ofPramfu).a. On the strength ofthls, ifI bring to his attention the refutations and proofs of scripture and reasoning, it is certain that he will change [his position].410 Ifhe changes from within, through a change [that comes] from the river at '01 kha41 1 [upstream the gTsangpo to Sa skya], all the Jo nangpa of (53 b) today will be converted." (l3a) He [then] went to rTse chen [monastery]412, into the presence of Ny a dbon. But since due to the fo=er dispute [Redmda' ba] had the advantage over him, although [Nya dbon] did not directly criticize [him], he showed with many gestures that he was displeased [with him]. And therefore [Red mda' ba] thought: "IfI tell him now, it will be useless." Thus he went back to the main seat [Sa skya] and composed the Jewel Rosary: A Letter to the Holders of the Doctrine 413 • And although [at that time] in the Snow Mountains those who pretended to be Kalacakra practitioners and especially the Jo nang pa [Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal] and his followers were unable to debate with him directly, secretly, in their minds, they felt greatly disturbed. [2.6.2 Debate with Karma dKon mchog gzhon nu in Sa skya] At that time, outnumbered by all the Tripitaka holders of the great main seat, [Sa skya], chaired by Drung bZhi thog pa [Ta dben Kun dga' rin chen (1339-1399)]414, the great being [Red mda' English Translation 217 ba] said in front of this [assembly]: 'The KaIacakra[tantra] is contradictory." Karma ba dKon gzhon said: "There are no contradictions." And then on the occasion of a debate, Karma ba [dKon gzhon] said:. "[Take] an object of knowledge as the subject (chos can, dharmin). It [absurdly] follows that 'Pul,1garika415 is foolish, because the quotation 'I the foolish wish to practice it,416 is the unmistaken speech of The Lord of the Ten Stages 4l7 • The predicate (gsal ba, vyakta) and the pervasion (khyab pa, vyiipti) are accepted.418 The reason (rtags, linga) is established4I9 , because this is a phrasing from the system of the tantric commentary Stainless Radiant Light itself." In response to this the great being [Red mda' ba] said [to Karma ba dKon gzhon, giving an example]: "[Take] 'an object of knowledge' as the subject42o. It follows that on the occasion of the debate as to whether sound (S290) is permanent or impermanent, [B: that sound] is the proof (sgrub byed, siidhana) for 'sound is permanent'421, because [likewise] on the occasion of the debate as to whether the tantric commentary Stainless Radiant Light is the speech of The Lord ofthe Ten Stages or not, 'the phrasing from the system of the tantric commentary Stainless Radiant Light itself is the proof that the tantric commentary Stainless Radiant Light is the speech of The Lord of the Ten Stages. You are refuted."422 Moreover [Red mda' ba] composed a letter to Master Shar Chung ba423 and others (l3b) in which he said: "Although debates have taken place, we didn't do better than the proof being equivalent to the probandum." From the Jo nang pa side, a tantric practitioner (54.) said [to Red mda' ba]: "You are a great scholar, and it is not appropriate that [you] refute KaIacakra." In reply to this he said: "Refutations and proofs of the discourses of the Sugata are made by scholars. What does it concern a dog, when a human is like a felt." [2.6.3 Debate with and Conversion of the Jo nang pal At that time, all the Jo nangpa, headed by mKhan chen bsTanrgyal ba, after discussing [among themselves], started [preparing] many scriptural quotations and reasonings: '1fhe says this, we say this.' And then they told 'Jam dbyangs chen p0424: "Invite Acarya gZhon [nul blo [gros] [to come] here [to Jo nang monastery]." They told him that the debate would be about the interpretable and defInitive Buddlla nature (tathiigatagarbha), and thus invited the great being [Red mda' ba] together with his disciples from Sa skya.425 At the time of the debate, the great being [Red mda' ba] said, "When we debate, we do it either based on the tantras, or on the slUras, or on the treatises. We will not make a debate that pleases the foolish, in which we mix all of them up with one another."426 And 'Jam dbyangs pa also said that the same would be acceptable for him. [But] thereupon [the Jo nang masters], although all the scriptural quotations and reasonings [that they] had discussed in private collapsed, still accepted that there is no difference between the defIled and undefIled suchness (tathatii) (S291) and that the Buddha nature, which is adorned by the unproduced good qualities such as the [ten] powers, etc.427, exists ultimately428 [B: permanent, stable and unchanging].429 To this the great being [Redmda' ba] answered: "[Take] the object of knowledge as the subject. It follows that the permanent and stable Buddha nature is not truly existent430 , because ultimately 218 Chapter 6 it is neither one nor many431. The predicate is accepted. If [you say] the reason is not established, [you lose, because,] if [Buddha nature] were to established as one, you would lose, [because in this case] it necessarily does not exist as many, (14a) [and] if [Buddha nature] were to'be established as many, you would lose, [since in this case] it necessarily does not exist as one. "432 Moreover [rJe bstun Red mda' ba said:] "[Take] the object of knowledge as the subject. It follows that it is not appropriate to give up the mind that grasps the Buddha nature as truly existent433 , because that [Buddha nature] is truly existent434." To this [the Jo nang] Acarya BIo gros rdo rje [replied]: "[Take] the object of knowledge as the subject. It follows that it is not appropriate to give up the mind that grasps [the tathiita] as.free of conceptual elaboration, because it is free from conceptual elaboration. This 'three-part set' [of factors that are needed for a perfect syllogism: reason, predicate, and pervasion 35 have been [fully] accepted [by you]." To this [rJe bstun Red mda' pa said]: "These are words that just [sound] similar, [but] they have no (S4b) meaning." t Due to these many scriptural quotations and reasonings people who had earlier converted to the tenet of the Jo nang pa returned. And those who kept fOllowing it started to have doubts. Those who w~re [still} outside [it, Red mda' ba] prevented from entering. 436 [2.6.3.1 Attitude towards KiilacakraJ Although in the snow mountains it is widely held that the great being [Red mda' ba] said: "IGlacakra is not Dharma," what he really said was: "There are inner contradictions [within the SrIKiilacakra] and that it is not to be taken as literal (sgra ji bzhin pa)437." He did not say: "It is not Dharma." With regard to this debate [he says438]: "However, regardless whether [this text] was composed by the Arya439 or not, since we see a lot of elegant sayings [in this tantra], this is why I do not categorally criticize it by saying that it should never be the ford for those who are wishing for liberation." And in his Removal of Contradictions 440 [Red mda' ba] says: "These days, seeming scholars of the snow mountains teach in a profound way (S292) with ambitious speech. They are clinging to the literal [meaning]441 of the words of the Kiilacakratantra and its commentaries. Therefore: After seeing the spreading of so many wrong dharma systems, that are in contradiction to the collection of pure siitras and tantras, sincerely, as if straightening a crooked stick442 , I wrote this myself by analyzing and issuing rebuttals." And in [his] Elucidation a/the Definite Meaning443 , [rJe btsun Red mda' ba says:] "(1) The other scholars who made commentaries on this point, (14b) after they had discarded the essence, again and again they lifted up chaff. Like the nectar [that appear,ed] after churning the ocean, I myself took the essence of the perfect meaning. (2ab) From the garde~ of the one hundred-petaled 10tuses444, bees take the honey. Water and milk will be [easily] distinguished by geese." English Translation 219 [A: To be continued later .... It is well known that earlier, when the world came about, the gods and demi-gods made Mount Meru445 into a churning stick. The Naga-King Nor rgyas 446 was made into a churning rope, and then, while the ocean was being churned, three [things] appeared: a jar full of nectar, a jar full of hala-poison447 and a half-moon. At that time the nectar was carried [away] by the gods. The poison was drunk by Mahesvara (i.e., Siva), whereupon his throat became black, and the halfmoon became the crown ornament [of the god] Devendra448 , [Le., Siva or Indra]. Similarly the Jo nang pa drank some of the poison that appeared from churning the Kalacakra ocean. The scholar Zha lu ba and other (55a) infants made the half moon of interpretative meaning their ornament of joy. I myselftook the definite meaning of the nectar. 449 Continued from above .... J "(2cd) A skilled trader450 recognizes a [spurious] glass jewel451 . The mind of a scholar realizes [which are] elegant sayings [and which are] incorrect explanations. (S293) (3) The existing elegant sayings have been covered by the darkness of jealousy, [and] non-existent faults are seen by the wrong-minded with their eyes. Like a poisonous snake that is drinking milk, through the nectar of elegant sayings the poison of afflictions increases (4) [in] the wrong-minded, who flow down with the current of a river of elegant sayings [and whose wrong views] cannot be counteracted by a thousand dam-like elegant sayings. [Hence] I composed this [text], thinking that if some [ofthose] who have an impartial mind see it, it may find their approval." Accordingly,if [the Kalacakratantra or the Vimalaprabha] were in confirmity with the thoughts of all those siitras, tantras and treatises, how could it be stopped? Earlier, [the thesis that] the dharmakaya [is] permanent, stable and unchanging was not accepted at all in India, Tibet or Nepal, and it is forbidden again now, in order to prevent [people from] continuously entering into [such] wrong views. It is said: "(I) There is no enemy greater than wrong views, which ruin the foundation of all good qualities - the seed of happiness [which] steal the most precious gem of right views and [which] cut offthe vital lifeline to liberation. (2) Being attached to inferior wrong views, proclaiming the extremes of eternalism and nihilism with the loud voice of a fox, even if they uphold the banner of saffron [robes], they are heretics (tlrthikas), who augur badly for the doctrine of the Muni." Chapter 6 220 [2.6.3.2 Conversion a/a Jo nangpa after a Failed Attempt on Red mda' ba's Life] At that time, a passionate452 (ISa) J 0 nang pa said that if anybody could refute [him], they should come forward. After [he] heard it said that: "Acarya gZhon [nul blo [gros] and his disciples are coming," [this] Jo nang pa thought, "I don't [care] whether [this] one person exists or not. If [I] kill him, the door will be locked for the enemies of the J 0 nang pa." Hence he made a commitment to throw a stone at his head.453 [But] when he met the Honorable One454, his body was paralyzed. He lost consciousness and [thus] did not strike [him]. When he regained consciousness, he felt that [gZhon nu blo gros] was a brilliant scholar (dge bshes}.Lateritbecame known that after he had developed faith in the Honorable One, he openly expressed and confessed [his mistakes] and made offerings to him. [B: After 'Bri khung 10 tsa ba455 had become a passionate J 0 nang pa too, when he was preparing a fire 456 [on] a stone slab to burn the great being [Red mda' ba] [in an effigy] [with] a sacrifice ofburnt-offerings457, he had a direct vision of a white person in the sky. [That person said to him]: "Even if you burn him, he will not be burnt. Don't make your great karmic results into incense 458!~' It is said that he had to stop doing459 it as soon as this had been said.] t (S5b) In bZang ldan [monastery 60 [Red mda' ba] was told by the bKa' bcu pa Yon tan461 : "Since you have criticized the Jo nang pa it seems that you will incur great sin." On this the great (8294) being [Red mda' ba] replied in his speeches: "There are extremely many who say this: How could this be? Formerly, when the teacher [Buddha Siikyamuni] came to the world, did [he,] the teacher also incur great sin because Devadatta and so on, 'the Maras, and all [B: the nonBuddhists462] such as the six, three and eighteen heretics (tirthikas) generated immeasurable hatred463 and anger464 [towards him]? Thereafter, when the Six Omaments465 and the Two Highest [masters in the Vinaya466 ] and so forth came [to this wo~ld], all those who are on the dark side, i.e., all who behave sinfully, were displeased. Did those [eight masters] incur those sins too? Especially (lSb) after Arya Nagarjuna had come, in order to introduce the Mahayana system he said: 'The happiness of onself and others, the Mahayana, is not the word [of the Buddha].' Did also the supreme Arya Nagiirjuna incur the sin of slander? At the time, when the sphere of the sun arises, all screech owls 467 become blind. This is the nature of phenomena. If one puts a plumb line straight, one avoids getting crooked. That is the custom. Don't say foolish things like that." [Sa paI).] says in his Clear Differentiation a/the Three Vows: "(1) Due to the arrival of the Buddha in this world, and to the explanations that all the scholars make, three types of results come into being. This is the general system of the Buddha's doctrine. 468 (2) When all the scholars teach the Dharma, it defeats those who engage in incorrect Dharma practice. All the demonic forces are saddened. All the scholars are pleased. English Translation 221 (3a) By such means it is possible to keep up the Buddha's doctrine."469 When observing it [philosophically], [you] accept the dharrnakiiya as permanent and stable. When meditating, {you] enjoy whatever appears as the dharmakiiya. All those who are endowed with'a dharmakiiya have a body, [and] wander in the karmic cycle of existence. How wonderful! [B: !470 These are verses that need to be seen in context.] [2.6.4 Debate with g.Yag pa Sangs rgyas dpal as to Whether Sa1p.slira Has an End] When mKhan chen g. Y ag pa [Sangs rgyas dpal]47I said, "There is no end to all sentient beings becoming awakened and to the cycle [of existence] (8295)," the great being [Red mda' ba] replied to this statement: "It [absurdly] follows that all sentient beings will certainly be awakened through valid cognition, because valid cognition is established with regard to them." Thereupon g.Yag pa countered: "The pervasion is not established."472 And although 'the reason is not established' and many other propelling answers were given, it is widely known that all the scholars (56a) who rely on meaning favored the reasoning of the great being [Red mda' ba].473 And the scholars who rely on words favored the reasoning ofmKhan chen g.Yag pa. 474 [2.6.5 Debate with Karma ba dKon gzhon as to whether Conventional Existence Really Counts as Being Existent or not] When the two, The Dharma Lord Lo tsa ba [sKyabs mchog dpal bzangt75 and Karma ba dKon gzhon, debated (I6a) whether conventional existence really counts as being existent or not, the debate became worthless. And Lo tsa ba said: "This debate will make no sense. The words are without [B: the slightest] essence. Hence it will be boring for the honorables, and also the rest will lose enthusiasm476 . Therefore leave!" Then the great being [Red mda' ba] said: "Honorable bored ones, may I debate?" After he had dispelled the contradiction in the syllogism, all shared the perception that he had struck the Karma ba to the core. The Honorable One477 said: "Even if those who are known as great scholars in dBus and gTsang contradict themselves with regard to the meaning, and their words are only partly correct, we do not debate [them], but say, '[They] are in accordance with the tenet.' [But] if [they express the]· same meaning with slightly different words, [we] debate [on it until our] heads throb. This does not make any sense. Even the honorable Lo tsa ba478, without having examined through reasoning, does not say that conventional existence does not count as being existent. Ifhe were to say so, [his view] would have turned into the extreme view of nihilism. Also the Karma ba, . after having examined by reasoning (8296) too, does not accept that if something exists conventionally, it counts as being existent. If he were to accept this, [his view] would have turned into the extreme view of eternalism. There is no need for dogs to quarrel over an empty feeding bowl." [2.6.6 The Views of the Six Greatest Indian Masters and on Dar ma rin chen] At that time the people who had listened [to this debate] said: "[If one] goes to serve [one's] spiritual teacher, the capacity of one's own intelligence will blossom. It is very marvelous." 222 Chapter 6 [They] had become completely filled with faith. sTag lung 10 tsa ba Siilcya bzang479 sent a 'Master of the Four Scriptures' (bKa' bzhi pa), who then said [to Red mda' ba]: "I accept the views of the Six Omaments480 as being the same. Do you accept this likewise?" Thereupon [Red mda' ba] replied: "There is no certainty [that the views of the Six Ornaments are the same]. Some are same and some are not the same." Because [Red mda' ba] was persistently asked: "Since you are a great scholar, you must give decisive advice," (l6b) [he finally] said: "To be sure, whether the intended meanings are the same (56b) or not, you will know from this: Acarya Nagarjuna and his [spiritual] son [A.ryadeva] and their followers refute the system of Asanga and his brother [Vasubandhu] and their followers. [And] Asanga and his brother [Vasubandhu] and their followers refute the system of Acarya Nagarjuna and his spiritual son [A.ryadeva] and their followers. This can be understood by thinking about it. Overall, if the tenets of the Madhyamikas and the Realists481 are the same, [then] who are those who are said not to have the same views?" He laughed loudly. Thereupon [this was reported to] the Master ofthe Ten Scriptures Dar rna Erin chenj482 and [he] said: "That 'result sign ofbelief 483 [stated] by Bla rna Rinpoche seems to be true." Thereupon [Dar rna rin chen said to Red mda' ba:] "Say it again!" [Red mda' ba] repeated [his] statement and thereupon [Dar rna rin chen] said: "If that tenet is accepted, [your] talk will become inauspicious 484 ." [Red mda' ba] said: "May it become." Thereafter [Red mda' ba] was reported: "When making prayers, the power is great. It cannot be reversed by logic (3297)." [Therupon Red mda' ba said:] "Well then, if that is the case, wait one [moment]!" Being propelled by one syllogism, the 'three-part set':85 became direct contradictory, [B: and] he said: "Those who thought this over for months and years will instantly run in the opposite [direction]." At that time all the scholars of dBus said: "Blo bzang [grags] pa had a vision ofthe face ofMaiijusrI. Wherever he goes, he takes fourteen big and small mdzo-Ioads of scriptures [with him] and studies them day and night without [any break], and when the tenets [he learned from these scriptures] are recited by a good recitor like Dar rna Erin chen], [Red mda' ba] annihiliates them instantly [with one syllogism]. It is terrifying." [All] were astonished. [2.6.7 Criticism of bKa' brgyud Yogis as Nihilists and Practicers ofthe Meditation of Hva ~ang Mahayana] In former lives the Lord of the Yogis, the great Mi la ras pa, and a few other previous [practitioners of] mahamudra frequently trained [in tantric practices]. And also in this life they were able to bring air and mind under their control (l7a). But if you [think] that you may do whatever you like, [or] whatever [you] do is fine, this creates a base of confusion in the behavior of a yogi. Nowadays most meditators of mahamudra say: "The tradition of all the noble beings who consider the highest training in moral discipline to be important is the tradition of the hearers." Having despised [the teaching of the Buddha in this way,] (57.) although they literally say "all phenomena in satpsara and nirv1i.r;ta are empty and without self," in fact [their views] are not even slightly effective as an antidote to the grasping of 'I' and 'mine.' These [views] are [extreme] English Translation 223 views ofnihilism486 . And after having despised [moral] conduct through [such] views, the only nihilistic view is to eagerly undertake careless 487 conduct. When one examines these [views] with the wisdom of individual examination488 , [one sees] that meditating on the essence of the mode of existence leads to a faulty conceptual meditation and [thus] having stopped all mental activities, when meditating on non-conceptual dullness (S298), although it appears as if the meditation that one is doing is without fault, this system has turned out to be external to the [Buddha's] doctrine, as it is said in the Samiidhiriijasutra 489 : "(1) Even if [all] the worldly people meditate on meditative stabilization, this cannot destroy the grasping of the '1.' It will increasingly stir up the afflictions. Udraka meditated on meditative stabilization in this way. (2) If one individually examines phenomena as being without self [and] continually meditates on that, this is a cause for attaining the result, nirvfu;ta; [the afflictions] will never be calmed by any other cause." [Red mda' ba] said: "Those who after having stopped mindfulness and attentiveness, stare wideeyed490 in the darkness and engage in sudden49 ! meditation, and do not pay attention [to] any sign [that appears], and when suddenly any discursive thought492 appears, (17b) they entirely cut it off, then they are upholding the unmistaken tradition of the Chinese monk Hva ~allg Mabayana (Hoshang Mo_ho_yen)."493 Nowadays among a few great meditators there are many who say much too easily: "I can grasp the existence of the intermediate state."494 [Hence Red mda' ba] said: "If appearances during the day have been grasped as truly existent495 , the mistaken [appearance] during a dream will not be grasped. Unless the dream is grasped, the mistalcen appearance of the intermediate state will not be grasped. Although one may hope that objects of enjoyment such as food and drink (grog) will fall into the mouth of a corpse, this will not happen."496 Being refuted by these and many other quotations and reasonings, [people who had] earlier followed [tins tenet] returned. And those who continued to follow it began to have doubts. Those who were [still] exterior [to it] were prevented [by Red mda' ba] from entering. It is said: "(1) Abiding in the ocean of having given up both extremes the king ofthe serpents 497 , (57b) Nagarjuna, upholds the tradition. Even a thousand-petalled opponent498 cannot rival the brilliance of the blazing of my view's rays. (2) Even having (S299) quotations and reasonings that are [as powerful as] thousands of thunderbolts made of meteoric iron499 , which destroy the high mountain ofthe [defiled] view of the transitory constituents 50o, what can I do for these sentient beings, who wear the very hard and sturdy armor of ignorance?" 224 Chapter 6 In a praise, [B: Chos] [rje] says: "Even while you debate, you are pure, and through your vast and impartial 501 intelligence 502 [you] completely defeat the other side; you are never endowed with any unstability." And [he1says: "You defeat the proponents of wrong [views] on all occasions of refutation 503 , [and] when due to a fault in a syllogism a mistake [appears to us] as a good quality, and a good quality appears [to us] as a mistake, you clearly distinguish between correct and apparent and also teach [us] well, and stop [all of us] from going in this wrong [direction]." And [The Dharma Lord further] says: "(1) By loudly proclaiming emptiness [with] a (lSa) lion's roar, and widely opening the incisor and claws of quotations and reasoning, [Red mda' ba] subdued wrong proponents, [who are like] a pack of foxes, [and now he] is upholding well the doctrine of the supreme Muni [in the] snow mountains. (2) Hence, although right now all over this part of the earth504 , there seem to be many who pretend to be great, all those who have an impartial mind will ascertain that this great-minded [Red mda' ba] is the sole ornament of this world." [2.7 Verse 7: Skill in Means to Gather Disciples and Writings] [7] With the qualities of [being trained in] the scriptures and [having attained] realizations, and with skill in means and with compassion, knowing the disposition, thinking and latent tendencies of your disciples as they are, [you] turned the Wheel of Dharma, I pay homage to you who take [us] fortunate [disciples] under your care. Concerning these [words]: Accordingly [Red mda' ba] possesses the excellent qualities shown above of [knowing] quotations and reasonings [and possessing] as well [the qualities of] great compassion and skill in means as to how to take others under one's care. Hence he knows the dispositions of disciples [towards] which class (gotraY05 each of them [is inclined], Mahayana or HInayana; he knows their thinking, i.e., the sharpness and weakness of their faculties, and he knows exactly their latent tendencies (S300), to which stronger or weaker part of their afflictions they tend. And thus he turned the Wheel of Dharma in accordance with how their fortune was, Mahayana or English Translation 225 Hinayana. He taught them the profound and vast Dhanna in detail, middle [length] or condensed exactly as they needed, such as the Tripitaka. After having shown [them] liberationS06 [through both] ripenIng and freeing and [having shown them] the unmistaken path of omniscience, from the endless disciples he accepted, the following became the main ones: (58a), [2.7.1 Main Disciples] [1] the supreme in purification, Kun mkhyen Shes rab 'od [zer], [2] the supreme [among] his [spiritual] sons, the glorious Blo bzang grags pa, the supreme in being learned, the glorious Blo bzang grags pa, the supreme in holding (l8b) the Vinaya (precepts], the glorious Blo bzang grags pa, the supreme in exalted deeds, the glorious Blo bzang grags pa, [3] the supreme in views, Gon gyo Nyi rna grags 507, [4] the supreme in practice, Kun dga' dpal bzang posos, [5] the supreme of those endowed with compassionso9, dPal 'byor shes rab SlO, [6] the supreme of those skillful in teaching, bSod nams shes rab, [7] the supreme in good debate, Dar rna rin chenS11 . [These are the] seven mitra%12, who know all scriptural systems513. [2.7.2 Disciples with the Title of a bKa' bcu pa] The great bKa' bcu paS14 Nam mkha' byang 'chads1s can be treated as being equal in status to them [i.e., the seven main disciples]. Further there are such maters as: bKa' bcu pa Mang ra ba Yon tan rgyal mtshan, Bo dong bKa' bcu pa Grags pa tshul khrims, Byang pa bKa' bcu pa [mKhas grub] dGe legs dpal [bzang]S16, and gNas myini 17 bKa' bcu pa mChog grub; [2.7.3 Disciples with the Title of a bKa' bzhi pal [and such Masters of the Four Scriptures as:] (1) mDo stod pa bKa' bzhi 'dzin pa sPre bo518 Thang bzang, (2) gNyal gro Gar ba, (3) Jo gdanS19 mTshungs med, srl (4) La stod pa mKhan chen Buddha S20, (5) the great sTa stebaS21 Byang [chub] bsod [nams], (6) the great Bo dong pa Byang [chub] (7) Blo [gros] brtan (pa], (8) bZang ldan pa Don 'grub rin chen, (8301) rgyal [mtshan], 226 Chapter 6 (9) Ngam rings pa522 dKon mchog dar [rgyas], (10) mNga' ris pa Yi dam dpaJ. It is said that [there is] a set of ten holders of the bKa' bzhi [pa title], but others appear beyond these, such as: The lion proponent of quotations and reasoning sGra tshad pa523 Chos bzang, Jo gdan Grags she524 , and sNgo phyi dbon po. [2.7.4 Supreme Disciples among Those Learned in the Two Sulbjects Paramita and Pramal]a] There were also very many who knew Paramitii and PramiiIfa: Supreme among the proponents of reasoning were: Ri phug pa mKhan chen bsod nams skyabs, dGa' ldan mKhan chen Sakya sri, and so forth. There were also very many proponents of reasoning (58b) such as sTod lung pa bSod [nams] byang [chub]. c In addition there were many proponents of scriptures. They generated realizations (19a) merely through the writings of the great being [Red mda' bal [2.7.5 Supreme among Personal Disciples Who Have Taken Vows with Him] Furthermore, those who had studied the writings of the great being [Red mda' ba] and who became supreme among those who had taken vows from him (sdom phrug) were: Bo dong mKhan chen Chos kyi rgyal mtshan, the victor over all directions, Brag ram mKhan chen Chos rgyal 525 , Ngam rings pa mKhan chen Rin chen dpal bzang, The Master of the bZang ldan community, the great A.carya [Hor ston] Nam mkha' dpa1 526 , La stod Nam mkha'i mal 'byor, The Learned Dharma m Gon [po] seng [ge], sTag tshang mKhan po Seng ge rgyal mtshan, gSang phu Gling stod mKhan chen 'od chen pa, [gSang phu] Gling smad527 mKhan chen bSod nams 'phel, The great holder of the bKa' bzhi [pa title] Nag rig, The great teacher gNyal pa528, rGyal dbang and so on, most of the teachers of gSang phu and dGa' ba gdong mKhan chen Bya yul Rin po che, English Translation 227 LomKhanpo, The two abbots of (S302) Byang Rwa sgreng529, the chieftain of the three [monasteries] Glang530 , Grag and Sher, the abbot of sTag sna Chos lung, the lamas from IHa bdun 531 etc. These holders of the Pitaka from the direction ofmNga' ri s532, the learned par;l.(;litas who are wellknown like the sun and the moon, are all his disciples. [2.7.6 Supreme Disciples among the Practioners of Ku su lu Yoga and Resident Disciples] Among all the disciples who are practitioners of the hidden yoga ofKu su lu533 , the supreme were sGra tshad and so on. Although they had the quality of being leamed534 , they guarded the conduct ofKu su lu and made their mental continuum especially soft through altruism and bodhicitta. The Dharma Lord Jila na ba, and mChog bzang Legs pa'i blo gros535, for whom the qualities of [understanding] quotations and reasoning where a heavy burden, but who practiced attentively only the conduct of Ku su lu, Bla ma rMi lam pa brTson ' grus seng ge536 , who continually saw the face of Venerable Maiijusrl and due to Ku su lu (19b) conduct, no longer distinguished between day and night, and the bDag (59a) po'i bla ma from dBus, The Dharma Lord Rin bzang pa, and Ne ring pa sGrub pa dpal, who renounced this life and made meditation the essence [of it], and so forth. These were [his] resident disciples, who were free from worldly activities. [2.7.7 Supreme Disciples among Those Who Became Holders ofthe Vajrayana] The supreme among those disciples, who became holders of the Vajra[yana] are: mKhan chen bZang po rgyal mtshan of Sa skya Grang mo che, The Dharma Lord Lam 'bras pa BIo bzang pa, the great Holder of the Vajra[yana] Chos dpal bzang po, the great Holder of the Vajra[yana] master bSod [nams] grags pa, Master rGyal bzang, and the Holder of the Mantra537 Kun dga' zla ba and so forth. He had very many disciples who were vidyiidharas. Moreover he had endless disciples who had taken monastic ordination. [2.7.8 Disciples of Exalted Birth] His disciples of exalted birth due to their family, the father's line, the mother's line538 or due to the splendor of their merit, are: 228 Chapter 6 The owners of two thirds of this world (jambudvipa), the emanation of the Protector of the Three Families539 (S303), the noble nephew540 and son of the three Dharma kings [of Tibet], the father Khri rgyal bSod nams Ide (1371-1404)541 together with his wife and sons, Master dBang sras born in the Sa skya 'l<hon family, the family which consists only of nobles, a great teacher, who is like a powerful universal monarch, a sramaI).a born in the proximity542 of the family line offorefather Se chen 543 rGyal po (1215-1294), The rich544 Ne'u governor Nam [mkha' bzang pO]545, The devout Yon tan rgya mtsh0 546 , The one of noble birth, 'U yug 547 lha btsun, gNas rnying sTong dpon548 rGyal bzang, The powerful rGya chos stag the third, l<hungs btsun mNga' ris, a minister from the Zhang family together with his entourage etc. To an endless number of disciples, [Red mda' ba] taught the unmistaken method as to how to achieve the causes for a higher rebirth and the results (20a) of definite goodness and so forth. It is said: "Kun mkhyen Shes rab 'od, Blo bzang grags pa and so on, the seven spiritual guides 549, who know the very many textual traditions, ten excellent proponents of the Four Scriptures550 , and more than a hundred [disciples] who know the perfections (paramita) and valid cognition (pramalJa) [well]." [2.7.9 Survey of his Collected Works] [2.7.9.1 Kalacakra Commentary] Accordingly, for the benefit of the direct disciples, who were already following him, and those disciples who would follow him in future, he composed as shown above those well explained, [B: Precious] Rosaries 551 • (59b) [2.7.9.2 Unit ofTen Commentaries] "[Commentaries on] The Four Great Scriptures 552 that are the supreme ornaments that decorate the world, three on the Root Verses (Miilamadhyamakakarika), the Entrance to the Middle Way (Madhyamakavatara) and the Four Hundred Verses (Catu/:tSataka), as well as one on the Higher Mahayana Teaching (Mahayanottaratantra/ 53 , [one] on the Treasury ofManifest Knowledge (Abhidharmakosa) [and one] on the Srz [Guhya]samiija[tantrap54 and so on [is the] unit of ten S55 commentaries that comprise this scriptural system." English Translation 229 [2.7.9.3 Further Writings} Although this is what is said, he [also] compiled [the following texts] that are not included in that: Commentary on ["Nagarjuna's"] &itrasamuccaya 556 ; [B: Commentary on [Nagarjuna's] Su/:lrZZekha 557 ]; GuhyasamajamaJ}<;lala Ritual, Self-empowerment [and] (S304) [Arrangement of the] Rows of Offerings 558; The Minor Collected Works, which are the essence of all sutras, tantras and treatises summarized as precious oral instruction (man ngag) that is convenient to understand and easy to implement. Fifty-five texts that exist in the form ofletters to teach the disciples who follow him.559 In a sutra, it is said: "When the end of the [Ten] Five Hundreds comes, I will remain in the form of [my] words." In a praise [by Blo bzang] it is said: "The wise lead [us] on a joyful path; Learnedness is wealth that will never be wasted; Its aim is to be accomplished and practiced. Hence you have done for the disciples everything that can be done. I respectfully pay homage to you, who has benefited us at all times." [2.8 Verse 8: His Perfection of Wisdom and Realization of Emptiness in Four Stages] [8] With the wisdom that realizes (20b) the state of being without self, you see conventional dependent arising [to be] like an illusion, and realize the ultimate state of phenomena [to be] like space. I pay homage to you who have the perfect view. Concerning these words: With his profound wisdom that realizes that all phenomena in sarpsara and nirviiI}.a are empty and without self, he sees each of all the dependently originated conventional things, which unexamined appear to be delightful, separate [from each otller], unmixed, similar to an illusion and a dream; and [he is] endowed with the perfect view, which found innate wisdom by understanding itself, [and that sees] the inexpressible meaning ofthe ultimate truth, which is like the center of the space of dharmadhiitu. 56o Thus [he said:] "I myself experienced the way in which the realization of the middle way arises in four stages. 56l Accordingly, first I understood the annihilation [of] emptiness, secondly appearance and emptiness, [and] thirdly [I understood] dependent arising to be like an illusion; forth I understood dependent arising as nominally existent without having any basis. 230 Chapter 6 Regarding this, the first [i.e., understanding the annihilation of emptiness562, is as follows]: (8305) Like a jar that has been smashed with a hammer, the [wrong appearance that] conventional [truth] is substantially existent was split apart through [analyzing its] emptiness by reasoning, [and] again through analysis by reasoning, it turned away grasping at truth and functioned as a cause for a mere appreciation of emptiness. 563 With regard to the second [i.e., understanding appeareance and emptiness]564, at the time when the appearance [of conventional phenomena] appeared like an illusion, I realized its absence of self-existence (rang bzhin medpa; nif:tsvabhiiva); although this [realization] turned away all concepts of exaggeration and denigration of external objects, since I could not abandon the clinging towards the mind that wishes for inner experiences, I could not go beyond the view of the [proponents of the] false aspect of the mind-only school. 565 With regard to the third [i.e., understanding dependent arising as illusory], since both the mind of inner experience and external objects depend on causes and conditions, I understood that although conventionally they [exist] like illusions, they only exist as appearances, but do not have the slightest self-existence. Hence, with regard to them, although [I did] not have any clinging to grasping at extremes, [I still] had the grasping (21a) [at the view] that dependent phenomena, which are real properties566, that do not depend on terms and concepts, exist as mere ( illusions. Hence [my understanding] did not go beyond that of the Yogaciira [Svatantrika] Madhyarnikas. 567 Regarding the fourth [i.e., understanding dependent arising as nominally existent without having any basis], when I logically examined all phenomena in the way they exist, I could not find even the slightest innate nature in it, and when I did not examine them, they became objects of convention. Hence I realized them as labeled by conceptual thought and as labeled by mere conventional designation568 . Likewise the mind that naturally realizes dependent arising without depending on the mind of others is undeceived with regard to the mutual [dependence] of cause and effect, and becomes one that is free of all extremes of proliferations of [inter]dependent eternalism and nihilism." Although there are many who say: "This view that does not realize the mind of others as object is a nihilistic view," this view that is free from all assertions is the unmistaken (60b) intended (S306) meaning of the father NagiiIjuna and his [spiritual] son [Aryadeva]. Hence Arya Nagarjuna himself said: "If it were the case that I had some theses, I would therefore have some faults. If! have no thesis, I am absolutely without any fault."569 Some say, "There is no autonomous thesis, but the thesis of one's own system does exist." [They] also say, "This is just a difference in names, but in reality there is no difference at all." [Red mda' ba]said: "Even those who considered other scholars' views to be v~ry good, after English Translation 231 discussing self-grasping among themselves, just ended by putting it aside. 570 My view as well will go with me. "571 This is absolutely true. [2.8.1 Who Has the More Correct Prasangika View, Tsong kha pa or Red mda' ba?] It is said that The Dharma Lord Blo bzang pa, after he had seen the face ofMaiijusri [in a vision],572 he asked him what he thought about [his] view of Madhyamaka, and thereupon [received the answer] that he still had (21b) not understood it. 573 [Thereupon Tsong kha pa asked:] "Well then, if this is the case, since you do not differentiate between spiritual teacher and disciple, doesn't my teacher understand it either?" [Maiijusd] answered: "He does understand. [But there are] some details that he does not understand." Although this became known, some of The Dharma Lord's disciples, who were very passionate but had less wisdom, [believed: "Between] the two, the [spiritual] father and [his spiritual] son, the view of The Dharma Lord [Blo bzang grags] pa is superior, because he had seen the face ofMaiijusrL" But to say this is incolTect. Otherwise the great scholar Santarak~ita, who had also become close friends, as if between two persons, with Maiijusd, would have done more for the Buddha's doctrine than The Dharma Lord [Blo bzang grags] pa. But it is known all over India and Tibet that [Santarak~ita] did not realize the [true] view of the Prasangikas, and he was in fact, as people say, the great trailblazer of the Svatantrikas. There is no certainty that because [one] meets with an Arya directly [one's] view is good, and because one does not meet, it is bad. (S307) Take Acarya Bhiivaviveka and Sri Candraldrti as examples. 574 When [Red mda' ba] was told that there are people who say that the Honorable is a holder of a nihilistic view, [he replied:] "Yes, that may be. In former times, when the Teacher [Buddha Sakyamuni] came to this world, there have been [B: many] people, who said (61a) that SramaI]a Gautama is a nihilist. Thereafter it happened that people spoke similarly about the [spiritual] father Acarya Nagarjuna and his [spiritual] son [Aryadeva], about Candralclrti, as well as about the elder and younger Vidyakokila575. And in Tibet, the great Madhyamikas Gangs pa She'u576 , KIm mDo sde, 'Bar Pa tshab Nyi rna grags577 , ICe sGom zhig po and so forth were also known as holders ofanihilistic view. Nevertheless, [if] they 578 are also holders ofthe view of nihilism, I have good friends." Karma ba dKon gzhon also said: "You became a (22a) nihilist." Thereupon [Red mda' ba] answered: "Am I really a nihilist? Look at my behavior!" To that, [Karma ba] said: "You are very right." It is known that he said, "Please forgive [me]!" [Red mda' ba] said: "All buddhas and bodhisattvas dwelling in the ten directions: Even if, after [you] have appeared to [my] direct perception, [you] teach with one voice a different way to liberation from this, my mind will remain unshakable, friends! "579 In this way he obtained a stable iITeversible insight. 232 Chapter 6 [2.9 Verse 9: Ethics ofthe Spiritual Teacher] [9] Spiritual teacher, disciplined, pacified, totally pacified 580, endowed with all vows, free of the impurity of [any] fault or downfall, your three doors remain in a natural spontaneous state. I pay homage to you who have perfected [his] conduct. Concerning these [words, the meaning is that] this spiritual teacher of the Great Vehicle has a very disciplined mental continuum, because he is endowed with the higher training in moral discipline. And since he is endowed with the higher training in wisdom, (S308) he is very pacified. And since he is endowed with the higher trainining of mind 58 1, he is totally pacified. [2.9.1 Vinaya Ethics] [Among his vows] for individual liberation - the eight precepts of [the] fasting VOW582 [for one day ]583, the five precepts of the layman 584, the ten precepts of the novice monk:'85 and the 253 precepts of the fully ordained monk586 - are not covered by the shortcoming of having the stain offaults [that lead to] downfall. [2.9.1.11nstruction on the Conduct of a Srama(wfrom His Mino/Works] [M: "Homage to my guru!]587 (1) (M 9a5) If, after having gone forth into the well-spoken Dharma-Vinaya, one does not restrain oneself well, the sramaJ;las 588 who transgress the buddha's word in an improper way, are the [real] thieves in the world. (2) Speaking crookedly, while (6Jb) others think that one is steadfast and having unrefined speech are unproper ways ofbehavior for a sramaJ;la. Having abandoned a deceitful mind (22b) and such behavior, I will always rely on you, who speak straight. (3) Speaking shamelessly, while others think that one is courageous and having unrestrained speech are improper ways ofbehavior for a sramaJ;la. Having abandoned the crazy behavior of speaking without shame589 , I will always rely on a peaceful manner. (4) Acting in an artificial way, [so that] others think that one is disciplined and deceitful cunning conduct are improper ways of behavior for a sramaJ;la. Having abandoned the crooked behavior of deceiving others, I will always rely on noble conduct. (5) Behaving in a careless manner while others think that one' is honest and not restraining one's senses are improper ways of behavior for a sramaJ;la. One should abandon immoral contact590 due to carelessness,. I will always rely on the behavior of attentiveness591 . English Translation 233 (6) Engaging in many actions while others think that one is competent, and wishing for diversions are improper ways of behavior for a sramaI}.a. One should abandon.the householders' engagement in worldly affairs. I will always rely on engaging in fewer activities. (7) Receiving objects of enjoymenf92 while others think that one is splendid593 and to have great clinging to pleasures are improper ways of behavior for a sramaI}.a. (8309) One should abandon material wealth and the objects of a villager. I will always rely upon a contented lifestyle. (8) Going around the village considering others to be one's disciples and collecting property and service are improper ways of behavior for a sramaI}.a. One should abandon the traders' way of doing business, wishing for profit. I will always rely on staying in solitude." In this way [Red mda' ba] was endowed with the completely pure moral discipline of individual liberation, i.e., giving up harming others and its basis. [2.9.2 Bodhisattva Ethics] Also his moral discipline of a bodhisattva, (23a) the accomplishment of all [deeds] for the benefit of others, was completely pure, because he was not contaminated by the so-called fault of 'praising oneself and blaming others and [so on]'594 (62a) due to attachment towards material gifts and service. Hence he said: [2.9.2.1 Verses from an Instruction by Red mda' baJ "(1) In the place where I am staying·, fantasies of pleasures increase. My own continuum is tied by the rope of material gifts and service and the continuum of others is distressed through jealousy and competitive thinking. I am not going to stay here even for a moment. (2) I will never talk about the faults of others, but only [speak] meaningful and in accord with the Dharma. I will never give confusing advice on war, robbery, stories of kings, and so on." He was not contaminated by the so-called fault of "'not giving Dharma and wealth'595 out of stinginess596 towards those who are suffering and who are without a protector and [so on]." Hence he gave up [B: a teacher's] holding back of teachings for disciples who were interested in the Dharma and who were without a protector, because he taught the intended meaning of sutra and tantra until one was fully satisfied. He had also given up the stinginess towards material things and towards those disciples who were striving for material things and who were without a protector, because he fulfilled the hopes of poor people. 234 Chapter 6 [2.9.2.2 Alms for a Leper in Mang yul sKyid grong} [B: Moreover,] at a time, when this great (S310) being stayed in Mang yul 597 sKyid grong598 without any attendant, a father and his son came, both suffering from leprosy. They asked, "Please give us a very good offering." At that, he went inside and gave them one ragged sack of parched barley flour (tsam pa). Then they said, "Please also remember to give us some meat," whereupon he gave them one handful of [B: beef] meat. Thereafter they asked: "Can you also give us Some ointment to spread on our body, and a [lump of] butter?" Since they needed it, he also split apart half a lump of butter (23b), which he found and gave it to them. It is weUknown that [Red mda' ba] also gave them some clothes and iron. [2.9.2.3 Alms for a Beggar at dGa' ba gdong} At dGa' ba gdong599, one Khams painvited [Redmda' ba] for tea and gave him a whole [roll] of white brocade as a dedication offering60o. Since, on the way back, a beggar requested him to please give him [something], he ordered his attendant, a young monk, whom he had with him: "Give him the whole roll of cloth!" (62b), and thus gave it [away]. [2.9.2.4 Alms for Beggars on the Way to IHa sa} Again, on the way to IHa sa, he gave one silver vajra each to two beggars. In IHa sa after many beggars had gathered and requested [him] to please give them [something], [Red mda' ba] said, "Call all [your] friends 601 who are staying close by!" Then, after he had gathered all the beggars of the lHa sa community in the [B: four (directions)]602, including sham beggars, about five hundred had come. And stacks of silk scarves and square brocade mats, mixed together, had been heaped up, the beggars proceeded in narrow packed lines and whoever was first was given what he grasped. Thereupon one old beggar said: "In IHa sa were many masters, who said, 'I am good.' But there haven't been better than these two: 'Bar ba pa and this [one]." [And furthermore people] said: 'Bar ba pa distributed something of value and a stack of silk scarves to everybody. And this [Red mda ba] gave to everybody on top of that a stack of silk scarves or a square brocade mat, whatever was grasped, [depending] on our merit. [2.9.2.5 Alms at Bul rang) When he stayed at Bul rong 603 he left half the meat of a white Ko [ko nor yak]604 for someone. He [also] left a whole lump of butter, where some (S311) crows could see it and so on. He did not possess stinginess towards material things, because he was free from grasping at PQssessions as 'mine.' Whatever was offered to him such as gold, silver, silks and so on, he only had a glance at them, but never engaged in the custom of holding them as dear or of inspecting them. [2.9.2.6 Conversation about Red mda' ba by Tsang kha pa and Chas rje La tsa baJ He was not contaminated by the so-called faults of 'not listening even when others confess 605 and getting angry and beating others (24a),606 When the great being [Red mda' ba] had left for gTsang,607 and when the two, Chos rje [Lo tsa ba] and The Dharma Lord [Blo bzang grags pa]608, went to Rwa sgreng, it seems that one day during their free time, Chos rje Lo tsa ba asked The English Translation 235 Dharma Lord Blo bzang grags pa: "After the two of you, [spiritual] father [Red mda' ba] and son, had done a strict retreat here for two or three months, you must have had various Dharma discourses. Which (63a) special qualities does the Honorable rJe btsun pa have?" [BIo bzang grags pa answered:] "Doesn't he possess the three qualities of a teacher of being learned, venerable609 and kind 610 , and isn't he someone who is connected to the yoga thatis in accord with the Dharma?" Moreover [Chos rje Lo tsa ba] said, "It seems that he had also other special [qualities] besides these." He requested, "Please tell us this time, by all means." Thereupon [Blo bzang grags pal said: "Although this is the smallest quality of the lama: After from Sa skya there had been a deferral of his teachings, and he had to watch a revolt against himself among his followers in Bul rong 611 , he finally said: 'Up to now I have not experienced even the slightest disturbance through strong anger.' And while he was saying this, he shed large tears." I [the author] heard that thereupon also Chos rje Lo tsa ba wept very loudly. He was not contaminated by the so-called faults of 'giving up the Mahayana612 and teaching something that appears similar [to it] but is not the (8312) holy Dharma613 ' because he had the unmistaken view of [B: and taught] the two Mahayana [tenets], the Madhyamaka and the Cittamatra [tenet] together with the Vajrayana. [2.9.3 Tantric Ethics] His vidyadhara vow, which transforms afflictions into the path, was not touched by any fault [that leads to] downfall either, because most probably he was not contaminated by the fourteen main root infractions or the eight secondary [infractions against it], because, although it is possible that individual [infractions] occurred, he confessed them and renewed his vow, without allowing the time to pass. It is said: "There is no (24b) degeneration with regard to the intention and action of his training in the Mahayana." His physical conduct was not contrived, because he was free from pretense 614 . His verbal conduct was not contrived, because he was free from hinting, flattering, taking away by putting under pressure and so on. His mental conduct was not contrived, because he was free from distraction, dishonesty, hypocrisy 615 and so forth. Since he was satisfied with whatever happened, he was happy no matter what he did. And after the delusion of subject and object was destroyed in its very place, he engaged in all-embracing spontaneous conduct. [2.10 Verse 10: Retreat and Accomplishments ofMahiimudra] [10] You renounced this [secular] life and concentrated on the essence of practice. You meditated on the four truths, on dependent arising, the six perfections and the two stages [and] achieved the supreme siddhis of mahamudra6!6. I pay homage to you who perfected [his] (63b) practice. Concerning these [words he said,] "Another reason I will stay in solitude is not because I grew weary of my retinue and friends, or because I was wishing for great material gifts and service, 236 Chapter 6 but rather because 1 see the suffering in cyclic existence as a fire pit that is very difficult to bear." [2.10.1 Verses from an Instruction by Red mda' ba: Determination to Go into Retreat] Moreover, likewise [in an instruction by Red mda' ba] it is said: "(1) Having understood that the excellences of worldly existence617 are highly insignificant, and that it is endowed with a collection of extremely many faults, to release myself and others from the ocean of [cyclicJ existence, I, the learned one, will go to a solitary place. (2) Like a cuckoo that subsists on raindrops6l8, listening to the thunder, the discourse of solitude falls on my heart. To make the content ofwhaf [I} have studied (8313) meaningful. [I,] gZhon nu blo gros, will go to a solitary place. (3) Like a flock of swans that see a lotus pond, my mind is very excited [thinking] about a remote place. To take full advantage of this [human] life with its freedoms and riches, [I,] gZhon nu blo gros, will go to a solitary place. (4) Like a young bee that sees a garden with hundred-petalled [lotuses] my mind is attached to the taste of solitude. To experience the taste of the nectar of concentration, [I,] gZhon nu blo gros, will go to a (250) solitary place. (5) Like the fresh air of the Malaya [mountains] during the springtime the woods' medicinal meadows are pleasing to my mind. Since the hordes of miira, the mental afflictions, are to be defeated, [I,] gZhon nu blo gros, will go to a (250) solitary place." Then, [B: at that time,] after a request that had been composed by the chief of a hundred families 619 of Sa skya, and by the abbot ofbZang ldan [monastery] and others were submitted [to Red mda' ba,] he said [in reply], "Up to eighteen human years 1 reflected on the doctrine and gave teachings, [B: now,] at this stage of my old age, 1 will definitely not join a decrepit community (63b7). "620 [2.10.2 Verses on the Disadvantages of Desire] [In his Minor Works] [B: It is said]: "(1) The guide of the world621 , the teacher of gods and human beings, taught that the craving for sensual desire is the root of all decay. The objects of desire will create suffering; they are the caues for ~iseases, tumors and pain. English Translation 237 (2) Just like a leper scratching his itching skin, like cooling water [drunk by] a feverish person, [or] a thirsty person afflicted due to drinking salt water one will never become satisfied by ·adhering to desire. (3) Like well-prepared food containing poison, honey stuck to the. edge of a razor blade [or] grass eaten by cattle that are drawing a cart, sense pleasures have little benefit and much harm. (4) Like a fly attached to the dung of an elephant, roe deer listening to the melodious songs of a hunter, [or] a fish attached to the bait-meat on the hook, the childish who long for sensual desire will be quickly lost."622 [Red mda' ba] read out these [verses]. (2Sa6) [Until then,] he had largely benefitted the doctrine and sentient beings through the [Dharma] wheels oflearning and contemplation, and thereafter largely benefitted the doctrine and sentient beings through the wheel ofmeditation623 .] [2.10.3 Retreat at Gangs bu Ie in Bul rong for Five Years] After he had given up all the well-being of this life, he went to the solitary place (2Sb) g.Yu lung rdo rje Ijongs624 on the right slope of the Gangs bu Ie dkar p0625 in order to meditate. When he had already practiced single-pointed concentration for five years, he meditated on the path of a sriivaka (64a), which reaches the conclusion that a person is without self, [meaning that] he meditated on the [sixteen attributes] of the four truths such as impermanence and the rest of the sixteen moments [of the path of seeing]. He meditated on the path of a pratyekabuddha626, which reaches the conclusion that phenomena [taken as] obj ects are without self, [and] on the twelve links of dependent arising forward and backward. He meditated on the path of a bodhisattva, which reaches the conclusion that phenomena [taken as] subject are without self27 , [and] on the six perfections and the purity (S314) of the three spheres [i.e., meditating that subject, object and action are empty]. Since he meditated on the path of a vidyiidhara, transforming the afflictions into the path, unifying the generation and perfection stages, he attained the highest siddhis of mahiimudrii628 [itself]. It is said: "Constantly remaining in the vajra body629 of a yogi is a branch of complete concentration; this is what is called 'vajrasattva'. Chapter 6 238 [This] is also known as the fourth supreme empowerment6JO of the sugatas. It is also non-abiding nirvaQ.a, because one has attained the true accomplishment ofmahamudra." At that time [Red mda' ba] became a true object [of refuge], who fully cut off the misunderstanding, the wrong views, the doubts and exaggerations towards all the teachings and practices of the Land of Snow (Tibet), and like an omniscient being, he responded to all questions. [2.11 Verse 11: Visions of Deities, J;>akinis and Dharma Protectors and Yogic Discipline] [11] Although 'hitting the core' in your profound meditative accomplishment, continually seeing masters, tutelary deities, t;liikinis and Dharma protectors, you abide [solitary] in yogic discipline like a pratyekabuddha. I pay homage to you who are marvelous. Concerning these [words], although due to the aforementioned profound meditative accomplishments, [Red mda' bal had unconceivable pure visions, uninterruptedly day and night, he maintained the yogic discipline of not speaking, like a solitary buddhi'! (pratyekabuddha). [2.11.1 Signs of Meditative Accomplishment] Some [asked] (26a), "What special signs appear in the Honorable's personal deity practice?" He said, "When spending one's life on Dharma, it is possible that there will be some signs, but [I] will not tell [you]. If [ordinary people] keep even [B: some] small worldly activities (64b) secret, [how much more so] when speaking about the signs one is achieving, they will become corrupted and also the ejiikinis will be displeased." If thereafter [I had] asked [him] (8315) purposefully, he probably would not have told. But when his guard was down, he suddenly spoke [of it], and when asking him in a remote area again and again with great insistence, he made a few statements [also], which I myself [mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo, the author of this text,] have heard as follows: [2.11.2 Doubt on His Lack of a Madhyamaka Lineage, Vision of Candrakirti, and Encounter with a Skeptic] In Bu Ie, Bla rna rGyal bzang pa [quoting] from a statement by mKhan chen g.Yag pa6J1 said: "With regard to Madhyamaka, [B: the great] Acarya gZhon blo bahas no lineage master, either. [Therefore,] although I do not have an acarya either, it is appropriate to teach." And when those who said, "He is a reincarnation of Candraklrti," [and] those who said, "He heard teachings directly from Candraklrti," asked [Red mda' ba], "How is it really?" [Red mda' ba] said: "As far as the Madhyamaka lineage of the words is concerned, I have [it], but as regards the lineage of meaning, it is difficult to [say that I] have it. I am certainly not the reincarnation ofCandraklrti. Whether I have heard [that] Dharma [directly from Candraklrti] or not, it is known that master and disciple 6J2 have attained self-reliant knowledge and achieved complete faith. Ifwe had not [attained them], then [we] would have become the cause of wrong views." English Translation 239 I [the author] requested [Red mda' ba]: "Whatever conduct the Honorable shows with body, speech and mind, I see them only as good qualities and do not conceive them as faulty. Therefore please tell me everything." At that, for a moment, he did not say anything. [Then] in a state of absentmindedness [Red mda' ba] said, "After Sri Candraklrti had attained the state of a vidyadhara, he remained in India. He is (26b) there even today, but for the fortunate disciples who follow him, in order to be directly in front of him, there is nO need to chase after [him]." Furthermore, Master IHa pa appointed someone [and] sent him to Phyag rdor Grub thob to ask him to please convey the question to the Guhyapati, whether among the two, Acarya gZhon blo and Byang pa 'Jam dbyangs633 , one had acted as a predominating condition634 for wrong views and the other spread and made flourish wrong views, and where (65a) these [two in consequence] would be reborn. Phyag rdor Grub thob asked the Guhyapati (S316), and in reply to it said: "Acarya gZhon blo ba is an extraordinary Mahayana person, and also his view has been taught to him in a dream by CandrakIrti. And this 'Jam dbyangs pa was [in a former life] a direct disciple of Sa skya PaI}.9ita, endowed with firm trust [in him]. And [the fact that] at present [the latter] is endowed with wealth also is the karmic result35 of having requested Sa pal}. for a feast gathering"636. In response to this answer that was carried back, [Master] lHa pa said: "That's right! IfPhyag rdor were to have [even just] one accomplishment, there is no doubt that I would have heard about it."637 This account was reported to the great being [Red mda' ba] when he was in Klong rtse638 . Thereupon he said, "He was hoping to receive the answer that I would be reborn in hell, but that is not actually going to happen." [B: When Master lHa pa again and again belittled the Honorable, one of [the former's] oWn elderly female practitioners639 said, "That is how much he is criticizing Acarya gZhon blo pa." She told [Master lHa pal: "He was giving a Dharma teaching on the grassy plain of a snowy slope, and it seems that an inconceivable [number of people] listened to the teachings, and even the mountains were listening while bowing in his direction." It is said that at that [Master lHa pa finally] recognized [Red mda' ba's realization, and] said: "That is true! [One can understand from] the impressive manner in which he spent all his life On practice. "] [2.11.3 Vision of Tara in Bul rong] Again (27a), when staying at Bul rong640, in the process of making circumbulations, [Red mda' ba] said: " A Tara resides on the rock over there. " [Somebody] asked: "Where is she?" In reply to this he pointed with his finger and said: "Over there!" [The person] replied: "She is not there." Thereupon [Red mda' ba] said: "That is right!" [2.11.4 Vision ofJ)akinis by the' Niece ofthe Mahasiddha dPal mol At dMu rdzing641 , when [he was] giving teachings on the Guhyasamajatantra, the niece of the [female] Mahasiddha dPal mo, a lesser siddha, was listening [to the teachings] too. It happened 240 Chapter 6 that she was laughing again and again several times from the beginning of the session until it ended. When she was asked afterwards why she was laughing, she said, "I was laughing at the inconceivable [number of] various kinds of rjiikinis with their many colors, ornaments, clotnes, and different ways of conduct, who came to listen to the teachings." [2.11.5 Vision ofJ)akinis, who praise Red mda' ba during a gTor rna Offering by Tsong kha pal When the teacher Dha=a Lord Blo bzang pa and [his] students were staying at the snow [mountain] '0 de (65b) gung rgyal, one evening during the gTor rna offering of the concluding session642 , [someone] in the gathering, rTogs ldan 'Jam dpal rgya mtsho (1356-1428)643 (S317), saw many assemblies of rjiilanis gathering in the sky, and reciting the following praise: "[We] bow to you, the supreme guide of [all] sentient beings [who reside] at the right slope of the Gangs bu Ie dkar p0644, [you] the master in the yoga645 , Red mda' ba, who have realized the middle way, which is free from extremes, [B: whose objectless compassion is uninterrupted,] who are the [embodiment of the] ultimate tantra section, Sri Guhyasamiija, [and of] the unique system ofNagarjuna, [and] [B: who are endowed with the wisdom that sees things as they are." [2.11.6 Appearance ofthe Four-faced Mahiikala at Bul rongl When staying at Bul rong 646 , a small little black person with four faces came to take the ritual cake (gtor mal 47 • When asked, "From where did you come?" He said: "I came from Mt. Kailasa (ti se)." It became known (27b) that this was the Four-faced [MalIiikala]648. [Red mda' ba]said to his attendant mChog legs, "Since that small protector came yesterday evening, the gTor rna decreased 649 ." He said, "From today onwards the gTor rna should not become polluted." [Moreover] he said, "Yesterday evening, that Putra650 came. He left the remains of his meal as leftovers and thus did not allow [us] to make ourselves comfortable." [2.11.7 Red mda' ba and the Female Lokesvara Seen by the Lesser Female Siddhiil In dMu rdzing, when making tantric offerings, the lesser [female] siddha saw that a female Lokesvara [had come] from the throat of the great being [Red mda' ba], secretly filled a skull with the five kinds of meat and five kinds of nectar, and even [asked] the Honorable to please take from it. [The lesser siddha] said, "He himself is taking from it!" In Bul rong651 , at the time ofa feast gathering, the Honorable said to three of us who were there, Bla rna sGrub pa dpal, Acarya Sangs rgyas dpal and myself [the author ofthis biography]652, "I thought tllat at present653 I did not have the real doctrine in my mind, but [although I thought that,] this lesser [female] siddha was saying that she saw that from the beginning of [the recitation of] this 654 tantra until it was completed, the female LokeSvara was circumbulating until the hooves of her horse were worn out. So the doctrine is still not bad." English Translation 241 [2.11.8 Vision of Three White Women when Composing a Lineage Prayer] At Bul rong655 , when composing the Prayer to the [Lineage afthe Lamas who gave him] the Instruction on the View [ofthe Mid41e Wayl56 (8318), at night three white women came and said, "Please make an envelope like this for this prayer!" And then they put [the prayer] into the envelop and took it. [2.11.9 Interaction with a Spirit while Teaching the Lesser Female Siddhii] Again at Bul rong6S7, when he was conferring the [instructions on] the meditative imaginations658 related to the five stages on the lesser [female] siddhii, [conferring] one meditative imagination [instruction] every thirteen days, after performing cine imagination for two days, a young man came wearing white clothes. He brought water, made a fire, cooked vegetables and served [her] whatever was required, without talking to her. Initially, the lesser [female] siddhii did not say (28,) anything either. When she went to report on [her progress in] meditative imagination, she told [Red mda' ba] that after two days the above-mentioned young man had come and asked [him], "What is this?" [Red mda' ba] said: "I do not know what this is. You [just] work diligently on your spiritual practice! I will keep up my meditative imagination, too." When she went back, the man was still there and was serving her whatever was required, as before. When about ten days had passed, [the young man] said: "I would like to go, but your teacher has filled the valley with fire, and thus there is no way out. Please convey to your teacher that I say that he should loosen his meditation." She did not reply to that. When she went again to report on [her progress in] meditative imagination, [Red mda' ba] said: "Is your man still there now?" She reported how [the young man] had spoken to her, whereupon [Red mda' ba] said, "I have not done that much meditation. Now he will leave. " The Honorable lifted the protection circle659 and when she had returned, he was no longer there. [Red mda' ba] said: "A spirit660 came as an obstacle to [our] virtuous [practice]." Also when [Redmda' ba] was residing at Brag dkarrta S0661, a visible form ofdPe dkar662 came that covered the inside of the hermitage663 and was looking at the Honorable with angry eyes. But since [Red mda' ba] remained (66b) in meditation, [dPe dkar] disappeared (8319) on his own. [2.11.10 Meeting with mNga' ris pa mNga' bdag after his Decease] Again, when residing in Bul rong664, .Acarya Nam mkha' dpal had sent a plea in which he reported that [word is] spreading that mNga' ris pa mNga' bdag665 has probably passed away and therefore he requested [Red mda' ba] to please remember him in his meditation. That night, [Red mda' ba] performed a siidhana ceremony of Guhyasamiija while concentrating on [the deceased]. Day broke and the great lord mNga' bdag came in front of [Red mda' ba] in his typical clothing, accompanied by an escort. Thereupon the Honorable said in a state of absentmindedness (28b), "Is it really true that you have passed away?" It is said that he nodded his head three times and thereafter dissolved into his throne. 242 Chapter 6 [2.11.11 Meeting with The Dharma Lord Jiia ba upon his Decease] Again, when The Dharma Lord Jila na passed away, [Red mda' ba said:] "Lama Jila na,ba appeared here yesterday evening. It seems he has passed away." When [later] comparing the time, it fit with that evening. [2.11.12 Recovery from illness by Recitation of Verses from the Mlllamadhyamakakiirikiij When he suffered from a serious illness, there was intense pain even when he was sitting in meditation. Hence his body was trembling more and more, and sweat flowed like water. At that time, by reciting the following verses'66 three times, he received relief from the illness: "I prostrate to the perfect Buddha, The.best of all teachers, who taught that That which is dependent origination is Without cessation, without arising; Without annihilation, without permanence; Without coming; without going; Without destruction; without identity; And peaceful- free from fabrication." [2.11.13 Bla rna sGrub pa dpal's Gaining of Trust] When Lama sGrub pa dpal was offering [his] services [to Red mda' ba], he had gone to rTug pa thu, and thus it became late. Since he had not arrived, [Red mda' ba] thought: "Time for meal (gdant67 is over." He was there cooking the food by himself, but even when Bla rna [sGrub pa dpal] had arrived, he was unable to go inside, but looked through a slit in the door. Thus [he saw that while Red mda' ba] was stirring the food (S320), [some] dropped in front of him [on his clothes, and] he said, "All phenomena exist merely by (67a) name, merely by label, as mere designation668 , merely as an imputation," and then started eating directly from the cooking pot. Due to this [Bla rna sGrub pa dpal] gained great trust [in him]. [2.11.14 Red mda' ba's Ceaseless Weeping at Sa skya] [Once Red mda' ba] arrived at Sa skya before the conch-shell [was blown to call monks] for the community tea. He sat near the cooking hearth, staring at the well water, with tears dropping one by one. Even when preparing [butter] (29a) tea, he did not stop [crying]. Also when returning home, on the way, he did not stop [crying]. Then sPre bo Thar bzang said to [one of Red mda' ba's disciples], "Your teacher is crying both when eating, as well as when going. What is this?" Thereupon the disciple thought, "To me it seems that he started crying after he had seen that a fish had been eaten by an otter," and thus asked [Red mda' ba]: "Is it [because of] that?" English Translation 243 [Red mda' ba replied:] "That is not the actual [reason]. While the well water was splashing, I was meditating on dependent arising by analyzing one of the twelve links and due to this a true view of emptiness arose [in my mind]. And since emptiness is endowed with the essence of compassion669 , I started crying."67o. [2.11.15 During Term Break: Lapsing into Mental Absorption and Various Signs of Miraculous Power] When the Honorable went to Shangs during term break (chos barl71 , he had a horse and therefore left later. The [other] monks had departed earlier, and had already crossed the ford. The Honorable let his horse go wherever it liked, and [eventually,] when [the horse] got into a deep whirlpool, although the monks were yelling [as at] a horse race, he drove the horse straight into it. Hence the horse sank into the water, and although the water was almost touching its mouth and he was driving it, it was not lost. They asked him what his technique was, and thereupon [Red mda' ba] said: "Because a horse is one who can put its [B: four] feet on something, it will not fall over." Moreover, when proceeding during term break through a wide open plain, [his mind] wandered into meditation, and afterwards [when coming out of meditation] he [just] went wherever his face was directed. It is said that (S321) several times they needed to go to bring him back. Also when he was going from mNga' ris to the gTsang po [river], accompanied by The Dharma Lord [Blo bzang] grags pa as a traveling companion, (67b) he became absorbed in meditation, and after that he was frequently thrown off the horse and many times needed help to get up. Then the groom said, "Due to this unnecessary meditation of A.carya gZhon blo ba I have to bear a lot of hardship." (29b) When [Red mda' ba] was sleeping in the assembly hall of Shel dkar672 , he was taking his meals (gdan) on top of the community hall (spyi khang). One day, when I [the author,] had requested a ceremony at a specific Buddhist festival, we were about six or seven people in this cramped room, but none of us had seen the Honorable go up. We became very astonished [and said], "The Honorable must have magical power, because he went past us in this narrow hall, but we did not see him." [2.11.16 Meeting with Tsong kha pa and his Disciples on the Way to rna sa] When the Honorable was travelling to dBus, he was received by The Dharma Lord [Blo bzang grags pa] along with about 300 disciples standing in a beautifulline673 . When upon The Dharma Lord's prostrations [Red mda' ba] wished to make prostrations in return, [Tsong kha pal requested him please not to. 674 From that time onwards, since [Red mda' ba] was no long~r making prostrations in return [to Tsong kha pal, although the [other] great scholars from dBus were deprived of the pleasure of doing return prostrations [to Tsong kha pa] too, the Honorable [continued] to prostrate to the abbot of gSang sde, to sTag lung 10 tsa ba and so forth, and therefore became also known as the fine master (Jo bo bzang pa). 244 Chapter 6 [2.11.17 dEu rna Teachings in dGa' ba gdong to 500 Scholars Headed by Tsong kha pal After that, at dGa' ba gdong, [Red mda' ba] taught the Madhyamakavatara and the Instructjon on the View [of the Middle WayJ to about 500 scholars well-versed in Abhisamaya and Pramfu;la, headed by The Dharma Lord Blo bzang grags pam, bKa' bcu pa Nam mkha' byang chad, bSod shes dar rna and some 'Masters of the Eight Scriptures' (bKa' brgyad pa). Hence there was a rain of flowers and all (S322) became devoted to him. [2.11.18 Debates with Scholars from gSang phu Ne'u thog] At that time gSang phu ba676 lDan rna dKon seng 677 stood up and asked, "Please listen, I have a request of both of you, father Dharma Lord [Red mda' ba] and your [spiritual] son [Tsong kha pa]. [People] say that Red mda' ba is the [leading] scholar in gTsang, and Blo bzang is the [leading] scholar in dBus. You two, father and son are [B: nowadays] getting a reputation as being the holders (68a) of the Buddha's doctrine in dBus and gTsang. Hence, now, on the occasion of this gathering, please show us, without keeping anything back(3oa), [your] system of explanation on the three vehicles and the four tenets, in order to eliminate the wrong views and doubts of us interested people from dEus and gTsang. Let us have a dialogue in this assembly. And after we have made investigations through quotation and reasoning and have come to a a final decision as to what [needs to be] established and refuted [as right and wrong], please tum that Wheel ofDharma678 for along time." Then he asked both the greatrJe btsun [Red mda' ba] not to go to Gangs bu Ie and Dharma Lord Blo bzang [B: grags] pa not to go to the snowy mountains of'O de gung rgyal 679 , but to please perform the vast deed of teaching the [Buddhist] scriptures in dEus and gTsang. At that time The Honorable distributed tea along with a silk scarf and some money offerings680 to all the sangha [members]. Then, when going to sNe'u, during ahot tea break (tsha/ 81 in the rows [ofmonks]682 one scholar from gSang phu [monastery] stood up from among the row of roughly 70 good scholars,683 headed by the spiritual father [rJe btsun Red mda' ba] and his spiritual son [rJe Tsong kha pa], and said: "I would like to ask each of you, father and son, [to say] some words. Therefore please, spealc frankly without hiding anything. Is it true that [you] venerable Master Red mda'ba [said] during a talk: 'In general [to understand] the intended meaning ofthe words of the Buddha and the [Indian] treatises [translated into Tibetan] one needs to have some understanding of the main points of the scriptures of the traditional system [in its whole, that is, one needs to have read them] from the beginning [to] the end. Having read a few lines, [thinking] 'Oh yes, I know this,' one will not have certainty.' Is it really true [that you said this]?" [Red mda' ba] replied: "I cannot remember that I really said it like this (S323), but generally speaking, this is how it is." In terms of content the honorable master accepted [that he had said] it. It is said that he had kept in mind to speak without hiding anything. Is it really tme (30b) that the precious master [Tsong kha pa] said, "If you want to penetrate the difficult points of the scriptures ofthe traditional system, you need my master684. If you want to distinguish difficult wordings, you need A bo rgan chen 685 ." English Translation 245 The [two] Dharma Lords [just] smiled (68b) and did not say anything. Thereupon [the scholar from gSang phu monastery] said: "Even these two, spiritual father and son, who are good and bad lords, tum [things] upside down like the staircase of a stUpa 686 ." [2.11.19 Foot Blessing] Again, [during] a hot tea break (tsha) in the rows [of monks] of sNe'u', a [scholar] called "Acarya sNyal pa," a monk from the upper portion of gSang phu [monastery], which has around a hundred monks, asked [Red mda' ba] to please give him a 'foot blessing687., Thereupon [Red mda' ba] replied: ''How is it possible for a great scholar like you?" [and] did not give it. Then [Aciirya sNyal pal insisted, [saying,] "I also wish [to be able] to say at the end of my life that I have been touched by the flawless lotus feet of dPalldan Red mda' ba. Then even when an old monk, I do not need to be afraid [of dying]. Put your feet!" [Red mda' ba] replied, "Well then, take it!"688 and gave [him] the foot blessing. [2.11.20 sMon lam chen mo in Front ofthe Jo bo Sakyamuni] Then he went to ilia sa and taught about 800 monastics and 600 lay people how to turn happiness and misery into the path [of practice]689. At that time The Dharma Lord BIo bzang grags pa had arranged huge offerings in front of the Jo bo [Siikyamuni in the main cathedral]690 and requested the Bla rna [gZhon nu blo gros] to sit in front of the Jo bo and [B: to add his support] to make aspirational prayers. Headed by himself, along with about 500 monastics they offered an extensive seven-limbed prayer. Above all, they extensively offered the Arya Samantabhadra's Conduct Prayer and the the Sukhiivati Prayer691 , composed (8324) by himself, [B: as well as other prayers]. In particular, they prayed three times, led by the venerable all-knowing Kumaramati, [in other words, Red mda' ba]: "Mayall the friends 692 of the doctrine, the [B: noble] persons who are [still] alive, attain long lives 693 for the benefit of the doctrine and sentient beings." [2.11.21 Another Foot Blessing] It is said that at that time it also happened that the Honorable, when being asked for a 'foot blessing,' gave it upon request. Since The Dharma Lord [Blo bzang grags] pa did not give it at all (31.), the monks of gSang phu [monastery] said: "Red mda' ba, when being requested for 'foot blessing' gives it without any fear of death upon request. [But] Blo bzang [grags] pa, since he is afraid of death, does not give it to anyone." [2.11.22 Receiving Offerings in Rwa sgreng, sTag rtse etc.] Then, when he went to (69.) Rwa sgreng694, Brag dkar mo pa, Bya yul Rin po che, Lo mKhan po, and the [people] from the 'Bri khung sTag rtse rdzong made marvellous offerings [to Red mda' bal. Thereafter, when he went to the upper valley of sTag rtse, about 300 sangha members had lost their [provision with] meals (gdan chad). Thereafter they all went on almsround and just by chance received meals. 246 Chapter 6 [2.11.23 Red mda' ba's and Tsong kha pa's Mastery over the Sky Treasure] Then a group ofLo pa695 came and asked to establish a spiritual connection [with Redmda' ,ba]. Since they had offered more than 20 mdz0 696 loads of barely flour, it became a problem to transport them. It became known that [people] were saying that it seems that the [two] Dharma Lords, father [Red mda' ba] and son [Tsong kha pal, had gained mastery over the (miraculous inexhaustible) Sky Treasure 697 . [2.11.24 Teachings during the Rainy Season Retreat with Tsong kha pal Next they went to Rwa sgreng [monastery]. They made prostrations and extensive offerings to the marvelous three objects [of refuge], the foremost of which was [an offering of an image of] Guhyasamajamaiijuvajra698 with a bigger and smaller silver umbrella. From the entrance to the cave above the monastery, where spiritual father [Red mda' ba] and son [Tsong kha pal had decided to do a retreat, they turned the following Wheels of Dharma for a group of about 600 locals and visitors in accordance with their fortune. The great being [Red mda' ba] [B: gave the following teachings: an instruction on the blessing through practice], 699 the Five (S325) Stages (Paneakrama) ofthe Guhyasamiija[tantraJ, an instruction on the profound view [ofthe middle way fOG, [B: a method for meditating on the two forms of selflessness70I , an instruction on the vast conduct (ofbodhisattvas W02, Mahayana Mental Purification [B: and] explanations on The Four Hundred Verses (bZhi brgya palo3 , After the retreat was over, he gave an extensive explanation of[Nagarjuna's] Sixty Stanzas ofReasoning (Yukti~a~tikii, Rigs pa drug beu palo4 , And when [the teaching] was over, he said: "When I explain the intended meaning of the spiritual father Nagarjuna and his [spiritual] son [Aryadeva] (3Ib), I explain it like this. But even for the Omniscient One it would be extremely difficult to explain the system of traditional scriptures in conformity with the individual ideas of each and every human being." [2.11.25 Teachings to Teachers from gSang phu, Gung thang, rTse thang etc.] When The Dharma Lord had gone far offto 'Bri khung705 , he gave [teachings] to about seventy excellent scholars, led by two Masters of the Ten Scriptures, from the three [monasteries of] gSang [Phu], bDe [ba can] and [Tshal] Gung [thangf06, as well as other monasteries such as rTse thang707, [on] a Commentary on the Sri Guhyasamiijatantra (SriguhyasamiijatantravivarmJa) together with its sub-commentaries and an extended explanation of[Santarak~ita's] Ornaments of the Middle Way (dEu ma rgyan, MadhyamakiilaI[1kiira). Thereupon even [persons] with less faith like lDan rna dKon seng708 and Nam mkha' gshog ral and so on attained complete faith, [2.11.26 Healing of an Insane Woman while Staying with Tsong kha pa in sTag lung] Then, when both father [Redmda' ba] and son [Tsongkha pal met a noblewoman (10 mo) of the '01 ka sTag rtse 709 [family] in the lower valley of sTag lung710. She came to request a spiritual connection and [turned out to] have become insane due to Dharma711 The Honorable called a (69b) monk, [saying,] "Come quickly. Put the right hand of the noblewoman below and beat [her] with your right hand from above." After this was done, the noblewoman was cured from her mental disorder. English Translation 247 Most people who were around thought, "He is not only well-versed in the Three Collections of Sacred Writings (Tripitaka), but also knows how to remove obstacles." Thus all were amazed. Thereafter [they] were invited to sTag lung, and sTag lung Rin po che made extensive offerings to them, such as clothes, horses, l~ge tea-pots 712 and so on. The gathering received teachings and all the sTag lung pa became very respectful [of him.] [2.11.27 Teachings by Chos rje Lo tsii ba, Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa] Then (8326) in the great study centre713 of gNam rtse Ideng714 about 500 sangha members headed by Chos rje La tsii ba sKyabs mchog dpal bzang po and both Dharma Lords, spiritual father [Red mda' ba] and son [Tsong kha pa] had undertaken the ritual c9mmitment to perform the rainy season retreat (dbyar gnas, var~ii). [On top of these, 300] others gathered from all directions (32a) to make spiritual connections. [So altogether] there were about 800 [devotees] for whom [they] turned the Wheel of Dharma. During the main session715, the great being [Red mda' ba] taught Vinaya, the Root Verses, the Entrance to the MiddZe Way, the Guhyasamiijatantra and the Instruction on the View. Furthermore he gave those who came from [various] directions whatever spiritual connection they wished for. At that time The Dharma Lord BIo bzang grags pa offered a ma/pjaZa three times with one golden coin each, after he had made a promise that he would forward the best items of whatever rations he received during the rainy season retreat. Besides that, whenever he got something, he invited [Red mda' ba] and himself offered whatever had been offered to him, making prayers, asking for dedications, and so on. Before this he had also made an extensive offering of [various precious items] such as gold, silver, brocade and silk, the foremost of which was a two-faced MaiijusrI bronze statue cast by a goldsmith. Later on several times he also offered a large [measure] of silver and a complete set of robes, [B: and] offered tea continuously. So Tsang kha pa relied on Red rna' ba just like rTag tu Ngu (70a) on 'Phags pa Chos pa716 • [2.11.28 Departure for gTsang and Sa skya and Offerings to a Sangha Gathering of 1,800] After the rainy season retreat [Red mda' ba] left for gTsang and went to Sa skya. To the MaiijusrI [image] he [B: offered] a fine Tahun717 upper robe (snam sbyar, sa/1ghii{i)718, [B: and] one baldachin (bZa re). To the assembly of about 1,800 [monks] he offered a co=unity tea along with some money. [2.11.29 Three-Year Retreat in Bul rong] Thereafter, when [Red mda' ba] was staying in Bul rang for a strict three-year retreat,719 Bu leno came continuously to take the gTor rna. One day (8327) the lesser female mahiisiddhii saw him, but [only] laughed and asked, "Who is there?" Bu Ie answered: "Please inform [Red mda' ba] that Bu Ie is coming to take the gTor rna." 248 Chapter 6 [2.11.30 Prediction by a Local Female Spirit in dMu rdzing) First, while spending his term break in dMu rdzing, at (32b) daybreak the local female spirit, Khyung lung rna, appeared in front of [Red mda' bal. Thereupon, wearing inconceivable ornaments and clothing she prostrated [to him]. After she had asked for his blessing, she dissolved into the earth. During the morning, while having a hot tea break, [Red mda' ba] saw an image of the local female spirit drawn on the surface of the wall. He then said: "She does not [look] like this. She is a hundred times more beautiful than this." At that time the local female spirit entered into a woman, whereupon [that woman] said: "Former bhik~us are about to come here. Hence [you must] offer them perfect service!" The former bhik~u [she referred to] was Byang sems Zla ba rgyal mtshan721. c [2.11.31 Teachings on Abhidharma) At that time, Red mda' ba gave instructions to five [disciples], including mKhan chen dPal 'byor and A.carya Dar rna [rin chen], by pointing out [the respective points in Vasubandhu' s] auto commentary on his [AbhidharmaJkosa. Due to that, each of the five gained a rather good722 understanding [of the text]. [Red mda' ba] was very delighted, and said, "To teach like this is very pleasant." While [Red mda' ba] was spending his term-break on Ngam rings 723 peak [mountain] with sixteen masters and students, including BIo bzang [grags pal, mKhan chen bsTan rgyal and 700 masters and students [were spending their time] in N gam rings valley teaching and listening [to teachings]. Hence [the question] came to the Honorable's mind, "Who is benefitting the doctrine more, he and those 700 teachers and students, or I myself with these sixteen masters (7Gb) and students?" Later [he] said: "Among those 700, not one is as capable as a single BIo bzang grags pa." [2.11.32 Comparison with Bn ston's Disciple mKhan chen Dharma sri) Initially, when [Red mda' ba] saw Bu ston Rin po che's main [spiritual] son mKhan chen Dharma SU724 and about fifty masters and students perfectly studying the Four (S328) Great [Scriptures], [the question] came to his mind: "Will I be able to benefit the [Buddha's] doctrine and sentient beings that much?" But later he said: "Actually I have been of greater benefitfor the doctrine and the sentient beings (33,) than he has." [2.11.33 Question by the King ofmNga' ris Khri rgyal bSod nams Ide] K.hri rgyal bSod nams Ide725 asked [Red mda' ba], "Arya Asanga was a great person predicted by the Buddha himself. But Venerable Maitreya did not teach [him] Madhyamaka. Why is this?" Thereupon [Red mda' ba] replied, "Well, mothers do not give their newborn children a lump of kneaded [dough made from barely flour] right from the beginning. Why do they give them pap in the interim?" Then Khri rgyal bSod nams Ide lost his courage to ask [anything further]. English Translation 249 [2.11.34 Further Comment on the Kalacakratantra] Again, since there were many who said that the nirmii(wkiiya and the sambhogakiiya are not Buddha, [Red mda' ba] was asked, "How is it?" Thereupon he said: "Today's scholars do not have the slightest certainty. When I asked whether there were contradictions in the commentary to the Kiilacakratantra, they said, 'This is the action of discarding religion.'726 [But] it is appropriate that there are people who say that the nirmiilJakiiya and sambhogakiiya are not Buddha. They say, 'There is such a tradition.' They do not think about where [this will lead to], because [this leads to] big faults such as that if the nirmiilJakiiya and sambhogakiiya are not Buddha, all slUras and tantras will no longer be the words of the Buddha."727 [2.11.35 Praises ofRis Outstanding Qualities] The senior monk728 dNgos grub said: "The conduct of our729 master is inconceivable. Associated with a foolish one, he is barely the better one. Also when associated with somebody, who knows Piiramita and PramaI).a, he is slightly better. Even when associated with somebody, who knows the four main scriptures, he is just a little better. And also when associated with a great scholar, (71.) he does very much better than the other. I myself obtained specially esteem [of him] (S329) for that itself." bKa' bcu pa Yon tan said: "[People] were saying, 'I have never seen a teacher who has more faith and respect in the three jewels than this one. Every time [Red mda' bal went to [B: sKyid] grong to meet the Jo bo (33b), he was holding his hand and while reciting the sloka [that starts with the line] 'Protector Avalokitesvara, [may I attain] a body like you ... etc.'730, tears were rolling down from his eyes continuously.' I thought, 'Is this really true?' Later, after intentionally making an investigation into it, I also observed this myself. It is true." Acarya rGyal dbang from gSang phu [monastery] said: "Among the teachers with whom I was close, I have seen none except Red mda' ba who naturally brings suffering to an end."731 'Jam dbyangs pa [of La stod Byang] said: "I heard some [people] say that at present in Tibet there is no scholar more learned than Slob dpon [gZhon blo ba], but in my view, since the authentic doctrine no [longer] exists in east and west India, China or Nepal, at present there is no scholar more learned among the scholars than Slob dpon [gZhon blo ba] in this world." When the Honorable at that time left for another district (khri skor)732, although he did not say [anything], he was very worried. As soon as it was heard that [Red mda' ba] would come to Byang733 , this was [treated as] very good news. [People] said: "Although I have objects of each of the three [jewels] endowed with blessings, it is not the same. Just the arrival of a great scholar who knows the scriptures is auspicious for [all] the directions." [Red mda' ba] was very pleased [to hear that]. mKhan chen bSod nams skyabs pa said: "Others cannot match [B: even] my teacher's smallest good quality. [These other] teachers, although staying in a mountain cave, meditate without any regret about robes made of brocade and silk. Meanwhile, those from other schools, even though they [wrongly] meditate on a self, wear worn-out things inside [the cave] and when they go outside they act with care (71b) (34.) (S330)." [mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo:] "This is very true." 250 Chapter 6 During [Redmda' ba's] stay in dMu rdzing, bKa' bcu pa Don seng went to meet him to receive Dharma [teachings]. When [the teachings] were over, and he was making preparations to leave, [Red mda' ba] said, "If you are leaving today, go along the way where the rTa zur-bridge734 begins." [bKa' bcu pa Don seng] replied, "We are not going in that direction." Thereupon [Red mda' ba replied:] "Oh! I thought, I was in Bul rang." [When later] I [the author] went to the Honorable and asked him whether he had really said this to the Master of the Ten Scriptures, [he answered,] "[Yes] I did [say] it. The valley of Bul rang up there seems to me like my homeland. 735 Some [karmic] imprints must have ripened." [Furthermore] he said: "It was only due to the kindness of the great Arya Chos bzang dpal that I found this pleasant hermitage up here." [2.11.36 Authoring of an Index] When [Red mda' ba] had gone to meet the great Arya Chos bzang dpal, [the latter] said [to him]: "You are the holder of the precious doctrine. Therefore you must assume the associated responsibility. The precious Buddha's doctrine is in your hands. The precious doctrine you know [best]." Thereafter [Chos bzang dpal] held him by the hand and gave him much advice. At the end he said, "[While you are] here, you should also draw up an index of the writings you have completed on the doctrine so far." Thereupon [Red mda' ba] composed a catalog (dkar chag) [listing all] of the afore-mentioned writings (gsung sgrosj136 [that he had fInished] up to his 27th year oflife, [stating] in which year he composed which [text].737 . [2.11.37 Offerings to the Jo bo in sKyid grong] When the Honorable was staying at Grad chung, he sent [someone] to offer bangles for the arms and the feet of the Jo bo [statue] in sKyid rong, after he had them forged to an estimated size. The size turned out to be just right. Someone asked him, "Did [you] Honorable measure (34b) it yourself?" Thereupon he replied: "No, I didn't. The suitable size is due to the blessing of Jo bo (na) (S331) himself." When I [the author] went to meetmKhan chen g.Yag pa, I asked him: "Which of the three, Chos rje Lo tsa ba, rJe btsun pa [gZhon nu blo gras] and Blo bzang grags pa, is supreme?" [mKhan chen g.Yag pa] said: "Nowadays it is diffIcult to entrust oneself to spiritual teachers like Acarya gZhon blo ba. I read his commentary on Paramita, and there are some internal contradictions. He says that the works of Maitreya738 are Cittamatra, but I hold them to be the Buddha's words, because Maitreya is a Buddha. Since [Red mda' ba] is a great [practitioner of] Guhyasamaja[tantra], he will take MaiijusrI [as the principal deity] in the mm;rjala7J9. Tell [your] teacher that I say, "IfMaiijusrI and Maitreya are Buddha, they should be identical. If they are not [Buddha] they should not be." Thereafter 1 reported to [Redmda' ba] what [mKhan chen g.Yag pal had asked me [to tell him]. Thereupon [Red mda' ba] said: "It is possible that there are some minor internal contradictions. I did not hold [myself] to [be] a saint (arya), who speaks without any fault. Whether the internal English Translation 251 contradictions which he grasped are really internal contradictions, I don't know. The [Buddha's] doctrine which is taken as the basis here explains Maitreya to be a bodhisattva and the five works ofMaitreya to be treatises. 74o Even if[mKhan chen g.Yag pal were to say that he himself is more than a Buddha, he is entitled [to say so ].74l The net ofVajrayiina is suitable to cover the paramitayiina. But to use the analogy of the hat in the place of the shoes is not the tradition of scholars 742 ." [Somebody] told the Honorable that mKhan chen Chos dpal said, "Don't talk about view until you have attained the path ofseeing743 • Then you will know." Thereupon [Red mda' ba] said, "The path of seeing is the result of a (35,) flawless view. Without understanding the view, one will not know how to obtain the path of seeing. It is as if one would open [a shop] and say, 'Goods sold out' (8332)."744 [2.11.38 Invitation by Chos rje Lo tsii ba and Master dBang pa to sTag tshang] [At a certain point] Chos rje Lo tsa ba745 and Master dBang pa sent an invitation [to Red mda' ba] (72b) and asked him: "Please come, if you are in good health and conditions are conducive." After Lo tsa ba had finished constructing the monastery, he gathered about two thousand loads [of grain]. Additionally he picked up loads of meat, butter, brocade, mattresses, firewood and other items. Then he made aspirational [prayers] that [Red mda' ba] would come right away, and sent [someone] to collect him. At that [Red mda' ba] said, "I have grown old, my physical body has become heavy and thus I am not able to travel." He sent a very beautiful bronze statue of his main tutelary deity Maiijusrl, [together with] a scarf and a letter, and did not go. It is known that the Honorable due to his clairvoyance knew that great disturbances 746 would happen in sTag tshang747 and after he had learned that the lifespan of both the patron and the priest would be short, he did not go. [2.11.39 Twelve Years in Bnl rong] His stays in Bul rong, the earlier and later, [were altogether] twelve years. 748 [First] the Honorable had stayed for five years in single-pointedness of mind749 on his own, and [later] for seven years he turned whichever Wheel of Dhanna was suitable. And while staying in the valley of Bul rong, he gave detailed and comprehensive teachings such as teachings on the Guhyasamajatantra, and on the three [main Madhyamaka] texts, Root Verses, Entrance to the Middle Way and the Four Hundred Verses as well as on the Instruction on the View to mKhan chen dPal 'byor and The Dhanna Lord mChog bzang along with about eighty monks who were exclusively interested in Dhanna. And since the [people] who were listening [to the teachings] had also nothing other to do than [practice] Dhanna, they spent day and night exclusively on Dhanna. Although it was difficult to go to that place, [people] followed [Red mda' ba] from as far away as Sa sIeya, and he received a great deal of excellent service and worship. It is said that the offering of valuable things [for the maintenance] of the doctrine that [Red mda' ba] received along with worship in Bul rong was three times more than needed (35b). 252 Chapter 6 [2.11.40 Next Year: Teachings to 180 Persons including the Female Mahasiddha dPal mol In the following year in dMu rdzing, [Red mda' ba] gave [teachings] on the Guhyasamajatantra and on the two [Madhyamalca texts], Root Verses and Entrance to the Middle Way, along with an Instruction on the View to about a hundred and eighty [devotees] headed by the great Acarya Nam rnkha' dpal 750, and including Brag (S333) ram mKhan chen751 , Acarya leas stan, 'Dar pa mGon seng, the [female] Mahasiddha dPal (73a) mo752, and the patron governor rTogs ldan. [2.11.41 Request to Live Long by the Female Mahasiddha dPal mo at His 60th year] When the Dharma [teachings] were about two thirds over, in the last part of the night a huge non-human being came directly to the [female] Mahasiddha dPal rna and said: "At daybreak, rush into the presence of the master [Red mda' ba] and make three prostrations [to him]. Then request him three times: 'Honorable, please remain for the benefit of the doctrine and sentient beings for a long time.' It seems that there are great obstacles." When the [female] Mahasiddha heard this, she woke up and felt unhappy. At daybreak she brought it to the Honorable's attention that she had important information for him and that she absolutely needed to come [to see him]. He said, "Come!" She made the prostrations and the request as she had been earlier instructed. [Then she said,] "I was just told by someone to do this. If I am lying or deceiving, may the Dharma protectors and guardians of the Honorable punish me. I swear." [Then Red mda' ba] replied: "There is no point to suggest that you might be lying. When I was engaged in teaching and studying at Sa skya, it happened that there was a loud voice that said that I would die about this age. When at that time I investigated further, it came to my mind that I would die at [the age of] 61. Although I will not die this year, I think next year will be my great relocation. [B: I will die]." [2.11.42 Further Request to Live Long by mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mol To the Honorable this 'pre-obstacle time' (bsu skyeg) was more harmful than the time of great obstacles (skyeg chen).753 At that time [they] asked him which [animal]-year sign754 he was and let him know that [they] would have [his horoscope] drawn up. By calculating, [they] came [to the same result] as [what] the [female] Mahasiddha (36a) [had been told]. Thereafter, when the teaching was over, since [Red mda' ba] was leaving for Bul rong (S334), [they] asked [him] to please do a strict retreat [I, the author, told him]: "I will also come to [bring] a good cushion755 to sit on." Later, after being offered an excellent cushion to sit on, [Red mda' ba] said that he saw that for some years he would have good health. [2.11.43 Later that Year: Journey to mNga' ris, Conferring Ordination] Later that year, [Red mda' ba] said: "Let us go in the direction ofmNga' (73b) ris, since there are nice places and the people are flexible. 'Jam dbyangs pa chased after him up to rGya rnkhar ba, but failed [to catch up with him]. Chen po dPalldan also chased after him a little bit and asked English Translation 253 him not to go, but [Red mda' ba] did not listen, and left for mNga' ris. Over there he gave sriimaJ;lera precepts to the two Ne ring(sf56 nephews. And to the governor rTogs ldan he gave the vow. They had made excellent offerings to support him, rTag rtse ba escorted him to Brag nag757 • Thereafter he was received by the mNga' ris pa and then went to rDzong dkae58 . The people from the Gung thang palace offered him excellent hospitality. bhik~u [2.11.44 Journey to Mang yul Gung thang to Make Offerings to Arya Vati] Then he went to Mang yul and made prostrations and huge offerings in front of the self-originated Arya [Va tiV59 After [Red mda' ba] had given the pravrajyii vow to Thang Sher pa's nephew, he left for the forest of Me tog mdangs can760 to meditate. [2.11.45 Retreat in Me tog mdangs can, Gifts from China] At that time, after a local spirit called "bTsan rje"761 who liked the Dharma had come, [Redmda' ba] said, "He offered me a beer (chang), but due to the thought that I would not drink beer, it turned into melted butter. I drank a portion of it and put [the remainder] aside. [The spirit] [B: also] offered many excellent material things [to me]. Then, after four or five days, offerings from China (36b) arrived.762 I thought, 'It seems the local spirit knew [that this offering would come].'" [2.11.46 Invitation to Tibet by bDag chen rna] Then, when the retreat was over (8335), [Red mda' ba] was invited to Tibee63 by bDag chen rna [B: Sangs rgyal mof64. On the side of the mountain, she offered excellent summer provisions to the masters and students for their maintenance. [2.11.47 Production of a bsTan 'gyur] At that time [Red mda' ba] gave profound and extensive explanations on the Five Stages ofGuhyasamiija, the Instruction on the View, on Mind Purification, on both [Madhyamaka texts], the Root Verses and the Entrance to the Middle Way, [as well as explanations] on the Guhyasamajatantra, mainly to the honorable [female] acarya 765 and to about 180 [disciples] such as Chen po Chos dpaF66 , Acarya Yi dam dpal and bKa' bcu pa Don yod seng ge: To some he also gave a Guhyasamaja empowerment, to mNga' (74a) bdag767 and his relatives, to bDag m0768 and her relatives, and also to the "uncle-minister" (zhang blonr9• To uncle minister Nam rnkha' stobs rgyal and his nephew, he gave the vow of full ordination (upasaIJIPadii) and the pravrajyii vow. Since at that time he advised themNga' bdag, his wife and his sons to produce a bsTan 'gyur770, bDag chen ma77l said to [Redmda' ba], "This is an advice through which Honorable [you are] holding us with [your] compassion. We will make it from whatever we receive." [Red mda' ba] answered, "That is extremely good," and was very delighted. [Red mda' ba] said: "If they had not accepted, [since] even PaJ;l chen Siikya sri [bhadra] spent all the offerings received from all over Tibet to erect the [statue of] [B: the Victor] Maitreya of Khro phu772, I had the idea that if! traveled up to Pu rangs 773 , I might receive just enough funds to complete the bsTan 'gyur. However, it is excellent that the villagers 774 will produce it," and then [he] gave to bDag chen rna the principal amount as [he had] said: a large [measure] of 254 Chapter 6 silver, five pieces (37a) of brocade that was fme on both sides, one short and one long monk's 'coat'775, one [pair of] Chinese vajra and bell, and a [piece of] white brocade. Then bDag chen rna took (8336) the responsibility on herself, made great efforts, and completed [the project] within one year, without any obstacles. Due to this she received the great blessing of the master and became renowned as a "female sponsor (yon bdag mo) with great merit and determination." [2.11.48 Consecration Ceremony at rDzong dkar and Production ofbsTan 'gyur] Then [Redmda' ba] was invited to rDzong dkar776 for a consecration. When the curtain777 of the Guhyasamajamru;H;lala was opened, he performed an extensive siidhana ceremony (sgrub mchod). The scriptures were auspicious and of great blessing. 778 He performed a magnificent consecration of the impressive objects of worship and for the wellbeing of the sponsors. At the time, when large offerings were made to the Honorable, among which the major offerings were seven coins of pure gold and one pattemed779 [Chinese] Ta hun upper robe (snam sbyar, sanghii/iYSo, he gave advice. He (74b) said, "bDag mo, it is said with regard to such activities performed to make the human life we have attained meaningful: In many sutra sections it is said that [whoever] has worked for the benefit of the Dharma will become a Buddha themselves 781." [people were saying], "Even if nowadays one is the most powerful govemor782 in dBus and gTsang, if [one] suddenly needs ink, paper, or wooden boards, it is extremely difficult to get them," [and thus Red mda' ba] made a broad dedication that by these roots of virtue [bDag chen rna] might attainunsurpassable complete Buddhahood. When about to start the production of the bsTan 'gyur, the HOIiorable had said to Bla rna sGrub pa dpal: "It seems that we will be able to prepare this bsTan ' gyur without any hindrances. In my dream I dreamt that a shell hom was played seven times and its sound was heard allover dBus and gTsang." [2.11.49 Dream of Attaining Buddhahood before Tsong kha pal [Red mda' ba also] said: "When I was residing at Rwa sgreng, I dreamt that both [of us] The Dharma Lord Blo bzang [grags] pa and [1] were on a (37b) large main path, saying that we were going to become enlightened. [The Dharma Lord] Blo bzang pa was going a little faster. Wherever there was a stiipa on his way, he was making a circumbulation. I went without making (8337) [circumbulations] and therefore, saying,'1 have become awakened,' I ascended the big throne that was there before [him]. At just that moment he arrived too. [I] asked him, 'Please become awakened.' He replied: 'Master, please, you attain awakening783 first,' and'then I was awakened first. [Later] I wondered whether his making circumbulations along the way had been a [case of his] paying attention to his own benefit." [Red mda' ba] had limitless qualities like these, that were amazing and marvelous. English Translation 255 [2.12 Verse 12: Supporting Studies and Teachings] [12] Noble, ordained and wealthy people ofthe snow mountains respectfully invited [you], offered material gifts and service [and] received numerous empowerments, generations of [bodhi]citta and instructions. I pay homage to you who are worthy of worship by all [sentient beings]. [2.12.1 Sponsoring Supplies such as Ink and Paper] Concerning these [words], after the great being [Red mda' ba] had achieved fame as a scholar, ,Jam dbyangs Nam mkha' rin chen784, who was in a truly high position, [endowed with] (75a) the seven qUalities of higher rebirth785 such as [being born in a good] family, (possessing] generosity and the rest [of these qualities], frequently supported Master [Red mda' ba] and his students when he was giving teachings. After [his] writings had been produced, he gave [them] to the intelligent ones. And to those who produced them he gave many supplies such as ink and paper. Thus he provided what those who were studying [his] writings needed. Even if they had come from as far off as Bul rong, ['Jam dbyangs Nam mkha' rin chen] gave his support to any hermits who came from the [various] directions. He provided perfect support (38a) for the carrying out of studies and meditation, such as writing down and giving to the poor whichever of [Red mda' ba' s] writings they wished for. He was chief among all the sponsors. [2.12.2 His Main Sponsor in mNga' ris: Khri rgyal bSod nams Ide] . Khri rgyal bSod nams Ide (8338) and his wife, who held a high rank by family [both] from the maternal and paternal lines, supported any master or student who was present for two years. 786 In Nga'ris they also gave their support for the turning of the Wheel of Dharma. 787 Through giving excellent offerings to the teacher and students, and since they had complete faith, they were the best sponsors. [2.12.3 His Main Sponsor in dGa' ba gdong and Rwa sgreng] sNe'u pa supported the master along with his students while they stayed at dGa' ba gdong and Rwa sgreng, and also made great offerings [to them]. [2.12.4 His Main Sponsor in gNam rtse Ideng] When they were staying in gNam rtse ldeng, the governor Yon tan rgya mtsho 788 provided them continuously with provisions. He also made excellent offerings. [2.12.5 Further Sponsors] Gling dkar ba rendered service for their [travels] to and fro, and also made offerings. gNas snying sTong dpon rGyal mtshan bzang po provided support for (75b) the studies of the master and students during the time when the teachings took place. 'Bri khung pa chen po Shes rab dpal789 made huge offerings of items auch as robes and very imposing white porcelain tea CUps790. A.carya Seng ge bzang po also supported the teacher by offering a hundred loads of barley. After Chu 'dus pa791 [Grags parin chen] had invited them, he made perfect offerings as 256 Chapter 6 support for the turning of the Wheel ofDha=a. In SrI ri 'Dzam bu gling792 [B: Master] bSod nams ' od zer provided the summer provisions for the masters and students, and then [Red mda' ba] turned the Wheel of Dharma. In Mang yul Seng ge mkhar the governor bSod nams [B: dGe , dun] grub supported the master and his students for one month, and then [Red mda' ba] turned the Wheel of Dha=a. In Lan Ide gung stings Master 'Jam dpal (3Sb) gling pa and his younger sister supported about 300 masters and students (8339) for three months. They also made perfect offerings such as robes to the Honorable, and also offered one [set of] robe§ each to every hermit. In dMu rdzing, sTag rtse ba gave the support for the turning the Wheel of Dharma. He rendered service for the [travels] to and fro of the master and his students and made offerings. In particular, when [sTag rtse ba] himself passed away, [Red mda' ba] remembered him in his meditation793 and was offered the exact am:ount of of 66 dams (ZhO/ 94 . The hermits were also provided with a money offering. The honorable A phyi ba and the uncle minister Kun spangs 795 made good offerings as well. In particular, the service of the honorable [female] 8.ciiry8.796 was perfect in that she fully engaged herself in rendering service [to Redmda' bal Also Shes rab pa and his sibling offered excellent service. Furthe=ore the rich and devout chieftains of mNga' ris provided service. The Honorable himself made spiritual connections with all the sponsors from dBus and gTsang by giving them whatever [teachings] were suitable for them (76a) such as empowe=ents, generations of [bodhi]citta, transmissions through reading (lung), and explanations (khrid)797. Thus he made [the life they had] attained, with its freedoms and opportunities 798, meaningful. Hence they gained complete faith [in him] as in the actual Buddha himself, and he became the noble guide for most of the people in the land of snow. Also [Red mda' ba's] disciples from mDo khams, [i.e. A mdo and Khams] such as Kun mkhyen Shes rab' od, as well as his disciples from dBus gtsang such as bKa' bcu pa Kun dga' dpal, respectfully made offerings to him in acccord with their material means. [2.12.6 Offerings Received from the Chinese Emperor and the King of Guge] Furthe=ore, from the end of the sky, that is from China, the Ta ming 799 Emperor offered five pieces of double-sided fine brocade 80o , a (39a) good upper robe 801 , a short and a long monk's vest (sku 'gag thung ring) and a short and a long monk's 'coat' (ber thul thung ring/ 02 , (8340) a special monk's hat 803 , shoes, a belt, a rosary, two pairs of vajra and bell, two pairs of small cymbals, two pieces of small cloth to coverreligious items, two pieces of white brocade, a piece of cloth to cover food,804 three maQ.gala ornaments 805 , one piece of white sandalwood, and about fifty rgya rna (= 25 kg) of white tea. From the King of Gu ge 806 , [Red mda' ba] received many offerings, with fifty zho (= 50 dram = 5 ounces) ofKashrniri saffron among the largest. [2.13 Verse 13: The Year He Entered into Nirv8.J.la] [13] After you thought of entering into nirv8.J.la in the year of the dragon, you entrusted the subtle meanings of what you had heard and understood as the Buddha entrusted [the responsibility for] the doctrine [to the seven custodians]. I pay homage to you who assiduously teach the Wheel of Dharma. English Translation 257 [2.13.1 Entrusting the Responsibility for His Doctrine to His Disciples] Concerning these [words], in the hermitage mTshams Gling rtse dpal 807 in Mang [yul] Gung [thang], in the [water-male] year C?fthe dragon [1412]808, when [Red mda' ba] was turning the Wheel of Dharma for about one hundred [B : fifty] sangha members, he knew that he would pass into nirvfu;ta that year. Up to the age of 65 years 809 he had understood the profound thoughts of all the buddhas, their children and their disciples through learning, contemplation and meditation. Like the teacher Bhagavat, [who] said again and again to Mahakasyapa (76b), Ananda and other [disciples], 'I entrust these precious sets of sutras of mine to you! Learn them by heart, keep them in mind, recite them, master all of them, teach them to others widely,' the great being [Red mda' ba] taught the whole essence of his practice to his fmal disciples. He continually gave them instructions on the Five Stages ofGuhyasamiija, two times the Instruction on the View [of the Middle Way}, and three times the Entrance to .the Middle Way. He also gave [them] a detailed explanation on the Root [Verses). (39b) In one day he twice taught how to generate (S341) the mind of aspiration and engagement. Two times he gave a Guhyasamaja empowerment. He [also] gave a reading transmission of the Oral Instruction "Mound of Gems" (Man ngag rin chen spungs pa) by ICe sgomrDzong ba [Shes rab rdo rje]81O. To the hermits who had asked for [this] for many years but to whom he had not given it, he gave the transmissions by reading [his own] Minor Collected Works (bka' 'bum thor bu) which are the condensed essence of all [his] discourses (gsung rab). In a different way than he had taught before, he taught the difficult points by repeating them two or three times. Again and again he said, "Accordingly gain certainty," and he especially [asked]: "Are you able to accept that you are not capable of becoming awakened without depending on this faultless tradition of Arya Nagiirjuna?" Although hti had taught [this] Dharma two or three times from the beginning up to the end, nobody answered. What the great being [Redmda' ba] held is [as follows]: [The Buddha] taught no more than two methods to become awakened, the Vajrayana and the Piiramitayana. And although the main paths of these [two yiinas] are respectively the completion stage and the perfect view811 , these two are only taught by means of different names, [but] in their nature they are merely the wisdom that [B: realizes] selflessness. He thought that the buddhas of the three times did not teach any other meaning of the mode of existence than the [B: mode of] existence realized by this [wisdom], and that the only unmistaken teaching on this [mode of existence] is that of Arya (77a) Nagiirjuna. Therefore in the Madhyamakiivatiira 812 scripture it is written: "Outside the tradition of Arya Nagiirjuna, there is no means to attain peace (nirvfu;ta)." [2.13.2 Ceaseless Crying] On the reason why [Red mda' ba] cried again and again when he was giving empowerments and several times when [he was teaching] Madhyamaka, [Red mda' ba] (S342) said: "Although I have 258 Chapter 6 taught the sound view ofNagarjuna with the faith and respect I have generated for the Dhanna and the persons proclaiming the (40a) Dhanna, [my students] only have faith in it, but have not gained a fault[B: less] understanding of it." Feeling annoyed 8l3 with his disciples, he said: "They merely talk [pretending to knoW].8l4 When they [actually] know, they say [that] they do not know. They are greatly distracted." I [the author] understand, since [he said this] and [since he] saw that the teachipg of the profound view was disappearing, he became sad and cried. [2.14 Verse 14: Extending His Life for Seven Days] [14] After you had taught that all phenomena in satp.sara and nirval}a are unborn, although you wished to enter into nirval}a, the state oftrue nature (tathatii), in response to the respectful supplications [made by disciples], you blessed your life for up to seven days. I pay homage to you. Concerning these [words], it is said: "Whatever is unborn, is thusness, [i.e., reality, the state of true nature], and also the mind is free from birth."8l5 This shows that all phenomena in satp.sara and nirvfu).a, which includes [all] objects and subjects, are unborn. While [Red mda' ba] himself also wished to enter into the sphere of dhannas, into nirvfu).a, [and] although he presented himself as if he were sick, in response to the requests of [his] disciples not to enter nirvfu).a, he blessed his life for up to seven days, then recovered, and said: "There have been many obstacles for this year's Dhanna [teachings], but they are not of a kind that we have to end [the teachings]." Then [B: two or three] times he taught the meditative imaginations [B: related to the Five Stages]816 and the good Instruction on the View [ofthe Middle Way]. He also completed the explanations on the [Madhyamaka-Javatara text. [2.15 Verse 15: Clear Light of Death] [15] "The clear light of death cannot rely on the body. After body and mind have separated (77b), the consciousness enters.into emptiness. The inseparability of sphere and awareness are the clear light." I pay homage to you who spoke thus again and again. Concerning these [words], [Red mda' ba said,] "Nowadays (40b) most [teachers who give] oral instructions [think] that [in the state of] of 'reaching close,817 at the time of the great darkness, by virtue of calm-abiding (samatha) (8343) our mind remains in our body for a long time, and [they] accept that this is the clear light of death. But this is the idea neither of siltranor oftantra. After body and mind become separated, [B: our main consciousness 818 ] enters the sphere of dhannas, the great emptiness, and [thus this] sphere [of dhannas] and [our main] consciousness 8l9 become inseparable. [B: From here two folios of the Tibetan-style book are missing.]820 This inseparability is called 'the clear light of death.' If I explain it in this way, many will oppose it. But there is no other choice but to say this. All of you must keep this in mind!" He said this many times. English Translation 259 [2.16 Verse 16: Consciousness Transference] [16] After having meditated previously [and] given meaning to the oral instruction on the transference [of co'nsciousness]" not forgetting the signs, having entered the clear light with joy, you arose from [meditative absorption in] cessation and migrated, propelled by what had preceded. I pay homage to you who acts in accord with the words. Concerning these [words] [Red mda' ba] said: "Although nowadays, at the time of death, a practice called 'performance of [consciousness] transference,821 is widespread, it is performed for those whose outer breathing 822 has not stopped. It is also performed after outer breathing has stopped, but then [the person] has no opportunity to hear [what is recited]. And even if [people] have previously [received] oral instructions on the crucial points of [consciousness1transference [and] have experience in meditation on it, [still] the transference is performed by others in order to make unclear [one's memories of the oral instructions and one's experience] clear823 . But if one shows the transference to ordinary persons who have not received the oral instructions, it will be not of any benefit to them. Instead it would be more meaningful [for them] to say names and dhiirmJis 824 that have blessings. People who possess the oral instructions should at the time of death remember those oral instructions on [consciousness] transference that they have meditated on well before. Meanwhile (78a) [they should] first strongly and purposefully think, 'May I be reborn in such and such a place.' And then without forgetting the signs ofthedissolution825 of the four elements and the signs of the arising of the three appearances, when [all] the signs are completed (S344) they should generate great joy, thinking: 'Now I have manifested the clear light which is the ultimate truth.' And like a son who goes with a joyful mind into the house of his father, one should enter into the sphere of dharmas. This is what is called 'the manifestation of the clear light of death.' Although in that state the conceptual thought of consciousness transference does not exist, due to the power of what had preceded one has the ability to propel [one's consciousness] to the desired place of birth. This is what is called the 'performance of [consciousness] transference.' When the hearers 826 enter into meditative absorption in cessation (nirodhasamiipatti)827, even if they stay up for many days, months or years in meditative absorption and although they are not aware of arising from that state of meditative absorption, due to the power of the previous impetus they arise without delay. For example, ifbefore falling asleep [you] internally make the plan to rise early and then fall asleep, although in the state of sleeping you do not have the thought of waking up, due to this impetus you wake up early." This is what [Redrnda' ba] said, and when [he] passed into nirvfu].a, he also manifested in accord with what he had taught. 260 Chapter 6 [2.17 Verse 17: Passing Away at the Time ofthe Clear Light of Death] [17] After you turned the profound and vast Wheel of Dharma for your direct disciples of this life, at the time ofthe clear light of death you passed away for the benefit of others. I pay homage to you who attained power over birth and death. Concerning these [words], in the way mentioned above 828 [Redmda' ba] finished turning all the wheels ofDhanna for the gatherings of [his direct] disciples. In accordance with each and every one's fortune, [he taught them] how to become omniscient829 by [realizing] both the profound ultimate truth as well as the vast conventional truth. [Red mda' ba] himself (78b) had no fear, dread or anxiety of nirvfu}.a. (8345) The [female] Mahiisiddha of Acarya Sangs rgyas dpal said, "If [he] does not perform the long life rite 830, the life span will be short." [She] asked him to perform a long life rite. Thereupon [Red mda' ba] replied, "At the age of sixty, in spite of health problems,831 I have extended my life up to the age of sixty-five 832 • This time I will not arrange a ceremony to extend [my] life." And in the morning, when the disease had been turned away, teacher rGyal bzang made prostrations and requested the Honorable, "Please remain stable for the benefit of the [Buddha's] doctrine and sentient beings." Thereupon [Red mda' ba] said: "Now, I have no other thought than 'May I [only] be sick for a short time and die with less pain.' There is no lingering thought that, 'This activity is not really completed.'" [2.17.1 Advice From ills Minor Works: Joyful Song of Assurance of No Regret] "(1) Whenever I go for refuge, may the three infallible jewels constantly remain as an ornament on the crown of my head, without separating [from me]. [1] the hermit who practice the illusion-like yoga of appearance and emptiness take up this [experience] in a song of remorselessness. (2) No chain offood and wealth is left behind in my tracks. Ahead [of me]833 there is no embarrassing accumulation of bad kanna. My Mahayana precepts have degenerated neither in motivation nor in deed. Now, although my illusion-like body and mind are separating, [1 feel] no regret. (3) Here the Minor Works and Zhal gdams have another verse that is missing from manuscript A.834 (4) 1 have the wisdom that comprehends illusions wherever they appear. 1 have the extraordinary attitude that cognizes the six [types of] living beings as [my] parents. 1 have the practice that unifies means and wisdom. Now, although my illusion-like body and mind are separating, [1 feel] no regret. (5) At the beginning 1 trained myself according to the meaning of the canonical texts. In the middle 1 explained them to the gatherings of [my] intelligent disciples. In the end I single-pointedly meditated on the meanings I was intimately acquainted with. Now, although my illusion-like body and mind are separating, [I feel] no regret. English Translation 261 (6) I cherished the Victor's doctrine more than my life. I analyzed in a correct (8346) way whether it is reasonable or not reasonable. Through exposition, debate and composition I made [my life] with its freedoms and opportunities meaningful. Now, although my illusion-like body and mind are separating, [I feel] no regret. (7) This joyful song of assurance of no regret I sang at the slope of Gangs bu Ie for the people who were devout followers of me. Ifpeople want to act like me, then do it like this. (8) Here tbeAlinor Works have another verse that is missing in manuscript A."835 As has been said [and] as was mentioned above, [Red mda' ba] extensively taught the meditative imagination of the clear light of death, and then said, "The teachings will be over in the morning." [2.17.2 Entering into NirviiJ!a in 1412] In the morning he fixed a time 836 to teach the Dharma, [but] presented himself as sick. He did not have any pain, but simply did not give the teaching, and did not pay any attention to the dough [that was to be his meal]. He did not interrupt the stages of his meditation process 837 , and performed the [consciousness] transference in the way he had asserted it. At sunrise of the 29th day of the tenth month in the year of the [water]-dragon [1412]838 he demonstrated how to enter nirvii.l;ta, while his body [changed into] the form body (riipakiiya) and the clear light into the truth body (dharmakiiya). He had obtained power over birth and death, since he had intentionally accepted [his] existence [in saMsiira] and [intentionally] entered nirvii.l;ta. [2.18 Verse 18: Attainment ofthe State ofVajradhara] [18] Your perfect illusory body, which is conventional truth, manifested as the clear light, the ultimate truth. [You] have attained the unified state ofVajradhara. I pay homage to you who have accomplished spontaneity of activity. Concerning these [words], by the power of the previous impetus [Red mda' ba] arose from the clear light of death as an illusory body in the intermediate state 839 and thus achieved the enjoyment body (saIpbhogakiiya) that is the perfect conventional truth and has the major and minor marks complete. On this basis he performed the actual manifestation ofthe truth body, which is the clear light [that realizes the] perfect ultimate truth. This [means] he achieved the unifying (8347) state ofVajradhara that is endowed with the eight powerful attainments 84o . By the four types of activity - pacifying, extending, dominating and wrathful activities, he uninterruptedly acts without effort and spontaneously for the benefit of others (79b). Thus he dries up the ocean of suffering in sarrsiira. 262 Chapter 6 [2.19 Verse 19: Trembling of the Earth and Other Signs] [19] At the time when you passed on to another buddhafield, the great earth trembled, I pay homage to you who were invited [there], by the viras, fjiikinis and deities who had assembled c and who made outer, inner, and secret offerings from the state oftrue nature [to you]. Concerning these [words], at the time when noble beings are born, tum the Wheel ofDha=a or enter into nirviil;la, the earth trembles without harming the world. Thus it says in a siltra, and it was clear to all [the people present] that it happened as stated. Viras, q.iikinis and deities who like whatever tends towards virtue, niigas and other [beings] assembled in the sky. Each one of them made offerings in accord with their capacity, and by offering the five desirable outer offerings 84!, the inner offerings 842 of five meats and five nectars, the secret offerings 843 of the bliss of the four joys 844, and the suchness offering 845 of the view that realizes the [true] mode of existence [of all phenomena], they invited the great being [Redmda' ba] to the place of his destination. There arose inconveivable sounds of conches and great drums that could be heard by everybody. A lovely scent that had never been experienced before was repeatedly observed by everyone. In the night, Master bSod nams grags pa and some others saw the entire residence filled with light. There occurred these and other inconceivable signs of virtue. [2.20 Verse 20: Signs at the Time of Cremation] [20] At the time when your body melted into the fire of wisdom, there were no clouds in the sky and the wind in the space became still too. Due to your blessing the heat on the earth rose as in the summer, (8348) I pay homage to you who attained power over dependent arising. Concerning these [words], after [they] had opened the curtain of a GuhyasamajarmlI].gala, [they] perfo=ed a large siidhana ceremony. And at the time, when [Red mda' ba's] body, which was a fully ripened [ka=ic result], had been purified by the fire of the five wisdoms, in that very moment the sky brightened as it was freed of clouds and all else that shrouded it, and (80a) it revealed itself fully in its natural [blue] vaiq.urya color. The atmosphere was free of wind, sandsto=s and other particles. Suddenly great heat spread on the earth. The danger of coldness was thus removed. "Due to your blessing as in the summer" means: [Red mda' ba] had achieved power over the elements that are dependently related. All understood that this was [due] to the power of his pure view. [2.21 Verse 21: Division ofthe Relics] [21] As the Buddha's relics were divided into eight portions, similarly your relics were invited by the countless devout gods and human beings into the ten directions to become an object of worship, I pay homage to you who increased [his] relics. English Translation 263 Concenling these [words], in earlier times, when in the land of the Malla846 beneath two 847 siila 848 trees the Bhagavat passed into nirvfu;ta, the relics of his body aggregate 849 were divided into eight portions for gods, niigas and human beings. Similarly it became known that shares of this great being [Red mda' ba's] relics, which were endowed with the essence of his blessing, were also invited by non-human beings such as gods and niigas [to their realms]. This was proved by common perception at the time, when the crematory relic building was opened .and some marrow-bones 85o of his hands and feet were missing. The remaining [relics] were [meant] to be put into indoor objects, outdoor objects, and statues,851 and after they had been given to the supreme among [his] disciples, headed by The Dharma Lord Blo bzang grags pa, to [his] ordained disciples, to the supreme among his sponsors, Khri (8349) bSod nams rgyal mtshan, and to [his] lay followers, headed by the sDe pa852 and his sibling, the [relics] became objects of worship in the places of gods and niigas as well as among all [the people] of the snowy Tibet. [2.22 Verse 22: Request to Remain as a Protector for His Disciples] [22] From what [I have] seen, heard, remembered, [physically] touched and [know from] stories told, [you] act [as] protector, refuge and comrade in this (41a) life, in future lives, and in the intermediate states. Glorious Red mda' ba, infallible object of refuge, I pay homage to you the holy supreme leader. Concenling these [words], for the disciples who see the body of the glorious teacher, hear his voice, remember his qualities, are touched by his activity and recite his name, [Red mda' ba] became a beneficial protector for this life, a refuge for future [lives] and a true comrade for the intermediate state. I [the author] and all the other disciples with our three doors [body, speech and mind] respectfully take refuge and pay homage to the holy supreme leader, who is for the time being and ultimately a completely infallible object of refuge. Offerings [to you]! Praise [to you] ! Please, always take care of us! [2.23 Verses 23-33: Lamentation for the Lost Master] [23] Alas, the life tree ofthe doctrine is broken. The holders of the Doctrine, the sangha [members], have scattered in the ten directions. [24] Alas, the victory banner of liberation has fallen down. Those who wish for liberation have lost the path of liberation. [25] Alas, the enjoyment of elegant sayings has declined. The cord of hope for the clear-minded is cut off. 264 Chapter 6 [26] Alas, the sun of [right] view has set. Who [will] explain the excellenttradition offather Nagarjuna and his [spiritual] children? [27] Alas, the ocean of Dharma is dry. Who [will] maintain the teaching tradition ofthe brothers Asanga [andyasubandhu]? [28] Alas, scripture and reasoning, which are like the incisor and claws [of a lion], have become dispersed. Who [will] spread the logical system of Dignaga and Dharmaklrti (S350)? [29] Alas, the vessel of moral conduct is destroyed. Who [will] uphold the vow lineage of Gu:gaprabha and Sakyaprabha? [30] Alas, the sequence of abandonment and realization has become disordered. Who [will] proclaim (41b) the elegant sayings of Aryavimuktisena and Haribhadra? [31] Alas, the blessings of experience and realization have disappeared. Whom [will] we request for the oral instructions of Tilopa and Naropa? [32] Alas, benefit and happiness have closed like lotus flowers [in a] pond. The doctrine of expounding and practicing [the Dharma] were simultaneously lost. [33] Alas, [we] pitiful [people] have fallen into despair, devoid of the fortune to see you [any longer] with [our] eyes. [2.24 Verse 34: Request for Blessings] [34] [We] do not have the merit to hear your speech [any longer] with [our] ears. Wherever your mind is, please bless us. [2.24.1 Closing Rituals, Final Offerings and Construction of Objects of Worship] On ways of offering after [his cremation]: For eighteen days Master bSod nams grags pa together with more than one hundred disciples respectfully conducted prayers by opening the curtains of the following great inner and outer rna/pjaZas: Master bSod nams grags pa and Chen po Chos dpal 853 lead prayers to Hevajra, Acarya Yi dam dpal and Master Yon tanrgyal to Sarvavid [Vairocana], Master rGyal bzang, the hennits to the [two] main meditational deities 854 of The Dhanna Lord [Red mda' ba] - SrI Guhyasamaja and the Bhagavat CakrasaIp.vara855 , and and [further] sangha members, led by bKa' bzhi pa acaryas, made [B: prostrations and] offerings to the eight sugatas 856 I myself [the author] offeredsiidhana ceremonies such as the Guru Puja and made prayers. (42a). At that time the custom officer spent from his own wealth 857 to pay for what it covered and the rest was paid for three days by the custom officer of the palace (khab nang so), for two days by bDag chen rna (S351) and by [others] headed by the honarable [female] acarya for three days. Mainly from the [funds raised] in relation to the relics they covered [the costs of] offering service and worship to the sangha members. [B: And from their own belongings they made per- English Translation 265 fect offerings to the large Gung thang study center (ehos sdey58 by distributing provisions, community tea and a money offering to the rows of their members, They also offered provisions together with a money offering to the rows. of members of the meditation center (sgrub sde) bSam . gtan gling859 .] As an indoor object of worship (nang rten) similar in size to the self-arisen statue of Arya [Va til, a [statue of] the venerable Maiijusrl together with a throne and backrest was erected. 860 The main sponsors ofthe fee, provisions and the rest [of what was needed] to produce it from copper and gold were the estate executors of the Honorable. In addition, disciples with faith in him, headed by bDag chen rna (Slb), also made contributions. The custom officer himself spent the exact amount, that is whatever riches were given to him. Thereafter [Red mda' ba's relics in the MaiijusrI statue] were 'invited' to please remain in the Arya [Va til temple in Mang yul [Gung thang], and Chos dpal, the great sponsor of the statue there, took the responsibility [for inviting it there] and made an offering in front of where [the statue] was staying in the assembly hall. He offered a seal made from silver (dngul dam), in addition to the butter lamp (kong buy61 that the great being [Red mda' ba] himself (42b) had offered in front of the 10 bo, and he put up another good butterlamp . .Acarya Yon [tan] rin [chen] functioned as the main caretaker of the objects of worship. Master rGyal bzang pa and his attendant mChog legs engaged themselves fully [in this.] [B: Furthermore [offerings] were made to the large main seats (gdan sa ehen mo), mainly to Bo dong 862 , sNar thang, Zha lu 863 , gNas mying, Chos 'khor sgang864 , the glorious gSang phu Ne'u thog andRi bo dGe 'pheI 865 • The [members of these] great study centers (ehos gra ehen po) were also provided with tea as much as was appropriate along with a money offering [to everybody]. Also in the presence of The Dharma Lord BIo bzang grags pa an indoor object of worship was erected, a statue equal in size to the [statue of] venerable MaiijusrI. This stays in Ri bo dGe 'pheI 866]. [2.25 Verse 35: Confession and Reqnest for Forbearance any Fault Committed] [35] From the huge ocean of [your] excellent qualities, [I have] taken just [as much as] a drop of water, and whatever mistakes there are, I openly express and confess them all. I beg the resident group of close disciples and attendants to forgive [those faults]. [2.26 Verse 36: Author's Colophon] [36] After having been exhorted by the spiritual guide bSod nams grags pa and others, the most inferior among his countless disciples, the mNga' ris pa who has achieved unfailing faith, (S352) Sangs rgyas rtse mo, has composed this amazingly wonderful biography of [his] master. 266 Chapter 6 [2.27 Verse 37: Dedication and Request for Blessing] [37] After my mind has gathered together this virtue with other roots of virtue (43.), [I] offer [them] to [my] supreme teacher with respect. Due to this may all intentions of [the] holy teacher be fully accomplished, and [may I] be blessed by [his] body, speech and mind. To explain a detailed and comprehensive biography [of Red mda' ba] (82a) is beyond my mental capacity. And [also], although [what is reported here comes] directly from the honorable [Red mda' ba,] [B: the great being], he did not intentionally say [to me as his biographer]: "I have done this, or it happened that way." Furthe=ore there was nobody I could ask who was familiar with [him] through offering regular services. Because of these [circumstances] for all the heaps offaults [that occurred] such as not following a strict chronological order, I appeal for forgiveness. May this [biography] be extensively spread in all directions, at all times and in all situations. I have compiled this text in the rKang tshugs phug he=itage 867 , a cave that used to be the dwelling-place of the powerful great Mi la ras pa. May it tum to virtue and goodness! [A: [This] is in short [a collection of] the statements of the great venerable Red mda' ba. May it be auspicious! ] [This has been] most thoroughly proofread once. [B: May there be purity in all the world!] The Writings of Red mda' ba As explained in the introduction, the Minor Works (gSung thor bu) of Red mda' ba form the only volume of the Collected Works (gsung 'bum) that we have so far (volume nga). The Collected Works of Red mda' ba have been contained in 12 volumes 868 • So far we have no catalog, but various sources of information as well as several works that survived separately from which we can "reconstruct" the Collected Works, although we do not know the sequence in which they were ordered in the gSung 'bum. Thus the following list of his works and the following table of concordance are almost arranged according to the order in which they occure in Sangs rgyas rtse mo. The list and the table follow the same chronological order and are followed by a provisional catalog of the Minor Works. (1) rGyas jJa 'i bstan bcos tshad ma rnam 'grel gyi 'grel pa, Rigs pa 'i 'dod 'jo zhes bya ba pu sti gcig longpa ("Wish-granting Cow ofReasoning, " Detailed Treatise on the 'PramcIIJavo.rttika ,), one whole volume 869 (2) rNam 'grel rgyan gyi 'grel bshad chen mo (Explanat01Y Commentary on the 'Pramo.1Javo.rttiko.larpko.ra ') (3) Tshad ma rnam 'grel spyi don (Red mda' ba 's Overview ofPramo.1Ja) (4) Sher phyin mngon rtogs rgyan gyi pko. nyi ma'i 'od zer (Sunbeams, Commentary on the 'Prajfio.po.ramito.-Abhisamayo.larpko.ra ,), also called Phar phyin gyi {lko. nyi ma 'i 'od zer (Sunbeams, Commentary on po.ramito.l70 (5) Dam pa 'i chos mngon pa kun las btus pa 'i snyingpo legs bshad nor bu 'i phreng ba (Jewel Necklace of Good Explanations, the Essence of the Supreme Teaching 'Abhidharmasamuccaya') also referred to as mNgon pa kun las btus pa 'i rgya cher bshad pa legs par bshad pa'i rgya mtsho (Ocean of Good Sayings, an Extensive Explanation on the 'Abhidharmasamuccaya ')871 . (6) Dam pa'i chos mngon pa mdzod kyi pko. (Commentary on the Supreme Teaching 'Abhidharmakosa ' (7) Dam pa 'i chos mngon pa mdzod kyi bsdus don (Summarizing Overview of the Supreme Teaching 'Abhidharmakosa ') (8) 'Dul ba mdo rtsa'i rnam bshad dri ma med pa'i rgyan (Ornament of Flawlessness, Explanation ofthe 'Vinayasiitra ,), also referred to as Vinayasiitrapko. 872 (9) 'Dul ba 'i las chog (Vinaya Acts and Rites [Karmavo.canaJ) 268 Chapter 7 (10) dBu ma rtsa ba 'i 'grel pa 'thad pa 'i snang ba (Light ofLogic, Commentary on the 'Miila- madhyamakakiirikii ')873 (11) dBu ma la jug pa'i mam bshad de kho na nyid gsal ba'i sgron ma (Lamp, which Elucidates Reality, Explanation ofthe 'Madhyamakiivatiira ') (12) Byang chub sems dpa'i mal 'byor spyod pa bzhi brgya pa 'i 'grel pa tshig don gsal ba (Clarifying the Meaning of the Words, Commentary on 'The Yogic Deeds ofthe Bodhisattvas, The Four Hundred,). Short title: dBu ma bzhi brgya pa 'i pkii (Commentary on the Madhyamaka work 'CatubSataka ,)874 (13) Tshigs gsal stong thun mams kyi tlkii (Overview Commentary (sTong thun) on 'Clear Words (Prasannapadii) ') (14) dPal gsang ba 'dus pa 'i 'grel pa sgron ma gsal ba dang bcas pa 'i bshad sbyar yid kyi mun sel shes bya ba'i legs bshad rgya mtsho'i tshogs (Collection of an Ocean of Good Explanations called "ll/uminating the Darkness ofMind, " a Commentary on 'Sri Guhyasamiija Pradlpoddyotana together with a Connected Explanation (Upanibandhana) '), also referred to as gSang 'dus stong thun (Guhyasamiija Compendium) (15) dPal gsang ba 'dus pa'i dkyi/ 'khor du dbang bskur ba'i cho ga'i rim pa don gsal (Clarifying the Meaning of the Stages of the Rites of Bestowal of Empowerment in the Ma1JrJala of Sri Guhyasamiija) also referred to as gSang 'dus mngon rtogs bdag jug mchod phreng (Clear Realization [of the Deity], Self-empowerment and [Arranging] a Garland, i.e., Rows ofOfferingsl75 (16) rGyud bla 'i dka' 'grel dgongs zab snang ba (Light ofthe Profound Intention, a Commen- tary on the Difficult Points of the Uttaratantral76 also referred to as Theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma'i pkii (Commentary on the Higher Mahiiyiina Teaching (Mahiiyiinottaratantra)). (17) Lung kun las btus pa 'i tlkii. Lam rim blo sbyong sogs kyi skor la (Commentary on the 'Siitrasamuccaya '. On the Stages on the Path and Mental Purification.f77 (18) bShes pa 'i springs yig gi 'grel pa don gsal (Commentary, Clarifying the Meaning of the 'Su/:lrllekha ')878 (19) gSung thor bu (Minor Works), volume 5 (nga) of the gSung 'bum 879 Red mda' ba gzhon nu blo gros kyi gsung 'bum nga pa 'i dkar chag (Index of vol. nga of the Collected Works ofRed mda' ba gzhon nu blo gros) - print in dbu can published by IBA2007: (19.1) rJe btsunredmda' ba'i gsung 'bum thor bu las bstodpa'i tshogsmams bzhugs so (A Collection of Praises from the Minor Works of rJe btsun Red mda' ba) 1-48 (19.2) 'Phags pa mam par 'thag pa 'i mdo'i dum bu bzhugs so (Section of the Aryavaidalyasiitra) 49-79 The Writings of Red mda' ba 269 (19.3) rJe btsun chen po'i red mda' ba'i gsung 'bum thor bu las tshigs bcad kyi tshogs 'ga' bzhugs so (Some Collections of Verses from the Minor Works of the great rJe btsun Red mda' ba) 81-97 (19.4) sPring yig gi tshogs bzhugs so (Collection of Letters) 99-132 (19.5) Phan byed gzhan 1a gdams pa 'doms pa'i skor bzhugs so (On Advices given to Benefit Others) 133-180 (19.6) gZhan gyi the tshom se1 byed dris Ian gyi skor bzhugs so (On Replies [Given] to Clear Away the Doubts of Others) 181-318 (19.7) dPal duskyi 'khorlo'ingesdongsal bar byedparinpo che'i sgronmazhes bya ba bzhugs so ("Precious Lamp, "Elucidating the Definite Meaning ofSri Kalacakra) 319-388 Concordance: The Collected Works of Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros (1348-1412) Preserved or Mentioned in Catalogues or Lists Catalogue or Control No.1 Reference (page no.) I Database Code I Shelf Mark I Section no. in Sangs rgyas rtse mo Text no. Title see List I MHTL# Ku sep. 40.13-15 LC# GRAGS AAI I: M IV 262/6 CPN# 005148(7) SANGS 11822 2 11821 W451 2.5.4 3 11820 W450 2.5.4 4 11521 40.18-19 5 11522 40.16 6 11678 40.15-16 7 11678 8 11722 9 11723 10 11349 11349 99950869 voI.2,1-86 W452 Other # I 11 99950869 vol.1 TBRCcode W461 596.20 WOOKG02745 dbu medms. 611.23 2.5.4 2.5.5 1: M IV 262/6 2.5.6 2.5.6 2.5.6 40.15 583.11 2.5.7 2.5.7 40.16-17 40.17 99950869 vo1.2,149-472 2005323052 1: M IV 267016 2.5.8 Otani 1: MIV262/6 2.5.8 11548 1: M IV 262/3 588.26- W457 589.1 W458 W26176 Catalogue or Control No.1 Reference (page no.) 1Database Code 1 Shelf Mark 1 Section no. in Sangs rgyas rtse mo Text no. Title see List 1 ! I 12 MHTL# 11349 Ku sep. 40.17-18 LC# 99940066 TBRCcode Other # GRAGS W21913 AAI 1: M IV 262/5 SANGS 2.5.8 W459IOOKG03547 dbu medms. 13 11350 14 11943 I I 2.5.8 40.19 2.5.9 W462 WOOKG02739 dbu medms. 15 11945 W464 2.5.9 WOOKG02740 2.7.9.3 dbu medms. 16 11340 17 11089 18 11088 40.18 W455 2.7.9.2 611.7 W454 41.1 83902987 W453 2.7.9.3 1: M IV 262/1 2.7.9.3 1: M IV 262/2 1: M IV 262/4 19 WICZ1871 dbu medms. 2.7.9.3 272 Chapter 7 The Minor Works ofRed mda' ba The following catalog is based on a digital text of a cursive manuscript of Red mda' ba gzhon nu blo gros kyi gsung thor bu, TBRC code WI CZ1871. In December 2004 I was informed by Gene E. Smith that they are holding the Minor Works ofRedmda' ba. He kindly ientme a draft of the cataloging made by a Tibetan colleague early on that he checked against the third volume of the Beijing catalogue (Mi rigs dpe mdzod khang, Shes bya' gter mdzod 1997). I have proofread and corrected it, wherever I noticed any mistake and also added some information, partly with the assistance ofTenzin Lungtok, A.carya candidate ofthe CIHTS. The figures 001, 002 etc. refer to the page numbers of the TBRC pdf file 004546 88 °. For more details on the Minor Works (gSung thor bu) see also chapter 4. 001: 004546 Red mda' ba'i gsung 002: empty 003: p. I a (title page) - unreadable 004-006:pp.1b-2b2 Stanzas expressing worship In detail: 004: p. 1b 88 ! Illustration left side: Ma ti PaJ). chen la na mo Illustration right side: Lo tsa ba Byang chub rtse mo la na mo 004: p. Ibl-1b7 Expressing Worship (for the dKar chag) 01]1 svasti/ followed by three stanzas (four lines and fifteen syllables each) dge legs shar ri' i rtse mo las 'ongs thun mtshams sprin gyi bla gos ' chang/ ( ... ) 'phags pa'i dge 'dun rgya mtsho'i tshogs mams 'dzin ma'i dbus 'dir rgyal gyur cig/ 004-006:pp.lb7-2b2 Expressing Worship (for the gSung thor bu) eight verses (four lines) and one verse (two lines), nine syllables each mtho ris bdag po rtsug na zla ba dang/ ( ... ) snang ba skyed pa'i bshes gnyen rta bdun rgyal/ 006-006: p. 2b2-2b5 Author's Resolution t~ compose the dK.ar chag (four lines, nine syllables each) de !tar bshes gnyen ( ... ) tshoms su sdeb par bya/ The Writings of Red mda' ba 273 dKar ehag of the praises given below (bsngags pa brjod pa - 11 lines, nine syllables each) gang la bstod cing bsngags pa brjod pa yis/ 'phral dang yun gyi phan bde rna Ius pal rnyur du rtsol ba'i rnchog gsum bla rna dang/ yi dam Iha la bstod tshig , digo Cdi dag go 7)/ Ita khrid gsang ba 'dus pa'i rgyud 'debs dang/ 'dzam gling rgyan drug rndog lod kun dga' dpal/ blo bzang grags pa'i dpalla bstod pa dang/ gsang 'dus dkyil 'khor Iha yi bstod pa dang/ rje btsun 'jam dbyangs spyan ras gzigs rngon dang/ sgroI rna marns kyi bstod pa'i phreng ba dang/ phar phyin drug gi bsngags pa ' di narns sol/ see below 74), 75) see below 1),78) see below 2) see below 3) see below 4),5) see below 6) see below 7) 006-015:pp.2b5-7a Actual dKar chag of gSung thor bu 1.1 rJe btsun red mda' ba gzhon nu blo gros kyi gsung 'bum gyi dkar chag Cdi'i dbu Ideb kyi mdun ngos mi gsal bas rntshan byang dngos gang yin rna shes -refers to la) pp.I-7 rndzad pa po sgra tshad smra ba 'jam dbyangs grags pa (7a3-4) bskul ba po red rnda' pa'i slob rna dpalldan rngon (7a3) In detail: 006: p. 2b5-2b7 dK.ar chag of the autobiography (rang mam) which follows below no. 8) - 10) (six lines, nine syllables each): rang nyid dam pa'i tshul dang rnthun byas nasi skalldan gzhan la'ang 'di bzhin 'dorns po zhes/ mam thar rndo tsam ston byed ' di dag go// dge sbyong tshulla gdams pa'i tshigs bcad dang/ rang nyid ' gyod rned gdeng ldan ' gyur rna dang/ rten 'breI de kho na nyid rab byed dol/ 006-007: pp. 2b7-3a6 dKar ehag ofthe gSung thor bu 24 lines, nine syllables each 'chos skyon gnyis Idan rang gzhan ston pa'i gsung/ spyi dang bye brag phra rno'i gzhung mams la/ dgongs 'breI man ngag zab rno rdo rje'i glu/ sna tshogs don ldan legs bshad 'di dag golf serns la bskul ba'i tshigs bead 'dod pa yi/ nyes dmigs bstan pa'i tshigs su bead pa dang/ see below 11) see below 12) 274 Chapter 7 gsal byed bya dka'i tshig gi sbyor ba ba dang! las mams 'byed pa'i rab tu byed pa dang! see below 13) 7 see below 14) smon lam tshigs gcad gzhi lam 'bras bu'i tshul! gsal byed phyag rgya chen po rdo rje'i glul Ita sgom spyod 'bras rdo rje'i glu dang nil gzhan yang Ita sgom spyod 'bras tshigs bcad dang! see below 15) see below 16) see below 17) see below 18) tshad rna rtag pa tshad ma'i yul dang nil yul can brtag pa'i rab tu byed pa dang! sel pa brtag pa theg gsum 'phags lIlilgon rtogs! mam rig grub brgyan theg chen dbu rna lugs! gsal bor byed pa'i gzhi lam 'bras gsum dang! byang chub sems gnyis bsgoro pa'i man ngag gil see below 19) see below 20) see below 21) see below 22) see below 23) see below 24) khrid yig thog rna bar dang tha rna gsuml theg chen blo sbyong lugs kyi man ngag dang! gsang 'dus rim lnga'i snying po mdor bsdus pal dus kyi 'khar lo'i nges don gsal byed sgronl rgyud bla'i dgongs bshad rab zab snang ba dang! 'phags pa roam par 'thag pa'i mdo 'grello!! see below 75)7 see below 80) see below 27), 28) see below 30) 007-008: pp. 3a6-3b3 . dKar chag of the gSung thor bu to be continued one verse (five lines) and 3 verses (four lines), nine syllables each snyigs ma'i dus 'dir lugs ngan zla ba yis! bstan pa pad roo'i tshal 'di zum dogs nasi ston dang bstan 'dzin pad roo'i gnyen roams lal chos dang chos min roam 'byed rigs pa'i lam! 'doms tshig spring yig skya ring 'di mams so!! rang gi ston la 'phrin du gsol ba dang! dus kyi 'khor lo'i tshig don la dpyadte! bstan 'dzin mams la phrin du gsol ba dang! phrin yig rang la 'gal spong dris Ian dang! see below 31) see below 34) see below 32) see below 33) rigs ldan 'jam dbyangs naro mkha' rin chen lal phul ba'i phrin yig zab mo'i lam dang nil rang gi slob rna mdo sngags 'dzin pa'i mchog! blo bzang grags pa'i dpalla snga phyi ru! see below 35),36),37) gnang ba'i phrin yig thog mtha' bar gsum dang! gong rna ta'i ming can gyi! 'ja' sa gos dar sogs kyi'skyes Ian du! phul ba'i phrin yig dga' ba bskyed pa'o!! see below 38) The Writings of Red mda' b.a 008-009: pp. 3b3-4a2 dKar chag of the gSung thor bu to be continued 25 lines, nine syllables each gang gi legs bshad nyi ma'i 'od zer gyis/ gzhan blo som nyi'i mun pa phyir gsal tel skalldan don gyner dri ba yid kyi mtshor/ Ian tshig don Idan pad mo'i tshal 'di lags/ bka' bzhi mam mkha' od kyis dris pa'i Ian! dbu rna bden gnyis gnas kyi zla tsher dang/ 10 tstsha don bzang rtse chen mkhan po'i Ian! dge bshes shes rab grags kyi Ian tshig dang/ skyor mo lung pa sakya seng ge'o// see below 39) ePN 6117 (30)? see below 40), 41) see below 42) see below 43) bo dong mkhan po chos kyi rgyal mtshan dang/ x x chos rgyal ' od zer rgyal mthsan dang/ bla rna sgrub pa dpal gyi zhus Ian gsum/ sngags ' chang kun zla don kun gnyis kyi' all gzhan kun gnyis dang mkhan dbon gnyis kyi'o// dge bshes pang slob skyid grong dbon po dang/ bka' bcu 'dzin pa bde legs dpal ba'i Ian! stag rtse dbon po bde legs dpal ba dang/ bka' bcu pa yon tan rgyal mtshan gyi/ dge bshes mchog bzang mi nyag rin chen dpal/ see below 44) see below 45), 46) see below 47),48),49) see below 50) see below 51), 52)? see below 53), 54) see below 55) see below 56) see below 57) see below 58), 59) chu 'dus thugs rje rin chen zhus Ian dang/ dge bshes sangs rgyas dpal gyi zhu Ian gnyis/ see below 60) seng ge rgyal mtshan dge bshes grags rin dang/ brtson 'grus dpal dang slob dpon grags rgyal sogs/ see below 61), 62) see below 63),64) den gnyer bshegs gnyen rang rang the tshom gyi dris Ian nor bu'i phreng ba 'di mams la'o// 009-010: pp. 4a2-4b5 dl(ar chag of the gSung thor bu to be continued 41 lines, nine syllables each dad dang blo gros Idan pa zab mo'i snod! skalldan yid kyi mun gter snyog gral du/ dam pa'i gangs ri las 'ongs gtsang ba'i gnad/ gdams pa'i chu phran phan pa 'di mams sol lung rigs rgya mtsho'i mthar son chos kyi rje/ grags pa rgyal mtshan pa la phul ba dang/ see below 65) 275 276 Chapter 7 mal lam sa labyang chub lam sgron dang/ blo bzang grags pa'i dpalla gnang ba yi/ tshig gi phreng ba dben pa'i gtam brjod dang! see below 66) see below 67) mdo 'khams dbon po bsod nams rgyal mtshan dang/ bka' bcu 'dzin pa kundga' dpal ba lal slob dpon 'jam dkar thog dra sa pa'i ?/ dge 'dun gzhir bzhugs mams la gnang ba dang/ sgrub pa dpal dang nyi rna seng ge dang/ bde ba can pa slob dpon nam bzang dang! zul phug bla rna rgyal mgon la sogs pal see below 68) see below 69) see below 70) see below 71),72) see below 73) 'bri khung chen po shes rab dpal ba dang/ mdo 'khams sher 'bummnga' ris dge slong gnyis/ chu 'dus grags rin rgya gar dzo gi dang/ ne rings rin po che'i dbon po lal me tog mdangs can sgom chen bkra shis bzang/ see below 81) see below 82), 83) see below 83),84) see below 85) see below 86) 'od gsal phug sa pa chos skyong rgyal mtshan dang/ ye shes 'od dang sgrub chen dpal mo lal mnga' ris bdag mo nyi ma'i mtshan can lal gu ge'i bdag mo chos skyo(ng?) rgyal mo lal see below 87) see below 88), 89) see below 90) see below 91) bdag mo tshul khrims bzang mo zhes pa dang/ yar 'brog dpon mo dge slong rna la gdams pal rdo rje gdan pa dpon mo dge slong mal gon byo dpon chen pa la gdams pa dang/ see below 92) see below 93) see below 94) see below 95) twa'i switu chos kyi rin chen dang/ dge sbyong yon tan rgya mtsho sku mched lal zhang gi mtshan can kun spangs dge sbyong dang/ skyid grong 'phags pa'i drung du dngul skor dang! see below 97) see below 98) see below 99) see below 100) dpalldan sa skya'i chos rje'i sku 'dra lal xx mam phyar phul ba'i bstod phreng dang/ jo nang pa la gnang pa'i tshig phreng dang/ rab byung snon par rzdogs pa'i cho ga'o// see below 101) rgyud kyi mthar thug gsang ba 'dus pa yi/ sgrub thabs dkyil chog mchod pa'i phreng ba sogs/ dad Idan gdul bya'i chogs la gdams pa dang/ thar lam bskyed rims? ston pa'i bskor mams soli OlD-OlD: p. 4b5-4b7 two verses (four lines, nine syllables each) gang gi legs bshad ( ...) 'di tsam mol/ The Writings of Red mda' ba 277 010-015: pp. 4b7-7a5 29 lines, nine syllables each thos pa'i Ius stobs ( ... ) gsil zer can! (010-012: pp. 4b7-5a7) thub bstan gling bzhi'i ( ... ) rgyas gyur cig/ (013-015: pp. 5bl-7a5) 015: 7a: Illustrations left side: Chos rje dByig? pa lana mo Illustration right side: Chos rje gZhon blo pa la na mo Last word on p. 7a: subham// 1.2. rJe btsun red mda' pa gzhon nu blo gros kyi gsung thor bu ba, pp.1-335 016: page(s) missing pp. (la-2b missingl 82 017: Praises 3a (in Arabic figures: 2(277), in Tibetan: 3a; lable sticked over the left side of the first three lines) [mtshan gyi mam grangs dge slong gzhon nu blo gros/ sakya'i dge slong ku rna ra rna til gsung thor bu 'di la dkar chag chos tshan gcig dang gzhung dngos la chos tshan 72 zhugs/ thengs 'dir bsgrigs skabs kyi chos tshan 73-100 bar gyi mtshan byang mams 'dir mi bzhugs kyang mi rigs dpe mdzod khang gi dkar chag ltar bsgrigs/ rna dpe dngos Ia Ideb 1-2 (183-4), 140-194 (250-2) bar dang 335 (324) man gyi Ideb rna mams chad ces mtshan yig 'dug 883 ] In detail: dang pol rje btsun dam pa red mda' pa'i gsung 'bum thor bu ba las yul dam pa mams la bsngags pa brjod pa'i skabs 884 1) rgyan drug la bstod pa885 017-018: pp. 3a-3b3 CPN, no. 006117 (5 pp. 1) bskul ba po khri rgyal bsod nams Ide Note that on p. 3a bottom on the right it says in Chinese: Min zu wen hua gong tu shu guan cang Held by the Library of the Palace of National Minorities 2) chos kyi rje Iotstsha baskyabsmchog dpal bzangpo dang blama'i bka' bzhi pa'i (blo bzang grags pa) bstod pa 018-018: pp. 3b4-3b7 CPN, no. 006117 (6 pp. 1) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge siong gzhon nu blo gros bskul ba po slob rna 'ga' yi 3) dpalldan 'dus pa'i dkyil 'khor gyi lha Ia phyag 'tshal ba'i tshigs su bcad pa 019-020: pp. 4al-4b2 278 Chapter 7 CPN, no. 006117 (7 pp. 1) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu bl0 gros 4) 'jam pa'i dbyangs la bstod pa dad pa'i myur gu spel ba zhes bya b,\:fjam dbyangs la bstod pa) 020-023: pp. 4b2-6al CPN, no. 006117 (8 pp. 1) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros bskul ba po rang gi slob rna 5) 'phags pa spyan ras gzigs dbang phyug la bstod pa ('jig rten dbang phyug la bstod pa) 023- 025: pp. 6al-7a7 CPN, no. 006117 (9 pp. 1) mdzad pa po ehos smra ba'i btsun pa gzhon nu blo gros 6) beom Idan 'das sgroI rna la smre sngags kyi sgo nas bstod pa snyan tshig byin rlabs kyi 'dod 'jo zhes bya ba (sgroI rna la bstod pa) 025-027: pp. 7a7-8b3 CPN, no. 006117 (10 pp. 1) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 7) pharol tu phyin pa drug la bsngags pa'i tshigs su bead pa (pharol tu phyin pa drug la bsngags pa) 028-29: pp. 8b3-9a4 CPN, no. 006117 (11 pp. 1) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros gnyis pal rje btsun dam pa red mda' pa'i gsung 'bum thor bu ba las rang nyid dam pa'i tshul dang mthun par byas nas gzhan la'ang 'di bzhin 'dams so zhes mam thar mdo tsam ston pa'i skor886 8) dge sbyong gi tshulla gdams pa 029-030:pp.9a4-9b6 CPN, no. 006117 (137 6 pp.) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 9) 'gyod med gdeng brod kyi 'gyur ma 887 030-031: pp. 9b6-IOa7 CPN, no. 006117 refers at the end to 004546 (7 pp. 1), i.e. this text with different, elusive numbering mdzad sa'i gnas gangs bu le'i mgul 10) rten 'brei gyi de kho na nyid bsdus pa'i rab tu byed pa 031-032: pp. 10a7~10b6 CPN, no. 006117 (12 pp. 1) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros The Writings of Red mda' ba 279 gsumpa! 11) 12) sems la bskul ba'i tshigs su bead pa 033-033: pp.l1al-llaS CPN, no. 006117 (not included) mdzad pa po siikya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 'dod pa'i nyes dmigs la brtsams pa'i tshigs su bead pa 033-034:pp.11aS-l1b3 CPN, no. 006117 (not included) . mdzad pa po siikya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 13) yi ge'i phyi mo la brtsams pa'i tshigs su bead pa 034-03S: pp. 11b3-12a4 CPN, no. 006117 refers at the end to 004S46 (11 pp. 1) 14) 'phen byed kyi-las mam par 'byed pa'i rab byed (las mampar dbye ba'i rab tu byed pa) 03S-036:pp.12aS-12b4 CPN, no. 006117 (not included) IS) smon lam gyi tshigs bead 036-037:pp.12b4-13a4 CPN, no. 006117 (not included) 16) theg pa ehen po'i gzhi lam 'bras bu gsum gsa! bar byed pa phyag rgya ehen po rdo rje'i glu (thegpa ehenpo'i blanamedpa'i gzhi lam 'bras bu'i tshullagsa! barbyedpaphyagrgya ehen po rdo rje'i glu)888 037-41: pp. 13aS-1Sa7 CPN, no. 006117 (not included) mdzad pa po ehos smra ba'i btsun pa gzhon nu blo gros 17) Ita bsgom spyod 'bras rdo rje'i glu 041-042: pp. 1Sa7-1SbS CPN, no. 006117 (not included) mdzad pa po dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 18) Ita bsgom spyod 'bras kyi tshigs su bead pa 042-043: pp.1SbS-16a3 CPN, no. 006117 (not included) mdzad pa po siikya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 19) tshad ma'i yul dang byed pa brtag pa889 043-062:pp.16a3-2Sb1 CPN, no. 006117 (14 pp. 1) mdzad pa po siikya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 280 Chapter 7 20) gzhan sel grub pa'i rab tu byed pa (gzhan sel grub pa zhes bya ba'i rab tu byed pa) 063-105: pp. 26a-47a5 (note: 067 = 28a, 068 = 29a, 069 = 28b or c29b?, one back side missing, 074 = 32b?, 075 = 33a, 076 = not assigned back side, 077 = 32a, 078 = 32b?, '79 = 34a, 80 = 34b etc.) ePN, no. 006117 (15 pp. 2, and 16 pp. 17) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong leu rna ra rna til 21) theg pa gsum gyi 'phags pa'i mngon par rtogs pa mam par 'byed pa'i rab tu byed pa (theg pa gsum gyi 'phags pa'i rtogs pa mam par 'byed pa'i rab tu byed pa) 105-127:pp.47a5-58a5 ePN, no. 006117 (17 pp. 10) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros (in dpal sa skya .... ) 22) mam rig grub pa'i rgyan zhes bya ba890 127-163: pp. 58a5-75b6 (note: 131 = 61a, 132 = 61b, 133 = 60a, 134 = 60b, 147 = 68a, 148 = 69a, 149 = 68b, 150 = 70a, 151 = 70b, 152 = 70a double, 153 = not assigned back side) ePN, no; 006117 (18 pp. 14) mdzad pa po chos srnra ba'i btsun pa gzhon nu blo gros 23) theg pa gsum gyi chen po dbu ma'i lugs kyi gzhi lam 'bras bu gsal bar byed pa (theg pa chen po dbu ma'i lugs leyi gzhi lam 'bras bu mdor bsdus pa) 163-185:pp.75b6-86b5 ePN, no. 006117 (19 pp. 9) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros (in bu Ie dben gnas) 24) byang chub sems kyi man ngag (byang chub kyi sems gnyis bsgom pa'i man ngag) 185-217: pp. 86b5-102b6 (note: 208: 99a, 209: 99b, 210: 98a, 211: 98b) ePN, no. 006117 (20 pp. 13) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 25) bdag med gnas lugs kyi don phyin ci rna log par nyams su blang ba'i rim pa 217-231:pp.l02b6-109b2 ePN, no. 006117 (21 pp. 5) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros mdzad sa'i gnas ras sbreng rgyal ba'i dben gnas 26) las dang po pa mams kyi nyams len gyi man ngag mdor bsdus pa 231-291: pp. 109b2-139b7 (note: end missing) ePN, no. 006117 refers at the end to 004546 (23 pp. 35 891 ), i.e. this text with different, elusive numbering pp. 140a-194b missing 27) Here a text (beginning missing) ends with the words: shin tu zab pa'i bde bshegs snying po'i don! gsal bar bshad kyis bzur gnas shes ldan snyon! The Writings of Red mda' ba 281 CPN, no. 006117 (23 pp. 5: mdo sde mam mang las gsungs pa'i bde gshegs snying po'i don rgyud bla'i dgongs pa gsal bar bshad pa zhes bya ba bzhugs so)892 28) rgyud bla'i don rags pa tsh~g ba'i yig sna 292-302: pp. 195a2-200a3 CPN, no. 006117 (23 pp. 5) mdzad pa po sa!<ya'i dgeslong gzhon nu blo gros sbyin bdag 'jam dbyangs nam mkha' rin chen sku mched mdzad sa'i gnas dpal mnga' ris kyi chos grwa chen po mdzad pa'i dus g.yas suru byangna bzhugs pa'i sde snod 'dzin pa rags rim bsags pa'i dus zhu ba po drung bdag po 'jam dbyangs dang sde snod ' dzin pa mams (mjug tu dpal mnga' ris kyi chos grwa chen por 'jam dbyangs nam mkha' rin chen sku mched kyi sbyin bdag mdzad nasi g.yas su ru byang na bzhugs pa'i sde snod 'dzin pa rags rim bsags pa'i dus su drung bdag po 'jam dbyangs dang sde snod 'dzin pa mams kyi rgyud bla'i don rags pa tshang ba'i yig rigs gcig zhus pa la snang ba'o zhes 'khod) 29) chos mi spong ba'i thabs 302-304 or 306: pp. 200a4-201a7 or 202a5 (note 305: 201b unreadable) CPN, no. 006117 refers at the end to 004546 (24 pp. 2), i.e. this text with different, elusive numbering 30) 'phags pa mam par 'thag pa'i bsdus pa'i mdo'i dum bu'i bshad pa893 306-320: pp. 202a5-209a7 (note: 312 = 204a double, 313 = 205b?, 205a missing) CPN, no. 006117 (24 pp. 8) mdzad pa po chos smra ba'i btsun pa gzhon nu b10 gros bsku! ba po dpal1dan bla rna bkra shis rgyal mtshan dpal bzang po mdzad sa'i gnas dpa1 sa skya'i gtsug lag khang 321: 209b empty bzhi pal rje btsun dam pa red mda' pa'i gsung 'bum thor bu ba las/ ston pa dang bstan 'dzin tshogs la springs pa'i phrin yig gi skor 31) ston pa la phrin du gsol ba sogs phrin yig gi skor (ston pa'i spring yig) 322-324: pp. 21Oal-211a7 CPN, no. 006117 (25 pp. 12) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong [gzhon nu b10 gros] 32) dus kyi 'khor 10'i dpyad pa las brtsams te bstan 'dzin mams la phrin du gsol ba nor bu'i phreng ba (bstan 'dzin mams la phrin du gsol ba nor bu'i phreng ba zhes bya ba) 324-339: pp.211a7-218b3 CPN, no. 006117 (22? pp. 28 - see two below) mdzad pa po sa!<ya'i dge slong gzhon nu b10 gros mdzad sa'i gnas dpal sa skya'i gtsug lag khang 282 Chapter 7 33) dpal dus kyi 'khor lo'i tshig don la 'gal ba spong ba'i dris Ian mdor bsdus pa 339-343: pp. 218b3-220b5 c CPN,no. 006117 (26pp. 3) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros bsku1 ba po 'jam dbyangs nam mkha' rin chen rgyal mtshan dpal bzang po mdzad sa'i gnas dpa1 sa skya'i ehos grwa chen po 34) dpal dus kyi 'khor lo'i dris Ian 'phros pa'i Ian tshig don mi 'gal ba spangs pa (mtshan byang 'di gsar du bkod cing gzhung du: de nyid las 'phros pa'i Ian tshig don mi 'gal ba spang ba zhes 'khod) 343-345: pp. 220b5-221b5 CPN, no. 006117 (22? pp. 28 - together with the two texts above only 20 folios) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 35) bka' bzhi 'dzin pa blo bzang grags pa'i dpa1la spring pa 345-347: pp. 221b5-222b1 (starts with na mo gurave) CPN, no. 006117 (277 pp. 2) mdzad pa po srucya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros (kyis rang gi slob rna .... ) 36) bka' bzhi 'dzin pa b10 bzang grags pa Ia springs pa 347-349: pp. 222bl-223b1 CPN, no. 006117 (277 pp. 2) spring sa'i gnas mang yu1 gyi dben gnas gangs zha mo'i mgul nas mdzad pa'i dus zla ba tshes beu geig 37) bla rna rin po ehe bio bzang grags pa 1a springs pa (bla rna rin po che b10 bzang grags pa la spring ba) 349-352: pp. 223bl-225a7 CPN, no. 006117 (28 pp. 2) springs pa'i dus 'brug Io'i zla ba drug pa'i tshes brgyad894 38) rgyanag gi rgyal po ta'iming can gyis 'ja' sa gos dar sogs gnang ba'i skyes Ian du phul ba 352-358 + 574: pp. 225a7-228b5 (Note 358 = 228a, 228b at the very end = 574) CPN, no. 006117 (29 pp. 3) spring sa'i gnas mang yul skyid pa'i grong khyer zhes bya ba I tsan dan 'phags pa rang byon bzhugs gnas dang nye ba'i dben gnas me tog mdangs can gyi nags khrodnas springs pa'i dus byi ba 10 zla ba lnga pa'i tshes beo brgyad lnga pal rje btsun dam pa red mda' pa'i gsung 'bum thor bu ba lasl gzhan gyi the tshom sel byed dris Ian gyi skor mams bstan pa'i skabs 39) bla rna bka' bzhi pa nam mkha' 'od zer gyi gsung gis dris pa'i Ian 359-412: pp. 228b5-255a7 (Note: 228 at the very end = 574; 412 = 255b: empty) CPN, no. 006117 (not included) The Writings of Red mda' ba 283 rndzad pa po siikya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros rndzad sa'i gnas dpal sa skya'i chos grwa chen po 40) 10 tsa ba donbzang gi dris Ian 413-422: pp. 256al-260b3 rndzad pa po gzhon nu blo gros ePN, no. 006117 (31 pp. 5) 41) rtse chen mkhan po'i dris Ian 422-434: pp. 260b3-266b3 ePN, no. 006117 (32 pp. 4) rndzad pa po siikya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 42) dge bshes shes rab grags kyi dris Ian 434-466: pp. 266b3-282b5 ePN, no. 006117 (33 pp. 14) rndzad pa po gzhon nu blo gros rndzad sa'i gnasdben gnas sa bzangs 43) skyor rno lung pa siikya seng ge'i dris Ian 466-471: pp. 282b5-285a7 ePN, no. 006117 (34 pp. 3) rndzad pa po dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 44) bo dong mkhan po chos rgyal gyi dris Ian 472-473: pp. 285bl-286a2 ePN, no. 006117 (35 pp. 2) rndzad pa po dge slong ku rna ra rna ti 45) chos rgyal gyi zhus Ian 473-477: pp. 286a2-288a6 ePN, no. 006117 (36 pp. 2) 46) bla rna 'od zer rgyal rntshan gyi zhus Ian 477-489:pp.288a7-294a4 ePN, no. 006117 (37 pp. 5) rndzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros yi ge pa ha ri bha dra 47) bla rna bsgrub pa dpal gyi zhus Ian 489-495: pp. 294a4-297al ePN, no. 006117 (38 pp. 2) 48) bla rna sgrub pa dpal gyis zhus pa'i rni shigs pa'i thig le'i ngos 'dzin don gsum gyis bstan pa Chapter 7 284 495-507: pp. 297al-302bl (505: 302a, 506: 304a, 507: 302b) CPN, no. 006117 (39 pp. 5) 49) blarna sgrub pa dpal bas gsang ba ' dus pa'i sgrub thabs rndor byas dang sgrub thabs mam bzhag ti ka mam gnyis kyi mi 'dra ba'i khyad par zhus pa'i Ian895 507-517: pp. 302bl-307b1 (510: 304a double) CPN, no. 006117 (40 pp. 4) rndzad pa po rje btsun dam pa ku rna ra rna ti 50) sngags 'ehang kun dga' zia ba'i zhus Ian 517-529: pp. 307bl-313b2 CPN, no. 006117 (41 pp. 6) rndzad pa po sakya'i dge siong gzhon nu blo gros yi ge pa sgrub pa dpal rno 51) bka' bzhi pa don rin dang dge bshes kun dga' gnyis kyi zhus Ian 529-530: pp. 313b2-314a6 CPN, no. 006117 (42 pp. 1) rndzad pa po dge slong gzhon nu blo gros .52) 53) bka' bzhi pa don rin dang dge bshes kun dga' gnyis kyis zhus pa'i Ian 530-531: pp. 314a6-314b7 CPN, no. 006117 (43 pp. 1) dge bshes sang blo'i zhus Ian 532-532: pp. 315al-315a5 CPN, no. 006117 (44 pp. 1) 54) rnang yul skyid grong dbon po bsod nams don grub kyi zhus Ian (skyid grong dbon po'i zhus Ian) 532-534:pp.315a6-316a1 CPN, no. 006117 (45 pp. 1) rndzad yul gung thang rdzong mkhar 55) bka' beu pa bde legs dpal gyi zhus Ian (dpon po bde legs dpal bas zhus pa Ia gnang ba) 534-535: pp. 316al-316b5 CPN, no. 006117 (46 pp. 2) 56) stag rtse dpon po dge sbyong bde legs dpal bas zhus Ian 535-540: pp. 316b5-319a3 CPN, no. 006117 (not included) rndzad pa po rje btsun dam pa ku rna ra rna ti 57) bka' beu pa yon tan rgyal rntshan gyi zhus Ian 540-542: pp. 319a3-320a7 CPN, no, 006117 (47 pp. 1) The Writings of Red mda' ba 58) dge bshes rnchog bzang gi zhus Ian 543-543: pp. 320bl-320b5 ePN, no. 006117 (48 pp. 1) 59) mi nyag rin chen dpal gyi zhus Ian 543-544:pp.320b5-32la5 ePN, no. 006117 (49 pp. 1) 60) chu 'dus pa thugs rje rin chen zhus Ian 544-545:pp.32laS-32lb3 ePN, no. 006117 (50 pp. 1) 61) dge bshes seng ge rgyal rntshan gyi zhus Ian 545-549: pp. 321b4-323b2 ePN, no. 006117 (51 pp. 1) 62) dge bshes grags rin gyi zhus Ian 549-549: pp. 323b2-323b5 ePN, no. 006117 (52 pp. 1) 63) dge bshes brtson 'grus dpal gyi zhus Ian 549-550: pp. 323b3-324a2 ePN, no. 006117 (53 pp. 1) 64) slob dpon grags rgyal gyi zhus Ian 550-551:pp.324a2-324b2 ePN, no. 006117 (53 pp. 1) 285 drugpa/ 65) chos rje grags rgyal ba la phul ba'i gdams pa (mkhan chen rin po che grags pa rgyal rntshan) 551-552: pp. 324b2-325a4 ePN, no. 006117 (54 pp. 1) rndzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 66) bla rna rmi lam pa brtson 'grus seng ge la gdams pa byang chub lam gyi sgron rna 552-557: pp. 325a5-327b5 ePN, no. 006117 (55 pp. 2) rndzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 67) chos rje blo bzang grags pa la gdams pa dben par dga' ba'i gtam 557-569: pp. 327b5-333b3 ePN, no. 006117 (56 pp. 5) 68) dbon po bsod nams rgyal rntshan la gdams pa 569-571: pp. 333b3-334b5 Chapter 7 286 CPN,no. 006117 (58 896 pp.l) mdzad pa po sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros mdzad sa'i gnas gangs dkar po bu le'i gnas 69) gnas mying pa slob dpon bka' bcu pa kun dga' dpalla gdams pa 571-571: pp. 334b5-334b7 CPN, no. 006117 (59 pp. 1) 70) chos rje blo bzang grags pa'i phyag phyi ba 'jam dbyangs dkar pos gtso mdzad gnyug mar gnas pa mams la gdams pa 572-572: pp. 335al-335a2 CPN, no. 006117 (60 pp. 1) mdzad pa po dge slong gzhon nu blo gros 71) bla rna sgrub pa dpalla gdams pa 572-572: pp. 335a2-335a6 CPN, no. 006117 (61 pp. 1) 72) bo dong pa slob dpon nyi rna seng ge la gdams pa 572-? (573 empty): pp. 335a6-335b (note: from 335b onwards all missing) CPN, no. 006117 (62 pp. 1) 73) bde ba can pa slob dpon nam bzang la gdams pa pp.335b-? CPN, no. 006117 (63 pp. 1) 74) Ita khrid rgyud pa'i gsol debs 897 pp. 12 - CPN, no. 006117 (2) 75) gsang 'dus rim Inga rgyud pa'i gsol 'debs 898 pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (3) 76) bcom Idan 'das de bzhin gshegs pa dgra bcom pa yang dag par rdzogs pa'i sangs rgyas la bstod pa899 pp. 3 - CPN, no. 006117 (4) 77) chos kyi rje sa skya paJ).gi ta la bstod pa tshad ma'i mam bshad du byung ba pp. 1- CPN, no. 006117 (6 pp. I) 78) mdog lod mkhan chen kun dga' dpalla bstod pa gsang ba pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (7) 79) mam par thar pa rje nyid kyi gsung las byung ba pp. 6 - CPN, no. 006117 (13) 80) dpal dus kyi 'khor lo'i nges don gsal bar byed pa'i rin po che'i sgron rna zhes bya baCPN, no. 006117 (22 pp. 28)900 The Writings of Red mda' ba 81) 'bri gung gi chen po shes rab dpalla gdams pa pp. 1- CPN, no. 006117 (64 pp. 1) 82) rndo khams pa shes rab 'bum la gdams pa pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (65 pp. 1) 83) mnga' ris dge bshes? gnyis dang ehu 'dus pa grags pa rin chen beas 1a gdams pa pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (66 pp. 1) 84) rgya gar nub phyogs kyi 'dzo ki la gdams pa pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (67 pp. 1) 85) zang zang ne'u rings pa'i dpon po slob dpon bde legs rngon po la gdams pa pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (68 pp. 1) 86) mnga' ris pa sgorn chen bkra shis bzang po la gdams pa pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (69 pp. 1) 87) mnga' ris pa 'od gsal phug pa la gdams pa pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (70 pp. 1) 88) mnga' ris pa dpon sgorn ye shes 'od la gdams pa pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (71 pp. 1) 89) las stod byang pa sgrub chen rna dpa' rno la gdams pa pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (72 pp. 1) 90) mnga' ris slob dpon rna nyi rna 1a gdams pa pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (73 pp. 1) 91) gu ge'i Iha geig ehos skyong rgyal rno la gdams pa pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (74 pp. 1) 92) yurn me ba tshul khrirns bzang rno la gdams pa pp. 1-CPN, no. 006117 (75 pp. 1) 93) yar 'brog gi dpon rno dge slong rna la gdams pa pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (76 pp. 1) 94) rdo rje gdan pa'i dpon rno slob dpon rna la gdams pa pp. 3 - CPN, no. 006117 (77 pp. 3) 95) go 'jo dpon chen gyi pbrin yig gi Ian du gdams pa pp. 3 - CPN, no. 006117 (78 pp. 3) 96) mnga' ris pa mnga' bdag khri rgyal bsod nams Ide 1a gdams pa pp. 3 - CPN, no. 006117 (79 pp. 3) 287 288 Chapter 7 97) ta'i si tu chos kyi rin chenla gdams pa pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (80 pp. 1) 98) gnam sa'i dpon po yon tan rgya mtsho sku mched gsum Ia gdams pa pp. 1- CPN, no. 006117 (81 pp. 1) 99) rnnga' ris blo bo ba kun spangs pa Ia gdams pa pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (82 pp. 1) 100) skyid grong 'phags pa rang byon gyi drung du dngul gyi kong bu gtsugs dus sbyar ba pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (83 pp. 1) 101) sgo rum du chos rje sa skya P3l).t;li ta'i skur Ider Ia na bza' phul dus sbyar ba pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (84 pp. 1) 102) ston pa Ia phrin du gsol ba sogs phrin yig gi skor (ston pa'i spring yig)901 322-324: pp. 210al-211a7 CPN, no. 006117 (25 pp. 12) mdzad pa po siikya'i dge siong [gzhon nu blo gros] Tabular Curriculum Vitae of Red mda' ba The following tabular presentation of Red mda' ba's life utilized not only information gleaned from his biography, but also from supplementary texts such as the biographies ofrJe Tsong kha pa, rGyal tshab rje and mKhas sgrub rje. This representation of his life may change in the future, if and when new sources become available and studied. Personal Datas / Date Events Primary and Personal Name Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros gZhon nu blo gros (Skt. Kumaramati) is the monastic name he received in 1365 (see below). A part of the name agrees with the primary and personal name of his preceptor. Other Names 1) bTsun ne Blo gros che (Maharnati): "nickname" as child 2) IGsmm Pal}.Qita Amoghavajra: name in his former life 3) Mi skyod rdo rje (Ak~obhya): secret tantric name Forms of Address 1) Chos rje Rin po che: this address could also refer to any other bla rna, depending on the context 2) rJe btsun Red mda' ba 3) dPalldan Red mda' ba 4) mKhas grub chen po gZhon nu blo gros 5) Gangs can gyi shing rta chen po gZhon nu blo gros 6) Bla rna gZhon nu blo gros 7) dPalldan bla rna dam pa Kumaramati 8) gZhon blo (ba) Name of Father bKra shis rGyal mtshan, minister of Red mda' (local head or head of an aristrocratic family or clan, perhaps responsible for the protection and management of a fortress or customs house) Name of Mother Lo dBang phyug skyid Name of Aunt bKra shis 'bum 1348 earth-male-mouse-year (sa po byi 10) Birth in Red mda' in gTsang, a small settlement near Sa skya monastery, in the west of Sa skya border, named after the prominent family Red mda' Chapter 8 290 Personal Datas / Date Events About 1352-55 Parents "pass away " At childhood, up to 1360 Receives refuge, generation ofbodhicitta, vow of 'one day fasting' (bsnyen gnas, upavasa) as well as many dharma teachings on Mahakanu;ta from 'Phags chen Chos bzang dpa1 (b. 13th cent.) 1365 In the 18th year oflife Receives vow of a sramal).era (dge tshul gyi sdom pa) Aciirya: Lo tsa ba Sa bzang Ma ti Pal).chen BIo gros rgyal mtshan (1294-1376) Studies on PramalJavarttika and debate rounds (grwa skor) Place: Sa skya monastery Teachers: Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal (1285-1379) and mKhan chen Sangs rgyas 'phel About 1368 Receives full ordination (bsnyen par rdzogs pa; upasampada) Preceptor (mkhan po, upadhyaya): lDog 1hod pa mKhan chen Kun dga' [dpa1] bzang po Red mda' ba also receives the Instruction on the View o/the Middle Way from Nya dbon Kun dga' dpa1 who in turn received it from mKhan chen Byang chub seng ge After his bhik~u ordination Receives teachings on Vinaya, i. e., GUl).aprabha's Vinayas£itra (,Dul ba mdo rtsa) Teacher: lDog Thod pa mKhan chen Kun dga' [dpal] bzang po 1369 at the latest Red mda' ba goes to dNgul chu to receive the bodhisattva vow and many Teachings on Mental Purification (blo sbyong), which he later passed on to Tsong kha pa Teacher: rGyal sras Thogs med bzang po dpal (1295-1369) Return to Sa skya. Failure in a debate followed by a retreat on scriptures (self studies) and further studies with Nya dbon and Sangs rgyas 'phel on PramalJasamuccaya, Dharmaldrti's seven treatises on valid cognition, Sa pal).'s Tshad ma rigs pa 'i gter and its auto commentary, and 'U yug pa Rigs pa'i seng ge' s PramalJa Summary (Tshad ma 'i bsdus pa). Red mda' ba composes two PramalJavarttika commentaries and one Prama(lavarttika overview in Sa skya. 1373 Beginn of 18 years of reflection on teaching of the doctrine at Sa skya Tabular Curriculum Vitae of Red mda' ba 291 Personal Datas / Date Events Up to latest 1375 . Studies on Paramita (phar phyin): Commentaries on the Abhisamayiilarpkiira such as the Virpiatyiilokii and the Alamkiiriiloka as well as commentaries of 'Bre Shes rab 'bar and AI Byang chub ye shes, both masters in the transrirission lineage of the rNgog tradition of the Prajfiaparamita. Teacher: Bla ma dam pa Bsod nams rgyal mtshan (13121375) Up to latest 1375 Studies of Asanga' s Abhidharmasamuccaya (cf. 13 77/78) and Vasubandhu 's Abhidharmakosa Teacher: Lo chenIPm;tQita chen po Byang chub rtse mo (1303/06-1380/86) Furthermore studies of Asanga's Five Treatises on the Stages and Two Compendia o/Summarized Treatises as well as Vasubandhu's Eight Treatises Teacher of MahiiyiinasiitriilaIpkiira: Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal Summer 1375 Red mda' ba goes from Sa skya to rTse chen and teaches the Abhidharmakosa together with Vasubandhu's autocommentary. Tsong kha pa, who was referred to him by Nya dbon, becomes his student 1374/75 Madhyamaka studies: The Collections ofMadhyamaka Reasoning (dBu ma rigs tshogs), Catub.§ataka, Madhyamakiivatiira Teacher: Chos rje or mKhan chen Byang chub seng ge (b. 14th cent.) Red mda' ba establishes a scriptural tradition through monastic textbooks (yig cha), composing commentaries on the Miilamadhyamakakiirikii, Madhyamakiivatiira, and Catub.§ataka. Furthermore he composes a commentary on Prasannapadii Receives empowerments of and studies Guhyasamaja (gsang 'dus) that includes the tantric vow, Alqobhya etc. Vajracarya: Lo chen Byang chub rtse mo (1303/06-1380/86) Secret name received: Mi skyod rdo rje Studies oftantras with Lo tsa ba Nam mkha' bzang po Practical instructions (man ngalSJ. from Chos rje Grags pa rgyal mtshan 292 Personal Datas / Date Chapter 8 Events Hevajra and some other empowerments by Bla ma dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan Further esoteric (tantric) studies Abhayiikaragupta's Vajravali, Guhyasamajamaiijuvajra, Lokesvara and the Sa skya father tantra ofVajrakumara Teacher: Lo chen sKyabs mchog dpal bzang 1374175 Authoring of an index of writings finished up to his 27th year oflife 1374175 [rGyal tshab] Dar ma rin chen (b. 1364 in Nyang stod) after becoming a novice at the age of ten, studies especially with Red mda' ba up to 1388 as one of his seven closest disciples 13 75 at the latest Teachings on Lam 'bras Teacher: Bla ma dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan Autumn 1375 Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa spend their term break together. They wander to bSam gling monastery in Upper Nyang (Nyang stod) in rGyal rtse county, where Tsong kha pa receives teachings on dBu ma rtsa 'greI, i.e., on the Madhyamakavatara from Red mda' ba 13 76 at the latest Cakrasatp.vara (bde mchog) Vajracarya: Sa bzang Ma ti PaI).chen (1294-1376) 1376 Leading teaching position at Sa skya from 29th year of age? 1377178 Tsong kha pa studies the Abhidharmasamuccaya with Red mda' ba for eleven months in Sa skya from spring 1377 up to winter 1377178. Red mda' ba composes his Abhidharmasamuccaya commentary (completed in dPal E gstug lag khang). Spring/Summer 1378 During a term break Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa leave from Sa skya for Ngam rings, where they spent spring and summer. Red mda' ba teaches the Abhidharmakosabhii.yya to mKhan chen dPal 'byor, Dar ma rin chen and three other disciples. To Tsong kha pa he teaches his extensive commentary on Prama1J.avarttika and the Guhyasamajatantra Autumn 1379 Tsong kha pa receives from Red mda' ba teachings on Madhyamakavatara in Bo dong E Tabular Curriculum Vitae of Red mda' ba 293 Personal Datas / Date Events Between 1375 and 1379 After having studied the Kiilacakra-Tantra, the MahiiparinirviiIJa-, SaIJ1dhinirmocana- and Laizkiivatiirasiitra as well as the Mahiiyiinottaratantrasiistra and Dharmadhiitustotra several times, Red mda' ba composes a commentary on the Mahiiyiinottaratantrasiistra and initiates a reactionary movement against the Jo nang tenet system. He composes a Letter to the [Great} Teacher (i.e., to the Buddha) (see Appendix B) which his teacher Nya dbon (d. 13 79) dislikes Red mda' ba critizises the meditation technique ofHva ~ang Mahayana 1379 Tsong kha pa travels together with Red mda' ba to Sa skya, where Tsong kha pa participates successfully in debate rounds (grwa skor) 1384 For seven years up to 1390 Red mda' ba taught many students (i.e. he had become a very famous teacher then) Red mda' ba composes his famous commentary on Nagarjuna's Su~rllekha and completes it in Sa skya 1388 [rGyal tshab] Dar rna rin chen (b. 1364) receives bhik~u ordination from Red mda' ba and rDog lod pa at the age of 25 and obtains in Sa skya the academic title of a bKa' bcu pa. By this time Red mda' ba must have completed his "unit of ten commentaries" and taught his ten-work curriculum 1388 [rGyal tshab] Dhar rna rin chen leaves for debate rounds in gSangphu Ne'u thog, rTses thang and dBus After 1388/90 Debate with and conversion of the Jonang pa Debate with Karma dKon mchog gzhon nu on Kalacakra in Sa skya and with 'Jam dbyangs pa on Buddha nature in Jo nang monastery Attack on his life by a passionte Jo nang pa Spring 1388 Debates with scholars from gSang phu monastery headed by !Dan rna dKon mchog seng ge (together with Tsong kha pa) Place: Rigs lnga lha khang in '01 kha Autumn 1389 Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa meet for an exchange in dBus, in the Potala in sKyid shod. Red mda' ba leaves for gTsang 294 . Chapter 8 Personal Datas / Date Events Spring 1390 Tsong kha pa goes to gTsang to meet Red mda' ba to receive teachings on the Tantra Pitaka from him. 1390 In sTag tshang monastery Tsong kha pa receives from Red mda' ba teachings on his commentary on Pramcl1:zavarttikiilaIpkiira 1390 In 'Ba'u 'ba' gnyer Tsong kha pa receives from Red mda' ba teachings on Guhyasamaja 1390 While Red mda' ba leaves for Sa skya, Tsong kha pa leaves for Nubs chos lung in Rong (northeastern from rGyal rtse), where he meets Bla ma dBu ma pa, who has received teachings on Vinaya and Madhyamaka from Red mda' ba 1390 After 18 years reflecting and teaching the Dharma deferral of his teachings from Sa skya and a revolt against him or against his advice among his followers in Bul rong. The chief of a hundred families of Sa skya, the abbot of bZang 1dan [monastery] and others offer Red mda' ba a teaching position, but he declines 1390 5-year-retreat in a solitary place at Gangs bu Ie in La stod lHo. He practices single-pointed concentration and studies tantra Red mda' ba composes his "Precious Lamp, " Elucidating the Definite Meaning o/Sri Kiilacakra at the slope of Gangs bu Ie Red mda' ba composes his Guhyasamaja Compendium and a Guhyasamaja Ritual Manual in a Gangs bu Ie solitary place 1395 At the age often, mKhas grub dGe legs dpal bzang (13851438), born in Nyang stod, receives novice ordination from mKhan chen Rin chen rgyal mtshan in gNas rnying and studies mainly with Red mda' ba Pararnitii, Pramfu;la, Vinaya, Abhidharma, Madhyamaka and most of the tantric scriptures such as Guhyasamaja. 1395 Seven years retreat and teaching in Bul rong Summer 1397 One ofRedmda' ba's main disciples, [rGyal tshab] Darma rin chen (1364-1432) meets Tsong kha pa in Rab grong in gNyal stod and becomes his disciple Tabular Curriculum Vitae of Red mda' ba 295 Personal Datas / Date Events End of spring 1401. Red mda' ba comes from mNga' ris and is respectfully received by Tsong kha pa and his disciples in dGa' ba gdong. On his way to IRa sa he meets many beggars 1401 Red mda' ba gives teachings on Madhyamakiivatiira and on the Instruction an the View afthe Middle Way to about 500 scholars in dGa' ba gdong Suinmer 1401 Both Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa, give teachings in sTag tshang and decide to go together to Rwa sgreng Winter 1401102 Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa spend the summer and winter in Rwa sgreng, together with a group of pitakadharas. Red mda' ba receives rTsa shes and sGron gsal teachings from Tsong kha pa. Thus finally a mutual teacher-disciple relationship (ph an tshun bla slob kyi 'breI ba) is established 1st month 1402 sMon lam chen mo in IRa sa in front of the Io bo, while Tsong kha pa arranges huge offerings. Long life prayer (zhabs brtan) by Red mda' ba. Teachings by Red mda' ba for hundreds of people how to bring happiness and misery into the path (skyid sdug lam khyer) Spring 1402 Red mda' ba goes together with Tsong kha pa to 'Bri khung monastery, where Red mda' ba gives teachings Summer 1402 Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa spend together with Chos rje Lo tsii ba sKyabs mchog dpal bzang po the rainy season retreat (dbyar gnas) in gNam rtse ldeng monastery, together with 600 monks. Sponsor: Yon tan rgya mtsho. Tsong kha pa composes a praise on Red mda' ba. Red mda' ba leaves for gTsang, and makes offerings to a sangha gathering of 1800 in Sa skya. Tsong kha pa and Lo tsii ba sKyabs mchog dpal return to Rwa sgreng, where Tsong kha pa composes the Lam rim chen mo (in the colophon he refers to Red mda' ba) Great disturbances in sTag tshang 1402-1405 Red mda' ba in "strict three-year" retreat in Bul rong, i.e., the steep valley at Bu Ie gangs dkar po mountain in La stod lRo 1405 Invitation by bDag chen ma to "Tibet." Teachings and empowerments. Advice to produce a bsTan 'gyur 296 Personal Datas / Date Events 1405 After King bSod nams Ide's death (1404), Red mda' ba becomes the main teacher of the Queen, mNga' bdag rna chen mo Chos skyong rgyal mo. 1405 At the age of20 mKhas grub dGe legs dpal bzang (13851438) receives full ordination (upasaIJ1padii) from Red mda' ba in dMu rdzing 1407 Red mda' ba sends mI<has grub dGe legs dpal bzang with a letter of recommendation to Tsong kha pa, who is residing in Se ra chos sding for rainy season retreat then 1407 In his 60th year oflife in dMu rdzing request for a long life of Red mda' ba by the female Mahasiddha dPal mo and mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo (author of the biography) 1407 Red mda' ba leaves for Bul rong for another strict retreat 1407, later that year Journey to mNga' ris, conferring ordination 1408 Journey to Mang yul Gung thang, Offerings to Va ti bzang po, the self-originated Avalokitdvara Spring/sununer 1408 Retreat in Me tog mdangs can, Mang yul sKyid grong, and Gifts from China (reply dated 18th day of the fifth month 1408 from the Me tog mdangs can) 1409 Thang stong comes to study with Red mda' ba 1410112 Conclusion of the production of the bsTan 'gyur Consecration in rDzong dkar (Mang yul Gung thang) 1412 At sumise of the 29th day of the 10th month of the dragon-year ('brug lo zla ba bcu pa'i nyer dgu 'i nyi shar) Death Place: the hermitage mTshams Gling rtse dpal in Mang [yul] Gung thang (mang gung gi mtshams gling rtse dpal gyi dben gnas su) Final resting-place in Klong rtse: stiipa with his relics in Klongmda' Conclusions The 14th century was a time of considerable openness and intellectual inquiry in Tibet, but one that also saw a solidification into the sectarian divisions that continue to be preserved today. Indeed, it was just after the 14th century that we see the [mal fo=ation of the last major sect of Tibetan Buddhism - the dGe lugs pa sect from which the line of Dalai Lama reincarnations arose. Amid the fertile foment of new ideas and the upholding of pure practice traditions of this era, we find one figure who was responsible not only for the Tibetan appreciation for the highest fo= ofMadhayamaka, known as Prasaitgika, but also instrumental in dete=ining the shape of the present monastic curriculum, and participated in all the major debates of his times. He wrote some of the first Tibetan commentaries on many important Indian treatises, shunned honor and material rewards, and meanwhile spent about one fifth of his lifetime in retreat in the remote mountains of Tibet. In addition, as well as the serving as the main philosophy teacher ofTsong kha pa, he was one of the [mest scholar-yogis Tibetan civilization ever produced. Despite all this, this figure has remained little understood and seldom studied, and his name itself is unfamiliar to many Tibetan Buddhists today. This remarkable figure was Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros. As this study shows, Red mda' ba was born in 1348, not in 1349, as is widely thought, and was mainly active in gTsang, although he also traveled in dEus. His pe=anent monastery was Sa skya, which was founded in 1073. There he mainly studied and taught until after eighteen years reflecting and teaching the Dha=a there was a deferral of his teachings due to some jealous persons from Sa skya. At the same time there was a revolt among his followers in Bul rong. The chief ofahundred families of Sa skya, the abbot ofbZang ldan [monastery] and others offered Red mda' ba a teaching position, but he declined and went into retreat. This was probably about 13 90. Then he went for a last time to dBus, spending all the time from spring 1401 to summer 1402 together with Tsong kha pa. Both teachers, who became meanwhile known as the leading masters in gTsang and dBus, gave teachings in Rwa sgreng and other places. Among their students there were also many leading scholars of gSang phu Ne'u thog. They spent together the rainy season retreat and celebrated together sMon lam, the great prayer festival in lHa sa, which is usually believed to have taken place for the first time in 1409. According to the dGe lugs presentation, from this time onwards Red mda' ba was not only the teacher but also a disciple of Tsong kha pa. They established a relationship that is referred to as "mutual teacherdisciple-relationship" (phan tshun bla slob gyi 'breI ba). This means both are teacher and both are disciple to each other. According to the presentation in the biography by Sangs rgyas rtse mo, during this time Red mda' ba was treated by Tsong kha pa as his teacher. Tsong kha pa's praise of Red mda' ba as MaiijusrI and Avalokitesvara that is supposed to have been altered by Redmda' ba into a praise ofTsong kha pa is only contained in one of the two manuscripts of the 298 Chapter 9 biography by Sangs rgyas rtse mo and could thus be an interpolation. But if so, it were an early one, since it is also contained in the biography of Red mda' ba by Ratnasa!flbhava. The origin of the praise that is widely known as dMigs brtse ma and is still recited by each and everypractiti;ner of the dGe lugs tradition needs more research, especially in the Minor Works of Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa. After the rainy season retreat in 1402 Red mda' ba left for gTsang, and made offerings to a sangha gathering of 1800 in Sa skya. Tsong kha pa returned to Rwa sgreng and composed the Lam rim chen mo. In its colophon he praises Red mda' ba as "the great trailblazer of the Snowy Range" (Tsong-kha-pa, and Lamrim Chenmo Translation Committee 2002: 372).902 In the later part of his life Red rnda' ba left for remote areas in the far west of Tibetan territory and entered solitary retreat in the mountains of La stod lHo and Mang yul Gung thang. Red mda' ba founded there a number of hermitages in a place called IGong rtse, where he passed away in 1412, and where his relics are preserved. Three main students of Red mda' ba started the new tradition, which later became known as the dGe lugs tradition. Although this widely influential sect carried on Redrnda' ba's ideas, this fact was not much acknowledged by later followers ofthis sect. His biography gives us valuable insight as to how Buddhism was actually lived during that time by this exceptional spiritual practitioner. While Western scholarship characterizes Red mda' ba as a 'hard doxographer' and a main opponent ofthe Jo nang view, Sangs rgyas rtse mo describes him as a scholar-yogi. Red rnda' ba's activities were largely occupied with his deep engagement in studies and then, later in life, his extensive teaching and writing activities. He was not only a true Sa skya scholar, but also a bKa' gdams pa master. Therefore his biography also appears in the bKa' gdams Chos 'byung by Las chen Kun dga' rgyal mtshan and in Yongs 'dzin Ye shes rgyal mtshan's Lam rim bla ma brgyud pa 'i rnam thar. The biography of Sangs rgyas rtse mo and a letter to Tsong kha pa about the decline of the doctrine further prove that another prime concern of Red mda' ba was to intensify the pure practice of view and conduct, a concern that is usually also attributed to Tsong kha pa. Red mda' ba is said to have clarified the doctrine through both teaching and practice. It is important to note that Red mda' ba maintained an important lineage of the Mahayana Mental Purification (theg chen blo sbyong), which he had received from dNgul chu Thogs med bzang po dpal (12951369). In accordance with the attitude of the old bKa' gdams pa masters Red mda' ba was very honest and outspoken, and definitely quite stubborn with regard to what he considered to be the right view. Many contemporaries of both Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa felt disturbed by their views. The biography gives a glimpse into the main topics of their far-ranging debates. Together . with Tsong kha pa, the two must have posed a real challenge to their colleagues, brilliant in rhetoric and sharp in debate. Red mda' ba questioned the traditional way ofteaching by literally following writings word-for-word. Rather he favored an approach of analyzing the meaning by means oflogic and epistemology as was the tradition in gSang phu Ne'u thog. Thus he favored a synthesis of two systems of learning in scholarship based on authoritative texts (lung) and reasoning (rigs pay, known as the Sa skya pa and rNgog positions. But Red mda' ba seems to have not only received appraisal, but was also - together with Tsong kha pa - reproached for Conclusions 299 , having turned everything topsy-turvy. At that time both found this critique amusing. But later Red mda' ba expressed more and more disappointment with the students he had to teach, decrepit communities,. and scholars not understanding him. Red mda' ba's biography also includes many anecdotes that capture aspects of the way Dharma was embedded in the life of those times, and give us a view of the spontaneous and authentic practice of this major master. For example, while it is common to hear of generosity practiced towards the field of merit, such as the sponsoring of temples, statues and offerings to the Sangha, in the life of this unorthodox practitioner, we see more accounts of Red mda' ba practicing charity towards the poor, along with descriptions of alms given to lepers and other beggars in Mang yul sKyid grong, dGa' ba gdong, on his way to lHa sa, and in Bul rong. In terms of political context, as different accounts of the biography report, there was not only an uprising in Bul rong, but there were also disturbances in sTag tshang. All these events foreshadow that during his lifetime Tibet, but also Mang yul Gung thang, were not as peaceful and safe as believed. 903 Red mda' ba was born during a time when Byang chub rgyal mtshan was actively disputing the Sa skya lamas' authority and "liberated" much of Central Tibet (cf. Encyclopedia Britannica 2003, vol. 16, p. 210; van der Kuijp 1991: 308). Governors of the Phag mo gru government sponsored non-Sa skya lamas like Tsong kha pa, but also Red mda' ba, when he came to dEus, perhaps not only out of faith but also to weaken the Sa skya pa. Political riots may have been another reason why Red mda' ba left Sa skya and spent over twelve years in solitary retreat. He meditated not only in retreat, but also continued an intense meditative practice even when involved in other types of Dharma activities and even while traveling from place to place. There is, for example, an account of his engaging in meditation while riding on horseback over the long distances that sometimes separated settled areas in Tibet. A more detailed account of one of his experiences in meditation also is recounted as taking place during a visit to the great monastery of Sakya, where he wept from compassion. Furthermore he had several visions of Tara and other deities. It may be interesting to note that we find several important female practitioners described in his biography as well. His Minor Works even contain two pieces of advice to bhik~UI}ls (dge slong rna). This gives not only evidence that bhik~UI}ls did exist in Tibet, but also that they did not only appear at the time of Sakya mChog ldan, who gave full ordination (upasaf!1Pada) to about 500 women, but "also were already present during Red mda' ba's time. Other female disciples were the Mahasiddha dPal mo and her niece, a lesser siddha. There is also mention of an honorable female Master (Tib. Drung Slob dpon ma; Skt. Honorable Acarya). The most influential female disciple of Red mda' ba was the Queen ofMang yul Gung thang, roNga' bdag ma Chos skyong rgyal mo (reign 1404- ca. 1419). But similar to many smaller schools such as the Bo dong pa and Jo nang pa also the b~UI}ls, female siddhas and female scholars seem to almost disappear from the accounts with the takeover of the male monastic dGe lugs pa scholars. Another event around this time was the collapse of the non-sectarian gSang phu monastery. But these developments took place after the death of Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa, or at the earliest started at the end of their life, and would clearly not have been to their liking. Among the Sa skya scholars, Red mda' ba must have become more and more an outsider and held responsible for the decrease of the religious dominance of Sa skya. Due to his enjoying growing popula- 300 Chapter 9 rity and being considered the greatest scholar in Tibet, or at least in gTsang, he must have faced cumulative intrigues by rivals. Thus he stayed from 1390 onwards most of his life in La stod . lHo and Mang yul Gung thang. In Mang yul Gung thang, where the rulers wanted to elude Sa skya's influence, Red mda' ba found a ready welcome and was much more successful. He even caused the establishment of a dGa' ldan or dGe lugs section in the Gung thang study center. This section was close to Tsong kha pa and for some time co-existed with a Bo dong section. But finally only the latter is said to have survived. Thus we cannot rule out that Red mda' ba's activities in gTsang and Mang yul Gung thang where similar to those ofTsong kha pa in dBus. But in the long run they were less successful. The reasons need to be analyzed. The greatest accomplishment of Red mda' ba is beyond question his revival ofthe Prasarigika Madhyamaka tradition in Tibet that, especially in Western scholarship, is still mainly attributed to Tsong kha pa as the accepted founder of the dGe lugs pa. The present study has clearly proved that Red mda' ba was the true reviver of the Prasarigika Madhyamaka tradition in Tibet. He reintroduced the study of Candrakjrti' s Madhyamakiivatiira and composed some of the first autochtonous Tibetan commentaries on the Miilamadhyamakakiirikii, Madhyamakiivatiira, and CatuMataka. Furthermore he composed a commentary onPrasannapadii, which unfortunately is still lost. He also maintained the lineage of the profound view, that is the Instruction on the View of the Middle Way (dBu ma Ita khrid). After Red'mda' ba's students had asked him to compose the three above-mentioned textbooks (yig cha) on Madhyamaka, he introduced the fifth course of study of the so-called 'Five Scriptures' (bKa' pod lnga) studies of the scholastic tradition first in Sa skya. His teaching system of Madhyamaka became wide-spread and increased considerably. However, within the Sa skya tradition it still remained mainly focused on Svatantrika. while in the dGe lugs tradition the way paved by Redmda' ba is tread by many still today. The Madhyamaka lineage of Tsong kha pa clearly goes back to Red mda' ba. But although this is known to traditional scholars and recorded, many contemporary dGe lugs pa scholars claim that the real Madhyamaka teacher of Tsong kha pa was not Red mda' ba, but Maiijusrl who taught him Madhyamaka with the help ofBla rna dBu rna pa. As proved by the biography of Sangs rgyas rtse mo this Bla rna dBu rna pa, also known as Bla rna rMi lam pa brTson 'grus seng ge, was also a disciple of Red mda' ba. Furthermore Tsong kha pa's biography clearly reports that Tsong kha pa could not make debate rounds (grwa skor) on dBu rna, since this subject had not been established yet. Instead Tsong kha pa received teachings on the Madhymakiivatiira from Red mda' ba during the term breaks (chos bar). It is most likely that by confiscating the biography presented here and through further manipulation of historical accounts Red mda' ba's achievements were disparaged, to dissociate Tsong kha pa from a strong Sa skya influence and to aggrandize or even glorify him over the course of time. No doubt political motives were enlisted too. Among contemporary Sa skya scholars the classification into Svatantrika and Prasarigika seems to be considered unnecessary, while H.H. the 14th Dalai Lama, states that he believes that rNying rna, Sa skya, bKa' rgyud and dGe lugs are all unions of sutra and mantra as well as being of the Prasangika school (see Dalai LamaXN 1984: 200). Conclusions 301 Red mda' ba played a crucial role in reintroducing the Prasaitgika Madhyamaka thoughts into the scholastic debate of Tibet at the time of the transition from a pre-classical to a classical period, but has been forgotten and consequently largely overlooked, in part because he stood at the very beginning of a new period and also in part because the latter debate polarized the Sa skya pa mainstream and the dGe lugs pas. Towards the end of his life Red mda' ba no longer belonged to either of the two fractions. Philosophically Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa's view of the Prasangika Madhyamika doctrine do not differ essentially. Both agree that Candraklrti's Prasaitgika is the only correct interpretation of Nagarjuna, and that it is thus imperative for achieving a direct perception (mngon sum; pratyak~a) of emptiness (stong nyid; siinyatii). But there are differences, as initial studies of his works during the past years have shown. However, a full and thorough study of his works remains to be done. It will help us to better understand the development of Buddhist scholasticism and the establishment of the various religious traditions (chos lugs) during the classical period. Thus the lineage upheld by Red mda' ba mutated into a separate tradition, that is, the dGe lugs tradition, and ceased to be transmitted as part of the Sa skya tradition. 904 Another stream of the Sa skya tradition, which still continues today, gained the upper hand over that transmitted by Red mda' ba, namely that of his competitor g.Yag ston and his disciple Rong ston, whose last students included Sakya mChog ldan and Go rams pa bSod nams seng ge, the author of the compulsory scholastic textbooks (yig cha) that are mainly studied within the Sa skya tradition today. The biography by Sangs rgyas rste mo brings to light also the influence that Red mda' ba had on rGyal tshab rje and on the Tshad ma studies typical of the dGe lugs school. There are two Tshad rna lineages, one reaching to rGyal tshab through Tsong kha pa and one going directly from Red mda' ba to rGyal tshab. More over Red mda' ba must have also established the curriculum of a 'Master of the Ten Scriptures' (bKa' bcu pa) in Sa skya. His disciple rGyal tshab, successor to Tsong kha pa and fIrst dGa' ldan throne holder (dGa' ldan khri pa), achieved the academic title of a Master of the Ten Scriptures before Red mda' ba sent him to Tsong kha pa and before he met Tsong kha pa nine years later and went on to become his disciple. As a main teacher in Sa skya and the main teacher of rGyal tshab, Red mda' ba must have been responsible or at least jointly responsible for his exams in Sa skya. Furthermore Red mda' ba has composed a "Unit ofTen Commentaries" that comprise a scriptural system, interestingly including a commentary on Guhyasamaja. Thus he combined sutra and tantra. Red mda' ba's influence on mKhas grub rje was even stronger. dGe legs dpal bzang did his studies ofPramfu).a, upper and lower Abhidharma, Pararnita, Madhyamaka and Vinaya with Red mda' ba. Furthermore he received his bhik~u ordination from him, before he left for dBus with a letter of recommendation to join Tsong kha pa, who was residing in Se ra chos sding for rainy season retreat then. But not only mKhas grub's Pramfu).a and Madhyamaka lineages pass through Red mda' ba, but also his lineages of the Ratnagotravibhiiga and of bringing happiness and misery into the path (skyid sdug lam khyer). 302 Chapter 9 The biography also proves that Red mda' ba can be considered to be a main opponent of the Jo nang school, but did not condemn this view and the Kalacakratantra wholesale. Although he and his disciple Tsong kha pa initially studied these two traditions, later in their lives they question~d and refuted some significant views related to them. Red mda' ba said that there are inner contradictions within the Vimalaprabhii and that it is not to be taken as literal (sgra ji bzhin pa), but he did not say that it is not Dharma. All in all Red mda' ba's influence on the dGe lugs tradition was far greater than is commonly assumed. The reason why he appears as a rather obscure figure is that he comes to us in fragments due to his partial disappearance from historical records. This resulted from several factors, including the fact that his large biography, presented here, was rare and missing for a long time, that a second rare biography of him, composed by 'Dul 'dzin Grags pa rgyal mtshan, is still missing, that his Collected Works until recently were and still are partly missing. That his gSan yig is missing, that likewise the biography and the gSan yig ofrGyal mtshab Dar rna rin chen and parts of Tsong kha pa's gSan yig are missing, and that there are no sub-commentaries on Red mda' ba's writings, although some of his writings were once used as scholastic textbooks. However, since now many of Red mda' ba's works gradually begun to appear amid various Tibetan monasteries and research institutions, the time seems to be ripe to start working with them and to have a close look at them in comparison to the works of his contemporaries such as Tsong kha pa, rGyal tshab, mKhas grub, g.Yag ston, Rong ston, and Klong chenrab 'byams pa. Not only the works of Red mda' ba need to be studied, but it is also time for an up-to-date study of the biographies of Tsong kha pa and his direct disciples, and the biographies and works of other contemporaries like Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal and g.Yag ston Sangs rgyas dpaL I hope that the present work will make a worthwhile contribution to this further research, and apologize in advance for every mistake it may contain. Appendices Appendix A: Red mda' ba's Autobiography There are three texts in Red mda' ba's Minor Works (gSung 'bum thor buy that make up his autobiography. The three ate: 1) Instruction on the Conduct ofa SramalJa (dGe sbyong gi tshulla gdams pay, inMinor Works, manuscript M: 0029-0030, pp. 9a4-9b6. Full text see chapters 5 and 6, section 2.9.1. 2) Joyjitl Song of Assurance of No Regret (Gyod med gdeng brod kyi 'gyur may, in Minor Works, manuscript M: 0030-0031, pp. 9b6-lOa7. Part of the text see chapters 5 and 6, section 2.17.1. 3) A Chapter Summarizing the Suchness ofDependent Origination (rTen 'brei gyi de kho na nyid bsdus pa 'i rab tu byed pay, inMinor Works, manuscript M: 0031-0032, pp. lOa7 -1 Ob6. The full text missing in Sangs rgyas rtse mo see below. For further details on these texts see chapter 4, Introduction to the Critical Edition of the Biography by Sangs rgyas rtse mo, The Minor Works of Red mda' ba, pp. 46 ff. On 2) Two Verses from Joyful Song ofAssurance ofNo Regret, skipped in the biography by Sangs rgyas rtse mo Minor Works, manuscriptM: 0031, lOal-2: (3) tshe 'di'i myed bkur che thabs sgrub mamyongl 'dod yon sred pa'i rjes phyir 'brang ma myongl don med bya bas tshe 'di yengs ma myongl da sgyu ma'i Ius sems 'bral yang 'gyod pa medl (3) In this life [1] haven't experienced finding the means of attaining extensive material offerings· and service. I haven't experienced following objects of pleasure with craving, I haven't experienced being distracted in this life by meaningless activities. Now, although my illusion-like body and mind are separating, [1 feel] no regret. Minor Works, manuscriptM: 0031, 10a6-7: (8) tshogs gnyis zung du 'jug pas rgyud sbyangs tel bden gnyis zung du 'jug pa'i don rtogs shing I rim gnyis zung 'jug rdo rje'i lam bsgoms pasl mja' Ius rdo rje'i sku ru bdag gyur cigl Appendices 304 (8) [I] purified my mind through the unification of the two accumulations. [I] have realized the meaning of unification of the two tmths. Through having meditated on the unification of the vajra path of the two stages, may I become a vajra rainbow body. On 3) A Chapter Summarizing the Suchness a/Dependent Origination (rTen 'brel gyi de kho na nyid bsdus pa 'i rab tu byed pay, Minor Works, manuscript M: 0031-0032, pp. 10a7lOb6: rgyal ba sras dang bcas pa [lOb] mams la phyag 'tshalloll I prostrate to all the Victors and their Children! (1) rgyal ba kun gyi bgrod gcig lam! rtag dang chad pa spangs pa yi/ rten cing 'breI pat 'byung ba gangl de nyid dbu ma'i lam yin noll (1) That dependent origination which is free of etemalism and nihilism, the sole path travelled by all Victorious Ones, is itself the middle way. (2) bdag dang gzhan dang gnyis ka dangl rgyu med las skyes mams spangs shing I rkyen nyid 'di pa las byung pa'i/ dngos po rten cing 'breI par 'byung I (2) Things that are dependently originated are free of arising from self, others, both or without a cause, and have arisen from the conditions themselves. (3) don med pa dang thug med dang I byed pa 'gal phyir bdag las min! rgyu dang rgyu min mtshungs phyir dang I ha cang thaI phyir gzhan las mini (3) [Phenomena] are not [arisen] from self, because [they] would be pointless, endless and contradictory with regard to acting. [Phenomena] are. not [arisen] from others, because cause and non-cause would become the same and absurd in its consequences. (4) re re las skye gmb min pasl tshogs pas ji Itar bskye~ byed yin! 'bras phyir rtsol ba don med pari thaI phyir rgyu med kyang mi rigsl Appendix A: Red mda' ba's Autobiography 305 (4) Since [phenomena] cannot be proven to [arise] from each [of them], Then how could the assembly [of these two] cause them to arise? [Producing phenomena] without cause is also illogical, because in consequence making effort for a result would be pointless. (5) mam dpyad med par 'jig rten 'di/ tha snyad lam la 'jug' gyur pasl 'di la brten nas 'di 'byung zhesl bya ba'i tshul 'di dgag rni byal (5) Since, without analyzing, this world embarks on the path of designation, saying, "this emerges in dependence on that," one should not refute this way of proceeding. (6) gang las brten nas gang byung bal de ni re shig de nyid mini de las gzhan pa'ang rna yin phyirl de phyir chad min rtag pa'ang minl905 (6) Whatever phenomena arises in dependence on anything, it is at first (re shig) not identical with itself. Since it is nothing different from it either, therefore it is neither nil nor permanent. 906 (7) de phyir rten 'byung rdo rje yisl mthar 'dzin blta ba'i ri bo 'jomsl gang gis lam 'di shes gyur pa'i1 mkhas de blta bas rni 'phrogs soil (7) Therefore the thunderbolt of dependent origination destroys the mountain of grasping to extreme views. The scholar who knows this path will not be captivated by the view. rten 'breI gyi dekho nanyid bsdus pa'irab tu byed pal sakya'i dge slong gzhonnu blo groskyis sbyarba'oll The Chapter Summarizing the Suchness a/Dependent Origination composed by Sakya bhik~u gZhon nu blo gros. rje btsun dam pa red mda' pa'i gsung 'bum thor bu ba las rang nyid dam pa'i tshul dang mthun par byas nas gzhan la' ang 'di bzhin 'doms soil zhes mam thar mdo tsam ston pa'i skor te gnyis pa'oll 306 Appendices From the Minor Works of the holy venerable Red mda' ba, of whom it is said that he himself acted in accord with the proper way [of behavior] and also instructed others to act in the same manner. This is the second chapter which shows a brief biography [of him]. Appendix B: Letter to the [Great} Teacher [Buddha Sakyamuni} During the years 13 75 to 13 79, after having studied the Kalacakratantra, the MahaparinirvalJa-, SaIpdhinirmacana- and Lahkavatarasiitra as well as the Mahiiyanattaratantrasastra and Dharmadhatustatra several times, Red mda' ba composed a commentary on the Mahiiyiinattaratantrasiistra and thought that he should establish the tenet system of the Jo nang pa in a deeply rooted way. But after investigating those texts and some treatises related to them for a second and third time, he changed mind and finally came to the conclusion that the Jo nang pa had a wrong understanding ofthose scriptures. In Sa skya he reported this to his teacher mKhan chen Sangs rgyas 'phel, who did not sympathize with his view, but also didnotrebute it. Redmda' ba felt opaque, and at the same time unable to keep silent. Therefore he composed a polemic Letter to the Buddha, complaining about the degeneration of his doctrine and the philosophical contradictions he came along with in the view of the Jo nang pa. Of course his teacher mKhan chen Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal, who was the main representative of the Jo nang pa disliked the letter and became quite upset with him (cf. chapter 6, section 2.6.1). stan pa la phrin du gsal ba sags phrin yig gi skar! From the cycle ofletters including the Letter to the [Great] Teacher [Buddha SiikyamuniJ: beam ldan 'das ngag gi dbang phyug la phyag 'tshalla!! Prostration to the Bhagavat VagIsvara! (1) nyi ma'i gnyen gyi rigs 'khrungs shing/ smra ba'i dam pa mchog gi gtso/ go'u ta rna zhes grags pa'i! ston pa de la ' di skad glengs/ (1) Born in the family of the sun_friend907 , the chief among the supreme holy expounders, I would like to express this to the teacher, who is called Gautama. (2) , di na la la khyed kyi sku! rtag sogs yon tan ldan par smra! yod med ' da' bar smra ba khyed/ rtag chad sangs par bdag gis khums/ (2) Here [in Tibet] some say that your body is endowed with qualities such as permanence. 308 Appendices You who propound going beyond [the two extremes of] existence and non-existence, I understood that you were awakened from etemalism and nihilism. (3) 'di na la la khyed kyi gsung / sna tshogs don dang ldan par srnra! brjod med gsung ba khyed kyi bka' / brag cha ' dra bar bdag gis khums/ (3) Here [in] Tibet some expound that your speech is endowed with diverse meanings. I understood your teaching to be inexpressible, your words are like an echo. (4) , di na la la khyed kyi thugs/ shes bya'i dngos kun gsal bar srnra! spros pa nyer zhi khyed kyi thugs/ nam mkha' , dra bar bdag gis khums/ (4) Here [in Tibet] some say that your mind manifests as all things to be known. I understood your mind to be fully pacified from proliferation, as is space. (5) khyed khyi sku dang sgyu ma'i mil sgyu ma'i mi la skye' chi medl skye' chi med la rtag chad gang / skye bo rmongs pa rtagchad tsholl (5) Your body is [similar] to an illusory person. For an illusory person birth and death do not exist. When there are no birth and no death, where are permanence and annihilation? o ignorant person, search for permanence and annihilation! (6) khyed kyi gsung dang brag cha'i sgra! brag cha'i sgra la brjod 'dod medl brjod ' dod med la brjod bya gang / skye bo rmongs pa brjod bya tsholl (6) Your speech is [similar] to an echo. For an echo there is no wish to speak. When there is no wish to speak, where is the subject matter? o ignorant person, search for the subject matter! (7) khyed kyi thugs dang nam mkha'i dbyings/ nam mkha'i dbyings la mam rtog medl Appendix B: Letter to the Great Teacher Buddha Sakyamuni nam rtog med la shes bya gang I skye bo rmongs pa shes bya tsholl (7) Your exalted mind is [similar] to the sphere of space. There are no conceptual thoughts in the sphere of space. When there are no conceptual thoughts, what is to be known? o ignorant person, search for what is to be known! (8) klu sgrub dang ni thogs med gnyisl khyod bstan 'dzin par khyod kyis gsungsl de dag gzhung gi rjes 'brang nasi bdag gis khyod kyis dgongs pa btsall (8) You predicted that the two [masters] Nagarjuna and Asanga would be the holders of the doctrine. Following their theses, I found your intended meaning. (9) 'di na la la khyed kyi bka'i rang bzo'i gzu lum sna tshogs kyisl log par bkral nas zhen Ita ba'il khyod bstan dri rna can du byasl (9) Here [in Tibet] your words were elucidated wrongly by means of various deceiving self fabrications, and through clinging towards views your doctrine has been contaminated. (10) khyod kyi bstan la mi phyogs pa'il 'jig rten grangs can 'ug phrug dang I gos med can sogs khyod gsungs dang I ,gal bar smra ba mtshar ci yodl (10) It is no surprise if those who are not on the side of your teachings, such as the Sarpkhyas, the followers of the owl (Vaise~ika), and those without clothes (Jainas) expound something contradictory to what you taught. (11) khyod la ston par khas ' che zhing I nyid kyi brtul zhugs 'dzin bzhin dul khyod gsung sgrub par smra ba yil skye bo rmongs pa ' di ko cil (11) They pretend to accept you as their teacher, keep your discipline and practice 309 310 Appendices your teaching as you expounded it. Now what are these ignorant beings like? (12) blta ba'i nad kun gsal ba'i phyir/ khyod kyi stong nyid bdud rtsir bstan! stong la bden par zhen pa gang / rnam grangs du mar khyod kyis smadl (12) In order to eliminate all diseases of view you explained emptiness as nectar. [Those] who cling to emptiness as truly existent have disgraced you in many ways. (13) kun rdzob bden pa spangs pa yis/ stong pa ' gyur med grub po zhes/ thub chod can gyi skye bo smra! de la thub pa ji ltar dgongs/ (13) Those persons who act rashly say that by abandoning conventional truth unchanging emptiness is established: How do [you,] the Wise, think about this? (14) 'khor ba spangs par gyur pa yil mya ngan 'das pa yod do 10fo8 'khor ba spangs par gyur pa yiI mya ngan 'das pa khyod mi bzhedl (14) [Some say that] there is a nirviiI}.a that is an abandoning of sarp.siira. [But] you, [Lord Buddha,] do not accept a nirviiI}.a that is an abandoning of sarp.siira. (15) khyod kyis'khor ' das chos rnams kunI sgyu rna Ita bur bstun par gsungs/ chos dbyings nam mkha'i dbyings Ita bu! rtag tu bden par yod ces grag/ (15) You [Lord Buddha] are said to agree that all the phenomena in sarp.siira and nirviiI}.a are like illusions. [But some] claim that the sphere of dharmas, which is like the sphere of space, truly exists eternally. (16) khyod kyis lang kar gshegs mdo las/ stobs sogs yon tan ldan pa yiI Appendix B: Letter to the Great Teacher Buddha Sakyamuni bde gshegs snying po drang don duJ gsal bar gsungs pa bdag gis khums/ (16) I understood that in [your] LalJkavatiirasiitra you clearly taught the tathiigatagarbha, which is endowed with excellent qualities suchs as the powers, to be of interpretable meaning. (17) khyod kyi Idem por dgongs pa laJ ji bzhin sgra ru mngon zhen nasi bdegshegs snying po zol gyis nil bdag smra'i bstan pa rgyas par byed/ (17) Those who take your covert intention literally, by means of a deceitful tathiigatagarbha, spread a teaching that propounds a self. (18) rtag chad spangs pa dbu ma'i lam! khyod kyis mam grangs du mar bsngags/ rtag dang chad parsmra ba mams/ mgon po khyod kyis smad par mdzadl (18) You praised in manifold aspects the middle way that has discarded etemalism and nihilism. o Protector, you [already] reproached those who propound permanence and annihilation. (19) 'di na zhen blta'i dri can mams/ dbu mar smra ba smod byed cing / gtsan bdag bde dang rtag pa sogs/ phyin ci log tu smra la bsngags/ (19) Here [in Tibet] those who are contaminated by clinging to views disgrace the expounder of the middle [way] and praise those who wrongly expound [the tathiigatagarbha to be] pure, a self, happiness, permanent and so on. (20) khyod kyi chags sogs nyon mongs mams/ phyin ci log las 'byung bar gsungs/ 'di na rtag sogs phyin ci log/ nyon mongs spong ba'i lam du smraJ (20) You said defilements such as attachment have emerged from perverted [views]. [But] here [in Tibet] perverted [views] of permanence and so on are expounded as the path to abandon defilements. 311 312 Appendices (21) dngos mams chu na zla ba bzhinl rang rang ngo bos stong pa'i pyhirl phan tshun gcig la gcig med pa'i! nyi tshe'i stong nyid khyed kyi bkag (21) Since phenomena like [the appearance of] a moon in the water are empty of their own nature, you [Lord Buddha] negated partial emptiness that is the mutual absence of each other. (22) rang rang ngo bos stong pa nyid/ chad stong yin zhes smod byed cing I gzhan gyi ngo bos dben pa yi! nyi tshe'i stong nyid mchog yin 101 (22) Some blame [the rang stongpa] ~aying that being empty of one's own nature is an annihilation [of] emptiness 909 , and [assert] that partial emptiness, which is devoid of the nature of others, is supreme. 910 (23) gal te khyed ni kun mkhyen nal de skad smra mams log par ngesl yang na khyod ni byis pa'am! de dag kun mkhyen yin lags grangl (23) If you [Lord Buddha] are omniscient, it is certain that those who say this (i.e., the gzhan stong pa), are wrong. Or perhaps you are [Lord Buddha] childish? Does this mean that they are omniscient? (24) gal te khyod kyi bden smras nal skal ngan de dag bdud kyis slusl de dag yang dag lam zhugs nal khyod kyis 'jig rten bslus sam cil (24) If you [Lord Buddha] speak the truth, those unfortunate ones are deceived by Mara. If they have entered into the perfect path, does this mean that you deceived the world, or what? (25) khyod kyis ji Itar gsungs bzhin smras na skye bo phal cher bdag la gshel gzhan dang rjes su mthun par smras na kho bo g.yang la lhung du dogsl de ltar bdag dang gzhan gyi phyogs la gzu bor gnas pa'i dbang po gzhan/ rna myed pyhir na bd~n yul 'di ni ston pa'i snyan du spring ba yin! Appendix B: Letter to the Great Teacher Buddha Sakyamuni (25) If I say what you have taught, most people scold me. IfI speak in accordance with the others, I wonder whether Iwill fall in an abyss. In this way I did not find any other arbitrator who remains impartial [neither taking] my side [n]or the-side of the others. Therefore I submit this object of truth to the attention of the teacher [Buddha]. ston pa'i spring yig sakya'i dge slong gzhon nu blo gros kyis sbyar ba'o// A Letter to the [Great] Teacher, composed by Sakya Bhik~u gZhon nu blo gros. 313 Abbreviations Title abbreviations follow Heinz Bechert's Abkiirzungsverzeichnis zur buddhistischen Literatur in lndien und Siidostasien as well as Hallvard Kare Kuloy's and Yoshiro Imaeda's Bibliography o/Tibetan Studies, if included. All far as being acquainted with common abbreviations have been taken from other works. Bacot M. Jacques Bacot. L 'Ecriture Cursive Tibetaine. In Journal Asiatique, Janvier-Fevrier 1912, pp. 5-77. BHSD Franklin Edgerton, Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Granunar and Dictionary. vol. 2: Dictionary (First published: New Heaven 1953). Reprinted Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass 1985. BSOAS Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, London. CPN,no.6117 Shes bya'i gter mdzod pp. 311 ff. dGe bshes Chos grags dGe bshes chos grags. 1949. brDa dag ming tshig gsal ba (Reedition 1957) Beijing: Mi rigs dpe skrun khang. Mang thos KIu sgrub Mang thos KIu sgrub rgya mtsho. bsTan rtsis gsal ba'i nyin byed, tha snyad rig gnas lnga'i byung tshul blo gsal mgrin rgyan (see bibliography). CIHTS Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies, SarnathNaranasi (India). For further information see www.smith.edulcihts(Oct.25. 2008). Dad pa 'i 'jug ngogs mKhas grub dGe legs dpal bzang, rJe btsun bla ma tsong kha pa chen po'i ngo mtshar rmad du byung ba'i rnam par thar pa dad pa 'i 'jug ngogs (see bibliography). Drepung Catalog dPal brtsegs bod yig dpe mying zhig 'jug khang. 'Bras spungs dgon du bzhugs su gsol ba 'i dpe rnying dkar chag (see bibliography). Extended Wylie Extended Wylie Transliteration Scheme by Nathaniel Garson and David Germano, THDL, University of Virginia 11126/2001. GRAGS GTN Grags pa (1985). See bibliography. Geshe Thubten Ngawang, Tibetisches Zentrum e.V., Hamburg. Personal communications during the years 2002-2003. 316 IBA Illuminator Abbreviations International Buddhist Academy, Kathmandu. Tony Duff and Padma Karpo Translation Committee. Illuminator Tibe- tan-English Encyclopaedic Dictionary. Electronic Edition 5.13 July 1st, 2006 (Version LOOO 3rd March, 2000). JD Adirya Jampa Dhadak, Librarian at CIHTS, personal communication during the years 2006-2008. 'Jug pa 'i rnam bshad Redmda' bagZhonnu blo gros. dEu ma la jugpa 'i rnam bshad de kho na nyid gsal ba 'i sgron me (see bibliography). mingmdzod Ko zhul Orags pa 'byung gnas et alL Gangs can mkhas grub rim byon ming mdzod (see bibliography). Las chen LC Las chen Kun dga' rgyal mtshan. bKa' gdams kyi rnam par thar pa bka' gdams chos 'byung gsal ba 'i sgron me (see bibliography). Lokesh Chandra, Tibetan-Sanskrit Dictionary, Reprinted from the original edition published in 1959-1961 by International Academy of Indian Culture, New Delhi, Satapitaka (Indo-Asian Literatures) voL 3 (First Reprinting Kyoto 1971) Kyoto: Rinsen Book Co. 1998. LN Aciirya Lobsang Norbu Sastri, CIHTS, personal communication (autumn/winter 2006/07). LTWA Library of Tibetan Works and Archives, Dharamsala (India) mKhas grub rje's rnam thaI' mKhas gmb dOe legs dpal bzang po, mKhas grub thams cad mkhyen pa 'i rnam thar mkhas pa 'i yid 'phrog (see bibliography). Mvy MaMvyutpatti Index (Bye brag tu rtogs par byed pa chen mo), Tibetan Tangyur (Toh. 4346), ed. R. Sakaki, transliterated edition of this work in 2 vols. Kyoto: Tibetan Tripitaka Research Institute 1926. MW Monier Monier-Williams. A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. (First published: Oxford University Press 1899) Reprinted Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass 1986. Ngor Chos 'byung Ngor dKon mchog Ihun gmb (1497-1557): A History of Buddhism being the text of Dam pa 'i chos kyi byung tshullegs par bshad pa bstan pa rgya mtshor jug pa 'i gru chen zhes bya ba rtsom 'phro kha skong bcas (see bibliography). NgCh Ngor Chos 'byung. Nitartha Nitartha Tibetan-English Electronic Dictionary LO (1998). Abbreviations Otani Online Search pfandt 1986 317 Buddhist Kangyur and Tengyur Peking Tripitaka Online Search produced by Otani University in Kyoto: http://web.otani.ac.jp/cri/twrp/ tibdate/ Peking_online_ search.html(July25, 2009). Peter Pfandt (1986). Mahiiyana Texts translated into Western Languages. A Bibliographic Guide (First edition K6ln 1983). Revised edition with Supplement. Bonn: Religionswissenschaftliches Seminar. Sangs rgyas rtse mo the biography of Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros composed by mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo Shes bya 'i gter mdzod Mi rigs dpe mdzod khang, ed. Bod gangs can gyi grub mtha ' ris med kyi mkhas dbang brgya dang brgyad bcu lhag gi gsung 'bum so so'i dkar chag phyogs gcig tu bsgrigs pa shes bya 'i gter mdzod, vol. 3 (see bibliography). SCD Sarat Chandra Das, A Tibetan-English Dictionary, rev. and ed. Graham Sandberg and A. William Heyde, Calcutta 1902. Fourth Reprinting: Kyoto Rinsen Book Company 1979. SSdB Ngawang, Geshe Thubten and Spitz, Christof, trans. Systematisches Studium des Buddhismus (see bibliography). TBRC Tibetan Buddhist Resource Center Code. See www.tbrc.org(Oct. 21, 2008) THDL Tibetan & Himalaya Digital Library. See www.thdl.org(Oct. 25, 2008). Toh. Yensh6 Kanakura, et al. 1953. A Catalogue o/ihe Tohoku University Collection a/Tibetan Works on Buddhism. Sendai: Seminary ofIndology, Tohoku University 1953. WSTB Wiener Studien = Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde, Wien. Ye shes rGyal mtshan Ye shes rgyal mtshan. Byang chub lam gyi rim pa 'i bla ma brgyud pa 'i rnam par thar pa rgyal bstan mdzes pa 'i rgyan mchog phul byung nor bu 'i phreng ba. (see bibliography). Tshig mdzod chen mo Zhang Yisum, ed. 1984. Bod rgya tshig mdzod chen mo (Great TibetanChinese Dictionary). 3 vols. Beijing: Mi rigs dpe shun khang (Nationalities Publishing House). Zhalgdams Red mda' ba 'i gsung thor bu las zhal gdams 'ga' zhig zur du bleol ba in Sa skya rgyal yongs gsung rab slob gnyer khang (Sakya International Buddhist Academy; ed.). sDe gzhung sprul sku rin po che jam dbyangs kun dga' bstan pa'i rgyal mtshan la sags pa 'i zhal gdams khag (see bibliography). Notes 1. With regard to the age of Red mda' ba the present study will show that it is correct to date his birth to 1348 and his death to 1412. Red mda' ba should also not be confused with Bla rna dam pa Sa bzang 'Phags pa gZhon nu blo gros (1358-1412/24), whose biography we find in the gSung 'bum ofNgor chen Kun dga' bzang po, vol. 9, no. 35, 42-3-2. 2. I use the term scholasticism in its orginal meaning identifYing a formal way of philosophical reasoning and debating. Cf. Dreyfus (2003: 137). For a more detailed study of the term see de Wulfand Coffey (1907), Cabez6n (1998). 3. This work was published by the Library of Tibetan Works and Archives Dharamsala (1980), and was translated into English by Geshe Lobsang Tharchin and Artemus B. Engle. 4. Only during the last few years earlier texts ermerged such as the Miilamadhyamakakiirikii commentary by Pa tshab Ni rna grags (b. 1055?) and the commentary on Prasannapadii by his disciple Zhang Thang sag pa 'Byung gnas ye shes (1 Ith/12th cent.). See Yoshimizu (2005: 129-130), who points out that Pa tshab translated into Tibetan Candraldrti's Prasannapadii, the Madhyamakiivatiira with its bhii~ya, and the Catu/:lsatakatikii. Apart of one commentary on Nagarjuna's Miilamadhyamakakiirikiis by rMa bya Byang chub brtson ' grus (d. 1185), none of the writings from this early period have been accessible up to the present. Sato (1983: 243) refers to Red mda' ba as the first of six famous Sa skya pa commentators of CandrakIrti' s Madhyamakiivatiira. 5. Cf. Ruegg (2000: 60-61) who also mentions Red mda' ba's sTong thun on Prasannapadii. It is unclear whether Sato (1983: 246) believed this text to be extant but not published. However, at present no such work has been located. 6. See chapter 6 (section 2.4, verse 4). 7. Meanwhile some more texts have been identified by Thubten Jinpa (2009). 8. See Yael Bentor, paper read at Meeting ofthe International Association of Buddhist Studies, SOAS 2005, Section: Vajrayana Buddhism. 9. This assumption needs further study. Kaschewsky (1971: 111) dates the beginning of the yellow sect to 1392. Tauscher (1995: 29) seems to date the founding of the dGe lugs pa about 1397, when Tsong Idla pa, after a dream in which BuddhapiHita gave him a book, attained certainty that the Prasangika is the correct interpretation of Nagarjuna's teachings. When reading the biography of Red mda' ba one could get the impression that the founding ofthe dGe lugs pa may have started in 1401, when in dGa' ba gdong Red mda' ba gave Madhyamakiivatiira teachings to 500 scholars headed by Tsong kha pa 320 Notes followed by further events in 1401102 when large gatherings took place in serval places, where both of them taught together (see chapter 6, sections 2.11.17 to 2.11.27). 10. For reports on Red mda' ba's stay and decease in Mang yul Gung thang see Everding (2000: 121, 501) and Ehrhard (2004: 116,258,282,287). 11. Personal communication Feb. 28 and Sept. 16, 2008. According to Geshe Smith we know that manuscript A formed a part of the collection of the King of gTsang which was confiscated after his defeat by Gushri Khan. See also Seyfort Ruegg (1963: 82). 12. The commentarial works we have from Red mda' ba were of course among his Collected Works too, but the texts of these that survive are not numbered as parts of a collected set, but rather were produced and circulated separately as independent works. 13. Personal communication Feb. 28, 2008. 14. By the time we may find older prints of individual works such as his Madhyamakiivatiira commentary or his commentary on Nagarjuna's Suhplekha. Cf. note 331. 15. For a short biography, see for example Kaschewsky (1971: 216). 16. gNas mying monastery was established by 'Jam dpal gsang ba, who came from bSam yas (cf. S0rensen and Hazod (2007: 382/83n34). It is located in Khang dmar county 15km south ofrGyal rtse (cf. Gyurme DOlje 2009: 353 and Color Map 2). 17. Cf. TBRC code P1591. Although he was a vinaya expert, his main seat was the convent bTsun mo tshal dgon pa in sTag rtse rdzong. 18. In the closing stages of the research for this work Cyrus Steams' comprehensive study King o/the Empty Plain. The Tibetan Iron-Bridge Builder Tangtong Gyalpo. was published by Snow Lion Publications. Steams (2007: 15,41) mentions prophecies by his teacher Red mda' ba and that he told him to gain control over the eight kinds of worldly gods and demons before attempting to excert his influence on the environment. Thang stong also met Red mda' ba in his retreat places at Gangs bu Ie and in Me tog mdangs can, although he is not mentioned in Red mda' ba's biography (cf. Steams 2007: 124, 157 ff., 500n373, 51In463). 19. This was published in India from Gene Smith's photocopy of the IHa lung pa manuscript and contains the locations of the various blockprints and manuscripts according to the memory of Dar Drangmoche Khenpo and Khenpo Appey. It contains a rough listing (#13) ofthe twelve volumes ofthe gSung 'bum of Red mda' ba. 20. Ku se A pad Yon tan bzang po et. al (1987: 40): chos rje ra 'da' ba 'i gsung pu sti bcu gnyis. Read: chos rje red mda' ba 'i gs!!ng pusti[kii} bcu gnyis. Notes 321 21. In order to investigate this work, I have had access to TBRC's scan ofa large portion of the gSung thor bu as well as to the index (dKar chag) of an dbu can computer input offset print with seven titles, which as far as one can see all derive from the gSung thor bu. Recently this work was published by IBA, but in the present study this new print will only sparsely noted because oflack of time. 22. TBRC code P5304. 23. TBRC code WICZI885. 24: TBRC code WI8649. Personal communication Gene Smith Feb. 19,2008. 25. Personal communication Cyrus Stearns May 28,2008. 26. Such construction of identity referring to ethnic and other social communities was thoroughly discussed by Homi K. Bhaba, Nation and Narration. London: Routledge 1990. He demonstrates that socio-political entities create their identities by blending myths as well as legends with a purposeful selection of historical facts to create their own stories, which are consequently presented as history. By reducing Red mda' ba to a mere name, albeit an important one, the dGe lugs pa may have intended to magnify the intellectual and spiritual uniqueness ofTsong kha pa while at the same time depriving their main political rival, the Sa kya pas, of their scholarly reputation and impact. 27. Regarding the question when this term occured, see Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 44-47): "The Tibetan master usually considered to have implanted the Prasailgika-Madhyamaka in Tibet, is however, (s)Pa tshab Ni rna grags (b. 1055?) ( ... ) According to report it was Pa tshab who introduced in Tibet (together with Jayananda) the appellations Rail rgyud pa (Svatantrika 'Autonomist') and Thai 'gyur ba (prasangika 'Apagogist') in order to distinguish between the two branches of the pure Madhyamaka based on the criterion of whether a pramiiI:/a that is objectively gained (vastubalaprav[ffa, in contradistincion to one that is just consensually acknowledged, lokaprasiddha) is admitted by the philosopher." 28. With regard to the letters between Tsong kha pa and Red mda' ba, see also Jinpa (1999: 7). He considers two letters from Tsong kha pa's gSung 'bum as important: "A Reply to Je Rendawa" (rJe red mda' ba'i gsung lan, vol. ka) and "A Scroll for Je Rendawa on the Essential Points of Instruction of Maiijusd' (rJe btsun 'jam dpal dbyangs kyi lam gyi gnad rje red mda' ba la shag dril du phul ba, vol. pha). There is also a letter from Tsong kha pa to Red mda' ba discovered by the Nepal German Manuscript Preservation Project, ID 17071, dbu medms. 41 folios rJe btsun Red 'da' (sic) ba chen po la zhus pa 'i Ian 'ga' zhig. Cf. Seyfort Ruegg (2000, 61n131). 29. See also the summaries in Lexikon der Alten Welt (1990) 2001, 3022-23 as well as other sources as mentioned in detail in chapter 4. 30. The topic "sacred biography or hagiography" is widely discussed in comparative literature. See for example: Tambiah (1984), Schober (1997). 322 Notes 31. Dargyay (1988: 99) translates mam thar "features ofliberation," and Jackson (2003: xii) "spiritual career" or "life of liberation." 32. The comment that Tibetan biographies often follow this pattern was made by the late Ven. Geshe Thubten Ngawang (1932-2003). Personal communication, 1980s. 33. Please note that this is just a simple observation and not the result of thorough research. 34. See for example: Lobsang Dargyay: "The Twelve Deeds of the Buddha - A Controversial Hymn ascribed to Nagarjuna," in: The Tibet Joumal9.2 (1984); Praise of the Twelve Deeds, mainly based on mDzad pa bcu gnyis kyi tshul la bstod pa (Dviidasakiira-niima-naya-stotra), Derge bsTan 'gyur, Collection of Praises (bstod tshogs), vol. ka 82b3-83a6. 35. See SSdB I, transcripts, p. 26n41, and Obermiller's English translation in Prasad (1991: 384-85). 36. gTsang is one of the two main provinces of Tibet in the West of dBus. Its area embraces several river valleys that converge with that of the Brahmaputra (gTsang po). See Dbus-Gtsang (2008). In Encyclopaedia Britannica. Retrived Nov. 28, 2008, from Encyclopaedia Britannica Online: www. britannica. com. 37. mKhas grub dGe legs dpal bzang po, mKhas grub thams chad mkhyen pa 'i mam thar mkhas pa'i yid 'phrog ces bya ba, gSung 'bum, vol. ka, p. 3b2: shing mo lug gi 10 smin dnlg zla ba 'i snga dro 'j cha la rje btsun mkhas pa 'i dbang po red mda' ba gzhon nu blo gros mkhan po, rje dpal 'byor shes rab kyis las slob, mnyam pa blo gros mtshungs med kyis gsang ston mdzad nas, dad pa 'i dge' 'dun grangs tshang ba'i dbus su bsnyen par rdzogs pa dge slong gi sdom pa yang dag par bzhes te 'dul ba 'dzin pa 'i dbus na mngon par mtho bar gyur to. 38. ibid. p. 4a3-4b3. 39. Roerich (1949: 339) states that g.Yag phrug Sangs rgyas dpal and Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros were the last two famous scholars of Sa skya and are often mentioned in the texts as gyag gzhon gnyis. 40. Regent after the death of the Fifth Dalai Lama. 41. One of the two main disciples of Atisa (982-1054). The two are 'Brom ston pa rGyal ba'i byung gnas (1005-1064) and rNgog Legs pa'i shes rab (1lth cent.). 42. Note that Naga is not giving the dates of birth and death. Actually, from a chronological point of view,Bu ston should come before Red mda' ba, but I am following here the order given by Naga. 43. Probably 'Jam dbyangs rin chen rgyal mtshan, the abbot of Chos lung tshogs (i.e. sPos khan g) monastery, who gave the upasarppada to Don yod dpal (1398-1483/84), one of the teachers of Sakya mchog ldan (cf. Caumanns 2006: 65). Note that Seyfort Ruegg (1963: 80-81) mentions that "Dol bu pa" received his bhik~u ordination from the great acarya of Chos lung tshogs pa, bSod nams grags pa, who appears to be iderttical with Bu ston's acarya at the time of his upasarppada. Notes 323 44. Blo bzang 'phrin las mam rgyal names (7) "sPyi bo !has pa" without the apposition "!Ho brag grub chen," and (14) "Grub chen Las kyi rdo rje" is in Kaschewsky's Viiirjiirya list just referred to as "14) Las-kyi-rdo-rje," specialist on Bodhimiirga (Atisa's teaching system). This must refer to Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan (1326-1401), another important teacher ofTsong kha pa. Martin and Bentor (1997) know three Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan. This Mahasiddha Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan seems to be (100) Lho brag Grub chen Phyag rdor ba Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan, alias Las kyi rdo rje (1326-1401). Confusing the issue is the fact that Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan appears sometimes with the title "mKhan chen" and sometimes with the title "!Ho brag Grub chen." Dalai Lama XIV (1984: 230n26) says that Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan is sometimes placed as a bKa' gdams pa, but that according to an oral transmission he is rNying rna ba. Cf. Kaschewsky (1971: 123), Dad pa'i Jug ngogs (34al-2), and Blo bzang 'phrin las mam rgyal, Tsang kha pa'i mam thar chen mo 218.2-14. TBRC code P3473 (Lho brag mKhan chen) rGyal sras bzang po (d. 1356), bKa' gdams lineage, mentions as his only disciple Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan (1326-1401). TBRC code W12099: Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan gyi phyi'i mam thar (bibliographic title), composed byNam mkha' rgyal mtshan (1326-1401). See also Thurman (1981: 18): "The Nyingrna Lama Lhodrag Khenchen Namkha Gyaltsen invited Tsong Khapa to his residence at the Lhodrag Drawo Monastery." This clearly refers to !Ho brag grub chen Phyag rdor ba Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan (1324/26-1401). 45. As Dreyfus (1997: 33-34) points out, Tsong kha pa and his direct disciples did not think of themselves as dGe lugs pa, but as dGa' ldan pa, i.e., monks from dGa' ldan monastery. See also van der Kuijp (1983: 8). 46. See below chap. 6, English translation, section 2.5.8 on Red mda' ba's influence on the education system by means of his yig chao 47. According to Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 61162) Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal was not only a disciple of Dol po pa, but also of Bu ston Rin chen grub (1290-1364), who has sometimes also been considered a PrasaIi.gika. 48. rNgog Blo ldan shes rab (1059-1109) is here identified as the first major Tibetan proponent of the Svatantrika teachings, and Pa tshab Nyi rna grags (b. 1055) as the main proponent of Candraklrti's Prasangika. 49. Cf. Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 66-67), Jackson (1989: 6-8), and Jackson (2007). 50. See also his more extensive essay in Japanese in: Studies in Area Culture, Memoirs of the Faculty ofIntegrated Arts and Sciences, Hiroshima University, I. Vol.2, 1976,251-80. 51. According to Sato (1983: 243n2) the six are: Red mda' ba, Rong ston, Go rams pa, Sakya mchog ldan, Ngag dbang chos grags and Blo gter dbang po. Van der Kuijp (1985: 57): "Rong-ston and his students Go-rams-pa Bsod-nams-seng-ge (1429-1489) and Gser-mdog Pat).-chen, as well as Stag-tshang Lo-tsa-ba Shes-rab rin-chen (1405 - ca. 1470) are counted among Tsong-kha-pa's most vociferous critics and authored a number of extremely polemical tractates." Cf. Tauscher (1995: 20, 26), who in addition points out that the printing and distribution of their works was forbidden for two centuries due 324 Notes to the politics of the Fifth Dalai Lama Ngag dbang blo bzang rgya mtsho (1617-1682). This was especially true ofthe works by Sakya mchog Idan (1428-1507) because of their criticism ofTsong kha pa. See also Jackson (1987: 216) and van der Kuijp (1985a: 7InI7). 52. Cf. Ruegg (2000: 65). 53. See also Mathes (1996: 155). 54. Regarding the tenn dbu ma chen po see Seyfort Ruegg (1963: 89n78) as well as Taranatha and Hopkins (2007: 13). 55. For Red mda' ba's lineage according to his ITa khrid brgyud pa 'i gsol 'debs see note 305. 56. Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 20) says that Jayananda is assigned to the Prasangika schooL 57. Obenniller (1935: 325) "En donnant des renseignements sur Rendapa, Khai-gub dit notamment qu'il avait fait revivre l'etude reguliere et critique du Madhyamika et de la logique (Khai-gub donne l'abreviation dbu-tshad pour dbu-ma = miidhyamika et tshad ma = pramiir.lQ) dans les colleges du Tibet" 58. For a detailed history of the doctrine see Seyfort Ruegg (1963: 79-91). See also the translation of Tliranatha's gZhan stong snying po in Taranatha and Hopkins (2007). 59. This refers to Sa bzang Ma ti PaJ}. chen 'Jam dbyangs blo gros (1294-1376), TBRC code P151. 60. Cabez6n and Dargyay (2007: 45) mention that Dol po pa's Collected Works was suppressed by the dGa' Idan Pho brang, and has only been available for the past decade. 61. Cf Seyfort Ruegg (1963: 76, 81-82). 62. Caumanns (2006: 19) notes that a number of gSang phu masters founded scholastic colleges in foreign monasteries such as Sa skya, Zha lu, sNar thang and Tshal Gung thang. These monasteries sent their monk students to study in gSang phu, Sf> that after some time independent colleges arose there. 63. dBus is one of the two main provinces of Tibet. It encompasses the sKyid chu valley system in which lHa sa is located, as well as the Yar klungs and 'Phyong rgyas valleys on the south side of the Brahmaputra River (gTsang po). See Dbus-Gtsang (2008). In Encyclopaedia Britannica. Retrived Nov. 28, 2008, from Encyclopaedia Britannica Online: www.britannica.com. 64. Grub mtha' khag gi chos 'byung (1993: 277) names five or six bKa' gdams monasteries in Tibet: bka' gdams pa'i dgon pa ni, gsangphu dang, r[wJa sgreng, mangyul du ke ru, byangdu cha sna sogs dang, gtsang la snar thang sogs mang du yod do (There are many bKa' gdams monasteries: [In dBus1 gSang phu and Rwa sgreng, in Mang yul Ke ru, in Byang cha sna etc. and in gTsang sNar thang etc.). 65. Cf. van der Kuijp (1987: 104, 106), Onoda (1989: 203), Dreyfus (1997), Everding (1998). gSang phu refers to the upper part (Phu) of the strung-out gSang valley, while Ne'u thog seems to be the Notes 325 abbreviation of ne 'u Ie thog, meaning "[established] on a mongoose [vomiting jewels]" (cf. Caumanns 2006: II referring to a personal communication with Karl-Heinz Everding). The eponymous district "(s)Ne'u rdzong," was.established in the 14th century under the rule of the Phag mo gru pa. Note that in both of the manuscripts A and B there is evidence for two different variants of writing: I. ne 'u and 2. sne 'u. I will use the spelling ne 'u, unless both manuscripts have the spelling sne 'u. See also Gyurme Dorje (2009: 185, 188). 66. Jackson (l994a: 372). 67. All his works were regarded as lost and even in Tibet were no longer available and thus included in the Tho yig of A khu Rin po che (Tauscher 1999: viii). 68. For an explanation on the spread ofthe two main periods" the "Old Epistemology (tshad ma rnying maY' and the "New Epistemology (tshad ma gsar maY' see van der Kuijp (1983: 1-3). See also Jackson (1994b: 103), Dreyfus (1997: 33-35), and Smith (2001: 113-116). Smith (2001: 1l5) points out that only two systems oflogic were successful in exerting any lasting influence, rNgog pa and Sa skya pa and that according to Kong sprul Blo gros mtha' yas (1811-99) the dGe lugs pa transmission branched off from the Sa skya pa and came through Red mda' bato Tsong kha pa. 69. van der Kuijp (I 985b). 70. Jackson (1988: VI-VIII) gives also a list of prominent dGe lugs pa scholars who studied with Rong ston. The Phag mo gru pa ruler Grags pa rgyal mtshan and his minister Nam mkha' bzang po were sponsors not only of Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa, but also ofRong ston (1988: IX). 71. Cf. Sorensen and Hazod (2007: 61In73). 72. Personal communication August 2008. Jackson (2007: 345) notes that Rong ston, as an attendant of g.Yag ston, made his first journey to gTsang in 1393, at the age of twenty-six. 73. Cf. Jackson (2007: 346). 74. Cf. McDonald (2008). 75. Please note that the present study considers not only the following biographical sources of Red mda' ba, but also his autobiography, which is part of Red mda' ba's Minor Works that will be described in the following chapter as one ofthe texts used for editing the biography of Red mda' ba composed by Sangs rgyas rtse mo. We can also gain some infonnation from biographies of Red mda' ba's teachers, students and contemporaries, as well as their Minor Works (containing records of teachings received, praises, letters, etc.), genealogical histories, political histories, and further religious histories. Such works will be directly referred to, when occasionally taken into account in the annotations to the English translation of Sangs rgyas rtse mo. They are listed in the complete bibliography at the end of the present study on pp.. 449 ff. 326 Notes 76. mDo smad chos 'byung(1987: 10): Redmda' ba'i mam thar mnga' rispa bsod nams rtse mo dang, 'dul 'dzin grags pa rgyal mtshan gyis mdzad pa. 77. MHTL Part 3, p. 509, no. 10957. 78. The beginning of the pages is noted (S 266) etc. 79. Cf. TBRC codePl591: 1374-1434. Short biography and list of his Collected Works in lHagpa tshe ring (1990: 147-48), dates of life: 1374-1434. Same in Dung dkar Blo bzang 'phrin las (2002: 1148, 1149): l374-1434, and ming mdzod, pp. 886-87: l374-l434. 80. Sakya College, Rajpur, personal communication 2003. 81. Cyrus Stearns (2007: 11) mentions a scholar with the name sTag tshang 10 tsa ba Ratna seng ge. For some details on sTag tshang 10 tsa ba see Cabezon and Dargyay (2007: 2700210). 82. Note that this is an understatement to express humility, valued in Tibetan culture. It is considered difficult to attain the virtue offaith. 83. Perhaps it is dPalldan bla rna Rin chen 'byung ldan to whom Go rams pa Sod nams seng ge (14291489) referred his prayer (cf. TBRC code W1125l: Rin chen 'byung !dan la gso! 'debs), dated 1466, written at Byams chen chos grwa with sDe snod 'dzin pa bSod nams lha dbang dpal 'byor as scribe. Thus RatnasaIp.bhava should be one of the teachers of Go rams pa, but according to Tashi Tsering (personal communication Sept. 23, 2008) he does not occur in Go rams pa's biography. 84. Ehrhard (2009: 221-23) shows that one lineage that reaches back to Avalokitesvara and dGe slong rna dPal mo runs through rGyal sras Thogs med (1295-l369), Byang sems Chu bzang pa and Grub chen Buddha sri: (l339-1419). Since Red mda' ba was a direct disciple of rGyal sras Thogs med it is possible that the practice was also handed down by Red mda' ba. Cf. English translation section 2.5.3. However, for such a lineage we have no evidence so far. Incidentally, some works composed by dGe slong rna dPal mo are listed in the Drepung Catalog (see p. 563 no. 006108, p. 1021 no. 011572, p. 1090 no. 010787, and p. l345 no. 0l3650). 85. Refers to g.Yag ston and Red mda' ba, who were according to this source students of Nya dbon [Kun dga' dpal, l285-l379] and [mKhan chen] brTson grus dpal. 86. Cf. TBRC code P4271. 87. TBRC code P784. 88. Cf. Stearns (1999: 205n 56): "Mang thos klu sgrub, Bstan, 195, has summarized the account of Red mda' ba's threefold examination of the scriptures from this source." 89. TBRC code W10247.' For a German translation see my unpublished MA thesis, pp. 146-56. Notes 327 90. The first negative microfilm copy was received from David P. Jackson, and a second copy of the same ms. later from International Buddhist Academy (IBA), Kathmandu. 91. A script close to cursive script (tshugs ma 'khyug), but different from it with regard to the vowels (dbyangs bzhi) i (gi gu) and u (zhabs kyu). According to the Bon po language teacher Gen Phuntsok Nyima, CIHTS this script was mainly spread in dBus and gTsang, and since it is compact, a hiIit that the script had to save paper and ink, he would expect it to be the older manuscript. 92. This is located on Chang An Boulevard near the city center and is part of the Palace of the Nationalities (Minzu Wenhua Gong), which consists mainly of exhibition halls. A visitor explains that some years ago the library itself seemed to be more of a storage area with no users in evidence and a small reading room with an adjacent card catalog. People were sometimes allowed to walk quickly through the stacks but were given no opportunity to examine the materials, which according to the library's brochure are in several minority languages. 93. 85 em. : 65 (wrongly stated in van der Kuijp's article, understandably so as the copy was difficult to read). Due to the new scan provided by TBRC the number could now be clearly identified as no. 85. In the Drepung Catalog phyi ra 65 as well as phyi ra 85 are missing. 94. Personal communication Feb. 28, 2008. 95. Although usually the term gsung sgros is translated as report, statement, opinion, discussion, talk, saying, or expression, the present work will show that here in this text in some places the term seems to refer to Red mda' ba's writings in general or to texts collected in his Minor Works (gSung thor bu). It should be noted that the Drepung Catalog p. 1668 no. 018977 lists the following work: rJe btsun Red mda' pa 'i gsung 'gros (2 folios). We cannot rule out that this is the index which Red mda' ba authored (see chapter 6, section 2.11.36). See also CPN no. 006117 (1) and note 882. 96. This script was mainly spread in Khams (khams yig). And also occurs very often in Bon po texts. It is considered to be the best and most elegant script for writing books. Bon po scholar Gen Phuntsok Nyima, CIHTS, identifies it as the script given on p. 38 in: sKabs dang po 'j rgyal yongs bod yig yig gzugs 'gran bsdur chen mar bya dga' thob pa 'i phul byung yig gzugs gees bsgrigs. Zi khron tu'u cang yan: Bod Ijongs mi dmangs dpe skrun khang 1991. 97. According to Gene Smith (personal communication April 30, 2005): Number of a collection of photocopies, mostly mam thar. 98. Van der Kuijp (1994a: 15-16): "The holdings of the CPN also include a collection of Red mda' ba's miscellaneous writings (gsung thor bu) under catalogue no. 004546, a complete analysis of which is under preparation." 99. Note that these numbers refer to the TBRC pdf file page numbers. 328 Notes 100. Tony Duffmentions in the forword to his Illuminator Tibetan-English Encyclopaedic Dictionary, Electronic Edition 5.13, July 1st, 2006 (Version 1.000 3rd March, 2000) that it contains the entire contents of the Li shi'i gur khang House of Cloves, which is a text written in 1476 by sKyogs ston Lo tsa ba Rin chen bkra shis. Cf. Review by Sobisch (2008): "It informs us about changes that occurred within the Tibetan language during the earlier revisions of the language and about words that were incorporated into the Tibetan language from other languages. Examples are terms such as skyos pa (new: nyams pa) and tres sam (from Zhang-zhung language, a Tibetan equivalent would be phye ma). Such a text is likewise a desirable source and the large number of entries shows how substantially such collections can contribute to the compilation of dictionaries." 101. Martin (2007). Tibetan Vocabulary, begun in Bloomington, Indiana, on Apri11O, 1987. Version: Aug 29, 2007. 102. Version 1.0 (1998). 103. Note that since March 2008 the TBRC holds digitally scanned microfilm images, tiffs and pdf files of the same text, code no. W1CZ1885. 104. As Scherrer-Schaub and Bonani (2002: 184, 198) point out, the term 'Old Tibetan manuscripts' refers to the corpus of writings dating from the introduction of the Tibetan script (mid-seventh century) to the accuri:J.ulating of various collections of Buddhist texts, which eventually resulted in the compilation of the Tibetan Canon (14th century): "Tibetan manuscripts belonging to this period were Imown through the finds at Dunhuang (Tun-huang), Turfan, Kbarakhoto, Miran and other sites of the Taklamakan and Gobi deserts. (... ) The Dunhuang material, datable from the late-eighth century to the beginning or middle of the eleventh, offers a variety of discrete writing styles both in capital letters (this is the exact translation of the Tibetan expression 'dbu can, ' literally, 'with head') and cursive script (dbu med, literally, 'without head')." 105. 'Bras spungs dgon du bzhugs su gsol ba'i dpe rnying dkar chag (Catalog of Old dPe chas in Drepung Monastery). p. 1524, ka rtags (sign or symbol): phyi ra 72; tshan grangs (shelf number): 017187; Ie tshan so so 'i mtshan (title): rJe btsun thams cad mkhyen pa gzhon nu blo gros kyi rnam thar bzhugs; rtsam pa po (author): Sangs rgyas rtse mo; yig gzugs (script style): dpe tshugs (According to Tashi Tsering, language teacher at CIHTS, this is no common term, but may refer to a dpe cha written in tshugs ma 'khyug, i.e. semi-cursive handwriting, especially used for scribing books; cf. the script used for ms. B); [deb grang[sJ (no. offo1ios): 9; ldeb tshad (size offolios): 47 x 8 cm. 106. Note that Eimer (1992, x), to a certain extent, even questions the classical philological method for canonical texts: "Angesichts dieses Befundes ist es bei der Bearbeitung eines tibetischen kanonischen Textes naheliegend und erforderlich, zunachst die textkritischen Methoden anzuwenden, urn den Veriauf der Uberiieferung zu erkennen und moglichst n!lhe an die urspriingliche Fassung heranzukommen. Ein solches Vorgehen ist gewiB recht zeitaufwendig, auBerdem erhebt sich die Frage, ob die in der Klassischell Philologie erprobte Methodik unverandert auch aufTexte aus einem anderen Kulturkreis angewendet werden darf." Notes 329 107. Thus it is possible to show how spelling differs. Cf.Szerb (1990: XIX, no. 2), who uses the system of the devaniigari. 108. Unlike Eimer (1992: 56 ff.) the use of the term 'abbreviation' is not limited to skung yig here. 109. Cf. Szerb (1990: XV, no. 3). 110. Cf. Eimer (1992: 56) mentions that the terms skung yig and bsdu yig are only used for shorthands of more than one syllable and gives further explanations to the difference of the two terms together with some examples. 111. Eimer (1992: 56n1) mentions the similar shorthand gshyai for gshegs as one of the shorthands (for monosyllabic words). 112. Cf. Eimer (1992: 58): kunas for kun nas. 113. Special form of contraction as explained by Eimer (1992: 59), where closing s [or l] can be superscribed to a syllable starting with a consonant sound. 114. tsa rtags = tsa mark. In the following website linked to Tibetan Studies at the University of Kent at Canterbury: ''http://ngb.csac.anthropology.ac.uk/csacINGBlDoc/Abbreviations.xml" (July 24,2009) the author uses for tsa rtags the term tsa phru and mentions that the respective unicode reference for the mark added to ca or cha to make it tsa or tsha in Tibetan writing is UFOF39. The Extended Wylie Transliteration Scheme does not suggest any transliteration for this mark. 115. Eimer (1992: 104) transcribes: khoo. 116. The title of manuscript B reads slightly differently: BO: Biography of Red mda' ba. B1a: The Amazingly Marvelous Biography of the Omniscient Kumiiramati rJe btsun Red mda' ba. Tib. ngo mtshar rmad byung is a kind of phrase used very often in titles of biographies. Our main figure is more properly referred to as Red mda' ba, though in the earlier literature we mostly find Red mda' pa. According to the root text of the Tibetan grammar Legs bshad (jon dbang, from among the three nominalizing particles (bdag po 'i sgra) pa, ba and rna, here ba would be most correct to apply: nga 'a ra la mtha' med la, bdag sgra yar gyur ba dang ni, cha la pa nyid sbyor ba legs (After nga, 'a, ra, la and where there is no suffix, i.e., after vowels, for pairs it is good to apply pa.) According to Tashi Tsering (personal comm.,autunrn 2007) for an even number of syllables, e.g., two, four etc. it is considered more correct to use pa. Thus for an uneven number it is better to apply ba. For example: gtsang pa (two syllables), lha sa ba, a mdo ba (three syllables), las dang po pa (four syllables). 117. This is a salutation (Tib. mchod brjod). Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mchod brjod - bstan bcos rtsom pa 'i thog mar sangs rgyas sogs dang 'dod pa 'i lhala gus bstod byed pa. Skt. mataye is the dative case (i.e., the third case) ofSkt. mati. Skt. namalJ for Tib. phyag 'tshallo. Master, Skt. gunl for Tib. bla rna. Kumaramati is the Sanskritized form of gZhon nu bio gros. Skt. kumiira for Tib. gzhon nu, and Skt. mati for Tib. blo gras. 330 Notes 118. Tib. mkhyen rab (h) shes rab; Skt. prajfiii. 119. Tib. thugs rje (h) snying rje; Skt. karwla. 120. Tib. 'ehad par dam bea' ba (cf Jackson 1987: 191): Jampa Dhadak: the decision is hidden, it is more like a promise. 121. Mvy, s.v. 5602: khri - iisana. 122. Mvy, s.v. bla gos .,.. uttariisangha, that means one of the three robes of a fully ordained person (ehos gos gsum), usually just referred to as ehos gos. The other two robes are the snam sbyar (sanghiitf) and the mthang gos (antarviisa), in colloquial sham thabs. 123. Tib. '''di skad bdag thos" zhes. Cf Brough (1950: 416). Abbreviation of 'di skad bdag gis thos pa. Skt. evam mayii srutam. P. evarp me sutarp. 124:Tib. ehos rje rin po ehe. LC, s.v. ehos rje - dharmasviimin. 125. Jampa Dhadak: A butterlamp produces a special brightness just before it dies out. 126. Tib. sdom pa gsum - 1) a tantric vow (sngags kyi sdom pa), 2) a bodhisattva vow (byang sems kyi sdom pa), and 3) a pratimok~a vow (so thar gyi sdom pa). For detailed studies of the three vows see Sobisch (2002); Gyurrne Samdrup, and Khandro (1996). 127. Tib. bstan beos; Skt.: siistra. 128. Hopkins 1992: mtha' gnyis - the two extremes [of eternalism (siisvata-viida) and annihilationism (ueeheda-viida)]. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. rtag ehad - bden grub tu 'dzin pa 'i rtag Ita dang gtan med du 'dod pa 'i ehad Ita gnyis (the view of eternalism, which apprehends [dharrnas] as truly existent, and the view of extirpation, which accepts [dharrnas] as not at all existent). 129. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. lung rtogs -lung rtogs gnyis kyi bsdus ming, lung rtogs gnyis - lung gi ehos gsung rab yan lag beu gnyis dang, rtogs pa 'i ehos bslab pa rin po ehe mam pa gsum mo. For enumeration of gsung rab yan lag beu gnyis see Tshig mdzod chen mo and Nitartha. 130. Tib. thabs mkhas = thabs la mkhas pa; Skt. upiiyakausalya; means the person is skillful at using various means. 131. Jiischke 1881, s.v. 'khor 10 slwr ba with ehos kyi, to turn the wheel of doctrine, to preach, to teach religion; skor ba vb. pf. & ft. bskor. 132. Tib. shes rab; Skt. prajfiii. 133. Tshig mdzod chen filo, s.v. bshes gnyen gyi mtshan nyid bell - theg ehen dge ba 'i bshes gnyen gyi mtshan nyid beu ste lhag pa tshul khrims kyi bslab pas dill ba dang, lhag pa ting nge 'dzin gyi bslab pas Notes 331 zhi ba, Ihag pa shes rab kyi bslab pas nye bar zhi ba, lung gi yon tan gyis phyug pa, stong nyid rtogs pa, slob rna las yon tan Ihag pa, smra mkhas pa, brtse ba dang Idan pa, brtson 'grus dang Idan pa, skyo ngal spangs pa ste bcu. 134. Tib. rim; Skt. krama. 135. Tib. mchog gi dngos grub. 136. Tib. bla rna; Skt. gunl. 137. ·Tib. brtul bzhugs bsten; cf. Jaschke 1881, s.v. brtul ba - brtul zhugs (Skt. vrata). Goldstein 2001, s. v. brtul zhugs 1. ascetic practices. Valby: brtul zhugs - way of acting, practice, observance, behavior, discipline, asceticism, vow, manner, exercise of penance, penitent, yogic discipline. 138. Tib. myed dang bkur stis; cf. Jaschke 1881, s.v. myed pa II. subst. Skt. liibha profit, gain, acquisition, property, goods; Ja. bkur ba, bkur sti - honour respect, homage, mark of honour, bkur stis mchod pa -to distinguish (a person) by marks of respect; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. bkur sti -brtsi bkur ram, bsnyen bkur, ...ming gi mam grangs la bkur ba dang, gus bkur, bsnyen bkur, zhabs tog, zhabs 'bring, ri mor byed, rim gro bcas so. 139. Tib. sems bskyed; cf. Le, s.v. sems bskyed (cittopiida) = byang chub tu sems bskyed (bodhicittotpiida); BHSD: bodhicitta - thought of enlightenment, attitude which aspires to Buddhahood or Bodhisattvahood. BHSD: utpiida (Skt. id., production etc.; so in cittopiida, q.v.). BHSD: cittopiidaproduction of intention, resolution. For a detailed study of the term see Wangchuk (2007). 140. Tibetan scholars assert that Buddha Siikyamuni entrusted the responsibility for the doctrine to seven arhats, who in turn passed the responsibility on from one to another, although from the list it is unclear whether the Buddha himself is thought to have handed the responsibility over directly. They are considered to be "the seven successors ofthe teacher's doctrine" (sTon pa'i gtad rabs bdun). According to Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gtad rabs bdun, the seven successors are: 1. MahaIcasyapa COd srung chen po), 2. Ananda (Kun dga' bo), 3. Sal}avasika (Sha na'i go~ can), 4. Upagupta (Nyer sbas), 5. DhItika (DhI ti ka), 6. Kr~l}a (Nag po), 7. Mahasudarsana (Legs mthong chen po). Then comes Nagarjuna. 141. Tib. nan 'doms; cf. Illuminator, s.v. nan - abbr. nan pa which is used in conjunction with other words to give the sense variously of persistence, insistence, precision, or earnestness. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'doms pa - 1. (td.) gdams pa, gdam pa, 'doms - slob pa'am ston pa dang, 'chadpa. 142. Tib. skye med pa; cf. opening verse of Miilamadhyamakakiirikii. 143. Tib. ngo nl; Jampa Dhadak: ngo nl- against something, in response to. Lobsang Norbu confirms: ngo nt = ngor. 144. Means: "you stayed alive, you extended your life." 332 Notes 145. Tib. 'chi ba 'ad gsal; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'chi dus kyi 'ad gsal- 'chi ba 'i gnas skabs su 'char ba 'i gzhi 'i 'ad gsal. 146. Tib. rnam shes; Skt. vijfiiina. 147. Tib. dbyings rig- abbr. chos dbyings dang rig pa. 148. Tib. gsal btab; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gsal btab - dran gsa byas pa 'am dran par byas pa. Lobsang Norbu: to manifest. Dan Martin's Tibetan Vocabulary (2007: 902): gsal 'debs - Sometimes seems to mean' give meaning' [to the word ... ]' 149. Tib. man ngag; Skt. upadeia. ISO. Tib. 'gog pa 'i snyoms 'jug; Skt. nirodha-samiipatti. One of the fourteen non-associated compositional factors (mtshung par mi ldan pa 'i 'du byed; citta-viprayukta-saIpskiira). SSdB II Sources, p. 103 refers to Abhidharmakosa II 35a-36a. See mDzod rang 'grel (1997: 98, v35c: 'du shes med snyoms 'jug dag dang. These are the two kinds of [meditative1absorption: 1. absorption without discrimination ('du shes med pa 'i snyoms 'jug; asaIpsjfiisamiipatti), and 2. absorption in cessation ('gog pa 'i snyoms 'jug; nirodhasamiipatti) . 151. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. zung 'jung gi go 'phang-sku gnyis zung du 'jugpa rdo rje 'chang gi go 'phang. Cf. Tsepak Rigzin: zung 'jug - yuganaddha, e.g., the state of union of bliss and void. 152. Tib. bar snang - refers to both the empty sky and the atmosphere, broader meaning than nam mkha'. 153. Tib. mchod pa 'i rten. Pun, implying at the same time to become an object of worship in a st£ipa (mchod rten)? 154. Tib. mthong thos dran reg; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mthong thos dran reg - mig gis mthong ba dang rna bas thos pa, yid kyis dran pa, Ius .kyis reg pa bcas so. 155. Tib. mgon; cf. Mvy, s.v. 1742 mgon - niitha (protector, patron). 156. Tib. skyabs; cf. Mvy, s.v. 38 skyabs - saraIJam (refuge, protection). 157. Tib. dpung gnyen; cf. Mvy, s.v. 1743 dpung gnyen - pariiyaIJam. MW, s.v. pariiyana - final end or aim, last resort or refuge, principle object. Lobsang Norbu: final relief. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mgon skyabs - skyabs gnas, ... mgon skyabs dpung gnyen. liischke 1881, s.v. dpung, 3. help, assistance, dpung (gi) gnyen - friend, protector, defender, assistant. 158. Tib. bar do. In the Abhidharmakosa context: bar srid (antarii-bhava). See SSdB II Sources, p. 133. 159. Tib. rgyal mtshan; cf. Mvy, s.v. 6109 rgyal mtshan - dhvaja. MW, s.v. dhvaja - banner, flag, standard, flag-staff, mark, emblem, (en)sign. Notes 333 160. Tib. re thag chad; cf. Jaschke 1881, s.v. thag pa, thag gcod pa vb. a. (thag chad pa, or chad pa vb. n. or pass.); gen. with re, the cord of hope, e.g., 'gro ba'i re thag chad - the cord of the hope of going on a journey is cut off, i.e., the journey has been given up. 161. Tib. bum pa; Hopkins 1992, s.v. bum pa - ghata; MW, s.v. ghata - jar, pitcher, jug. 162. Tib. 'Phags .pa rNam grol sde (wrote commentary on the Prajiiaparamitasutras). 163. Tib. Seng ge bzang po. 164. Jaschke 1881, s.v. til (Skt. tila) sesame; Illuminator explains that "his name derived from his occupation of being a til sesame-seed pounder," but does not give the Skt. term for sesame-seed pounder. MW gives tila for sesamum seed, taila for sesamum oil, and tilaka for the name of a prince. Sa pal)" sDom gsum rab dbye (1992: chap. 3, 91): ti 10 zhes bya til brdung yin, de la tre lor 'chadpa dang - the Skt. word tilo refers to sb. who grinds sesame seed; for some unknown reason [in Tibet] it is mispelled as tre 10. 165. Sa pal)., sDomgsum rab dbye (1992: chap. 3, 91): rgya skadna ro tayi sgra, bram ze'i rigs kyi bye brag yin, de yi rgyu mtshan mi shes par, dka ' ba spyad pas a na na, ro rtl song zhes 'chad pa dang - the Skt. word naropa refers to a sub-caste of Brahmins; for some unknown reason [in Tibet] it is rendered as sick (na) and dead body (ro). 166. Lit. garden. Lobsang Norbu: with regard to lotus flowers 'pond'. 167. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. chu gter (mngon) - rgya mtsho chen po. Mvy, s.Y. 4165 chu gterjala-nidhi (store or treasure of water); cf. MW, s.y. apaIJ1-nidhi or jala-nacji "water treasure," the ocean. 168. Tib. zhabs 'bring gnyug ma'i tshogs; cf. Tshig mdzod chenmo, s.v. zhabs 'bring - 'khor g.yog. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s. Y. 'khor g.yog - gnyen grogs dang bran g.yog. Jaschke 1881, S.Y. 'Ichor, compo 'khor gyog = 'khor retinue, servants etc. This needs to be understand in the sense of gnyug mar gnas pa - resident retinue, but at the same time as disciple, i.e., not only serving, but also receiying teachings. 169. Tib. sbyar byang. 170. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. tha shal ba - dman pa 'am, zhan pa dang, ngan pa. 171. Tib. dge ba; cf. Mvy, S.V. 1281-1283,2750 dge ba - kalyiilJa, MW, S.Y. kalyalJa - good fortune, happiness, prosperity, good conduct, yirtue (opposed to papa). Mvy, S.Y. 1685,2752 dge ba - kusala; also opposed to mi dge ba - akusala (MW, S.Y. akusala - inauspicious, eyil, i.e., not good); BHSD: kusala, nt. (= Pali kusala, synonym of pufifia; in Skt. Lex. only, also syn. of pUlJya), good in a moral sense (not so in Skt. literature), merit, righteous action; there are 10 kusala (= Pali 10 kusala or sila), Mvy, S.Y. 1685, listed 1686-98, = (kusala) karmapatha. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.Y. dge ba - 1.. .. 1) sdig pa'i ldogphyogs legsspyad dam, spyodpa bzangpo ste, rang 'brasyid 'ong 'byin byedyinpa'i eha nas rnam smin lung du bstan par bzhag pa 'i chos, 4) (mngon) dge ba bcu yod pas grangs bcu mtshon, ... 2. legs pa dang bkra shis pa, ... spyod pa mi dge ba. 334 Notes 172. Tib. dge ba 'i rtsa ba; cf. Mvy, s.Y. 1936-38 dge ba'i rtsa ba-kusala-miila; Tshigmdzod chen mo, s. y. dge rtsa - dge ba'i rtsa ba ste, mam par dkar ba 'i las sam, bde ba 'ph en par byed pa 'i rgyu mchod sbyin bsnyen bkur sogs. BHSD: kusala-mILla, nt., usually pI. (= Pali kus a ), root(s) of merit; Pali has three, aloMa, adosa, amoha; the same, with adve~a = Pali adosa, in Mvy, s.Y. 1936-38. 173. Tib. thugs dgongs yongs rdzogs; cf. Mvy, s.y. yongs su rdzogs pa - parip/LrI}am - entirely accomplished, perfect; bmag pa yongs su rdzogs pa - paripiirIJa-sarpkalpa - one whose wish is entirely fulfilled; chos dkar po yongs su rdzogs pa -paripiirIJa-sukla-dharma - accomplished in candid yirtue or good morals; de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi dgongs pa yongs su rdzogs par byed pa 'i ye shes kyi phyag rgya - sarva-tathiigata-paripiirl;ajiiiina-m/Ldra - the symboligal figure (goddess) making fulfilled or accomplished the thoughts of all the Tathagatas; ye shes yongs su rdzogs pa - paripiirl}o jiiiinena - he is entirely full of wisdom or knowlege; mtshan yongs su rdzogs pa - paripiirl}avyaiijana - a full or perfect characteristic sign; yid la bsam pa bzhin re ba yongs su rdzogs pa - manorathiisii paripiiri - his hopes haye been entirely fulfilled in accordance with his wish. 174. Jaschke 1881, s.y. 'byong'ba: II. pf. 'byongs pafrq. with snying rje. See also Yon tan gzhir gyur ma, compiled by rJe Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa, yerse 7d: byang chub sems mchog 'byongs par byin gyis rlobs (Sangs rgyas, ed. 1996. Bstod smon phyogs bsgrigs, p. 88). 175. Tib. ye shes; Skt. jiiiina; According to Tashi Tsering Skt. jiiiina can also refer to Tib. shes pa knowledge, wisdom. But in Tibetan, when referring to the knowledge or wisdom of a Buddha or Bodhisattva, i.e., a person from the path of seeing (Tib. mthong lam; Skt. darsana-miirga) onwards, Tibetan translators added ye to shes pa, therefore ye shes = spontaneous wisdom. Adding the syllable prii to jiiii (priijiiii) refers to Tib. shes rab - wisdom. So Skt. jiiiina refers to both, ye shes and shes pa, while Tib. ye shes refers only to holy beings (Tib. 'phags pa; Skt. arya). Skt. priijiiii (Tib. shes rab) can also be ordinary intellect (see sems kyi sa mang bcu or yul nges lnga). Here the text refers to two kinds of superior knowledge (mkhyen pa gnyis): l.ji Ita ba (bzhin) mkhyen pa (yathiivaljiiiina), 2.ji snyed pa mkhyen pa (yiivaljiiiina). For a detailed study of these tenns see Almogi (2009). 176. Tib. ji Ita ba (bzliin) mkhyen pa; Skt. yathiivaljiiiina. 177. Hopkins 1992, s.y. kun rdzob kyi bden pa - saIflVrtisatyatva; correlatiye see Mvy, s.Y. 6545 kun rdzob kyi bden pa -saIflVfiti-satya - one of the shes pa bcu -dasa-jiiiiniini (Mvy, s.y. 1233): kun rdzob shes pa - saIflVrti-jiiiina (Mvy, s.Y. 1237). 178. Hopkins 1992, s.y. mam mkhyen - sarvakiira-jiiiina; MW, s.y.jiiana -the higher knowledge (deriYed from meditation) in eyery way. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. mam mkhyen I) sangs rgyas kho na la mnga ' ba 'i mam pa thams cad mkhyen pa 'i ye shes te ji Ita ji snyed kyi rnam pa ma Ius pa skad cig ma gcig la mngon sum du rtogs pa 'i mthar thug gi mkhyen pa, sher phyin dngos po brgyad kyi ya gyal zhig. 179. Hopkins 1992, s. y. spyi mtshan - samiinya-Iak~al}a. Geshe Thubten Ngawang: this usually refers to rtog btags kyi chos, that is, rtog pas btags pa tsam kyi chos, i.e., phenomena merely imputed by thought, like space (nam mkha ,), general (spyi), particular (bye brag) etc. Notes 335 180. Hopkins 1992, s.v. rang gi ngo bo-svabhiiva. Mvy, s.v. 7498 ranggi ngo bonyid dam rangbzhin - svabhiiva; Mvy, S.v. 7499 rang gi ngo bo - sviirupa. 181. Mvy, s.v. 5799 slcyu ru ra - iimalakam. Mylius: iimalaka 1. m. (auch -if) Myrobalanenbaum; 2. n. Myrobalanenfrucht. "Like a myrobalan tree on the palm of one's hand" is a popular philosophical phrase, meaning that the Buddha knows everything. Jampa Dhadak: explains: "He does not need to taste the fruit of the myrobalan tree, but knows its (sour and bitter) taste simply by holding it in his palms." Having the fruit on 1;he palm of one's hand one can also see through its skin and the fibres of the fruit look like the line on the palm of one's hand. 182. Tib.ji Ita ba bzhin mkhyen pa; Skt. yathiivaijiiiina. 183. Tib. sprospa; Skt.prapaiica. 184. Hopkins 1992, S.v. lhag bsam - adhyiisaya. MW, s.v. adhi - prefix to verbs and nouns, expresses above, over and above; iisaya - thought, intention. 185. Tib. brtson 'grus; Mvy, s.v. 1939 brtson 'grus - virya. MW, s.v. virya, viryii - vigour, energy. 186. Tib.phun sum tshogspa; Mvy, s.v.phun sum tshogspa-saIfJpanna; MW, S.v. sampanna -fallen or turned out well, accomplished, effected, perfect, excellent. 187. Hopkins 1992, s.v. thugs rje chen po - mahii-karulJii - great compassion. 188. Tib. zhal mnga'; cf. Jiischke 1881, s.v. zhal resp. for kha 1. mouth; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mnga' - dbang eha; Jiischke 1881, s.v. mnga ' - resp. for dbang - might, dominion, sway. Lit.: from the mighty or powerful mouth ofthe great being. 189. According to a Sa skya scholar at ClHTS, Chos rje Blo bzang grags pa must refer to the Sa skya scholar mChims Blo bzang grags pa (1299-1375), cf. TBRC code P1298, the 12th abbot of sNar thang. But other scholars, such as Geshe Thubten Ngawang, Jampa Dhadak and Tashi Tsering, understand that Chos rje Blo bzang grags pa refers to Red mda' ba's disciple Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa (13571419). It is most unlikely that this praise was compiled before mChims 810 bzang grags pa's death in 1375. In this case Red mda' ba would have been no older than 27 years. When mChims Blo bzang grags pa was in mDo smad, where Tsong kha pa was born, he is said to have asked Chos rje Don grub rin chen (1309-1385), who ordained Tsong kha pa at the age of seven as a sramaI}.era, to give him his name Blo bzang grags pa (Skt. Sumatil.drti); cf. ming mdzod 599,7-9. 190. Tib. skal bamimnyam; cf. Jiischke 1881, S.V. skal ba-Skt. bhiiga2. in a special sense: the portion of good or bad fortune that fall's to a man's lot as a consequence of his former actions. Also some single blessing or spiritual gift may be meant by skal ba. Tshig 1D;dzod chen mo, s. v. skal ba - 2) las skal dang bsod nams. MW, s.v. bhiiga in Ved. also = lot, esp. fortunate lot, good fortune; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. skal ba mi mnyampa'i sems-sems ean gyi gnas ris tha dadpa'i rgyud Icyi bsampa. 336 Notes 191. This probably refers to the last of the three kinds of compassion as explained according to Candraklrti's Madhyamakavatara: I. sems can la dmigs pa 'i snying rje, 2. chos la dmigs pa 'i snying rje, 3. dmigs pa med pa 'i snying rje. Cf. SSdB X, transcript, p. 74. 192. This verse, originally compiled and presented to rJe btsun Red mda' ba by rJe Tsong kha pa, was changed by Red mda' ba and returned to Tsong kha pa and is still recited today in the dGe lugs tradition as follows: dmigs med brtse ba 'i gter chen spyan ras gzigs, dri med mkhyen pa 'i dbang po 'jam dpa'i dbyangs, gangs can 11lkhas pa 'i gtsug rgyan tsong kha pa, blo bzang grags pa 'i zhabs la gsol ba 'debs. For more details see my MA thesis (2003: 127-35). See also Toh. p. 5: "The title 'Dmigs-brtse-ma' is derived from a famous gatha of the same name in a letter written by Gshon-nu blo-gros (Kumaramati), 'Tson-kha-pa's important teacher,' in answer to his disciple. The Guru-yoga system was developed in dependence on the authority ofthis gatha." For a collection of works concerning the dMigs brtse 11la see Toh. pp. 437-462. Cf. Kaschewsky 1971,2. Teil: Faksimiles, Tafel 429,V, 30r.a-c: red mda' pa 'i yon tan dran pa 'i bstod pa dang d11ligs brtse ma rnams bka' rts011l mdzad, dmigs brtse ma 'di ni dang por rje rin po ches red mda' pa 'i bstod par mdzad pa yin la, red mda' bas de gzigs nas nga la 'di ltar du bstod mi rung, rje tsong kha pa nyid la bstod na legs zhes gsung nas, tshig 'ga' brjes te rje'i bstod par bsgyur ba la, 'jam pa 'i dbyangs kyis 'gro ba mang po la ph an pa 'i phyir byin gyis rlabs par mdzad do. See also BIo bzang 'phrin las rnam rgyal, Tsong kha pa 'i rnam thar chen mo (1981: 275.2-16); Kaschewsky (1971: 137); Ngawang Gelek Demo, ed. 1976. dMigs brtse ma'i be'u 'bum. The collected rites and explanations for various profound esoteric Buddhist practices focussing upon the guruyoga of Tsong-kha-pa as set forth in the Dmigs brtse ma devotion and in the Dga' ldan lha brgya ma with all related visionary teachings of the tradition. Reproduced from a set of the Rgya-'bum Lha-khan blockprints representing the collection as finally arranged by Sgo-man Mkhyen-chen Kkhyen-rab-bstan-pachos-'phel. vol. II. New Delhi. 193. These three frequently occur as a unit in Tibetan literature: 1) dbang (bskur) - (to give) empowerment, 2) rgyud (bshad) - (to explain) tantras, 3) man ngag (bstan) - (to give) oral instructions. Cf. Mvy, S.v. 1366 man ngag - upadeia, MW, s.v. upadeia - instruction, teaching, advice. 194. The head is considered to be one of the limbs of the body. 195. This line - gang gi drin gyis bde chen nyid - is taken from a verse that is well known as gang drin mao It occurs for example in the Six Session Guru Yoga as a request to the teacher and is thought to have come from a tantric text. The verse reads: gang gi drin gyis bde chen nyid, skad cig nyid la 'char ba gang, bla ma rin chen ita bu yi, rdo cje can zhabs pad la 'dud (Shes rig par khang, ed. 2003. Bla ma 'i mal 'byor dang yi dam khag gi bdag bskyed sogs zhal 'don gces btus, pp. 13-14). English translation: I bow to the lotus feet of the spritual teacher, who is like a jewel and endowed with a vajra, and due to whose kindness the ultimate bliss appears in one moment. Cf. Kalacakra Initiation RikoniSwitzerland 1985,65, vA8: "I bow at your lotus-feet, oh my jewel-like Guru Vajradhara, your kindness heralds an instantaneous dawn of great bliss." Same in V. A2, in "An Extensive Six-Session Yoga (Thun-drug-girnal-'byor rgyas pa)," by the First Pal).-chen Blo-bzang chos-kyi rgyal-mtshan and extended by Phabong-kha Byams-pa bstan-'dzin 'phrin-las rgya-mtsho, pp. 15-24, in Berzin (1998). According to Alex Berzin (personal communication Aug. 24,2008) the First Panchen Lama was the first to compose such Notes 337 a text. A few verses were added much later by Pha bong kha. For both versions see also www. berzinarchives.com (Aug. 24, 2008). With regard to our verse, the First Panchen Lama could be quoting it from somewhere, orhe could have composed it himself. The verse is only in the general Six Session Guru Yoga and not in the Kalacakra Six Session Guru Yoga. According to Berzin the First Panchen Lama compiled the text with Guhasamaja in mind, since Vajradhara and Vajrasattva in it are forms of the central deity in Guhyasamaja. Thus Vajrasattva here is blue, not white. The deity in the six-session practice can be replaced by Vajrabhairava, Cakrasal!lvara, etc, as one wishes, while still using the same basic text. 196. Mvy, s.v. 2 beam ldan 'das - bhagavan. 197. Mvy, S.v. 4107 rgyal po 'i khab -riijag[fw. 198. Mvy, s. v. 4115 bya rgod phung po 'i ri - grdhra-kuta-parvata. Beginning ofthe Heart-Siitra (Shes rab snying po); cf. BLA p. 446. 199. Tib. byang chub kyi mehog. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. byang ehub mehog-sangs rgyas lQ;i rnam mkyhen. 200. Tib. bsod nams - Mvy, s.v. 638 bsod nams ehe - mahapUlJya. MW, s.v. pUl:zya - religious merit. 201. Mvy, s.v. 8040 grangs med pa - asalpkhya. 202. Tib. skal pa; Skt. kalpa. 203. Mvy, s.v. 1411 sde snod gsum (tripitaka): 1412 mdo sde (sutra), 1413 chos mngon pa (abhidharma), 1414 'dul ba (vinaya); 5141 mdo (sde) 'dzinpa (s!ltradhara); 1267 mdo'i sde (s!ltra). 204. Another more intimate and very respecful name for rJe bstun Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros. It could also refer to any other bla ma, depending on the context. Here it clearly refers to rJe btsun Red mda' ba. 205. Tib. pha mtha'; cf. Jaschke 1881, s.v. pha II. beyond, onward, farther on; pha mtha -the other end, the other boundary; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s. v. pha mtha' - 1) pha rol gyi mtha', grong khyer gyi pha mthar bzo grwa mang po yod 2) mu khyud, pha mtha' mi mngon pa, pha mtha' bral ba nam mkha' bzhin. 206. MW, s.v. garur;la: Name of a mythical bird (chief ofthe feathered race, ... ). The metaphor refers to the Garuga's ability to see great distances as it flies high in the sky. 207. To intensify the pure practice of view and conduct (Ita dpyod nyams len rnam dag) is a matter of great concern and thus important as Red mda' ba's great contribution, which Tsong kha pa and his students followed. 338 Notes 208. Tib. mthong zhing thos pas khums; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s. Y. khums - 2) (mying) 1. shes sam rtogs. Nitartha, s.y. khums pa 1) to hear, 2) to know, to understand. 209. The following four yerses appear as the last four yerses from a letter written by the Sakya bhik~u gZhon nu blo gros to his own disciple Blo bzang grags pa, holder of the bKa' bzhi pa title. Altogether the letter consists of nine Yerses. See chap. 7, Minor Works, text no. 35: bKa' bzhi 'dzin pa blo bzang grags pa'i dpalla spring pa, 345-347: pp. 221 b5-222b 1 (starts with na mo gurave), CPN, no. 006117 (27? pp. 2), mdzad pa po: Sakya bhik~u gZhon nu blo gras. 210. According to Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. gzhu - a synonym for mda' stan; Generally mda' and gzhu are known as arrow and bow, and mda' tshad is a common term for the length of an arrow, referring to one page of a Tibetan dpe cha, containing about one Sloka per line and up to nine ilokas per page. 211. Candra, s.y. Ihag spyod - udrak(a) - one of the earlier teachers ofthe Buddha. 212. Tib. ting (nge) 'dzin; cf. Hodge (1993: 111). Mvy, s.y. samiidhi. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. ting nge 'dzin - (samiidhi) yang dag par 'dzin pa ste brtag pa 'i dngos po'am dmigs pa la sems rtse gcig sbreng chags su 'dzin pa 'i sems byung ngo. MW, s.y. samiidhi - with Buddhists samiidhi is the fourth and last stage of dhyiina or intense abstract meditation. MW, s.y. dhyiina [Tib. bsam gtanJ: (abstract) meditation, with Buddhists deyided into four stages. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. bsam gtan (states wrongly? Skt. samiidhi for Tib. bsam gtan): sems ma g.yengs shing nyon mongs pa 'i dri ma dang ma 'dres par rtse gcig tu gnas pa '0, de ni nges pa 'am gtan la dbab pa ste, de Ita bu'i rgyu las theg pa che chung gi shes rab tshad ma thams cas 'bras bur 'byung bas na bsam gtan la dbab pa 'i phyir bsam gtan zhes bya'o, ... ming gi mam grangs la mnyam jog dang, ting 'dzin, mal 'byor, zhi gnas bcas so. Cf. Sweet (1996: 247), who translates dhyiina as "contemplation." 213. Jaschke 1881, s.y. gnad, Skt. marman I. the main point, object or substance, the pith, essence. MW, s.y. marman - vulnerable point, core of anything 214. Tib. Ito; cf. Jaschke 1881, s.y. Ito, seldom Ito ba - food?; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. Ito -zas sam bza' bya. 215. Tib. tshulldan bslab la; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. tshulldan I) tshad ldan nam tshul dang mthun pa. Mvy, s.y. bslab pa - iik:tii (training). Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.y. bslab pa 2. tshul khrims. Mvy, s.y. tshul khrims -Slia. MW, s.y. iila - moral conduct, moral precept. 216.111uminator, s.y. gsung gi gsang ba -one of the gsang ba gsum -the three secrets: sku'i gsang ba, gsung gi gsang ba, thugs kyi gsang ba. These refer to the indestructible realities of a Buddha which are categorized yia body, speech and mind. Tashi Tsering: like sku gsung thugs kyi bsam kyis mi khyab, only used for high lamas and it is inconceiyable for us. 217. Not clear to whom Amoghayajra (Tib. Don yod rdo rje) historically refers. Perhaps the translator Amoghayajra (705-774), who became yery famous in Chinese history. Cf. Lessing and Wayman (1968: Notes 339 285); Nakamura (1987: 335); Smith (2001: 274). It seems worth mentioning that Amoghavajra was also one of the names Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa received in about 1360 at the age of three from The Dharma Lord Bla rna dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan while receiving a CakrasaIpvara, Hevajra and VajrapiiQ.i empowerment. 218. Je Tsong kha pa was considered to be a reincarnation ofPaQ.Q.ita Matibhadra from KiismYri. This may refer to PaQ.c;Iita Siikyasnohadra (1127-1225), who was in Tibet from 1204-1213. Kha che is the common Tibetan term for both the country ofKiismYr and its inhabitants. 219.Tib. spyi don. Cf. Wilson (1996: 130). 220. Lit. The Owner of the Secret Tantras (gSang bdag; Guhyapati). 221. This refers to Lo brag mKhan chen Phyag rdor ba, i.e., Lo brag Grub chen [Phyag rdor ba] Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan alias Las kyi rdo Ije (1324/26-1401), who was also a tantric teacher of Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa. Cf. Martin (1997: 63, no. 100). Las chen (2003: 615.6-19) gives the full quotation from mKhan chen las kyi rdo rje la rin po che zhus pa 'i lung bstan. 222. For details see S",rensen and Hazod (2007: 20, 455n96). 223. Tib. khab so. Some of the Tibetan scholars I talked to had doubts that the explanation given for khab so in Tshig mdzod chen mo king's treasure house (rgyal po 'i mdzod khang) is correct. However, the term khab so occurs also in other places, e.g., in Sa skya gdung rab chen mo, p. 225a3: khab so bkra shis su 'khrungs. Prof. Jampa Samten thinks, it must have been a fort(ress), in which Red mda' ba's father was living as a local head or as the head of an aristrocratic family or clan of perhaps a few hundred families. He may have held a junior post of responsibility for the protection and management of the fort(ress), i.e., a building or a place that has been strengthened and protected against attack. He thinks that we should be able to find some archaeological remains or relics there, such as old ruins. 224. Re(d) mda' is the name ofasmall settlement, west of Sa skya, and also the name of the prominent family Re(d) mda', linked to Sa skya (see Cassinelli and Ekvall1969: 34-39 and maps 2,3): "From the sMau River near Momo Dzong, the Sa sKya border ran about twenty-three miles through high uninhabited country to the Grum River just east of Renda. Renda was a small settlement named after a prominent family, Re mDaa, whose ancestor was a monk in the North Monastery in the Sa sKya capital and a teacher of Tsong Kha Pa. There is no explanation why Renda was just on the other side of the border. The Grum River served as the Sa sKya border from Renda to about thirteen miles west of Renda, where the river turns north to join the gTsang po. Somewhere along this line the Grum goes underground for some distance, thus preventing its use as a waterway. A moderate amount of traffic, however, moved on land from Sa sKya down the Grum Valley to the Lhasa administrative unit ofLhatse Dzong, a town of about 6,500 people. This was the principle avenue of Sa sKya trade with the west, but the western trade was much less important than that with the south, east and north." (37). See also Everding 2000: 450n1124; Dungdkar tshigmdzod chen rna, p. 1923: red mda' -gzhis ka rtse lha rtse rdzong phun tshogs gling chus red mda' grong sde. Regarding the Etymology of Re(d) mda' there may be a link to a river or valley hrad, rad, red (gTsang dialect) - see Wylie (1962: 72, 143, 226, note 51, 340 Notes index): Re, Red, Srad, valley Srad. See also Stein (1987: 18): "Ut Ie Ciel et la Terre s'opposent comme souverain et peuple, cote lumineux (dags) et cote obscur (srib) de la montagne, comme mari et femme (en Chine aussi, Yin et Yang sont de sexe oppose), droite et gauche comme oncle maternal et neveu uterin, tete et corps comme pere et fils, et enfin haut (Phll) et bas (mda') d'une vallee comme maitre et disciple." German version of Stein abridged (1987: 40): "Die H6he des Talschlusses und die Tiefe des Talausgangs werden immer durch besondere Bezeichnungen (phu und 111da ') sorgfaitig unterschieden." It should be investigated in situ whether Red mda' is located in a valley formed by fluvial activity, such as a river called Red. Since all rivers flow downhill, Red mda' could be a valley at the mouth, lower end, or base level of such a river. Regarding the "prominent family" see Sa skya'i gdung rabs ngo 111tshar bang 111dzod kyi kha skong (1991: 13.4-5): de nas dus 111chos bla branggdllngrabs ni, lungphud lnga pa re[dJ 111da' nyi rin lao See also Sa skya gdungs rabs chen 1110 p. 224a6-225a3: bdag nyid [224bJ chen po 'i btsun 1110 refdJ mda' ma ... gdung brgyud spel Gig pa 'i lung phud nas khab tu bzhes pa 'i btsun mo lnga payul re[dJ mda' 'am pha ming re[dJ 111da' ba'i rtsed po and the following commentary. Cf. Roerich (1979: 213-14): "Three sons were born to the Venerable Lady (btsun mo) red mda' mao The eldest died in childhood. The youngest Kun dga' Legs pa'i rgyal mtshan dpal bzang po was born in the year Earth-Male-Ape (sa pho spre 'u 1308 A.D.) when his father was 47. At 29 in the year Fire-Male-Mouse (me pho byi ba 1336 A.D:) he died at srad." The third son is not mentioned in the English translation. But if the dating is correct, Lady Red mda' rna lived about one rab byung too early to be the mother of Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros. Regarding the emergence of the Dus mchod Bla brang see Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. ti shri kun dga' blo gros - rab byung lnga pa 'i sa phag lor sa skya bdag nyid chen po 'i sras su 'khrungs, hor gyi rgyal sar byon nas bu yan rgyal po dang, gi gan rgyaI po, ye sun the mur bcas gsum gyi ti shri mdzad, de yan chad kyis gdan sa thun mong du dbang bsgyur, 'di pas gdan sa de sku mched so sor bgos te gnang bas bzhi thog bla brang dang, Iha khang bla brang, rin chen sgang bla brang, dus mchod bla brang bcas bzhir gyes, shing glang lor 'das (Ti shri Kun dga' blo gros was born in the earth-pig-year [1299] of the 5th rab byung as the son of Sa skya bDag nyid chen po [bZang po dpal, 1262-1324, reg. 1298-1324]. After he had come to the throne of [the King of] Hor, together with King Bu yan, King Gi gan and Ye sun The mur he ascended to the rank of the Ti shri. From then onwards they had to share power over the main seat [Sa skya]. Because of this, since the main seat had to be shared between each of the brothers, he did so. Thus [Sa sleya] was split up into four Bla brang: I. bZhi thog bla brang, 2. Lha khang bla brang, 3. Rinchen sgang bla brang and 4. Dus mchod bla brang. He passed away in the wood-ochs-year [1325]). Deviation from TBRC code P4038: year of death 1327. 225. Tib. yul srungs is probably not part of the name, but a further attribute "protector or defender of the country" 6'ul srung ba po) or a title, cf. Goldstein 2001, S.V. yuI srung: garrison commander. 226. King Srong btsan sgam po owed his success mainly to his minister mGar stong btsan yul srungs. The latter was a great strategist; who in the year 641 distinguished himself for his cleverness during the negotiations on the king's marriage with the Chinese princess. He effectively reigned over Tibet (Bod) as the "Lord of Duties." A chronicle from Tun-huang reports that in the year 654 the grand minister Tong rtsan (sic) carried ?ut a national census in connection with an extensive reorganization of duties. According to early chronicles, it is also thanks to this wise minister that fees were standardized (cf. Notes 341 Stein 57-65, 120-21). See also ming mdzod 1619: kong gi gdun nLS ni mgar yin (his paternal line is that of the mgar family). 227. Tib. Bram ze rna gSal ba'i tshu! khrims. This is also the name of the mother of Asanga and Vasubandhu, Skt. prakasaslla, lit. 'She of shining morality'. Ye shes rgyal mtshan matches with Las chen and ms. B (for references see critical edition). In ms. A and in the biography on Red mda' ba by Mang thos Klu sgrub rgya mtsho in his bsTan rtsis gsal ba 'i nyin byed the names of the parents are not mentioned (see Mangthos 1993: 194.10-197.14). 228. Ye shes rgyal mtshan states that Red mda' ba was born as their son in the female earth-ox-year [1349] (sa mo glang la sras su sku 'khrungs), while Mang thos dates his birth to the male earth-mouseyear 1348 (sa pho byi 10 ... byon). Ye shes rgyal mtshan draws the information that Red mda' ba was born in the earth-female-ox (sa mo glang) year from Las chen I) 155a.6, 2) 309a3, 3) 611.22. Since according to Sangs rgyas rtse mo Red mda' ba died at the age of 65 in the water-dragon year 1412, one could argue that he was born in the female fire-pig-year1347, butthe date 1349 would be definitely too late. According to the earliest source and the sole complete biography 1348 is correct. For further discussion see notes 808, 809, 832, 838. 229. In manuscript B the syllable chos, perhaps for chos rje has been added. This may refer to The Dharma Lord Tsong kha pa, but the praise has not been identified yet. 230. Nickname for a small btsun pa; MW, s.v. bhadanta or bhattara (Lobsang Norbu). 231. Tib. a ne. In the Tibetan a ne means both 'aunt' and 'nun'. But since there is no further explanation about a nun as a member of this family, I translate it here as aunt. The term a ne needs a good deal of further research and clarification. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. a ne 1) pha 'i sring mo 'am, gcen mo dang gcung mO, ... a ne chung ba, ...2) btsun mao Ye shes rgyal mtshan: a ne mo. Stein (1993: 103) explains that a-khu, "Onkel vaterlicherseits," refers to "jeden beliebigen alten Herrn (manchmal mit einem Anflug von Vertraulichkeit)," and a-ne or ne-ne, "Tante vaterlicherseits," to ')ede beliebige Dame." Perhaps a ne mo refers to an aunt on the mother's side. Goldstein 1983 does not list a ne, but a. ni 1. nun, 2. paternal aunt; female of first ascending generation patrilaterally. Goldstein 2001, S.V. aNi - nun; a ne L paternal aunt, female relative of the first ascending generation patrilaterally, 2. nun. 232. Cf. Sa skya gdung rabs chen mo p. 225a: the fifth wife of bdag nyid chen po (needs to be identified) was Yum Re[d] mda' ma. She came from the location Re[d] mda' or her father's name was Re[ d] mda' rtsed po (Re mda', the player or gambler?). The name of this fifth wife was IHa gcig Nyi rna rin chen. She gave birth to three [children], a son (sras) and an elder and younger sister (learn sring). Among them the elder brother was called Slob dpon chen po Nyi rna dpaL Even though he was born in the Dus mchod bla brang, he passed away in his youth and could not contribute anything to the [Buddha's] doctrine. The middle or second of the three children was called Slob dpon rna Kuu dga' 'bum. She was born in Khab so bKra shis, grew up in mNga' ris Gung thang and became the queen of the mNga' bdag (= Ti shri?) of the Yuan dynasty (ta dben). Her son was Slob dpon IHa btsun Phun tshogs dpaL He became known as the IHa btsun Phun tshogs dpal, the fine mNga' bdag of the two 342 Notes sections (sde gnyis). He was, teaching for many years in the Great Seat (gdan sa chen po), the' glorious Sa skya. Then later, when the Slob dpon ma went to the Great Seat [Sa skya], she was given to the Bla brang Seng ge sgang [ruled] by the [spiritual?] father dPon chen gZhon dbang pa and his [spiritual?] son (yab sras gnyis). At this place she passed away in deep meditation. 233. Tib. bod khams, lit. "the realm of Tibet." 234. Tib. lag rtags. Tashi Tsering: Refers to the political side. At that time Sa skya was independent. The seal or stamp of the great ruler must refer to the political power. Cf. van del' Kuijp (1991: 292): "A good Tibetan equivalent of thel-rtse would perhaps be lag-rtags." He further states "that in the course of the legal proceedings that led to the virtual capitulation of Sa-skya's military forces in a passage 'located' between the years 1354 and 1357, Comrnander-in-Chief(du-dben-shwa <Ch. duyuanshuai» Gzhon[-nu] rgyal[-mtshan] was unable to use his [thel-rtse]. He then was given the alternative by Dbang-phyug, one of Ta'i-si-tu's men, of either using his thal-rtse, or of using his hand C... ) for the ratification of a document (yi-ge)." See also p. 302 on "Ra-mda," perhaps Re[d]-mda'? 235. Tib. blo gros che: abbr. of blo gros chen po. MW, s.v. mahiimati - great-minded, having a great understanding, clever. 236. One of the eight priitimolqa vows, which has eight precepts that need to be kept for one day, i.e., 24 hours. 237. Tib. thugs rje chen po; Skt. mahiikaruTJa is both, a name for Avalokitesvara, the Bodhisattva of compassion, as well as a teclmical term for 'Great Compassion'. 238. Lit.: great saint ('phags chen), abbr. of 'phags pa Carya) chen po. 239. TBRC code P5522. 240. The freedom [of the eight obstacles] is already mentioned in the early Indian literature of Mahayana Buddhism, cf. Tsong-kha-pa (2000: 118). 241. Cf. Mi rigs dpe mdzod khang 1997: vol. 3,316.21: 1366, counting from birth in 1349. But as mentioned before, Red mda' ba was born in 1348. Cf. chap. 8, Tabular CV of Red mda' ba. 242. Also known as Lo tsa ba Ma ti PaQ, chen. Tsong kha pa received from him teachings in 1375. For details of his life s. SeyfortRuegg (2000: 61n134; 1963: 81) and TBRC code P151. See also Ngor Chos 'byung 346.5: ma ti paTJ chen sags la gsan pa mthar phyin. 243. P5709, vol. 130. 244. Jackson (1994: 103) mentions Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal as an eminent scholar and one of the "two masters who obviously might have influenced Tsong kha pa." The other one he mentions is "his equally illustrious student Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros (1349-1412). Nya dbon (who incidentally also served at one time as abbot of Jo nang and defended the gzhan stong Madhyamaka) is traditionally said to have Notes 343 been the fountainhead of later Tibetan Tshad-ma exposition, and he was the teacher of the most influential Tshad-ma scholars of the next generation, including g,Yag ston Sangs rgyas dpal (13481414), Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa." Steams (1999: 7) considers him as one of the most important disciples of Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan (1292-1361). Jackson (1987: 154n47): "Dzam-thang blarna, pp. 38b. 7-39b.2" supplies the dates 1285-1379 for Nya-dbon Kun-dga'-dpal. The death date seems reasonable, but both will need further verification for the birth date makes him twenty-seven years older than his teacher BIa-ma-dam-pa Bsod-nams-rgyal-mtshan." Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 62n135): "In the Jo nan pa chos 'byun by Nag dban blo gros grags pa, ff. 38b-39b, Na dbon is stated to have been born in a bird-year (apparently 1285) and to have died in the earth-sheep year (1379) in his ninety-fifth year." Kaschewsky (l971: 83) mentions that 1375 in rTse chen Nya dbon, because of his state of health, could not teach Tsong kha pa the Abhidharmakosa. However, ming mdzod places Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal (prob. wrongly) a whole cycle (rab byung) later: 1345-1439; cf. TBRC code P2010. 245. Same in Mang thos (1993: 194.16-19): thog mar dpalldan sa skyar, mkhas pa nya dbon dang, mkhan chen sangs rgyas 'phel ba'i drung du tshad ma, (...) gsan. But we do not know any PramiiI:Ja expert called mKhan chen Sangs rgyas 'phel, who could have functioned as Red mda' ba's teacher next to Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal. We may be confronted with a misspelling of Grub chen Sangs rgyas dpal. Ye shes rgyal mtshan 1990: 892.22 matches with Las chen 2003: 155b2-3: Sangs rgyas dpal; ming mdzod p.1619 identifies him (wrongly?) as g.Yag phrug Sangs rgyas dpal (also known as g.Yag ston; cf. TBRC code PI971). g.Yag ston is according to Mang thos older than Red mda' ba and was a student of Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal. Although g.Yag is not considered to be a great Pramal}a expert, he composed a Pramal}a commentary. But in general like his teacher Rong ston he is considered to be an expert on the AbhisamayiilaIpkiira. For a short biography and a catalog of his Collected Works see Shes bya 'i gter mdzod, pp. 308-10. A more famous Pramal}a expert would have been Grub chen Sangs rgyas dpal, better known as Buddhasrl (s. TBRC code P3296 and bSod nams rgya mtsho and Nor bu sgroI dkar 2000: 73). For his biography, compiled by his disciple Ngor chen Kun dga' bzang po, see Sa slrya bka' ba'i 'bum, vol. 9, no. 34, 36-3-6 to 42-3-2: BIa rna dam pa Grub chen Buddha srI (1339-1432) carne from a place that belongs to North La stod (West Tibet). He studied up to his 31st year and made special great efforts at his studies of PramiilJaviirttika. First he learnt from mKhan chen mGon rgyal ba and then with rTog ge pa dPal ldan bzang po, who was known as the most intelligent master from Shangs. After Master Sangs rgyas dpal had finished his PramiilJaviirttika studies, he made debate rounds (grwa skor) in Sa skya. With regard to his lineage via Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal see Jackson (1987: 134, 141-143, 145). See also van der Kuijp (1983: 314). Dalai Lama V, gSan yig, vol. I, 19a6 identifies also Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal as the Pramana teacher of Red mda' ba, not Sangs rgyas 'phel or dpal. For the full PramiilJaviirttika lineage see pp.18b6-19b2. The first Tibetan was Sa skya pal}qita Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (1182-1251), who studied with thefOUT Indian masters a) Pal} chen Sakya srI, b) Pal}qita Sugata srI, c) Pal} chen Da na SIla and d) Bal po Sarp. gha srI. Then carne 'u yug pa Rig pa'i seng ge (d. 1253), Zhang mDo sde dpal (b. 13th cent.), 'Jam skya Nam mkha' dpal (b. 13th cent.), dPang Lo tsa ba BIo gros brtan pa (1276-1342), the glorious BIa rna dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan (1312-1375), Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal and Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros, who passed the teachings on to Tsong kha pa BIo bzang grags pa, rGyal tshab Dar rna rin chen and so on. Alternatively there is also a direct lineage from Red mda' ba to rGyal tshab Dar rna rin chen (Dalai Lama V, gSan yig, vol. 1, 344 Notes 19b2-19b3). 246. In Red mda' ba's biography debate rounds (grwa SkOl) are only mentioned once, in this place, whereas in Tsong kha pa's biography at least twelve debate rounds are reported during the years 1375 to 1380. In order to achieve his dge bshes degree ofa 'Master ofthe Four Scriptures' (bKa' bzhi pa). At the end of his studies, Tsong kha pa made debate rounds on 1) Paramita, i.e., AbhisamayiilaIpkiira, 2) Varttika, i.e., PramiilJaviirttika, 3) upper and lower Abhidharma, i.e., Abhidharmasamueeaya and Abhidharmakasa, and 4) on the VinayasL7tra. These debate rounds took place in I) gSang phu, 2) bDe ba can, 3) Sa skya, 4) 'Dar bZang Idan, 5) Ngam ring, 6) 'Ga' rong, 7) Bo dong E, 8) gNas rnying, and 9) sNar thang monastery. See alsa note 550 and Jackson (2007: 345/46). It is important to understand that at the time of Red mda' ba, in order to attain a Master of the Four Scriptures degree, one had to make a round or tour from one debating courtyard (grwa or rwa) to the other to demonstrate one's scholastic proficiency (cf. Jackson 1994b: 107). The grwa skar was regarded as monastic examination (cf. van der Kuijp 1987: 117). Kaschewsky (1971: 81) translates the term grwa skar "Studienreise," but overlooked its significance as examination. Zongtse (1991: 304-304ka) translates grwa skar "visiting debates," Onoda (1999: 14) "visiting monastic colleges," and Goldstein (2001) "I. monks who go to different monasteries to debate, 2. monastery." Tarab Tulku (2000: 12) gives the following etymology: "The syllable Dra (tib. Grwa) refers to monastic college, and kor (tib. Skor) means to go around. Drakor therefore indicates to go around the different monastic universities to ask for 'examination' in order to prove one's scholastic abilities." However, etymologically examined, it seems more likely that the syllable grwa came into being witb the bsdus grwa literature, a genre of monastic textbooks (yig eha), that is also referred to as "path of argumentation for beginners,' intermediate, and advanced stage" (rigs lam ehung, bring and ehe ba), and that originally referred to the "courtyard" (grwa or rwa) in which the Pramalfa Summary (tshad ma bsdus pa) was taught (cf. Jackson 1987: 129). Terms such as ehas grwa, 'dzin grwa, rtsad grwa, grwa tshang, and grwa sa seem to be linked and may even have derived from it. Probably grwa in grwa skar refers to "debating courtyard" (grwa or rwa), and skar derives from skar ba "the going or moving round" (cf. Jaschlce 1881). For a kind of definition for grwa skar see Kaschewsky (1971: 2. Teil Falcsimiles, Tafel 376, III, 6r.f-6v.d). At the time of Tsong kha pa's debate rounds the scholars of the monastic centers, one after the other, asked questions by applying means of logic (rigs lam gtang ba), which the candidate (here: Tsong kha pa) had to answer. For a more thorough analysis of the tenn, terms related to it, and the monastic education system(s) in its whole early texts need to be screened. According to Zongtse (1991: 304-304ka) the term grwa skar sprung from rNgog Blo Idan shes rab, Phywa pa Chos kyi seng ge and the Master lHa 'od zer from gTsang. Also the genre of monastic regulations (bea' yig) need to be given more attention. For example the monastic regulations of tbe dPal 'khor study center (ehas sde) of rGyal rtse, founded in 1418, give many details on its curriculum (see 'Jigs med grags pa. 1987. Rab brtan kun bzang 'pltags kyi rnam tltar). mKhas grub dGe legs dpal bzang is considered to have been the founder and had definitely a great impact, probably the responsibility for setting up the curriculum (cf. Wylie 2003: 484). For more details see Jackson (2007: 353, 355). 247. Mvy, s.v. rgyal ba 'j sras - jinaputra. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. rgyal ba 'i thugs sras - byang ehubsems dpa '. Notes 345 248. According to a short biography in Ngor Chos 'byung 344.4-345.2: byang chub sems (. ..) gshegs so, born in 1295 (shing mo lug), died at the age of75 in 1371 (lcags phag). Either the year or the age must be wrong. According to the age, he would have died in 1369. For a more detailed biography see Las chen 3) 591.14-605.22. There it is clearly said that Thogs med bzang po dpal was born in 1295 (p. 591.18 shing mo lug gi 10) and passed away at the age of75 in 1369 (p. 604.19-23 sa mo bya'i bIo). Cf. TBRC code P1830: 1295-1369. See also Sm-ensen and Hazod (2007: 694n2). 249. According to TBRC code G233 dNguI chu Chos rdzong is an ancient bKa' gdams monastery located in the western part of the TAR. Jaschke 1881, s.v. dnguI, dngul chu -quicksilver, mercury. See TBRC code P1830: dNgul chu Thogs med bzang po dpal (1295-1369). Illuminator, s.v. dngul chu 3) Name of a place in Tibet which was famous initially as the residence of dNgul chu Thogs med bzang po and later for a family lineage of Gelugpa scholars who were known among other things for their writings on grammar (e.g., dNgul chu thogs med). The name of the exact place of the hermitage was bZhad. 250. Cf. Sweet (1996: 244-260). In note 13 Sweet points out that the translation of blo sbyong as 'mental training' reflects the influence of modem colloquial Tibetan. In his essay on "The Lineage of Mental Purification" he also stresses that the work on seven-topic mental purification has been considered from the beginning to be one of the most important of the mental purification texts by the dGe lugspa. 251. This was most probably between 1365 and 1369. The biography ofThogs med bzang po dpal, Las chen 3) 594.15-21 mentions that at the age of 43 (about 1338) he went to dNgul chu'i chos rdzong where he stayed in retreat for more than 20 years. Then he started teaching the Mental Purification of the Mahayana. Especially when he was teaching the Bodhicaryiivatiira there were rains of flowers. Red mda' ba is mentioned as one of his main disciples, see Las 3) p. 601.12. About the transmission ofthese Mental Purification teachings which Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros received from rGyal sras Thogs med bzang po dpal and passed on to Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa see Ye shes rgyal mtshan 903.21905.23 and Las chen 1) 160al-160b2, 2) 312a3-312b2, 3) 617.16-618.11. For an English translation of Thogs med bzang po dpal's Blo sbyong don bdun ma'i khrid yig see www.berzinarchives.com (August 24,2008). Tsong kha pa transmitted the teaching to Hor ston Nam mkha' dpal (1373-1447). He composed the famous manual of instruction (khrid yig) Sunbeams ojMentral Purification (Blo sbyong nyi ma'i 'od zer). Ger-man translation in Weishaar-Gunter (1997); see also Geshe Thubten Ngawang (2005). From Hor ston the teaching was passed on to Dalai Lama I, dGe 'dun grub (1391-1474). Ye shes rgyal mtshan 904.12 arranges the so-called "Lineage of transmission of the Great Whispered Teaching of Mind Purification" (blo sbyong snyan rgyud chen mo 'i brgyud pay in the style of a lineage prayer (gsol 'debs). C£ Dalai Lama XIV (1988: 79): "If you are emphasizing the practice oflojong on the basis of the Bodhisattvacharyavatara, visualize the lineage gurus of what is called the lineage of extensive actions; then it is not necessary to visualize Maitreya, but rather you should visualize Manjushri, Nagarjuna, Shantideva and so forth." Cf. note 395. Jinpa (2006: 672) does not have Thogs med bzang-po's 'commentary,' but in his bibliography, he says the Tibetan text is found in vol. 3 of Jamgon Kongtrul's Treasury ojInstructions, Delhi: Lungtok and Gyaltsen, reprint 1971. See also Jinpa (2008: 5): "The focal point of mind training teachings is the cultivation of the awakening mind (bodhi- 346 Notes citta), especially in the tradition of Santideva's (eight century) equalizing and exchanging self and others." Note that these teachings are also of particular importance in the bKa' brgyud tradition. In a Blo sbyong gsol 'debs by 'Jam mgon Blo gros mtha' yas (1813-1899), n. p., n. d., 1 fol., attached to a Blo sbyong don bdun ma text (5 fols.), p.1a5 after Thogs med bzang po dpal follow Yon tan blo gros, and gZhon nu blo gros. But this seems to be a diffeJ;:ent gZhon nu blo gros, perhaps TBRC code P4011. 252. Hopkins 1992, s.v. sbyor ba - prayoga - syllogism; laschke 1881, s.v. syllogism; MW, s.v. prayoga - position, consequence. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sbyor ba 2.2) rigs pa - rtsod pa chen po byed dus so so 'i sgrub byed kyi sbyor ba yang dag gsal por shod pa. 253. Tib. slob dpon; MW, s.v. acarya - spiritual teacher. 254. Tib. dpe mtshams gcod pa; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. dpe mtshams pa - mtshams la bshad de dpe tshig blo la 'dzin mkhan dang, don la rtog dpyod byed mkhan; bCa' yig of the dPal 'khor study center, in 'Jigs med grags pa, rGyal rtse chos rgyal gyi rnam par thar pa dad pa 'i 10 thog dngos grub kyi char 'bebs, (1987: 192,8-10): mtshams gcod pa -to remain in retreat. Shes bya'i gter mdzod, vol. 3,316.23-24 paraphrases that Red mda' ba realized that it is not good to rely exclusively on the oral teachings of a master and thus went into retreat on the scriptures. 255. The seven treatises on valid cognition (tshad ma sde bdun) are: I. Treatise on the Investigation of Relations (SaIpbandhaparlk:javrtti, 'Brei pa brtag pa 'i rab tu byed pa), P 5731, vol. 130; 2. Ascertainment of Valid Cognition (PramalJaviniscaya, Tshad ma rnam par nges pa), P5710, vol. 130; 3. Commentary on [Dignaga 's "Compendium} on Valid Cognition, " (PramalJavarttika, Tshad ma rnam 'grel), P5709, vol. 130; 4. Treatise on the "Drops of Logic, " (NyayabinduprakaralJa, Rigs pa 'i thigs pa zhes bya ba 'i rab tu byed pa), P5711, vol. 130, Engl. trans!. by T. Stcherbatsky, Buddhist Logic, (1962); 5. Treatise on the "Drops ofReason, " (Hetubindu-nama-prakaralJa, gTan tshigs kyi thigs pa zhes bya ba rab tu byed pa), P 5712, vol. 130; 6. Treatise called the "Proof of the Continuum of Others, " (SaIptanantarasiddhi-nama-prakaralJa, rGyud gzhan grub pa zhes bya ba 'i rab tu byed pa), P5716, vol. 130; 7. Treatise on the "Logic of Debate, " (Vadanyaya-nama-prakaralJa, rTsod pa 'i rigs pa zhes bya ba'i rab tu byed pa), P5715, vol. 130. 256. Refers to Dignaga's Compendium of Valid Cognition (PramalJasamuccaya, Tshad ma kun las btus pa), P5700, vol. 130. See Frauwallner (1994: 390-94), who translates the title from Sanskrit Zusammenstellung der Mittel rich tiger Erkenntnis (Compilation ofthe Means of Correct Insight). For a survey on the logicians Dignaga and Dharrnaklrti and their writings, see Nakamura (1999: 294-312). 257. Here the 'elegant sayings' may refer to: 1. Sa pall's masterpiece on Pramal).a, the Tshad ma rigs pa'i gter (with auto commentary Rigs gter rang 'grel; s. Jackson 1987: 44-46) and 2. 'U yug pa Rigs pa'i seng ge's Tshad ma 'i bsdus pa, i.e., bsDus pa rigs sgrub or bsDus don rigs pa 'i sdom; s. Cabez6n and Jackson 1996: 191, 194). 'UyugpaRigspa'isenggewasadiscipleofSapal).(Jackson 1994: 113; Seyfort Ruegg 2000: 274). See Drepung Catalog p. 1457 no. 01642lrGyas pa'i bstan beos tshad rna mam 'grel gyi 'grel pa rig pa'i mdzod by 'U yug pa Rig pa'i seng ge (238 folios). Notes 347 258. Lam rim bla ma brgyud pa' rnam thar (1990: 829.27): {ikka. Cf. Mvy, s.v. 1457: {ika (,grel bshad). Likewise MW, s.v. {ilea. For further details on these commentaries see chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, texts no. 1 and 2. According to the colophon, Red mda' ba, gSung skor, vol. 1, p. 277a2, text no. 1 was composed in dPal sa skya'i chos grwachenpo. No date given. See also van der Kuijp (1994a: 14-15) and Kaschewsky (1971: 99, 259n81). In 1390 in sTag tshang rdzong kha Red mda' ba taught Tsong kha pa his commentary on the Pramal}avarttikiilaIpkara (see Blo bzang 'phrin las mam rgya), Tsang kha pa 'i rnam thar chen ma (1981: 175.21-176.1). Cf. Jackson (2007: 351/52). Van der Kuijp (1985b: 76): "Red-mda'-ba is known to have written a sub-commentary to the PV-alaIpkara which he taught and discussed with Tsong-kha-pa in ca. 1390, and his own PV commentary subtitled Rigs-pa 'i 'dod-ja was, according to the PDGB p. 74, also largely based on Prajiiakaragupta's explanations and even adopted his chapter sequence." Van der Kuijp (1994: 15): "According to both Gsermdog Pal] chen and Mkhan chen Ngag dbang chos grags (1572-1641), Red mda' pa was heavily indebted to the exegesis of Prajiiakaragupta, and is even said to have written a subcommentary on the latter. This is neither explicitly nor implicitly borne out in his biography by Mnga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo in which is but stated that he authored a sypnoptic and a lengthy commentary on DharmakIrti's text, in addition to a general survey (spyi don)." 259. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 3. Mvy, s.v. 6886 spyi don - samudayartha. Hopkins 1992, s.v. spyi don - artha - samanya - general meaning, the style of a textbook which lays out the subject, definitions, divisions, etc. as opposed to analysis of the scope (mtha' spyad). See for example ACIP catalog No. S0005 dGe bshes Thub bstan rin chen, dBu ma'i spyi don gyi dkar chag, Table of Contents to Overview of the Middle Way. 260. Jaschke 1881, s.v. 'bum phrag gcig- a hundred thousand, so here 100.000 x 1.000 = 100.000.000. 261. Jaschke 1881, s.v. mngal, resp. lhums (Sk!. garbha). 262. Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.v. kun gzhi 3) kun gzhi (alaya)-rnamshes kyi bsdus tshig. Hopkins 1992, s.v. kun gzhi rnam shes - alaya-vijfiana. MW, s.v. alaya - house, dwelling. 263. Tib. gdung tshab; Jaschke 1881, s.v. gdung, resp. for rus (pa), 1. bone(s), remains. Jaschke 1881, s.v. tshab for tshab; tshab (cf. 'tshab pa), representative; in reference to a thing: equivalent, substitute. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. gdung 'tshab (2) rigs dang lugs kyi rgyud 'dzin mkhan. 264. Here dPalldan grags pa is referring to dPalldan Chos grags (Dharmaklrti). Note: dPalIdan grags pa usually refers in Tshad ma context to Chos kyi grags pa and in dBu ma context always to Zla ba grags pa. But sometimes it does not refer to a scholar. Like Red mda' ba, bShes pa 'i springs yig gi 'grel pa don gsal (2005: 2): dge slang dpalldan cher grags pa, de min klu zhes 'bod pa ste (The bhik~u, who is very famous and glorious, and known by the name Nagarjuna). The latter is supposed to be a quote from the Lmikavatarasiitra. 265. Perhaps the metaphor here is similar to the sutta about counterfeit gold from the Saf!1Yutta Nikaya, 16th chapter (to Mahakassapa), sutta no. 13. English translation in Bodhi (2000: 680-81): "Just as, Kassapa, gold does not disappear so long as counterfeit gold has not arisen in the world, but when 348 Notes counterfeit gold arises then true gold disappears, so the true Dhamma does not disappear so long as a counterfeit ofthe true Dhamma has not arisen in the world, but when a counterfeit of the true Dhamma arises in the world, then the true Dhamma disappears. It is not the earth element, Kassapa, that causes the true Dhamma to disappear, nor the water element, nor the heat element, nor the air element. It is the senseless people who arise right here who cause the true Dhamma to disappear." 266. Tib. sgrub (bye), Skt. siidhana or siidhaka. MW, s.v. siidhana - establishment of a truth, proof. argument; siidhaka - proof, argument. 267. Hopkins 1992, s.v. sun 'byin - Skt. d!l$w:za; MW, s.v. d!l$alJa - objection, adverse argument, refutation. 268. Tib. smra ngan wa skyes tshogs; cf. Hopkins 1992, s.v. smra ba ngan pa 'i wa skyes kyi klad pathe brains a/the six foxes - the bad proponents (POP 66). 269. Tib. mdo, here: Tshad ma 'i mdo = Tshad ma kun las btus pa - PramiilJasamucchaya. 270. Tib. rOyal tshab Byams pa mgon po; cf. MW, s.v. Yuvaraja - "young king," N. of Maitreya (the future Buddha). 271. Tib. dbu rngas; cf. Jaschke 1881, s.v. rngas, v. sngas; sngas-a bolster, pillow, cushion, resp. dbu snas pillow. 272. Tib. 'bur du dod pa; cf. liischke 1881, s.v. bur3. for 'bur; 'bur ba 1. to rise, to be prominent, 'bur du dod pa v. dod pa; 'bur du rko ba, to emboss, to work out relievos. 273. liischke 1881, s.v. bam po 2. division, section, of books, (of greater length than a chapter); in metrical compositions it is said to comprise a number of 300 verses. 274. See Petech (1990: 100): "Sod-nams-rgyal-mts'an (1312-1375), the greatest Sa-skya-pa scholar of the 14th century, usually known by the title Bla-ma Dam-pa." Bla rna dam pa bSod nams (blo gros) rgyal mtshan was the abbot of Sa skya from 1344-1347 (see table in Petech 1971: 144). 275. Otani Kat.-Index (1985: 581-585): P5185, P5186: Arya-pancaviIpsatisiihasrikiiprajniipiiramitopadeia-siistriibhisamayiilaJpkiira-[kiirikiij-vrtti. Commentary on the AbhisamayiilaIpkiira by Vimuktisena. Nakamura (1999: 161) is giving bibliographical references and other things on Pancavirpsatisiihasrikii-prajniipiiramitii. His work contains also a paragraph on "Earlier and Wisdom Sutras" (159-66). But he does not mention Vimuktisena. 276. Seyfort Ruegg (1981: 86): "The origin ofthe Yogacara-[Svatantrika-]Madhyamaka has been traced back to Arya Vimuktisena, a master of the Prajiiaparamita and a commentator on the Abhisamayiilarpkara, C.. )." "Arya Vimuktisena C.. ) composed the earliest commentary now available on the Abhisamayiilarpkiira: the Vrtti which relates this treatise to the text of the Pancavirpsatisiihasrikii Prajniipiiramitii, one of the large Prajniipiiramitiis!ltras" (101). Notes 349 277. This refers to Haribhadra's Elucidation on the Ornament of Clear Insight, an explanation on the St7tra of the Perfection of Wisdom in 8000 Verses (A~·tasiiharikii-prajfiiipiiramitiivyiikyiina-abhisama­ yiilaIpkiiriiloka, Shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa brgyad stong pa 'i bshad pa mngon par rtogs pa 'i rgyan gyi snang ba), also called Elucidation of the Ornament (Alamkiiraiiloka, rGyan snang). P5192. Nakamura (1999: 260-61). 278. Nakamura (1999: 283). 279. Chattopadhyaya (1981: 393): "'Bre-chen-po-ses-rab-'bar, the specialist in Prajiiaparamita." 280. For some biographical datas see Las chen 3) 2003, 154. For more details and references see TBRC code P2274 and P2552. Both of them, teacher and disciple, have been masters in the transmission lineage of the rNgog tradition of the prajfiiipiiramitii. 281. So far we have no access to this text. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 4. Regarding Red mda' ba's Phar phyin lineage cf Onoda (1995: 30-31): "The lineage ofTsong kha pa's phar phyin studies proceed from Bu ston via Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal and Red mda' ba." See also Obermiller (1935: 325). Roerich (1976: 340): "Further the Venerable Red-mda'-pa studied thoroughly the Prajiiaparamita, following on the maha-pawJita Na-dpon Kun-dga'. Later, on request from his disciples, he wrote a tIka on the Sputartha ['Short commentary' 'grel-chuil, 'Grel-pa don-gsal, composed by Haribhadra, s. I, 330]. The Venerable Tson-kha-pa also heard it from the Venerable Red-mda'pa. Later, before he had become an itinerant monk, he wrote an extensive commentary on it, called Legs-bsad gser-phren (vols. XVII-XVIII ofthe de rin-po-che'i gSun-'bum, or 'Collection of Works')." See also Jackson (1988: I-II). According to Kaschewsky (1971: 83), Dad pa 'i 'jug ngogs llb2-3 and Blo bzang 'phrin las mam rgyal, Tsong kha pa 'i rnam thar chen mo 1981, 127.13-15 Tsong kha pa received the teachings on the AbhisamayiilaIpkiira about 1375/76 in rTse chen from Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal. The gSan yig of Dalai Lama V seems not to contain a Phar phyin lineage. 282. Lobsang Norbu: Just to learn from your own teachers is not enough. rJe btsun Red mda' ba read the root text, the Indian commentaries and so on, and his teaching is not in contradiction with that. 283. We have references for many different spellings such as gon byo, gon gyo, gonjo, go 'jo, go gyo and gon g.yo. Most likely go 'jo is correct. See Shes bya 'i gter mdzod, p. 315, text no. 78: Go 'jo dpon chen gyi phrin yig gi Ian du gdams pa, pp. 3 - CPN, no. 006117 (78 pp. 3). In the dKar chag to the Minor Works, 009-010: pp. 4a2-4b5 referred to as Gon byo dpon chenpa lagdams pa. Goldstein (2001) go 'jo - a county in Chamdo; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. go 'jo - rdzong zhig bod rang skyong ljongs kyi shar rgyud dang 'bri chu 'i nub 'gram du yod, rdzong mi dmangs srid gzhung de a dkar du yod. Ngor Chos 'byung346.2 mentions one of the teachers ofg.Yagphrug Sangs rgyas dpal: Gonjo Ye shes dpal. Cabez6n and Dargyay (2007: 294nl06): "Red mda' ba was one of Tsong kha pa's principal teachers, especially in the field of Madhyamaka, though, interestingly, his chief disciple in the area of Madhyamakais listed by TT [i.e., Mang thos KIu grub rgya mtsho's Bstan rtsisj, 196, not as Tsong kha pa, but as a certain Gon g.yo Nyi rna grags." Cabez6n and Dargyay refer here to no. 3 in the list of Red mda' ba's seven main disciples, see section 2.7.1. 350 Notes 284. The metaphor of reaching the other side of an ocean comes from the Skt. piiraga, meaning to have mastered the entire body of knowledge. Thus here the idea is that the author has completely mastered the knowledge contained in the texts mentioned. 285. According to Ulrike Roesler (former: University of Marburg, personal communication 2003) chos thams cad kyi ma rno mngon pa 'i sde snod may refer to the miitp(iis, lists of all phenomena (chos), ofthe Abhidharma Pi(aka (mngon pa 'i sde snod). Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ma mo - 3) <miitrika> chos mngon pa. See also Tauscher (1995: 5). 286. Jackson (1994b: Ill) "The Five Fields of Knowledge" that is, Rig gnas kun shes, as found in Sa paI;l's explanation of them and in the Mahiivyutpatti (no. 1554): (1) Crafts or techniques (hzo, Silpa), (2) Healing (gso ba, dkitsii), (3) Grammar (sgra, sabda), (4) Logical reasoning (gtan tshigs, hetu), (5) Buddhist doctrine (nang don or nang gi rig pa, adhyiitma). 287. Kaschewsky (1971: 84, 253n70) mentions him as Yogadirin, translator and teacher ofNam mkha' bzang po meeting with rJe Tsong kha pa in autumn 1375 in dBus, and gives the dates of birth and death 1306-1386, while ming mdzodp. 1669 states 1303-1380. Note that Las chen adds the title "Lo chen," 1) 156a.3, 2) 309b3, 613.22. See also TBRC code P2388. For details of the Abhidharma transmission, which passed through dPang 10 tsa ba Blo gros brtan pa (1276-1342), Lo chen Byang chub rtse mo (1303/06-1380/86), rJe btsun Re[d] mda' pa gZhon nu blo gros and rGyal ba gnyis pa [Tsong kha pal Blo bzang grags pa see gSan yig of Dalai Lama V, vol. 1, pp. 22b5-23b2. The teaching Dalai Lama V received, comprised Vasubandhu's Abhidharmakosa together with its auto commentary, the tikii by PaI;l chen gZhung lugs brgya pa dNgos grub dpal 'bar (b. 15th cent.; see TBRC codes P986, Wl1 047), and the general tikiis based on the general sense (spyi don) composed by PaI;l chen bSod nams grags pa (1478-1554, TBRC PI01, W931) and Las chen dNgos grub rgya mtsho (see TBRC P4845, W17192). 288. Since Red mda' ba taught the Abhidharmakosa to Tsong kha pa about 1375, he should have finished his studies by then. Cf. Obermiller (1935: 325), Kaschewsky (1971: 83), Thurman (1981: 8). 289. Asanga's Five Treatises on the Stages (Tib. Sa sde lnga) are: 1. The Actual [Treatise] on the Stages (rib. Sa 'i dngos gzhi) or The Stages of the Yoga Practice (Yogaciiryabhumi, rNal 'byor spyod pa 'i sa) P5536-8, voL 109-10. 2. Summary of the Foundations [from the Stages of the Yogaciiryabhiimau] (yogaciiryabhumauvastusaIpgraha, rNa I 'byor spyod pa 'i sa las gzhi bsdu ba) P5540, voL 111. 3. Summary of the Enumerations [from the Stages ofthe Yogaciiryabhiimau] (YogaciiryabhrimauparyiiyasaIpgraha, rNal 'byor spyod pa 'i sa las rnam grang bsdu ba) P5542, vol. 111. 4. Summary of the Explanations [from the Stages of the Yogaciiryabhiimau] (Yogaciiryabhiimauvivarm:zasaIpgraha, rNal 'byor spyod pa 'i sa las rnam par bshad pa bsdu ba) P5543, voL 111. 5. Summary of the Determinings [from the Stages ofthe Yogaciiryabhiimau] (Yogaciiryabhtlmaunin:zayasaIpgraha, rNal 'byor spyod pa 'i sa las gtan la dbab pa bsdu ba) P5539, vol. 110-11. 290. Asanga's Two Compendia (Tib. sDom mam pa gnyis): 1. Compendium of Higher Knowledge (Abhidharmasamuccaya, Chos mngon pa kun las btLlS pa) P5550; 2. Compendium of the Great Vehicle (MahiiyiinasaIpgraha, Theg pa chen po bsdus pa) P5549. Notes 351 291. Vasubandhu's Eight PrakaraJ)as (Tib. Rab tu byed ba sde brgyad): 1. Twenty Verses (ViIpsakakarika, Ny! shu pa 'i tshig Ie 'ur byas pa) P5557; 2. Thirty Verses (TriIJ1Sikakarika, Sum cu pa 'i tshig Ie 'ur byas pa) P5556; 3. Reasoning ofExplanations (Vyakhyayukti, rNam par bshad pa 'i rigs pa) P5556; 4. On the Proof ofKarma (KarmasiddhiprakaralJa, Las grub pa 'i rab tu byed pa) P5563; 5. On the Five Aggregates (Paficaskandhaprakaral.w, Phung po lnga'i rab tu byed pa) P5560; 6. Commentary on the 'Sritra ofDependent Arising' (Pratityasamutpadadivibhaganirdeia, rTen cing 'brei bar 'byung ba dang po rnam par dbye ba bshad pa) P5496; 7. Commentary on [Maitreya's} 'Distinction of the Middle and the Extremes' (Madhyantavibhagafika, dBus dang mtha' rnam par 'byed pa 'i 'grel pa) P5528; 8. CommentalY on [Maitreya's} 'Ornament of the S!7tras of the Great Vehicle' (MahayanasritralaIJ1karafika, dBus dang mtha' rnam par 'byed pa 'i 'grel pa) P5528. See Nakamura (1999:268-73).The gSan yig of Dalai Lama V, vol. 1, p. 41al-5 states a Mahayanas!7tralaIJ1kara lineage (mdo sde rgyan gyi brgyud lugs gcig) that came through Bu ston Rin chen grub (1290-1364) via Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal to Red mda' ba. He passed the teachings on to Tsong kha pa, rGyal tshab Dar rna rin chen and so on. Since Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal passed away in 1379, the teaching had been received by then. 292. Tib. Lo tstsha ba; cf. Kaschewsky (1971: 31): Lo-ccha-ba(Ubersetzer). So far there is no attestation for this term to mean 'translator' in Skt. Tsepak Rigzin: 10 tswa ba; Jaschke: 10 tsa or 10 tsa (v. Skt. loc to see, to shine or in the causative locayati etc., to speak); the (art of) translating; Kramer (1997: 36): "The term 10 tsa ba (var. 10 tstsha ba, 10 tsa ba, 10 tsha ba), commonly used in Tibet as a metaphorical expression for 'translator', is obviously not a word of Tibetan provenance." Traditional Tibetan etymology: 'Jig rten mig, cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 1. 'jig rten mig - skadyig sgyur mkhan 10 tsa ba (Eyes of the world: Lo tsa ba, somebody who translates speech and script); 2. 10 tsa ba (Skt.) :jig rten mig gam, skad gnyis smra ba po ste, skad yig sgyur mkhan - Lo tsa ba (Skt.) Eyes of the world or proponent of two languages, i.e., somebody who translates speech and script. Goldstein 2001, s.v. 'jig rten mig - great translators (of Buddhist texts). Cf. LC, Negi (1993-2002: vol. 8): lokacak~us. A less standard way of rendering the notion of eye of the world might be lokalocana. 293. Cf. Jackson (1987: 134): Dpang lo-tsa-ba (1276-1342). Cf. Cabez6n and Jackson (1996: 407): "DPANG," and Cabez6n and Jackson (1996: 418n3): "dPang Lo tsa ba wrote the most famous and authoritative commentary on the [Dal).<;Iin's] KavyadarSa, the sNyan ngags me long gyi rgya cher 'grel gzhung don gsal ba, commonly known as dPang fig." Here fig corresponds to Skt. fika. 294. According to Obermiller (1935: 326) Red mda' ba composed a large Abhidharmasamuccaya commentary which Tsong kha pa studied, while Red mda' ba wrote it. From the colophon of text no. 5 (see chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba) we learn that the text was composed in dPal E'i gtsug lag khang (1999: 85.6-86.1; ms. TBRC code WOOK02745 p. 50b.6). According to Kaschewsky (1971: 86) Tsong leha pa studied the text with Red mda' ba for eleven months in his 21th year oflife in Sa skya. This was about spring 13 77 to winter 13 77/78. 295. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 6. In summer 1375, in rTse chen, Tsong leha pa requested Abhidharmakosa teachings from Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal, but due to his state of health was referred to Red mda' ba, who came from Sa skya to rTse chen and taught him the Abhidharmakosa together with Vasubandhu's autocommentary. 352 Notes 296. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 7. So far we.have no access to Red mda' ba's two Abhidhannakosa commentaries. 297. l;:>iikas and l;:>iikinls. 298. Tib. mkha" la spyod pa; Skt khecara - moving in the sky. 299. Mvy, s.v.phra dog- fr~yii. MW, s.v. fr~ii - envy,jealousy. 300. Tib. stobs bcu. One of the twenty-one categories of[the qualities of the] undefiled spontaneous wisdom (ye shes) ofthe Buddha (zag medye shes kyi sde tshan nyer Gig). For a complete list of the 21 categories and the "ten strengths" (= ten powers), see the respective entries in Illuminator. 301. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'dzam gling 1) 'jig rten, 2) 'dzam bu gling gi bsdus mingo Mvy, S.V. 'dzam bu 'i gling-jambu-dvfpa. Jaschke 1881, S.V. dzam bu, gen. 'dzam bu (Skt.jambu) the rose, appletree, Eugenia, which figures also in mythology; dzam bu 'j gling, dzam bu gling, dzam gling (Skt. jambudvfpa), acc. to the ancient geography of India and Tibet, that part of the world which comprises these countries, the triangular penisula of Hindustan, occasionally including the immediate border-islands ... ; 'dzam bu gling is simply used for earth, world. 302. Ye shes rgyal mtshan: mDog 10 pa; TBRC code P5523: lDog lod pa Kun dga' bzang po (b. 13th! 14th cent.). See chap. 7, Minor Works, text no. 78: mDog lod mkhan chen kun dga' dpalla bstod pa gsang ba, pp.l - CPN, no. 006117 (7). So far we have no access to this text. Check with regard to the following note in Cabez6n and Dargyay (2007: 294nl07): "Red mda' ba 'heard the Madhyamaka from Mkhan chen Byang sems' (GJL, IT [i.e., Mang thos]: 'Byang seng'). TT [i.e., Mang thos]. 188, identifies this as one of the abbots of Jo mo nang. Sakya mchog ldan, however, states that his main Madhyamaka instructor was a certain 'Mdog ldog pa'. This perhaps refers to Mdog 10 pa Mkhan chen Kun dga' dpal (that is, Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal), his ordination abbot; see TT [i.e., Mang thos] 194." With regard to a reference for Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal's biography see TBRC code P20lO. Cf. Mang thos (1993: 194.19-20): mDog 10 (107ba) pa mKhan chen Kun dga' dpal. 303. Next to the abbot or preceptor, nine more acaryas are needed: the karmacarya (las kyi slob dpon), the rahonusasaka (gsang ste ston pay and seven other additional [acaryas] (kha skong bdun). 304. GUjJaprabha's Book on Discipline, Skt. Vinayasiitra, Tib. 'Dul ba 'i mdo [rtsa bal, P56l9, vol. 123. See Bapat and Gokhale (1982). 305. Tib. ITa khrid. With regard to the lineage of the dEu ma Ita khrid see Kapstein's quote from Jo nang rJe btsun Kun dga' grol mchog's Khrid brgya 'i brgyud pa 'i 10 rgylis (1996: 282). Furthermore he writes: "Red mda' ba (1349-1412) was a noted scholar of the Sa skya pa sect, who was among the foremost teachers ofrJe Tsong kha pa, and whose insistence on the authority of the Prasangika school of Madhyamaka interpretation was sometimes regarded as standing in complete opposition to those traditions that claimed adherence to the Great Middle Way" (285-286nI9). See also Sakya mChog ldan. dBu ma'i 'byung tshul rnam par bshad pa 'j gtam yi bzhin lhun po. gSung 'bum, printed first by a Notes 353 Bhutanese in Delhi, 2nd print by Ngawang Topgyal, book print with folios, vol. 4, p. 234-4-5 (Tibetan: 13b4-5): dus phyis rje btsun red mda' pa ni, thaI 'gyur lugs kyi dbu rna mdog ldog pa (sic!) chen po la gsan zhes zer te des gang la gsan pa ni rna shes la, red mda ' pas rtsa 'jug bzhi gsum gyi mam bshad, Ita khrid dang bcas pa rndzad pa de las gsan pa ni tsong kha pa chen po '0 (It is said that later on rJe bstun Red mda' pa heard Madhyamaka according to the Prasangika system from the great mDog Idog pa; I do not know from whom else he heard what else. Red mda' pa composed the three [Madhyamaka] commentaries on Miilamadhyamakakiirikii, Madhyamakiivatiira and CatuftSataka together with a [dBu rna] ITa khrid. From him the great Tsong kha pa heard [the commentaries of all of these textsD. See also the following reference to dEu rna ITa khrid received from Volker Caumanns (May 12,2005) from Sakya mchog Idan's biography composed by Jo nang Kun dga' grol mchog (gsung 'bum, vol. 16): (52.4) red mda' pa 'i dbu rna Ita khrid mams thob. Cf. Red mda' ba, ITa khrid brgyud pa 'i gsol 'debs, gSung skor, vol D (nga), p. 6.4-6: gcig la gcig brgyud pa 'i rim pa ni, zla ba grags pa nas, rig pa 'i khu byug che chung, ku sii Ii, thang bhi ha ra, byang sems zla ba rgyal mtshan, rje lung pa 'od zer grags pa, spyi bo ba grags pa 'od zer, spyi bo lhas pa byang chub 'od, dpalldan gro mo che ba, rtse 'dul ba 'dzin pa, bde ba can pa siikya byang chub, mkhan chen lam dga' rgyal mtshan, mkhan chen byang chub seng ge, mkhan chen kun dga' dpal, mkhas grub chen po gzhon nu blo gros so. 306. Manuscript A reads bya bur, while manuscript B readsja bur. Perhaps a certain teaching not identified yet, or bya bur sleb = ldum stag or ltum stag = ko byi la, ko byil or go byi la - a kind of herb, or Tibetan medicine? (cf. Dan Martin's Tibetan Vocabulary (2007: 556), and Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ko byi lao Another possibility would be aja phor, a wooden teacup (cf. Goldstein 2001, s.v.japhor). Huber (2006: 8, 9, 33) mentions a Bya 'phur lineage, a Bya 'phur 'og rna lineage bla rna, and a Bya 'phur lineage from sNang zhig, as well as mKha' skyong bya 'phur dgon. See also the outlines of Lho rong chos 'byungTBRC W27302 and Man ngagbye ba ring bsrelTBRC W29481. 307. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. stod 'dul. 308. Mang thos (1993: 194.20-195.3): mkhan pos stod 'dul gyi sdom [b]rgyud 'di ma chad cig gnang dgos zhes bka' stsal phebs zer mod, stod 'dul ba'i bshad rgyun rna gtogs sdom rgyun rang du [195] cung mi 'gro bar sems te, mdog 10 pas chos rje bla ma las bsnyen par rdzogs shing, chos rje bla ma'i sdom rgyun ni kha che mkhan po shiikya shri las brgyud pa 'i phyir ro (When mKhan po [mDog 10 pa mKhan chen Kun dga' dpal] indeed said: "This Upper Vinaya lineage must be kept up as an uninterrupted one," I think that [this] only [referred to] the continuation of the UpperVinaya teachings, and [does] not slightly go (or really go?) to the continuation of the vow itself, because mDog 10 pa has been fully ordained by The Dharma Lord Bla rna [dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan] and the continuation of the [Vinaya] vow of The Dharma Lord Bla rna [dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan] is the [Middle Kashmir lineage] of Kha che mKhan po Sakya srI (1140er-1225).) Comparing this passage with the respective entries in the Tshig mdzod chen mo for stod 'dul and bar 'dul, one would expect that Mang thos considers the lineage of Dharmapal a the Upper Vinaya (stod 'duD and thinks that in this case Upper Lineage must refer to the teaching transmission (bshad rgyun) and cannot refer to the vow transmission (sdom rgyun), since the one ofSakya sri is not the Upper Lineage. For a short biography ofBla rna dam pa see ming mdzod p. 1153.17-20: dgung 10 nyi shu tham par po dong bya rgod gshongs kyi gtsug lag khang du mkhan chen bsod nams grags pa dang, mkhas mchog dpalldan seng ge, bla ma bzang po gsum las 354 Notes bynenpar rdzogs shingdbang lung man ngag mtha' yas pa gsan (At the age of twenty, in the Po dong bya rgod gshongs Mahiivihiira, [Bla rna dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan] was fully ordained by mKhan chen bSod nams grags pa, mKhas mchog dPalldan seng ge, and Bla rna bzang po ... ). See also Mang thos (1993: 186): bcu bdun pa la mkhan chen bsod grags las rab tu byung, nyi shu pa la bya gshongs rnying par bsnyen par rdzogs (At the age of seventeen [Bla rna dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan] became ordained by mKhan chen bSod [nams] grags [pal At the age of twenty he received upasampadii in the old Bya gshongs). TBRC code P1226 mentions only one teacher of Bla rna dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan, who has the name bSod nams grags pa. That is Jo gdan mkhan po bSod nams grags pa (TBRC code PI48), a bKa' gdams and Vinaya (smad 'dul) master, who in 1314 conferred the bhik~u vow to Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan. "Middle" in Middle Vinaya (bar 'dul) may refer to the regions inbetween: dBus und gTsang (cf. Sobisch 2002: 396n870). For another possibility see note 602. The lineage is also called "Middle lineage from Kashmir," since it was transmitted to Tibet by the great Kashmiri scholar Siikyasribhadra to Sa skya Pandita Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (1182-1251) and to gTsang pa rOo rje dpal and mKhan po rOo rje dpal (cf. Jackson 1987: 26, 27, 30). But surprisingly Mang thos (1993: 160) then states Red mda' ba's "upper vow lineage" (stod :dul ba'i sdom brgyud) as follows: I) Dharmapiila, 2) Prajii.iipiila, 3) Zhang zhung rGyal she, 4) dPal 'byor shes rab, 5) Zhing mo che ba Byang chub seng ge, 6) Yang rtse ba rOo rje seng ge, 7) sTag pa Padma g.yung drung, 8) rTsis 'dul Thugs rje byang chub, 9) bDe ba can pa Siikya byang chub, 10) Kun dga' rgyal mtshan, 11) [mKhan chen] Byang chub seng ge, 12) Byang chub bzang po, 13) Blo gros rgyal mtshan, 14) dPalldan bla rna mDog lho pa mKhas chen Kun dga' dpal bzang po, 15) Red mda' ba and so on. See also Dan Martin's unpublished paper "The Highland Vinaya Lineage: A Study of Twelfth-Century Monastic Historical Source, the 'Transmission Document' by Zhing-mo-che-ba," where he mentions on p. 19 that "numbers 6 and following were not possible to positively identify, unfortunately for our efforts to date Zhing-moche-ba." In mKhas grub de's rnam thar, p. 3b it is mentioned that he became fully ordained by Red mda' ba in the wood-female-sheep year [1415]. This is not possible, because Red mda' ba had already passed away in 1412. In his thob yig 3b3 mKhas grub de states that he received upasaIJIPada from Red mda' ba functioning as mKhan po in "the sheep-year" in the gTsug lag khang of Byang chub sems dpa' Zla ba rgyal mtshan's monastic seat sMu rdzing. But sheep-year cannot be correct, because 1391 and 1403 would be too early (minimum age for bhik~u ordination: 20 years) and 1415 would be too late. Dung dkar tshig mdzod chen mo, p. 435 gives the wood-monkey year 1404. The upiidhyiiya lineage (mkhan brgyud) given in mKhas grub de's thob yigpp. 3a3-3b4 is different than the one given by Mang thos kIu grub rgya mtsho and the presentation by Sangs rgyas rtse mo (see 2.5.7). If the presentation in mKhas grub's thob yig is correct, Red mda' ba received his full ordination from mKhan chen [dBon po] gZhon nu byang chub (see no. 14 in the following list): 1. (1) Buddha Siikyamuni (siikya 'i rgyal po), (2) Siiriputra (sii ri'i buy, (3) Prince Riihula (sras sgra gcan 'dzin), (4) BraQ.min Riihula (bram ze sgra can 'dzin), (5) Niigiirjuna (klu sgrub; 2ndl3rd cent.), (6) GUl).amati (yon tan blo gros), (7) Ratnamitra (rin chen bshes gnyen), (8) GUl).asiigara (yon tan rgya mtsho), (9) Dharmamiilii (chos kyi 'phreng bay, (10) Akaragupta ('byung gnas sbas pay, (II) Kha che Pal). chen Siikyasribhadra (1140s-1225), (12) 1Ho brag pa Byang chub dpal (b. 13th cent.; 1st Tibetan), (13) gTsang pa dBang phyug grags (cf. PORKI678), (14) mKhan chen [dBon po] gZhon nu byang chub, wishing to make [my life] meaningful, I [?] received upasa1J1padii in the middle of a faithful community of twenty [bhik~us headed] by the upiidhyiiya mKhan chen Yon tan rgyal mtshan, karmiiciirya Byang chub' od zer, leading reciter (dbu mdzad) of the Notes 355 dGe 'dun sgang pa [monks'] community, and rahonusasaka dBon po dPalldan seng ge, and in the dog year [?] in Nyang stod rGya grong, (15) upadhyaya dPalldan Red mda' pa gZhon nu blo gros, sucessor of the viCtor [Sakyamuni] [acting together with] karmaciirya dPal 'byor shes rab [see section 2.7.1 no. 5], the great bodhisattva, who understands the words and the meaning of the Vinaya like a second Upali and has a vast understanding of all scriptures, rahonusasaka the great pitakadhara acarya gNyal pa Blo gros mtshungs med, who is well learned in the words and the meaning of the Vinaya and cherishes the precious discipline like his eyeball and a faithful community of eight additional acaryas who are practising in accord with the Dharma. 309. May be linked to Bya 'Dul 'dzin bTson 'grus 'bar (1091-1166). See TBRC code P2273, who studied Vinaya with a certain Sog (see Roerich 1979: 80). 310. Perh. three names that start with 1. bya (bird), 2. khyi (dog), 3. sag (mongolian). 311. See chap. 7, The Writings ofRedmda' ba, text no. 8. 312. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 9. GUl}aprabha composed a second important Vinaya text, the Ekottarakarmasataka, in which 101 formal acts (las; karma) of the monastic order are described. On its content and structure, see my BriefSurvey of the Vinaya Hamburg 1992, pp. 67-75, 82-3. According to Geshe Thubten Ngawang (personal communication before 1992) las ehog is the short form of las kyi eho ga, Skt. karmavidhi or karmaviieanii. Cf. Edgerton. 313. Tib. ma ehag par; cf Jaschke 1881, s.v. ehag pa 2. pf. of 'chag pa, broken; ma chag(s) pa, and esp. adv. ma chag(s) par also chag medparuninterrupted(ly), unintennitting. Geshe Thubten Ngawang: dbyar gnas dang gsa sbyong dgag dbye gsum 'chag med du mdzad do. 314. Tib. 'dul ba 'bum sde seems to be a synonym for the Vinayacollection itself Here 'bum seems not to be used in the sense of a hundred thousand, but rather as it is in the examples of gsung 'bum, bka' 'bum, gleng 'bum etc. See also Tshig mdzod chen mo, s. v. 'bum chen sde lnga - 'bum ~gyas pa dang, phal po ehe, dkon brtsegs, langkar gshegs mdo, mya ngan 'das mdo ste lnga. 315. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sa gsum 1) sa bla dang, sa steng, sa 'og ste gsum (The three spheres above, on and under the ground.) 316. Tib. ring lugs. On this term see also Dargyay (1991: 120). She translates it in a different context Buddhist community. 317. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'phags pa'i nor bdun. Mvy 1565, s.v. 'phags pa'i nor bdun (saptadhaniini): 1. faith (dad pa; Sraddhii), 2. moral discipline (tshul khrims; SIla), 3. shame (ngo tsha shes pa; hri), 4. embarrasment (khrel yod pa; apatriipya), 5. hearing (thos pa; iruta), 6. giving (gtong ba; tyiiga), 7. wisdom (shes rab; prajnii). 318. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. nyer sbas (upagupta) gtad rabs bdun gyi bzhi pa nyan thos dgra beam pazhig. 356 Notes 319. Tib. bslab pa 'i gnas; see for example Nitartba, s.v. dge tshul gyi bslab pa 'i gnas bcu. 320. Tib. dgag sgrub gnang gsum; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gnas kyi slob dpon - 'dul ba las bshad pa 'i slob dpon lnga'i nang gses, gnas 'cha' ba 'i slob ma la dgag sgrub gnang gsum gyi bslab bya slob par byed pa 'i dge slong. For details see SSdB, XIIIa, transcript, pp. 49-54. 321. Van der Kuijp (1983: note 120) remarks that Tsong kba pa's teacher and friend Red mda' ba "seems to have accepted only five texts that could be subsumed under the 'Collection ofArguments', he neither included the Ratniivali, nor, as earlier scholars had done, the so-called Vyavahiirasiddhi." Likewise van der Kuijp (1985c: 9). The Tibetan tradition ascribes "Five Collections of Middle Way Reasonings" (dBu rna rigs tshogs lnga) or "Six Collections of Middle Way Reasonings" (dBu rna rigs tshogs drug) to Nagfujuna, the latter's (no. 6th) integration into this corpus is treated differently. The six are: 1. Root Verses on the Middle Way, called» Wisdom« (Prajiiiiniimamiilamadhyamakakiirikii, dEu rna rtsa ba'i tshig le'ur byas pa shes rab ces bya bay P5224, vo!. 95. Eng!. trans!. in F. J.Streng (1967). Emptiness, and others, e.g., Nagfujuna and Garfield (1995); 2. Sixty Verses ofReasoning (Yukti~a~tikii­ kiirikii, Rigs pa drug cu pa 'i tshigs Ie 'ur byad pa) P5225, vol. 95. 3. Discourse, called »Fine Weaving« (Vaidalyasiitraniima, Zhib mo mam par 'thag pa zhes bya ba 'i mdo) P5226, vo!' 95; 4. Seventy Verses on Emptiness (Siinyatiisaptatikiirikii, sTong pa nyid bdun cu pa 'i tshig Ie 'ur byas pa) P5227, vol. 95. Engl. transl. in D. R. Komito (1987). Niigiirjuna 's Seventy Stanzas. 5. Verses ofRejection ofObjections (Vigrahavyiivartanikiirikii, rTsod pa bzlog pa 'i tshig Ie 'ur byas pa) P5228, vo!. 95. Eng!. trans!. in K. Bhattacharya (1978). The Dialectical Method ofNiigiirjuna. 6. Precious Garland ofAdvicefor the King (lI.iijaparikathiiratniivali, rGyal po la gtam bya ba rin po che 'i phreng bay P5658, vo!. 129. Eng!. transl. J. Hopkins and Lati Rinpoche (1975). The Precious Garland and The Song of the Four Minclfulnesses. Short titles of the six texts in Tibetan: 1. rTsa ba shes rab, 2. rTsod pa ldog pa, 3. Zhib mo mam dag, 4. Rig pa drug bcu pa, 5. sTong nyid bdun bcu pa, 6. Rin chen. In the present Sa skya tradition texts like bShes pa 'i springs yig and Rin chen phreng ba are considered to be Collected Stories (gtam tshogs). 322. Tib. bka'. Jiischke 1881, s.v. bka': 1. rgyal ba'i bka·' -the word ofthe Buddha, 2. mdo rgyud-the sacred writings (sUtra and tantra), 3. bstan bcos -doctrinal and scientific writings (sastra), 4. lung-oral benedictions and instructions of Lamas, 5. man ngag - admonitions given by them. 323. This may have been near the end ofEla rna dam pa bSod nams rgyal mtshan's life around 1374/75, when Red mda' ba was about 27 or 28 years old. Note that these two important sentences "But at that time ... this was not possible." are left out in Las chen. 324. Aryadeva CPhags pa Iha, 2nd-3rd cent. AD): Four Hundred Verses. (CatulzSatakasiistrakiirikii, bsTan bcos bzhi brgya pa zhes bya ba'i tshig Ie 'ur byas pa). Eng!. Trans!.: Karen Christina Lang: Aryadeva's CatulzSataka: on the Bodhisattva's cultivation ofmerit and knowledge. Copenhagen: Akad. Forlag 1986. Tashi Tsering and Jiirgen Stiiter-Tillmann, Rendawa Shonnu Lodro's Commentary on Aryadeva's "Four Hundred Verses," Cambridge, MA: Manjushri Publication 2004. Geshe Sonam Rinchen and RuthSonam: Yogic Deeds of Bodhisattvas. Gyel-tsab on Aryadeva's Fbur Hundred. Ithaca: Snow Lion Publications 1994. Notes 357 325. Sobisch (2002: 166) mentions among the "six main scholastic subjects of the siitra-teachings (mdo phyogs kyi pod chen drug) and such books:" dbu ma 'i skor. His source reads like here 'jug pa. 326. See Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 62, 63, 62n139). Cf. TBRC code P5524. Dalai Lama V, gSan yig, vol. 1, 26al mentions Slob dpon Byang seng pa as the dBu ma teacher of Red mda pa chen po gZhon nu blo gros, who taught dEu ma to Tsong kha pa. Mang thos (1993: 195.5): He studied Madhyamaka with mKhan chen Byang seng. Ye shes rgyal mtahan 893: The Dharma Lord Byang seng ba. Dalai Lama V, gSan yig, vol. 1, 25a6-25b5 states that Red mda' ba, rJe Tsong kha pa and many other supreme beings specifically elaborated on the profound Madhyamaka view according to the Prasail.gika Madhyamaka tradition of the intended meaning ofNagarjuna. Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa thought that without realizing it there is no opportunity to obtain peaceful liberation at all. Thus they established this tradition by means of teachings and listening. Then follows on pp. 25b5-26a1 the whole Madhyamakavatara lineage. The first Tibetan in the lineage is Pa tshab Lo tsa ba Nyi rna grags, followed by rMa bya Byang ye, rMa bya Byang brtson, mTshur gZhon nu seng ge, rMa bya Siikya seng ge, Zhang Chos kyi bla rna, mChims Nam mkha' grags, bCom ldan Rig ral, from him to both Lo taa ba mChog ldan and Legs pa'i blo gros (b. 13th cent.), then follows dPang 10 tsa ba Blo gros brtan pa (1276-1342), Slob dpon Byang seng pa, the great Re[d] mda' pa gZhon nu blo gros, the omniscient Blo bzang grags pa, Dar rna rin chen etc. This matches with the Prasail.gika lineage in Jackson (1985: 25-26). An alternative lineage goes from Pa tshab Lo taa ba, who had four spiritual sons (pa (shab bu bzhi) i.e., 1. Gang pa zhe'u, who is excellent in words, 2. gTsang pa bres gur, who is excellent in meaning, 3. rMa bya brtson 'grus, who is excellent in both, the words and the meaning, and 4. Zhang Thang sag pa Ye shes 'byung gnas, who is equally expert in both, to Zhang Thang sag pa Ye shes 'byung gnas and from him via 'Brom dBang phyug grags, Bla rna Prajfiavajra, Slob dpon sTon tshul ba, Bla rna bDe ba'i lha, Jo btaun pa, dBu ra ba, Prajfiasrl, Dharma Shes rab, Bag ston Shes rab rin chen, rJe Punyasingha, Bag ston bSam bzang, Bag ston gZhon nu bsam gtan, and Byang chub seng ge to Re[d] mda' pa. ·Cf. Jackson (1985: 31), Seyfort-Ruegg (2000: 65). 327. Cf. Jackson (1994a: 372): "(3) the three main treatises of the Yogacara-Madhyamaka synthesis of eastern India, i.e., the writings of Jfiiinagarbha, Santarak~ita, and Kama1aslla (i.e., the so-called rang rgyud shar gsum)." Eckel (1987: 15) states in the introduction to his English translation of Jfianagarbha's Commentary on the Distinction between the Two Truths (bDen pa gnyis rnam par 'byed pa, Satyadvayavibhanga) that this work together with Siintarak~ita' s Ornaments ofthe Middle Way (dEu ma rgyan; Madhyamakalarpkara) and KamalaSlla's Light of the Middle Way (dBu ma snang ba, Madhyamakaloka) are called rang rgyud shar gsum and are the three chief works of Svatantrika Madhyamaka. See also Tauscher (1999: ix). 328. Cf. Newland (1996: 202): "fig cha are the required textbooks in the curriculum of Tibetan monastic colleges (grwa tshang). They may be called 'debate manuals' because they are often structured around a series of debates which provide rich fodder for the oral debates characteristic of Tibetan monastic education. The word yig cha literally means 'record' or 'notes. ," 329. Tib. rtsa 'jugbzhi gsum refers to 1. dEu ma rtsa ba shes rab, 2. dEu ma la 'jugpa, 3. bZhi brgya pa. 358 Notes 330. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 10. Eng!. translation in Tsering and St6terTillmann (2007). In the Colophon Red mda' ba, gSung skor, vol. 2, 472.2-3 says that he composed this work on the request of his disciples. 331. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 11. Eng!. translation in St6ter-Tillmann and Tsering (1997). TBRC code W458 remarks: "Written at Sa-skya. Blocks were carved through the efforts of 'Jam-mgon Blo-gros-mtha'-yas and stored at Sa-skya." 332. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 12. Eng!. translation in Tsering and St6terTillmann(2004). 333. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. stong thun 1) gnad don stong phrag du ma thun thun du bsdus pa ste spyi don. Cf. the translation ofmKhas grub's sTong thun chen mo in Cabez6n (1992). Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 52n107): "The title stan thun requires clarification (oo.) The third meaning of thun given above - i.e., summary, digest or compendium - is apparently the appropriate one in the present context, where the expression stan thun evidently refers to topics or difficult points and where as a title it denotes a text summarizing these topics." According to David Jackson (personal communication August 2008) stong thun means "general sense" (spyi don) here, a commentarial genre, not a word-by-word commentary. 334. See chap. 7, The Writings ofRedmda' ba, text no. 13. Akhu Shes rab rgyamtsho names two stong thun compiled by Red mda' ba: 1. MHTL 11350 Tshigs gsal stong thun mams kyi fikka (dbu ma'i skorl524), and 2. MHTL 11943 Red mda' ba'i gsang 'dus stong thun (gsang 'dus skorI545). Cf. Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 61n132). mKhas grub rje also compiled a stong thun, the sTong thun chen mo, his main explanation on Madhyamaka and Cittamatra (dbu sems gnyis kyi rtsa ba 'i mam bzhag). Translation in Cabez6n (1992). Cf. Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 61, 173). Also Sakya mChog ldan composed a stong thun. 335. TBRC code P4921. 336. TBRC code P1971. 337. Tib. thog na; cf. Jiischke 1881, s.v. thog 4. to be at the head, to lead, direct, govern, on, upon, up, up to, above; postp. c. gen. (or accus.) 1. on, upon, e.g., to lay on, the place upon. 338. Van der Kuijp (1985c: 9): "As Bu stonhas clearly stated these expressions [*Svatantrika- and *Prasangika-Madhyamaka] are purely Tibetan interpretations and are not found in the Indian sources." For a more recent and detailed study see Dreyfus and McClintock (2002). Mang thos (1993: 195.12-13): dbu ma thaI 'gyur ba'i bstan pa la 'di kho na bka' drin che ba yin. Don rdor and bsTan 'dzin chos grags, eds., Gangs ljongs 10 rgyus thog gi grags can mi sna (1993: 421.5-6 and 421.15-19): dbu ma thaI 'gyur ba 'i bstan pa la bka' drin shin tu che oo. khyad par dbu tshad kyi rigs lam thams cad dus phyis nub nas ming tsam du gyur pa na, rang stabs kyis dbu tshad kyi rig pa 'i lam sral phye nas byang phyags kyi mkhas pa kun gyi mgo ba la bka'i 'phreng ba ngal gsa gyis pa 'i shing rta chen par gyur. 339. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. dga' mo 2) (yul) legs po dang yag po, .. .las ka 'di dga' rna byung song. Cf. McDonald (2008). Notes 359 340. Tib. kho bos bstanpa la bya ba byas payin; cf. Jaschke 1881, s.v. bya ba, bstanpa la (or bstan pa'i) bya ba byas pa 'i 10 rgyus (an account of what has been done for the spread of the doctrine). In this case, serving the doctrine refers to his function in being responsible for establishing the Madhyamaka. Note that this sentence can also have a different meaning. There are two short biographies of Red mda' ba, in which the authors quote this passage in a slightly different reading: Ngor Chos 'byung 346.6-7: "When I first started my studies, it was said 'There is one book on Madhyamaka. ' But it had no greater value. Nowadays there is esteem. [Red mda' ba said:] This is due to myself serving the doctrine. ," Shes bya 'igter mdzod 3 17.12-13: rJe [Redmda' ba] himself said: "When I first started my studies and it was said that in Sa skya there was one Madhyamaka book, people did not show great esteem to it. That nowadays they consider it important is the fruit of myself serving the doctrine." Shes bya 'i gter mdzod 317.13-14 continues reporting that actually all Tibetan dGe lugs, bKa' brgyud and rNying rna scholars consider Red mda' ba to be the exponent of the scriptural tradition of Madhyamaka. They say unanimously that Madhyamaka rests on Red mda' ba and respect him like the top point of a banner. Here the editor seems to refer to the common saying in the Sa skya tradition: dbu ma red la thug, tshad ma nya la thug, mngon pa mchims la thug, 'dul ba mtsho la thug, sher phyin g.yag la thug, i.e., 1) Madhyamaka rests on Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros (1348-1412), 2) Pramal)a rests on Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal (1285-1379), 3) Abhidharma rests on mChims 'Jam pa'i dbyangs (b. 13th cent), 4) Vinaya rests on mTsho sna ba Shes rab bzang po (b. 13th cent), and 5) Prajiiapariimita rests on g.Yag phrug Sangs rgyas dpal (1350-1414). The five Tibetan autochthonous commentaries that accordingly demand our special interest are: 1) dBu ma la 'jug pa 'i mam bshad de kho na nid gsal ba'i sgron ma, 2) Tshad ma mam 'grel gyi .tfka ka yid kyi mun sel, 3) Chos mngon pa mdzod kyi tshig Ie 'ur byas pa 'i 'grel pa mngon pa 'i rgyan,4) 'Dul ba mdo rtsa'i 'grelpa legs bshadnyi ma'i 'odzer, 5) Sher phyin mngon rtogs rgyan rtsa ba dang 'grel pa. Similarly with regard to the four disciples of V asubandhu (slob dpon dbyig gnyen gyi slob ma bzhi) it is said: tshad ma rang las mkhas pa phyogs kyi glang po, 'dul ba rang las mkhas pa yon tan 'od, mngon pa rang las mkhas pa slob dpon blo sgros bstan pa, sher phyin rang las mkhas pa mam sgroI sde (The one, who is more learned in Pramal)a than himself is Dignaga. The one, who is more learned in Vinaya than himself is GUl)aprabha. The one, who is more learned in Abhidharma than himself is Stiramati. The one, who is more learned in Piiramita than himself is Vimuktisena). 341. Different spellings are attested: karma ba, karma pa, and skarma pa. Correct is karma ba; cf. TBRC code P1481: Karma dKon mchog gzhon nu (b. 14th cent.), A khu dpe tho MHTL 11337 lists him under the title "Karma" and mentions him as the compiler of a Ratnagotravibhaga commentary and a student of the Fourth Karma pa Rol pa'i rdo rje (1340-1383). Skt. karma (deed, action), kar ma pa (in Nepal karmika) name of a philosophical school of Buddhism. Karma Thinley (1980: 21): "the Karmapa Lamas embody the activity (Skt.: karma, Tib.: phrin las) ofbuddhhood." Douglas and White (1976: 34) state similarly: "Karmapa, 'Man-of-Karma. ,,, But here more likely karma ba, because he is not one of the 16 former Karma pas. However, both readings are attested. With regard to (')phrin las for Skt. karma see Nagao (1994, part 1: 87): (')phrin las, karman. Tashi Tsering: Out of respect, for the activities (las) of the Buddha(s), Tibetan translators added (')phrin, thus the honorific term (')phrin las (exalted deeds). Steams (1999: 304): Karma pa Dkon gzhon (Karmapa Giinzhi:in); Stearns (1999: 58): "Rendawa then debated against a certain Karmapa Giinzhiin on the question of internal contradictions in the Kalacakra tantra." 360 Notes 342. In the time before Red mda' ba. Cf. Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 50n 103): "The seminary of Than sag (in 'Phan yul north oflHa sa, the area where Pa tshab had earlier taught) was founded by Zan Than sag pa, and there the Prasangika-Madhyamaka was particularly cultivated in earlier times in Tibet. Gos 10 gZon nu dpal and Padma dkar po both state that an exegetical tradition (Mad rgyun) of the Madhyamaka current in their times went back to Than sag. See Deb ther silOn po, cha, f. 8a; and Padma dkar po's Chos 'byun, f. 193a2. This statement is in general agreement with what has been stated by Ron ston (see below, p. 66 note 149). But it may not tally entirely with what is reported about the Madhyamaka having all but died out in Than sag by the time of Red mda' ba (see below, p. 62 note 139). On the doctrine of the Than sag school, see 'Jam dbyans bzad pa, Grub rntha' chen rno, ii, f. 29a." See also Jackson (1985: 31) who explains, how the lineage from Zhang Thang sag pa Ye shes 'byung gnas came down to Red mda' ba, and Seyfort-Ruegg (2000: 66/67). 343. Cf. TBRC code G407. See also Roesler (2004: 36-37), who visited Thang sag dGa' ldan chos 'khor ca. 37km northeast oflHa sa, in the modern city called Lhiindrup Xian and states that "the monastery was founded by Shang Yeshe-jungne, a disciple ofPatshab" and that "the Blue Annals provide a list of the early abbots. Van der Kuijp (1985c: 8), mentions that Thang sag monastery, founded by Zhang Thang sag pa Ye shes byung gnas, was a major centre for the study of the works of Nagarjuna and Candrakirti. 344. For the same quote from a different source see Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 62n139), who concludes: "This would seem to agree with what is said in the Nor chos 'byun about Red mda' ba's having come to his understanding of the Prasangika through his own effort of philosophical analysis." See also Tauscher (1995: 28n55); Yoshimizu (2005: 130nI4). 345. Cf. Tsering and Stoter-Tillmann (1997: 390-91). 346. The metaphor draws on the meaning of the word candra, meaning moon, in Candrakirti's name. Comparing his exegetical work to a garden of very white flowers, this metaphor evokes the sense of moonlight that illuminates while casting a broad white light. 347. Tib. snyigs rna'i dus; cf Jaschke 1881, s.v. snyigs pa, snyigs rna (ka~iiya) 2. the degenerated age (iron age), prop. snyigs (rna'i) dus; BHSD, Mvy, s.v. 2335-2340: pafica-ka~iiyiitz. 348. Cf. note 287. 349. Note that in 1390 Red mda' ba gave Tsong kha pa teachings on Guhyasamaja. See Kaschewsky (1971: 99). Kaschewsky 1971, 2. Teil: Faksimiles, Tafel 447, IV, 16v.d: rje 'dis red rnda' ba las dpal gsang ba 'dus pa'i rtsa rgyud kyi bshad pa tshar gcig gsan. And Mang thos (1993: 195.12-13) states that we have Red mda' ba to thank for the Guhyasamajatantra and the Prasangika Madhyamaka: rgyud gsang ba 'dus pa dang, dbu rna thaI 'gyur ba 'i bstan pa la 'di kho na bka' drin che ba yin. 350. Cf. TBRC code P2921: a student ofLo chen Byang chub rtsemo. See also Kaschewsky (1971: 86 ff,254nl08,109), Blo bzahg 'phrin las rnam rgyal, Tsongkhapa'i rnarn tharchen rno (1981: 148.6-10): In autumn 1379 in Bo dong E Tsong kha pa studied with Lo tsa ba Nam mkha' bzang po (b. 1359) Notes 361 DaI).gin's Kavyadarsa (TT 5789), the grammar of Candragomin (TT 5767) and the Kaliipasiitra of Sarvavarman (TT5775). With Red mda' ba he studied the Madhyamakiivatiira. 351. Cf. Mang thos (1993: 195): Lo tsa ba Grags rgyal. 352. Hevajra-Tantra P10. 353. Cf. TBRC code P4921, teacher of Red mda' ba and of Ngor chen Kun dga' bzang po. 354. Cf. ming mdzod (1619-1620): 10 chen skyabs mchog dpal bzang las rgyud kyi bshad pa. 355. dPalldan tshul khrims zhabs, TBRC code P502, is no. 18 in the Lam 'bras lineage. Cf. Khenpo Migmar Tsering (1997: 24), and Eimer (1969: 159). Kapstein (1996: 277) explains that originally these teachings go back to the Indian Mahasiddha Virtipa and were introduced to Tibet by 'Brog mi Lo tsa ba Sakya Ye shes (992-1072). This practice stresses the Hevajra-Tantra and is mainly associated with the Sa skya school. According to Stearns (2001: 6): '''Brog mi translated a large number of tantric scriptures and commentaries, the most significant of which are the Hevajra tantra and its two explanatory tantras, as well as the Rdo rje tshig rkang (The Vajra V~rses) of the Indian adept Virilpa, which is the basic text of the Lam 'bras." 356. The CakrasaI)lVara empowerment, explanation on the tantra, and instuction for practice (dbang rgyud man ngags gsum) are still available, the latter only in connection with a retreat. 357. Perh. VajriivaliniimamalJrJalopiiyikii (dKyil 'khor gyi cho ga rdo rje 'phreng bay, P3961. See Wayman (1977: 130). C£ Jinpa (2009: 328n4). 358. Perh. related to Mafijuvajrasiidhana ('Jam pa 'i rdo rje 'i sgrub thabs), P4298. I thank Peter Gang (personal communication April 29 , 2009) for the explanation that the MaiijuvajramaI).gala is discussed in the Ni~pannayogiivaljwith the hint that it derives from the VajriivalL The MaiijuvajramaI).gala is basically identical to a form ofthe GuhyasamajamaI).gala, except that in the center we find Manjuvajra instead of Ak~obhya. Cf. Wayman (1973: 44, 64, 100, 143). 359. Both texts have been published in one book: Ram Shankar Tripathi (2001). This NagaIjuna was a Vajrayana teacher and is supposed to have lived in the 9th cent. Thus he is not to be confused with the 2nd cent. Madhyamika. According to Peter Gang (personal communication April 29, 2009) the PilJrJikramasadhana summarizes all maJ;igala meditations which the Guhyasamajatantra includes or indicates. In his Paficakrama NagaIjuna interprets the yoga of the Guhyasamajatantra in five chapters in a systematizing way by means of five stages. As Gang (1987: 97) points out, also CandrakIrti in his Pradipoddyotanapka proceeds on the assumption of the five stages developed by NagaIjuna: "a. Diamantenes Mantrasprechen (vajrajiipa), b. Reinigung des Denkens (cittaviiuddhi), c. Selbstaufrichtung und Bestatigung (sviidhi~tiina), d. V611iges Erwachen (abisaIpbodhi), e. Integration (yuganaddha). Diese Unterteilung NagaIjunas ist eine Weiterentwicklung der schon im Guhyasamajatantra angelegten Einteilung des Yoga in zwei Schritte, den Schritt der Entwicklung (utpattikrama) und den Schritt der vollzogenen Entfaltung (utpannakrama)." 362 Notes 360. Tib. sPyod pa bsdus pa'i sgron rna. [A] Aryadeva, [Tr] Rin chen bzang po / (Ratnabhadra), [Tr] Sraddhakaravarma. [p. No.] 2668, rgyud 'grel, gi 64al-121b3 (vol. 61, p.293) [D. No.] 1803, ngi 57a2-106b7 [N] gi 62b2-118b5. [Kinsha] 671, gi 84bl (p.43-3-1). 361. Cf. Nakamura (1987: 334). 362. Perh. dPal gsang ba'i snying po 'i rim pa gnyis kyi don (Sriguhyagarbhakramadvayoddesa) [A] Indrabhilti [p. No.] 4771, rgyud 'grel, mu21Oa4-210b6 (voI.83, p.262), [D. No.] - [N] mu211a6-211b7. [Kinsha] 2770, mu 248a3 (p.124-3-3). 363. gSang ba 'dus pa 'i bshad sbyar snyim pa 'i me tog ces bya ba (Kusumaiijaliguhyasamajanibandhanama), [A] Ratnakarasanti, [Tr] !Has btsas (Devasuta), [Tr] Santibhadra [p. No.] 2714, rgyud 'grel,ji 233b8- nyi 147a6 (vol. 64, p. 95), [D. No.] 1851, ti 202bl-thi 120a4. [N]ji 219b4-nyi 140a6 [Kinsha] 717,ji 303bl (p. 153-2-1). 364. Kun tu bzangpo zhes bya ba'i sgrub pa'i thabs (Samantabhadranamasadhana), [A] Sangs rgyas ye shes (Buddhajiiana.), [Tr] Rin chen bzang po (Ratnabhadra.), [Tr] Sraddhakaravarman, [p. No.] 2718, rgyud 'grel, ti 33b3-42b5 (voI.65, p. 15), [D. No.] 1855, di 28b6-36a5. [N] ti 32b5-41b2 [Kinsha] 721, ti 39bl (p. 21-2-1). 365. There are many texts compiled by mp~arabhadra, but none with this title. Ifrelated to Guhyasamaja, it could be this text: dPal gsang ba 'dus pa 'i dkyil 'khor gyi cho ga zhes bya ba (SriguhyasamiijamaIJq.alavidhinama), [A] Mar me mdzad bzangpo (Dlpat1Jkarabhadra), [Tr] Padmakaravarma, [Tr] Rin chen bzang po (Ratnabhadra), [p. No.] 2728, rgyud 'grel, ti 83a6-104b2 (vol. 65, p. 35), [D. No.] 1865, di 69a4-87a3. [N] ti 82b6-102b6 [Kinsha] 731, ti 98a2 (p. 50-1-2). 366. Tashi Tsering: There are three lineages, but only two are available in the Sa skya tradition: Mi skyo'i rdo rje and 'Jam dpal rDo rje. The one missing is from Ye shes zhabs. 367. This author appears in the catalogs of the Tibetan canons twice as Thagana, and once as Sthagana. The author of dPal gsang ba 'dus pa 'i rgyud kyi 'grel pa is Sthagana: dPal gsang ba 'dus pa 'i rgyud kyi 'grel pa (SriguhyasamajatantravivaraIJa), [A] Sthagana, [Tr] Dharmasrlvajra, [Tr] Rin chen bzang po (Ratnabhadra), [Tr] Sraddhakaravarman, [P. No.] 2708, rgyud 'greI, ci 185a7-280a5 (vol. 63, p. 130), [D. No.] 1845,ji 161bl-244a7 [N] ci 174b6-272a3 [Kinsha] 711, ci 248bl (p. 125-2-1). 368. dPal gsang ba 'dus pa 'i rgyud kyi dka' 'grel zhes bya ba (Sriguhyasamiijatantrapaiijikanama), [A] rGyal bas byin (Jinadatta), [p. No.] 2710, rgyud 'grel, chi 162bl-364a7 (vol. 63, p. 235), [D. No.] 1847, nyi 145a7-318a7 [N] chi 152a6-353a5 [Kinsha] 713, chi 189bl (p. 95-4-1). 369. Tib. legs bshad, different from Las chen: yig c[hJa. Cf. critical edition. 370. The second and fourth of the five forefathers of the Sa skya pa (Sa skya gong rna mam lnga): 1) Sa chen Kun dga' snying po (1092-1158),2) bSodnams rtsemo (1142-1182), 3) rJe btsun Grags pa rgyal mtshan (1147-1216),4) Sa skya pal}.<;Iita Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (1182-1251),5) Chos rgyal 'Phags pa Notes 363 Blo gros rgyal mtshan (1235-1280). 371. TBRC code P155. 372. dPal gsang ba 'dus pa 'i rgyud kyi 'grel pa / (SriguhyasamiijatantravivaralJa) [A] Sthagana, [Tr] Dharmasrlvajra, [Tr] Rin chen bzang po! (Ratnabhadra), [Tr] SraddhakaravarriJ.an [Po No.] 2708, rgyud 'grel, ci 185a7-280a5 (vol.63, p.130), [D. No.] 1845,ji 161bl-244a7. [N] ci 174b6-272a3. [Kinsha] 711, ci 248b 1 (p. 125-2-1). 373. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 14. According to the colophon 297a3 Red mda' ba composed it in a Oangs bu Ie solitary place, i.e., during his five-year retreat there, cf. 2.10.3. As mentioned above according to Kaschewsky (1971: 99) in 1390 Tsong kha pa and Red mda' ba went to 'Ba' 'u 'ba' gnyer, where Tsong kha pa heard from Red mda' ba a Ouhyasamaja commentary. In 14011 02 when the two went together with a group ofPitakadharas to Rwa sgreng, where they spent the winter together, Red mda' ba taught the Five Stages of Ouhyasamaja (gSang 'dus rim lnga). Then Red mda' ba, in turn, heard the Guhyasamiijatantrariijavftii from Tsong kha pa (1971: 142). Cf. Kaschewsky (1971: 2. Teil: Faksimiles, Tafel 447, V, 56r.e-56v.a): red mda' pas kyang rje 'di la rtsa shes dang gsang 'dus kyi 'grel ba sgran gsai 'dzags par gsan. Unlike the rest of the passage this sentence is missing in Dad pa 'i 'jug ngags 40a5, but matches word for word with rNam thar ras 'bris 13a2 in 'Jam dbyangs bzhadpa'i rdo rje Ngag dbangbrtson 'grus (1648-1721), gSung 'bum, vol. 4. Again, it differs in BIo bzang 'phrin las mam rgyal, Tsong kha pa'i mam thar chen mo (1981: 269.14-8): de dus rje btsunpas rje bla ma la« 'grei basgrongsal» dang, «rtsashe'i» bshad 'khridgsan cing, rje bla mas kyang rje btsun pa la < < 'grel ba tshig gsa!> > gyi steng nas dbu ma 'i ita 'khrid zhib cing rgyas pa gsan pa sogs phan tshun chas kyi skyes bzang po stsol res su mdzad. As Kaschewsky (1971: 32-33) points out rNam thar ras 'bris was available to 'Brug rOyal dbang Blo bzang 'phrin las mam rgyal (b. 19th cent.) and Caqar dOe bshes Blo bzang tshul khrims (1740-1810), when they compiled their biographies ofTsong kha pa. C£ van der Kuijp (2007: 1021). 374. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mngon rtags 2) gsang sngags kyi bskyed rim sgrub thabs shig (abhisamaya: A siidhana related to the creation stage of the secret mantra). 375. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 15. 376. MHTL 11944. TBRC code W463. See chap. 7, Minor Works of Red mda' ba. Perhaps text no. 75: gSang 'dtls rim lnga rgyud pa'i gsal 'debs, in the introduction of the gSung 'bum dKar chag also referred to as gSang 'dtls rim lnga'i snying po mdar bsdus pa. See also text no. 49: Bla ma sgrub pa dpal bas gsang ba 'dus pa 'i sgrub thabs mdor byas dang sgrub thabs rnam bzhag !ikii mam gnyis kyi mi 'dra ba 'i khyad par zhus pa'i Ian. Yael Bentor! The Hebrew University of Jerusalem referred to this latter text in detail in her paper read during the Meeting of the International Association of Buddhist. Studies, SOAS 2005, Section: Vajrayiiua Buddhism, when she spoke on how the generation process works and why most dOe lugs commentaries disagree with Tsong kha pa's teacher Red mda' ba. 377. Tib. bshad rgyud; Skt. iikhyiitantra. 364 Notes 378. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. bsnyen sgrub - yi dam gyi sngags bzla ba dang sgom sgrub byed pa. Nitartha, s.v. bsnyen sgrub kyiyan lag bzhi -the four aspects of approach and accomplishment: {bsnyen pa} approach, {nye bsnyen} close approach, {sgrub pa} accomplishment, {sgrub chen} great accomplishment]. See also Negi, vol. 4, p. 1673, s.v. bsnyen sgrub - sevasadhanam. 379. Tib. Rin chen 'byung ldan zhi ba, Rin chen 'byung gnas zhi ba. Cf. Nakamura (1980: 311, 341). According to Wayman (1973: 82) to the Tibetans known as Santi-pa). 380. This name appears only once in the Otani Online search catalog, but Buddhajiiana is mentioned several times. However, it is likely these are one and the same, as the addition of pada to the end of Skt. names is a common sign of respect. 381. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'dus pa 5) gsang ba 'dus pa 'i bsdus tshig. 382. Fixed here has the sense of establishing the fi.nal form that will thenceforth be considered its definitive form. 383. Tib. mtha' dnlg tshul bzhi (lit. six limits/extremes [and] four modes). For an analysis of these two of the seven hermeneutic categories (resp. seven ornaments) stated by Candraklrti, see Gang (1987: 100-110). He suggests to translate them as "Die sechs Dimensionen der Erkliirung" (the six dimensions of explanation; ~atkotivyakhyana) and "Die vierfache Darstellung" (the fourfold description; caturvidhakhyana). Wayman (1968: 219) gives the six "alternatives" (mtha' drug) as follows: 1. evident meaning (nittartha, nges don), 2. hinted meaning (neyartha, drang don), 3. standard terminology (yatharuta, sgraji bzhin pa), 4. coined terminology (na-yathanlta, sgraji bzhin pa ma yin), 5. twilight language (saI[1dhi-bha~a, dgongs pa can), 6. non-twilight language (na-saI[1dhi-bha~a, dgongs pa can ma yin pa). The four modes Wayman (1977: 116) gives: 1. invariant sense (ak~arartha, yig don), 2. shared sense (samastangartha, spyi don), 3. pregnant sense (garbhy-artha, sbas don), 4. ultimate sense (kolikartha, mthar thug don). See also Sa pm}, mKhaspa'i 'jug sgo (1983: 106, 19-20): mtha' dnlg gang gis shes pa de, gzhung bshad pa la shin tu mkhas (The person who knows about the six dimensons, can explain the treatises very well). 384. Tib. rdo rje tshig. Cf. SCD, s.v. rdo rje'i tshig- The precious or holy word; the word of Buddha held to be free from deception, unchangeable, of profound sense, and hard to comprehend. 385. Tib. bde ba; Skt. sukha. 386. Tib. mgon po; Skt. natha. 387. Nine types of sentient beings refers to all kinds of sentient beings, i.e., there are only nine ways to take birth as a sentient being within the Buddhist cosmology. You can only live in any of the three realms and from there, when you die, you take birth in any ofthe three realms. 388. Tib. bcu phrag gnyis. These twelve are: 1) 'Phags chen Chos bzang dpal (b. 13th cent.), 2) Lo tsa ba Sa bzang Ma ti Pm;lChen BIo gros rgyalmtshan (1294-1376), 3) Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal (1285- Notes 365 1379), 4) mKhan chen Sangs rgyas 'phel, 5) rGyal sras Thogs med bzang po dpal (1295-1369), 6) Bla rna dam pa Bsod nams rgyal mtshan (1312-13 75), 7) Lo chen or Pru;tq.ita chen po Byang chub rtse mo (1303/06-1380/86), 8) lDog !hod pa mKhan chen Kun dga' [dpal] bzang po, 9) Chos rje or mKhan chen Byang chub seng ge (b. 14th cent.), 10) Lo tsii ba Nam mkha' bzang po, 11) Chos rje Grags pa rgyal mtshan, 12) Lo chen sKyabs mchog dpal bzang. 389. Jaschke 1881, s.v. rig 'dzin, from rigpa 'dzinpa; usually rig 'dzin, Skt. vidyadhara. MW, S.v. vidyadhara. 390. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. zos pa 1. tha dad par 'jug pa 'i za ba'i 'das pa 'i 'bri srol gzhan zhig. 391. Note that there is a parallel to the famous verse in Niigiirjuna's Shes rab sdong bu (PrajiiadalJrJa). See Illuminator, s.v. khas 'che ba: 1) Promise or pledge, e.g., the famous verse from the Shes rab sdong bu (PrajiiadalJrJa) by NiigiiIjuna: dam pas mang po khas 'che mi byed cing, gal te dka' bas khas ni blangs gyur na, rdo la ri mo bris paji bzhin du, shi yang gzhan du 'gyur ba rna yin no. Holy beings do not make many pledges, but once they have said they will take up a difficult task, it is as though it were written in stone: Even in the face of death, they will not move from it. 392. brgyud pa em. : rgyud pa AB; cf. Jaschke 1881, s.v. rgyud (Skt. tantu, tantrf) string, cord; also thread of tradition, i.e., a continuous or uninterrupted tradition. If used to describe a succession of generations or families, the word is generally written brgyud, and only rarely as rgyud. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. rgyud 'dzin 2) rigs rgyud dam ring lugs 'dzin mkhan. Jiischke 1881, s.v. brgyud (Skt. parampara) family (gens), lineage; relations, ancestors, descendants, offspring; rigs brgyud, or, gdung brgyud family; bla [bJrgyud succession of descent of teachers. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. brgyud pa 1. (td.) bar rna chad par gcig nas gcig tu sbrel ba. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. brgyud pa 'i bla rna - chos rgyun gcig nas gcig tu rim bzhin brgyud pa 'i bla rna. SCD, s.v. brgyud - gcig nas gcig tu brgyud pa descent from one to another 1. family, lineage, ancestor, offspring, 2. race, people, nation, bod kyi mi brgyud - the Tibetan nation, people; gdung brgyud - descendants; bla brgyud - the succession or line of teachers. Tantras and mystic manuals, v. rgyud, chos kyi brgyud pa - religious arguments and deductions. 393. Tib. nyams len byin rlabs kyi brgyud. In the dOe lugs tradition a lineage called Nyams len byin rlabs kyi brgyud is appealed to on the occasion of cleansing rituals (khrus gsol ba). The lineage begins with Vajradhara and extends through Tilopa, Niiropa, l)ombhipa up to Atisa; cf. SSdB XI-XII p. 9. See also sByor chos bskal bzang rngrin rgyan (2000: 7): thugs rje chen po bde gshegs rdo rje 'chang, mchog gzigs tai 10 pa dang nii ro pa, dpal mchog dom bhi pa dang a ti sha, nyams len byin rlabs brgyud la phyag 'tshallo. Different in Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. nyarns len byin rlabs kyi brgyud pa: byang chub lam rim gyi brgyud pa gsum gyi ya gyal, rje btsun 'jam dbyangs nas rgyal sras zhi ba lha la sogs par brgyud pa 'i rlabs chen spyod [bJrgyud (Lineage of the Blessing through Practice: one of the three lineages of the Stages of the Path, the lineage of blessed vast conduct from Maiijusrl up to Jinaputra, Siintideva etc.). Furthermore, in the dOe lugs Bla rna mchod pa field of merit five tantric lineages are depicted that converge in Tsong kha pa: Ouhysamiija, Cakrasa11lvara, Yamiintaka, Kiilacakra and mahamudrii (gsang bde 'jigs gsum, 'dus 'khor dang phyag rgya chen po). In this context Red mda' ba 366 Notes is mentioned as lineage master too: see Ye shes rgyal mtshan, gSung 'bum, vol. 15, Bla ma mchod pa 'i khrid yig gsang ba 'i gnad rnam par phye ba snyan [bJrgyud man ngag gi gter mdzod, p. 9a2-4: yang na ro pa nas lho brag mar pa la brgyud pa dang, rgya gar grub chen mang po nas rje 'gas la brgyud pa dang, pham mthing pa sku mehed nas brgyud pa sogs 'phags yul nas byon pa 'i man ngag khungs ma rnams rje rin po ehes bla ma khyung po lhas pa dang, ehos rje don grub rin chen dang, spyan snga grags pa byang chub dang, rje btsun red mda' pa sags las yongs su rdzogs par gsan. Red mda' ba also played a leading role in the transmission ofYamiintaka. See Lhundup Pat;lgita (2002: 8): "These five unique features and so forth were requested ofMaiijusri by rje tzong kha pa. The complete points of the practice were given to rje btzun red mda' ba and were passed successively in a lineage of oral transmission up tillieangskya rinpo ehe ngagdbangehos ldan. Since [I] have written [this] from the notes made by him, it can be fully trusted. With this, the explanation of the tantras themselves which set out [the theme], together with [a short] discursus, has been given." Corresponding Tibetan text: khyad ehos lnga sogs 'di dag ni rje btsun tsong kha pas rje btsun 'jam dbyangs la zhus pa 'i nyams len gyi gnas yongs rdzogs rje btsun red mda ' ba la phul ba las, rim gyi zhal nas zhal du brgyud de leang skya rin po ehe ngag dbang ehos ldan gyi bar 'ongs nas des zin thor bkod pa las 'bris pa yin pas yid ehes pa 'i gnas kho na '0. des na rjod byed rgyud kyi rnam gzhag zhar byung dang bcas pa bshad zin to. 394. This could refer to Red mda' ba's position in the Lam 'bras lineage (cf. notes 355, 394). Corresponding to Eimer (1969, 159) Red mda' ba's position would be no. 19: 1) Kyab bdag rDo Ije chang dbang, 2) bDag med rna, 3) mThu stobs dbang phyug, 4) Grub chen Nag po pa, 5) Da rna rii pa, 6) A va dhU n pa, 7) Ga ya dha ra, 8) Bla chen 'Brog mi (d. 1074),9) Se ston Kun rig (1029-1116), 10) Zhang ston Chos 'bar (b. 1055), 11) dPalldan Sa skya pa (Sa chen) (1092-1158), 12) rJe btsun sKu mched (Grags pa rgyal mtshan) (1147-1216), 13) Chos Ije Pa t;lgi ta (Sa pat;t) (1182-1251), 14) Chos rgyal 'Phags pa (1235-1280), 15) dKon chog dpal, 16) Chos rje bSod nams dpal, 17) [Bla rna dam pal bSod nams rgyal mtshati (1312-1375), 18) dPalldan tshul khrims zhabs (1333-1399), 19) Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros (1348-1412) [but not as such in the "Sa skya-Gebet"], since Red mda' ba is not considered to be a Lam 'bras lineage master. Instead another famous disciple of him is considerered as such, Buddhasri. Accordingly the lineage continues from 18) dPalldan tshul khrims zhabs onwards: 19) BuddhaSri = Sangs rgyas dpal (TBRC code 3296, 1339-1412/32), 20) Ngor chen rDo Ije 'chang (13821444?) = Ngor chen Kun dga' bzang po (TBRC codel132, 1382-1456). ,. 395. Cf. Tsong-kha-pa (2000: 42): "Within the perfection vehicle, there are two more divisions - the lineage of the view and the lineage of deeds - and within the lineage of deeds, there are lineages descended from Maitreya and Maiijusri, making three lineages in the perfection vehicle." See also my unpublished MA thesis (2003: 158-62). According to Tsong kha pa's bKa' 'bum thor bu, vol. kha, p. 3b.2-5 the Lineage of Profound View (zab mo Ita ba'i brgyud pa) is the following: 1. Buddha Siikyamuni, 2. Maiijusri, 3. Niigiirjuna, 4. Candraklrti, 5. Vidyiikokila senior, 6. Vidyiikokilajunior, 7. Atisa, 8. 'Brom ston pa. See also Lam rim bla rna brgyud pa 'i 'dri tshul in the gSung 'bum of dNgul chu Dharma bhadra, pp. 475-486. On p. 481.4 the drawing instruction continues on the left side [looking from the Buddha, who is placed in the middle] with no. 3-6, but then follow not Ansa and 'Brom ston, but Po to ba Rin chen gS,al, Sha ra ba Yon tan grags, 'Chad kha ba Ye shes rdo rje etc. This list again matches with the Lineage of Authoritative Treatise (gzhung pa ba' brgyud pa) in Tsong kha pa's Byang Notes 367 chub lam rim pa 'j zab mo Ita ba 'j rgyud pa la gsal 'debs, gSung 'bum, vol. kha, p. 3b5-4a3, where it ends with "dPalldan bla rna." Lam rim bla rna brgyud pa 'j 'dri tshul reads "Khan chen Chos skyabs bzang po" in this place (cf. TBRC code P1969; Kaschewsky 1971: 130), a teacher from whom Tsong kha pa received blo sbyong teachings: In Lam rim bla rna brgyud pa 'j 'dri tshul Khan chen Chos skyabs bzang po is in position no. 16. Ifwe count Atisa and 'Brom ston pa he would be on position no. 18 and Tsong kha pa in position no. 19, while Red mda' ba is not involved. According to ming mdzod p. 205 he is in position 22. This needs further research. For a short biography see also Dung dkar (1997: 421). It is noticeable that in the Lineage of transmission of the Great Whispered Teaching of Mind Purification (blo sbyong snyan rgyud chen mo'i brgyudpa) (see note 251, Ye shes rgyal mtshan 1990: 904.12) Red mcta' ba is the no. 22: 1) Munindra (here: epithet of 1. Buddha Sakyamuni, 2) Maiijusrl, 3) Jinaputra Santideva, 4) Eladhari, 5) ViravaIja, 6) Ratnasri, 7) the guru [from] SuvaIVadvipa, 8) DipaJ!1k:ara (b. 972/82),9) 'Brom ston rGyal ba'i byung gnas (1004/05-1064), 10) Po to ba Rin chen gsal (1027-1105), 11) Sha ra ba Yon gtan grags pa (1070-1141), 12) [Bya] 'Chad kha ba [Ye shes rdo rje] (1101-1175), 13) Se [sPyil bu ba Choskyi rgyalmtshan] (1121-1189).14) sKyes mchoglha ['Od zerbla rna] (b. 12th cent.), 15) lHa sdings pa [Byang chub 'bum] (b. 12th cent.), 16) lHa sdings dpon [Kun dga' rgya mtsho] (b. 12th cent.), 17) Yon tan dpal (b. 12th/13th cent.), 18)[mKhan chen] bDe ba dpal (1231-1297), 19) bKa' bzhi pa [Grags pa gzhon nul (1257-1315), 20) Byams dang snyingrje'i mgna' bdag Chos kyi rje [mKhan chen pa Byang chub sems dpa' = TBRC code P2142 Byang sems bSod nams grags pa], 21) The second Asanga, precious Jinaputra [Thogs med bzang po] (1295-1369) P 1830, 22) Red mda' ba [gZhon nu blo gros], crown ornament of the scholars of the world (1348-1412). Note that according to Dalai Lama (1988: 79) this lineage is also referred to as "lineage of extensive action" (cf. note 251). 396. According to Tsong kha pa's bKa' 'bum thor bu, gSung 'bum, vol. kha, p. Ibl-3b2 the lineage of vast conduct (rgya chen spyod pa 'j brgyud) is the following: 1. Buddha [Sakyamuni], 2. Maitreya, 3. Asanga, 4. Vasubandhu, 5. Vimuktisena, 6. Virnuktisenagomin, 7. Paramasena, 8. Vinitasena, 9. Vairocana, 10. Haribhadra, 11. Kusali, 12. Ratnasena, 13. Survarnadvipin (gSer gling pa [Chos kyi grags pal; TBRC code P3453: b. 10th cent.), "14. Atisa, 15. ['Brom] ston pa [rgyal ba'i 'byung gnas] (1005-64), 16. dGon pa ba (1016-1082), 17. sNe'u zur pa (1042-1118), 18. Thag rna pa (b. 12th cent.), 19. Nam kha seng ge (b. 12th cent.), 20. Lho brag mkhan chen Nam mkha' rgyal po (TBRC code P3470, b. 13th cent.), 21. Lo brag mKhan chen Seng ge bzangpo (TBRC code P3471, b. 13th cent.), 22. Lo brag mKhan chen rGyal sras bzang po (TBRC code 3472, d. 1356), 23. Lo brag mKhan chen Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan (TBRC code P1317, 1326-1401). This list matches with Lam rim bla rna brgyud pa'i 'dri tshul in the gSung 'bum of dNgul chu Dharma bhadra, pp. 475-481. Tsong kha pa usually follows in position no. 24. Actually, as far as I can see from Kaschewsky (1971) Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan was Tsong kha pa's tantric techer and not his teacher on AbhisamayiilaIpkiira or the Five Works ofMaitreya (Byams chos sde lnga), which I would expect here. But it is noticeable that there is another lineage related to the Blo sbyong don bdun ma'i khrid yig, composed by Thogs med bzang po dpal, which similarly derives from Maitreya and Asanga and is to be found in Dalai Lama V, gSan yig, vol. ka, p. 29a3. There Red mda' ba could be in position no. 27, but is not mentioned: 'jig rten dbang phyug bzang po dpal gyjs mdzad pa 'j blo sbyong don bdun rna 'j 'khrid yjg gi steng nas theg pa chen po 'j blo sbyong nyams 'khrid du legs par nos pa 'j brgyud pa ni, 1) Munindra (Thub pa'i dbang po), 2) Regent Maitreya (rGyal tshab Byams pa), 3) Arya Asanga (,Phags pa Thogs med), 4) Acarya Vasubandhu (Slob dpon 368 Notes dByig gnyen), 5) A.rya Vimuktisena CPhags pa rNam grol sde), 6) Bhadanta Vimuktisena (bTsun pa rNam grol sde), 7) GUl!amitra, 8) Acarya Haribhadra (Slob dpon Seng ge bzang po), 9) Mitra PUf1!avardhana (bShes gnyen Gang ba spel), 10) The greater Kusali, 11) The smaller Kusali (Ku sa Ii che chung gnyis), 12) DharmakIrti [from] Suvaf1!advIpa (gSer gling pa Chos kyi grags pa), 13) The glorious Atisa (dPalldan Atisha), 14) The victor 'Brom [ston pal (rGyal ba 'Brom), IS) Po to ba Rin chen gsal, 16) Shar ba Yon tan grags, 17) 'Chad ka [ba] Ye shes rdo rje, 18) Se sPyil bu ba Chos kyi rgyal mtshan, 19) lHa ston 'Od zerbla rna (In Jo bo'i Chos 'byung: Byang chub 'od zer; in Lo pa sPyan snga'i gsan yig: sKyes mchog Iha chen), 20) lHa sdings pa Byang chub 'bum, 21) lHa sdings dbon po Kun dga' rgya mtso, 22) Tshogs pa'i dbu mdzad Yon tan dpal, 23) mKhan chen bDe ba dpal, 24) mKhan chen dKa' bzhi pa Grags pa gzhon nu, 25) Byang sems bSod nams grags pa, 26) Jinaputra Thogs med bzang po dpal. Dalai Lama V continues here with rGya rna pa Yon tan ' od, whom I cannot identify as a disciple of Thogs med bzang po dpal. But since Red mda' ba was one of the chief disciples of Thogs med bzang po too, alternatively he could definitely be in position no. 27 too. 397. Tib. bka' brgyud; cf. Illuminator, s.v. bka' brgyud - has the particular meaning of a lineage of instructions that have been passed from one person to another through direct, face to face, communication. Hence 'command lineage' is the meaning. 398. This paragraph describes Red mda' ba's position with the three lineages: 1. nyarns len byin rlabs kyi rgyud pa, 2. zab rna Ita ba'i rgyud pa, 3. rgya chen spyad pa 'i rgyud pa, or in other words, his position as a holder of the Esoteric, Madhyamaka and Y ogacara Lineages. 399. Tib. grub rntha '; siddhiinta. 400. Known as "The Buddha from Dolpo" and "The Omniscient One from Dolpo Who Embodies the Buddhas of the Three Times." TBRC code P139: "major figure in the 'bra transmission ofthe kalacakra precepts." For a detailed biography see Steams (1999). Although sometimes referred to as the founder of the Jo nang tenet system, Khentrul Jamphal Lodro Rinpoche describes in his Paths af Pure Vision (2005: 60-61) that the source of the Jo nang lineage is Buddha Sakyamuni and is in accord with the Buddha's Third Turning of the Dharma Wheel, which he considers the ultimate definite meaning of the Buddha's teachings, which are found in "Buddha Maitreya's Five Treasures" (usually it refers to the Cittamatra school). "While Chandrakirti accepted the system ofthe rangtong view of intrinsic emptiness as it is explicitly indicated by Nagarjuna in his Six Collections of Reasoning, masters such as Chandragomin upheld the ultimate zhentong view articulated by Arya Asanga, and sustained by the Great Madhyamaka." On pp. 62-63 he sets out how the teachings of gzhan stong were transmitted from rNgog Blo Idan shes rab (1059-1109) onwards. Among the more than 30 masters of the lineage he mentions bCom Idan Rig pa'i ral gri, Kun mkhyen Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan, Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal and Pal! chen Sakya mchog Idan. In his chapter on the Jo nang lineage (2005: 63-66) he mentions the two distinct lineages, i.e., the Rwa lineage [from Rwa Lo tsa ba chos rab] and the 'Bra lineage [from 'Bra ston 10 tsa ba dKon mchog srung], from which he considers the latter to be more complete. With regard to Red mda' ba, Jamphal Lodro states in his chapter on the "Views and Practices of the Sakya Tradition," p. 44 that "Jamgon Sakya Pandita and Rongton Sheja Kunrig mainly upheld the philosophical view ofSvatantrika Madhyamaka," but "Jetsun Remdawa Shonu Lodro upheld the position of the Notes 369 Prasangika Madhyamaka view." Next to a biography of Shes rab rgyal mtshan and the Jo nang lineage masters, he refers to the view ofthe Jo nang pa today and their views and practices, especially the gzhan stong view and the six yogas ofthe Kalacakra. According to the notes 48, 49 gzhan stong or '''Extrinsic Emptiness' refers to the system of teachings that articulate how the ultimate nature of reality is empty of everything other than itself' and rang stong or "'Intrinsic Emptiness' refes to the system ofteachings that articulate how all things are empty of their own intrinsic existence." For a more detailed study see Mathes (1996: 158-79), and for a short history in the gzhan stong theory Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 78-81). 401. Sarpdhinirmoeanasiitra, dGongs pa nges par 'grel pa'i mdo, P 774. Lankiivatiirasiltra, Lang kar gshegs pa 'i mdo. Trans!. by D.T. Suzuki: The Lankavatara Sutra. London: Routledge 1932. 402. Otani Online search catalog: Theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma 'j bstan beos (Mahiiyiinottaratantrasiistra), P5525, D4024. Eng!. Trans!. by E. Obermiller in Prasad, ed. (1991). 403. Dharmadhiitustotra, Chos kyi dbyings su bstod pa. P2010. Eng!. Trans!. by Ari Goldfield, Kagyu Thubten Chiiling, Wappingers Falls, New York, July 2001, Marpa Foundation, Ashland Oregon, U.S.A. Temporary German translation by Birgit Schweiberer (Getsulma Lobsang Drime) 2003. Distributed during teachings by Dalai Lama XIV in Paris October 2003. 404. Schuh (1988: 20) quotes from the biography ofYe shes rgyal mtshan that the (holy) place Brag kha Theg chen gling was blessed by rJe btsun Red mda' ba, dPang 10 tsa ba and other teachers. 405. Stearns (1999: 57, 205n56) refers to this passage, saying that "Rendawa then apparently embarked on a crusade to discredit the Jonang tradition and to call into question the internal contradictions he perceived in a literal reading of the Kiilaeakra tantra." Although Stearns (1999: 56) acknowleges that serious allegations describing Red mda' ba as "an evil demon who would spread the nihilistic view" are "tainted with a considerable degree of hysteria," he himself uses the charged term "crusade" in this context. See also Hopkins (2002: 305): "Shay-rap-gyel-tsen boldly draws the great tantras and siltras as well as the prominent early Great Vehicle scholars into the sphere of the Great Middle Way. Since he breaks boundaries between set systems, it is no wonder that his grand, overarching, iconoclastic perspective shocked Tibetan scholars from his own day to the present. It offers so much food for thought that it is no wonder that Dzong-ka-ba's teacher, the Sa-gya scholar Ren-da-wa Shiin-nu-lo-drii - over three readings - first found it unappealing, then appealing, and then unappealirig. So provocative, it has to be taken into account." 406. Tib. gdan sa. This term refers not only to a monastic centre or seat in general, but also to an ancestral seat or headquarters (Stammkloster, Mutterhaus) such main or state-[approved] monasteries as the three dGe lugs monasteries around IHa sa (lha sa"i gdan sa gsum) Se ra, 'Bras spungs and dGa' ldan or the three main Sa skya monasteries (sa skya'i gdan sa gsum), Sa skya, Ngor and 'Tshar. Depending on the context, it may also be correct to translate gdan sa as monastic university or seminary. On the other hand gdan sa andgdan sa pa refer also to an "abbot" (in the sense of ordinarius, i.e., in the administrative sense to the office (i.e., the function) of an abbot, since the wording gdan sa mdzad pa means: "to function as abbot," "to hold the rank of an abbot." The abbot of a gdan sa, a gdan 370 Notes sa pa, is hierarchially higher than an abbot of a monastery, and may better be translated as ordinarius (cf. Kaschewsky 1971: 250n23). The term gdan sa pa refers also to the heir or successor to the throne of an abbot (cf. van der Kuijp 1987: 116): "successor to the throne (gdan-sa-pa)." Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gdan sa bla rabs rim par byung ba'i dgon pa (a monastery, in which a continual sequence oflamas takes place). SCD, s.v. gdan sa - place of residence; bla ma 'I gdan sa - the seat of a chief lama. Goldstein 2001, s.v. gdan sa - monastic seat, main monastery (that has branch monasteries). Shakabpa (1967: 14) translates it as "Seat of the Head Lama." So the translation very much depends on the context. In the case of Sa skya, it is sometimes difficult to know whether Sa skya monastery is referred to or Sa skya estate. 407. Tib. phyl rol; cf. Jaschke 1881, S.v. phyi, III. phyi rol, phyi rol na, -tu, -nas; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. phyl rol-phyi logs. Jaschke 1881, S.v. phyi III. outside; phyi nas - from without, from abroad; phyl ru, phyir, out (proceeding from the interior of a place ot the exterior), less frq. phyi rol; phyl lao Actually this is what Red mda' ba is mainly criticized for by Go rams pa. Cf. bSod nams seng ge (2004: 22.2-36.5); Engl. translation in Cabez6n and Dargyay (2007: 92-106), especially pp. 32-36. Here Go rams pa p. 32.7-10 quotes Red mda' ba: 'on kyang 'di 'i phyogs snga phyl rnams la brtags na 'di ltar mthong ste, phyogs snga ma 'I lugs de theg pa che chung gang gi lugs min pas chos 'di pa las phyi rol du gyur pa'o. Engl. transl. from Cabez6n and Dargyay (2007: 105): "since it is neither a Mahayana nor a Hinayana system, the system of the proponent [i.e., of Dol po pa] falls outside of the Buddhist tradition." Here Go rams pa clearly reproaches Red mda' ba for excessively slandering this [Jo nang] view, because "[the followers of Dol po pal take the final [turning ofthe wheel of the Buddha's word], the last [three] works of Maitreya, and the commentarial tradition of Asanga and his brother to be of definitive meaning. Having done so, they posit all phenomena except for the real- that is, the ultimate truth - to be truthless. Hence, [their view] is superior to that of other realists, and it is a system that leads effortlessly to the generation of the Madhyamaka view." According to Tashi Tsering, when Go rams pa speaks here about "realists" (dngos smra bay, he refers to the V aibha~ika, Sautrantika and Cittamatra tenets. It would not be correct to say that the 10 nang pa are not Buddhists at all. This cannot be, because the view of the Jo nang pa is based on the respective Buddhist texts, i.e., the resp. sutras, the Kalacakratantra and the treatises mentioned in Red mda' pa's biography. Furthermore Tashi Tsering (personal communication Dec. 6, 2006) remarks that he "did not see the above mentioned quote in any of the three Madhyamaka commentaries of Red mda' ba [which he translated into English], so it must come from another text ofrJe bstun Red mda' ba." Perhaps Go rams pa paraphrases that quote Cabez6n and Dargyay (2007: 97) are referring to in the section about the refutation of Dol po pa: "The first of the three systems was refuted by Red mda' ba, the lord of scholars, as follows. [He states that] it is not the purport of any ofthe sutra traditions, whether Maha- or Hina-yana; that it is not compatible with any of the four philosophical schools; and that it is not accepted by any Mahayanist, whether Indian or Tibetan. Hence, it cannot but fall outside the [Buddhist] Dharma and, therefore, anyone who holds the Buddha's teachings dear should do nothing but refute it. This [view of Red mda' ba] will now be briefly expanded upon here." Go rams pa's conclusion comes on p. 34.3-6, where he quotes Rong ston, who says "that this system [of Dol po pal represents the most refined view of the Cittamatra, falling just short of the Madhyamaka." (rje btsun shes bya kun rig gi zhal snga nas lugs 'dl sems tsam pa 'i lta ba drag shos dbu mar cung zad ma slebs pa zhig yin gsungs pa de nyld don la gnas te, .. .). According to Tashi Tsering Notes 371 Rong ston comes very close to dBu rna. He feels that the Jo nang pa are even superior to Cittamatra, but do not really reach dBu rna. From a dGe lugs pa point of view here one needs to understand that the Sa skya pa [except Red mda' bal do not distinguish between Svatantrika (dbu rna rang rgyud pay and Prasangika (dbu rna thai 'gyur pay. Go rams pa supports Rong ston' s position, that the J 0 nang pa are not in accord with Nagarjuna, because they accept the dependent (gzhan dbang) as empty (stongpa) and truthless (bden rned), but accept the real (yongs grub) to be truth (bden pa),i.e., that the real (yongs grub) are inherently existent. According to Go rams pa and Rong ston this goes against Nagarjuna, because he says that everything that is existent has not the slightest trace or touch of inherent existence. Go rams pa criticizes Red mda' ba's view on Empty of other-nature (gzhan stong). Whether the Sa skya pa accept Empty of other-nature or not, depends on the way it is explained, i.e., the respective commentaries. The Sa skya pa seem not to accept Empty of other-nature in the way as refuted by Go rams pa, but in the way Sakya mChog Idan explains it. 408. See Minor Works, text no. 31: sTan pa la phrin du gsol ba sags phrin yig gi skor (sTan pa'i spring yig), 322-324: pp. 210al-211a7, CPN, no. 006117 (25 pp. 122), rndzad pa po Sa kya'i dge slong [gZhon nu blo gros]. For the full text and translation see Appendix B: Letter to the [Great] Teacher [Buddha Sakyarnunij. Cf. note 413. 409. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'khan 'dzin; Mvy, S.v. 1962 (')khon du 'dzin pa - upanaha; MW, s.v. upanaha - continual enmity. According to Asanga one of the twenty secondary klesas (nye nyon nyi shu) - irreconcilability. 410. Steams (1999: 58): "Nyaiin is certainly portrayed here as the leading proponent of Dolpopa's tradition. " 411. Kaschewsky (1971: Ill) mentions a small hermitage '01 kha Chos lung that was founded by Tsong kha pa, and with its stone paintings is still a place of pilgrimage. See also Batchelor (1987: 179, 247); Kaschewsky (1971: 263n35; 264n38; 270n171, 187). According to Gyurme Dorje (2nd ed., 219) '01 kha city is located ca. 20 km away from the 0 de gung rgyal mountain (6998), close to '01 kha Chos lung Monastery. 412. Jackson (1987: 135): "(6) Rtse-chen, founded by Nya-dbon (Kun-dga'-dpal) [in 1366-1371]." In 1375176 Tsong kha pa once listened to aphar phyin commentary by Nya dbon Kun dga' dpaJ there, and there too he first met with rJe bstun Red mda' ba (see Obermiller 1935: 325 and Kaschewsky 1971: 83). According to Gyurme Dorje (2nd edition: 260) rTse chen was founded by "Gyantse's first Prince Phakpa Pelzangpo (1318-70)." See also Mayhew (2002: 222). Batchelor (1987: 179,303) mentions its ruins and Tsong kha pa's meeting of Red mda' ba there. Gyurme Dorje (2009: 313). 413. See chap. 7, Minor Works of Red mda' ba, text no. 32: Dus kyi 'khor lo'i dpyad pa las brtsarns te bstan 'dzin rnarns la phrin du gsol ba nor bu 'i phreng ba (bsTan 'dzin rnarns la phrin du gsol ba nor bu'i phreng ba zhes bya ba), 324-339: pp.211a7-218b3, CPN, no. 006117 (22? pp. 281), rndzad pa po Sakya'i dge slong gZhon nu blo gros, rndzad sa'i gnas dPal sa skya'i gtsug lag khang. For a print of the text see Red mda' ba (1998: 283-293); cf. Cabez6n and Dargyay (2007: 270n209). Gavin Kilty gives in 372 Notes the bibliography of Khedrup Norsang Gyatso and Kilty (2004) two other works of "Rendawa Shonu Lodro:" 1. Precious Garland ofLetters and Replies. 'Phrinyig nor bu 'phreng ba 'i rang Ian. In Great Compendium of Tibetan Astronomy. Bod kyi rtsis rig kun 'dlls chen po, book 1, Chengdu: Sichuan Minorities Press, 1998. See Red mda' ba (1998c: 294-297). 2. Precious Lamp Illuminating the Definitive Meaning of the Kiilacakra. Dus kyi 'khor 10 nges don gsal bar byed pa rin po che'i sgron mao In Great Compendium of Tibetan Astronomy. Bod kyi rtsis rig kun 'dus chen po book 1, Chengdu: Sichuan Minorities Press,1998. Cf. Red mda' ba (1998d: 383-428), and Red mda' ba (2007: 319-88). Stearns (1999: 58) notes: "Instead he returned to Sa skya and composed The Jewel Rosary (Nor bu 'i phreng ba), his famous critique of the Kalacakra." See also Steams (1999: 205n58): "Sangs rgyas rtse mo, 54b. While still at Sa skya, Red mda' ba also composed the Nor bu 'i phreng ba 'i rang lan, his own reply to theNar bu 'i phreng ba." Furthermore Kilty in Khedrup Norsang Gyatso and Kilty (2004: 16): "Masters such as Chomden Rikral (thirteenth century) and even the great Rendawa (1349-1412) teacher of Ie Tsongkhapa, claimed that the Kalacakra was not a pure tantra. Rendawa wrote a series ofletters setting out his criticisms, which in tum provoked replies from adherents of the tantra. Many of these points of criticism are dealt with in Khedrup Norsang Gyatso's work." 414. Steams (1999: 205n59): "Sangs rgya rtse mo, 53b-54b. The master Drung bZhi thog pa can be identified as the Sa skya master ofthe Bzhi thog Palace, Ta dben Kun dga' rin chen (1339-1399), who was an important disciple of Dol po pa." The Zhi thog bla brang is one of the four dynastic houses of the Sa skya pa school, founded by the 8th Ti shri Kun dga' blo gros rgyal mtshan (1299-1327), eldest ofthe fifteen grandsons of Sa pm)'s brother Zang tsha. The four dynastic houses (bla brang) are: 1. Zhi thog, 2. IRa khang, 3. Rin chen sgang, 4. Dus mchod. Ta dben Kun dga' rin chen was the 16th Sa skya Khri 'dzin (reign ca. 1364-1399). 415. lhado Tulku (personal communication Oct. 12,2007) confirms that this quotation must be from Rig Idan Padma dkar po's 'Grel chen dri med 'ad, i.e., Kalkin PUl;u;!arika's Vimalaprabha (Stainless Light). bsDus pa 'i rgyud kyi rgyal po dus kyi 'khor lo'i 'grel bshad rtsa ba'i rgyud kyi rjes su jug pa stong phrag bcu pa bcu gnyis pa dri ma med pa 'j 'ad ces bya ba (Vimalaprabhii-niima-mulatantriinusiirilJi-dviidasasiihasrikii-laghu-kiila-cakratantra-riija-tikii) [Tr] Shes rab grags / (Prajaklrti), [Tr] Somanatha, [Rev] Shon ston, [Rev] Shong ston mDo sde dpal, [Rev] Tshul khrims dar / [Po No.] 2064, rgyud 'grel, ka Ibl-kha 297a6 (vol. 46, p. 121) [D. No.] 1347, rgyud, tha 107bl-da297a7. [N] ka 1-kha 304a3. [Kinsha] 65, kha lbl (p. 1-2-1). Cf. Stearns (1999: 280) Kalkin PUI;t;!arika. 'Jig rten khams kyi Ie 'u 'grel bshad dri ma med pa 'i 'ad mchan bcas. Edited and annotated by Bu ston Rin chen grub. In The Collected Works of Bu-ston, pt. 2, pp. 301-603. New Delhi: International Academy of Indian Culture, 1965. For an extended bibliography on Kalacakra literature see www.berzinarchives.com. 416. Acc. to Jhado Tulku, this is an understatement Tib. khengs skyung typical for Tibetans. 417. Tib. Sa bcu'i dbang phyug; Skt. Dasabhilmlsvara. In general an epithet for Byams pa mgon po (Maitreyanatha), but here as a term of respect it refers to PUl)t;!arika. Jhado Tulku (pers. cornm. Oct. 12, 2007): Sm. Tsong kha pa is refered to as 'Jam mgon bla rna, i.e., 'Jam dbyangs kyi mgon po, the protector Manjusrl. Notes 373 418. The predicate is here: "PuI;1c;\arika is foolish." Ifthe quotation "I the foolish wish to practice it," is correct, the unmistaken speech of the Lord of the Ten Stages, PUI;1c;\arika himself must be foolish. In general: tshig de yinna, de yin pas khyab. Similarly it is argued that one cannot always take the canonical scriptures literally, as it is in the case of the quotation of the Buddha who said in a special situation to a certain person for certain reasons that one's parents need to be killed (pha ma gsad bya ba). One cannot take this literally. 419. The reason (rtags) is here: to be the unmistaken speech of the Lord of the Ten Stages. 420. Here shes bya stands in for any subject (chas can nges med). One might alternatively say: "[Take] it to be valid in general" or "To whatever subject you refer," e.g., shes bya chas can, bum pa yin na, dngas po yin pas khyab ([Take] 'an object of knowledge' as the subject. If something is ajar, it is pervaded by being an effective thing," i.e., it must be a thing.). A better example in this case might be: shes bya chas can, bum pa dngas po yin par thaI, byas pa yin pa'i phyir. ([Take] 'the object of knowledge' as the subject. It follows that jar is [an] effective thing, because it is produced. But it is only valid for existing (yod pa), not for non-existing things (med pa). One could not formulate: ri bong rwa chas can. ([Take] the horn of a rabbit as the subject.) 421. Note that actually "sound is impermanent" (sgra mi rtag pa yin pa) is the probandum (bsgrub bya; siidhya), not the proof (sgrub byed, siidhana). But here it absurdly follows that it is the proof. The example taken is the one most often used to illustrate a correct consequence (thaI 'gyur yang dag), i.e., sgra chos can, ma byas pa yin par thaI, rtag pa yin pa 'i phyir ([Take] sound as the subject. It follows that sound is unproduced, because it is permanent.) In the mind of someone who believes that sound is permanent (rtag pa), but knows that it is produced (byas pa), this consequence produces an understanding due to the reason (gtan tshig, hetu) that sound is impermanent (mi rtag pa) because it is produced (byas pa): sgra chos can mi rtag ste, byas pa yin pa 'i phyir. Cf Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sgntb byed 'phen pa 'i thaI 'gyur - thaI 'gyur yang dag gang zhig dngos su thaI ba 'phangs pa bzlag na rang rgyud 'phen pa '0. dper na, sgra chas can, ma byas par thaI, rtag pa 'i phyir, zhes pa Ita bu bzlag na, sgra chas can, mi rtag ste, byas pa 'i phyir zhes pa 'i rang rgyud 'ph en pa ste, rtags log la thaI dang, chas log la phyir zhes sbyar na tshul gsum tshang ba 'i gtan tshigs 'dren pa '0. In this reason (gtan tshig) the sgrub bya (siidhya), synonymous with dam bca' (pratijfiii), is: sgra mi rtag pa yin pa. Cf Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. dam bca' 2) khas blangs pa'i bsgrub bya 'i don te, dper na, sgra chas can, mi rtag ste, zhes pa Ita bu '0. Here the predicate ofthe probandum (bsgrub bya 'i chas; siidhyadharma) is mi rtag pa, also referred to as bsgrub rgyu'i chas - the dharma that is to be proven. 422. Red mda' ba makes clear that the logic is the same (rigs pa mtshungs ba): '''I the foolish wish to practice it' is the unmistaken speech ofthe Lord of the Ten Stages" is what needs to be proven, i.e., the probandum (bsgrub bya). Therefore it cannot be taken as the proof (sgrub byed). It seems that Red mda' ba was doubtful that the Stainless Light was really composed by PUI;1c;\arika. lhado Tulku (personal communication Oct. 12, 2007): "It is as if in academic circles while debating whether Nagarjuna was the author of the Five Stages (Paficakrama) [of the GuhyasamiijatantraJ or not, one would argue that a certain quotation stems from the tantric yogi Nagarjuna, because it is to be found in the Five Stages. As long as it is not proved that he is the author, this cannot be used as evidence." Lobsang Norbu: Red 374 Notes mda' ba makes clear how the Kalacakratantra has contradictions. The reason and the proof are two different things. What Karma ba says is comparable to saying, 'It is a commentary by PUl;l<;iarlka, because it is a commentary by PUl).garlka.' 423. Perh. Thang ston Chung ba Blo gros dpal (1319-1391), also: Lo tsa ba Blo gros dpal; cf. TBRC code P2412, one of the thirteen major disciples of Dol po pa and a major figure in the transmission of the 'Bro system of the Kalacakra teachings. The letter does not seem to be contained in Red mda' ba's Minor Works. Cf. Seyfort Ruegg (1963: 81). 424. He must have been a great patron in western gTsang. 425. Cf. Stearns (1999: 58): "Then he was invited to Jonang itself, where he debated on the status of the buddha nature. All of this would have been happening before 1379, when Nya6n passed away." However, in section 2.6.3.2 a certain bKa' bcu pa Yon tan is mentioned. bKa' bcu pas existed only from 1388 onwards. Thus we must consider the possibility that only the event described in section 2.6.1 happened during the lifetime of Nya dbon, but the events described in the sections 2.6.2 and 2.6.3 occured after Nya dbon had passed away. 426. Seyfort-Ruegg (1963: 75) explains that the Jo nang pa's "doctrine represents an admixture of the mantra method and of the intuition achieved through practice in meditation (bhiivanii) of the Kalacakra with the Siitra and philosophical method chiefly founded on the group of Siitras just mentioned," i. e. the Tathiigatagarbhasiitra, the SrimiiliidevIsiIphaniidasiitra and the Mahiiparinirviipasiitra. Furthermore he makes clear that the Jo nang pa considered that the 'Siitras teaching the Essence' were of definitive and certain meaning, and thus elaborated their characteristic doctrine of the gzhan stong, which they linked with the adibuddha doctrine of the Kalacakra. Cf. Hopkins (2002: 307): "The basic criticism is that Shay-rap-gyel-tsen mixes Siltra and Mantra systems, but this is not new information, since this indeed is just what he says he is doing: 'Tantras should be understood by means of other tantras, siltras should be understood by means of other siltras, siitras should also be understood by means of the tantras, tantras should also be understood by means of the siitras. Both should be understood by means of both.''' 427. Cf. Khedrup Norsang Gyatso and Kilty (2004: 60-61). 428. Tib. don dam par (grub pa); Lobsang Norbu: The crux of the problem is this. According to Red mda' ba and the later dGe lugs point of view everything that exists should be bden par ma grub. But here it says that bde gshegs snying po is bden par grub. See the following debate on gcig and tha dad. See also the table in Taranatha and Hopkins (2007: 16). This is what Red mda' ba is referring to. According to Jhado Tuilm, it seems that like the *Cittamatrins, the Jo nang pa accept that the wisdom that realizes the final way of existence is truly established (bden gntb). And thus, on this point, the view of Red mda' ba and that of the dGe lugs pas are in agreement. The dGe lugs pa accept that the nature of the mind of common beings - their Buddha nature - is temporarily concealed due to obscurations. Through one's spiritual practice, one overcomes these obscurations and the mind becomes undefiled. Gradually one is removing all obscurations: On the seventh bhiimi we have removed the obscurations Notes 375 through defilements (nyon sgrib), and from the eighth bhumi onwards we remove the obscurations towards omniscience (shes sgrib). Then we reach a state of mind that is undefiled, which is called the stainless dhatu sugatagarbha (dri rna med pa 'i khams bde bar gshegs pa 'i snyingpo) and thus attain the state of being endowed with two [kinds of] purity (dag pa gnyis !dan), i.e., being naturally and adventitiously pure (rang bzhin rnam dag dang glo bur rnam dag). [Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s. v. ngo bo nyid sku gnyis - rang bzhin rnam dag gi sku dang, glo bur rnam dag gi char gyur pa'i sku gnyis] (Jhado Tullm, personal communication Oct. 12, 2007). For further discussions on this topic see also Shih (1988), Dargyay (1990), Wangchuk (2004). 429: According to the dGe lugs point of view, if one holds such a position, there is the fault that sentient beings do not need to make any effort to become a Buddha. For details see mKhas grub dGe legs dpal zang po. rGyud sde spyi'i mam par bzhag brgyas par bshadpa, pp. lla4-12b4. English Translation: dGe legs dpal bzang po <mKhas-grub rje> 1385-1438. mKhas grub rje 'sfondamentals ofthe Buddhist tantras; Rgyud sde spyi'i rnam par gzhag pa rgyas par brjod. Translation from the Tibetan by Ferdinand D. Lessing and Alex Wayman. With original text and annotation. The Hague, Paris: Mouton, 1968, pp. 49-53 "The Tathiigata-garbha-sutras." 430. This is absurd from the Jo nang pa point of view, because they hold that it is truly existent, as stated above. 431. This means that it does not exist at all, because if something exists, it needs to be either one or many. 432. Lobsang Norbu and Jhado Tulku both feel that here the Jo nang pa view is very similar to that of the Cittamiitra followers. Jhado Tulku explains that Red mda' ba gives here the reason why Buddha nature is not truly existent: because it is neither truly existent as single nor truly existent as many. This is the common reason adduced to prove that something does not truly exist. A further reason is that if Buddha nature were one, many [Buddha natures] could not exist. And if Buddha nature would exist as many, a single Buddha nature could not exist. Therefore Buddha nature is neither truly one nor truly many and therefore not truly existent. 433. Actually, at least according to Red mda' ba's and the dGe lugs pa's point of view, it is considered necessary to give up the grasping of the mind, otherwise there is no realization of emptiness of emptiness. 434. Jhado Tulku: If what the Jo nang pa accept were correct, i.e., that Buddha nature is truly existent, then one would be unable to give up the concept or wrong view that grasps at Buddha nature as truly existent. One can not give up a correct view. The Jo nang pa, like the dGe lugs pa, seem to accept that grasping ('dzin pay needs to be given up. Cf. Khentrul Jamphal Lodro Rinpoche (2005: 78-79) describes emptiness and Buddha nature from the Jo nang point of view, based on the common assertion that the ultimate abiding nature of phenomenal reality is emptiness: "Our current ordinary coarse experiences, the perceptions of all phenomena within one's own mind, ( ... ) are reflections of an underlying substratum consciousness .... This universal base or substratum awareness acts like a mirror which 376 Notes reflects images onto itself. In this way, what seems to be external appears within one's own awareness. Because of this, objective references cannot be even slightly established as intrinsically enduring and real. ( ... ) However, the stream of one's own substratum awareness, the ever-abiding empty nature of everything is continously permanent and everlasting. No matter what happens, this continuum maintains an unchanging great bliss that can never be harmed. Because it is devoid of falsity, it can't deceive. This is why it is said to be truly existent and invariant. ( ... ) Within all of us, in the mind-stream of every sentient being, from time without beginning up until this very moment, there is an innate enlightened essence that pervades. ( ... ) Due to the obscuring forces of passion, agression, and ignorance, ordinary beings have not recognized this innate essence. Up until now, we have wandered aimlessly throughout endless cycles of samsaric existence without recognizing our own potential. However, through perfect introspection, it is possible to recognize this actual abiding mode of our being." 435. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'khor gsum 4) mtshan nyid rtsod skabs kyi 'khor gsum ste rtags bsal khyab gsum. Illuminator, s.v. 'khor gsum: If the challenger in debate says dhl 'khor gsum and lets his rosary orbit around the head of the person responding to his thesis, it has a similar meaning like checkmate. This means one has accepted the reason, predicate and pervasion - all at the same time. This is not possible. It is completely absurd. Per Jhado Tulku an example for a 'khor gsum is: If a person has accepted: If something is an effective thing it is pervaded by being impermanent. But states: a jar is permanent (dngos po yin na, mi rtagpayinpas khyab, dper na bumpa rtagpayin). In this case the thesis is refutable by valid cognition, and the 'khor gsum are complied: 1. the reason has been accepted by the opponent, 2. the pervasion is established by valid cognition, and 3. the thesis is refutable by valid cognition (rtags pha rol pos khas blangs, khyab pa tshad mas grub, dam bca' la tshad mas bsal ba 'babs). 436. Cf. Steams (1999: 58): "In short, he does seem to have led a strong reactionary movement against the Jonang philosophical system less than fifteen years after the death of Dolpopa." 437. Tib. sgraji bzhin pa; Skt. yathiirutam. John Newman (1987) makes clear that the Paramiidibuddha, i.e. the Kiilacakramulatantra is missing. According to the tradition it was taught by the Buddha to Sucandra, the king of Sambhala, who also wrote a commentary on it, the abridged Kalacakratantra, also known as Laghukiilacakratantrariija, better referred to as SrI Kiilacakra. It was extracted from the Paramiidibuddha and is a bit less than one-fourth length of it. The SrI Kiilacakra is also referred to as Kiilacakratantra or Condensed Kiilacakratantra (c£ Dalai Lama XIV 1999: 21 0-11, 462). The Kii.lacakra system was transmitted by six more emperors and thus came to Yasas, the first Kaiki of Sambhala. His son PUI).Qarika composed the Vimalaprahbii, a twelve thousand line commentary on the Abridged Kiilacakra King ofTantra, following the mUlatantra, in short referred to as the Vimalaprabhii (Dri med 'od, Stainless Light). Newman (1987: 94) notes that "it seems that the Vimalaprabhii comments on the SrI Kiilacakra following the definitive meaning (nitiirtha; nges don) of the tantra as it is expressed in the Paramiidibuddha." Furthermore Newman (1987: 95) states that Tibetan scholars sometimes refer to a laghutantra as the basic tantra (rtsa rgyud) when the actual mulatantra is not available, since it was not translated into Tibetan. Jinpa (2009: 320) explains that "according to Red mda' ba, there is no mention in the Kalacakra root tantra of one of the most important features of the highest yoga class of Buddhist tantra, namely the discussion of EVAM, while the condensed tantra is replete with internal contradictions." See also Seyfort Ruegg (1963: 74-75, 88-89). Notes 377 438. The following quote 'on kyang 'phags pas mdzad dam min yang (...) mtha' gcig skur mi 'debs comes from Red mda' ba's polemic concerning the Kiilacakra, the A Jewel Garland: An Open Letter to the Holders of the Teachings (Dus kyi khor lo'i spyad pa las brtsams te bstan 'dzin mams la 'phrin du gsol ba nor bu 'i phreng bay, see Red mda' ba (1998: 293). Cf. Jinpa (2009: 322), Steams (1999: 205n53). 439. Newman (1987: 93) notes that according to the tradition Sucandra wrote the twelve thousand verse Kii1acakra miilatantra down, and then composed his commentary on it. Jinpa (2009: 322) translates Arya here with "Noble bodhisattvas." 440. 'Gal spong seems to be a short title for Red mda' ba's Self-addressed Reply to the Letter, A Jewel Garland (,Phrin yig nor bu 'i phreng ba'i rang Ian), from which the following quote ding sang gangs ri'i khrod (. ..) bdag gis bris comes from. See Red mda' ba (1998: 294). Cf. Steams (1999: 205n54); Jinpa (2009: 323); Cabez6n and Dhargyay 2007 (270n209). 441. Tib.ji bzhin sgra ru mngon zhen pa. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mngon zhen - 'dod chags. Cabez6n and Dargyay (2007: 213) translate mngon par zhen pa as "conceptual construction." 442. Khedrup Norsang Gyatso and Kilty (2004: 148): "The venerable Rendawa said, 'Like straightening a crooked tree,' and produced many consequences for the apparent contradictions with other tantras." "From a correspondence following on from Rendawa's own Precious Garland of Letters on the examination of Kiiiacakra. These two works and replies by other masters of the time can be found in Great Compendium of Tibetan Astronomy, pp. 283-369. Also see Steams [1999], pp. 56-59, for a description ofRendawa's opposition to Kiilacakra and a translation of this particular passage (633n191)." 443. Cf. chap. 7, The Minor Works of Red mda' ba, text no. 80: dPal dus kyi 'khor lo'i nges don gsal bar byed pa 'i rin po che 'i sgron ma zhes bya ba - CPN, no. 006117 (22 pp. 28). See also Red mda' ba (1998d: 383-428, and for the verses quoted here 428.2-10), and Red mda' ba (2007: 387.5-388.4). On p. 388.6 it is said that he composed this text at the slope of the Gangs bu Ie. This refers to the place where he was for five years in retreat, see 2.10.3. 444. Tib. 'dab brgya'i tshal; cf. Jiischke 1881, s.v. 'dab ma 3. petal, flower-leaf, frq.; 'dab brgyad eigthpetaled. Illuminator, s.v. 'dab brgya - "that with one hundred petals" a name for me tog pad ma, the common lotus, in this case with one hundred petals. 445. Tib. ri rab; Skt. meru. MW, S.V. meru: Name ofa fabulous mountain (regarded as the Olympus of Hindu mythology and said to form the central point of Jambu-dvlpa). 446. One of the eight niiga kings; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. klu chen brgyad. 447. Tib. dug ha la; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. dug ha la ha la - bong nga nag po 'i ming gi mam grangs shig. Jiischke 1881, S.V. bong, 2. bong na (sic), 3. also bong ba - general name for small stones, pebbles etc.; in medical works; Jiischke 1881, S.V. bong nga -various species of wolfs bane, aconite, bong dkar, -nag, -dmar, -ser, used as medicines, or even as poisons. 378 Notes 448. Mvy, s.v. lha 'j dbang po - devendra. MW, s.v. devendra - "chief of the gods" - N. of Indra or Siva. Ace. to Illuminator, s.v. lha'i dbang po brgya byin is the title of the great god Kausika, the chief of the 33 gods, whose name freq. turns to Indra, also known as Sakra. Lobsang Norbu: Siva or India should be correct and the Tibetan may be wrong. 449. Cf. Kbedrup Norsang Gyatso and Kilty (2004: 203): "Scholars [such as Kumaramati] say that it is not right to posit as interpretive those presentations from the Kalacakra on the formation of the world realms and on the channels and winds and so forth that conflict with the Abhidharma tradition and the hidden tantras. If it were, then almost everything taught in the eighth, ninth, and tenth summaries from the Realms chapter would have to be explained from the point of view that it does not exist as literally taught" (Kbedrup Norsang Gyatso and Kilty 2004: 638n97): "The critical edition notes that Kwnaramati is usually identified with Rendawa, but as he was an opponent of Kalacakra it would be difficult to match the following assertion to him." See also Roerich (1979: 336): "Rigs-pa'i zal-gri [read: ral-gri] was an opponent of the Kalacakra system which he considered to be a non-buddhist system. Another famous opponent was Red-mda' -pa." 450. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ded dpon - tshong pa 'j 'go khrid dam, gru gzings kyi kha 10 pa. Mvy, s.v. ded dpon - siirthaviiha. MW, s.v. siirthaviiha: the leader or conductor of a caravan, a merchant, a trader. 45l. Tib. nor bu 'ching bu; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. nor bu 'ching ba - (mngon) mkhrig ma kind of jewel; liischke 1881, s.v. 'ching bu - a spurious, glass jewel. 452. Tib. pho rus pa. See Dan Martin's Tibetan Vocabulary (2007: 650): PHD RUS pho ru!. Gces 590.l. ches bzang ba 'am ngan pa 'i pho. Btsan-lha. phyogs zhen byed pa. Nomads 242. 453. Parallel to Devadatta's attempt to kill the Buddha by hurling a stone at him. 454. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. drung pa 1) sku zhabs. Goldstein 2001, s.v. sku zhabs - shung. l. an honorific term used before names that conveys a semantic range including "his/your excellency,:' "the honorable," "Mr.;" 2. term of address for monks. Goldstein 2001, s.v. drung - shung. abbr. for drung 'khor and/or rtse drung. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. drung 'khor - sngar bod sa gnas srid gzhung gi shod drung. Goldstein 2001, s.v. drung 'khor- shung. lay official in the tt. government. Goldstein 2001, s.v. rtse drung - shung. monk official (in the traditional Tibetan goverrunent). 455. Note that there is also a text related to a 'Bri gung lama in the Minor Works, text no. 81: 'Bri gung gi chen po Shes rab dpalla gdams pa, pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (64 pp. 1). See chap. 7. 456. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sreg byed (mngon) 1) me. 457. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sbyin sreg (Skt. homa) yam shing sogs 'bar ba 'i me 'i mchod sbyin. 458. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. pog (mying) - spos. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 2. gla rtsi sogs rdzas sbyor las grub pa 'i dri bzang can zhig. Notes 379 459. Tib. 'phro la bzhag; cf. Goldstein 2001, s.v. 'phro 2. (vb. + -+ vb.) to leave or stop doing the verbal action; khong yang tsang ngas deb klog 'phro bzhag pa yin - I stopped reading the book (without completing it) because he came. Nitartha, s.v. 'phro la - in the process of; at that moment. 460. bZang Idan was founded by Kun spangs Chos grags dpal bzang (cf. Jackson 1987: 134, 154n45), perhaps a disciple of 'Jam dbyangs don yod rgyal mtshan (1310-1344). See also Steams (1999: 19293nl06): "As noted above, Kun spangs Chos grags dpal [1283-1363?] founded the monastery ofBzang Idan." 461. Note that this incident seems to have occurred after 1388/90, because before the title of a bKa' bcu pa did not exist. 462. Lit. outsiders; cf. Tshig mdzod chen rna, s.v. phyi rol pa - sangs rgyas pa'i ehos lugs las gzhan pa 'i grub mtha ' smra ba. 463. Tib. zhe sdang; Skt. dve"a. 464. Tib. khong khro; Skt. pratigha. 465. The Six Ornaments, i.e., the six Buddhist scholars that make this world more beautiful, are the Indian masters: Vasubandhu, Asaitga, Nagarjuna, Aryadeva, Dignaga and Dhannaklrti. There is also a Praise to the Six Ornaments by Red mda' ba in his gSun thor bu, text no. 1: rGyan drug la bstod pa, 017-018: pp. 3a-3b3, CPN, no. 006117 (5 pp. 1) bskul bapoKhri rgyal bSodnams Ide. See chap. 7, The Minor Works of Red mda' ba. 466. Sakyaprabha and Gut;laprabha. 467. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'byung po 'i bya - (mngon) srin bya 'ug pa. 468. Cf. Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (2002: 179, v. 634). 469. Cf. Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (2002: 179, v. 636, 637). 470. This insertion is perhaps not by Sangs rgyas rtse mo, but by a later editor. 471. TBRC code PI971: g.Yag phrug Sangs rgyas dpal ba (1350-1414). For some details on his biography see also Cabez6n and Dargyay (2007: 294n106), clarifying that the lineages 1. Bu stan - brTson 'grus dpal- g.Yag ston and 2. Dol po pa-Nya dbon -Gzhon nu blo gros are more likely, but that "this leaves us with the result of having to include Red mda' ba in the lineage of Dol po pa, problematic because we know that Red mda' ba was one of the main critics of the gzhan stong views." And then referring to Mang thos klu sgrub rgya mtsho's quote from this biography (cf. 2.6.1) he concludes: "But TT [i.e., Mang thos] (195-96) may resolve the situation for us by explaining a tradition that states that Red mda' ba at one point of this life turned from the Madhyamaka theories ofBu stan to those of Dol po pa, but that he became increasingly skeptical ofthe latter, and eventually renounced them." See also Mang thos (1993: 345.6-346.1), and Ngor ehos 'byung 193-94. 380 Notes 472. That is to say, just because they are proven to exist through valid cognition does not mean that all sentient beings will certainly be awakened through valid cognition (der tshad mas grub na, sems can thams cad 'tshang rgya bar tshad mas nges pa rna khyab). 473. It seems that Red mda' ba accepted that only if each and every sentient being attains the end of the cycle of existence is there an end to saIp.sara. 474. The four reliances (rton pa bzhi) are according to the Tshig mdzod chen mo four principles one should adopt or put one's trust in when entering a Buddhist path: 1. to rely on the dharma and not on a person (gang zag la mi rton chos la rton), 2. to rely on the meaning and not on the words (tshig la mi rton don la rton), 3. to rely on the wisdom and not on [ordinary] conciousness (rnam shes la mi rtonye shes la rton), 4. to rely on the definite meaning and not on the interpretable meaning (drang don fa mi rton nges don la rton pay. 475. Cf. Kaschewsky (1971: 99, 144): 1390 Tsong kha pa, Red mda' ba and Chos rje Lo tsa ba in sTag tshang rdzong kha. There Chos Ije Lo tsa ba is identified as the translator Chos Ije sKyabs mchog dpal bzang po, in short Chos rje sKyabs mchog pa. Kaschewsky (1971: 273n257) explains that his full name was sKyabs mchog dpal bzang po and that he was not a disciple, but a teacher of Tsong kha pa. Cf. Tucci, Scrolls, 428, 432. See also Otani Cat.-Index (186): Chos Ije dpal bzang po, Tibetan translator (cf. P2875). 476. Tib. thugs dam chag - (h) of sems shugs chag. 477. From here onwards Red mda' ba is often referred to as Drung or Drung pa, the Honorable. Tashi Tsering: Drung pa - Synonymous for dOe bshes. In the Sa skya tradition Drung pa refers to dOe bshes. For example, when 00 rams pa refuted the view ofTsong kha pa, he adressed him as Drung blo ba. This is found in old texts, but is no longer in use nowadays. 478. Tib .. Drung pa Lo tsa ba. 479. Cf. TBRC code P1333 - person with the same name, but died 1262. 480. Refers to the six Indian masters mentioned above. 481. Hopkins 1992, s.v. dngos smra ba -vastusat-padiirtha-viidin - The Proponents of True Existence. 482. Cf. TBRC code P65 notes that Dar rna rin chen took the degree of "dka ' bcu pa" at Sa skya, gSang phu, and rTse[dls] thang [Las chen: rTses thang; Everding 2000: rTse thang; van der Kuijp 1994: 139]. He debated against Rong ston and against g.Yagphrug pa: In 1419 he came to the throne of dOa' ldan and served eleven years. His gSung 'bum consits of 8 volumes. For a short biography see Kaschewsky (1971: 216). Acc. to that source rOyal tshab Dar rna rin chen was born in the wood dragon year 1364 and passed away at the age of69 on the 8th day of the 5th month of the bird year 1432. Different from this is Kaschewsky (1971: 2. Tei1: Faksimiles, Tafel 537, VIII, 5r.f). It states the water mouse year 1432 to be his year of death. For 1432 water mouse year is correct. See also Las chen (2003: 726. 4-5), where Notes 381 it is stated that he passed away in the Po ta la in sKyid shod in the water-male-mouse year [1432] in his 69th year of life. Acc. to the chronological table in the appendix of the Tshig mdzod chen mo 3240 rGyal tshab Dar ma rin chen was born the same year as Bu ston Rin po che passed away, i.e., in the wood dragon year 1364. In the same table the death of rGyal tshab is placed in the water mouse year 1432. However in the Tshigmdzod chen mo entry on "rGyal tshab Darma rin chen" we find the death ofrGyal tshab rje to have taken place in the iron pig year 1431. Dung dkar (1997: 181, list 35) lists rGyal tshab Darma rin chen (1419-1431) as the second dGa' Idankhridpa, Tsongkhapa (1409-1419) as the first and mKhas grub dGe legs dpal bzang (1431-1438) as the third dGa 'ldan throne holder. Dung dkar tshig mdzod chen mo, p. 700 refers to him as the second on the dGa' Idan throne. TBRC code P6S mentions that rGyal tshab Ije retired from his office in 1431, and passed away in 1432. Same in Dung dkar tshig mdzod chen mo, p. 701. Tauscher (1995: 21), Dreyfus (1997: 25) and Seyfort Ruegg (2000: xiii) place rGyal tshab Ije's death in 1432. Unfortunately we are still missing rGyal tshab rje's full biography. For more detailed biographies see Ye shes rgyal mtshan 1990: 386-94, and Las chen 2003: 722-26. In the latter Red mda' ba is referred to as the great charioteer of the snow mountains, with whom Dar ma rin chen studied all pitakas. Thus he became the expert of experts and one of the seven main disciples of Red mda' ba, supreme in debate. He became the dGa' Idan throne holder in the earth-female-pig year [1419] and stayed in dGa' Idan for "thirteen" years up to the iron-male-pig year [1431]. Dar ma rin chen became a novice in gNyas mying (gTsang) and fully ordained in the upper lineage (stod 'dul ba 'i mkhan brgyud). Dung dkar tshig mdzod chen mo, p. 700 states that he was born in Nyang stod, received his novice ordination from mKhan chen Rin chen rgyal mtshan at the age often in gNas mying and studied with teachers such as bKa' bzhi pa Rin chen rdo rje and rIe btsun Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros, but mainly with the latter. With Red mda' ba he studied Paramita, PramiiI).a, Vinaya, Abhidharma, Madhyamaka and most of the tantric scriptures such as Guhyasamaja. After being the first who had received the degree of a "dKa bcu pa" he left for debate rounds in dBus. According to Kaschewsky (1971: 136) he met Tsong kha pa for the first time in 1397 in Rab grong (gNyal stod). Rinchen and Sonam (1994: 27): "At the age of twenty-five he took the vows of a fully ordained monk and then travelled to central Tibet where he gained a high reputation for scholarship and prowess in debate." According to dGe bshes bSod nams rgyal mtshan (2000: 27) Dar ma rin chen received his bhik~u vow from Red mda' ba and rDog lod pa (read: !Dog !hod pa). 483. Tib. yid ches 'bras rtags; cf. Hopkins 1992, s.v. yid ches rjes dpag (inference through belief)definition: a determining knower that, in dependence upon its basis, a correct sign of belief, is nonmistaken with respect to its object of comprehension, a very hidden phenomenon. 484. In general to become inauspicious means that it will bring about a negative change. 485. The factors that are needed for a perfect syllogism: reason, predicate, and pervasion. 486. Hopkins 1992, s.v. chad par Ita ba - uccheda-darsana. 487. Tib. bag med pa; Skt. pramada: acc. to Asanga one of the twenty secondary kleias. 382 Notes 488. Hopkins 1992, s.v. so sor rtog pa - pratyave~ii - individual investigation; Jiischke 1881, s.v. rtog pa, so sor rtog pa - prob. to recognize as being different. 489. Tib. Ting nge 'dzin gyi rgyal po 'i mdo. Partly transl. by K. Regamey in: Three Chapters from the Samiidhiriijasiitra, Warschau: 1938. 490. Tib. mig cer Ita; c£ Goldstein 2001, s.v. migcer ba - sm. migce re -wide-eyed, staring; va-Ita - to stare wide-eyed. 491. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. had - glo bur du. 492. Tib. mam rtog; Skt. vikalpa - discursive thought, idea. 493. For further details on the historical background of this debate, see Jackson (1990). 494. Cf. Khedrup Norsang Gyatso and Kilty (2004: 59) state that there is no presentation of attaining enlightenment during bar do existence: "However some scholars (such as Kumiiramati) [35] say that the reason there is no presentation of attaining buddhahood in the bardo within the tenets of the 'Kiilacakratantra' and its commentaries is that a coarse body is necessary for the development of unchanging bliss and, therefore, supreme exchanging bliss cannot be accomplished in the bardo mental body [Note 108: See 'Lamp Illuminating the Definitive Kiilacakra, pp. 383-428, especially p. 395, line 13]. This is not correct. If that were the case, then similar consequences could be applied to the Guhyasamaja and other tantras that do assert the attaining of englightenment in the bardo." 495. Tib. a 'thas; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. a 'thas - u tshugs te sra 'thas kyi rang bzhin du 'dzin pa'am bden par zhenpa. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. sra 'thas-mkhregspo. Illuminator, S.V. sra 'thas abbr. sra zhing 'thas pa - solid and concrete. SCD, S.V. a 'thas - is explained as snang ba la rtag par shar zhing bden par 'dzin pa - a phenomenon always occurring to one's selfwhich is taken for reality. 496. Lobsang Norbu: It is held that if one cannot realize liberation in this life, one can attain it in an intermediate state. The text seems to refer to this. If one has attachment during the daytime, one cannot grasp dreams as illusory. If one understands objects perceived during the day as illusory, then one can also understand the illusory nature of dreams. Grasping in the intermediate state is even mpre subtle. 497. Tib. gdengs can dbang po; cf. SCD, serpents. S.V. gdengs can dbang- Skt. Ananta Naga, the king of the 498. Lobsang Norbu: Refers to the Jo nang pa and so on. 499. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. gnam lcags 2) sa 'og nas gter bton pa'i rdo rje dang phur pa Ita bu brdungs na skad snyan zhing, kha dog gsal min snum mdangs can lcad phal pas mi bdzi ba zhig ste, nus pas bgegs 'joms shing smyo byed la phan. Goldstein 200 I, S. V. gnam lcags 1. meteoric iron. Illuminator, S.V. gnam lcags 2. meteori~ iron (artefacts): "Tibetans regard these artefacts as very powerful." Notes 383 500. One of the five afflicted views (Ita ba nyon mongs can; d~ti) that regard the five transitory constituents (phung po; skandha) of a person - which are caused by karma (deeds) and klesas (afflictions), and which are perishing from moment to moment and are an accumulation of many things - as (really) existent 'I' and 'mine,"although such things do not (really) exist. Hopkins 1992, S.v. 'jig Ita = 'jig tshogs la Ita ba - view of the transitory collection [as a real I and mine]; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'jig Ita (Skt. satkiiya4~til:z) 'jig tshogs la Ita ba zhes bya ste, phung po lnga po de dag skad cig re re la 'jig cing rdzas mang po du ma bsags pa 'i tshogs yin te, bdag dang bdag gi ba'i dngos po med pa la yod par Ita ba'i shes rab nyon mongs can. According to Asanga one of the five kinds of defiled views within the six root klesas. 501. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. gzu bo 2. drangpo, blo gzu bar gnaspa. Goldstein 2001, s.v. gzu bosm. gzu pa. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gzu pa (mying) dpang po 'am 'dum pa. 502. Tib. blo gros; Skt. mati. 503. Tib. tshar gcod pa 'i gnas; Skt. nigrahasthiina. MW, S.V. nigraha: an occasion for refutation, a weak point in an argument or fault in a syllogism (cf. {-sthAna}). 504. Tshigmdzodchenmo, s.v. 'dzin ma (mngon) 2) sa gzhi. SCD, s.v. 'dzin ma -earth as a receptacle of all things. 505. Cf. Mvy, s.v. 1260 rigs lnga - paficagotra. 506. Tib. thar pa; Skt. malqa. 507. See Mang thos (1993: 196): Gon gyo Nyi ma grags. See also note 283. 508. This is perhaps Red mda' ba's disciple gTso mdo ba Kun dga' bzang po (cf. TBRC code 7886), who requested from him the commentary on 'SuIJrllekha '. Not to be confused with Ngor chen Kun dga' bzang po, because the name is different with dpal in the middle, and furthermore, according to David Jackson (personal communication August 2008), he nowhere mentions Red mda' ba in his tob yig. The Kun dga' dpal bzang po mentioned here was definitely a great yogi. 509. Tib. brtse ba; Skt. dayii. 510. dPal 'byor shes rab was a teacher ofDonyod dpal, a student ofRong ston. In 1398 in gTsang Don yod dpal received from himpravrajyii (cf. Caumarms 2006: 65). 511. As mentioned above (see note 482) Dar ma rin chen was holding the title of a bKa' bcu pa. But since he was one of the main disciplies of Red mda' ba, he is not listed in the next section, but already here, in the more prominent place. 512. Tib. bshes gnyen; cf. Jiischke 1881, s.v. bshespa, bshes gnyen -friend, dge ba'i bshes gnyen (Skt. kalyiilJamitra) - friend to virtue, spiritual advisor, opp. to mi dge'i bshes gnyen - seducer. These seven main disciples of Red mda' ba became famous Dharma teachers and thus they were not only disciples, 384 Notes but also spiritual advisors to others. 513. Tib. rab 'byams mkhyen pa'j bshes gnyen. With regard to academic titles such as bKa' bzhi pa,' bKa' Inga pa, bKa' brgyad pa, bKa:' bcu pa, [bKa'] rab 'byams pa, studies of the five scriptures (bka' pod lnga) of a dge bshes see my MA thesis pp. 107-22. For a more detailed analysis see Jackson (2007). It is important to note that the five scriptures studied for a bKa' Inga pa are different from thebKa' pod Inga. For details on the bKa' Inga pa see Caumanns (2006: 65) and Jackson (2007: 349). From Dreyfus (2003: 145) we have to conclude that the title rab 'byams pa had not been introduced early enough to be carried by any. of the seven masters mentioned here: "Similarly, Sang-gye Pel (sangs rgyas dpal), a student ofNgor-chen Kun-ga Zang-po's (ngor chen kun dga' bzang po, 1382-1477), is said to have been the first to obtain the title ofRab-jam-pa (rab 'byams pa, 'the one who has studied extensively,' i.e., the great scholar), which indicated the mastery of a large number of texts." Actually it was introduced shortly after Red mda' ba had passed away. Tarab Tulku (2000: 15) states: "The Ramjam degree was established in the Sikya tradition in the 15th century, and it was later adopted by the Gelug tradition. In the Grub-mtha' shel-gyj me-long it is mentioned that one of the main students of the founder of the Ngor-tradition of the Sakya, Kunga Zangpo (tib. Kun-dga' bzang-po) (1382-1477), Sangya Pel (tib. Byams-chen Rab-'byams pa Sangs-rgyas 'phel) [1412-1485] was the first scholar to take the academic philosophy degree called Ramjam." The present study will show that more research on curricula and academic titles on it is needed. According to Tashi Tsering in the Sa kya College in Dheradun at the time ofKhenpo Appey the following degrees could be attained: bKa bcu pa after eight years = BA; Slob dpon (acfuya) after two more years = MA (comparable to, but not officially acknowledged); Rab 'byams pa - after 3 more years = perhaps future PhD, but not yet. Unlike in earlier times, nowadays the titles are not achieved due to having studied certain sets offor example ten scriptures to achieve the title of a bKa' bcu pa. At present there is no fixed curriculum at Sa skya college. Only the number of years counts. For example, it is possible that somebody studied BCA several times and no other texts at all. Jackson (2007: 347) points out that in the ancient times "the ten-scripture corpus lasted only about two generations. In about the 1430s or 1440s, the time of the studies of Ron ston's later disciples such as Byams chen Rab 'byams pa Sangs rgyas 'phel (1412-1485), i.e., the generation just before Go rams pa (1429-1489), a new even more inclusive title emerged. This was rab 'byams pa, short for bka' rab 'byams pa smra ba 'j dge ba 'j bshes gnyen, 'religious teacher who expounds all scriptures.' The 'all scriptures' (bka' rab 'byams pa) here must have designated the entire agreed upon corpus of about eighteen texts." 514. Dreyfus (2003: 144): "Gyel-tsap is said to have been one of the earlier scholars to obtain the title ofKa-cu-pa (bka' bcu pa, 'the one [baving mastered] ten texts,' or ten difficulties [dka' bcu pal). Tarab Tulku (2000: 13-14) notes that "the 'ten' refers to ten important Buddhist philosophical works. However, it is not completely clear what they are. According to Thu'u-bkwan it seems that the 'ten' refer to the four works of the Kachenzhi and six other philosophical works." Jackson (2007: 348) gives a list of the ten works composed by Red mda' ba according to A khu Shes rab rgya mtsho that almost matches with the list given below in section 2.7.9. 515. Note that Mang thos (1993: 196) does not mention him but only Byang pa bKa' bcu pa dGe legs dpal (bka' bcu ba gzhan yang, byang pa bka' bcu pa dge legs dpalla sags pa 'a). Notes 385 516. rnKhas grub dGe legs dpal bzang (1385-1438), who was ordained by Red mda' ba as a bhilqu in 1404. He did his main dge bshes studies of Pramfu;i.a, upper and lower Abhidhanna, Paramitii, Madhyamaka and Vinaya with Red mda' ba and went on to become a great scholar. Only in 1407 on Red mda' ba's advice did he meet with Tsong kha pa. See Dung dkar tshig mdzod chen mo, p. 434 (cf. mKhas grub rje's rnam thar, pp. 4a4 and 4b2-3; ming mdzod 220). 517. gNas mying is located in Nyang stod in gTsang. Founder: rGya 'Jam dpal gsang ba, during the reign of Khri Ral pa head of the tantric community of bSam yas. He founded gNas mying between 821/22 and 836. 1045 gNas mying became a bKa' gdams monastery; cf. Kaschewsky (1971: 252n62); Gyunne Dmje (2nd Edition: 290):''Nenying Monastery." Roberto Vitali: "The History of the Lineages of gNas mying summarised as its 'Ten Greatnesses'," in Blezer, Henk: Tibet, Past and Present. Tibetan Studies 1 PIATS 2000: Tibetan Studies: Ninth Seminar of the International Association for Tibetan Studies, Leiden 2000. Leiden, Boston, K5ln: Brill 2002: 81-108. 518. Perh. tre bo or tre hor; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. tre hor 1) tre bo dang mtshungs 2) khams byang rgyud rong pa tsha nas rta 'u bar gyi yul spyi 'i mingo Tshig mdzod chen mo, S. V. tre bo - si khron zhing chen dkar mdzes bod rigs rang skyong khul brag 'go rdzong gi sa cha zhig. 519. Jo nang is the abbreviation ofJo nang gdan sa, the main seat or headquarters of the Jo nang pa. The 10 nang monastery is located in the province of gTsang (cf. Steams 1999: 11). Jo nang Phun tshogs gling is the ancient seat of Taranatha (1575-1634). It had been converted to a dGe lugs monastery, called dGa' ldan Phun tshogs gling. Phun tshogs gling monatery and Jo nang sKu 'bum can be visited on the way from gZhis ka rtse to lHa rtse. The region is calledjo mo nang. Cf. Mayhew (2002: 239); Gyunne Dmje (2009: 348, Color Map 2); Seyfort Ruegg (1963: 77, 80, 82). 520. See Sa skya Lam 'bras lineage - no. 19. See notes 355, 394. Perhaps not only Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa had a mutual teacher and disciple relationship (phan tshun bla slob kyi 'breI ba; see my MA thesis 2003), but also BuddhaSr! and Red mda' ba. Buddhasr! passed on the lam 'bras teachings within the Sa skya mainstream. 521. Sangs rgyas rtse mo (IBA 2003) reads: sTa stengba. 522. Kaschewsky (1971: 311) knows two readings: "Ngam-ren, -rin," while manuscripts A and Bread most of the time Ngam rings (pa), and manuscript B once Ngam ring. Today's standards of orthography is "Ngam ring". ''Ngam rings" seems to be an archaic variant. Jackson (1987: 134): "(2) Ngam-ring-gichos-grwa, founded [in 1354?] by the Dpon-chen Byang-pa." "A. Ferrari (1958), p. 153, note 56: 'It was founded in 1225 by the Sa skya pa teacher sTag rtsela rgya pa Sakya sen ge and was restored in 1354 by Ta'i dben Blo gros rgyal mtshan (b. 1332); Re'u mig, pp. 59, 60" (1 54n44). Naga (1999: 696): "Ngam-ring (founded by Sha-kya seng-ge circa 1290)." Gyunne Dmje (2nd Edition: 309) mentions that Ngam ring Monastery was an original 13th century Sa skya pa foundation, which was partially converted to the dGe lugs pa school in the 17th century, located in Ngam ring County, North La stod. See also Mayhew (2002: 256). 523. One who knows grammar and Pramfu;i.a well. 386 Notes 524. Perh. Grags pa shes rab. 525. Cf. TBRC code P10591. 526. The author of Blo sbyong nyi ma 'i 'od zer (TBRC code WI5448). According to TBRC code no. P3495 Hor ston Nam rnkha' dpal (1374-1447) was a disciple of Tsong kha pa and founded dGa' ldan byang rtse grwa tshang. ming mdzod, pp. 1833-1834 does not mention other teachers of him. Matches with Ye shes rgyal mtshan 904.2. For more details see also Ye shes rgyal mtshan 903.21 and Las chen (2003: 617.18). 527. Onoda (1995: 19) mentions Ra ba stod grwa tshang as one of seven gSang phu Gling smad colleges, and Everding (1998) Ra ba stod as one of the Bla khag bcu and Grwa tshang bcu gsum of gSang phu Ne'u thog. Blo bzang 'phrin las mam rgyal, Tsong kha pa 'i mam thar chen mo (1981: 125.18) recounts that rJe Tsong kha pa at the age of 19, in the wood-rabbit-year [1375] made debate rounds in gSang phu and bDe ba can: shing yos·dgung 10 bcu dgu 'i steng du gsang phu dang bde ba can la sogs pa mams su grwa skor la byon. Same in Dad pa'j 'jug ngogs 10a4. Thurman (1982: 8) writes: "That year Je Rinpoche debated at the two biggest monasteries of the day in Tibet: Chodra Chenpo Dewachen and Samye. He now became very famous in U-tsang, the central province of Tibet and now undertook an extensive tour of it." See also Dad pa 'j 'jug ngogs 28al; Ngor Chos 'byung 338.4. 528. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gnyal pa grwa tshang-lho rgyud gnyal dre'u lhas dgon pa. 529. For details on Rwa sgreng monastery and its founding see Roesler (2007). Mayhew (2002: 193) mentions a "monastic complex ofTalung (Taglung), around 65km north of Lhasa," founded in 1228 as the seat of the sTag lung school of the bKa' brgyud tradition. The site's most important structure was its gtsug lag khang. There is also a destroyed set of three stiipas, one of which was the funeral mchod rten of 'Brom ston pa, the founder ofRwa sgreng. 530. Perhaps GIang thang? 531. Perh. a bKa' gdams monastery. 532. Jackson (1976: 49n5) notes that mNga' ris was traditionally divided into three districts (skor): "15th and 16th century sources commonly list these as Purang, Guge and Mang-yul (or Mar-yul). Prof. Tucci (PR, pp. 72-74) advances the view that the third division, Mang-yul, is always to be understood as being the furthest west of the three districts, corresponding to Ladakh. As such, the Mang-yul of Gung-thang or Kyirong (skyid grong) to the east is to be excluded from the three main districts ofNgari, and hence their designation, 'Lower Ngari' (mnga' ris smad}." For further references to mNga' ris see Ehrhard (2004: 394nI46). He speaks about a restructuring of the territory of western Tibet into a western part (mnga' ris stod) and an eastern part (mnga' ris smad) under the Yuan dynasty, while Mang yul [Gung thang] was the eastern part ofmNga' ris smad then. For maps see Everding (2000: table 4) and Snellgrove and Richardson (1986: map of "Tibet and surrounding countries)." Notes 387 533. No evidence for Skt. equivalent found. Perhaps k(a)uiala? SCD, s.v. ku su lu - a word oftantric mysticism, its proper Tibetan equivalent being gcod pa. Illuminator, s.v. ku su lu: "Kusulu derived from Sanskrit. In ancient India there were some yo gins who did not appear to put much effort into their path externally but who internally were practising the yoga taught them by their guru. Thus they had the appearance of an ordinary person and often a lazy one at that. They apparently did nothing but 'eat, sleep, and shit' and were named for that approach; the three syllables in ku su lu refer (in Sanskrit) to eating, sleeping, and excreting respectively." It seems that ku su lu usually emphasizes on meditation. The behavior ofthe practitioners is supposed to be rough like that of the Mahasiddhas (e.g., Naropa). This reminds us to Santideva's life story. In the version known to Tibetans he is reproached for doing nothing than 'just eating, sleeping, and defecating." Cf. Crosby and Skilton (1995, ix). 534. Lit. quality of hearing (thos pa 'i yon tan). 535. Cf. Stearns (2007: 157, 511n461). 536. Cf. Kaschewsky (1971: 98); Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 88-89, note 192): "An influential teacher and co-investigator with Tson kha pa in the study of Madhyamaka is said to have been Bla rna dBu rna pa brTson 'grus sen ge (also known as dPa' bo rdo Ije), to whom no known writings are, however, ascribed. ( ... ) He is stated in biographies ofTson kha pa to have been a student ofParamita at gSan phu, and ofMadhyamaka at Sa skya under Red rnda' ba." See also Minor Works, text no. 66: Bla ma rmi lam pa brtson 'grus seng ge la gdams pa byang chub lam gyi sgron ma, 552-557: pp. 325a5-327b5, CPN, no. 006117 (55 pp. 2), mdzadpapo Siikya'i dge slong gZhonnu blo gros. It is important to note that the Drepung Catalog p. 2026 no. 000843 lists one writing by Bla rna dBu rna pa dPa bo rdo Ije: rJe btsun 'jam pa 'i dbyangs kyi chos bskor. 537. Tib. sngags 'chang; Skt. mantradhara; according to Geshe Thubten Ngawang: sngags nyams len byed mkhan, i.e. a practioner of mantra. 538. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. cho 'brang - ma 'i rigs; cf. bSod gnam rgya mtsho and Nor bu sgroi dkar, bsTan rtsis ka phrin lag deb: cho 'brang - ma 'i khyim rgyud kyi ming ste, < <dag yig shes bya rab gsal> > las, cho rigs rus yin cho 'brang ni zhang po'0, zhes gsungs pa dang, cho 'brang gi sgra bshad ni«rgyal dbang Ingapa'i rang rnam du klu la'i gos bzang» las, rigs ni mkhas mdzangs dpa' zhing rtul phod pa bka' btsan la likyel che ba gzhung bzang la 'grogs bde ba sogs ya rabs kyi spyod tshul ci rigs dang Idan pa, rus ni rigs ma nyams pa 'i pha de'i rgyud las byung ba, cho ni zhang po khungs dang ldan pa, 'brang ni bshad ma thag pa gsum po dang Idan pa'i spyod pa 'i 'brang sa 'dzin pa yin, zhes gsungsso. 539. An emanation of the protector of the three families (rigs gsum mgon po'i sprul pa): 1. Maiijusrl ('Jam dbyangs), 2. Avalokitesvara (sPyan ras gzigs), 3. VajrapiiI}.i (phyagna rdo rje). The latteris also sometimes referred to as Guhyapati (gSang bdag), an epithet that indicates that VajrapiiI;li is considered to be the protector of the tantric teachings. 540. Tib. dbon sras; cf. Jaschke 1881, s.v. dbon po 1. resp. for tsha bo - grandson, nephew; dbon sras id. sa skya sku dbon = Sa skya uncle and nephew, that means bSod nams rtse mo (1142-82) and his 388 Notes nephew Sa skya Pal).Qita (1182-1251). But here nephew does not refer to Sa pal).. The fifth forefather Chos rgyal 'Phags pa Blo gros rgyal mtshan (1235-80) would not make sense here either. 541. This list indicates qualities associated wth him. Cf. King Khri rgyal bSod nams Ide (1371-1404) (Ehrhard 2004: 145,382); Everding (2000: 454) dates his reign1390-1404 (see also table 1 and 2). C£ chap. 7, The Minor Works of Red mda' ba, text no. 96: mNga' ris pa mnga' bdag khri rgyal bsod nams Ide la gdams pa pp. 3 - CPN, no. 006117 (79 pp. 3) He had also requested Red mda' ba to compile a Praise to the Six Ornaments. Ibid. text no. 1: rGyan drug la bstod pa, 017-018: pp. 3a-3b3, CPN, no. 006117 (5 pp. I), bskul ba po Khri rgyal bsod nams Ide. 542. Iiischke 1881, s.v. gan -nearness, to, towards, up to. 543. This cannot refer to any ofthe five Sa skya forefathers. See Se chen rOyal po TBRC code P5499. Tashi Tsering: He was a Mongolian king. Mongolian name unknown. 544. B reads: powerful. 545. This may refer to the patron resp .. sponsor (sbyin bdag; diinapati) Nam mkha' bzang po ofNe'u (Seat of the Phag mo gru pa). He was· one of the most important ministers of the Phag mo gru pa ruler Grags pa rgyal mtshan (1374-1432). Nam mkha' bzang po was also the main patron for the founding of 'Bras spungs monastery (1416). According to the Deb ther dmar po gsar ma, he was also one of the greatest patrons of the sMon lam festival. See also Jackson (1990: 107/09), Kaschewsky (1977: 263n36, 37) and Wylie (2003: 483, 484). 546. This may refer to the governor Yon tan rgya mtsho (dPon chen po Yon tan rgya mtsho), who had about the same status as dPon chen Nam mkha' bzang po and was a patron of Chos rje Lo tsii ba, Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa. 547. Tashi Tsering: Name of a place; cf. Pal).Qita. 'u yug pa Rig pa'i seng ge, the famous disciple of Sa skya 548. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. stong dpon - mi grangs stong gi spyi dpon. It is not clear· when the office of a sTong dpon was introduced. Byang chub rgyal mtshan (1302-1364) is supposed to had come into full power in 1358/59 and to have re-organized the adminstrative structure of Tibet. It is said that among other changes he divided the country no longer in thirteen myriads (khri skor), but into districts (rdzong). The heads of those districts were called rDzong dpon. They replaced the heads of the myriads, i.e., the Khri dpon. Tucci (1949: 681) lists the thirteen khri skor. According to Tashi Tsering (personal comm. Nov. 14,2007) the Sa skya gdung rabs, p. 179.3-180.3 provides details as to how they are organized and enumerated. There it is reported that Chos rgyal 'phags pa gave Hevajra empowerments to the King Oodan of China while China was under Mongolian rule, and that the King made three offerings to the khri skor 13. Cf. van der Kuijp (1991: 303,305,308,310). 549. Tib. bshes gnyen; Skt.' mitra. Notes 389 550. Tib. bka' bzhi; also known as the Four Great Scriptures (bka' chen bzhi), frequently referred to as the four difficult (great) texts (dka' chen bzhi). See also note 552. Cf. Dreyfus (2003: 144): "The gradual institutionalization of scholastic learning can also be traced in the development of monastic degrees. From the thirteenth century· on, studies in the Ka-dam tradition were organized around four areas - Perfection of Wisdom, Logic and Epistemology, Vinaya and Abhidharma -leading to the title of Ka-zhi-pa (bka' bzhi pa 'the one [having mastered] four texts')." On p. 366n72 Dreyfus adds: "S6nam-drak-ba, bKa' gdams gsar snying gi chos 'byung, 24.b.2-4 [this reference just summarizes some events given in more detail in Kaschewsky 1971: 82-84]; see also Tarab, A Brief History of Tibetan Academic Degrees, II. As Tarab points out, there is disagreement over the 'four texts' intended; the Bod rgya tshig mdzod chen mo mentions Madhyamaka instead ofPramal).a." See also Dung dkar tshig mdzod chen mo, p. 128: dka' ehen bzhi; Onoda (1992: 29): "From early times onphar phyin, dbu ma, 'dul ba, mngon mdzodwere called the 'four [main] subjects (bka' bzhi}'." Tarab Tulku (2000: 11): "The Kazhi and the Kachu degrees were based on the Kachenzhi (tib. dKa'-chen bzhi), 'The Four Important (difficult) Works.' According to KSCY, these works refer to the Vinaya Sutra, the Pramal).a works, the Hinayana Abhidharma, and the Mahayana Abhidharma works. ( ... ) For instance, the Lharam degree was based on the Shungchen kaponga (tib. gZhung-chen bka'-pod Inga), which means 'The Five Great Works' of Vi nay a, Abhidharma, Madhyamika, Prajiiaparamita, and Pramal).a. The Abhidharma here refers to the Hinayana Abhidharma of the Kachenzhi, while the Mahayana Abhidharma of the Kachenzhi is grouped with the Prajiiaparamita works." Note that in the biography presented here as well as in the bCa' yig of dPal 'khor chos sde, in 'Jigs med grags pa: rGyal rtse chos rgyal gyi mam par thar pa dad pa'i 10 thog dngos grub kyi char 'bebs, in Ngor Chos 'byung and in Mang thos we find the spelling bka' bzhi. This cannot refer to "four [main] subjects," but must refer to "four [main or great] texts." Cf. Jilschke 1881, s.v. bka' -word speech, rgyal ba'i bka' - the word of buddha, bka' 'gyur - the word of buddha. Furthermore, although it may be appropriate to refer to "upper and lower Abhidharma" [mngon pa gong 'og] as one [main] subject, i.e., Abhidharma, we cannot refer to it as one of the four main texts, since these studies are based on two main texts, i.e., Abhidharmakosa and Abhidharmasamuccaya. This would agree with the KSCYpresentation. Kaschewsky (1971: 88) translates from the Tsong kha pa biography of Caqar dGe bshes: "Hier studierte Tsongkhapa die vier schwierigen Werke PramiiJ:zaviirttika, den H6heren und den Niederen Abhidharma und den Vinaya und auBerdem Prajfiiipiiramitii. Er wollte noch tiber 10 andere Werke studieren, doch da es fur diese Filcher keine Vorlesungen gab, zog er weiter nach dBus zum Kloster gSanphu." Cf. Dadpa'i )ugngogs, 18a4-18bl: de nasdpon slob gnyis ka thabs Gig tu sa skyar byon, rje rin po che 'dis, de 'i tshe sa skyar gong du smos pa 'i dka' chen mams kyi grwa skor mdzad, de dus po ti gzhan bcu lhag tsam gyi grwa skor yang mdzad pas chog pa yod kyang, de dus kyi grwa sa mams na po ti gzhan mams kyi grwa skor byed pa 'i lugs ma dar 'dug pas ma byas gsung ngo. de nas de 'phralla dbus la byon nas, so so gung thang tshes beu 'i gnas skabs nas brtsams te, rim pa bzhin du gsang phu dang rtses thang la sags pa 'i grwa sa chen po mams su, phar phyin sngar nas mdzad tshar bas, de ma gtogs pa dka' chen Ihag ma bzhi'i grwa skor mdzad (Then teacher and student, [Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pal, went together to Sa skya. At that time this rJe Rin po che [Blo bzang grags pal made debate rounds on the above mentioned [four] difficult great [texts]. Although at that time he could have made debate rounds on more than ten books, it is said that he did not do so, because the custom to make debate rounds on other books was not spread in the monastic centers at that time. Thereafter he immediately went to dBus, and then, since he had already finished the Pilramita [debate 390 Notes rounds] from before [in gSang phu, bDe ba can, Sa skya, 'Dar bZang ldan, Ngam ring, 'Ga' rong, Bo dong E und gNas rnying], he made, except for that, debate rounds on the remaining four difficult great [books] starting on the 10th [day of the 1st month] from [Tshal] Gung thang, [and then proceeding] in order to large monastic centers such as gSang phu, rTses thang and others, one by one.) To affirm which are the Four Great Scriptures, first of all, we should agree that the term bka' chen bzhi must refer to Indian sastras, and not to sutras such as the Prajfiiipiiramitiisiitra. Furthermore the main text studied in Paramita (phar phyin) course is not the Abhidharmasamuccaya, but the AbhisamayiilaIpkiira. Therefore it seems more likely that for Paramita studies the AbhisamayiilaIpkiira needs to be included. Onoda's and the Tshig mdzod chen rna theory (see above) that Madhyamaka is one of the four subjects seems very unlikely (see alsa Obermiller 1935: 326n2: "bkaJ;-hZi-pa, celui qui a subi l'examen sur les 4 branches de la philosophie: pramiilJa = tshad ma, piiramitii = phar-phyin, miidhyamikii = dbu ma et abhidharma (kasa) = mdzacf'). Apart from the fact that Madhyamaka again is a subject and not a text, we know that for his academic degree of a bKa' bzhi pa Tsang kha pa did not make any debate rounds on Madhyamaka and he would have certainly made, if the custom. But in Tsang kha pa's biographies we have only references for debate rounds on Paramita (phar phyin), PramiilJaviirttika (rnam 'gre!), upper and lower Abhidharma (mngan pa gang 'ag) and Vinayasiitra (mda rtsa). Furthermore, it is clearly stated that Tsang kha pa received teachings on the Madhyamakiivatiira during the term break (chas bar) from Red mda' ba (see Kaschewsky 1971: 83-84). More precisely Kaschewsky (1971: 2. Teil Faksimiles, Tafel 378, III, 9v.a-b): rIse chen gyi dbyar chas grol nas stan der span slab gnyis nyang stad bsam gling du chas bar la byan, chas bar zhes pa ni mang pa la chas 'chad pa dang, tshags su 'gra ba sags mi byed par dben par byas tshe rang gi gang 'dad kyi gzhung la blta rtag sags byed pa 'a. der bzhugs pa 'i dus su rje 'dis bla ma red mda' pa la dbu ma la 'jug pa tshar gcig gsan (When the summer term (dyar chas) was over, that autumn [1375], both, teacher and student, went during the term break to bSam gling in Nyang stod. "Term break" (chas bar) refers to [a period during which] explaining Dharma to many, going to [prayer] assemblies and other [monastic duties] do not take place. Rather one withdraws in solitude. During this time one can do whatever one wants such as investigating the scriptures and other [Dharma activities]. While staying there in [bSam gling] this rJe [Tsong kha pal heard one time [teachings on] the Madhyamakiivatiira from Master Red mda' ba). So we can at least exclude a Madhyamaka text from the list of the Four Great Scriptures. According to the Caqar dGe bshes description the Four Great Scriptures should be: PramiilJaviirttika, Abhidharmasamuccaya, Abhidharmakasa, and Vinayasiitra. But in this case the main text for Prajfiiipiiramitii would be tbe Abhidharmasamuccaya, which seems unlikely. Alternatively it would be possible that during the student days of Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa Paramita (phar phyin) was based on the Five Warks af Maitreya (Byams chas sde lnga) with the AbhisamayiilaIpkiira as the most important text, followed by studies on the rest of tbe four texts, that means PramaI).a studies (see Red mda' ba's debate round on PramaI).a note 246), mainly based on PramiilJaviirttika, Abhidharma studies, mainly based on the "lower" Abhidharmakasa or the "higher" Abhidharmasamuccaya, i.e:, one being the main and one the secondary text, and Vinaya studies, mainly based on the Vinayasiitra. Thus, at those times, the Abhidharmasamuccaya may have been related to the Abhidharma studies and not to the Paramita studies as in the present dGe lugs curriculum. Later, after Red mda' ba had composed his monastic textbooks (yig cha) on the Miilamadhyamakakiirikii, Madhyamakiivatiira and the CatuJ;sataka (cf. note 328, 550), a further course of study on Madhyamaka was established in Sa skya, mainly based on the Madhyama- Notes 391 kiivatara. Other monastic centers followed his example. In the Sa skya tradition, nowadays, for the "six main books" (pod chen drug) Sa pal].'s sDorn gsurn rab dbye needs to be added to the five texts, which among the dGe lugs pa became known as the five great texts ([gZhung chen] bka' pod lnga orbKa' pu sti Inga). Cf. Ngag dbang chos grags, Bod kyi rnkhas pa snga phyi dag gi grub rntha 'i shan 'byed rntha' dpyod dang bcas pa 'i 'bel ba'i gtarn skyes dpyod ldan rnkhas pa 'i Ius rgyan rin chen rndzes pa 'i phra tshorn bkod pa, pp. 7.6-8.1. Sa palJ.'S sDorn gsurn rab dbye comprises sutra and tantra, especially the Guhyasamiijatantra. Furthermore in the Sa skya tradition Sa palJ.'S Rigs gter is added next to the PrarnaIJavarttika to the Pramiil].a literature. 55t In section 2.6 mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo only mentions Red mda' ba's Jewel Rosary (Nor bu 'i phreng ba), which we have access to. See chapter 7, The Minor Works of Red mda' ba, text no. 32, followed by two dris lan, no. 33 and 34. Here the author may refer not only to the Nor bu 'i phreng ba, but also to the Nor bu'iphreng ba'i rang Ian and Rinpo che'i sgron rna. For the latter see chap. 7, The Minor Works of Red mda' ba, text no. 80. The Nor bu 'i phreng ba 'i rang Ian must be text no. 33, which in the introduction to the Minor Works is referred to as Phrin yig rang la 'gal spong dris Ian. 552. As mentioned in note 550 the Four Great Scriptures (bka' chen bzhi) could be either 1. Abhisarnayalarpkara, 2. PrarnaIJavarttika, 3. Abhidharrnakosa (Lower Abhidharma), and 4. Vinayasiltra, or 1. PrarnaIJavarttika, 2. Abhidharrnasarnuccaya, 3. Abhidharrnakosa and 4. Vinayasiltra. But as will be shown below a third option is possible either (see note 555). 553. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 16. For records of the transmission lineages of the Ratnagotravibhaga in which Red mda' ba occurs see Kano (2006: 621; gsan yig ofBu ston and thob yig of Klong rdol). He received the teachings from Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal and forwarded them to mKhas grub Ije and rJe Tsong kha pa. 554. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 14 of which TBRC is holding an dbu rned manuscript. There are also three further texts related to the Guhyasamiijatantra; see chap. 7, The Minor Works of Red mda' ba, texts no. 3, 49, 75: 3) dPalldan 'dus pa 'i dkyil 'khor gyi lha la phyag 'tshal ba 'i tshigs su bead pa, 019-020: pp. 4al-4b2, CPN, no. 006117 (7 pp. 1), rndzad pa po Siikya'i dge slong gZhon nu blo gros; 49) Bla rna sgrub pa dpal bas gsang ba 'dus pa'i sgrub thabs rndor byas dang sgrub thabs marn bzhagp ka marn gnyis kyi rni 'dra ba'i khyadparzhus pa'i lan, 507-517: pp. 302bl-307bl (510: 304a double), CPN, no. 006117 (40 pp. 4), rndzad pa po rJe btsun dam pa Ku rna ra rna ti; 75) 1) gSang 'dus rim lnga rgyud pa 'i gsol 'debs, pp.l - CPN, no. 006117 (3). We have no access to text no. 75 at present. Note that Jackson (2007: 348) assumes that "the last title, dPalldan 'dus pa, 'The Glorious Gathering,' may possibly refer to AsaIiga' s Theg chen bsdus pa." But we have no evidence for such a commentary composed by Red mda' ba. Furthermore it is important to note that on the one hand the Guhyasarnajatantra (full title: Sarvatathagatakiiyavakcittarahasyo guhyasarnaja-narna-rnaha-kalparaja) contains philosophical passages (cf. Gang 1988: 122, 156,234,236,262,267) and on the other hand the tradition ascribes the Guhyasamiija commentary PradIpoddyotana to Candraldrti (cf. Nakamura 1980: 334). It is not unusual that this tantric text is studied together with siitra texts. For example, Sa pal].'s sDorn gsurn rab dbye, one of the Pod chen drug, comprises the Guhyasamiijatantra too. Thus Red mda' ba's Guhyasamiija commentary seems to fit well into this unit. 392 Notes 555. Tib. bcu phrag gcig, here in the sense of "decade, group often." In case the Four Great Scriptures are, as mentioned above (see note 552) 1. PramiilJaviirttika, 2. Vinayasiitra and then no. 3 and 4 either Abhisamayiila.rpkara andAbhidharmakosa or Abhidharmasamuccaya and Abhidharmakosa, the unit of ten would include the Abhidharmakosa two times and thus consist of nine instead often texts. Therefore we should consider a third option. Perhaps the Four Great Scriptures (bka' chen bzhi) are: 1. PramiilJaviirttika, 2. AbhisamayiilaIpkara, 3. Abhidharmasamuccaya and 4. Vinayasiitra. In this case, different from today, the Abhidharmasamuccaya must have been the main text for Abhidharma (mngon pa) studies. See also Jackson (2007: 348). Khenpo Appey adds in his list (see Ku se A pad, et. aI, Sa skya pa 'i dkar chag, 41.1) the bShes spring gi tikii. It seems that this famous verse on the" Unit ofTen Commentaries" has been composed by Red mda' ba himself (cf. Dalai Lama V, gSan yig, gSung 'bum, vol. ka, p. 2Ia4-5; Thu'u bkwan 1985: 189.9-12). It would be helpful, if we could identify it, probably somewhere in his gSung thor bu. The Unit ofTen Commentaries or its root texts may have been the group of scriptures one had to make debate rounds (grwa skor) on, to obtain the title of a bKa' bcu pa which must have been introduced during Red mda' ba's lifetime, inspired by himself. From Tsong kha pa's biographies we know that he himself and probably also Red mda' ba had the title of a bKa bzhi pa, although they had studied more than four main texts. But at that time exams on more main texts had not been introduced. Red mda' ba's disciple Dar rna rin chen was the first bKa' bcu pa, see Mang thos (1993: 197): bka' bcu pa ni, rgyal tshab dar ma man chad nas byung bar gsal te, de yan du bka' chen bzhir grags pa dang, de bzhi'i steng du ci rigs bsnan pa 'i drug tsam la gra skor mdzad pa sha stag byung ba yin la, rgyal tshab ryes po ti beu la bshad pa 'i srol btod man chad nas dka' bcu pa zhes mtshan grags shing, bo dong phyogs las pas beo lnga la bshad pa gnang yang dbon po bka ' beu pa zhes pa tsam las ma byung la, phyis byams chen smra ba'i dbang po sangs rgyas 'phel man ehad nas rab 'byams pa zhes kyang yongs su grags so. 'on kyang bka ' pa gzhon nu seng ge sags, de yan du yang bka ' pa 'i mtshan ehung zhig grags par gsallo (Regarding [the title] 'Master of the Ten Scriptures,' it is clear that it occurred from rGyal tshab Dar rna [rin chen 1364-1432] onwards. From [his] time on debating rounds took place on the widespread Four Great Scriptures (bka' chen bzhi) and on some further six texts. From the time onwards, when rGyal tshab Jje had introduced the teaching system on the ten texts, the title dka' bcu pa became known. Although Bo dong Phyogs las pa (1375/ 76-1451) gave explanations on fifteen [texts], only the title dbon po bka' beu pa occurred. Later, from the mighty propounder Byams chen [Rab 'byams pal Sangs rgyas 'phel (1411-1485) onwards, also the title 'Master of All Texts' (rab 'byam,l' pa) became known). Cf. note 513. See also Thu'u bkwan (1985: 189.17-20), Chogay Trichen Rinpoche (1983: 26, 54nlO), van der Kuijp (1987: 118) on the "Gsang-phu dka-bcu degree," Onoda (1992: 29), as well as Jackson (2007) on Rong ston bKa' bcu pa. In rGyal tshab Dar rna rin chen's biography in Lam rim bla ma brgyud pa 'i mam thar, pp. 386-94 it is mentioned that he made his bka' bcu pa debating rounds in the large Dharma centers in the direction of gTsang such as Sa skya. Although the year of his final debating round is not mentioned, in the next sentence it says that he became ordained as a bhik~u in 1388. It is likely that the two events were closly linked in time. Probably Red mda' ba was part of the "examining board." It is unlikely that Dar rna rin chen introduced his own examination system, but it seems that he was the main force in establishing it afterwards to a large extent. Tarab Tulku (2000: 14) writes: "Gyaltsab Dharma Rinchen was the first scholar to obtain the Kachu degree from the Sakya monastic university, but he also took this degree in several Kadam monastic universities." Cf. TBRC code P65, rGyal tsabs rje "took the degree ofbka' bcu pa at Sa skya, Notes 393 gSang phu and rTsed thang." See also Jackson (1988: IV) on Rang stan Shes bya kun rig (1367-1449): "As a young scholar when he made a debating circuit (grwa skor) through the main seminaries of Central Tibet to demonstrate publicly his kuowledge, he expounded ten standard works (bka' bcu). (Shakya-mchog-1dan, p. 319.4, mentions this as the usual practice in the main monasteries of Central Tibet [Dbus])." For more details on Rang ston's scholastic status as bKa' bcu pa see David Jackson (2007). Furthermore, interestingly enough, Sherab Oyaltsen Amipa (1976: 54) gives a list of "great Sakyapa masters, who elucidated 'The Six Oreat Volumes' [pod chen drug in the Sa skya tradition] by means of discourses, disputations and compositions and founded monasteries in Tibet," starting with Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gras, followed by twenty-one more masters. He says that "the lineage of their teachings remains unbroken to this day." All this information permits the conclusion that Red mda' ba had a large impact on the reform of the philosophical studies and dialectics, a restructuring and extending of the scholastic system of education and exams in the monasteries. 556. Tib. Lung kun las btus pa 'i tika. MHTL 11089: lam rim blo sbyong sogs kyi skor la (on the stages on the path and mental purification). See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 17. Although the Stltrasamuccaya is traditionally attributed to Nagarjuna, according to Wayman (1997: 86) it is highly unlikely that it is by Nagarjuna. For a critical edition of the mDo kun las btus pa see Pasadika 1989. In the introduction (xv) he mentions that in the late seventies he started rendering it into English, sections I-XVIII published in Linh-Son 2-20 (Fevrier 1978 - Decembre 1982). 557. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 18. English translation in Tharchin and Engle, "Nagarjuna 's Letter to a Friend" with a commentary by the Venerable Rendawa, Zhon-nu Lo-dro. In the colophon Red mda' ha, bShes pa 'i springs yig gi 'grel pa don gsal, pp. 64b3-65a4 says: "On the request of the expounder of scriptures and reasoning gTso mdo ba Kun dga' bzang po and others, and encouraged by the speech of mKhan chen rOyal ba dpal, the great pitakadhara who is endowed with the nature of many jewels of excellent qualities, this commentary ClarijjJing the Meaning ofthe great being Arya Nagarjuna's Subrllekha, has been written by the Sakya bhik~u gZhon nu blo gros. It was [also written] on request of some of my own disciples, who are already teachers themselves, and completed in the great glorious Dharma school Sa skya." 558. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 15 of which TBRC is holding an dbu med manuscript. 559. See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, Minor Works. [fwe count from text no. 31 onwards all texts that are indicated with spring(s) (pa/yig), dris (pa'i) lan, skyes lan, zhus (pa'i) lan, or gdams pa there are about 60 texts. Recently IBA published the Minor Works in gSung skor, vol D (nga), 2007. They have grouped the text in seven sections such as bstod pa, spring yig, gdams pa, and dris Ian. Collation of the index of the Minor Works, which we find in Shes bya'i gter mzdod, CPN no. 006117, with the dbu med manuscript of the Minor Works shows that some parts of it are still missing.Through further collation of the Minor Works (manuscript) with the IBA 2007 edition it may become clear to which texts the 55 letters refer. 394 Notes 560. This means that Red mda' ba sees the two truths, the ultimate truth and the conventional truth, i.e., the ultimate reality of all phenomena and their manifoldness. When he sees the conventional truth, he sees it as separate from the ultimate truth. During a state of deep meditation the subject, i.e., the mind that recognizes emptiness, and the object, i.e., emptiness, are described as mixed with each other like water with water, in the sense that one cannot separate one from the other. This state of experience cannot be expressed in words. But when aryas on the 10th bhUmi come out of meditation, subject and object appear separate and dualistic to them, and due to this they can recognize them in their conventional way. But unlike an ordinary being they do not see them as inherently existent, but as artificial like a dream or an illusion. There is no grasping of inherent existence. A Buddha sees both truths simultaneously. Tashi Tsering: Acc. to the Sa skya pa the omniscient see all phenomena too, but they make a difference between a Buddha and a Bodhisattva. The Buddha sees all phenomena in a nondualistic way (gnyis snang nub pa), whereas Tsong kha pa says that for a Buddha there is also duality. Then acc. to the Sa skya pa there is the question as to whether Buddha has illusion (,khrul ba). To this Tsong kha pa replies that the Buddha has duality, but no illusory duality (,khrul ba'i gnyis snang med kyang gnyis snang yod), whereas Bodhisattvas have illusory duality. When the Sa skya pa talk about duality, this automatically refers to illusions. 561. Ratnasarrtbhava states in his biography of Red mda' ba (2003: 6b.2-3) too that the following is an explanation as to how Red mda' ba developed gradually his insight into Madhyamaka (kho bo la dbu ma 'i rtogs pa skye tshul rim pa 'byung ste, 'di Itar dang po spyad stong, gnyis pa snang stong, gsum pa rten 'brel sgyu mar go ba, bzhi pa rten 'brei btags yod gzhi med gu go ba '0). 562. In this presentation of conventional truth, when a jar is smashed with a hammer, our concept of a jar falls apart. 563. This is a clear reference to the Vaibha~ika presentation of the two truths, in which it is held that substantial existence is synonymous with ultimate truth, and nominal existence is synonymous with conventional truth. The V aibha~ikas consider ajar to be conventional truth. When we smash it, the conception of it disappears. Thus when the conventional truth that exists in the form of substance is destroyed by logic, when searching for the jar in the various parts of it, emptiness appears. Subjecting this emptiness to logical analysis eliminates the grasping of the jar as being truly existent and making emptiness a cause for oneself generating a mere aspiration to realize the correct view of emptiness. Therefore it is not the correct view of emptiness, but a nihilistic emptiness, i.e., one just thinks that the jar does not exist after it has been smashed by a hammer. 564. According to Tashi Tsering, the term snang stong (appearance and emptiness) refers to the union of the two truths or to the combination of sarrtsara and nirvaZla. At the very moment that one sees appearances as illusory, one can realize that they are without self-existence (rang bzhin med pa). One can see the jar and by analyzing it, one remembers its emptiness. According to this Sa skya pa presentation, this means appearance is there and one understands emptiness, but they do not say that phenomena appear. If snang refers to external objects, they speak about snang stong and if they speak about internal phenomena, that is mind, they speak about gsal stong clarity and emptiness. Notes 395 565. Both the proponents of the true aspect (rnam bden pa; sakiiraviidin) as well as the proponents of the false aspect (rnam rdzun pa; niriikiiraviidin) within the Cittamatra school deny the existence of outer objects. The term "aspect" refers to appearance e.g., blue appears to eye consciousness as blue and coarse material. The proponents of the true aspect claim that this blue not only appears, but also exists as coarse material, whereas the proponents of the false aspect claim that this blue does not exist in the way it appears. Acc. to the Vaibha~ikas, when we see a jar they say that we can see it directly·, and that the jar is seen by the eye faculty rather than by eye consciousness. The Sautrantikas say that the eye faculty is matter (gzugs; rUpa) and therefore cannot see the jar, but since eye consciousness is mind (shes pa; jiiiina) it can see the jar. Acc. to the followers of the Cittamatra school, i.e., the Vijiianavadins (cf. LC, s.v. sems tsam pa), there are no external objects, but only mind is there. The jar is seen by eye consciousness. They say that the jar exists, but it does not exist separately from mind. With regard to the two proponents mentioned above, just because of having its aspect (rnam pa; iikiira), or in other words its shape or form in the eye consciousness, we can say that it is a jar. Acc. to the proponents ofthe true aspect this aspect itself is true mind. The proponents of the false aspect say that the aspect is not true, arguing that it cannot be true when there is no object. The latter is considered by Prasangika Madhyamikas to be the higher view. Acc. to Tashi Tsering, they "prove more emptiness" than the proponents of the true aspect, and are therefore closer to the Madhyamikas. 566. Hopkins 1992, s.v. don chos - real property; Tashi Tsering here: don = emptiness. 567. Tashi Tsering: When Red mda' ba says that he did not go beyond the Yogacara [Svatantrika] Madhyamikas, this is because they grasp the meaning of all phenomena as merely illusory. That is, as Madhyamikas they accept that there are no phenomena that are truly existent (bden par grub pa). rJe Tsong kha pa uses six different terms that are synonymous like rang bzhin yod pa, bden par grub pa, etc. Among these the Svatantrika Madhyamikas accept three, whereas the Prasangika Madhyamikas do not accept any of the six, as existent even conventionally. According to them, phenomena are beyond expression and beyond concepts. But the Svatantrika Madhyamika grasp at the meaning of phenomena as merely illusory. According to Red mda' ba this is erroneous. One has to give up even this grasping at true existence as illusory. For further details, see the explanations on the freedom from the Four Types of Clinging (zhen pa bzhi 'bral). In the fourth line, it is said: "If grasping arises, you do not have the view," i.e., the correct Prasangika Madhyamika view. This is according to Tashi Tsering. According to SSdB VII, transcript p. 109 and sources pp. 98: The Svatantrika Madhyamikas hold that all phenomena exist due to their own characteristics, because if one searches for the object of designation, one must be able to find it. They accept the following terms to be synonymous: 1. self-existence (rang bzhin gyis grub pa; svabhiiva-siddha), 2. self-characteristic (rang gi mtshan nyid kyis grub pa; svalakWlJa), 3. existence from its own way of existence (rang gi sdod lugs kyi ngos nas grub pa), 4. existence from its own side, i.e., objective existence (rang ngos nas grub pa; svarUpa-siddha). Further they accept that phenomena do exist conventionally, but not ultimately. They do not accept the true existence of phenomena, but they accept that phenomena exist due to their own characteristics. However, they cannot exist alone from their own side, but rather depend on a correct consciousness to which they appear and which recognizes them. To an ordinary being phenomena appear truly existent. This is what they call "grasping at true existence." This needs to be given up. If an object is called 'jar,' a conscious- 396 Notes ness must be able to find its specific characteristics in the basis of designation. Hence they accept that the phenomena exist inherently, but do not truly exist. On the path of seeing, due to the experience of emptiness, an arya sees that phenomena exist conventionally and are like illusions. The arya sees thai they appear as if they exist truly, but actually are empty of true existence. 568. Tashi Tsering: We just give names to them, but when we analyze we cannot find them. See the definitions of the two truths acc. to the Prasangika-Madhyamikas. Phenomena exist only due to our conceptual thought. There is nothing from their own side. Cf. the following stanza in Candrakfrti's Madhyamakiivatiira: de blo la ltos gnyis char bden pa ste, don gsal stong la gnyis ka 'ang brdzun pa yin (Relying upon that [persons'] mind, both subject and object are true; for [the person, who sees the true] luminosity and emptiness of the object, both [subject and object] are false). 569. Tashi Tsering: Famous stanza in: Refutation ofArgument (rTsod pa ldog pa). 570. Tashi Tsering: This means without concentrating on scriptures or discussing it with other scholars. 571. Tashi Tsering: The implicit meaning ofthis comment is that when he dies, his Madhyamaka view will die with him. That is to say, 'Nobody understands my view.' 572. As referred to above in section 2.6.6 as the one who travelled with many yak loads of scriptures. 573. There are several options to which occasion in Tsong kha pa's biography we can relate this event, but most likely this was in 1392. First, in 1390 Tsong kha pa went to gTsang to receive teachings on the tantra pitaka from Red mda' ba. In 'Ba'u 'ba' gnyer he received from him teachings on Guhyasamaja. Then Tsong kha pa left for Nubs chos lung in Rong (northeastern from rGyal rtse), where he made Dharma links with Bla rna dBu rna pa brTson 'grus seng ge by receiving a Sarasvati empowerment (ryes gnang) from him. Bla rna dBu rna pa had from childhood on a strong mystic relation with ManjusrI and functioned as a middleman for Tsong kha pa. He had received teachings on Madhyamaka from Red mda' ba too, but still had not found the correct view (cf. Kaschewsky 1971: 98; Tauscher 1995: 28). In 1392 Bla rna dBu rna pa and Tsong kha pa left together for dGa' ba gdong and thereafter for lHa sa to make offerings to the Jo boo During their joint retreat in dGa' ba gdong a conversation between Tsong kha pa and ManjusrI took place, in which Tsong kha pa expressed his strong wish to study Madhyamaka according to the system ofNagarjuna and Guhyasamaja and asked which would be the best teacher for him to consult. Manjusri answered: "There is no better teacher than Red mda' ba. But he cannot develop in you an understanding that cuts off all extremes" (Kaschewsky 1971: 2. Teil Faksimiles, Tafel 403, 404, IV, 23r.e-23v.a; cf. Kaschewsky 1971: 102). Tauscher (1995: 47-48) quoting from Tsong kha pa's secret biography (gsang ba 'i mam thar) makes clear that when before Tsong kha pa asked ManjusrI whether his view is Prasangika or Svatantrika the answer was that it is neither of the two. Cf. Ferrari (1958: 73): "On a hill beyond the [sTod lun] river lies dGa' ba gdon. At dGa' ba gdon there is the meditation cave where, through the intercession ofBla rna dBu rna pa, rJe Rin po c'e (Tson k'a pa) addressed questions to 'Jam pa'i dbyans (Manjugho~a)." For another meeting between Tsong kha pa and Manjusri, see Kaschewsky (1971: 115-19): In 1393 in '01 kha Tsong kha pa saw Manjusrl surrounded by buddhas, bodhisattvas, palJrJits and siddhas and received nectar from his sword of wisdom. Notes 397 Tsong kha pa had further visions ofMaiijusrl, again when in retreat, this time in '0 de gung rgyal in 1404/05 and in Se ra chos sding in 1408. 574. Bhiivaviveka is supposed to have. had a vision, but is considered by the Priisaiigikas to have held the wrong view, while Candraklrti had no visions, but is considered to have had the right view. Tashi Tsering summarizes the related story in Tiiraniitha as follows: Ace. to Tiiraniitha some· say that Buddhapiilita and Bhiivaviveka had a debate and Buddhapalita lost. When Buddhapiilita was about to die, he made prayers that he might defeat Bhiivaviveka in his next life. In his next life Buddhapiilita was born as Candraklrti and won the debate. Candrakirti happened to be the guard at the gate ofNiilanda monastery, when Candragomin, another famous master who was a follower ofthe Cittamiitra school, came from south India. When Candrakirti later gave teachings, Candragomin stood listening with crassed arms. Ace. to the tradition this meant that he wanted to debate, otherwise he would have sat during the teachings. Candrakirti asked him which texts he knew and Candragomin answered that he knew Pii1).ini, the Siitra o/the Perfection in One Hundred-Fifty Verses and the MaiijuinniimasaIpglti. Because of the order in which he enumerated the scriptures, Candrakirti thought that he must bea great scholar and asked him whether this was the reason why he was called "Candragomin" (name of a grammarian). The latter answered that indeed he was known in the world by that name. Hence Candraklrti wanted to welcome him as a great scholar and arranged three chariots. First Candragomin, as a lay person, did not want to be received by monks. Thus in the end, a statue of Manjusri sat in the middle chariot, Candrakirti in the right and Candragomin in the left chariot. Due to a recitation by Candragomin the statue became the real Manjusri and looked at Candragomin. That is the reason why the head of the statue in Niilanda was later turned to the left. Candrakirti and Candragomin debated one another for seven years. Candrakirti held the tradition of NiigiiIjuna, Buddhapiilita and so on, that is, the Madhyamaka view, while Candragomin held the view of Maitreyaniitha, Asaiiga and so on, that is, the Cittamiitra view. Towards the end of the debates Candragomin had difficulty responding, but in the morning his answers were very clear. Candraklrti thought that perhaps somebody was teaching him. One evening he followed him and indeed saw that he was forwarding the questions to Avalokitesvara. A statue of A valokitesvara had become real and was telling him what he should answer the following day. Candrakirti asked AvalokiteSvara whether he was partial, and thus the statue changed back to a stone image. 575. Rig pa'i Khu byug che ba, teacher ofKu sa Ii che ba Rin chen bzang - TBRC code P3927. Tashi Tsering: There is also one Rig pa'i Khu byug chung ba. Both were famous Indian Miidhyamika scholars. Tib. khu byug; Skt. vidyiikokila. Cf. TBRC code P0RK297, disciple ofCandrakirti. 576. Perh. TBRC code P4237: She'u Lo tsii ba Vajra de ba (b. 11th cent.). 577. TBRC code P5651: Pa tshab Lo tsii ba Nyi rna grags pa (b. 1055). 578. Tib. 'u yang; Geshe Thubten Ngawang: 'u yang = khyed rang; Illuminator, pers. pran. - we. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'u 2. (rnying) 'di. 579. Cf. Tsering and St6ter-Tillmann (1997: 391/92, verse 6 ofthe epilogue). S.Y. 'u - nged tsho Notes 398 580. These three qualities of a teacher are presented in the Siitriilarpkiira. 581. Tib. lhag pa sems kyi bslab pa. Another term for higher training of concentration. 582. Tib. sdom pa; Skt. saIpYara - restraint. 583. Tib. bsnyen gnas; Skt. upaviisa; cf. Mvy, s.v. bsnyen gnas la nye bar gna[sJ pa - upaviisam upavasanti - fasting, abstemious, abstaining from food. 584. Tib. dge gnyen (pha); Skt. upasaka. 585. Tib. dge tshul (pha); Skt. ~ramaI].era. 586. Tib. dge slong (pha); Skt. bhik~u. 587. The following eight verses are stemming from Red mda' ba's Minor Works, text no. 8) dGe sbyong gi tshul gdams pa, 029-030: pp. 9a4-9b6, CPN, no. 006117 (13? pp. 6). Author: Siikya bh~u gZhon nu blo gros. These verses are considered to be the beginning of the Rang [gil rnam [tharJ (autobiography) of gZhon nu blo gros on which together with other writings from the Minor Works mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo seems to have based this present biography on Red mda' ba. 588. Tib. dge sbyong. Tashi Tsering: "Since theSkt. term bhik~u refers to a person, who relies on alms, Tibetans added the syllable dge to the term slong." Sramal}a is a different term. The syllable dge as explained above, sbyong as in gso sbyong to purifY, train. Acc. to Geshe Thubten Ngawang in the context of Vinaya dge sbyong very often refers to dge slong. 589. Tib. mu cor smra ba; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mu cor (mying) 1) rdzun, ...2) kha gtong ba, ... 3) skad cor sgrog pa. Goldstein 2001, s.v. mu cor - to talk nonsense. Tashi Tsering: Means, when getting criticized, to accuse another person of what oneself has done. 590. Tib. hral po 'i tshul; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. hral po 1. .. .3) mi srun pa 'am ma dul ba dang rtsing po, .. .2. (mying) 'chal ba 'am 'dod zhen can. 591. Tib. bag yod. Mvy, s.v. 1941 bag yod pa - apramiida. 592. Tib. longs spyod; Skt. bhoga. 593. Tib. dpal; Skt. sri. 594. Cf. Guru Yoga in Six Sessions (Tib. short title: Thun drug): Bodhisattva vow. The first mle is to restrain oneself from: "praising oneself and blaming others" (Tib. bdag stod gzhan smod). 595. Cf. Guru Yoga in Six Sessions (Tib. Short title: Thun drug): Bodhisattva vow. The 2nd of the 18 Bodhisattva precepts is "n<;1t to give Dharma and wealth" (Tib. chos nor mi ster zhing). Notes 399 596. Cf. SSdB V.-VI. sources p. 106: According to Asanga ser sna (Skt. miitsarya) is the sixth of the twenty secondary kleias. German: "Geiz." 597. According to Ehrhard (2004: 117) the mountain heights ofMang yul Gung thang offered the great yogi Mi la ras pa the possibility to practice for a longer time without being disturbed and later generations of his disciples went to these places following the example set by Mi la ras pa. See also- the map attached to Ehrhard (2004). 598. Ehrhard (2004: 116) reports that from the middle of the 18th century onwards, followers of the teachings of Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa grew in the surroundings of sKyid grong. Due to the influence ofYongs 'dzin Ye shes rgyal mtshan several monasteries were established. Furthermore Ehrhard points out that from the writings of the 7th Dalai Lama' Jam dpal rgya mtsho, it is clear that he was very much aware of the fact that monastic communities had settled in places where persons like Atisa and Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros had been in retreat. 599. Note that rJe Tsong kha pa came some time around spring of 1401 to dGa' ba gdong. According to his biography, at the end of the spring teachings rJe btsun Red mda' ba arrived with some disciples from mNga' ris in dGa' ba gdong too. They showed each other respect and discussed the Dharma. See my MA thesis (2003: 123-24). It seems that mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo is not following a systematic chronological order, but summarizes here some stories according to content. 600. Goldstein 2001, s.v. bsngo rten - dedication offering given by relatives of a dead person to monasteries or lamas (usu. clothing or jewelry or money). 601. B reads instead of "all friends:" all beggars. 602. Tib. lha sa sde bzhi; cf. van der Kuijp (1987: 109), where it is mentioned that!Ha sa was devided into four administrative-cum-vinaya districts (sde): 1. Klu mes, 2. sBa, 3. Rag sha, 4. 'Bring mtsho, and that the latter according to rJe btsun consisted ofthree divisions: the Uppers (stod pay from !Has kyi Klu mgon, the Middle (bar bay from sKar chung Iha khang and the Lower (smad pay from sNye thang brag sna. He is giving further sources and details. See also Sorensen and Hazod (2007: 27-29, 166n419, 183n435, 409, 422, 663). 603. Everding (2000: 476n 1187) mentions a holy mountain Bu Ie gangs in rTa zur rdzong, a district that has not been identified yet. 604. Cf. Phillips et al.: "Yaks and Yak-Cattle Hybrids in Asia," in: Journal of Heredity 1946; 37: 16370. The authors mention that they observed many variations in color including white yaks. Between Kokonor and the area around Sining, Chinghai many hybrids were seen, which in this were of outstanding quality. They were of various colors and a nearly white animal was also seen occasional. 605. Cf. Guru Yoga in Six Sessions (Tib. Short title: Thun drug): Bodhisattva vow. The third of the 18 violations of the Bodhisattva precepts is "not to listen, even if someone confessed" (Tib. bshags kyang mi nyan). 400 Notes 606. Tashi Tsering more probably: scolding others (tshogs gtam gtong bay. This is not found among the 18 Bodhisattva precepts. 607. In winter 1401/02 the three masters Red mda' ba, Tsong kha pa and Chos rje Lo tsa ba went together to gNam rtse Ideng, a monastery founded by Ar Byang chub ye shes (b. 11th cent.), where they passed the rainy season retreat (dbyar gnas; var~ii) with 600 monks. They studied the basic texts of the Vinaya thoroughly and re-introduced the careful observation of the Vinaya vows. This purification or strenthening of the priitimok~a vows, is considered to be the second ofthe four great deeds ofrJe Tsong kha pa. The patron of this was the governor Yon tan rgya mtsho. See Kaschewsky (1971: 142-43), referring to Chos rje Lo tsa ba also as the great translator sKyabs mchog pa. Cf. Dad pa 'i 'jug ngogs 40a6: chos rje 10 tshtsha ba dang 'bri khung chos rje. 608. Note that there is a praise by Red mda' ba on the two, which some of his students asked him to compose. See chapter 7, The Minor Works of Red mda' ba, text no. 2: Chos kyi rje 10 tstsha ba skyabs mchog dpal bzang po dang bla ma'i bka' bzhi pa'i (blo bzang grags pay bstod pa, 018-0/8: pp. 3b4-3b7, CPN, no. 006117 (6 pp. 1), mdzad pa po Sakya'i dge slong gZhon nu blo gros, bskul ba po slob ma 'ga' yi. 609. Tib. btsun pa; The Tibetan term is explained in some commentaries as meaning someone who keeps the disciplines of his priitimo~a vows purely. 610. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mkhas btzun bzang gsum - shes bya rig pa 'i gnas la ma rmongs pa dang sgo gsum gyi nyes spyod sdom pa 'i tshul khrims gtsang ba dang, gzhan phan gyi lhag bsam mam par dag pa ste gsum. f" 611. The verb bshol ba means not only "to put off, postpone, defer, etc." (cf. Jii.), but also "to resign" (cf. Goldstein: bshol1. va. to withdraw, resign). Although Red mda' ba indeed seems to have resigned or was forced to resign from his teaching post at Sa skya after 18 years in 1390 (c£ last paragraph of section 2.10.1), here bshol ba refers to a delay in his planned teachings at Sa skya (caused by someone else). Furthermore Red mda' ba had to watch (gzigs) a revolt (zhallog (h) of ngo log) by his own followers (against him or against his advice). Cf. Jiischke 1881, s.v. log pa, 3. to turn round, to be turnd upside down, to tumble down; ngo log pa or ldog pa - to turn away one's face, always used fig. for to turn one's back on, to apostatize. Goldstein: ngo log - rebellion, revolt, uprising. Shes bya 'i gter mdzod 317.26-30 adds that Tsong kha pa said that it was amazing that up to now Red mda' ba did not get slightly angry, although due to some jealous persons from Sa skya there had been a great deferral of his teachings and there occurred a revolt by his retinues in Bul rong (rwa sgreng du chos rje blo bzang grags pas rje 'di mkhas btsun bzang ba tsam du ma zad sa skya nas phrag dog can 'gas 'chad nyan la bshol chen po byung ba dang bul rong du nye 'khor bas ngo log byas nas du da Ita'i bar khong khro cung zad cig kyang thugs rgyud la ma skyes pa 'di ngo mtshar). See also note 603. 612. Cf. Guru Yoga in Six Sessions (Tib. Short title: Thun drug): Bodhisattva vow. The 4th of the 18 Bodhisattva precepts "giving up the Mahayana" (Tib.theg chen spong ba dang). 613. None ofthe 18 Bodhisattva precepts. Notes 401 614. One of the five wrong means of gaining livelihood for a fully ordained monk or nun. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. lag 'tsha Inga [The five wrong means of gaining livelihood]: I) tshul 'chas [pretense], 2) kha gsag [flattery], 3) gzhags slang [hinting], 4) thab kyis 'jal ba [to attain through pressure], 5) rnyed pas rnyed pa 'tshal ba [to cheat in order to gain an advantage]. 615. SSdB V-VI transcripts p. 106. Two of the secondary defilements as explained by Asanga: dishonesty (sa{hya, g.ya) and hypocrisy (maya, sgyu). 616. According to Tashi Tsering (personal communiciation February 25,2008) in the Sa skya tradition mahamudra is always linked to the highest yagatantra and thus is linked to the lam 'bras view in connection with the Hevajra tantra. Since here mahamudra is related to the two stages and since according to Sa pal) mahamudra must be produced from these two stages, that means the creation stage (bskyed rim; utpattikrama), and the perfection stage (rdza gs rim, sampannakrama), it seems that Red mda' ba practiced mahamudra according to the Sa skya tradition. In the bKa' brgyud tradition, mahamudra is related not only to tantric teachings, but also to the siltra path. This practice was criticized by Sa skya Pandita in his Thub pa 'i dgangs gsal (Elucidating the Intented Meaning af [Sakya]muni). See in the prajfiiipiiramitii section (the text explains the six paramitas), p. 103.9-123.2 (gnyis pa phyir rabs - shes par bya 'a), and especially p. 107.13-14 (de 'i rgyu mthsan .... bye brag yin la). See also Jackson, R. (2001: 171-174). 617. Tib. srid pa; SkI. bhava. Here same meaning as sal)1sara. 618. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. char sdad byi'u - khug rta'am 'dag byi'u, char sdad byi'u skam na yang, sa la 'bab pa 'i chu mi 'thung. Cf. Hahn (1996: 290). According to MW cataka is a kind of cuckoo: m. the bird Cucculus melanoleucus (said to subsist on rain-drops). 619. Tib. brgya dpan; cf. Jaschke 1881, s.v. brgya, brgya dpan - a captain ofa hundred men, the Latin centurio. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. brgya dpan 1) mi brgya 'i dpan pa. Tashi Tsering explains that such an office was not only available in Tibet, but is even still alive in the Tibetan refugee camps in India, such as Bylakuppe, where he comes from. The office of a "brGya dpon" means that in the community people are appointed as leaders of ten families (bcu dpan), or as leaders of a hundred families (brgya dpan), whereas one family has about five persons. According to a sketch made by Tashi Tsering, in Bylakuppe there are rows of homes with 20 families of 5 persons each, making 100 persons (for which one or two bCu dpon are responsible). Five such rows of homes with 20 families each makes a hundred families (for which a brGya dpon is responsible). A larger office in Tibet was that of a Khri dpon (chief of one of the Khri bcu gsum) or a rDzong dpon (chief of a rDzong). 620. It is difficult to say, what "decrepit communities" (sde gag pa) refers to. It seems that Red mda' ba is not criticizing them as "corrupt" or "degenerate," but simply saying the study centers (chas sde) concerned were "decrepit" in the sense of looking old and shabby or run down to him and therefore unappealing at that late stage in his career as religious teacher. However, Red mda' ba seems to have resigned or was forced to resign from his teaching position in Sa skya after eighteen years in 1390 and went into retreat. We can assume that he started teaching intensively at about the time, when he had 402 Notes authored his three monastic textbooks on Madhyamaka (about 1374/75). During the term break in 1375, but also in 1379 Red mda' ba taught the Madhyamakavatara to Tsong kha pa. Kaschewsky (1971: 99/100) notes that in the year 1390 Red mda' ba returned to Sa skya from 'Ba' 'u 'ba guyer, where h~ had taught a Guhyasamiija commentary to Tsong kha pa, but then decided to go into retreat to devote himselfto tantric studies, after he had taught many students from his 29th year oflife up to now seven years. This would mean that Red mda' ba has taught since ca. 1377 and had become a very famous teacher by 1384. Kaschewsky also mentions a large army ofPhag mo gru pas that in 1390 returned from La stod and stayed the winter in Ring lung phag in Rong (cf. 260n92). From section 2.9.2.6 we can conclude that leaving from Sa skya and the revolt in Bul rong were closely linked. In 1401/02 Red mda' ba spent much time with Tsong kha pa in dBus. Before he is reported to have spent altogether twelve years in Bul rong, five years in retreat and seven years in retreat and teaching. At that time he was composing texts directly linked to the debates with the Jo nang pa on Kiilacakra (cf. 2.6.1), which must have occurred after Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal had passed away 1379. In section 2.6.3.2 a certain bKa' bcu pa Yon tan is mentioned, and the title of a bKa' bcu pa was only available from 1388 onwards. 62 L Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'jig rten 'dren pa - (nmgon) sangs rgyas. 622. Note: Ye shes rgyal mtshan 897.14-17 continues after this verse with a report that Red mda' ba left for the forest(s) of Me tog mdangs can in Mang yul Gung thang to meditate. Cf. note 115, 760. 623. Tib. bsam gtan gyi 'khor 10; Tshig mdzod chen mo gives Skt. samiidhi for Tib. bsam gtan, not dhyiinii (meditation). Cf. Mvy, s.v., where bsam gtan gyi pha rot tu phyin pa is stated for dhyanaparamita, the fifth of the ten perfections (pha rol tu phyin pa bcu). Tshig mdzod chen mo gives also Skt. samiidhi for Tib. ling nge 'dzin (concentration); cf. Mvy, s.v. ling nge 'dzin gyi phung po - samiidhiskandha; ling nge 'dzin gyi snying po - samiidhi-garbha etc. 624. Tib. g.Yu lung rdo rje ljongs is not related to g.Yu mtsho (Turquoise lake refering to Yar 'brog lake), but situated in the g.Yu lung valley. 625. Stearns (1999: 205n60) mentions Gangs bu Ie and Red mda' ba's stay there, without giving any further geographic details. Valby (Tibetan English Dictionary) has the entrance "bu Ie - great Tibetan mountain range." Gangs bu Ie is identical with Bu Ie gangs (6494 m). According to Karl-Heini Everding (personal communication Oct. 18, 2008), a holy mountain in La stod lHo (Everding & Dzongphugpa 2006: Kartographische Skizze des Fiirstentums La sto IHo, and Everding 2000: note 1187). See also note 748. 626. For more details on pratyekabuddhas, Tashi Tsering refers to the Miilamadhyamakakiirikii and the Catul;Sataka, where it is said: rdzogs sangs rgyas rnams ma byung zhing, nyan thos rnams kyang zad pa na, rang sangs rgyas kyi ye shes ni, bstan (second reading: brten) pa med par rab tu skye ([Why they are called 'solitary Buddha'? First they listened to the teachings of the Buddha for 100 aeons, and] at the end they were born, where there were no perfect buddhas and no sriivakas, and just meditating by themselves, they achieved !heir realization). 627. Cf. Seyfort Ruegg (2000: 62, 63). Notes 403 628. Tib.phyag rgya chenpo'i dngos grub dam pa; cf..Mvy. 2516, s.v. dam pa -uttama; Illuminator, s.v. mchog dang mthun mong gi dngos grub: "For example, in tbemahiimudrii tradition tbe supreme attainment is mahiimudrii itself." According to Tashi Tsering, in his Elucidating of the Intention of the Sage (Thub pa'i dgong gsa!) Sa skya Pm;u;lita (1182-1251) criticizes tbe way tbe bKa' brgyudpa teach mahiimudrii. In his view their presentation is not fully correct. See Sa Pal), Thub pa 'i dgongs gsal (2000: 103.9ft) and David Jackson's unpublished manuscript Elucidating the Sage's Intention: An Exposition of the Stages for Embarking upon the Excellent Path of the Bodhisattva by Sakya Pandita Kunga Gyaltshen, pp. 92-108. In his Delineation of the Three Vows (sDom gsum rab dbye) Sa pal} explains tbe mahiimudrii of tbe Sa skya tradition, saying: "Our mahiimudrii is produced from initiation and two stages (nged kyi phyag rgya chen po nyid, dbang dang rim pa gnyis po las, mkhas pa 'i rang byung ye shes yin}." This presentation may be considered in light of the Minor Works, text no. 16: Theg pa chen po 'i gzhi lam 'bras bu gsum gsal bar byed pa phyag rgya chen po rdo rje'i glu (theg pa chen po 'i bla na medpa'igzhi lam 'bras bu'i tshullagsal bar byedpaphyagrgya chen po rdo rje'iglu), 037-41: pp. 13a5-15a7, CPN, no. 006117 (not included), mdzadpapo Chos smra ba'i btsun pa gZhon nu blo gros. In Dalai Lama XIV and Berzin (1997: 230) H. H. tbe Dalai Lama mentions tbat tbere is evidence for Tsong kha pa himself being tbe source of his dOe lugs / bKa' brgyud syntbesis and that he told Red mda' ba tbat he had an uncommon guideline teaching based on tbe mahamudra explanations ofmahamadhyamaka, or great madhyamaka, but it was not yet time to propagate them widely. 629. Tib. rdo rje'i sku; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'bras bu rdo rje 'dzin pa - sngags lam yi dam gzugs sku, bskyed rim bsgom pa 'i mal 'byor zhig (resultant vajra holder: The form body of a yi dam on tbe patb of mantra, a yoga meditating tbe generation stage). See Dalai Lama XIV and Berzin (1997: 113-15). 630. Regarding tbe fourth empowerment Jinpa (2009: 325) notes tbat for Tsongkhapa, one of the unique features ofthe Kiilacakratantra is its presentation oftbe fourth empowerment, tbe word empowerment, while in otber tantras of the highest yoga class, such as Ouhyasamaja and Cakrasrup.vara, tbe fourtb empowerment is presented in a hidden manner witb tbe oblique line: "The fourtb too is similar to tbis," referring as an illustration to tbe tbird empowerment, etc. 631. Again, g.Yag ston Sangs rgyas dpal, also referred to as g.Yag dpon and g.Yag phrug Sangs rgyas dpaJ. 632. Tib. dpon slob; cf. Jiischke, s.v. dpon po, instead of dpon po dang slob ma. Probably refers to Red mda' ba himself and Tsong kha pa. 633. Perhaps tbe same' Jam dbyangs chen po / 'Jam dbyangs pa mentioned above in section 2.6.3 as someone who invited him to tbe debate with the Jo nang masters. He is from La stod Byang. 634. Tib. bdag rkyen; Skt. adhipati-pratyaya - governing condition SSdB II, 128 (mDzod rang 'grel II 61c on tbe four conditions). C£ van der Kuijp (1987: 112), where he translates bdag rkyen more freely as "financial sponsor." Everding (2000: 103) translates the term depending on tbe contexts as "treffliche Vergiitungen," i.e., splendid refunds, or as "Oeschenke," i.e., presents. 404 Notes 635. Tib. mam smin; Skt. vipiika. 636. Tib. tshags kyi 'khar la; Skt. gaT}acakra. 637. Acc. to Tashi Tsering, his response should be understood as an indirect criticism of the Mahasiddha Phyag rdor. Master IHa pa does not believe that Phyag rdor is correct. He had expected to be supported by him in his criticism of Red mda' ba and Byang pa 'Jam dbyangs pa, but instead the Mahasiddha supported Red mda' ba. Phyag rdor (= Phyagna rdo rje = Vajrapiiryi) and gSang [ba'i] bdag [po] (= Guhyakadhipati) are synonyms. If somebody has attained the state ofVajraparyi, he is called Phyag rdor Grub thob, i.e., Vajrapiiryi Siddha. 638. See Ehrhard (2004: 287; 427n205) and also note 807. 639. Tib. sgnlb pa ma; Skt. siidhikii. 640. Cf. notes 603, 611. 641. Perhaps the name of a place where this leading Tibetan family stayed, close to a water reservoir. Cf. Illuminator, s.v. rmu - "The name of an ancient bloodline of Tibet. The name is also spelled dmu q.v. for more." Illuminator, s.v. dmu - "According to the creation story of Tibet in Tibetan histories, it is one of the mi 'u gdung dnlg six principal paternal family lines of Tibet that derived from the apes who were the predecessors of Tibetan men q.v." See also Illuminator, s.v. rdzing (bu) "I) 'Pool', 'pond', 'reservoir', 'dam', 'weir'. Any body of water that has collected or been made to collect. It could refer to a lake, but it would be a man-made lake usually, with mtsho being the term for a naturally-occurring lake. By conjoining rdzing with other terms, various bodies of water can be referred to." Note that in TBRC, WIPD9, Outline RID: OIGS61417, and WOOPDlOI1353, Outline RID: OlGS95003 dmu rdzing seems to be mentioned as location. Everding (2000: 298) mentions a monastery called rMu dgon. It is not clear whether there is any relationship to d/rMu rdzing. 642. In general a retreat (bsnyen sgrub), during which practitioners approach their yi dam by reciting mantras and accomplish the yi dam through the practice of meditation, consists offour sessions. During these sessions a siidhana is recited which usally contains a part called "offering of gtar ma." This part is only recited during the final fourth session. 643. According to TBRC code P2077 he left in 1373 A mdo for dBus. 644. Everding (2000: 9) mentions a mountain called Bu Ie Gangs dkar in La stod lHo. Cf. note 784. 645. mal 'byar gyi dbang phyug; Skt. yageivara. 646. Cf. notes 603,611,640. 647. There are various kinds of gtar mao It can be given to Dharma protectors, hungry ghosts and others. Different from tshags it is not eaten by human beings during the ritual. Another kind of ritual cake is the so-called zhal zas (naivedya), according to MW an offering of eatables presented to a deity. The way it Notes 405 is made in Tibet is similar to a gtor ma, but its form is different. 648. Tib. mGon po Zhal bzhi pa. Perhaps the deity illustrated in LC called dPal mgon zhal bzhi pa (SrInaya caturmukha). 649. This means that he had taken a piece of the gtor mao 650. Tashi Tsering: Kind of Dharma protector. 651. Cf. notes 603, 611, 640, 646. 652. Cf. chap. 7, The Minor Works of Red mda' ba, texts no. 47,48,49 (zhus Zan gsum) and text no. 71 (gdams pa): 47) BZa ma bsgrub pa dpaZ gyi zhus Zan, 489-495: pp. 294a4-297aI, CPN, no. 006117 (38 pp. 2); 48) BZa ma sgrub pa dpaZ gyis zhus pa 'i mi shigs pa 'i thig Ze 'i ngos 'dzin don gsum gyis bstan pa, 495-507: pp. 297al-302bI (505: 302a, 506: 304a, 507: 302b), CPN, no. 006117 (39 pp. 5); 49) EZa ma sgrub pa dpaZ bas gsang ba 'dus pa 'i sgrub thabs mdor byas dang sgrub thabs mam bzhag Ti ka mam gnyis kyi mi 'dra ba'i khyad par zhus pa 'i Zan, 507-517: pp. 302bl-307b I (510: 304a double), CPN, no. 006117 (40 pp. 4), mdzad pa po rJe btsun dam pa Ku rna ra rna ti; 71) EZa ma sgrub pa dpaZ Za gdams pa, 572: pp. 335a2-335a6, CPN, no. 006117 (61 pp. I). 653. Tshig mdzod chen mo, 654. Illuminator, S.V. S.V. da rang (yuI) 2) da Zta'i dus tshod mtshams 'dzin. 'u II. old meaning: 'di. 655. Cf. notes 603, 611, 640, 646, 651. 656. Cf. chap. 7, The Minor Works of Red mda' ba, text no. 74 ZTa khrid rgyud pa 'i gsoZ debs, pp.I2 CPN, no. 006117 (2), and text no. 75gSang 'dus rim Znga rgyud pa 'i gsol 'debs, pp. 1 CPN, no. 006117 (3). In the dKar chag referred to as ZTa khrid gsang ba 'dus pa 'i rgyud 'debs (texts no. 74, 75). Cf. note 305. 657. Cf. notes 603, 611, 640, 646, 651, 655. 658. Tib. rim lnga'i dmigs pa; cf. Negi (2003: 4569), S.V. dmigs pa 1. iilambana = gzhi. See also Lessing and Wayman '(1968: 161, 187). Gang (1987: 96-99) explains that Candraklrti proceeds from a division ofthe practice of Guhyasamaja into five steps, which have been developed by Nagarjuna in his Paficakrama: "1. Diamantenes Mantrasprechen (vajrajapa), 2. Reinigung des Denkens (cittavisuddhi), 3. Selbstaufrichtungund Bestiitigung (svadhi~!ana), 4. V611iges Erwachen (abhisaI)1bodhi), 5. Integration (yuganaddha)." Therefore I think here dmigs pa can be translated as "meditative imagination". 659. Tib. srung 'khor; Skt. yantra. 660. Tib. dpe, dpe', or dpa '? 406 Notes 661. According to Ehrhard (2004: 94) in the year 1800 one ofthe caves was renovated which had served Mi la ras pa as abode in Brag dkar rta so. He also mentions that in the area of sKyid grong from the midst 18th century onwards various convents were founded by the dGe lugs pa and that we caD. understand from writings of Dalai Lama VIII that he was aware that before those places served Atisa and Red mda' ba as retreat places (116). According to a description of this cave in which Red mda' ba was meditating, given in Ehrhard (2004: 426) it seems possible that the "horse tooth cave" is one of several "white rock caves." For a photo see Erhard (2000: table 8). 662. Tashi Tsering: 'Byung po dPe dkar - famous spirit (sometimes also dPe dkar rgyal po or rGyal po dPe dkar) - here a spirit that makes obstacles for Dharma practitioners. Jampa Dhadak: dPe dkar is related to gNas chung. dPe dkar is one of the different spellings ofPe har (Nebesky-Wojkowitz 1975: 96). See also www.britannica.comlEBcheckeditopic/447653IPe-har(July24. 2009): "The priest chosen to be th,e Nechung oracle was the chief medium of Pe-har, a popular folk divinity incorporated into Buddhism, and resided at the Nechung (Gnas-chung-Icog) monastery near Drepung CBras-spungs), the centre of the Pe-har cult." TBRC code 01 GS44584 mentions Pe har rgyal po too. Nebesky-Wojkowitz (1996: 4, 104-05) explains that there are worldly and transcending worldly protective deities. Pe har, .similar to rDo Ije shugs ldan, belongs to the worldly deities, but is not only accepted by the dGe lugs pa and Sa skya pa sects, but by all schools of Tibetan Buddhism: "Pe har is believed to have stayed at Samye for seven centuries, moving eventually under the reign of the fifth Dalai Lama Ngag dbang blo gzang rgya mtsho (1617-1682) to his present residence at the Nechung monastery near Drepung." Before he stayed at Tshal Gung thang, an establishment of the rNying rna pa, but began to "quarrel with a learned priest of this monastery named Bla ma zhang (1996: 104)." An iconographic description of dPe dkar is given by Nebesky-Wojkowitz (1996: 116). See also Sm-ensen and Hazod (2007). 663. Tib. dgon pa; Skt. iiralJya. 664. Cf. notes 603, 611, 640, 646, 651, 655, 657. 665. A title. See for example Ehrhard (2004: 286): [mNga' bdag] Myang [Nyi rna 'od zer]. See also Goldstein 2001, s. v. mnga' bdag chen po gsum - the three great feudal lords: the Tibetan government, the aristocracy, and the monasteries. Here it seems to refer to mNga' bdag bSod nams Ide, who passed away in 1404. 666: Translation of this 1st and 2nd stanza of the first chapter of the Miilamadhyamakakiirikii by Samten and Garfield in Tsong Kbapa (2006: 24-25). 667. Lit. cushion. Cf. pp. 151, 154,243,245. 668. Tashi Tsering: In Buddhist philosophy brda' refers to the first moment, when the name is given, from the second moment onwards it is tha snyad, ming encompasses both of them. 669. Nitartba, s.v. stong nyid snying rje'i snying po can - emptiness suffused with compaSSion; emptiness having the nature of compassion; compassionate emptiness. Notes 407 670. Compare to the respective passage related to the example with the well-water in Candraklrti's Madhyamakiivatiira 1.3; cf. Fenner (1990: 211); Stoter-Tillmann and Tsering (1997: 41-42), Hopkins (1980: 116-20). In general, compassion and emptiness are considered inseparable. Which of the two arises first depends on the intellectual aptitude of the practitioner. A person who has insight into emptiness first is considered to be superior. The lesser first generates compassion and later the view of emptiness. Among the three kinds of compassion, that which has no object is considered' to be the highest. But this realization of Red mda' ba seems to have happened due to a more general contemplation of compassion. According to Tashi Tsering the expression stong nyid snying rje 'i snying po can is very common in Mahayana. For example one verse reads: stong nyid rnying rje snying po can, bskyed pas bsod nams dag par 'gyur (because of producing emptiness endowed with the essence of compassion, one can achieve proper merit). 671. Cf. my MA thesis (2003: 118-22) on studying in quarters instead of semesters. The various kinds of terms as explained in the monastic regulations (bca' yig) of Tibetan monastic study centers. 672. Cf. Mayhew (2002: 240): Shegar Dzong (Crystal Fort) in gTsang, once the capital of the Tingri region. 673. Goldstein 2001, s.v. ser 'phreng sm. ser phreng 1. procession of monks carrying sacred items. This occasion matches with Kaschewsky (1971: 140), where it is reported that to the end ofTsong kha pa's spring teachings [1401] in dGa' ba gdong Red mda' ba came from mNga' ris and was received by Tsong kha pa and his numerous disciples with great veneration and a procession. 674. It is unclear, why here Red mda' ba wanted to prostrate to Tsong kha pa. According to the Vinaya as the senior bhik~u he is not supposed to prostrate to a junior bhik~u. Tsong kha pa became fully ordained in 1380, while Red mda' ba must have received his bhik~u vow between 1368 and 1375, this is earliest at the age of 20 and latest before he started his Vinaya studies, which he seems to have finished by 1374/75 when compiling a catalog of his writings and becoming a teacher ofTsong kha pa. Supposedly, during this meeting there was already a mutual teacher relationship. However, at least according to the tantric rules, he should not prostrate to his teacher in public, but only in secret. The only explanation for prostrating to a younger bhik~u is, when bowing to a sangha, that is at least four bhik~us. But then one bows to the sangha, and not to the single persons. Alternatively the senior can make a thang shad, that is a gesture of respect, stroking the back of one's left hand with the palm of one's right hand downwards. 675. The only known occurence, when Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa met in dGa' ba gdong, took place in 1401 (cf. Kaschewsky 1971: 140). 676. Regarding gSang phu monastery cf. Obermiller (1935: 324, 327); Ferrari (1958: 72); Tucci (1980: 405, 426); Kaschewsky (1971: 81,254); Jackson 1987: 135, 155); van der Kuijp (1987: 103-106); Dowman (1988: 140); Onoda (1989: 203-205); Onoda (1992: 13-14); Jackson (1994a, 373: 382-383); Jackson (1994b: 107); Kramer (1997: 1,27; 33); Everding (1998); Gyurme Dorje (1999: second edition, 154-5); Tarab Tulku (2000: 11). 408 Notes 677. TBRC code P1590: lDan rna dKon mchog seng ge (b. ca. 14th cent.). 678. One of the eight great deeds of Buddha Sakyamuni; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. rgyal ba'1 mdzad chen brgyad - ston pa siikya thub pa 'i mdzad chen brgyad de, lha las babs pa dang, lhums su zhugs pa, sku bltams pa, rab ttl byung ba, sangs rgyas pa, chos 'khor bskor ba, cho 'phrul bstan pa, mya ngan las 'das pa bcas so (The eight great deads of the Victor: the eight great deads of Buddha Sakyamuni: [1] Descending from the [realms of] gods, [2] Entering [his mother's] womb, [3] Taking birth, [4] Becoming a renunciate, [5] Becoming awakened, [6] Turning the Wheel of Dharma (i.e., promulgating the Buddhist doctrine), [7] Having performed miracles, [8] passing into nirvaJja (i.e., having gone beyond misery). 679. Tsong kha pa is reported to have gone to '0 de gung rgyal in autumn 1397 and in autum! winter 1404/05. In 1405 he composed his Ngags rim chen mo there. The latter would be too late. It is reasonable to date this occasion to 1397. Tsong kha pa took a close look at the difference between the Svatantrika and PrasaIi.gika tenets during his stay in '0 de gung rgyaL He dreamt that the book of Buddhapalita was put on his head and thus gave it priority. 680. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'gyed - dge 'dun sogs tshogs pa la 'bul rgyu'i dngul dang rgyu dngos gang rung. Tashi Tsering: At least nowadays Tibetans automatically understand money (pronunciation in col!.: gyeb). See also Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. sku 'gyed -dge 'dun mang tshogs la bgo bsha' byas nas phul ba'i dnglll dngos, ... tshogs la sku 'gyed phul. 681. It seems that this old term tsha here refers more to a break or a rest to have breakfast in its original sense, i.e., the first hot drink or hot meal of the day, breaking the fasting during night. C£ Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. tsha ba 5) (rnying) Ito ehas. laschke 1881, s.v. tsha ba 2. warm food; compo tsha lamhaIfa day's journey, a march before breakfast. Goldstein 2001, s.v. tsha ba 3. hot food, hot drinks. See also Tshig mdzod chen mo"s.v. tsha gong - snga dro'i tsha ba'am kha lag ma zos gong gi dus. Goldstein 2001, s.v. tsha gong - the time before breakfast. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. tsha gra - sngar bod sa gnas srid gzhung gi rtzam bzhes las khungs nas smon lam skabs grwa par gshor sprod byed pa 'i rtsam pa. Goldstein: tsha gra - shung, donation of rtsam pa given by the traditional Tibetan government to the monks during Monlam. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. tsha ehas (yul) lam rgyags sam lam ehas. Goldstein 2001, s.v. tsha ehas-provisions for use on the road or on a trip. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. tshaja 1) tsha rting ma 'ija, ...2) tsha phog gija. Goldstein 2001, s.v. tshaja 1. noon tea, 2. tea on a trip, tea made on the road or traiL Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. tsha rting-nyi dros rgyab tsamgyi snga dro'i Ito za ba'i dus. Goldstein 2001, s.v. tsha rting - midmorning. Nitartha, s.v. nyi drosmorning time [8-10 a.m.]; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. tsha phog-Iam bardu ngal gso'i ehed du bza' 'thung byed pa 'i mingo Goldstein 2001, s.v. tsha phogs - a stop for meal when travelling; va. - rgyagto stop for meal while traveling. 682. Tib. tsha gral du; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gral - star ram sbreng, ... gral 'go, ... gral sked, ... gral mjug. liischke 1881, s.v. gral (Skt. paitkt£) 1. row, series, class, esp. a row of persons, gral (-du) sgrig pa to order, to dispose in rows, in rank and file. Notes 409 683. This event may have taken place in 1388. In Tsong kha pa's biography teachings are mentioned to 70 scholars (dge bshes) including scholars from gSangphu Ne'u thogin the Rigs lnga lhakhang in Yar lung (cf. Mayhew 2002: 206-11). Thereafter, in autumn 1389, it is mentioned that Red mda' ba, who had come to dBus too, left for gTsang (cf. Kaschewsky 1971: 96-98). 684. Refers to rJe btsun Red mda' ba. 685. The meaning is not certain. There are several possibilities. A bo rgan chen can be the nick name for a certain person. For example, ifthere are two laymen, it would be the elder or more experienced one. It can also mean "elder brother" or just "old man." Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. abo (yul) 1) khyo ga 'am mi skya. bSam gtan, et al. bDag yig gsar bsgrigs: abo 1) yulla lar pho 'i don 2) yulla lar ''phu bO" dang don 'dra. Goldstein 2001, s.v. a po 1. older relatives, 5. term of address for nomad and Khampa men. Nitartha, s.v. phu bo - elder brother. 686. Tib. bang rim bzhin log ge 'dug; cf. Jaschke 1881, S.v. log ge ba, bang rim log ge ba - an inverted bang rim; liischke 1881, s.v. bang rim = khri 'phang-the part of the mchodrten which has the form of a staircase. Goldstein 2001, s.v. bang rim - steps, rungs, layers. Tashi Tsering: Indirect criticism. Both should give an answer, but are just smiling and avoid giving any reply. 687. Lit. a foot-empowerment (zhabs dbang). Tashi Tsering hears about such "blessing" for the first time. He thinks it is possible that some saints on the request of devotees may put their foot on their head to give them a blessing. For example, disciples may also consider it a great blessing, ifthey can obtain a shoe of their master. 688. Tib. g.ya' - here used as imp.; cf. Illuminator, s.v. g.ya' ba - v.i. g.ya' ba, g.ya' ba 2) In reference to shivering or shaking movements of the body either due to disease (like Parkinson's disease) or fear. In the case of fear it does not necessarily mean trembling but can refer to sensations that happen, e.g., like "the skin crawling." Tashi Tsering: Frequent colloquial idiom, specially used when giving empowerments and putting holy objects on the head of devotees. Possible that the spelling is wrong, but the meaning is clearly: "take it!." 689. Tib. skyid sdug lam khyer. In mKhas grub rje's thob yig p. 13a4-5 the lineage ofthese teachings is recorded as follows: skyid sdug lam khyer gyi brgyud pa ni, palJ chen siikyairi, khro phu 10 tstsha ba byams pa dpal, mkhan chen byang chub dpal, mkhan chen bde ba dpal, mkhan chen bka' bzhi pa grags pa gzhon nu, rin po che bsod nams grags pa, rgyal sras thogs med, dpalldan red mda' ba chen po, de las Ian mang du thos so. See also Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros: sKyid sdug lam khyer gyi man ngag, Drepung Catalog p. 430, phyi tha 73, no. 004493, dpe tshugs, 8 folios, 24 x 7. 690. The way this event is described one would expect that this is the famous sMon lam chen mo, which is said to have been established by Tsong kha pa only in 1409. But at that time Red mda'ba was in mNga' ris. Therefore we must assume that similar events already took place earlier. In this context it is most likely that it is the sMon lam chen mo in the first month of 1402 and thus took place after the two masters stayed in Rwa sgreng and before they left for 'Bri khung (cf. Kaschewsky 1971: 142). 410 Notes 691. Perhaps Minor Works, text no. 15 sMon lam gyi tshigs bcad, 036-037: pp. 12b4-13a4, CPN, no. 006117 (not included). See chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba. 692. The term used for friend here is rtsa lag; cf. Jaschke 1881, s. v. rtsa ba, rtsa lag - bandhu - relations, kindred. The term bandhu is for example also part of the name "Vasubandhu:" vasu (Tib. dbyig), bandhu (gnyen). According to Tashi Tsering another common Tibetan translation for "Vasubandhu" is nor gyi rtsa lag (nor = wealth, Skt. vasu; rtsa lag = friend). Cf. MW, s. v. bandhu - connection, relation, association, kindred, friend etc. 693. Lit. "firm feet." Tib. zhabs brtan; cf. zhabs brtan -sku rim mam rim gro 'i zhe sa'i ming, ... zhabs brtan sgrub pa, ... zhabs brtan zhu ba. Usually referring to "long life prayers" or "long life rites." But here the meaning is just "long life." Cabezon (1996: 350) points out that he could not find mention of any zhabs brtan in any works of the early masters, even in the works of the founders of the dOe lugs pa schoo!. The first work he could identify as such, he found in the Collected Works ofRwa sgreng Rin po che, Ngag dbang chos ldan, also known as A chi thu no mon han (1677-1751). 694. Acc. to the biography of Tsong kha pa the two, Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa, spent the summer 1401 and the winter 1401102 togetherinRwa sgreng. See also 2.11.24 (cf. Kaschewsky 1971: 141-42). 695. Tib. 10 pa. People from gLo sMon thang (Mustang), or Lo [brag]. See also before Lo mKhan po. For the different many spellings for the name gLo see Jackson (1976: 49n49; 1984: 6-7). So far there seems to be no reference for the spelling "Lo." 696. Jiischke 1881, s.v. mdzo -mongrel-breed of the yak-bull and common cow. 697. Tib. nam mkha' mdzod. Stage of concentration: nam mkha' mdzod kyi ting nge 'dzin. It is believed that when masters concentrate on this level there are rains of money and other valuable substances. See also Nitartha, s.v. nam mkha' mdzod byin rlabs kyi rgyud - Sky Treasury Consecration Tantra. A Mahayoga scripture. The word 'sky treasury' has the connotation of inexhaustible wealth. 698. Tib. 'jam rdor; abbr. of 'Jam dpal rdo rje; cf. LC, s.v. 'jam rdor-Maiijuvarja. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. 'jam dpal rdo rye - 'jam dpal dbyangs kyi bye brag cig ste gsang 'dus 'jam dpal rdo ryes zhes bya'o. There are two traditions ofOuhyasamaja: 1. Ouhyasamajamaiijuvajra tradition (gSang 'dus 'jam rdor gyi lugs) and 2. the Ouhyasamaja tradition of Jiianapada (gSang 'dus ye shes zhabs lugs). 699. Cf. p. 215. 700. Ms. A uses here the name Instruction on the View of the Middle Way (dBu ma 'i Ita khrid) and ms. B Instruction on the Profound View (Zab mo Ita ba'i khrid). They are synonymous. See also p. 215. 701. Here the term bdag med (aniitman or nairiitmya) is not meant in the worldly sense of thinking more about the needs of other people than a1:>out your own, but in the nowadays well-known Buddhist philosophical sense of lacking a self. Other possibilities of translation are discussed. See for example John Dunne's translation of aniitma as essencelessness (2004: 359). Cf. Wilson (1996: 131). Notes 411 702. Cf. p. 215, section 2.5.11. 703. By this time Red mda' ba's commentary on Candraklrti'sCaiuQsataka was available, but so far we have no account for any early print. . 704. One ofthe Collections ofReasonings on the Middle Way (dBu rna rigs tshogs) ascribe4 to Niigarjuna. 705. For a variant spelling see TBRC code G340: 'Bri gung mthil dgon pa, located in Ri mdo shang of Mal gro gung dkar rdzong, founded by 'Bri gung 'Jig rten mgon po in 1179 under the administration of the 'Bri gung bla brang. For a map see Mayhew (2002: IS3). 706. For details on Tshal Gung thang see Silrensen and Hazod (2007). 707. Near the site of the Phag mo gru government. For the location and maps see Mayhew (2002: 20406). See also Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. ta'i si tu byang chub rgyal rntshan - phag gru sde srid khri thog dang po 'di rab byung Inga pa 'i chu stag lor 'khrungs, spyi 10 1351 lor chos grwa chen po rtsed thang rgya cher btab, rab byung drug pa'i shing rta lor [1354J khri dpon rndzad de sa skyar dmag drangs nas dpon chen dbang brtson bzung, hor rgyal po 'i drung du mi rten 'bul dang bcas pa btang bar brten, mi rabs la phan pa 'i 'fa' sa dang bka' lung bzang po byung nas ta 'i si tu 'i go gnas 'dzin pa dang, sne gdong rtser phag gru sde srid kyi bstan jus btsugs shing, de rjes sngar bod chos rgyal gong rna 'i khrims lugs mams bden rdzun thang mar brdal nas khrirns gsar zhallce bco Ingar gtan la phab, sngar gyi gzhis ka rdzong du bsgyur nas rdzong dpon gtong srol gsar du btsugs. 70S. Cf. section2.11.lS. 709. Cf. '01 ka and sTag rtse rdzong in Lhun grub County (Gyurme Dorje 2009: 262-263 and Map 3). '01 kha is dominated by the ruins of'01 kha sTag,rtse rdzong. 710. Cf. Gyurme Dorje (2009: 174-175): sTag lung dgon pa 120 km from lHa sa in Lhun grub County (Gyurme Dorje 2009: 173-176 and Map 3). 711. Tib. chos smyo. Goldstein 2001, s. v. chos smyo - sm. chos smyon; Goldstein 2001, s. v. chos srnyon - a religious person, who is or becomes insane or crazy. According to Tashi Tsering this is known to happen on occasion if a person engages in intense Dharma practice out of a strong faith that is not based on a sound understanding. 712. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v.ja sig (mying)ja sbag. SCD, s.v.ja sbag - a large tea-pot made of copper, silver, etc., for serving tea to the congregation of monks at a religious service. 713. Tib. gtsug lag khang; Skt. vihiira. But according to Tashi Tsering here the term is not meant in the strict Vinaya sense, but rather gtsug lag refers to "scriptures" and therefore gtsug lag khang means a hall, where scriptures are put, sm. to gtsug lag slob gnyer khang means "study centre," "academy" or "university." 412 Notes 714. Cf. Kaschewsky (1971: 142); Dad pa'i jug ngogs 40b2. 715. Tib. gung chos; cf. Illuminator, s.v. gung 3. same as dgung; Illuminator, s.v. dgung - the central' place or position, as in English "mid-" or "mid-way." Tashi Tsering: central or main session. 716. This refers to ajataka: rTag tu ngu (Sadaprarudita), who always has begun weeping. The name of the teacher is in Tib. Chos pa (= Dliarmodgata?). Cf. Byang chub sems dpa' chen po rtag tu ngu'i rtogs pa brjod pa 'i snyan dngags dpag bsam gyi !jon pa, Sarnath 1967. EngL translation see Conze (1994: 277-99). See also Btsun pa Chos kyi grags pa, sMyung gnas bla ma brgyud pa'irnam thar, 107 fols., woodblock print purchased in Lhasa, 1996, p. 33a4 rtag tu ngu. 33a6 grong khyer spos Idan. 717. According to Heng-ching Shih (Prof. Dr. em. Taiwan, personal communication autumn 2007) ta hun means 'crimson', 'deep red'. The Chinese emperors used to present a crimson (deep red) robe to high monks to show their respect. 718. A specially patched saffron-colored robe worn only by a fully ordained monk or nun. 719. We are confronted with a one year difference here. Either the events given for the years 1401102 in Tsong kha pa's biography (Kaschewsky 1971) are wrong and must be brought forward to 1400/01, or the date ofmKhas grub rje's upasarppada, in Dung dkar tshig mdzod chen mo, p. 435 dated to woodmonkey year 1404, is wrong. The latter would be more likely, since - as explained above - the date given in mKhas grub rje's rnam thar and thob yig cannot be correct. This needs further investigation. There is another biography on mKhas grub rje by dKon mchog 'jigs med dbang po not considered here. See TBRC code W2058: mKhas grub thams cad mkhyen pa dge legs dpal bzang po 'i rnam thar. 720. Note that the spelling of bu Ie (cf. pp. 240, 244) is the same as in gangs bu Ie, where before Red mda' ba made a five-year-retreat. 721. See TBRC code P1617: Byang sems Zla ba rgyal mtshan, student of Sa chen Kun dga' snying po (1092-1158) and teacher of Sa skya rJe btsun Grags pa rgyal mtshan (1147-1216): Master of the Avalokitesvara teachings; received the Lam 'bras teachings ofthe Sa skya pa directly from Sa chen Kun dga' snying po. According to Tashi Tsering Byang sems Zla ba rgyal mtshan was a contemporary of Thogs med bzang po and is mentioned in his biography. 722. Tib. dga' mo; According to Tashi Tsering in Sa skya colloquial language dga' mo means not a 'full' understanding, but 'quite a good' understanding. Cf. Goldstein 2001, who has: dga' rno 1. good, nice, 2. quite, rather. 723. In Tsong kha pa's biography we find at least two accounts for his sojourns in Ngam ring. One was in 1375. According to Kaschewsky (1971: 311) at that time Tsong kha pa went from Sa skya to the monasteries of 'Dar bZang ldan, Ngam ring and 'Ga' rong in North La stod (La stod Byang). Cf. Ngor Chos 'byung 338.5: la(s) stod byang gi 'dar bzang Idan ngam rings 'ga' rong sogs su grwa bskor mdzad de (He made debate rounds in [the study centers] of northern La stod: 'Dar bZang Idan, Ngam rings, und 'Ga' rong). Dad pa 'i jug ngogs 11a2-3: la stod byang la byon, 'dar bzang Idan, ngam ring 'ga' Notes 413 rang chas sde rnams su 'ang grwa skar mdzad nas, ja ma nang du phebs. Blo bzang 'phrin las rnam rgyal, Tsang kha pa'i rnam thar chen ma (1981: 126.17-8). Kaschewsky (1971: 2. Teil Faksimiles, Tafel 377, III, 7r.c). At that time Redmda' ba is not mentioned. But in 1379 both Tsong kha pa and Red mda' ba, spent the spring and summer together in Ngam ring. According to Kaschewsky (1971: 86), Tsong kha pa previous to that had been in Sa skya, in the autumn of1378. See also Kaschewsky (1971: 2. Teil Faksimiles, Tafel 380, III, 12v.e-f): yang sa skyar bzhugs pa 'i skabs ... shar yin no: Thereafter Red mda' ba and Tsong kha pa left for Ngam ring. Cf. Thurman (1982: 10): "In the company of the Master Rendawa, he left for northern Tibet and spent the spring and summer in the monastery of Ngamring Chiiday. Here Rendawa wrote his commentary to the Compendium af Knowledge which he later taught to Tsong Khapa upon the disciple's request." Cf. Blo bzang 'phrin las rnam rgyal, Tsang kha pa 'i rnam thar chen ma (1981: 138.21-139.7): sa skya nas dpan slob rnams kyis la stad byang gi sa'i cha ngam ring du chas bar la byan nas dpyid dang dbyar gnyis ka ngam ring du bzhugs ... rim Inga'i khrid sags mang du gsan (In summary: During a term break, teacher and student left from Sa skya for Ngam ring, where they spent the spring and summer. Bla rna rJe btsun pa (Red mda' ba) composed his Great Commentary an the Abhidharmasamuccaya, Ocean ofElegant Sayings, and taught it to Tsong kha pa. He also taught him his extended treatise on the PramiiJJaviirttika. Moreover Tsong kha pa received from him explanations on the Guhyasamajatantra, an instruction on the Pancakrama and other texts). Likewise Dad pa 'i 'jug ngags 15b4-6: sa skya nas ... rgyas pa 'i bstan bcas tshad ma rnam 'grel gyi rang 'grel de zhib tu gsung bar zhus nas tshar gcig gsan to. For Red mda' ba's commentary on the Abhidhannasamuccaya see chap. 7, The Writings of Red mda' ba, text no. 5. According to the colophon Red mda' ba completed the text in dPal E gtsug lag khang (cf. p. 299, section 2.5.6). It is more likely that he taught it to Tsong kha pa in 1377/78 while writing it. 724. Tib. Chos dpal. Cf. TBRC code P3284: Primarily name: Chos dpal bzang po; one of his personal names: Lo tsa ba Drung Dharmasrfbhadra (b. 14th cent.). Perhaps one of the abbots of Zhwa lu. According to (tbrc.orgJuly 30, 2008) "zhwa lu gdan rabs (p. 71)." He is supposed to have been a disciple ofBu ston and a teacher of Tsong kha pa. 725. Cf. p, 228: Khri rgyal bSod nams Ide (1371-1404). 726. Red mda' ba has composed a short text on how to avoid discarding religion (chas spong gi las). Regarding Red mda' ba's text on this topic, see Minor Works, text no. 29: Chas mi spong ba 'i thabs, pp. 200a4-201a7 and 202a5 (note 305: 201b is illegible), CPN, no. 006117 refers at the end to 004546 (24 pp. 2), i.e., this text with different, elusive numbering. 72 7. This is because the siitras were taught by Buddha in the nirmiil}akiiya aspect and the tantras were taught in the sambhagakiiya aspect. 728. Tib. gnas brtan; Skt. sthavira; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gnas brtan - rang las bslab pa rgan pa'i dge slang gi che brjad de 'dul ba'i brda. 729. Tib. 'u'i; Tashi Tsering: u' (ba) 'i synonym with 'u cag or '0 cag; Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'u cag (yul) rang cag gam bdag cag. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. '0 cag (rnying) rang cag gam bdag cag. 414 Notes 730. According to Tashi Tsering this verse originally goes back to a verse recited when the Buddha was an ordinary person and generated the first thought of enlightenment (byang chub sems bskyed paj in front of Mahasakyamuni Buddha, after offering him a bowl of porridge. It similarly goes: bde bzhin . gshegs pa khyed sku ci 'dra dang, 'khor dang sku tshe tshe dang zhing khams dang, khyed kyi mtshan mchog bzang po ci 'dra ba, de 'dra kho nar bdag sogs 'gyur bar shag. The verse is supposed to be found in the Bhadrakalpikasutra (mDo sde skal bzangj. Another verse related to that story is: bdag nyid sngon tshe sman par gyur pa 'i tshe, bde bzhin gshegs pa sakya thub chen la, 'jam khang gshig ni phul bar bcas nas kyang, bla med byang chub mchog tu thugs bskyed do (When in my past life I was inferior, in front of the Sugata Mahasakyamuni, after offering a bowl of porridge, I generated the mind towards unsurpassable enlightenment). Later in Tibet the first line ofthe verse mentioned initially was modified in various ways. One famous stanza, which is recited as a dedication at the end of the praises to Tara, goes as follows: rje btsun sgroI ma khyed sku ci 'dra dang, 'khor dang sku tshe tshe dang zhing khams dang, khyed kyi mtshan mchog bzang po ci 'dra ba, de 'dra kho nar bdag sogs 'gyur bar shog. 731. Probably when he went to meet Red mda' ba his suffering automatically ceased. 732. It seems that at this time Tibet was not yet divided into districts called rdzong, but rather into thirteen khri skor (myriad). For a list see Tucci (1949: 681). Cf. notes 548 and 619. 733. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. byang 2) bod kyi byang phyogs su yod pa'i 'brog khul. Cf. Roesler (2007: 126). 734. Everding (2000: part I, note 332) mentions that in relation to the foreign rule (ca. 1371-1375) over Mang yul Gung thang by Byang Ta dben Nam mkha' bsTan pa'i rgyal mtshan bzang po (b. ca. 13161375) objects are listed that were stored in a rDzong called rTa zur rdzong. See also Everding (2000: 476). 735. This passage also supports a reading suggesting that Red mda' ba had had a vision of his homeland in the valley ofBul rong. Geographically dMu rdzing and Bul rong seem to be close to each other. 736. According to Ulrike Roesler (personal comm. June 18,2008) gsung sgros is a kind of genre that refers to "collected sayings" of teachers put together in an anthology. An early example would be the bKa' gdams ... gsung sgros thor bu oflCe sgom Shes rab rdo rje (12th cent.), which are indeed only a kind of florilegium of Buddhist teachings and explanations, a kind of "best of ... " or "readers' digest" of the core teachings and concise sayings. In ICe sgom's bKa' gdams kyi skyes bu dam pa mams kyi gsung bgros thor bu pa mams we find a lot of dialogs, which most of the time start with a question by a bKa' gdams pa master followed by "xy gyi zhal nas" and then the respective teaching. However, here gsung sgros seems to refer to Red mda' ba's writings. Cf. note 882. 737. This cannot be the catalog found in the Minor Works, since it does not include his main texts. It cannot refer to the verse which enumerates his main ten writings either, because there no dates are given, but the latter could be the introductory or concluding verse to that catalog. It would be very helpful if we could find it. Notes 415 738. Refers to Byams chos Inga - The five works ofMaitreya. These are the Two Ornaments, i.e., the Ornament of Clear Insight (AbhisamayalaqYwra, mNgon rtogs rgyan, P5184) and the Ornament of the Siitras of the Great Vehicle (MahayanasiitriilaIflkara, Theg pa chen po 'i mdo sde'i rgyan, P5521), the Two Distinctions, i.e., Distinction of the Middle and the Extremes (Madhyantavibhaga, dBus dang mtha' rnam par 'byed pa, P5522) and Destinction between the Phenomena and the True Nature of Phenomena (Dharmadharmatavibhaga, Chos dang chos nyid rnam par 'byed pa, P5523) as 'well as the Treatise on the Mahiiyiinottaratantra (Mahayanottaratantrasastra, Theg pa chen pori) rgyud bla ma 'i bstan bcos, P5525). See also Kaschewsky (1971: 97). With regard to the authors see Kaschewsky (1971: 249n4) and Nakamura (1999: 253-63). 739. Tih. 'Jam dbyangs dal gyi gtso bor mdzad; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. dal (rnying) dkyil 'khor. Tashi Tsering: dal abbr. of Skt. maIJrjala. 740. Tib. bstan bcos; Skt. sastra. According to Tashi Tsering this statement implies that Red mda' ba means that the doctrine of this period is the doctrine of Buddha Sakyamuni and not that of the future Buddha Maitreya. 741. According to Tashi Tsering, this means that he is free to say anything he likes, but this does not mean that it is true. Illuminator, s.v. dbang che: dbang che ba - A person who exerts a lot of power, more than the average person. It is used in colLin the negative sense also of a person who bosses others around, orders others around all the time. 742. Tib. rdo rje theg pa 'i rgya phar phyin theg pa la bkab rung. Perhaps because the Vajrayana is considered to be superior. Dorji Wangchuk considers also a different original reading possible, i.e. rgya btab rung instead ofrgya bkab rung. In this case the text would read: "One may put the Paramitayana's stamp on the Vajrayana." Goldstein 2001 zhwa dpe lham 'geb - being obstinate and doing things that are not suitable or appropriate, a farfetched argument; va. - byed [Lit. to use the design of the hat on the shoe.]. Tashi Tsering and Dorji Wangchuk do not agree to this translation, but understand "to use the hat in place of the shoes," or "to use the analogy of the hat in the place of the shoes," in the sense of "one cannot compare apples and oranges." Red mda' ba's criticism is that one should not mix Vajrayana and Paramitayana or employ the Vajrayana enunciation on the paramitayana. 743. Tib. 'u rang mthong lam thob thob Ita ba 'i gtam ma zer; Tashi Tsering: thob thob = ma thob bar duo For example: nga shi shi bar du = nga ma shi bar duo 744. Perhaps this is a criticism ofmKhan chen Chos dpal, meaning: He promises that his students will attain the path of seeing, but in the end his followers will not attain anything. 745. Cf. pp. 213, 221, 247, 250. See also chap. 7, The Minor Works ofRedmda' ba, text no. 2: Chos kyi rje 10 tstsha ba skyabs mchog dpal bzang po dang bla ma 'i bka' bzhi pa 'i (blo bzang grags pay bstod pa, 018-018: pp. 3b4-3b7, CPN, no. 006117 (6 pp. 1), mdzad pa po Sakya'i dge slong gZhon nu blo gros, bskul ba po some disciples. 416 Notes 746. According to Shakabpa (1967: 85) Grags pa rgyal mtshan twice sent soldiers to gTsang, but the disturbances had already faded away before their arrival and thus no battles took place. According to Tsongkhapa's biographies, in 1390 large armies of the Phagmo gru pa were on their march back from' La stod (Kaschewsky 1971: 99-100, 260n92; Blo bzang 'phrin las mam rgyal, Tsong kha pa 'i mam thar chen mo (1981: 187.10-2); Dadpa'i Jug ngogs 25a4). Cf. van der Kuijp (1994: 139-149). However, the disturbances referred to here need to be dated later than 1390. Red mda' ba had been in sTag tshang in 1390, while on this occasion, he opts not to go. Furthermore it is said on this occasion that he had become too old to travel, but in 1390 he was only 42 years old. 747. sTag tshang refers to a region west ofilia sa. Tsong khapa has visited there too, cf. Kaschewsky (1971: 259n78); Dadpa 'i Jug ngogs, 23a3: de nas stag tshangdu 'byon pa; 23a4: de nas stag tshang rdzong khar byon; Kaschewsky (1971: 2. Teil Faksimiles, Tafel 398, IV, 15.r.f-16.r.a). See also TBRC code G 1340 sTag tshang rdzong. 748. Cf. Ngor Chos 'byung 347.1: bulle rong gi dben gnas su 10 bcu gnyis bzhugs. Actually Red mda' ba first stayed' five years in Gangs bu Ie (cf. section 2.10.3) and three years in Bul rong (cf. section 2.11.29). It is not clear whether the three years in Bul rong are included in the twelve years in Bul rong or not. The text implies that Gangs bu Ie is in Bul rong. Since in section 2.11.29 the spirit or protector bu Ie and the location bul rong are mentioned together and Ngor Chos 'byung refers to the place as bul Ie rong, most likely bul rong is the abbreviation of a location called bu Ie rong and related to Gangs bu Ie. According to Everding (personal communication Oct. 18, 2008) Bu1 rong must be the steep valley (to the feet) of the Bu Ie gangs (Steiltal (zu HiBen) des Bu Ie gangs). 749. thugs dam rtse gcig tu [B: mdzad] - (h) of sems rtse gcig tu (byed pa) {cittaikiigratii}. 750. Perhaps Hor ston Nam mkha' dpal (1373-1447). Cf. Las chen (2003: 617.17) and TBRC code P3495. 751. Cf. note 525. 752. In the dKar chag to the Minor Works (chap. 7), 009-010: pp. 4a2-4b5, we find the entry Ye shes 'od dang sgrub chen dpal mo la; cf. Minor Works, texts no. 88, 89: 88) mNga' ris pa dpon sgom ye shes 'od la gdams pa, pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (71 pp. I); 89) Las stod byang pa sgrub chen rna dpa' mo la gdams pa, pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (72 pp. 1). Unfortunately at present neither of these two texts is available. However, this cannot refer to the famous dGe slong rna dPal mo (Bhik~UJ;1j' L~mj'); cf. Martin (1997: 62, no. 98), Vargas-O'Brian (2001), and Ehrhard (2009). 753. According to Tashi Tsering in Tibetan astrology every 12th year of life is considered to be an obstacle year, i.e., the ages 13,25, 37, 49, 61, 73 etc. For example, Tashi Tsering himself is born in 1959, i.e., in the year of earth-pig (sa phag). Thus he considers 2007 the year of the fire-pig (me phag) to be his obstacle year. H. H. the Dalai Lama is born on July 6, 1935 and his last obstacle year was 2007. Thus 2006 was his pre-obstacle year (bsu skyeg). Note the different way of counting age used by Tibetans. If people are born in 1959 they consider themselves to be 49 in 2007, with the idea that they are in their 49th year oflife. When they start counting, they start with their year of birth as year number Notes 417 one. If they do not know their date of birth, they count from New Year (Lo gsar) to New Year. 754. Tib. 10 rtags. In Tibetan astrology in a cycle of twelve years (lo skor beu gnyis), each year is named after an animal. The twelve 8)1imal-year signs (lo rtags beu gnyis) are: 1. mouse (byi ba), 2. ox (gIang), 3. tiger (stag), 4. hare (yos), 5. dragon ('brug), 6. serpent (sbrul), 7. horse (rta), 8. sheep (lug), 9. monkey (sprel), 10. hen (bya), 11. dog (khyi), 12. pig (phag). They are to be combined with the five 'year elements' (10 khams) - wood (shing), fire (me), earth (sa), iron (leags), water (ehu) - which change only once every two years, because one year is considered to be male, the other female. Altogether there are sixty years in one cycle (rab byung). The sixty-year-cycle starts with the female year of fire-hare (me yos), followed by the male year of earth-dragon etc. The first Tibetan sixty-year circle started in 1027. 755. Tib. gdan. It is considered auspicious for the long life of the recipient to be offered any sort of seat to sit on - cushion, sitting cloth or carpet. 756. According to TBRC code G329 there is an ancient monastery located in Tibet called "Ne ring monastery" (ne ring dgon), founded in 1259 by Zang zang Ne rings pa bDe legs rgyal mtshan. Cf. Minor Works, text no. 85: Zang zang ne 'u rings pa 'i dpon po slob dpon bde legs mgon po la gdams pa, pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (68 pp. 1). In the dKar ehag to the Minor Works, 009-010: pp. 4a2-4b5, this text is listed under Ne rings rin po ehe'i dbon po lao However we do not have access to this text. S0rensen and Hazod (2007: 427n41, 672, 676nI7). 757. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. brag nag la -la zhig bod rang skyong ljongs kyi 'brong pa rdzong gi Iho rgyud du yod, de'i mtho tshad rgya mtsho'i ngos nas smi 6582 yod. Cf. van der Kuijp (1987: 105) mentioning that Black Rock (Brag nag) according to Roerich (1979: 325) is near lHa sa, but that another source speaks about the Black Rock of gSang phu. See also S0rensen and Hazod (2007: 271n794: "Brag-nag in the vicinty of gSang-phu in sKyid-mad"). 758. Ehrhard (2004: 94) reports on two visits of Brag dkar rta so sPrul sku to rDzong dkar. 759. According to Tashi Tsering Sa Pal} had gone to this place too, to debate with Harinanda. In that context the place is referred to as: mang yul skyid grong gi 'phags pa va ti gtsug lag khang. Cf. Jackson (1987: 28): "In about 1240 Sa-pat) and the five-year-old 'Phags pa travelled to Skyid-grong near the modern border of Nepal." See also Ibid. 108, 117n22. 760. Ehrhard (2004: 404-406nI68) points out that, according to the biography of Red mda' ba in Ye shes rgyal mtshan's Lam rim bla ma brgyud pa 'i mam thar, hermitages began to be built in the region ofMang yu1 Gung thang in the 14th/15th century beginning with Me tog mdangs can. This text gives a list of such hermitages founded by Red mda' ba. This information given by Ye shes rgyal mtshan is not found here in Sangs rgyas rtse mo, so must have come from another source. The list had been translated into German in my MA thesis (2003: 190-91). There it is also mentioned that Thang stong rgyal po went to Me tog mdangs can to meet Red mda' ba (cf. Ye shes rgyal mtshan 1990: 897-98; Ehrhard 2004: 404nI68). Steams (1980: 58), when discussing the dates ofThang stong rgyal po, writes: "The problem of determining whether Thang-stong was born before 1385 centers upon dating his studies of the gShin- 418 Notes rje-gshed precepts under the guidance of the notable Sa-skya master rJe-btsun Re-mda'-ba, gZhon-nu blo-gros (1349-1412) who was also the guru ofTsong-kha-pa. Thang-stong's meeting with Re-mda' -ba is verified in Re-mda' -ba's short biography and other sources, but it is Thang-stong's biography we . must rely upon for the vital chronology of his life up to this point (... ) It is well established that rJebtsun Re-mda'-ba passed away in 1412. If we accept the date of 1361 for Thang-stong's birth, and assume he was about forty-eight when meeting Re-mda' -ba, we would arrive at the year 1409. This is three years before Re-mda' -ba died, and it is apparent from his short biography that it was near the end of his life when Thang-stong came to study with him." According to Stearns (1980: 72nI9) although Thang stong rgyal po studied with a number of teachers, Red mda' ba was the most significant. He . bestowed on him an empowerment into the three cycles of gShin Ije gshed, and made several prophecies concerning Thang stong's future accomplishments. 761. Cf. Nebesky-Wojkowitz (1977: 166-198) on "Tsi'u dmar po and btsan demons." 762. See also chap. 7, The Minor Works ofRedmda' ba, text no. 38: rGya naggi rgyalpo ta'i mingcan gyis 'ja' sa gas dar sags gnang ba 'i skyes Ian du phul ba, 352-358: pp. 225a7-228b (note 358 = 228a, 228b missing), CPN, no. 006117 (29 pp. 3). This is a letter of reply to the Chinese emperor dated on the 18th day of the fifth month ofthe mouse year [1408]. It was written from the Me tog mdangs can forest hermitage close to the self-originated Arya [Va tiJ statue in Mang yul sKyid grong, the so-called City of Joy (sKyid pa'i grong khyer). 763. At that time, according to Tashi Tsering, there was a border between Mang yul Gung thang and Tibet. When Harinanda wanted to come to Tibet, Sa pal} went to sKyid grong in Mang yul to have a debate with him (ca. 1240). PadmasaIp.bhava is said to have ordered twelve goddesses (Tib. brten ma, also bstan ma), who were protectors ofthe earth, not to allow any non-Buddhist to enter Tibet. After the debate Sa pal} wanted to bring Harinanda inside Tibet, but on the way Harinanda died due to a landslide. He was somehow pulled into the earth by the goddesses, so he could not reach Sa skya. See also Ehrhard (2004: 286). 764. This name is not listed in Everding (2000). 765. Tib. Drung Slob dpon rna; Skt. Honorable Acarya. The term slob dpon ma (Skt. iiciiryii) is the female counterpart of slob dpon (Skt. acarya) and hard to find in any Tibetan dictionary, although it frequently occurs for example in the context of the Vinaya. For the female form in Skt. see J. Prabhakara Sastry: Joeelderfyalaghupadapiirijiita. Madison, WI: Center for South Asia University of Wisconsin-Madison 2005, p. 191: "Observation: After iiciirya used to refer to a female teacher, the suffix ii occurs. Acarya a female teacher." 766. Perhaps Bla chen Chos dpal bzang po (1371-1439), see Everding (2000: 517). 767. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. mnga' bdag 1) dbang po ste -dbang sgyur mkhan. Here mNga' bdag must refer to King b.Sod nams Ide. Notes 419 768. Tshigmdzod chenmo, s.v. bdag mo l)khyim bdagmo, 2) sa skyagongma'i bdagmo, 3) bla ma'i gsang yum. According to Tashi Tsering, bdag mo usually refers to the wife of Sa skya khrid 'dzin or other high-ranking Tibetan male. Here the term probably refers to the wife of the mNga' bdag. This matches with Everding (2000: 14.10; 497), who refers to Gu ge rna Chos skyong rgyal mo also as bDag mo Chos skyong rgyal mo. 769. Everding (2000: 507) explains that due to bSod nams Ide's marriage with Chos skyong rgyal mo Gu ge must have provided the uncle minister. 770. Tib. bstan 'gyur bzhengs. I think bzhengs here refers to producing a copy and not to the compilation of a new edition. According Geshe Perna Samten, Tibetisches Zentrum Hamburg bzheng pa is the honorific for bzo ba. It always refers to representations (rten) of Buddha's body, speech and mind, and can also refer to the building or erection of temples. According to Goldstein it is also the honorific for "to get up, to rise" [i.e., for lang ba]. 771. This must be Queen Chos skyong rgyal mo. Everding (2000: 125,508) reports that after the death, or better to say the murder of King bSod nams Ide, mNga' bdag rna chen mo Chos skyong rgyal mo, after having already produced a bKa' 'gyur on dark blue paper lettered in gold in remembrance to him, on advice of Red mda' ba, took care for producing a bTan 'gyur. Everding thinks that the whole project may have taken six to eight years, i.e., from 1404 to ca. 1410-1412. Thus Sangs rgyal mo seems to be a epithet of Chos skyong rgyal mo. 772. See TBRC code P279: Khro phu monastery, seat of the Khro phu bka' brgyud, one of the eight lesser traditions of the Mar pa bka' brgyud located in the Tibetan autonomous region. 773. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. spu rangs-spu hreng gi 'bri tshul gzhanzhig. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. spu hreng- rdzong zhig bod rang skyong ljongs kyi mnga' ris kyi lho rgyud na yoel, sngar spu rang stag la mkhar yang zero Everding (2000) and see S0fensen and Hazod (2007) have two readings: Pu rang and Pu rangs. I follow here the reading of manuscript B, while manuscript A reads spu rangs. For the location ofthe kingdom see Everding (2000: 258). 774. Actually the Tibetan term sde pa used here means according to Tshig mdzod chen mo, Goldstein 2001 and Iiischke: a person in charge of an estate or province, chief of a territory, commander, ruler. . Thus it would here refer to the mNga' bdag. But since bDag chen rna said: "We will make it from whatever we receive," this implies that she would raise funds from ·others. Therefore I follow the suggestion of Tashi Tsering, who knows the term from colloquial Tibetan to also mean "villagers," while sde dpon refers to their chief 775. The Tibetan expression used here is perhaps not "ber thul thong(s) rings," but "ber thul thung ring, "i.e., a long and a short ber thul. The ber thul is also known as zla gam, the long, thick and warm red cape worn during long sessions.ofrecitation and so on, especially during the large prayer festivals, usually together with a yellow or red hat which is curved on top. According to Tshig mdzod chen mo "thul pa" means 'having hair (spu) inside', i.e., fur or feathers. The term ber thul thung ba may refer to a short monk's jacket or coat with sleeves, in colloquial referred to as phu thung. In Tibet it is also be 420 Notes made from woolen cloth. Although monastics are not allowed to wear this in the large study centers, it is quite common to do so in the home monasteries (gzhi(s) dgon). In general Tibetan Buddhist monastics are not supposed to wear clothes with sleeves. The right arm should be always uncovered. Actually they should also not wear any expensive woolen cloth, fur, leather etc. Therefore in Tibet the cape (zla gam), which is warm but sleeveless, came into being. That is also why the short jackets are strictly forbidden in common in the large study centers and other big monasteries. 776. It is not clear whether rDzong dkar here refers to the place or to the rDzong dkar study center (chos sde), which is mentioned by Ehrhard (2004: 94). He reports that after Brag dkar rta so sPrul sku had spent most ofthe year 1800 on renovation of one of the caves in Brag dkar rta so, as mentioned above, he was then invited to the rDzong dkar study center. It seems that the Zongkar Choede located nowadays in the Tibetan refugee settlement of HunsUT, Gurupura, Dist. Mysore, Karnataka in South India is an offspring of that community in Tibet. In the introduction to that monastery's website, it is said: "Zongkar Choede Monastery is historically one of the oldest monasteries in Tibet. It was established in western Tibet, Mang-yul upper Gung-thang region, in 1270 by the Tibetan king Tri-bum-de-gon, who was the last great scion of Tibet's royal descendants. The king built the monastery facing opposite to his palac'e Phodrang Khunzong Karpo (,The White Nest of Eagles'), The monastery, through the time, became a thriving spiritual community in western Tibet and also became a focal point of Tibetan civilization." (zongkarchoede.co.in, July 28,2008), See also Everding (2000: 123); Sorensen and Hazod (2007: 134); Gyurme Dorje (2009: 376 and Color Map 1). 777. Lit. the mouth. 778. It is unclear whether the scriptures here referred to are the scriptures of the new bsTan ' gyur, but it seems so. The question arises as to which edition of the bsTan ' gyur is being copied. According to Paul Harrison (personal communication May 4 and 20, 2009) hypothecially it may well have been a copy ofBu ston's edition of 1334. Harrison (1996: 75/76) describes a copy in 180 volumes made by gZi Kun spangs stemming from the sNar thang collection which was supplemented by Bu ston and afterwards kept in Zha lu: "Taking that as his exemplar the teacher Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan made a copy at gZhis kha Rin spungs, which was kept in the Dharma college of rTses thang. This supplied the exemplar for those kept at Gong dkar and gDan sa The!. All the innumerable copies produced thereafter - ( ... ) the copy in 180 volumes made by gZi Kun spangs pa [not identified; Roerich (1979: 339) has gZhi Kuns spangs pa;] (.,.) - these also came into existence thanks to the Reverend' Jam pa'i dbyangs, the pupil ofbCom Idan rigs pa'i ral gri, and these two in the final analysis owed it all to the grace of rNgog 10 tsa ba, who owed it to the grace of the scholars of Kashmir, and ulitately [ultimately] to the grace of the Buddhas," I am wondering whether gZhi Kun spangs pa could be identical with the uncle minister Kun spangs pa mentioned in the biography of Red mda' ba. Ehrhard (2004: 258) reports that in mNga' ris, in the upper part of Mang yul, in Gung thang, with the capital rDzong dkar various rulers occurred. After some time Red mda' ba offered headdress and earrings made from gold and adorned with jewels to the Arya Va ti bzang po, which he had received from dPon zhang Kun spangs pa Tshul khrims rgyal mtshan, He also offered turquoises for the backset of the statue. Everding (2000: 476-477) reports about Zhang Kun sp'angs Tshul khrims rgyal mtshan, who after the death of Byang Ta dben (1375) and the expulsion of troops of La stod Byang, tried to become the deputy ruler over Mang yul Notes 421 Gung thang, but failed and fled to Mustang. According to Harrison (personal communication May 20, 2009), if this is true, i.e., gZi (or gZhi) Kun spangs pa is the same person as that mentioned in Red mda' ba's biography, then a copy of the canon which he sponsored might have been "borrowed" to produce others, including the bsTan 'gyur completed ca. 1410-1412. 779. Tib. bem; cf. SCD, s.v. bem or bem po = gas mying ba (mngon) 1. Skt. in the dialect of upper or western Tsang = old, worn-out, as of patched clothes. Here "patched." Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. bem po 2) lhan pa mang po brtsegs pa 'i mal gos mthug po. 780. Jampa Dhadak: sNam sbyar made of Chinese brocade. 781. Tib. rang sangs rgyas usually refers to a pratyekabuddha. But here, according to Tashi Tsering, it has the sense of rang nyid sangs rgyas. 782. Tib. sde pa; cf. Jiischke 1881, s.v. sde, compo and deriv. sde pa 1. the chief or governor of a district. 783. Tib. byangchub; Skt. bodhi. 784. Perhaps this is the' Jam dbyangs chen po of Byang mentioned above (see section 2.11.35). Cf. Everding (2000: 460, 516):'Jam dbyangs Nam mkha' rin chen (b. 1348), ruler of La stod Byang. He is mentioned to have sponsored and requested a text that is to be found in the Minor Works as no. 28: rGyud bla'i don rags pa tshang ba 'i yig sna 292-302: pp. 195a2-200a3, CPN, no. 006117 (23, pp. 5), mdzad pa po Sakya'i dge slong gZhon nu blo gros, sbyin bdag 'Jam dbyangs Nam mkha' rin chen sku mched, mdzad sa 'i gnas dPal mnga' ris kyi chos grwa chen po, mdzad pa 'i dus g.yas su ru byang na bzhugs pa 'i sde snod 'dzin pa rags rim bsags pa 'i dus su, zhu ba po Drung bDag po 'Jam dbyangs dang sDe snod 'dzin pa rnams, (mjug tu dpal mnga' ris kyi chos grwa chen por 'jam dbyangs nam mkha ' rin chen sku mched kyi sbyin bdag mdzad nas, gayas2 ru byang na bzhugs pa' 'i sde snod 'dzin pa rags rim bsags pa 'i dus su drung bdag po 'jam dbyangs dang sde snod 'dzin pa mams kyi rgyud bla 'i don rags pa tshang ba 'i yig rigs gcig zhus pa la snang ba '0 zhes 'khod). 785. Tib. mtho ris kyi yon tan bdun. Sa pw;t, Thub pa'i dgongs gsal (2000: 50) quotes these seven qualities (mtho ris yon tan bdun) from Yon tan bdun mrjod pa 'i gtam (SaptaguT)a-pari-van:zanii-kathii) as follows: 1. rigs ldan ([high] family), gzugs bzang (beautiful body), 3. longs spyod ehe (great resources), 4. shes rab phun tshogs (excellent wisdom), 5. dbang phyug ldan (powerful), 6. nad med (free from disease), 7. shin tu ring ba (very long life). It is important to note that in his Lam rim ehen mo Tsong kha pha gives a similar, but nonetheless quite different list of eight frutional qualities (mam smin gyi yon tan brgyad) 1. tshe ring ba (long life span), 2. gzugs bzang ba (beautiful body), 3. rigs mtho ba (high family), 4. dbang phyug phun sum tshogs pa (consummate power) including great resources, 5. tshig btsun pa (trustworthy words), 6. dbang ehe bar.grags pa (renown as a great power), 7. skyes pa nyid yin pa (being a male), 8. stobs dang ldan pa (having strength) including no illness; c£ Tsong-khapa and Lamrim Chenmo Translation Committee, vol. 1 (2000: 243). Same in Tsong kha pa's Lam rim 'bring ba,cf. Tsongkhapa and Krause (2007: 183). Particularly striking is the difference that, in contrast to a "human" life of leisure and opportunity stressed before, having a "male" organ (pho'i dbang po 422 Notes dang ldan pa) is considered necessary here; cf. Tsong kha pa, Byang chub lam rim che ba (2000: 189). Pha-bon-kha-pa (1999: 364-65, 538) elaborates on this point even more, stating that we could not have found a better rebirth than the present one, except those of us, who have not been reborn as a man (rang cag mams a pho rang gis ma byung ba kho na ma gtogs, rten 'di las lhag pa zhig myed du med); sKyabs Ije Pha bong kha pa bDe chen snying po, rNam grol lag bcangs su gtod pa, ACIP S0004M T.TXT, 158b9-l0). 786. Cf. p. 228: Khri rgyal bSod nams Ide (1371-1404). Thus these two years must have been before 1404. 787. Cf Everding (2000: 123-24). 788. Cf note 546. See also chap. 7, The Minor Works of Red mda' ba, text no. 98: gNam sa 'i dpon po yon tan rgya mtsho sku mched gsum la gdams pa, pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (81 pp. 1). At present this text is unavailable. 789. Cf Minor Works, text no. 81: 'Bri gung gi chen po shes rab dpalla gdams pa, pp. 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (64 pp. 1). Unfortunately we do not have this text. 790. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v.ja dkar-ja 'thungsnod kyi dkaryol. See also Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. khra bkyag-ja dkar gyi stegs. Goldstein 2001, s.v. khra bkyag 1. stand fora tea cup, 2. saucer (for placing under a cup). 791. According to Tashi Tsering Chu 'dus is a place (village or town) near Sa skya. Probably related to Minor Works, text no. 60: Chu 'duspa thugs rje rin chenzhus lan, 544-545: pp. 321a5-321b3, CPN, no, 006117 (50 pp. 1), and Minor Works, text no 83: mNga' ris dge bshes gnyis dangchu 'dus pagrags pa rin chen bcas lagdamspa, pp. 1- CPN, no. 006117 (66 pp. 1). Text no. 83 is among the many from the Minor Works that is currently not available. 792. sri ri 'dzam bu gling (= Skt. sriparvatajambudvipa). MW, s.v. parvata - Name of various mountains. Not clear what sriparvata jambudvipa refers to. Perhaps the castle hill rGyal gyi sri of Shel dkar (cf note 858). 793. Tib. thugs dam. 794. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. zho 2) gser dngul sogs kyi 'degs tshad cig; liischke 1881, s.v. zho 1. dram, a smail weight = 1110 ounce. Illuminator, s. v. zho - a measure of weight used for precious metals: silver, gold, etcetera. A zho is a haIfa tola (an Indian measure of weight of precious metals); ten zho equal one srang, which is a larger measure of weight used for precious metals. Tashi Tsering: nowadays 1 tola = 10 grams. 795. Cf. note 778. Perhaps Minor Works, text no. 99 could help to clear up: mNga' ris blo bo ba kun spangs pa la gdams pa, pp., 1 - CPN, no. 006117 (82 pp. 1). See also Ehrhard (2004: 258). He reports that in mNga' ris, in the upper part ofMang yul, in Gung thang, with the capital rDzong dkar various Notes 423 rulers occurred. After some time Red mda' ba offered headdress and earrings made from gold and adorned with j ewels to thefuya Va ti bzang po, which he had received from dPon zhang Kun spangs pa Tshul khrims rgyal mtshan. He also offered turquoises for the backset of the statue. Everding (2000: 476-477) reports about Zhang Kun spangs Tshul khrims rgyal mtshan, who after the death ofByang Ta dben (1375) and the expulsion of troops of La stod Byang, tried to become the deputy ruler over Mang yul Gung thang, but failed and fled to Mustang. 796. Tib. dnmg slob dpon mao Tashi Tsering expressed doubts but did not rule out the possibility that women at that time could have achieved the academic title of a Slob dpon rna. However, clearly there were female masters then, and today as well in the Sa skya tradition there are female teachers identified as "Slob dpon rna" such as Sa skya rJe btsun rna, who gives teachings, empowerments and so on. 797. When a lung is given, the text is only read aloud without any explanation. When the lung is given together with an explanation, this is called khrid. this does not have to be a word-by-word explanation, and is also different from man ngag in that it is not an explanation based on the experience of the teacher. The term khrid can refer to siitra as well as to tantra, whereas in this scheme, man ngag always refers to tantra. Cf. note 193. Ace. to Tashi Tsering (personal communication Dec. 5, 2006) in the Tantra tradition the Sa skya pa are emphasizing more on the man ngag than on the tantras, but if the man ngag goes against the tantra, the man ngag needs to be given up. rJe Tsong kha pa emphasized more on the tantras themselves. 798. The term 'freedoms and opportunities' (dal 'byor) is used as a shorthand term to refer to a human life that is perfectly equipped with the conducive conditions for securing long-term happiness through the practice of Dharma. The freedoms are enumerated as eight and understood to be freedoms from unfavorable conditions, while there are ten opportunities understood to be positively conducive conditions. 799. Red mda' ba sent a reply in the year of the mouse (byi ba 10) [1408], cf. note 762. This is likely the same emperor with whom Tsong kha pa had communications. Kaschewsky (1971: 149-51) translates a letter of Tsong kha pa to the Emperor T'ai-ming Yung-Io dated 19th day ofthe sixth month of the birdyear. "Yu (Arnn. 44): 6. Jahr Yung-lo = 52. Lebensjahr Tsongkhapas (d. h. 1408)" (275n312). Kaschewsky refers here to a Chinese source "Yu Dawch'uan: (,Die Einladung des Ming-Kaisers Ch'eng-tsu (Yung-lo) an Tsongkhapa und der Brief Tsongkhapas an Ch'eng-tsu'), in: (,Festschrift fur Tsai Yi.ian-pei'), Band 2, 930ff. Peiping 1935" (Kaschewsky 1971: 307). Heng-ching (personal communication, winter 2007): Ta means 'great', Ming refers to Ming Dynasty. Here the name of the emperors of the Ming Dynasty and the years of the emperors during Red mda' ba's lifetime: I. Tai-tsu, 1st emperor of Ming (1368-1398) Hung-Wu 1-31; 2. Huei-ti (1398-1402) Chien-an 1-4; 3. Ch'eng-tsu (1402-1424), Yung-lo 1-22. 800. Cf. p. 254. 801. Cf. p. 179, 247, 254. 424 Notes 802. Regarding the ber thul thung ring see note 775. The terms sku 'gag thung ring are explained in Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'gag thung refers to the monks' vest (grwa pa 'i stod 'gag), usually made from red cotton, but also in red and yellow depending on either the monastic community one belongs to' or in some monasteries on the rank. The term 'gag ring is explained in the Tshig mdzod chen mo as a 'longer monk's vest' (grwa ehas stod 'gag ring) - an article of clothing, which is long, made from woolen cloth and without sleeves. 803. The term used here dbu theb is probably similar to Goldstein 2001, s.v. zhwa theb -shung. a kind of hat worn by monks and monk officals. Nitartha, s.v. gser theb - golden hat [for officials when riding]; Goldstein 2001, s.v. gser theb - shung. a kind of yellow hat (worn by monk officials and lamas). 804. Tib. gsol khebs: This piece of cloth can be used to protect the meal from dust and so on before serving, and as a sort of napkin while eating, though usually it is larger than most napkins. 805. The three rnalJtf,ala ornaments (rnalJtf,ala gyi rgyan gsurn) probably refer to the three rings, sometimes made of ornaments which are used during rituals to set up a rnalJtf,ala on a base. The base (sa gzhi), is usually made from metal, and the three rings are separate. lfthe rings are not made of the same metal as the base, they may be ornamented with beadwork with pearls or other gems. 806. Cf. dKar chag to Minor Works, 009-010: pp. 4a2-4b5: Gu ge bdag rna ehos skyong rgyal rno la; Minor Works, text no. 91: Guge'i lhagcigehos skyongrgyal rno lagdarnspa, pp. I - CPN, no. 006117 (74 pp. 1). 807. Ye shes rgyal mtshan 903.11 identifies this as "Klongs rtse bSam gtan gling," which is the place where Red mda' ba's relics are to be found. Cf. note 859. Similar in Las chen: glong rtse, see I) 158b2, 2) 311a3, 3) 615.21. Everding (2000: 47n66, 291, table 5) identifies mTshams as a border town and charts bSam gtan gling with some distance from mTshams. Ehrhard (2004: 286) translates from the biography of Va ti bzang po that mTshams is the name of a place, where a borderline between Tibet and canyons has been made. According to Everding (personal communication Nov. 6, 2008) Klong rtse is a region in Klong mda' in the north of and close to mTshams. 808. Cf. critical edition. Las chen adds ehu pho. 809. Ye shes rgyal mtshan 903.15-16 here differently states at the age of 64 in the male water-dragonyear (1412] and also gives a slightly different date, that is 29th day of the 12th month (dgung 10 re bzhi pa ehu pho 'brug gi 10 zla ba beu gnyis pa 'i nyer dgu 'i nyin rnya ngan las 'da' ba 'i tshul bstan), while both mss. A and B state "up to the age of 65 years" (dgung 10 drug eu rtsa lnga'i bar du) and further down (see note 838) "the 29th day of the tenth month in the year of the dragon [1412]." Ye shes rgyal mtshan matches with Las chen: 10 re bzhi pa ehu pho 'brug gi 10 zla ba beu gnyis pa, see I) 159a5, 2) 311b3, 3) 616.19. 810. TBRC code P4892: ICe sgom Shes rab rdo rje. Five works created by him are listed. One is: Man ngag rin chen spungs pa. A-khu Dpe tho MHTL 11196: Lee sgom shes rab rdo rje 'i man ngag rin chen Notes 425 sprmgs pa. Cf. www.tibetbook.netlreligion.htm (July30,2008) offering this book: 143. dPe chos dang grub thob Ice sgom pas mdzad pa 'i de'i 'grel pa dpe chos rin chen spungs pa, pe cin, vol. 17, (gangs can rig brgya 'i sgo 'byed Ide mig). 811. The "completion stage" refers to the Vajrayana and the "perfect view" to the paramitayana. 812. Citation from dBu rna la 'jug pa, chapter 6, D3861, vol. 'a, p. 208al-2: slob dpon klu sgrub zhabs kyi lam las ni, phyi rol gyur la zhi ba'i thabs med do. 'Jug pa 'i rnam bshad (1995: 179.12), English translation in: Tsering and Sti.iter-Tillmann (1997: 188): MMA B6LIX, 1-2. According to Zla ba grags pa (rtsa ba) and dGe 'dun grub ('grel pa), dBu ma la 'jug pa 'i bstan beos kyi dgongs pa rab tu gsal ba 'i me long, (2000: 101 v79) both, the translation by Nag tsho as well as by Pa tshab read: slob dpon klu sgrub zhabs kyi lam las ni, phyi rol gyur la zhi ba 'i thabs med do. A difference between the two translations is only to be found in line 4. 813. Tib. thugs 'chadpa; perh. (h) of sems [shugs} 'chadpa; cf. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. shugs chad -stabs nyams pa 'am stabs zad pa, ... Ius shugs chad kyang sems shugs mi 'chad. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'chad pa 2. (tmd.) chad pa, 'chad pa. 814. Tib. zer 10 bgyid; Tashi Tsering colloquial: pretending. sm. to lab kha byed pa. The disciples do not know but say that they do know; they to pretend to know. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. zer 10 2) bshad pa tsam, ... kha nas zer 10 tsam min par lag len bstar dgos; Goldstein 2001, s.v. zer 10 - gossip, mere talk. 815. This is a quote from the dBu ma la 'jug pa (Madhyamakiivatiira), chapter 11, D 3861, vol. 'a, p. 216a7: gang tshe skye med de nyid yin zhing blo yang skye ba dang bral ba. In Red mda' ba (1983: 325.2). Cf. de la Vallee Poussin p. 357, verse 4 (resultant stage). Churinoff(1994: 178) translates 12.4a "When non-production is thusness and awareness is also free of production ( ... )." Wilson (2003: 83): "When reality is non-production, and the mind also is free from birth ( ... )." For Red mda' ba's commentary on this verse in English translation see Tsering and Sti.iter-Tillmann (1997: 352-55). There the whole verse is translated as follows: "When the unarisen is reality and intelligence is bare of arising as well, then, on the ground ofthis category, it may be stated that it perceives reality. Just as the mind is fully conscious of the object with those category it is invested, so it knows it on the basis of the conventional. " 816. Refers to the Five Stages of the Guhyasamajatantra. 817. Tib. nyer thob. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. nyer thob - thim rim 'char skabs su srod kyi smag rum 'thug pas khyab pa Ita bu las gzhan gang yang mi 'char ba 'i yid shes phra mo. 818. Tib. rnam (par) shes (pa); Skt. vijiiiina. This term refers only to main consciousnesses, i.e., the five kinds of sense consciousnesses or mental consciousnesses, but never to mental factors (sems byung; caitta). 426 Notes 819. Tib. rig pa; Skt. vidyii. Broader than rnam shes, this tenn refers to all kinds of consciousness, conceptual as well as non-conceptual, to the five kinds of sense consciousnesses as well as to mental consciousness, and to main consciousness as well as to mental factors. 820. Manuscript B40b2 omits two sheets (folios) here. It resumes only with verse 21: stan pa 'i sku gdung (... ). The statement by the scribe here makes it clear that the two sheets were already missing in the edition from which he copied his present text. Furthermore in ms. A the part missing in ms. B is to be found in ms. A on pp. 77b3-80a2, which means that the pagination of the template ofthe scribe, and of ms. A are different. Thus we can take it as certain that ms. B is not a direct copy of ms. A. 821. 'pha ba 'debs. 822. Cf. Ngawang (2000: 136). 823. Tashi Tsering: Suppose a person is still alive and had heard 'pha ba before. Then, if in the last moment of this life a bla rna is doing 'pha ba, it will help the person to remember the instructions clearly. 824. Tib. gzungs. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. gzungs <dhiirm}l> chas leyi tshig don mi brjed par 'dzln pa'i don te, nga ba dran pa dang shes rab khyad par can gyls byed las dge ba'i chas rnams 'dzin cing mi dge ba'i chas rnams sel ba 'I mthu dang ldan pa '0. 825. Tib. thim pa 'i rtags; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. thim rim - 'chi ba'i rtags leyi snang ba ste, 'byung ba thim rim dang, snang mched thag gsum gyi snang ba 'char ba '0. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. snang mched thab gsum - snang ba, mched pa, nyer thab gsum gyi bsdus mingo 826. Tib. nyan thas; Skt. sravaka. 827. Tib. 'gog pa la snyams par 'jug pa. One of the 14 citta-vlprayukta-saIpskiira (mtshungs par ml ldan pa'i 'du byed). For details see SSdB sources 1988-2001: II, pp. 103, 111. See also Vasubandhu's Autacammentary on the Abhidharmakasa II, 35a-36a, 43a-d. 828. Probably refers to the verses [11-13] together with the respective commentaries. 829. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. thams cad mkhyen pa - sa bcu rim gyis 'das te sangs rgyas leyi sar ye shes bzhi dang sku gsum lhun gyls gmb pa ste sangs rgyas leyi mtshan gyi rnam grangs shig. Illuminator, s.y. thams cad mkhyen pa - 'All knowing' also translated as 'omniscient'. Translation of the Sanskrit sarvajfia. 1. Primarily, one of many sangs rgyas leyl mtshan epithets of the buddha. A buddha has the particular feature of knowing everything. This knowing of everything all at once is not through dualistic rnam par shes pa consciousness but through ye shes non-dual wisdom. This allknowing quality is classified in various ways. E.g., it is commonly divided into the two forms of: I)jl Ita ba mkhyen pa (all-knowing) knowledge that knows the depth of things, i.e., reality in full; and 2)jl snyed pa mkhyen pa (all-knowing) knowledge that knows the extent ofthings, i.e., all things that appear on the surface of reality, both deluded and non-deluded. Notes 427 830. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. tshe sgrub - tshe spel ba 'j eho gao According to Tashi Tsering the respective eho ga must be a sgiub thabs. Cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. sgrub thabs 2) lha sgrub pa'j ehoga. 831. Tib. kha ral. According to Tshig mdzod chen mo and Goldstein 2001, S. V. kha ral means toothless because of age. However, according to Tashi Tsering kha ral also refers to health problems in general which may start increasingly at the age of sixty. 832. Note deviation Las chen: sixty-four. 833. Here gdong "in front" or "ahead of" refers to future life. 834. Zhal gdams 59,3-5: tshe 'di'i rnyed bkur ... 'gyod pa med. See Appendix A, text 2, verse 3. 835. Zhal gdams 59,15-18: tsogs gnyis zung du ... bdag gyur Gig. See Appendix A, text 2, verse 8. 836. Tashi Tsering: special Sakya colloquial: dus mar bead - to ftx the time. 837. Tib. thugs dam gyi rim pa rnams ma ehag. 838. Considering Tibetans' particular style of counting age, as explained above, that is counting their year of birth to be the ftrst year of age and also considering that according to both mss., A and B, Red mda' ba passed away at the age of 65, or better to say in this 65th year of life, his birth should be dated to the male earth-mouse year of 1348. This dating matches with that of Ngor dKon mchog !hun grub (1497-1557) and Mang thos Klu sgrub rgya mtsho (1523-1596). See notes 228 and 808. However, it differs from the dating to 1349 at the age of 64 by Las chen Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (1432-1506). See notes 809 and 832. With regard to the year of death all sources agree on the year 1412. But they again differ, whether the exact date of death was the 29th day of the tenth or twelve month 1412. As we learn from section 2.11.42 Sangs rgyas rtse mo was present when a horoscope was drawn up for Red mda'ba, and personally requested him to extend his life. Since the animal-year sign (10 rtags) plays an important role, when making prayers for the long life of a teacher, one should assume that Sangs rgyas rtse mo was very well aware of his year of birth. 839. Tib. bar do sgyu Ius; cf. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. bar do sgyu ma - sgyu Ius kyi nang gses shig ste, yjd las byung ba 'j bar do 'j Ius dbang po kun tshang thogs med du rgyu ba '0. Cf. Ngawang (2000: 164-68). 840. Tshig mdzod chen mo, S.V. dbang phyug brgyad - 'jig rten dang thun mong ba 'i yon tan nam thun mong gj dngos grub brgyad de, gzugs phra ba 'j yon tan dang, gzugs rags pa 'j yon tan, yang ba 'j yon tan, khyab pa 'j yon tan, yang dag thob pa 'j yon tan, rab tu gsal ba 'j yon tan, brtan pa 'j yon tan, 'dod dgu 'byung ba 'j yon tan rnams so. 841. Tib. 'dod yon lnga. Tshig mdzod chen mo, bya ste lnga. S.V. 'dod pa 'j yon tan lnga - gzugs, sgra, drj, ro, reg Notes 428 842. Tib. nang gi mchod pa. 843. Tib. gsang ba 'i mchod pa. 844. Tib. dga' bzhi'i bde ba. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. dga' ba bzhi - dga' ba dang, mchog dga', khyad dga', lhan skyes kyi dga' ba ste bzhi. 845. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. de klzo na nyid kyi mchod pa - bde ba chen po 'i ye shes kyi mchod pa. 846. Illuminator, s.v. gyad - "Translation of the Sanskrit 'Malla.' I) 'Malla.' The name ofa powerful tribe of people in North India at the time of the Buddha." Cf MW, s.v. malla - pI. N. of a people. Cf Jackson (1976: 42). 847. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. zung 2) (mngon) zung du 'brei ba la ya gnyis dgos pas grangs gnyis mtshon. 848. MW, s.v. siila - m. (often incorrectly written for I. {zAla}) the siil tree. MW, s.v. siila - the siil tree, Vatica Robusta (a valuable timber tree). 849. Tib. sku gdung ring bsrel. Tshigmdzod chen mo, s.v. ring bsrel I) (sar/ra) sku gdung sogs las bab pa 'i ril bu khyad par can zhig. MW, s.v. sar/ra - solid parts of the body (pI. the bones). 850. Thesaurus: a bone containing edible marrow. 851. From Ehrhard (2004: 287) we learn that the relics of Red mda' ba are to be found in Klong mda' in Klong rtse. See also (2004n205, 206). 852. Cf Jiischke s.v. sde, sde pa - I. the chief or governor of a district. See also dOe bshes Chos grags, s.v. sde pa - dpon po Ita bu'am rgan pa la'ang. 853. Cf note 795. Ehrhard (2004: 258, 367n90) gives an exhaustive account of a certain Rwa ban BIa chen Chos dpal bzangpo (1371-1439), the priest of the sovereign ofmNga' ris Oungthang, who offered to the right and left of the Jo bo two statues ofMaiijusrl and Vajrapal)i in an upright position made from gold and copper. In 1420 he became the spiritual advisor of the ruler Khri IHa dbang rgyal mtshan (1404-1464), the son ofKhri rgyal bSod nams Ide. 854. Tib. thugs dam. According to Tshig mdzod chen mo same as yi dam. 855. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'khor 10 bde mchog - yi dam gyi Iha zhig. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. 'Ichor 10 sdom pa - bde mchog. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. bde mchog <heruka>. LC, s.v. bde mchog Skt. saIJIVara. 856. Perh. refers to the sMan Iha bde gshegs brgyad. Cf Illuminator, s.v. bla bde gshegs brgyad - "The eight sugatas who are the medicine buddhas:" I) siikya thub pa "Shakyamuni;" 2) sman gyi bla ma "Bhaishajaguru;'~ 3) mngon mkhyen rgyal po [*]; 4) chos bsgrags rgya mtsho [*]; mya ngan med mchog Notes 429 dpal [*]; 6) gser bzang dri med "Stainless Good Gold;" 7) sgra dbyangs rgyal po [*]; 8) tshan legs yongs bsgrags dpal [*]. See also Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. bde gshegs mched brgyad - sman bla bde gshegs mched brgyad de, mtshan legs dang, rin chen, gser bzang, my a ngan med, chos grags, mngon mkhyen, sman gyi bla, siikya thub pa rnams so. 857. Tshig mdzod chen mo, s.v. phyag rdzas - rgyu nor gyi zhe sa. 858. Gungthang chos sdewas founded by Lo chen Grags pargyal mtshan (1352-1405) in 1390/94. Khri rgyal bSod nams Ide appointed him to be the ehos dpon, the head ofthe study center. At the same time Khri rgyal bSod nams Ide supported Grags pa rgyal mtshan to develop his monastery rGyam into a meditation center (sGmb sde), following the example ofthe two leading religious institutions in La stod IHo, i.e. Shel dkar chos sde and the sGmb grwa bSam gtan gling. The latter was situated on a plain in the south ofthe castle hiII rGyal gyi sri of SheI dkar. According to Everding (2000: 50 I) from that time onwards the monastery rGyam seems to have become known as (r)Gyam bSam gtan gling and (r)Gyam grwa tshang. Furthermore Gung thang chos sde and (r)Gyam bSam gtan gling were referred to as gyam gung gnyis. Cf. Everding (2000: 121-23,221-22,478,480-81,497-501). 859. Ehrhard (2004: 427n206) mentions that there is a convent of Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros in Klong rtse with the name bSam gtan gling to be found in the list of hermitages founded by him and his disciples, as given in Ehrhard (2004: 405nI68): For further details on the reliquary he refers the reader to Drang srong dga' ba 'i dal gtam [=Nya/l], fol. 23a/6-b/1.: "Was heutzutage auch bekannt ist als Gu- ru 'bum-pa, [dort] wo Tonerde angehauft ist [in] Klong rtse, es ist [dies] der Srupa der Reliquien des Red-mda' -ba [gZhon-nu blo-gros]. Und die Ruine des Srupas der Reliquien ist von dem Siddha rGyalmtshan 'bum [wieder] aufgerichtet worden. (da Ita klong mda 'i rtsa khrod kyi gu ru 'bum par grags pa yang rje red mda' pa 'j gdung 'bum yin eing, 'bum gog ni grub thob rgyal mtshan 'bum gyi gzhengs}." 860. Cf. note 795. 861. See Minor Works, text no. 100: sKyid grong 'phags pa rang byon gyi dnmg du dngul gyi kong bu gtsugsdus sbyar ba, pp. 1 - CPN,no. 006117 (83 pp. 1). In the dKarehagto Minor Works, 009-010: pp. 4a2-4b5, this is referred to as sKyid grong 'phags pa 'i drung du dngul skor. 862. Cf. Gyurme Dorje (2009: 348 and Map 2): Bo dong dgon pa in IHa rtse County. 863. For a map of "Zhalu Monastery" and "Nartang Monastery" around "Shigatse" see Mayhew (2002: 215). He gives also information on a trek from Shalu to Nartang. 864. This monastery seems to be located in the Dol area. Cf. Sorensen and Hazod (2007: 173). 865. Cf. Sorensen and Hazod (2007: 200-201). The hennitage of Ri bo dGe 'phe! was establised by Drun chen Kun dga' rdo rje (1309-1364/65). It is located on the dGe 'phe! dBu rtse mountain behind 'Bras spungs. Gyurme Dorje (2009: 78) marks on the map the way to "GepheI Ritro". 866. See TBRC code G4247. See also Sorensen and Hazod (2007: 107n144). 430 Notes 867. Tib. rkang tshugs phug gi ri khrod. According to the textual tradition of the biography ofMi la ras pa, this is the first of "the four unknown caves" in the south and north ofthe built-up area dGun mda' in the mountainous altitudes ofMang yul Gung thang in mNga' ris (cf. Ehrhard 2004: 287, 429n210, see also map in the appendix). Ehrhard (2004: 404-06, and note 168) names it in his list of hermitages in the region of Mang yul Gung thang. This cave appears last in the list from Ye shes rgyal mtshan' s biography on Red mda' ba, and is named as the rKang tshugs phug in rTs[w]a, one of three areas called Ron, rTsa and dGun (see Ehrhard 2004: 287, 430n212). For sources on the geographical description of the three provinces ofmNga' ris (mNga' ris skor gsum) and the extension ofMang yul [Gung thang], see Ehrhard (2004: 394/95 nI46). He provides us with an example indicating that Mang yul cannot be limited to the immediate surroundings of sKyid grong, but once referred to an area near Nepal that reached from sPu hreng (= Pu hrang) until Ngam ring in gTsang and to sKyid grong. 868. Cf. Ku se A pad, et. aI, Sa skya pa 'i dkar chag, p. 40: Chos rje red mda' ba'i gsung pu sti bcu gnyis. 869. See also Drepung Catalog, p. 1447 no. 016312. 870. TBRC code W 461 notes that "red mda ' pa 'i phar phyin" is mentioned in "a list of rare books from Mongolia obtained by Tibet House, 1977. This list was obtained presumably through Tibetan visitors, either at the State Library or Dga'-ldan." But Tibet House does not have the text (personal communication Oct. 7,2008). Cf. Drepung Catalog p. 1413 no. 015937 and p. 1401 no. 15805. 871. Note that MHTL classifies the text under phar phyin skor (on piiramitii). This agrees with studies nowadays in dGe lugs pa monasteries, where Abhidhdarma studies refer to the Abhidharmakosa, while Paramitii studies include studies of the Abhidharmasamuccaya. See also Drepung Catalog p. 1427 no. 016101. 872. See also Drepung Catalog p. 1435 no. 016183. 873. See also Drepung Catalog p. 1386 no. 015650. 874. See also Drepung Catalog p. 1380 no. 015582. 875. Cf. Red mda' ba's Minor Works, p. 4b4: rgyud kyi mthar thug gsang ba 'dus pa yi, sgrub thabs dkyi/ chog mchod pa 'i phreng ba sags. See also Drepung Catalog p. 409 no. 004226, 004227, 004228. 876. For a quote from the text and its title which agrees with GRAGS 611.7 see Cabezon and Dargyay (2007: 300nI22). So far we have no access to this text. There is also a short Ratnagotravibhiiga commentary by Redmda' ba, see Kano (2006: 614) and Drepung Catalogp. 1419 no. 016011: rJe btsun Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros, Theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma 'i mdor bsdus rin po che'i sgron me (5 folios). Furthermore see chap. 6, The Minor Works of Red mda' ba, texts no. 27 and 28. 877. See also Drepung Catalog p. 1683 no. 019169. 878. See also Drepung Catalog p. 1380 no. 015583, p. 2014 no. 000696, and p. 2226 no. 000282. Notes 431 879. For more details see chap. 4, and for a catalog see below. This volume recently has been published as a print by IBA (see bibliography). According to the two dkar ehag pages which I have seen (in dbu can) in advance, the order of the content differs from the original order. But there was no time to draw up a table of concordance, since my research had been closed, when the volume was published. 880. Note that the last entries in the Shes bya' gter mdzod catalog refer to the same classification number 004546. 881. According to the consecutive numbering in Shes bya'igtermdzod. p. 311, CPNno. 006117 (1), the Minor Works start with the dKar chag ofthe gSung 'bum, containing 12 folios. However, this is not the index of the gSung 'bum, but of the gSung thor bu. 882. Perhaps the text missing here, is the index which Red mda' ba composed by himself (see chapter 6, section 2.11.36). Cf. Drepung Catalog p. 1668 no. 018977: rJe btsun red mda' pa'i gsung 'gros (2 folios). 883. This note [... ] has been made by a Tibetan colleague from TBRC. He followed the numbering given in Shes bya'i gter mdzod, pp. 311-16, while I am giving priority to the order which we find in the manuscript of the Minor Works. For example, Shes bya 'i gter mdzod, p. 311, CPN no. 006117 lists texts no. (2), (3) and (4) at the beginning. But they are missing in the manuscript ofthe Minor Works so far. According to the gSung thor bu dkar ehag no. (2) and (3) should be indeed placed at the beginning, but the order of the dKar chag also in other cases does not always match with the order in the Minor Works. Thus I have placed these two texts together with other texts listed in the dKar chag that are missing at the end of my list (cf. numbers 74-102). In the list presented here, the CPN catalog numbers are given in brackets. But there are nine texts available, which are not included in the CPN catalog. In this case I have noted "not included," that is not included in the CPN catalog. There is also one text included in the CPN catalog, whch I could not find in the gSung thor bu dkar ehag, that is CPN no. 006117 (30). Perhaps this is the text mentioned in the dKar chag of the Minor Works, 007-008: pp. 3a6-3b7 between texts no. 39 and 40. 884. According to the dKar chag given in Shes bya 'i gter mdzod (CPN, no. 006117 (2), p. 311) the first praise should be 1) ITa khrid rgyud pa'i gsol 'debs (12 folios), followed by 2) gSang 'dus rim lnga rgyud pa 'i gsol 'debs, (1 folio) and 3) beom ldan 'das de bzhin gshegs pa dgra beom pa yang dag par rdzogs pa 'i sangs rgyas la bstod pa (3 folios). Here those texts are to be found as no. 74, 75 and 76. 885. See also Drepung Catalog p. 1716 no. 19593. 886. Cf. p. 10b6-7 at the end of the three texts (no. 9, 10 and 11) that constitute the autobiography (rang rnam) of Red mda' pa. See also above dKar chag pp. 2b5-2b7. 887. CPN, no. 006117, p. 316: 'Gyod med gdeng thob kyi mgur. 888. See also Drepung Catalog p. 1602 no. 018136. 432 Notes 889. Helmut Krasser is holding an unpublished diplomatic and critical edition as well as a translation. 890. See also Drepung Catalog p. 1661 no. 018889. 891. Here text no. 26 actually comprises pp. 61. It does not seem to end after 35 folios. 892. See also Drepung Catalog p. 1696 no. 019343. 893. C£ Otani Online Search Catalog: 'Phags pa rnam par 'thag pa thams cad bsdus pa zhes bya ba theg pa chen po 'i mdo (Arya-sarvavaidalyasemgrata-niima-mahiiyiina-siitra) [Tr] Jinamitra [Tr] Munivarma [Tr] Ye shes sde / [Po No.] 0893, mdo sna tshogs, tshu 187a2-199a6 (vol. 35, p. 121), [D. No.] 0227, mngo sde, dza 177a3-188b7. [N] tsa 282b2-301al. [Kinsha]. 894. During the lifetime of Red mda' ba the year of the dragon occurred five times: 1364, 1376, 1388, 1400 and 1412. 895. Yael Bentor / The Hebrew University of Jerusalem referred to this text in detail during the Congress of the International Association of Buddhist Studies, SOAS 2005, Section: Vajrayana Buddhism, when she spoke on how the generation process works and why most dOe lugs commentaries disagree with Tsong kha pa's teacher Red mda' ba, 896. CPN no. 57 skipped. 897. See also Drepung Catalog p. 1598 no. 018076 dBu rna Ita khrid by dOe slong gZhon nu blo gros (55 folios), and p. 1661 no. 018890 sGom rim rgyas pal dBu rna Ita khrid (51 folios). 898. Above also referred to as gSang 'dus rim lnga 'i snying po mdor bsdus pa. 899. See also Drepung Catalog p. 1610 no. 018233. 900. See note 443. 901. See Appendix B. 902. Tauscher (1995: 17) states that an influencing by Red mda' ba suggests itself, but also stresses that a detailed study of connections between the two with regard to content are needed, which is not the aim of his work. 903. Tibetans refer to the time from about 1358/59 up to 1434, i.e., from the time when Byang chub rgyal mtshan (1302-1364) came into full power and is supposed to have restructered the administrative system of Tibet (from khri skor to rdzong districts etc.) up to the internal collapse of the Phag mo gru pa dynasty, as the "golden era," i.e., an "[era of] an old woman carrying gold" (rgan rna gser 'khur), that means an era during which an old woman could carry gold throughout the country without any harm (cf. Shakabpa 1967: 82; Jackson 1988: X). Notes 433 904. How far besides the dGe lugs tradition was also influenced by the rNying rna and bKa' brgyud tradition needs further study. 905. Quotation from Nagarjuna, Mfilamadhyamakakiirikii 18.10. 906. For a commentary on this verse see Tsering and St6ter-Tillmann (2007: 181-82). 907. Epithet for the Buddha. 908. Note: There are three important words: 1) 10, 2) grag, 3) zero When these are used in philosophical texts, the respective meaning should be considered to be the opponent's view, with which the author disagrees. 909. Cf. Seyfort Ruegg (2002: 170-7In34). 910. This means that Red mda' ba claims that the view accepted by the gzhan stong pa is partial emptiness, while they themselves claim that their view is supreme. Bibliography Andresen, Carl. 2001. Lexikon der alten Welt. 3 vols. Dusseldorf: Albatros Verlag. Almogi, Orna. 2009. Rong-zom-pa's Discourses on Buddhology. A Study of Various Conceptions of Buddhahood in Indian Sources with Special Reference to the Controversy Surrounding the Existence ofGnosis Ofiana: ye shes) as Presented by the Eleventh-Century Tibetan Scholar Rong-zom Choskyi-bzang-po (Studia Philo logic a Buddhica Monograph Series XXIV) Tokyo: The International Institute of Buddhist Studies. Bacot, M. Jacques: "L'Ecriture Cursive Tibetaine." Journal Asiatique. Janvier-Fevrier 1912: pp. 5-77. Bapat, P. V. and Gokhale, V. V. 1982. Vinaya-Sutra and Auto-Commentary on the same by GUIJaprabha. Chapter I - Pravrajyavastu, compared with the Tibetan version. Tibetan Sanskrit Work Series, no. XXII. Patna: K. P. Jayaswal Research Institute. Batchelor, Stephen. 1987). The Tibet Guide. London: Wisdom Publications. Barzun, Jaques and Graff, Henry F. The Modern Researcher. 1992. The Classic Work on Research and Writing completely revised and brought up to date (First edition 1957) Fifth Edition Boston, New York, London: Houghton Mifflin Company. Bechert, Heinz. 1990. Abkurzungsverzeichnis zur buddhistischen Literatur in Indien und Siidostasien. Sanskrit-Wiirterbuch der buddhistischen Texte aus den Turfan-Funden, Beiheft 3. Giittingen: Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht. Bodhi, Bhikkhu, trans. 2000. Connected Discourses of the Buddha: A Translation of the SaIfIYutta Nikaya. Boston: Wisdom Publications. Berzin, Alexander, trans. 1998. Kalachakra and other Six-Session Yoga Texts. New York: Snow Lion Publications. Brough, John. 1950. "Thus Have I Heard ... " Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 13.2: pp.416-26. Cabez6n, Jose Ignacio. 1992. A Dose ofEmptiness. An Annotated Translation ofthe sTong thun chen mo ofmKhas grub dGe legs dpal bzang. SUNY Series in Buddhist Studies. Albany, New York: State University of New York Press. 1996. "Firm Feet and Long Lives: The Zhabs brtan Literature of Tibetan Buddhism." In Cabez6n and Jackson 1996: 344-57. 1998. Scholasticism. Cross-Cultural and Comparative Perspectives. Edited by Jose Ignacio Cabez6n. Albany: State University of New York Press. 436 Bibliography Cabez6n, Jose Ignacio and Dargyay, Geshe Lobsang, trans. 2007. Freedomfrom Extremes. Gorampa's "Distinguishing the Views" and the Polemics ofEmptiness. Studies in Indian and Tibetan Buddhism. Boston: Wisdom Publications. Cabez6n, Jose Ignacio and Jackson R, eds. 1996. Tibetan Literature. Studies in Genre. Ithaca, New York: Snow Lion Publications. 2003. "Two Views on the Svatantrika-PdisaIigika Distinction in Fourteenth-Century in Tibet," in Dreyfus and McClintock (2003: 289-315). Cassinelli, C. W. and Ekvall, Robert B .. 1969. A Tibetan Principality. The Political System of Sa skya. Ithaca, New York: Cornell University Press. Caumanns, Volker. 2006. gSer-mdog PaJ;! chen Shiikya-mchog-Idan (1428-1507): Erschliefiung einiger wichtiger Quellen zu seinem Leben und Gesamtwerk unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung seiner scholastischen Ausbildung. Unver6ffentlichte Magisterarbeit, Universitat Hamburg. Chattopadhyaya, Alaka. 1967. Atisa and Tibet. Life and Work ofDiparpkara Srijiiiina in relation to the History and Religion of Tibet. With Tibetan Sources translated under Professor Lama Chimpa. Calcutta: Indian Studies: Past & Present in Komm., reprint Delhi, Varanasi, Patna: Motilal Banarsidass 1981. Churinoff, George <Gelong Thubten Tsultrim>, trans., ed. 1994. The Auto Commentary of the Supplement to the Middle Way. Madhyamakiivatiira Bhii~hya. Composed by the great Indian Buddhist Scholar and Practioner Candraklrti. Unpublished mauscript, n. p. Conze, Edward, trans. 1994. The Peifection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines & Its Verse SummarJl. Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications. Crosby, Kate and Skilton, Andrew, trans. 1995. Siintideva: The Bodhiciiryiivatiira (Reissued as an Oxford World's Classics paperback 1998) Oxford, New York: Oxford University Press. Dalai Lama XIV, Tenzin Gyatso. 1984. Kindness, Clarity and Insight. Translated and edited by Jeffrey Hopkins, co-edited by Elizabeth Napper. Ithaca, New York: Snow Lion Publications. 1999. Kalachakra Tantra Rite of Initiation. Translated, edited and introduced by Jeffrey Hopkins. Boston: Wisdom Publications. Dalai Lama XIV, Tenzin Gyatso and Berzin, Alex. 1997. The GeluglKagyii Tradition ofMahamudra. Ithaca, New York: Snow Lion Publications. Das, Sarat Chandra. 1882. "Life and Legend of TsoIi Khapa (Lo-ssaIi-Tagpa, the Great Buddhist Reformer of Tibet)." Journal of the Asiatic Society ofBengal, voL LI, part I, no. I: pp. 53-57. dGe legs dpal bzang po, mKhas grub Ije (1385-1438). 1968. mKhas gnlb rje's fundamentals of the Buddhist tantras; Rgyud sde spyi'i mam par gzhag pa rgyas par brjod. trans. from the Tibetan by Ferdinand D. Lessing and Alex Wayman. With original text and annotation. The Hague, Paris: Mouton. Bibliography 437 Dargyay, Eva K. 1991. "Sangha and State in Imperial Tibet." In Tibetan History and Language. Studies Dedicated to Uray Giza on His Seventieth Birthday, pp. 111-127. Ed. by E. Steinkellner.Vienna: Arbeitskreis :fiir Tibetische und Buddhistische Studien Universtat Wien. Dargyay, Lobsang. 1990. "What is Non-existent and What is Remanent in Siinyata?" Journal ofIndian Philosophy 18: 81-90. Douglas, Nik and White, MeryL 1976. Karmapa: the Black Hat Lama of Tibet. London: Luzac. Dowman, Keith, trans. and commentary. 1985. Masters of Mahamudra. Songs and Histories of the Eighty-Four Buddhist Siddhas. Albany: State Universitty of New York Press. 1988. The Power-Places of Central Tibet. The Pilgrim's Guide. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd. Dreyfus, Georges B. J. 1997. Recognizing Reality. Dharmakirti's Philosophy and Its Tibetan Interpretations. Albany: State University of New York Press. 2003. The Sound of Two Hands Clapping. The Education of a Tibetan Buddhist Monk. Berkley, Los Angeles, London: University of California Press. 2003b. "Would the True Prasangika Please Stand? The Case and View of'Ju Mipham," in Dreyfus and McClintock (2003: 317-47). Dreyfus, Georges B. J. and McClintock, Sara L, eds. 2003. The Sviitantrika-Priisaitgika Distinction. What Difference Does a Difference Make? Boston: Wisdom Publications. Dunne, John D. 2004. Foundations of Dharmakirti's Philosophy. Studies in Indian and Tibetan Buddhism. Boston: Wisdom Publications. Eckel, Malcolm David, trans. 1987. Jiiiinagarbha's Commentary on the Distinction between the Two Truths: An eighth century handbook ofMadhyamaka philosophy. SUNY Series in Buddhist Studies. Albany: State University of New York Press. 2003. "Satisfaction of No Analysis: On Tsong kha pa's Approach to Svatantrika-Madhyamaka," in Dreyfus and McClintock (2003: 173-203). Ehrhard, Franz-KarL 2004. Die Statue und der Tempel des Aiya Va-ti bzang-po. Contributions to Tibetan Studies, voL 2. Wiesbaden: Dr. Ludwig Reichert Verlag. 2009. "Buddhist Fasting Lineages: A Thangka of the Eleven-faced and Thousand-armed Avalokitesvara." Eli Franco and Monika Zin (eds.): From Tuifan to Ajanta. Festschriftfor Dieter Schlingloff on the Occasion ofhis Eightieth Birthday. Lumbini: International Research Institute. Eimer, Helmut. 1969. "Ein Sakya-Gebet" Zentralasiatische Studien 2: pp. 151-78. 1992. Ein Jahrzehnt Studien zur Uberlieferung des Tibetischen Kanjur. Ernst Steinkellner: WSTB 28. Vienna: Arbeitskreis rur Tibetische und Buddhistische Studien Universitiit Wien. 438 Bibliography Everding, Karl-Heinz. 1998. What happened in gSang phu Ne 'u thog? Reflections on the rise ofits Grva tshang bcu gsum and Bla khag bcu. Unpublished manuscript presented under the title "Reflections on the Historical Development of the Monastery of Gsang-phu Ne'u-thog, Birthplace of the Tibetan Debate System" (8th IATS, abstract) Bloomington. 2000. Das K6nigreich Mang yul Gung thang. K6nigtum und Herrschaftsgewalt im Tibet des 13.-17. Jahrhunderts. Monumenta Tibetica Historica, Abteilung I, Band 6 (1). Part 1: Die Chronik Gung thang rgyal rabs. Edition und Ubersetzung. Part 2: Studien zur Geschichte des Reiches. Bonn: VGH Wissenschaftsverlag GmbH. Everding, Karl-Heinz and Dzongphugpa, Dawa Dargyay. 2006. Das tibetische Fiirstentum La stod lHo (urn 1265-1642). Wiesbaden: Dr. Ludwig Reichert Verlag. Fenner, Peter G. 1990. The Ontology ofthe Middle Way. Dordrecht, Boston, London: Kluwer Academic Publishers. Ferrari, Alfonsa. 1958. mK'yen brtse 's Guide to the Holy Places of Central Tibet. Completed and edited by Luciano Petech. With the collaboration of Hugh Richardson. Serie Orientale Roma XVI Roma: Istituto Italiano per il medio ed estremo Oriente. Filchner, Wilhelm. 1933. Kumbum Dschamba Ling. Leipzig: In Kommission bei F.A. Brockhaus. Gang, Peter, transl. and ed. 1988. Das Tantra der Verborgenen Vereinigung = Guhyasamiija-Tantra. Miinchen: Eugen Diedrichs Verlag. Goldstein, Melvyn C., ed. 2001. The New Tibetan-English Dictionary ofModem Tibetan. Berkley, Los Angeles, London: University of California Press. Gyatso, Janet. 1998. Apparations of the Self. The Secret Biographies of a Tibetan Visionary (First edition Princeton NJ: Princeton University Press 1998) reprint Buddhist Tradition Series. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers 2001. Gyurme Dorje. 1999. Tibet Handbook with Bhutan. Second edition Bath (England): Footprint Handbooks. Gyurme Dorje. 2009. Tibet Handbook with Bhutan. Second edition Bath (England): Footprint Handbooks. Gyurme Samdrup, Khenpo and Khandro, Sangye, transl. 1996. Perfect conduct: ascertaining the three vows /Ngari Panchen Pema Wangyi Gyalpo; with commentary by Dudjom Rinpoche Jigdral Yeshe Dorje. Boston: Wisdom Publication. Hahn, Michael. 1996. Lehrbuch der klassischen tibetischen Schriftsprache. Indica et Tibetica, 10. Seventh revised edition Swisttal-Odendorf: Indica et Tibetica Verlag 1996. Harrison, Paul. 1996. "A Brief History of the Tibetan bKa' 'gyur." In Cabez6n, Jose Ignacio and Jackson R., eds., pp. 70-94. Bibliography 439 Hodge. Stephen. 1993. An Introduction to Classical Tibetan. (First edition 1990) Revised edition Warminster: Aris & Phillips Ltd. Hopkins, Jeffrey. 1980. Compassion in Tibetan Buddhism. Tsong-ka-pa with Kensur Lekden's Meditations of a Tantric Abbot. Edited and translated by Jeffrey Hopkins. Co-editor for Tong-ka-pa's text: Lati Rinbochay. Associate editor for Kensur Lekden's text: Barbara Frye. Assistant editors for Tong-ka-pa's text: Anne Klein and Elizabeth Napper. Ithaca, New York: Snow Lion Publications. 1992. Tibetan-Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Unpublished manuscript, but widely circulated privately. 2002. Reflections on Reality. The Three Natures and Non-Natures in the Mind-Only School. Dynamic Responses to Dzong-ka-ba 's 'The Essence ofEloquence: ' Volume 2. Berkeley. Los Angeles, London: University California Press. Huber, Toni. 2006. "The Skor lam and the Long March." Journal of the International Association of Tibetan Studies no. 2 (August 2006), www.thdl.org?id=T2718, 42 pp. Huntington, Jr., C. W. 2003. "Was CandrakIrti a Prasari.gika?" in Dreyfus and McClintock (2003: 6791). Jackson, David P. 1976. "The Early History ofLo (Mustang) and Ngari." Contributions to Nepal Studies 4-1, pp. 39-56. 1984. The Mollas of Mustang. Historical, Religious and Oratorical Traditions of the NepaleseTibetan Borderland. Dhararnsa1a: Library of Tibetan Works and Archives. 1985. "Madbyamaka Studies Among the Early Sa-skyacpas." The Tibet Journal 10-2: pp. 20-34. 1987. The Entrance Gate for the Wise (Section III): Sa-skya Pa7;ujita on Indian and Tibetan Traditions of PramiiJ:za and Philosophical Debate. Wiener Studien zur Tibeto10gie und Buddhismuskunde, vol. 17, 2 pts. Vienna: Arbeitskreis fUr tibetische und buddbistische Studien, Universitiit Wien. 1988. Rong-ston on the Prajiiiipiiramitii Philosophy of the AbhisamayiilaIpkiira: His Sub-commentary on Haribhadra's 'Sphutiirthii, ' A Facsimile Reproduction of the Earliest Known Blockprint Edition, from an Exemplar Preserved in the Tibet House Library, New Delhi. Bib1ia Tibetica Series, vol. 2. Edited in collaboration with S. Onoda. New Delhi: Tibet House. 1989. The Early Abbots of 'Phan-po Na-Iendra: The Vicissitudes ofa Great Tibetan Monastery in the 15th Century. Wiener Studien zur Tibeto10gie und Buddbismuskunde, vol. 23. Vienna: Arbeitskreis fUr tibetische und buddhistische Studien, Universitat Wien. 1990. Two Biographies ofSiikyasrlbhadra: The Eulogy by Khro-phu Lo-tsii-ba and its "CommentaIY" by bSod-nams-dpal-bzang-po. Texts and Variants from Two Rare Exemplars Preserved in the Bihar Research Society, Patna. Tibetan and Indo-Tibetan Studies 4. Stuttgart: Franz Steiner Verlag. 1990. "Sa-skya PaJ;.lQita the 'Polemicist': Ancient Debates and Modern Interpretations." Journal ofthe International Association ofBuddhist Studies 13-2:pp. 17-116. · 440 Bibliography 1994a. "An Early Biography ofrNgog Lo-tsa-ba bLo-ldan-Shes-rab." In Tibetan and HimalayanMulti Author Edited Volumes - Conference - Tibetan Studies: Proceedings of the International Associationfor Tibetan Studies (PlATS 6), Fagernes, 1992, vol. 1. Oslo: Institute for Comparative Research in Human Cultures 1994: 372-92. 1994b. "The Status of Pramal),a Doctrine according to Sa skya Pal),<;iita and Other Tibetan Masters: Theoretical Discipline or Doctrine or Liberation?" In Skorupski, Tadeusz and Pagel, Ulrich, eds. The Buddhist Forum, vol. III 1991-1993. Papers in honour and appreciation of Professor David Seyfort Ruegg's contribution to Indological, Buddhist and Tibetan Studies. London 1994: 85-129. 1996. "The bsTan rim ('Stages of the Doctrine') and Similar Graded Expositions ofthe Bodhisattva's Path." In Cabez6n and Jackson 1996: 229-43. 2003. A Saint in Seattle. The Life of the Tibetan Mystic Dezhung Rinpoche. Boston: Wisdom Publications. 2007. "Rong ston bKa' bcu pa. Notes on the title and travels of a great Tibetan scholastic." In: Kellner, Birgit, et al. PramiilJakJrti/:l. Papers dedicated to Ernst Steinkellner on the Occasion of his 70th Birthday. Part 1. Wien: Arbeitskreis fur Buddhistische Studien Universitat Wien, pp. 345-360. n. d. Elucidating the Sage's Intention: An Exposition of the Stages for Embarking upon the Excellent Path of the Bodhisattva by Sakya Pandita Kunga Gyaltshen. Unpublished manuscript, but widely circulated privately. Jackson, Roger R. 2001. "The dGe Idan-bKa' brgyud Tradition of Mahamiidra: How Much dGe Idan? How much bKa' brgyud?" In Newland 2001. 155-191. / Jager, Gerhard. 1990. Einfiihrung in die Klassische Philologie. First edition 1975, revised replint Miinchen: C. H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung. Jiischke, Heinrich August. 1881. A Tibetan English Dictionary. (First Edition: London 1881) First Japanese Edition: Kyoto: Rinsen Book Company 1985. Jinpa, Thupten. 1999. "Tsongkhapa's Qualms about Early Tibetan Interpretations of Madhyamaka Philosphy." The Tibet Journal XXIV, 2: pp. 3-28. 2002. Self, Reality and Reason in Tibetan Philosophy. Tsongkhapa's Questfor the Middle Way. London: RoutledgeCurzon. 2006. Mind Training. The Great Collection. The Library of Tibetan Classics. Boston: Wisdom Publications. 2008. The Book of Kadam. The Core Text. The Library of Tibetan Classics. Boston: Wisdom Publications. 2009. "Rendawa and the Question of Kalacakra's Uniqueness." In: Edward A. Arnold: As long as Space Endures. Essays on the Kiilacakra Tantra in Honor of H. H. the Dalai Lama. Ithaca, New York: Snow Lion Publication, pp.317-330. Bibliography 441 Jottotshang, Tenzin Phuntsog <Chos mdzad bsTan 'dzin Phun tshogs 'Jo ston tshang>. 1976. Neuzeitliches deutsch-tibetisches Lehrbuch. 'Jar bod shan sbyar gyislob deb snang ba gsar pa. First edition 1976, reprint Rikon, Ziirich: Tibet-Institut 2003. Kano, Kazuo. 2006. rNgog Blo-Idan-shes-rab 's Summary of the Ratnagotravibhiiga. The First Tibetan Commentary on a Crucial Source for the Buddha-nature Doctrine. Unpublished PhD thesis, Hamburg University. Kapstein, Matthew. 1996. "gDams ngag: Tibetan Technologies of the Self." In Cabez6n and Jackson 1996: 275-89. Karma Thinley. 1980. The History of the Sixteen Karmapas. Boulder: Prajna Press. Kaschewsky, Rudolf. 1971. Das Leben des lamaistischen Heiligen Tsonglchapa bLo-bzan-grags-pa (1357-1419) dargestellt und erliiutert anhand seiner Vita "Quellort allen Gliickes" Part 1: trans!. and commentary, Part 2: Faksimiles. Asiatische Forschungen, vo!' 32. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz. Khedrup Norsang Gyatso and Kilty, Gavin, trans. 2004. Ornament ofStainless Light. An Exposition of the Kiilacakra Tantra. Boston: Wisdom Publications. Khenpo Migmar Tsering, ed. i997. Sakya College Silver Jubilee Commemorative Magazine 1972-1997, Dehradun: Sakya College. Khentrul Jamphal Lodro Rinpoche .and Sheehy, Michael R., trans. 2005. Paths of Pure Vision. The Histories, Views and Practices of Tibet's Living Spiritual Traditions. (In the Translator's·Preface Sheehy mentions that the Tibetan edition of the book was published in New Delhi: Indraprastha Press, 2003). Golok, Amdo, Tibet, and Qinhai Province, China: Jonang Jamdha Monstery, Buddhist Studies College of Five Sciences. Kramer, Ralf. 1997. rNgog blo-Idan-shes-rab (1059-1109). The Life and Works ofthe Great Translator. Unpublished MA thesis, Hamburg University. Meanwhile published under the title: The great Tibetan translator: Life and Works ofrNgog Blo ldan shes rab (1059-1109). Miinchen:lndus Verlag 2007. Krasser, Helmut. 1998. Unpublished Handout 8th Congress ofIATS. Bloomington, July 24-31. 1998. "Remarks on Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros' Examination of the object and jUnction of a valid cognition." Unpublished paper 8th Congress of IATS, Bloomington, July 24-31. Krupa, Jowita. 1999. The Life and Works ofGlo bo mKhan chen (1456-1532). Unpublished MA thesis, Hamburg University. van der Kuijp, Leonard W. 1. 1983. Contributions to the Development ofTibetan Buddhist epistomology from the eleventh to the thirteenth century. PhD thesis submitted at Hamburg university. 1985a. "Apropos a recent contribution to the history of Central Way philosophy in Tibet: Tsong khapa's Speech of Gold." Berliner Indologische Studien 1: pp. 47-74. 442 Bibliography 1985b. "Studies in the Life and Thought of Mkhas-grub-rje I: Mkas-glUb-rje's Epistomological Oeuvre and his Philological Remarks on Dignaga's Pramar.!asamuccaya I." Berliner Indologische Studien 1: pp. 75-106. 1985c. "Notes on the Transmission ofNagarjuna' s Ratnavali in Tibet." The Tibet Joumal2: pp. 3-19. 1987. "The Monastery of Gsang-phu ne'u-thog and Its Abbatial Succession from ca. 1073 to 1250." Berliner Indologische Studien 3: 103-27. 1991. "On the Life and Political Career of Ta'i-si-tu Byang-chub rgyal-mtshan (1302-1364?)." In Tibetan History and Language. Studies Dedicated to Uray Geza on His Seventieth Birthday, pp. 277-327. Ed. by E. Steinkellner.Vienna: Arbeitskreis fur Tibetische und Buddhistische Studien Universtat Wien. 1994a. "On Some Early Tibetan PramiilJavada Texts of the China Nationalities Library of the Cultural Palace of Nationalities in Beijing." Journal ofBuddhist and Tibetan Studies 1: pp. 1-30. 1994b. "Studies in Fourteenth-Century Tibetan Cultural History I: Ta'i si tu Byang chub rgyal mtshan as a Man of Religion." Indo-Iranian Journal 37: 139-149. 1996. "Tibetan Historiography." In Cabezon and Jackson 1996: 39-56. 2007. "*I'Higabodhi/Nagabuddhi: Notes on the G~hyasamaja Literature." In: Kellner, Birgit, et al. PramalJakirti~. Papers dedicated to Ernst Steinkellner on the Occasion ofhis 70th Birthday. Part 2. Wien: Arbeitskreis fur Buddhistische Studien Universitat Wien, pp. 1001-1022. Kuloy, Hallvard Kare and Imaeda, Yoshiro. 1986. Bibliography of Tibetan Studies. Narita-shi, ChibaKen, Japan: Naritasan Shinshoji. Kun dga' rgyal mtshan, Sa skya Pal).qita (1182-1251). 2002. A Clear Differentiation ofthe Three Codes: Essential Distinctions Among the Individual Liberation, Great Vehicle, and Tantric Systems: the sDom-gsum rab-dbye and six letters / Sakya Pandita Kunga Gyaltshen, trans. Jared Douglas Rhoton, ed. Victoria R. M. Scott. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Lessing, Ferdinand D. and Wayman, Alex. 1968. Introduction to the Buddhist Tantric Systems. Mkhasgrub-rje's Rgyud sde spyi'i mam par gzhag pa rgyas par brjod with Original Text and Annotation (Second Edition 1978) Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers. Lhundup Pal).qita <BIo bzang Ihun grub (1781-1859». 2002. Instructions on the Two Stages of the Thirteen Deity Vajrabhairava. Part 1: Jewel Treasure House of the Three Bodies. Part 2: Staircase that Leads to the Three Bodies. Translated from the Tibetan by Sharpa Tulku with Richard Guard. Not for public distribution. Restricted to those who have received the initiation of Vajrabhairava. Yamantaka Cycle Texts, vol. 2. New Delhi: Tibet House. Lokesh Chandra. 1963. Materialsfor a History ofTibetan Literature. Sata-Pitaka Series, vol. 28-30. Part 1-3. New Delhi: International Academy ofIndian Culture. Maas, Paul. 1957. Textkritik. First edition 1927, third revised edition Leipzig: B. G. Teubner. Bibliography 443 Martin, Dan. 1997. Tibetan Histories. A Bibliography of Tibetan-Language Historical Works. London: Serindia Publications. 2007. Zhang-zhung Dictionary. V~rsion: July 2007. 2007. Tibetan Vocabulary, begun in Bloomington, Indiana, on April 10, 1987. Version: Aug 29. n. d. "The Highlalld Vinaya Lineage: A Study of a Twelfth-Century Monastic Historical Source, 'The Transmission Document' by Zhing-mo-che-ba." Unpublished paper, widely circulated privately, n. p., 28 pp. Mathes, Klaus-Dieter. 1996. Unterscheidung der Gegebenheiten von ihrem wahren Wesen (Dharmadharmatavibhaga). Eine Lehrschrift der Yogacara-Schule. Swisttal-Odendorf: Indica et Tibetica Verlag. McDonald, Anne. 2008. "Red mda' ba's Commentary on the Miilamadhyamakakarika." Unpublished paper XVth Congress ofIABS in Atlanta, June 25. Naga, S. T. 1999. "Development of the Monastic Education System." In Nagendra Kumar Singh, ed. International Encyclopaedia ofBuddhism. Tibet, Vol. 66. New Delhi: Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd. 1999: 693-723. Nagao, Gajin. 1994. An index to Asaitga's MahiiyiinasaIpgraha. Tokyo: International Institute of Buddhist Studies. Nagarjuna (2nd cent.) and Garfield, Jay L., trans. and commentary. 1995. Thefondamental wisdom of the middle way: Nagiirjuna 's Miilamadhyamakakarika. (Madhyamakakarika. English and Sanskrit). Oxford, New York: Oxford University Press. Nakamura, Hajime. 1987. Indian Buddhism. A Survey with Bibliographical Notes (Buddhist Tradition Series, 1). Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers. de Nebesky-Wojkowitz, Rene. 1975. Oracles and Demons of Tibet. Graz: Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt. Newland, Guy. 1996. "Debate Manuals (Yig cha) in dGe-lugs monastic Colleges." In Cabez6n and Jackson 1996: 202-16. ed. 2001. Changing Minds. Contributions to the Study of Buddhism and Tibet in Honor of Jeffrey Hopkins. Ithaca, New York: Snow Lion Publications. Ngawang, Geshe Thubten and Spitz, Christof, trans. 1988-2001. Systematisches Studium des Buddhis- mus. Part 1: Die Vaibha~ika-Lehrmeinung (vols. I-II, transcript 1-360, sources 1-167). Part 2: Sautrantika-Lehrmeinung (vols. III-IV, transrcipt 1-338, sources 1-106). Part 3: Cittamatra-Lehrmeinung (vols. V-VI, transcript 1-270, sources 1-125). Part 4: Svatantrika-Madhyamika-Lehrmeinung (vols. VII -VIII, transcript 1-291, sources 1-39). Part 5: Prasaitgika-Miidhyamika-Lehrmeinung (vols. IX-X, transcript 1-271, sources 1-86), Lamrim - der Stufenweg zur Erleuchtung (vols. Xl-XlI, transcript 1303), Vinaya:- die Lehren iiber ethische Disziplin (vol. XIIIa, transcript 1-66), Tantra - die Lehren 444 Bibliography des geheimen Mantra (vols. XIIIb-XIV, 67-238). Unpublished manucsript, widely circulated against course fee. Teaching material of a seven year study programme on Buddhism consisting of the edited transcripts of all teachings by Geshe Thubten Ngawang 1988-1996 and the German translation ofthe ' related Tibetan sources with the respective references. Part 1 now also available in Tibetan (transcript of the teachings by Sera Je Library & Computer Project). Hamburg: Tibetisches Zentrurn e.V. 19882001. 2000. Gliicklich leben, friedlich sterben. Hamburg: dharma edition. Ngawang, Geshe Thubten and Spitz, Christof, et. aI, trans. 2005. Mit allem verbunden. Geistesumwandlung im Mahiiyiina-Buddhismus. Miinchen: Diamant Verlag. Obermiller, E. 1935. "Tsong-kha-pa Ie Pandit." Melanges Chinois et Bouddhiques, Tome III. Bruxelles: pp.319-38. Onoda, Shunzo. 1989. "The Chronology of the Abbatial Successions of the Gsan phu sne'u thog monastery." Wiener Zeitschriftfiir die Kunde Siidasiens 33: pp. 203-13. 1992. Monastic Deba.te in Tibet. A Study on the History and Structures ofbsDus grwa Logic. Wiener Studien zur Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde herausgegeben von Ernst Steinkellner, Heft 27. Vienna: Arbeitskreis fur Tibetische und Buddhistische Studien Universitiit Wien. Pha-bon-kha-pa. 1999. Befreiung in unseren Hiinden: eine kurze Unterweisung iiber den Pfad zur Erleuchtung / Pabongka Rinpoche. Editor of the Tibetan text: Trijang Rinpoche. Translated from the English into German: Claudia Wellnitz. Miinchen: Diamant-Verlag. Pasadika, Bhikkhu <Pseudo of Bangert, Eckhard>. 1989. Niigiirjuna 's Siitrasamuccaya: a critical edition of the mDo kun las btus pa (Fontes Tibetici Havnienses; 2) Kobenhavn: Akad. ForI. Panglung, Jampa Losang. 1981. Die ErziihlstofJe des Miilasarviistiviida- Vinaya. Tokyo: The Reiyukai Library. Petech, Luciano. 1990. Central Tibet and the Mongols. The Yiian - Sa-skya Period of Tibetan History. Serie Orientala Roma LXV. Roma: Istituto Italiano peril medio ed estremo Oriente. Prasad, Hari Shankar, ed. 1991. The Uttaratantra ofMaitreya. Containing Introduction, E. H. Johnson's Sanskrit Text and E. Obermiller's English Translation. First edition 1991, reprint Delhi: Sri Satguru Publications 1997. Rinchen, Geshe Sonam and Sonam, Ruth. 1994. The Yogic Deeds of Bodhisattvas. Gyel-tsap on Aryadeva's Four Hundred. Commentary by Geshe Sonam Rinchen. Translated and edited by Ruth Sonam. Ithaca, New York: Snow Lion Publications. Robinson, James Bumell. 1996. "The Lives of Indian Buddhist Saints: Biography, Hagiography and Myth." In Cabezon and Jackson 1996: 57-69. Roerich, G. N., trans. 1949. The Blue Annals (Deb ther sngon po). First edition Calcutta 1949, reprint Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass 1996. Bibliography 445 Roesler, Ulrike and Hans-Ulrich. 2004. Kadampa Sites of Phempo. A Guide to Some Early Buddhist Monasteries in Central Tibet. Kathmandu: Vajra Publications .. Roloff, Carola. 2003. Red mda' pa (l~49-1412) und Tsong khapa (1357-1419): zwei zentrale Figuren des tibetischen Buddhismus und ihr wechselseitiges Lehrer-SchUler-Verhiiltnis. Unpublished MA thesis, Department ofIndian and Tibetan Studies, Hamburg University. Stock on loan in the Library ofthe Asia Africa Institute at Hamburg university, see also Verbundkatalog GBV: www.gbv.de/vgm. Sato, M. (Morioka). 1983. "Die Madhyamaka-Philosophie der Sa skya pa-Schule - Red mda' ba g'zon nu blo gros." In Steinkellner, Ernst and Tauscher, Helmut, eds. Contributions on Tibetan and Buddhist Religion and Philosophy, vo!' 2, Wiener Studien zur Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde 11. Vienna: Arbeitskreis fiir Tibetische und Buddhistische Studien Universitat Wien. Scherrer-Schaub, Cristina and Bonani, George. 2002. "Establishing a typology of the old Tibetan manuscripts: a multi disciplinary approach," Whitfield, Susan, ed. 2002. Dunhuang Manuscript Forgeries. London, pp. 184-215. Schober, Juliane, ed. 1997. Sacred Biography in the Buddhist Traditions of South and Southeast Asia. Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press. Schubert, Johannes, trans. 1937. Sum cu pa dang rtags 'jug gi don nyung ngur bshad pa blo ldan dga' bskyed nyes bya ba bzhugs. Tibetische Nationalgrammatik. Das Sum cu pa und rTags kyi 'jug pa des GroBlamas von Peking Rol pa'i rdo Ije. Ein Korm:iJ.entar zu den gleichnamigen Schriften Thon mi Sambhota's auf Grund der Erklarung des Lamas Chos kyon bzail po, Lo tsa ba von Zha lu. Leipzig: Verlag der Offizin Richard Had!. Schuh, Dieter. 1988. Das Archiv des Klosters bKra-~is-bsam-gtan-glin von sKyid-gron. 1. Tei!. Monumenta Tibetica Historica, Abteilung III, Band 6. Bonn: VGH Wissenschaftsverlag. Seyfort Ruegg, David. 1963. "The Jo nail pas: A School of Ontologists. According to the Grub Mtha' sel gyi me Ion." Journal of the American Oriental Society 83, 1: 73-91. 1980. "On the reception and early history of the dBu-ma (Madhyamaka) in Tibet." In Aris, Michael and Aung San Suu Kyi, eds. Tibetan Studies in Honour of Hugh Richardson. Proceedings of the International Seminar of Tibetan Studies Oxford 1979. Warminster, 277-79. 2000. Three Studies in the History ofIndian and Tibetan Madhyamaka Philosophy. Studies in Indian and Tibetan Madhyamaka Thought, pt. 1. Wiener Studien zur Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde, ed. Ernst SteinkelIner, 50. Vienna: Arbeitskreis fiir Tibetische und Buddhistische Studien Universitat Wien. 2002. Two Prolegomena to Madhyamaka Philosophy. Candrakirti's Prasannapadii Madhyamakav[fti/:l on Madhyamakakiirikii II and Tson khapa blo bzan grags pairGyal tshabDar rna rin chen's dKa' gnad/gnas brgyad kyi zin bris. Annotated Translations. Studies in Indian and Tibetan Madhyamaka Thought, pt. 2. Wiener Studien zur Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde, ed. Ernst Steinkellner, 54. Vienna: Arbeitskreis fiir Tibetische und Buddhistische Studien Universitat Wien. 446 Bibliography Sherab Gyaltsen Amipa. 1976. A Waterdrop from the Glorious Sea: A concise account of the advent of Buddhism in general and teachings ofthe Sakyapa tradition in particular. Rikon, Zurich: Tibet-Institut Shih, Heng-Ching. 1988. "The Significance of Tathagatagarbha: A Positive Expression of .silnyata." National Taiwan University Philosophical Review 11, pp. 227-246. Online Publication: http://www.budsas.org/ebudlebdhaI91.htm (July 8, 2009). Smith, E. Gene. 2001. Among Tibetan Texts. History & Literature ofthe Himalayan Plateau. Studies in Indian and Tibetan Buddhism. Somerville (USA): Wisdom Publications. 2005. "Banned Books in Tibetan Speaking Lands." In 21st Century Tibet Issue, Symposium on Contemporary Tibetan Studies, Collected Papers, pp. 368-391. Taipei: Mongolian and Tibetan Affairs Commission. Snellgrove, David and Richardson, Hugh Edward. 1986. A Cultural History ofTibet. First Edition 1968, revised edition Boston, London: Shambhala. Sobisch, Jan-Ulrich. 2002. Three-Vow Theories in Tibetan Buddhism. A Comparative Study of Major Traditions from the Twelfth through Nineteenth Centuries. Wiesbaden: Dr. Ludwig Reichert Verlag . . 2005. Introduction to Classical Autochthonus Tibetan. Unpublished manuscript (teaching material). Kobenhavn: May 2005. 2008. "Tools of the Trade: Basic Linguistic Requirements in Digitized Format." Review of Tony Duff, The Illuminator, Tibetan-English Encyclopaedic Dictionary (Edition 5.00). Under Publication in The Tibet Journal. Dharamsala: LTWA 2008. S0rensen, Per K. and Hazod, Guntram. 2007. Rulers on the Celestial Plain. Ecclesiastic and Secular Hegemony in Medieval Tibet. A Study on Tshal Gung-thang. Osterreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse 361. VeriiffentIichungen zur Sozialanthropologie 10. 2 volumes. Wien: Verlag der Osterreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Steams, Cyrus R. 1980. The Life and Teachings ofthe Tibetan Saint Thang-stong rgyal-po, "King ofthe Empty Plain ". (Unpublished MA thesis, Asian Languages and Literature, University of Washington). 1999. The Buddha from Dolpo. A Study of the Life and Thought of the Tibetan Master Dolpopa Sherab Gyaltsen.. Albany: State University of New York Press. 2008. King of the Empty Plain. The Tibetan Iron-Bridge Builder Tangtong Gyalpo. Tsadra Foundation Series. Ithaca (a. 0.): Snow Lion Publications. Stein, Rolf Alfred. 1987. La civilisation tibitaine (edition definitive). Paris: L' Asiatheque. 1993. Die Kultur Tibets. (Aus dem Franziisischen von Dr. Helga Uebach. Illustriert von Lobsang Tendsin.) Berlin: Edition Weber. Stiiter-Tillmann, Jurgen and Tsering, Tashi. 1997. Rendawa ShOnnu Lodr6's "Commentary on the 'Entry into the Middle' Lamp which elucidates Reality. "The Dalai Lama Tibeto-Indological SeriesXXIII. Samath, Varanasi: Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies. Bibliography 447 Sweet, Michael J. 1996. "Mental Purification (Blo sbyong): A Native Tibetan Genre of Religious Literature." In Cabez6n and Jackson 1996: 244-60. Swiss Ka1achakra Committee, ed. 1985. Kalachakra Initiation Switzerland 1985. Sud si ri kon du gong sa skyabs mgon chen pos phyi 10 1985 lor dpal dus kyi 'khor 10 'i dbang chen rtsal skabs kyi mdzad rim dang zhal 'don phyogs sdeb. First edition published by Deer Park Madison, Wisconsin 1981; second, revised edition Winterthur: Swiss Ka1achakra Committee. Szerb, Janos. 1990. Bu ston's History of Buddhism in Tibet. Vienna: Verlag der bsterreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Tambiah, Stanley Jeyaraja. 1984. The Buddhist saints of the forest and the cult of amulets. A study in charisma, hagiography, secretarianism and millennial buddhism. Cambridge (a.o.): Cambridge University Press. Tarab Tulku. 2000. A BriefHistory of Tibetan Academic Degrees in Buddhist Philosophy. NIAS Report Series, 43. Copenhagen: Nordic Institute of Asian Studies (NJAS). Taranatha, Jo-nan-pa (b. 1575) and Hopkins, Jeffrey. 2007. The essence of other-emptiness. Translated and annotated by Jeffrey Hopkins in collaboration with Lama Lodro Namgyel. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications. Tauscher, Helmut. 1995. Die Lehre von den Zwei Wirklichkeiten in Tson kha pas Madhyamaka-Werken. Wiener Studien zur Tibetologie und Buddhismuskunde herausgegeben von Ernst Steinkellner, Heft 36. Vienna: Arbeitskreis fur Tibetische und Buddhistische Studien Universitat Wien. 1999. Phya pa chos kyi seng ge, dBu ma sar gsum gyi ston thun. Wiener Studien zur Ti.betologie und Buddhismuskunde, Heft 43. Vienna: Arbeitskreis fur Tibetische und Buddhistische Studien UniversitatWien. 2003. "Phya pa chos kyi seng ge as a Svatantrika," in Dreyfus and McClintock (2003: 207-55). Tharchin, Geshe Lobsang and Engle, Artemus B., trans. 1979. Niigiirjuna's "Letter to a Friend" with a commentary by the Venerable Rendawa, Zhon-nu Lo-dro. Dharamsa1a: Library of Tibetans Works and Archives. Thurman, Robert A. F., ed. 1982. Life and Teachings of Tsong Khapa. Translation by Sherpa Tulku, Khamlung Tulku, Alexander Berzin, Jonathan Landaw, Glenn H. Mullin, and Robert A. F. Thurman. Dharamsala: Library of Tibetan Works and Archives. 1989. The Speech ofGold. Reason and Enlightenment in the Tibetan Buddhism. Princeton University Press 1984; reprint edition Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass. 1991. The Central Philosophy of Tibet. A Study and Translation of Jey Tsong Khapa's Essence of True Eloquence. First edition 1984 under the title Tsong Khapa's Speech of Gold in the Essence of true eloquence; second edition 1989 under the title The Speech of Gold. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press. 448 Bibliography Tri Gyaltsen Senge <rGyal mtshan seng+ge (b. 1678 d. 1756), dGa' Idan khri pa 53>. 1995. Instructions on the Generation & Completion Stages of the Solitary Hero Vajrabhairava. Part 1. The Profound Path ofthe Great Secret. Part 2. Cloud of Offerings to Please Maiijusrl. Translated from the Tibetan' by Sharpa Tulku with Richard Guard. With an Appendix containing the Outline of the Instructions ofthe Two Stages of the Solitary Hero Vajrabhairava by Kyabje Yongclzin Ling Rinpoche. Not for public distribution. Restricted to those who have received the initiation ofVajrabhairava Yamantaka Cycle Texts, vol. 1. New Delhi: Tibet House. Bhik~ul).l Jampa <Roloff, Carol a>. 1992. A Brief Survey of the Vinaya: Its origin, transmission, and arrangement from the Tibetan point of view with comparisons to the Theraviida and Dharmagupta .traditions. Foundation for Tibetan Buddhist Studies, Vinaya Research. Hamburg: Tsedroen, dharma edition. Tsering, Tashi and St6ter-Tillm\lnn, lurgen. 2004. Rendawa Shonnu Lodro's Commentary on Arya- deva's "Four Hundred Verses," Cambridge, MA: Manjusbri Publication. 2005. Removal of Wrong Views. A General Synopsis of the "Introduction to the Middle" and Analysis of the Difficult Points of each ofist Subjects by Go bo Rab 'Byams pa Bsod nams Seng ge. Kathmandu: International Buddhist Academy. 2007. Light of Logic. Commentary on the 'Root of the Middle Way' by Ven. Red Mda Ba Gzon Nu Blo Gros (Rendawa Shanu Lodra). Translation ofthe "Dbu ma rtsa bai 'grel pa 'thad pai snang ba. " Kathmandu: International Buddhist Academy. Tsong-kha-pa and Lamrim Chemno Translation Committee, trans. 2000-2004. The Great Treatise on the Stages of the Path to Englightenment. 3 vols. Ithaca, New York: Snow Lion Publications. Tsongkhapa and Krause, Cornelia. 2007. Der Mittlere Stufenweg. Munchen: Diamant Verlag. Tsong Khapa, rJe, Samten, Geshe Ngawang and Garfield, lay L., trans. 2006. Ocean of Reasoning: A Great Commentary on Niigiirjuna 's Miilamadhyamakakiirikii. New York: Oxford University Press. Tucci, Giuseppe. 1949. Tibetan Painted Scrolls. Part 1. First edition Rom 1949, reprint Kyoto: Rinsen Book Co., Ltd 1980. Wangchuk, Dorji. 2004. "The rNin-ma Interpretations of the Tathagatagarbha Theory*." Wiener Zeitschriftfiir die Kunde Siidasiens / Vienna Journal of South Asian Studies XLVIII: 171-213. 2007. T71e Resolve to Become a Buddha. A Study of the Bodhicitta Concept in Indo-Tibetan Buddhism. Tokyo: The International Institute for Buddhist Studies. Wayman, Alex. 1973. The Buddhist Tantras. Light on Indo-Tibetan Esotericism (Buddhist Tradition Series, 9). Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers. 1977. Yoga of the Guhyasamiijatantra: the arcane lore of 40verses; a Buddhist tantra commentary. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass. Bibliography 449 West, Martin L. 1973. Textual Criticism and Editoral Technique applicable to Greek and Latin texts. Stuttgart: B. G. Teubner. Weishaar-Giinter, Cornelia. 1997. Namkha Pal: Sonnenstrahlen des Geistestraining. Berlin: Theseus Verlag. Wilson, Joe Bransford. 1996. "Tibetan Commentaries on Indian Sastras." In Cabez6n and Jackson 1996: 125-37. Wilson, Martin, trans. (2003). Acarya Candraklrti's Introduction to the Middle Way (Madhyamakavatara) rendered into English verse after the Tibetan translation of Patsap Nyima-trapa; with the commentary of the First Dalai Lama, Gyelwa Gendiin-drup, entitled The Mirror of the Clarification of the Thought. Both newly translated from the Tibetan. Dhatu: Swansea. de Wulf, M. and Coffey, P., trans. 1907. Scholasticism old and new. An Introduction to Scholastic Philosophy Medieval and Modern. New York, Cincinnati, Chicago: Benzinger Brothers. Wylie, Turrell V., ed. 1962. The Geography of Tibet according to the 'Dzam-gling-rgyas-bshad. Text and English Translation. Serie Orientale Roma XXV. Rom: Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente. 2003. "Monastic Patronage in 15th-century Tibet." In McKay, Alex, ed. (2003). The medieval period: c. 850-1895: the development of Buddhist paramountcy, pp. 483-9l. Yoshimizu, Chizuko. 2003. "Tsong kha pa's Reevaluation ofCandrakIrti's Criticism of Autonomous Inference," in Dreyfus and McClintock (2003: 257-88). 2005. "A Tibetan Buddhist text from the twelfth century unknown to later Tibetans." Cahiers d'Extreme-Asie 15 (2005): 127-164. 2006. "Indo-chibetto chiigan shiso no saikochiku he mukete. 'Chiigan meikuron chiishaku' dai 1 sho no shahon kenkyii shido" (Toward reconstructing the history of Indian and Tibetan Madhyamaka thought - the launch of the study of dBu ma tshig gsal gyi tik I). Tsukuba: Tsukuba University (Tetsugaku-shiso ronshUlStudies in Philosophy) 32 (2006). Zimmermann, Michael. 2002. A Buddha Within: The Tathagatagarbhasiitra, The Earliest Exposition of the Buddha-Nature Teaching in India. Bibliotheca Philo logic a et Philosophica Buddhica ed. by Hiroshi Kanno Vol. VI. Tokyo: The International Research Institute for Advanced Buddhology Soka University. Tibetan and Sanskrit Sources Blo bzang 'phrin las mam rgyal (b. 19th cent.). 1981. Khyab bdag rje btsun bla ma dam pa thub dbang rdo rje 'chang dang ngo bo dbyer rna mchis pa, 'jam mgon chos Icyi rgyal po tsong Icha pa chen po 'i rnam par thar pa thub bstan mdzes pa 'i rgyan gcig ngo mtshar nor bu'i 'phreng ba. Short Title: Tsong Icha pa'i rnam thar chen mo. n. p.: mTsho sngon mi rigs dpe sknm khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Qinghai). 450 Bibliography Bod gzhung shes rig dpar khang, Dag yig ma nor lam bzang. 1995. Dharamsala: Tibetan Cultural Printing Press. Revised Reprint 1997. Brag g.yab Blo Idan shes rab, Bod brda 'i tshig mdzod. 1989. Dharamsala: Library of Tibetan Works and Archives. bSam gtan, et al. bDag yig gsar bsgrigs. 1973. Dharamsala: Tibetan Cultural Printing Press. Reprint 1992. bSod nams rgyal mtshan, dGa' byang tsha ba dGe bshes. 2000. dGa' ldan byang rtse thos bsam nor bu gling gi byung ba dang zhal 'don gsung phyogs gsal bar bkod pa mthong ba don ldan. Delhi: Tibetan Cultural and Religious Publication Centre. bSod nams rgya mtsho, ed. 1968-69. Ngor chen kun dga' bzang po 'i bka' 'bum. The Complete Works of Ngor chen Kun dga' bzang po. In Sa skya pa 'i bka' 'bum. The Complete Works of the Great Masters of the Sa skya sect of the Tibetan Buddhism. 15 vols., vols. 9, 10. Tokyo: The Toyo Bunko. bSod nams rgya mtsho and Nor bu sgroi dkar. 2000. bsTan rtsis ka phrin lag deb. Mi rigs dpe skrun khang (publishing House of Nationalities). bSod nams seng ge, Go (bo) rab 'byams pa (1429-1489). 2001. dBu ma la 'jugpa 'i dkyus kyi sa bcad pa dang gzhung so so 'i dka' ba 'i gnas la dpyad pa Ita ba ngan sel zhes bya ba. Varanasi: Senge Sangpo, CIHTS. (For English Translation by Tsering and St6ter-Tillmann, see above.) 2004. ITa ba 'i shan 'byed dang rigs lam gsal sgron. Varanasi: Sa skya Students' Union (mTho slob dPal Sa skya'i slob gnyer Ihan tshogs) CIHTS. bTsan Iha Ngag dbang Tshul khrims. 1997. brDa dkrol gser gyi me long. Beijing: Mi rigs dpe skrun khang. Dalai Lama V, Ngag dbang Blo bzangrgya mtsho (1617-1682). 1991-1995. Gong sa lnga pa chen po 'i gsung 'bum. 25 vols. Gangtok: Sikkim Research Institute ofTibetology. dByig gnyen, Chos mngon pa mdzod kyi rang 'gre!. 1997. Varanasi: CIHTS. Dharma bhadra, dNgul chu (1772-1851). 1973. Collected Works (gSung 'bum). Reproduced from a manuscript copy traced from prints of the dNul-chu blocks, vol. 1, New Delhi: Champa aser. dKon mchog bstan pa rab rgyas, Brag dgon pa (b. 1801). 1977. mDo smad chos 'byung. The Ocean Annals ofAmdo. Full title: Yul mdo smad kyi ljongs su thub bstan rin po che ji ltar dar ba 'i tshul gsal bar br:jod pa: deb ther rgya mtsho. Written by Brag dgon Zhabs drung dKon mchog bsTan pa rab rgyas of Lab rang Monastery in 1883, enlarged in 1849, and supplemented in 1865. Reproduced by Lokesh Chandra. 3 vols. Sata-Pitaka Series, Indo-Asian Literatures, vol. 226. New Delhi: Sharada Rani. dKon mchog bstan pa rab rgyas, Brag dgon pa (geb. 1801). 1987. mDo smad chos 'byung (Deb ther rgya mtsho). The political and Religious History of A-mdo (North-Eastern Region of Tibet). First edition Bibliography 451 1982; third edition Lan Chou: Kan su'u mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Gansu). dPal brtsegs bod yig dpe mying zhig. 'jug khang. 2004. 'Bras spungs dgon du bzhugs su gsol ba 'i dpe mying dkar chag (Catalogue oJOld Books in Drepung Monastery. 2 vols. Beijing: Mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House). Dung dkar Blo bzang 'phrin las and Dar mdo bKra shis dbang 'dus, eds. 1997. Bod kyi rig gnas dang 10 rgyus kyi re 'u mig ngo mtshar kun snang. Si khron mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Sichuan). 2002. Bod rig pa 'i tshig mdzod chen mo shes bya rab gsal zhe bya ba. Krung go'i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang. Grags pa. 1985. Bod kyi bstan bcos khag Gig gi mtshan byang dri med shel dkar phreng ba (Garland oj Staineless White Cristal, Titles oj Some Tibetan Treatises). Zi ling: mTsho sngon mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Qinghai). 'Jigs med grags pa phyogs las mam rgyal (d. ca. 1450). 1987. rGyal rtse chos rgyal gyi mam par thar pa dad pa 'i 10 thog dngos grub kyi char 'bebs. Biography of Si tu Rab brten kun bzang 'phags (1389-1442), Ruler of the Nyang valley, Lhasa: Bod ljongs mi dmangs dpe skrun khang (People's Publishing House of the Tibet Autonomous Region). Ko zhul Grags pa 'byung gnas, et al. 1992. Gangs can mkhas grub rim byon ming mdzod. Lan Chou: Kan su'u mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Gansu). Kun dga' blo gros. 1991. Sa skya 'i gdung rabs ngo mtshar bang mdzod kyi kha skong. Beijing: Mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House). Ku se A pad Yon tan bzang po, mKhan po, et. al. 1987. Dkarchag mthong [i.e., mthon?] basyid 'phrog chos mdzod bye ba'i Ide mig. Short title: Sa skya pa'i dkar chag. A Bibliography of Sa-skya-pa Literature. Prepared at the order ofH. H. the Sakya Trizin, based on a compilation by the Venerable Khenpo Appey and contributions from other Sakyapa scholars. New Delhi: Ngawang Topyal. (dbu med), (Review by David P. Jackson. 1991. Indo-Iranian Joumal34: 220-229) Las chen Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (1432-1506). bKa' gdams kyi rnam par thar pa bka' gdams chos 'byung gsal ba 'i sgron me zhes bya ba (Biographies oj the bKa' gdams pa [Masters). 'The Clear Light', A History oJthe bKa' gdams [School). A Detailed Account of the Spread of the bKa gdams school in Tibet and a collection of more than 200 biographies ofbKa' gdams pa masters, given in the chapters 4-10. At present we have access to three different editions of this work: 1972.2 vols. New Delhi: B. Jamyang Norbu, 630 ff. 19-. Blockprint, n. p., no publisher, scanned by TBRC, vol. no. 2593, work number (W) 23748,832 pp., 417 ff. 2003. Modem offset book print, Lhasa: Bod ljongs mi dmangs dpe skrun khang, 830 pp., 7-223-01568-3. Bibliography 452 !Hag pa tshe ring, ed. 1990. Zhwa ser bstan pa 'i sgron me rje tsong kha pa chen pos gtsos skyes chen dam pa rim byung gi gsung 'bum dkar chag phyogs gcig tu bsgrigs pa 'i dri med zla shel gtsang ma 'i me long. Short titles: gSung 'bum dkar chag or dGe lugs gsung 'bum. Hsi Ning (Zi ling), Province ' Qinghai: Bod ljongs mi dmangs dpe skrun khang (People's Publishing House of the Tibet Autonomous Region). 26,5 x 18,5cm, 968 pp. Mang thos Klu sgrub rgya mtsho. 1993. bsTan rtsis gsal ba 'i nyin byed/ tha snyad rig gnas lnga'i byung tshul blo gsal mgrin rgyan. Hsi Ning (Zi ling), Province Qinghai: Bod ljongs mi dmangs dpe skrun khang (People's Publishing House of the Tibet Autonomous Region). Mi rigs dpe mdzod khang, ed. 1997. Bod gangs can gyi grub mtha ' ris med kyi rnkhas dbang brgya dang brgyad bcu lhag gi gsung 'bum so so'i dkar chag phyogs gcig tu bsgrigs pa shes bya'i gter mdzod. ("Treasure o/Objects o/Knowledge," a Catalogue UnifYing the Indices o/the Collected Works 0/ More than 180 Scholars o/all Tenets in the Land o/Snow Tibet.), vol. 3 (smad cha). Beijing: Mi rigs dpe mdzod khang (Nationalities Library). mKhas btsun bzang po. 1979. The Biographical Dictionary o/Tibet and Tibetan Buddhism, vol. XI. Dharamsala: Library of Tibetan Works and Archives 1979. mKhas grub dGe legs dpal bzang po (1385-1438). 1968. mKhas grub rje 'sfondamentals o/the Buddhist tantras; Rgyud sde spyi'i mam par gzhag pa rgyas par brjod. trans. from the Tibetan by Ferdinand D. Lessing and Alex Wayman. With original text and annotation. The Hague, Paris: Mouton. rJe btsun bla ma tsong kha pa chen po 'i ngo rntshar rmad du byung ba'i mam par thar pa dad pa 'i 'jug ngogs. In Tsong kha pa, The Collected Works (gSung 'bum), Khams gsum chos kyi rgyal po tsong kha pa chen po 'i gsung 'bum, vol. ka, la-72a. mKhas grub thams cad mkhyen pa 'i mam thar mkhas pa 'i yid 'phrog. Generally known as mKhas grub lje's mam thar. In The Collected Works o/mKhas grub rje dGe legs dpal bzang, 12 vols., vol. ka. New Zhol Par khang edition, 14 ff. TOH 5456. Nam mkha' dpal, Hor ston. 1975. Blo sbyong nyi ma 'i 'ad zer (Sunbeams 0/Mental Purification). New Delhi. Tibetan style book (dpe cha), 113 ff. Negi, J. S. 1993-2005. Tibetan Sanskrit Dictionary. 16 volumes. Samath, Varanasi: CIHTS. Ngag dbang blo bzang (1880-1957). 1985. Sum cu pa 'i snying po legs bshad !jon dbang gi slob deb (A Textbook on the Essence 0/ the Thirty, the Elegant Sayings on the Wish/ulfilling Tree). (Suh-Commentary on Thon mi Sainbhota's Sum cu pa and Commentary on dByangs can grub pa'i rdo rje's Sum cu pa 'i snyingpo don gsal byed legs bshad !jon pa 'i dbang po?). New Delhi (lDi li gsar pa): Khang dkar Don grub tshe ring. Ngag dbang chos grags. 1983. Bod kyi mkhas pa snga phyi dag gi grub mtha 'i shan 'byed mtha' dpyod dang bcas pa 'i 'bel ba 'i gtam skyes dpyod ldan mkhas pa 'i Ius rgyan rin chen mdzes pa 'j phra tshom bkod pa. New Delhi: Ngawang Topgya[l]. Ngag dbang kun dga' bsod nams, 'Jam mgon A myes zhabs (1597-1659). 1975. 'Dzam gling byang phyogs kyi thub pa 'i rgyal tshab chen po dpal Idan sa skya pa 'i gdung rabs rin po che ji Itar byon Bibliography 453 pa'i tshul gyi mam par thar pa ngo mtshar rin po che'i bang mdzod dgos 'dod kun 'byung. Short title: Sa skya gdungs rabs chen mo. Reproduced from a rare print by Tashi Dorji. Ochghat (via Solan), India: Tibetan Bonpo Monastic Centre. Ngor dKon mchog Ihun grub (1497-1557). 1973. A History of Buddhism being the text of Dam pa 'i chos kyi byung tshul legs par bshad pa bstan pa rgya mtshor 'jug pa 'i gru chen zhes bya ba rtsom 'phro kha skong bcas. Short title: Ngor Chos 'byung. Begun by Ngor chen dKon mchog!hun grub and completed [in 1692] by Ngor'chen Sangs rgyas phun tshogs (1649-1705). Reproduced from a rare xylographic print from the 1705 Sde-dge blocks from the library of Burmiok Athing. New Delhi: .Ngawang Topgay. Ram Shankar Tripathi, ed. 2001. Pil:uj.lkrama and Paiicakrama ofAciirya Niigiirjuna (Bibliotheka IndoTibetica Series - XXV) Sarnatli, Varanasi: CIHTS. Ratnasa!p.bhava. Red mda' ba gzhon nu blo gros kyi mam thar, manuscript, 17 fols. 2003. Sa skya rgyal yongs gsung rab slob gnyer khang (Sakya rnA), ed. Sa skya pa 'i bla rna kha shas kyi mam thar (Biographies ofSome Sa-skya-pa Masters), pp. 241-64. Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros. gSung thor bu (Minor Works), page title: Red mda' ba'i gsung, manuscript in dbu med, 335 fols. (incomplete from 335b onwards). TBRC holds digitally scanned images, tiffs and pdf files, WICZI871 (for a detailed analysis see chapter 7). 1981. bShes pa 'i springs yig gi 'grel pa don gsal. Timphu, Bhutan: Mani Dorji. TBRC holds digitally scanned images, tiffs and pdf files, 3582, 1 vol., W453. 1996. bShes pa 'i springs yig gi 'grel pa don gsa!. Suhrflekha ofNagarjuna with the commentary of Jetsun Rendawa. Sarnath, Varanasi: Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies. (There is also a new print 2005 available) dBu rna bzhi brgya pa 'i tlkii, manuscript in dbu med, 137 fols., photocopy from original microfilm. TBRC holds digitally scanned images, tiffs and pdf files, W459. 1998. dBu ma bzhi brgya pa rtsa 'grel. Slob dpon 'Phags pa Ihas rtsa ba mdzad. Red mda' ba gzhon nu blo gros kyis 'grel pa brtsams. Chengdu: Si khron mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Sichuan). 1983. dBu rna la 'jug pa 'i mam bshad de kho na nyid gsal ba 'i sgron rna. reprint Sarnath, Varanasi: dPal sa skya'i slob gnyer!han tshogs. Sakyapa's Students' Union, Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies (Post Graduate Teaching & Research). 1995. dBu rna la 'jug pa 'i mam bshad de kho na nyid gsal ba 'i sgron me. Sarnath, Varanasi: dPal sa skya'i slob gnyer!han tshogs, Sakyapa's Students' Union, Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies (post Graduate Teaching and Research). dPal gsang ba 'dus pa 'i 'grel pa sgron rna gsal ba dang bcas pa 'i bshad sbyar yid kyi mun sel shes bya ba 'i legs bshad rgya mtsho 'i tshogs, also referred to as gSang 'dus stong thun, manuscript in dbu 454 Bibliography med, 297 fols., photocopy from original microfilm. TBRC holds digitally scanned images, tiffs and pdf files, WOOKG02739. dPal gsang ba 'dus pa 'i dkyi/ 'khor du dbang bskur ba'i cho ga 'i rim pa don gsal, also referred to as gSang 'dus mngon ftogs bdag 'jug mchod phreng, manuscript in dbu med, 27 fols., photocopy from original microfilm. TBRC holds digitally scanned images, tiffs and pdf files, WOOKG02740. Dam pa 'i chos mngon pa kun las btus pa 'i snying po legs bshad nor bu 'i phreng ba, manuscript in dbu med, 51 fols., photocopy from original microfilm. TBRC holds digitally scanned images, tiffs and pdf files, WOOKG02745. 1998b. Dus kyi 'khor 10 'i dpyad pa las brtsams te bstan 'dzin mams la phrin du gsoI ba nor bU'i phreng ba (bsTan 'dzin mams la phrin du gsol ba nor bu 'i phreng ba), in: bDe rdzogs smin, ed. Bod kyi rtsis rig kun 'dus chen mo las skal bzang ma ba'i dga' stan. Si khron mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Sichuan), pp. 283-293. 1998c. 'Phrin yig nor bu 'i phreng ba'i rang lan, in: bDe rdzogs smin, ed. Bod kyi rtsis rig kun 'dus chen ma las skal bzang ma ba'i dga' ston. Si khron mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Sichuan), pp. 294-297. 1998d. dPal dus kyi 'khor 10 nges don gsal bar byed pa rin po che 'i sgran ma, in: bDe rdzogs smin, ed. Bod kyi rtsis rig kun 'dus chen mo las skal bzang ma ba 'i dga' ston. Si khron mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Sichuan), pp. 383-428. 1999. gSung skor (The Collected Works afRed-mda wa gzhon-nu bIo-gros). 2 vols. A and B (ka and kha). Kathmandu: Sakya International Buddhist Academy (Sa skya rgyal yongs gsung rab slob gnyer khang). 2007. gSung skor (The Collected Works ofRed-mda wa gzhan-nu blo-gros). vol D (nga). Kathmandu: Sakya International Buddhist Academy (Sa skya rgyal yongs gsung rab slob gnyer khang). Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros and Go ram bSod nams seng ge. 2003. dBu ma. Contains two texts: Red mda' ba gZhon nu blo gros, dBu ma la 'jug pa 'i mam bshad de kho na nyid gsaI ba 'i sgran ma pp. 1-302, and Go ram bS~d nams seng ge, dBu ma la 'jug pa 'i dkyus kyi sa bcad pa dang gzhung so so 'i dka' ba'i gnas la dpyad pa Ita ba ngan sel pp. 303-516. Beijing: mTsho sngon mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Qinghai). Rol pa'i rdo rje, lCang skya (1717-1786) and Schubert, Johannes (1896-1976). 1937. Sum cu pa dang rtags 'jug gi don nyung ngur bshad pa blo ldan dga' bkyed nyes bya ba bzhugs. Tibetische Nationalgrammatik (Das Sum cu pa und rTags kyi 'jug pa des GroBlamas von Peking Rol pa'i rdo rje. Ein Kommentar zu den gleichnamigen Schriften Thon mi Sambhota's auf Grund der ErkUirung des Lamas Chos kyon bzan po, Lo tsa ba von Zha lu. Mit Dbersetzung und Anmerkungen von Johannes Schubert) Leipzig: Verlag der Offizin Richard HadL Sangs rgyas, ed. 2004. Bsta~ smon phyags bsgrigs. Prayer book. First edition 1996; second edition Hsi Ning ((Zi ling): mTso sngon mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Qinghai). Bibliography 455 Sangs rgyas rtse mo, mNga' ris pa (b. 14th cent.). dPalldan red mda' ba chen po'i mam thar ngo mtshar rmad byung. There are two manuscripts (A and B), ofwhich TBRC holds digitally scanned 'microfilm images, tiffs and pdf files, and a computer-input offset print ofms. A. Beijing: Nationalities Library of the Cultural Palace of Nationalities, manuscript [A], 39 fols., TBRC code WICZ1885. manuscript [B], 43 fols., TBRC code W18649. 2003. Sa skya rgyal yongs gsung rab slob gnyer khang (Sakya IBA), ed. Sa skya pa 'i bla rna kha shas kyi mam thar (Biographies ofSome Sa-skya-pa Masters), pp. 265-352. Sa skya plU}QitaKun dga' rgyal mtshan (1182-1251). 1983. mKhas pa 'jugpa'i sgo. An introduction to the principles and concepts of Indo-Tibetan scholasticism by Sa-skya plU}Qita Kun-dga' -rgyalmtshan. Dhera Dun: Prajiia Publications, Sa skya Centre. 1992. Sdom pa gsum gyi rab tu dbye ba. Gangs can rigs mdzod voL 25, published by Bod Ijong bod yig dpe rnying dpe skrun khang. 2000. Thub pa'i dgongs pa rab tu gsal ba dang gzhung lugs legs par bshad pa. Varanasi: dPal sa skya'i slob gnyer Ihan tshogs. Sakya Students' Union, Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies. 2004. Tshad rna rigs gter zhes bya ba'i bstan bcos. Root text with autocommentary. Sarnath, Varanasi: CIHTS Sa skya Students Union. Sa skya rgyal yongs gsung rab slob gnyer khang (Sakya International Buddhist Academy), ed. 2003. Sa skya pa 'i bla rna kha shas kyi mam thar (Biographies ofSome Sa-skya-pa Masters), Tibetan style book (dpe cha), 1 vol. Kathmandu: IBA, 657 pp. 2003. sDe gzhung spntl sku rin po che 'jam dbyangs bm dga' bstan pa'i rgyal mtshan la sags pa'i zhal gdams khag. Kathmandu: IBA. Shes rigparkhang, ed. 2003. Bla ma'i mal 'byordangyi dam khag gi bdag bskyed sogs zhal 'dongces btus. Prayer book. Sixth edition Delhi: Sherig Parkhang. sKal bzang 'gyurmed. 1992. Bod kyi rda sprod rigpa'i khrid rgyun rab gsal me long. Si khron mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Sichuan). Thu'u bkwan BIo bzang chos kyi nyi rna. 1985. Thu 'u bkwan grub mtha' (or: Grub mtha shel gyi me long). First edition 1984; second edition Kan su'u mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House Province Gansu). Tsong kha pa BIo bzang grags pa (1357-1419).2000. The Collected Works (gSung 'bum). Digital Scans, 19 vols. (ka-dza). sKu 'bum: sKu 'bum Byams pa gling Par khang. dBu rna dgongs pa rab gsal. 1988. Varanasi: mTho slob dge Idan spyi las khang. Byang chub lam rim ehe ba. 2000. n. p., no publisher. 456 Bibliography Ye shes dbang phyug, dGe bshes. 1993. Grub mtha' khag gi chos 'byung. Bylakuppe: Ser smad gsung rab 'phrul spar khang. Ye shes rgyal mtshan, Tshe mchog gling Yongs 'dzin (1713-1793). 1975. The Collected Works (gSW1 'bum). Reproduced from a set of the Tshe-mchog-glin blocks, 19 vols., vol. 15. New Delhi: Tibet House. 1990. Byang chub lam gyi rim pa 'i bla ma brgyud pa 'i mam par thar pa rgyal bstan mdzes pa 'i rgyan mchog phul byung nor bu 'i phreng ba. Short title: Lam rim bla ma brgyud pa 'i mam thar. With a preface by Blo bzang Tshe ring. Hsi Ning (Zi ling), Province Qinghai: Bod Ijongs mi dmangs dpe skrun khang (people's Publishing House ofthe Tibet Autonomous Region). Zhang Yisum, ed. 1984. Bod rgya tshig mdzod chen mo (Great Tibetan-Chinese Dictionary). 3 vols. Beijing: Mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Nationalities Publishing House). Zla ba grags pa, dPal Idan (rtsa ba) and dGe 'dun grub, rGyal tshab (' grel pa). 2000. dBu ma la 'jug pa 'i bstan bcos kyi dgongs pa rab tu gsal ba'i me long. The Mirror Reflecting Clearly the Views of Miidhyamika (A Commentary on Entering into the Middle Way). Critically edited Madhyamakiivatiira of Chandrakirti along with its Commentary by Gyalwa Gendundup by Phuntsok Dhondup, Lecturer in Indian Buddhist Philosophy, CIHTS, Sarnath, Varanasi. Taipei: The Corporate Body of the Buddha Educational Foundation. Index Abo rgan chen, 156, 244 A khu rin po che, 30, 37 A khu Shes rab rgya mtsho, 14,34,37,211,225 A ne, 85, 86, 206 A phyi ba, 178,256 Abhidharm~34,203,207,209,212,219,222, 225,228,229,228,294,301 Abhidharmakosa, 15, 199,200,207,209,228, 229,228,248,259,267,291 Abhidharmasamuccaya, 3, 15, 207, 209, 228, 229,228,248,267,291,292 abhisamaya, 89,213,244 AbhisamayiilaIpkiira, 33, 207-209, 215, 229, 291,439 abhi~eka, 203 absence of self-existence, 230 absorption in cessation, 199,259 iicfuya, 15,207,211,215,217,218,222,225, 226,231,238-241,243,248-250,252,253, 255,260,264,265,272,290,316 iicfuyii, 253, 256, 264, 299 iicfuyas, 210, 211 Alqobhyavajra, 213 iilambana, 241 PUaand~ 197, 199,203,257 animal-year sign, 252 antirealism, 30 appearance and emptiness, 229, 230, 260 Ar Byang chub ye shes, 32, 209, 234, 291 iirya, 202, 206, 209, 210, 211-215, 218, 220, 229-231,245,250,253,256,257,265,437 Arya Chos bzang dpal, 250 Arya Samantabhadra's Conduct Prayer, 245 Arya Va ti, 253, 265 Aryadeva, 211, 213, 220 fuyas' seven jewels, 210 Aryavajra,214 Aryavimuktisena, 200, 264 Asanga, 200, 205, 206, 209, 210,215,216,220, 222,223,231,233,235,248,264,309 Atisa, 14,28,215,234,241 attentiveness, 223, 232 aunt, 85,206,289 author, 6, 8, 9, 21, 37, 39, 40, 42-44, 46, 48, 51, 53,60,209,213,217,226,228,232,238, 240,243,252,296,301,310,440 autonomous thesis, 230 Avalokitesvara, vii, 5, 23, 40, 203, 206, 228, 231,248,296,297 bar do sgyu Ius, 188, 261 'Bar ba pa, 136, 234 'Bar Pa tshab Nyi ma grags. See Pa tshab bas mtha'i gnas, 133,139 bDag po'i bla ma from dBus, 227 bDag chen ma, 173, 253, 254, 264, 265, 295. See also Chos skyong rgyal mo bDag chen ma Sangs rgyal mo, 253 bDag mo, 162, 173, 174, 253, 254, 256, 276 bdag 'jug, 99, 125,213,268,454 bDe ba can, 13, 157,207,210,226,228,276, 286 bde gshegs brgyad, 193, 264 bde gshegs snyingpo, 106,107,217,311 bDe legs kun gyi 'byung gnas, 14 bDe [ba can], 246 behavior for a SramaQ.a, 232, 233 behavior of a yogi, 222 ber thul thung ring, 174, 256 Bhiivaviveka, 211, 231 Bhavya, 34, 69 bhik~u ordination, 3,13,15,211,290,293,301 bhik~u vow, 210, 222, 243, 253 458 Bhik~ul,lI La1qrnI, 10,40,252 299 bhoga, 233 bindu, 214 bKa' bcu pa, 3, 33, Ill, 115, 121, 154, 160, 164-166,173,179,217,220,225,228,229, 236,244,249,250,253,256,275,284,286, 293,301,440 Bo dong bKa' bcu pa, 121,225 Byang pa bKa' bcu pa, 121,225 first bKa' bcu pa, 228 gNas mying bKa' bcu pa, 121,225,487 title of a bKa' bcu pa, 220, 225, 228, 236, 293 bKa' beu pa Don seng, 165,250 bKa' beu pa Don yod seng ge, 173,253 bKa' beu pa Kun dga' dpal, 179,256,286 bKa' beu pa Mang ra ba Yon tan rgyal rntshan, 121,225 bKa' beu pa Narn rnkha' byang chad, 154,244 bKa' beu pa Yon tan, 111, 164,217,220,236, 249,275,284 bKa' brgyad pa, 154,225,244 bKa' brgyud, 4, 17, 102, 207, 212, 215, 222, 227,235,237,253,301,440 Khro phu bka' brgyud, 253 Mar pa bka' brgyud, 253 bKa' brgyud pa, 17,237 bKa'bzhipa,33,115,204,207,215,222,225, 226,228,229,245,264,282,284 academic degree of a bKa' bzhi pa, 229 bKa' bzhi pa acaryas, 264 holder of the bKa' bzhi pa title, 204 bKa' bzhi pa Rin chen rdo rje, 222 bKa' bzhi pa Grags pa gzhon nu, 215 bka' chen bzhi, 125,228,229,228 bKa' gdarns, 4, 28,39,44,207,210,225,227, 228,250,298,316,451 bKa' gdarns monastery, 28, 207, 225, 227 bKa' gdarns school, 28, 39 bKa' gdams chos 'byung gsalba'i sgron me, 1, 39,44,316,451-82 bhik~uI,lIs, Index bKa' gdarns pa rnaster(s), 39, 250, 298, 451 bKa' 1nga pa, 225 bKa' podlnga, 6, 33,225,230, 300 bKa' pu sti 1nga, 230 bka' 'bum thor bu, 82, 83, 89, 92, 94, 100, 119, 125,126,181,215,257 bka' 'bum thor bu ba'i lung mams, 181 Tsong kha pa'i bka' 'bum thor bu, 82, 89, 94, 100, 119, 126 bKa' 'gyur, 228, 253, 438 bKra shis rgya1 rntshan, 84, 206, 281, 289 bKra shis 'bum, 85,289 B1a rna dam pa bSod nams rgya1 rntshan, 15, 18, 32, 90, 205, 207, 208, 210, 214, 215, 291,292 end of Bla rna dam pa bSod narns rgya1 rntshan's life, 211 student of Bla rna dam pa bSod narns rgya1 rntshan, 18 teacher of B1a rna dam pa bSod nams rgyal rntshan,210 B1a rna dBu rna pa (rMi lam pa brTson 'grus seng ge), 3, 16, 123,285,294,300 Bla rna dBu rna pa and Red rnda' ba, 13 Bla rna dBu rna pa and Tsang kha pa, 231 intercession of Bla rna dBu rna pa, 231 known as dPa' bo rdo rje, 227 bla ma mchod pa, 193,215 BlarnasGrubpadpal, 147,151,175,213,228, 240,254,275,283,284,286 bla re, 161,247 bliss of the four joys, 262 Blo bzang pa. See Tsang kha pa. Blo bzang pa, Lam 'bras pa, 124, 227 Blo bzang tshul khrirns, 14,213 Blo bzang 'phrin las marn rgya1, 14, 16, 203, 207,209,213,226,248,251,449,502 Blo gros rdo rje, 218, 490 blo sbyong, 15,40,8'7, 159, 173,226,229,268, 274,290,298,447,452 Blo sbyong don bdun ma'i khrid yig, 207, 215 Index 459 blo sbyong snyan rgyud chenmo'i brgyud pa, 207,215 Blo [gros] brtan [pa], 225 Blue Annals, 32, 212, 444 Bo dong bKa' bcu pa Grags pa tshul khrims, 121,225 Bo dong dgon pa, 265 Bo dong mKhan chen Chos kyi rgyal mtshan, bsam gtan gyi 'khor 10, 237 bsdus grwa, 33,207,444 bshes gnyen bdun, 121, 124 bshes gnyen dul ba zhi ba nyer zhi ba, 70, 130 bsnyen gnas, 86, 131, 206, 232, 290 bsnyen par rdzogs pa, 13, 210, 290· bsnyen sgrub, 99,214,240 bSod nams grags pa, 15, 189, 193, 201, 245, 226 Bci dong pa Byang [chub] rgyal [mtshan], 225 Bo dong Phyogs las mam rgyal, 31 bodhisattva, 11,202,206,211,215,229,251, 265 Byang sems bSod nams grags pa, 215 Jo gdan mkban po bSod nams grags pa, 210 Master bSod nams grags pa, 262, 264 mKhan chen bSod nams grags pa, 210 Pal). chen bSod nams grags pa, 209 bSod nams rtse mo, 30, 37, 213, 228, 493 bSod nams shes rab, 121, 225 bSod nams (dGe 'dun) grub, 178,256 bSod nams 'od zer, 177,256 bSod shes dar rna, 244 bSod [nams] grags pa, 227 bsTan rtsis gsal ba 'i nyin byed, 40, 44, 206, 440 bodhisattva Avalokitesvara, 23 bodhisattva precepts, 134, 233-235 bodhisattva vow, 198, 207, 233-235, 290 bodhisattva Zla ba rgyal mtshan, 22 instruction on the vast conduct (of bodhisattvas), 246 moral discipline ofa bodhisattva, 233 path of a bodhisattva, 237 Bra gor mKhan chen Chos skyabs bzang po, 16 Brag dkar mo pa, 158, 245 Brag dkar rta so, 241, 253, 254 Brag dkar rta so sPrul sku, 253, 254 Brag kba, 145,216 315,452 bsTan'gyur, 10, 173, 175,253,254,295,296 bsu skyeg, 171, 252 bTsan rje, 172 bTsun ne, 85, 86, 206, 289 Brag nag, 172, 253 Brag ram mKhan chen (Chos rgyal), 122, 169, Bule,162,238,247 Bu Ie gangs, 234, 237, 240, 251, 295. See also 226,252 'Brasspungs, 51,216,228,265,315,451 'Bre Shes rab 'bar, 32,209, 291 'Brikbung, 111, 158, 160, 177,234,246,276, Gangs bu Ie (dkar po) Bu ston Rin chen grub (Bu ston Rin po che), 15, 295 'Bri kbung 10 tsa ba, 220 'Bri kbung pa chen po Shes rab dpal, 255 'Bri kbung sTag rtse rdzong, 245 'Brom ston pa rGyal ba'i byung gnas, 28 'Brug pa Padma dkar po, 17 'Brug rGyal dbang Chos rje Blo bzang 'phrin las mam rgyal. See Blo bzang 'phrin las mamrgyal bSam gtan gling, 180, 193, 257, 265 19,103,209,213,216,217,222 bud med, 148, 162 Buddha nature, 26, 28, 217, 218, 293 Buddha Siikyamuni, 199, 211, 215, 216, 244, 251 Buddhahood, 11, 198,203,223,254,435 Buddhajiianapada, 214 buddhas,216,231,237,254,257,264 Bul rong (Bu Ie rong), 32, 136, 137, 145, 147, 148, 150, 162, 166, 169, 171, 176,234-237, 239-241,247,250-252,255,294-297,299 bya bur, 93,210 460 Bya yul Rin po che, 123, 158, 226, 245 Bya 'Dul 'dzin bTson 'grus 'bar, 210 Bya 'phur, 210 Bya, Khyi and Sog, 210 byang chub lam rim gyi brgyud pa gsum, 215 Byang (chub) seng (ge), 19,210,211,214,290, 291 Byang pa bKa' bcu pa (mKhas grub) dGe legs dpal (bzang), 225. See also mKhas grub dGe legs dpa1 bzang Byang pa 'Jam dbyangs, 144,239 Byang Rwa sgreng, 123,227 Byang sems Zla ba rgyal mtshan, 162, 210, 248 Byang Ta dben (Nam mkha' bsTan pa'i rgyal mtshan bzang po),.250, 254, 256 bZangldan, 111, 122, 140,207,228,248 bZang 1dan community, 226 bZang ldan pa Don 'grub rin chen, 121,225 bZang ldan [monastery], 207, 220, 228, 236, 248,294,297 Cakrasaxp.vara, 26, 203, 205, 213, 215, 238, 264,292 CandrakIrti, 22, 23, 30, 34, 211, 212-214, 215, 231,238,239,436,439 Candram!ll].i,211 Caryameliipakapradipa, 213 Caturasitisiddhapravrtti, 9 Catul;zSataka, 1, 22, 210, 211, 229, 228, 237, 246,291,300 cause and effect, 230 cave(s), 159,231,241,246,249,254,266 chad stong, 126, 312 Chen po Chos dpal, 124, 173, 193, 194,253, 264,265 Chen po dPalldan, 171, 252, 452 Chinese Emperor, 15,253,256 chos bar, 153,162, 163,229,243,248,300 Chos bzang dpal, 86, 166,206,214,250,290, 502 Chos dpal bzang po, 124,227,248,253,264 Chos dpon, 265 chos gr(w)a chen po, 194,265 Index chos khri thang, 87,207 chos lugs, 5, 17-19, 108,220,301 Chos Ije dByig pa, 46 Chos Ije Don grub rin chen, 16,202,215 Chos Ije gZhon blo ba. See Red mda' ba Chos rje gZhon blo pa. See Red mda' ba Chos Ije Lo tsii ba (sKyabs mchog dpal bzang po), 160,211,213,221,228,234,235,247, 250,251,295 Chos skyong rgyal mo, 15,253,256,287,296, 299,488,493,495 chos smyo, 160,246 Chos'khorsgang, 194,265 Chu 'dus pa (Grags pa rin chen), 255 cittaikiigratii, 251 Cittamiitra, 28, 211, 216, 218, 230, 231, 235, 250 Clear Differentiation o/the Three Vows, 220 clear light (of death), 199,258-261 Commentary on the Sri Guhyasamiijatantra, 213,246 compassion, vii, 40, 197, 198, 202, 203, 205, 206,224,225,240,243,253,299,439 completion stage, 26, 214, 257 concentration, 205, 214, 232, 236, 237, 246, 294,498 Condensed Kiilacakratantra, 26,218 conventional existence, 221 conventional truth(s), 20, 21, 199, 202, 229, 230,260,261,310 creation stage, 213, 214, 235 custom officer, 264, 265 cycle of existence, 221 Dad pa'i 'jug ngogs, 14,209,213,226,228, 234,247,248,251,315,452 rjiikini(s), 198, 199, 206, 238, 240, 262 J;JiikinIs, 209, 238-240 'Dar bZang ldan. See bZang ldan 'Dar Grang mo che, 3 'Dar pa mGon seng, 169,252 DasabhiimIsvara, 208, 217 Index Dar rna (rin chen). See rGyal tshab Dar rna rin chen dBang pa, 206, 251 . dBang phyug skyid, 42, 47, 84, 206; 289 dBang sras, 228 dben pa 'i gnas, 13 9, 140 dbon mo, 146 dBu rna, 1,3,6, 13,33,34,42,94-96, 115, 123,· 127, 129, 143, 146, 151, 154, 161, 163, 181, 208,210-213,216,227-229,231,244,257, 258,268,274,275,291,292,294,316,447, 449,450,453-456 dBu ma chen po'i khrid, 22 dBu ma ita khrid, 22,24,210,286,300 dBu rna pa Bla rna brTson 'grus seng ge. See Bla rna dBu rna pa dBu ma rgyan, 160,211,246 dBu ma rigs pa 'i tshogs, 94, 211 dBu rna ThaI ' gyur ba, 17 dbu ma'i rtogs pa skyes tshui rim pa bzhi, 126 dbu mdzad, 211,215 dBus, 2, 13,28,30,44,90,94, 114, 116, 123, 154,155,174,175,178,179,209-211,221, 222,227,228,236,240,243,244,250,254, 256,272,293,297,299-301 dBus gtsang, 114, 155, 174, 175, 178, 179,256 dbyar gnas, 93, 160, 161,210,234,247,295 De kho na nyid gsai sgron, 20 de kho na nyid kyi mchod pa, 188,262 Deb ther sngon po, 28, 444 debate, 5, 6,16,17,29,216-218,221-226,231, 239,253,261,298,301,438,439,444 debate round(s), 8,207,222,226,228,229, 248, 290, 293, 300 ded dpon, 109,219 Depa Tsangpa, 45 dependent phenomena, 230 Devadatta, 10, 11, 111,220 Devendra,219 dGa'idan chos 'byung, 16 dGa' Idan khri pa, 6 461 dgag dbye, 93, 210 dgag sgmb gnang gsum, 94, 211 dGa' ba gdong, 2, 123, 135, 154, 177,226,231, 234,243,244,255,295,299 dga' bzhi'i bde ba, 188,262 dGa' Idan, 122,203,212,216,222,225, 300, 301,448,450,499 dGa' Idan mKhan chen Sakya srf, 226 dGa' Idan pa, 16, 17 dGa' Idan Pho brang, 2, 27 dga'mo, 95, 162, 166,211,248 dGe 'dun grub, 15 dGe 'dun rgya rntsho, 15 dge ba'i bshes gnyen, 130,160,167,198,225 dge bshes, Ill, 114, 116, 154, 155, 157,207, 213,220-222,225,228,229,244,255,263, 275,283-285,287,315,450,456 dge bsnyen, 86, 206 dGe Idan pa, 16 dGe lugs (pa), 2-7,13,14,16-19,21,23-25,27, 31-34,38,203,207,212,213,215-218,225, 226, 229, 230, 237, 241, 245, 267, 284, 297-302,452 dge sbyong, 47, 82, 124, 129, 131-133, 232, 273,276,278,284,303 dge siong ma, 10,40,252,276,287,299 dGe slong rna dPal rno, 10, 40, 252 dge tshui, 61,86,131,171,206,211,232,290 dGe ' dun sgang pa, 211 dGongs pa rab gsal, 22, 455 dhiiralJis, 259 Dharma Lord(s), 19, 197, 202, 203, 205-208, 210,211,213-215,221,224,227,231,234, 235,240,242-247,251,254,263-265 Dharma Lord (Bla rna dam pa) bSod (narns) rgyal (rntshan), 214 Dharma Lord Blo bzang grags pa, 202, 205, 235,244,245,247,263,265 Dharma Lord Blo bzang (grags) pa, 231, 234,240,243,245,254 Dharma Lord Grags pa rgyal rntshan, 211, 213 462 Dharma Lord Jiiii na (ba), 227, 242 Dharma Lord Lam 'bras pa B10 bzang pa. See B10 bzang pa. Dharma Lord Lo tsa ba (sKyabs mchog dpa1 bzang). See Chos rje Lo tsa ba Dharma Lord mChog bzang, 251 Dharma Lord Rin bzang pa, 227 Dharma Lord (Red mda' ba), 244, 264 Dharma mGon (po) seng (ge), 226 Dharma protector, 240 dharmacakra, 21 dharmadhiitu, 229 Dharmadhiitustava, 22 Dharmadhiitustotra, 216,293,307 dharmakiiya,219,221,261 Dharma1drti, 29, 31, 34, 200, 207, 208, 215, 220,264 dharmin, 217 Dignaga,31,34,200,207,212,220,264 Di"parpkara[B:bhadra],213 Distinguishing the Views, 1, 27 disturbances, 251, 295, 299 dKar chag, 3, 44, 46, 51, 53, 166, 207,209, 213,228,241,250,252,253,256,265,267, 268,272-275,277,278,315,317,451,452 dKon mchog bstan pa rab rgyas, 37, 450 dmigs brtse ma, 5,203. See also Tsong kha pa dmigs pa, 148, 149, 183, 187, 203, 205, 241, 496 dMu rdzing, 146,147,162,165,169,178,239, 240,248,250,252,256,296 dngos grub, 70, 81, 138, 142, 164, 198,207, 209,228,237,249,261,451,492,495 dNgu1chu,87,207,215,290,298,450 dngul dam, 194,265 'dod yon lnga, 188,262 Dol po pa (Shes rab rgya1 mtshan), 17, 19, 20, 24,27,207,210,216,217,221 don chos, 127,230 dPal 1dan b1a rna dam pa bSod nams rgya1 mtshan, 90. See also B1a rna dam pa dPa11dan Red mda' ba. See Red mda' ba. Index dPa11dan Tshu1 khrims, 213 dpal mo lugs, 40 dPa1 'byor shes rab, 13, 121,210,211,225,490 dPa1 'khor study center (chos sde), 207 dPang Lo tsa ba BIo gros bstan pa, 209 dPe dkar, 149, 241 dPe rgyun dkon pa 'ga shig gi tho yig, 37 dpe tshugs, 45, 51, 245 dPon chen, 85, 122-124, 129, 169, 206, 209, 228,246,276,287,497 dpon mo, 276, 287 dpon po, 169, 171, 177, 236, 238, 253, 255, 263,284,287,288 beu dpon, 236 brgya dpon, 140,236 ehos dpon, 265 sde dpon, 253 spyi dpon, 228 stong dpon, 124, 177,228,255-488 dpon slob, 95, 106, 110, 128, 144, 146, 154, 163,173,176-178,228,238,248 dpon zhang, 173, 178,254,256 dPon zhang Kun spangs pa Tshu1 khrims rgya1 mtshan, 254, 256 drangdon, 21, 106, 109,214,221,311 dream, 2, 11,208,223,229,239,254 Dri med 'od kyi rgyan, 1 drops, 214, 236 Drung bZhi thog pa Ta dben Kun dga' rin chen, 216 Drung Slob dpon rna, 253, 256, 299 'Du1 'dzin Grags pa rgya1 mtshan, 3, 6, 37, 38, 302 dU yug pa Rigs pa'i seng ge, 14 eight sugatas, 264 Elucidation of the Definite Meaning, 218 emptiness, 6, 13, 20, 24, 199, 211, 213, 216, 218,224,229,230,243,258,260,301,310, 312,435,436,447,501 Empty of other-nature, 1, 17, 19,20,24,25,27, 216 Empty of self-nature, 17,24,25 Index Entrance (to the Middle Way), 211, 228, 237, 246,247,251-253,257,439 eternalism, 11, 198,.215,219,221,230,304, 308, 311 extreme views, 198,212,215,305 extremes, 20, 198,202,212,214,219,223,230, 240,250,308,436 fabrication, 242 family, xi, 10, 121, 150, 198, 205-207, 215, 227,228,236,239,255,289,307 fasting vow, 232 feast gathering, 240 female acarya, 253, 256, 264 female Lokesvara, 240 female Mahasiddha, 239, 252, 260 female Mahasiddha dPal mo, 239, 252 female Master, 299 female practitioners, 239, 299 female teacher, 253 Fifth Dalai Lama Ngag dbang Bio bzang rgya mtsho, 5,13, 14,20,22,241 Five Stages (Paficakrama) ofthe Guhyasamiijatantra, 213, 214,217, 241, 246, 253, 257, 258 five desirable outer offerings, 262 Five Scriptures, 225 five works of Maitreya, 215, 229, 250, 251 flawless view, 251 foot blessing, 245 Ford to Faith, 14 Four (Great) Scriptures, 207, 225, 228, 248 Four Hundred, 21, 211, 213, 228, 246, 251, 444 Four Hundred Verses, 211, 228, 246, 251 four modes, 214 four stages, 205, 229 four tenets, 244 four truths, 21, 198,235,237, 502 Four-faced Mahiikala, 240 fox(es), 208, 219, 224 freedom from extremes, 20, 436 full ordination, 13,210,211,253,290,296,299 g.yag gzhon gnyis, 14,40 463 g.Yag pa Sangs rgyas dpaL See g.Yag ston g.Yag phrug Sangs rgyas dpaL See g.Yag ston g.Yagston(Sangsrgyasdpal),6, 14, 19,31,32, 34,40,41,95,147,167,185,207,209,211, 212,215,221,225,238,240,250,260,275, 301,302 g.Yu lung rdo rje Ijongs, 141,237 g.Yu lung valley, 237 Gangs bu Ie (dkar po), 3, 19, 141, 146, 155, 213,218,237,240,244,247,251,261,294 Gangs pa She'u, 17, 129,231 galJacakra, 239 'Ga' rong,207, 228,248 Garuc;la,204 gdan chad, 158, 245 gdan sa, 39, 105, 157, 194,206,216,225,254, 265 Gling dkar ba, 255 gNamrtseIdeng, 160, 177,234,247,255,295 gnas brtan, 93, 164, 210, 249 gnas kyi slob dpon, 211 gNas rnying, 3, 121, 177, 194,207,222,265, 286,294 gNas rnyingbKa' bcu pa mChog grub, 121,225 gNas rnying sTong dpon rGyaI (mtshan) bzang (po), 124,228,255 gNyag phu ba bSod nams bzang po, 15 gNyal gro Gor ba, 121,225 gNyal pa, 122,157,211,226 gNyal pa Blo gros mtshungs med, 211 gNyal stod, 13, 222, 294 'gog pa la snyoms par 'jug pa, 259 Go rams pa (bSod nams seng ge), 1,6,17, 19, 20,27,39,216,217,221,225,301 Gon gyo/byo Nyi rna grags, 120,209,225 gotra,224 governor, 228, 234, 252-256, 263 Grags pa rgyal mtshan, 3, 6,23, 32, 37, 38, 95, 98,211,213-215,228,248,251,265,275, 285,291,302 Grags pa'i rgyal mtshan, 29 grasping, 212, 218, 222, 223, 229-231, 234, 305 464 Gro lung pa Blo gros 'byung gnas, 29 Gro ston, 22 Grod chung, 167,250 Grub chen dPa' bo rdo rje. See Bla rna dBu rna pa Grub mtha' shel gyi me long, 16, 20 grwa skar, 8, 87,207,226,228,229,248,290, 293,300 gsal ba, 54, 81, 96,107,183,209,217,268, 315,453,455 gsan yig, 3,6,22,207,209,211,215,228,302 gsang bde 'jigs gsum, 215 gSang phu ba IDan rna dKon seng, 155,244 (gSang phu) Gling smad mKhan chen bSod nams 'phel, 226 gSang phu Gling stod mKhan chen' od chen pa, 122,226 gSang phu masters, 28, 29 gSang phu monastery, 29-32, 244, 293, 299 gSang phu Ne'u thog, 28-30, 32-34, 194, 226, 244,245,246,249,265,293,297,298,438 gSang sde, 243 gsang ste stan pa, 210 gsa sbyang, 93,210,232 gsung rab, 19,37,39,106,122,174,181,186, 198,257,318,453-456 gsung sgros, 45, 166, 176, 195,250 gtar ma, 147, 162,240,247 gTsang, 2, 28-30, 32, 44, 114, 136, 155, 161, 174,175,178,179,197,207,210,211,217, 221,222,225,228,231,234,235,244,247, 251,254,256,266,275,289,293-295,297, 298,300,452 gTsang po, 13,28, 121, 153,206,216,243 gtsug lag khang, 84, 160, 193, 194, 209, 210, 216,227,247,248,253,281 Gu ge, 15, 179,253,256 Gu ge rna Chos skyong rgyal mo, 253. See also Chos skyong rgyal mo Guhyapati, 205, 228, 239 Index Guhyasamaja, 26, 203, 213, 214, 222, 223, 228, 231,236,238,241,246,253,257,264,291, 294,301,442 GUhyasamajamanjuvajra, 213, 246, 292 Guhyasamajamalf<;iala, 213, 229, 254, 262 Guhyasamajamalf<;iala Ritual, 229 Guhyasamajatantra, 213, 230, 228, 239, 247, 248,251-253,258,292 gung chas, 161,247 Gung thang chos sde, 193,265 Gung thang palace, 253 gung thang rdzang mkhar, 284 Gung thang study center (chas sde), 265 GUlfaprabha, 200, 210-212, 220, 264, 435 Guru Lama, 3 Guru Puja, 264 gzhan stong, I, 2, 17, 19, 20, 23-25, 27, 28, 207,216,217,221,312 gZhan stong gi lta khrid, 24 gzhi bdag mo, 162 gZhis ka rtse, 206, 225 gZhon (nu) blo (gros). See Red mda' ba gzhung pa ba' brgyud pa, 215 gZhung phyi mo'i dbu ma, 22 hagiography, 9, 38, 444, 447 Haribhadra, 200, 209, 215, 264 hearers, 203, 222, 259 Hev~ra,26, 193,205,213,228,235,264,292 hidden yoga ofKu su lu, 227 Higher Mahayana Teaching, 228, 268 higher training in moral discipline, 232 higher training in wisdom, 232 higher trainining of mind, 232 Hlnayana, 224, 225 Holder of the Mantra, 227 Holder ofthe Vajra(yana), 213, 227 homa, 220 Honorable One, 220, 221 Hor ston Nam mkha' dpal, 207, 226, 252 hot tea break, 244, 245, 248 Hva ~ang Mahayana (Ho-shang Mo-ho-yen), 223 Index illness, 242, 255 Illuminating Lamp, 213 illusion(s), 198,229,230,260,261,303,310 illusion-like body and mind, 260, 261; 303 illusion-like yoga, 260 illusory body, 199,261 individual liberation, 232, 233, 442 indoor object of worship, 265 Indra, 98, 219 Indrabhuti, 213 inner offerings, 262 insane due to Dharma, 246 inseparability of sphere and awareness, 199, 258 Instruction on the View (of the Middle Way), 15,19,24,210,241,244,246,247,251-253, 257,258,290,295,300 intermediate state, 223, 261, 263 internal contradictions, 212, 216, 218, 250, 251 , Jam dbyangs Nam mkha' rin chen, 176, 255, 274,281,282 'Jam dbyangs pa, 144, 165,217,239,249,252, 293 , Jam dpal gling pa, 178,256 'Jam mgon Tsong leba pa chen po BIo bzang grags pa, 15. See also Tsong leba pa 'jib, 45 'jig rten dbang phyug mas, 147 ja sig, 160, 247 jambudvipa, 124, 228, 256 jiitakas, 10,37 Jayananda, 34,35 jib,45 Jinadatta, 213 Jiianagarbha, 34, 2ll Jo bo, 134, 154, 156, 164, 167,231,243,245, 249,250,264,265,295 Jo gdan Grags she, 122, 226 Jo gdan mTshungs med, 121,225 Jo mo, 160,210,225,246,248 Jo mo nang, 210, 225, 248 Jo nang gdan sa, 225 465 Jo nang lineage, 216 Jo nang pa, 17, 19, 20, 24, 26, 104-106, llO, 111,216-220,223,225,236,276,293,299, 307 Jo nang pa Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan. See Dol po pa Jo nang pa philosophy, 20 J0 nang pa tenets, 216 Jo nang pa version, 24 Jo nang pa Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal, 216 Jo nang pa's view, 19,25 Jo nang Phun tshogs gling, 225 Jo nang rJe btsun Kun dga' grol mchog, 23 Jo nang school, 27, 302 Jo nang sKu 'bum, 225 Jo nang (tenet) system, 26, 216, 293 Jo nang texts, 4 Jo nang tradition, 2, 7, 25 Jo nang Acarya BIo gros rdo rje, 218 Joyful Song ofAssurance ofNo Regret, 48,261, 303 Kalacakra, 25-27, 203, 215-219, 223, 236, 293 Kiilacakramiilatantra, 218 Kalacakratantra, 6, 7, 21, 26, 216-218, 219, 238,249,302,307 kalyiilJamitra, 225 Kasmlri Pal).<;iita Amoghavajra, 289 Kasyapa, 197,203 Kanna ba. See Karma dKon mchog gzhon nu Karma dKon (mchog) gzhon (nu), 96, 105, 113, ll4, 130,212,216,217,221,231,293 Karma pa VIII Mi bskyod rdo rje, 15, 17 Karma pa Rol pa'i rdo rje, 15 karmacarya, 210 karmacarya dPal 'byor shes rab, 211 karmaviicanii, 210 khaskong, 40, 206, 210, 317, 451, 453 khams yig, 45, 46 Khon dKon mchog rgyal po, 28 'khor gsum, 107, ll6, 218 'khor gsum rnam dag, 141 Khri bSod nams rgyal mtshan, 190,263 466 Khridpon, 228, 236,246 Khri rgyal bSod nams Ide, 15, 124, 163, 176, 220,228,248,255,264,265,277,287 khrisko~ 165,228,249,299 khrid, 22-24, 93, 126, 148, 154, 159, 161, 162, 169,173,178,180,183,207,210,215,219, 222,241,246,248,253,256,273,274,277, 286,300,455 Khrid brgya'i brgyud pa'i 10 rgyus, 23 Khro phu, 245, 253 KhumDosde, 17, 129,231 Khungs btsun mNga' ris, a minister from the Zhang family, 228 khyab pa, 83, 107, 113, 142, 146, 149, 162, 164,189,217,218,258 'khyug bris, 44 'khyug yig, 44, 46 Khyung lung rna, 162,248 King bSod nams Ide, 253 King ofGu ge, 15,256 Klan, 91, 99,213 Klong chen pa. See Klong chen rab 'byams pa Klong chen rab 'byams pa, 17,24, 302 Klong mda', 257, 263, 296 Klong rtse, 180,239,257,263,265,296,298 kong bu, 194,265,288 Ku se A pad Yon tan bzang po, 3, 451 Ku su lu, 227 Kumaramati, 197,203,219,223,245. See also Redmda' ba Kun dga' dpal bzang po, 120,210,225 Kun dga' zla ba, 124, 227 Kun mkhyen Shes rab 'od, 179,225,256 Kun mkhyen Shes rab 'od [zer], 225 Kun spangs Tshul khrims rgyal mtshan, 254, 256 La stod Byang, 239, 248, 254-256 La stod IHo, 237, 240, 265, 294, 295, 298, 300, 438 La stod Nam mkha'i mal 'byor, 122,226 La stod pa mKhan chen Buddha sri, 121,225 Lam rim bla rna brgyud pa 'i rnam thar, 1, 10 Index Lam 'bras, 98, 124, 213, 215, 225, 227, 235, 237,248,274,279,280,292 Lan Ide gung stings, 178,256 Lmikiivatiiras!ltra, 208,216,293,307 Las chen, 1, 39-43, 47, 48, 83, 84, 88, 90, 92, 93,95,98,99,122,125,180,182,184,185, 187,205-207,209,211,213,222,226,252, 257,260,261,298,316,451 Las kyi rdo rje, 16,205 las kyi slob dpon, 210 Lasston, 122, 169,252 layman, 232 ICe sgom rDzong ba (Shes rab rdo rje), 257 ICe sgom Shes rab rdo rje, 250, 257 ICe sGom zhig po, 17, 129,231 !Dan rna dKon seng, 155, 160,244,246 !Dog Ihod pa, 19,93,210,214,222,290 leading reciter, 211 Legs bshad snying po, 27 lesser (female) siddhii, 239, 240, 241, 299 1etter(s), 7,8, 19,28,37,38,45,49,50-52,55, 56,95,98,140,143,203,204,216-218,229, 251,253,256,269,293,296,298,301,307, 313,442 Letter to Tsong kha pa about the Decline of the Doctrine, 52, 298 IHa bdun, 123,227 IHa btsun bSam yas pa, 15 IHa pa, 144, 145,239 IHa rtse, 206, 225, 265 IHa sa, 28, 135, 197,212,216,231,234,245, 246,251,253,295,297,299 lha sa sde bzhi, 234 lhag pa sems kyi bslab pa, 130,232 IHo brag Grub chen Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan, 16 Lhiindrup Xian, 212 Light ofLogic, 1,268,448 lineage(s), 4, 6, 7,16,22,24,28,30,32,34,40, 200,206-213,215,216,221,222,225,228, 229,238,241,245,264,291,298,301,437, 443 Index lineage ofthe blessing through practice, 215 lineage of the profound view, 215, 300 lineage of the vast conduct, 215 linga, 217 Lo chen Grags pa rgyal mtshan, 265 Lo dBang phyug skyid, 84, 289 Lo mKhan po, 123, 158,227,245,246 Lo pa, 210, 215, 219, 246 10 rtags, 171,252,261 Lo tsa ba, 29, 39, 48, 206, 207, 209, 214, 216, 217,220-222,228,231,234,235,243,247, 248,250,251,254,283,290,291,295 Lo tsa ba Byang chub rtse mo, 46, 272 Lo chen Byang chub rtse mo, 209, 213. See also Mahasiddha Lo tsa ba Nam (mkha') bzang (po), 213 Lo tsa ba sKyabs mchog dpal (bzang). See Chos rje Lo tsa ba local female spirit, 248 logic, 1,24,31,33,34,207,217,222,228,230, 268,298,444,448 Lokesvara, 213, 240, 292 Lord of the Yogis, 222 ITa ba'i shan 'byed, 1,20,27,450 Ita khrid, 22, 24, 93, 148, 154, 161, .169, 173, 180,183,210,241,246,273,277,286,300 lung, 3, 15,22,29,69,74,80,81,90,93, 103, 115,118-120,125,131,141,149,154,160, 162,163,166,178,180,181,191,198,201, 205,206,210,211,216,222,226,227,229, 231,236,237,243,244,246-248,256,268, 283,294,298 lung rigs, 47, 67, 73, 87, 104, 106, 107, 118, 120,122,123,155,192,275 Ma ti PaJ}. chen, 15,26,46, 101,206,214,272 Madhyamaka Prasangika, 34, 210-213, 216, 230, 231, 244, 297,300,301,436,437,439 Svatantrika, 29,33,34,211,216,230,231, 244,300,436,437,447 teaching system of Madhyamaka, 3, 1,5-7, 13, 16-25, 27, 29, 33, 34, 96, 207, 467 209-213, 215, 216, 221, 222, 225, 227-229, 231, 235-238, 248, 257, 268, 291, 294, 300, 301, 437, 440, 445, 447, 449 Yogacara Madhyamaka, 211 MadhyamakiilaIpkiira, 211,246 Madhyamakiivatiira, 1-3,5,15,19-22,97,203, 210,211,213,229,228,230,236,243,244, 257,258,291,292,295,300,436,449,456 Madhyamika(s), 29, 34, 35, 213, 222, 228, 230, 231,301 Mahakasyapa,199,257 MahakaruQa,206,290 Mahamati, 206, 289 mahamudra,198,215,222,235,237,238 Mahaparinirvfu;la, 216, 293, 307 Mahasiddha, 213, 239 Mahasiddha dPal mo, 239, 252, 296, 299 Mahasiddha (Lo chen) Byang chub rtse mo, 213 Mahayana, 32, 33, 206, 207, 216, 220, 223, 224,228,235,239,246,260,293,298 Mahiiyiinottaratantra, 228, 250, 268 Mahiiyiinottaratantrasiistra, 10,216,250,293, 307 Mahesvara,219 main consciousness, 258 main session, 247 Maitreya, 207, 208, 215, 216, 229, 248, 250, 251,253,444 Maitreyanatha, 34, 208, 217, 231 man ngag, 71, 74, 78, 98, 99, 125, 180, 183, 184, 192, 199,203,210,211,215,229,245, 256,257,273,274,280,291 Man ngag rin chen spungs pa, 257 Mang thos (KIu sgrub rgya mtsho), 15, 19,40, 42, 44, 84, 120, 121, 126, 139, 206, 207, 209-211,213,221,225,228,261,315,452 Mang yul Gung thang, 2, 15,43, 48, 227, 234, 237,250,253,254,256,257,265,266,296, 298-300,438 Mang yul Seng ge mkhar, 177, 256 Maiijusr"i, vii 468 maIJrjala, 161, 179,213,247,250,256,268 Mara(s), 220, 312 master in the yoga, 240 Master of the Four Scriptures, 207 Master of the Ten Scriptures, 6, 33, 222, 250, 301 Masters ofthe Four Scriptures, 225 Masters of the Ten Scriptures, 246 mChims Blo bzang grags pa, 202 mChims 'Jam pa'i dbyangs, 14,212 mchodphreng, 99, 125,213,268,454 mChog bzang Legs pa'i blo gros, 123, 227 mchog gi dngos grub, 70, 138, 142, 198 mChoglegs, 147, 194,240,265 mDo khams, 179,256,287 mDo smad Chos 'byung, 37, 38, 450 mDo stod pa bKa' bzhi ' dzin pa sPre bo Thang bzang, 121,225 Me togmdangs can, 3, 172,237,253,276,282, 296 meals, 243, 245 meditation, 23, 71, 202, 205, 206, 211, 217, 222, 223, 227, 229, 231, 237, 240-243, 255-257,259,261,265,293,299 meditational deities, 264 meditative absorption in cessation, 259 meditative stabilization, 223 Mental Purification, 15,40,207,229,246,268, 290,298,452 . merit, 79, 200, 201, 203, 206, 211, 215, 227, 234,243,254,264,299 mGar stong btsan, 84,206 Mi la ras pa, 222, 234, 241, 266 Mi skyod rdo rje, 98, 213, 289, 291 middle way, 15,22-24,207,211,212,216,228, 229,240,246,247,251-253,257,290,295, 300,304,311,436,438,440,443,449,456 mind, 19, 26, 150, 199-203, 205-210, 215, 217-219,222,224,229-232,236,239,240, 244,248,249,251-253,257-261,264,266, 268,303,304,307-309,439,440 mindfulness, 223 Index mind-only school, 230, 439 minister, 32, 206, 228, 253, 254, 256, 289 Minor Collected Works, 229, 257 mitras, 225 mKhan chen bSod nams skyabs pa, 165,249 mKhan chen bsTan rgyal (ba), 106, 163,217, 248 mKhan chen bZang po rgyal mtshan, 124,227 mKhan chen Chos dpal, 168,251 mKhan chen Chos rgyal, 77, 80, 122,202,226 mKhan chen Dharma sri, 163,248 mKhan chen dPaI 'byor, 162, 169, 248, 251, 292 mKhan chen g.Yag pa. See g.Yag ston mKhan chen !Dog Ihod pa Kun dga' bzang po, 19,210 mKhan chen Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan, 16 mKhan chen Nya dbon pa, 104 mKhan chen Rin chen rgyal mtshan, 3, 222, 294 mKhan chen Sangs rgyas 'phel, 29, 47, 104, 207,214,216,290,307 mKhan chen (dBon po) gZhon nu byang chub, 211 mKhan chen Nya dbon Kun dga' dpal, 216 mkhan po, 13, 122, 123, 140, 154, 158, 210, 226,227,245,246,275,283,290,451 mKhas grub chen po gZhon nu blo gros. See Redmda' ba mKhas grub dGe legs dpal bzang (po), 2, 13, 15, 17,207,222,225,294,296,315,316, 435,452 mKhas grub Nor bzang rGya mtsho, 1 mKhas grub rje, 1,3,8,13,14,22,24,31,210, 211,228,247,301,436,452 mNga'bdag, 150, 173,206,228,241,287 mNga' bdag rna (chen mo) Chos skyong rgyal mo. See Chos skyong rgyal mo mNga' ris, 3, 8,26,37,39,43,44,75,122-124, 131,150,153,171,172,176,178,187,195, 201,206,207,226-228,232,234,241,243, 245,248,252-256,264-266,276,281,287, 288,295,296,317,455 Index mNga' ris Gung thang, 206, 264 mNga' ris pa bSod nams rtse mo, 37 mNga' ris pa mNga' bdag, 228, 241, 287 mNga' ris pa Sangs rgyas rtse mo, 3, 8, 26, 37, 39,43,131,207,228,232,234,296,317 mNga' ris pa Yi dam dpal, 122, 226 mNga' ris smad, 43, 227 monastic education system, 7, 14,207,443 monastic textbooks, 33, 207, 211, 229, 236, 291 Mt. Kailasa, 240 mtha' bral dbu ma 'i lam, 20 mthong lam, 168, 202, 251 mTshams Gling rtse dpal, 180,257,296 Mulamadhyamakakarika, 3,22, 199,210,211, 229,228,237,242,291,300,305,443,448 Mun sel, 29,212,268,453 Mustang, 246, 254, 256, 439 Nagarjuna, 26, 34, 73, 199, 200, 205, 208, 211-213,215-217,220,222,223,229-231, 240,241,246,257,258,264,301,305,309, 443 Naga-King Nor rgyas, 219 Nam rnkha' dpal, 122, 150, 169,207,226,241, 252,452 Nam rnkha' gshog ral, 160,246 Nam mkha' stobs rgyal, 173, 253 nang gi mchod pa, 188, 262 nang rten, 190, 193, 194,265 nang so, 193,264 Naropa, 200, 215, 227, 264 Ne rings pa 'Jam dpal rdo rje, 15 Newa Pe nya pa, 22 neyartha, 21,214 Ne'u governor Nam rnkha' bzang po, 228 Ne'u rdzong, 28 Ngam ring(s), 13, 121, 122, 163,207,226,228, 266,292 Ngam rings peak mountain, 248 Ngam rings valley, 248 Ngam rings pa dKon mchog dar rgyas, 226 Ngam rings pa mKhan chen Rin chen dpal bzang,122,226 469 nges don, 25,106,108,109,214,216,218,221, 269,274,286,454 Ngor chen Sangs rgyas phun tshogs, 41, 44, 453 Ngor Chos 'byung, 40-42, 44, 206, 207, 209, 212,221,226,228,248,251,316,317 Ngor dKon mchog lhun grub, 40, 44, "187,261, 316,453 nihilism, 11, 198,215,219,221,223,230,231, 304,308,311 nihilist, 231 nihilistic view, 223, 230, 231 nirmaQ.akaya, 249 nirodhasamapatti, 199, 259 nirvaQ.a,40, 198, 199,202,203,222,223,229, 230,238,244,256-263,310 nltartha, 25 nibsvabhava, 230 noblewoman, 246 non-Buddhist(s), 220, 253 novice monk, 232 Nya dbon (Kun dga' dpal), 19,28-31,40,86, 101,104,207,209,210,212,214,216,217, 221,228,236,290,291,293,302,307 nyams len byin rlabs kyi brgyud, 102, 215 nyan thos, 78, 116, 130, 141, 184,211,237,259 Nyang stod, 3, 211, 222, 225, 229, 292, 294 nyer thob, 183,258,259 Nyi khri snang ba, 90, 209 object of refutation, 21 officials, 256 omniscience, 217, 225 Oral Instruction "Mound of Gems", 257 ordination, 3, 13, 15, 84, 210, 211, 215, 222, 227,253,290,293,294,296,299,301 Ornament of Stainless Light, 1,441 Ornaments of the Middle Way, 211,246 own tenet, 215 Sakya mChog ldan, 29, 30,210,211,216,217, 299,301 Sakya Srlbhadra, 31 Sakyaprabha, 200, 210, 220,264 samatha, 258 470 Santaralqita, 211, 231 Santipa, 213 Siva, 219 sloka, 205, 249 sramal).a(s), 205, 228, 231-233, 303 Sramal).a Gautama, 231 sramal).era, 10,202,206,232,253,290 sravaka, 237, 259 SrI ri 'Dzam bu gling, 256 Sri Guhyasamiijatantra, 228 Sriguhyasamiijatantravivaral;ta, 213,246 Sriguhyavajra, 213 '0 de gung rgyal, 146, 155,231,240,244 '01 kha, 104,216,231,293 '01 ka sTag rtse (family), 246 Pa tshab (Nyi rna grags), 1,5, 17, 19,23,24, 129,211,212,231,257 Paficakram~213,217,241,246,248,453 Pal). chen Sakya srI (bhadra), 253 PaI).chen Byang (chub) rtse (mo), 214 Pal).9ita Matibhadra, 205 pal).9itas, 227 Paramita, 207, 212, 222, 225-229, 249, 250, 267,291,294,301 Paramitayana, 251, 257 parampara, 215 passionate, 17, 220, 231 path of seeing, 202, 230, 251 Path with the Fruit, 213 perfect view, 198,229,257 perfections, 32, 198,228, 235,237 'Phags chen Chos bzang dpal, 86, 166, 206, 214,290. See also Chos bzang dpal 'Phags pa Chos pa, 247 Phar phyin, 6, 32-34, 90, 167, 168, 181,209, 216,228,229,251,267,273,291 phar tshad bsdus gsum, 34 'pho ba, 71, 183, 184, 187,259 'pho ba 'debs (pa), 183, 184,259 pha rus pa, 110,220 Phyag rdor (Grub thob), 83, 144,205,239 Index phyag rgya chen po'i dngos grub dam pa, 142, 237 phyi dar, 18, 24, 31 phyi rol pa, 1, 20, 220 Phywa pa{Chos kyi seng ge), 14,23,29-31,34, 207 PilJ¢ikrama, 213, 453 Pitakas, 203, 222 pog, 111, 220 pO!fadha, 210 Pradipoddyatana, 213,268 Prajiiaparamita, 32, 33, 209, 228, 291 PrakasasIla, 206 Pramal).a, 29-31, 33,207,212,216,222,225, 226,228-230,244,249,294,301,440 Pramiil}avarttika, 3, 15, 292 Pramiil}aviniscaya, 33,207 prapafica, 202 Prasannapad~ 1,22,211,268,291,300,445 priisanga, 20 Prasangika, 34, 210-213, 216, 230, 231, 244, 297, 300, 301, 436, 437, 439. See also Madhyamaka priitimok!fa, 206, 215, 234, 235 pratyak!fa, 6, 301 pratyekabuddha,198,237,238,254 praviiral}ii, 210 pravrajyii vow, 253 precepts, 134,206,216,232-235,253,260 probandum, 217 proliferation(s), 202, 230, 308 proof, 46, 208, 209, 217 prophecy, 10, 197,204 prosh'ations, 243, 246, 252, 253, 260, 264 Pu rangs, 173,253 PUl).9arika, 217, 218 pure practice of view and conduct, 1, 197,204, 298 purity of the three spheres, 237 Putra,240 Index qualities, 197, 198, 201, 203, 204, 210, 217, 219,224,227-229,232,235,239,254,255, 263,265,307,311 . Queen Chos skyong rgyal mo. See Chos skyong rgyalmo rab byung gi sdom pa, 172, 173 rab gnas, 174 Rab grong, 13, 222, 294 rab 'byams pa, 24, 225, 228, 302, 448, 450 rahonusasaka,2l0,21l Rajagrha, 203 rang bzhin med pa, 230 Rang rgyud pa, 23, 216. See also PrasaiJ.gika rang rnam, 2, 7, 44, 46, 134, 141, 187,227, 273,278 rang stong, 17,20,23-25,216,312 Ratnagotravibhiiga, 24,28,212,228,268,301 Ratnakarasanti, 213, 214 Ratnasaxp.bhava, 39, 229, 298, 453 rDo rje gdan (Vajrasana), 206 rDzi lung pa 'Od zer grags pa, 22 rdzogs chen, 17, 24 rDzogs chen pa, 17 rDzong dkar, 172, 174, 253, 254, 256, 296 rDzong dkar study center (chos sde), 254 rDzong dpon, 228, 236, 246 realism, 30 Realists, 216, 222 realization of the middle way, 229 reasoning, 1, 23, 29-31, 87, 198, 200, 205, 207-209,211,215,216,221,224,226,227, 229,230,244,246,264,267,291,298,448 Red mda' ba (gZhon nu blo gros), vii, xi, xii, 1-3,5-10, 13-22, 24-35, 37-47, 51, 52, 67, 72, 76-78, 84, 86, 96, 97, 104, 106, 110, 130, 131, 134, 139-141, 143-146, 153, 155, 158, 165, 167, 191, 197, 200, 202-204, 206-213, 215-222, 225, 227-229, 228-232, 234-241, 243-245, 247-251, 253-256,258, 261, 263, 265-270, 272, 273, 277-286, 289-303,305,306,307,312,313,316,317, 441,445,446-448,453-455 471 Minor Works, xii, 2, 3, 7-9, 37, 39, 41, 43-48,51,52,55,56,104,131,134,141, 187, 204, 209, 210, 213, 216-218, 220, 227-229, 232, 234, 237, 240, 241, 245, 249-253, 255, 256, 260, 261, 265, 267-269, 272, 277, 298, 299, 303, 304, 306,453 Tabular Curriculum Vitae, xii, 7,289 The Collected Works, xii, 2, 3, 5-7, 27, 38, 207,217,229,245,257,267,268,270, 302,450,452,454-456 year of birth, 41, 42, 180, 187,252,261 refutation, 21, 208, 216, 224, 230 relics, 10, 11, 199,206,257,262-265,296,298 remote place, 236 Removal of Contradictions, 218 Rendawa. See Red mda' ba retreat, 3, 11, 19, 29, 32, 207, 210, 213, 218, 231, 234-237, 240, 241, 252, 253, 290, 294-299 rainy season retreat, 234, 246, 247, 295-298, 301 three-year retreat, 247 rOya chos stag the third, 228 rOya dmar pa Byang chub grags pa, 30 rOya mching ru ba, 34 rOya mkhar ba, 252 rOyal bzang (pa), 124, 143, 185, 193, 194,227, 228,238,260,264,265 rOyaldbang, 14, 123, 165,213,226,227,249 rOyal gyi srl, 256, 265 rOyal mo rang, 32 rOyal tshab (rje). See rOyal tshab Dar rna rin chen (rOyal tshab) Dar rna (rin chen), 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 13, 15, 17, 25, 29, 31, 33, 42, 89, 121, 207-209,211,215,222,225,228,248,289, 292-294,301,302,445,452,456 rOyam,265 (r)Oyam bSam gtan gling, 265 rGyud sde spyi rnam, 28 Ri bo dOe 'phe1, 194, 265 472 Ri phug pa mKhan chen bsod nams skyabs, 122,226 Rig pa'i ral gri, 31, 216 rig 'dzin gyi sdom pa, 101, 137 Rigs gter, 30,207,230,455 rigs pa, 29, 73, 101, 113, 118, 122, 159,207, 209,211,217,246,298 Rigs pa dntg bcu pa, 246 Rigs tshogs, 94,211,246,291 rim lnga'i bsdus don, 99,213 rim lnga'i dmigs pa, 148,241 Rin chen tshul khrims, 34 Rin chen 'byung gnas, 39, 99,214 Rin chen 'byung Idan, 39, 214 ritual cake, 240 rJe btsun (pa) (Red mda' ba) gZhon nu blo gros. See Red mda' ba rJe Tsang kha pa. See Tsong kha pa rJ e yab sras gsum, 3 rJe 'Gos, 99,213,215 rKang tshugs phug hermitage (rkang tshugs phug gi ri khrod), 195,266 rlabs chen spyod (b)rgyud, 215 rMa bya pa, 20 rnal 'byoG 81,82, 122, 123, 127, 137, 142, 185, 203,205,209,226,237,268,455 rnal 'byor (gyi) dbang phyug, 98, 116, 146,240 rnal 'byor pa 'i spyod pa, 116 rnam (par) shes (pa), 258 rnam par rig pa, 24 rNgog (10 tsa ba) Blo Idan shes rab, 14, 19,25, 28-31,33,34,207,216,254,440,441 rNgog Legs pa'i shes rab, 14,28 rNgog 10. See rNgog 10 tsa ba rNgog 10 tsa ba. See rNgog Blo Idan shes rab rNgog pa, 7, 28, 31 rNgog tradition (rNgog lugs), 2, 28-30, 32, 209, 291 rNyingrna pa, 17,241 Rang stan (pa) (Shes bya kun rig), 6, 17, 19, 20, 27,32-34,207,216,222,225,228,301,302 Rang stan smra ba'i seng ge. See Rang stan Index root infractions, 235 Root (of the Middle Way), 2,26, 197,201,209, 211, 213, 218, 223, 228, 235, 236, 247, 251-253,257,455 Root Verses, 211, 228, 247, 251-253, 257 Rosaries, 228 Jewel Rosary, 216, 228 Precious Rosaries, 228 Rows of Offerings, 213, 229, 268 rTa zur rdzong, 234, 250 rTa zur-bridge, 250 rTag rtse ba, 253 rTag tu Ngu, 247 rtags, 51,57,60,61,64,70,71,85, 105, 107, 113,115,142,143,171, 183, 184,206,217, 218,222,252,259,261,445,454 rten 'brei sgyu mar go ba, 126, 229 rTog ge pa dKar po dPalldan bzang po, 15 rTogs Idan (pa), 146, 169, 171,240,252,253 rtsa ba'i bla ma, 16 rtsa ba'i !tung ba, 13 7 rtsa 'jug bzhi gsum, 95, 125, 169,210,211 rTse chen (monastery), 3, 104,207, 209, 216, 229,275,283,291 rtse gcig tu sgrub pa, 141 rTsethang,160,222,246 rTug pa thu, 242 riipakiiya, 261 Rwa sgreng, 28, 123, 136, 158, 159, 175, 177, 213,227,234,235,245,246,254,255,295, 297,298 Sa bzang (Ma ti) Palf chen, 15,206,213,214 Sa chen Kun dga' snying po, 30, 213, 248 Sa lugs, 30 Sa palf. See Sa skya Palfc.lita Sa skya, 1-4,6,7,10,13-15,17,19-21,23,24, 27-34,37-39,42,44,49,50,58,60,84,85, 88,95,96,98,99, 106, 124, 137, 169,202, 206-213, 215-217, 221, 222, 225-230, 228-230,235-237,239,241,242,247,248, 251-253,255,256,267,280,286,288-295, Index 297-301, 307, 318, 436, 440, 442, 445, 450-455 Sa skya dpon chen, 85, 206 Sa skya Grang mo che, 227 Sa skya paJ.l<;lita Kun dga' rgyal mtshan, 14, 17, 20,23,29,30,31,33, 144,200,207,213, 214,215,228,235,237,239,253,255,440, 442,455 Sa skya pa 'i bla ma kha shas kyi mam thar, 37, 39,453,455 Sa skya pa 'i dkar chag, 3,44,228,267,451 Sa skya 'Khon family, 228 sadhana, 208, 213, 217, 240, 241, 254, 262, 264 sadhana ceremony, 241, 254, 262 sadhika, 239 samadhi, 205,237 Samantabhadrasadhana, 213 sambhogakaya, 249,261 SaIpdhinirmocana, 216,293,307 SaIpdhinirmocanasiitra, 21,216 sarytsara, 199, 202, 221, 222, 229, 230, 236, 258,261,310 saIfIV[lisatya, 21 Sangs rgyas dpal. See g.Yag ston Sangs rgyas rtse mo, 3, 5-8, 25, 26, 37, 39-41, 43-45,47,48,50, 51,53,56,67,91, 131, 180,187,201,206,207,211,221,225,228, 232,234,238,249,253,261,265,267,270, 271,296-298,300,303,317,455 sangha!l, 197,247,254 Saraha,26 Sarvastivadin, 210 Sarvavid [Vairocana], 264 satya, 202 sbyin sreg, 111, 220 sbyor !ik, 90, 209 scripture and reasoning, 200, 216, 264 sde pa, 174,253,254,263 sDe srid Sangs rgyas rgya mtsho, 14 sdom phrug, 122, 226 Se chen rGyal po, 228 473 Se ra chos sding, 13,231,296, 301 seal, 206, 265 secondary infractions, 235 self-empowerment, 213, 229, 268 Seng ge bzang po, 200, 215, 255 sevasadhanam, 214 seven qualities of higher rebirth, 255 seven-limbed prayer, 245 sgraji bzhin pa, 26, 107,214,218,302 sGra tshad pa Chos bzang, 122, 226 sgrub byed, 105,207,214,217 sGrub chen Buddha srI, 15 sGrub chen rna dpal mo, 170 sgrub chung ma, 146, 148 sGrub grwa bSarn gtan gling, 265 sgrub mchod, 174,193,254 sgrub pa mo, 145,239 sGrub sde, 193,265 Shangs, 153, 172,207,243 Shar Chung ba, 105, 217 Shar Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa, 15. See also Tsong lcha pa Shel dkar, 154,243,256,265,451 Shel dkar chos sde, 265 Shes bya'i gter mdzod, 41, 46, 84, 86, 95, 96, 158,160,179,180,187,207,209,212,235, 272,277,315,317,452 Shes rab pa, 178,256 siddha, 230, 239, 265 single-pointed concentration, 237, 294 six dimensions, 214 six famous Sa skya commentators, 20 Six Ornaments, 220, 222, 228 six perfections, 198,235,237 sixteen attributes of the four truths, 237 sixteen moments (of the path of seeing), 237 Sixty Stanzas of Reasoning, 246 six-limbed yoga, 26 sku gdung ring bsrel, 190, 263 sku 'gag thung ring, 256 Sky Treasure, 246 skyeg chen, 171, 252 474 sKyid grong, 134, 167,.227,234,241,249,253, 265,266,275,276,284,288,296,299 skyid sdug lam khyer, 157,245,295,301 skyid sdug lam khyer gyi brgyud pa, 245 sKyid sdug lam khyer gyi man ngag, 245 Slob dpon, 87, 88, 95, 96, 103, 106, 107, 115, 122-124, 128, 129, 134, 143-145, 147, 150, 1~1~1~1~1~1~1~1~ln 178,181,185,193,194,206,207,210-212, 215, 225, 249, 253, 256, 257, 275, 276, 285-287,299,453 slob dpon ma, 206, 253, 256, 287, 299 Slob dpon (gZhon blo ba), 249. See also Red mda' ba snam sbyar, 161, 179, 197,247,254 snang ba gsum, 184 snang stong, 126, 185,229,230 sNar thang, 28, 194,202,207,254,265 sNe'u pa, 255 sNgo phyi dbon po, 122, 226 sNyal pa, 245 snying rje'i lha, 40 solitary place, 213, 236, 237, 294 Source ofAll Happiness, 14 sponsor(s), 8, 32, 228, 239, 254-256, 265, 295 sPos khang pa Rin chen rgya1 mtshan, 15 sPre bo Thar bzang, 152, 242 spros bral, 20, 107 spros pa, 151, 154,202,308 spyi don, 83, 88, 91, 205, 207, 209, 211, 214, 267 Sramal}.a,11 Srong btsan sgam po, 9, 206 sTa ste ba Byang (chub) bsod (nams), 225 sTag 10 (tsa ba), 39 sTag lung, 115, 154, 160,222,227,243,246, 247 sTag lung 10 tsa ba (Sakya bzang), 222, 243 sTag lung pa, 160,247 sTag lung Rin po che, 247 sTag rtse, 3, 158, 160, 172, 178,226,245,246, 256,275,284 Index sTag rtse rdzong, 3, 158, 245, 246 sTag rtse ba, 256 sTag sna Chos lung, 123,227 sTag tshang, 26, 39, 122, 169,207,221,226, 251,294,295,299 sTag tshang 10 tsa ba, 39 sTag tshang mKhan po Seng ge rgyal mtshan, 122,226 Stainless Light, 1,26,217,218,441 Stainless Radiant Light, 217 Sthagana, 213 sthiivira, 210 sTod lung pa bSod (nams) byang (chub), 226 stod 'dul ba'i mkhan brgyud, 222 sTon pa'i gtad rabs bdun, 199 sTong thun, 1,95,211,268,435,453 study centers, 236, 243, 254, 265 smp~ 199,245,254,265,296 suchness offering, 262 Suhrflekha, 1,3,22,453 Sukhiivati Prayer, 245 Summarized Stages, 213 summarizing overview (bsdus don), 209 supreme siddhis, 198,235 siitr~ 29, 203, 204, 207, 209, 211, 215-217, 228,230,229,231,233,235,254,256,258, 262,281,300,301,435 Siitrasamuccaya, 229,444 svatantra, 20, 23 Svatantrika(s), 29, 33, 34, 211, 216, 230, 231, 244, 300, 436, 437, 447. See also Madhyamaka syllogism, 23, 207, 218, 221, 222, 224 ta hun gyi snam bem, 174 ta hun gyi snam sbyar, 161 Ta ming Emperor, 256 tantra, 16,21,25-27,211-216,218,230,231, 233,235,240,246,256,258,292-294,301, 436,438,440,441,443,448 Tara,239,249, 299 Taranatha, 22, 24, 217, 225, 231, 447 tathiigatagarbha, 25,217,311 Index tathatii, 28, 199,217,258 tea-pots, 247 ten powers, 210, 212 , tenet system, 1, 26, 216, 293, 307 tenets, 20, 198, 209, 215, 216, 222, 223, 244, 452 term break, 229, 236, 243, 248, 292 ThaI ' gyur ba, 5, 17, 23, See also Svatantrika Thang sag dGa' ldan chos 'khor, 212 Thailg sag monastery, 212 Thang Sher pa, 172 Thang stong rgyal po, 3, 8, 253 The Lives of the Eighty-four Siddhas, 9 The Lord of the Ten Stages, 208, 217 Theg chen CRoS rje Kun dga' bkra shis, 15 thesis of one's own system, 230 Thogs med bzang po dpal, 87, 100,207,214, 215,290,298 three appearances, 259 Three Collections ofSacred Writings, 247 three qualities of a teacher, 232, 235 three stages, 214 three vehicles, 244 three monasteries, 246 three (monasteries) GIang, Grag and Sher, 227 thugs dam thugs dam la bzhugs pa, 149 thugs dam chag, 113 thugs dam gyi gtso bo, 168 thugs dam gyi rim pa rnams, 187 thugs dam la bzhugs, 151 thugs dam la 'dogs par, 150 thugs dam mdzad pa, 143 thugs dam rtse gcig tu, 169 thugs dam slod, 149 thugs dam zab rna, 70 Thu'u bkwan, 228, 455 ti se, 147,240 Tilopa, 200, 215, 264 time of great obstacles, 252 Tirthika(s), 10, 11, 111,219,220 trailblazer, 21, 231, 298 475 transferring (of consciousness), 199 Treasure ofReasoning, 30,31 Treasury ofManifest Knowledge, 228 tripi/aka, 203,205,216,225,247 tsha gral, 155, 157,244 Tsha rong, 32 Tshad ma, 19, 24, 29-31, 34, 86, 89,205,207, 208,212,229,248,267,274,290,301,455 Tsha1 Gung thang, 28, 229, 241, 246 Tshig gsa/, 95,211,213,315,449 tshogs kyi 'khor la, 239 Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa , vii, xi, 1-3, 5-8,10, 11, 13-21,23,24,27,29-34,38,52, 77,83,92,202-211,213,215-217,221,222, 225,226,228,229,228-231,234-238,240, 243-248, 251, 254-256, 289-302, 315, 445, 449,452,455 810 bzang grags pa (Skt. Sumatikirti), 202 Blo bzang grags pa (offering a mru;tQala), 247 B10 bzang grags pa (holder ofthe bKa' bzhi pa title), 204 dMigs brtse rna praise of Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa, 77, 209, 298. See also dmigs brtse rna followers of the teachings of Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa, 234 Red mda' ba's disciple Tsong kha pa Blo bzang grags pa, 18 tantric teacher of Tsong kha pa B10 bzang grags pa, 205 [B10 bzang grags pal along with about 300 disciples, 243 Tsang kha pa'i rnam thar chen rna, 16,203, 207,209, 213,Q26,248, 251, 449 10 twelve deeds, 10, 203 twelve links, 237, 243 Two Handsful ofFlowers, 213 Two Highest masters in the Vinaya, 220 two stages, 198,214,235,237,304,442,448 Tu~ita, Index 476 two truths, 21, 197, 202, 211, 229, 230, 304, 437 Udraka, 205, 223 ultimate truth, 199,216,229,230,259-261 unborn, 199,258 Unit ofTen (Commentaries), 228 upiidhyiiya, 210 upadhyaya dPalldan Red mda' pa gZhon nu blo gros, 210 Upagupta, 199,211 Upali, 197,203,211 upiisaka, 206 upasa~ad~ 210,211,247,253,290,296 upaviisa, 206,232,290 Upper Vinaya lineage, 210 'U yug lha btsun, 124,228 'U yug pa Rigs pa'i seng ge, 29, 207 Vai4iirya ser po, 16 Vajradhara, 199,203,215,261 Vajrakumara, 213, 292 vajrapiida, 214 Vajrapfu;li, 205, 228, 239, 264 Vajriivali, 213 Vajrayana, 1,213,227,235,251,257,284 valid cognition, 29, 35, 207, 218, 221, 228, 290, 441 var~ii, 210,234,247 Vasubandhu, 10,206,212,215,220 Verses on the Disadvantages ofDesire, 48 vidyadhara(s), 215, 227, 235, 237, 239 Vidyiikokila, 215, 231 view and conduct, 1,6, 197,204,206,298 view of emptiness, 230, 243 view of Madhyamaka, 231 vihiira, 247 vijfiiina, 199,208,258 Vijnapti philosophy, 24 Vimalaprabhii, 25,26,217,218,302 Virpiatyiilokii, 209, 291 Vimuktisena, 209, 212, 215 Vinaya, 3, 34, 203, 210, 211, 210, 212, 220, 222,225,228,229,232,234,243,247,253, 267,290,294,301,435,443,444,448 Vinayasiitra; 207, 210, 229, 228, 290 Vinayasiitratika, 210 virtue, 39, 79,201,225,254,258,262,266 vision(s), 216, 220, 222, 231, 238-241, 250, 299,441 vow(s), 10, 198,200,205,206,207,210,215, 220,222,226,232-235,237,243,253,264, 290,291,438,446 vyakta, 217 vyiipti, 217 Wheel(s) of Dharma, 10, 11, 198, 199, 224, 244,246,247,251,255-257,260,262 wheel of meditation, 237 wisdom, vii, 198, 199,201-203,206-211,217, 221,223,228,229,231,232,240,255,257, 260,262,435-438,440,441,443,446 woman, 11,206,246,248,299 word(s) of the Buddha, 220, 244, 249 wrong views, 11, 198,215,219,238,224,239, 244,448 Yamantaka, 215, 442, 448 yan lag, 78,99, 101, 131, 137, 141, 142, 152, 157,198,214 Ye shes rgyal mtshan, Tshe mchog gling Yongs 'dzin, 1,41,42,44,46-48,84,86,92,96-98, 100-103, 119, 124, 125, 131, 134, 138, 140, 141,160,180, 186, 187,206,207,210,211, 215,216,222,226,234,237,253,257,317, 456 yidam, 70, 122, 142, 173, 193,203,214,226, 237,240,253,264,273,455 Yi dam dpal, 122, 173, 193, 226, 253, 264 yid ches 'bras rtags, 115,222 yig cha, 6, 18, 33, 95, 99, 207, 211, 213, 229, 291,300,301,443 yoga, 26,27,203,209,213,218,227,233-235, 237,238,240,260,435,448 Yogacara [Svatantrika] Madhyamika, 230 yogeivara, 240 Index yogi, 1,3,217,222,225,234,237,298 yogic discipline, 198,238 yon bdag, 169, 174,254 yon bdag mo, 174, 254 Yon tan rgya mtsho, 124,211,228,234,255, 276,288,295 Yon tan rgyal, 121, 193,211, 225, 264, 275, 284 Yon tan shes rab, 34 Yon (tan) rin (chen), 265 yongs grags kyi mkhas pa bcu gcig, 15 Yukti~a~tika, 246 Yuvaraja, 208 zab mo Ita ba'i brgyud pa, 215 Zhalu, 28, 194,254,265,445,454 Zha lu ba, 109,219 zhabs brtan, 157, 185,245,295,435 zhabs dbang, 157, 158,245 Zhal gdams, 46,48, l31, l34, 140, 141, 186, 187,260,261,318,455 zhang bion, 124, 173,253 Zhang Kun spangs pa, 254, 256 Zhang Thang sag pa Ye shes byung gnas, 212 Zla ba rgyal mtshan, 22, 23, 162,210,248 Zongkar Choede, 254 477 Examples of Red mda' ba 'i mam thar ngo mtshar rmad byung, Manuscripts A and B Facsimiles of Red mda' ba'i rnam thar ngo mtshar rmad byung, Manuscript A (TBRC Code WICZ1885) fats. 44a-45a ":... ;}fE:~(·~' • :.::: - ~ - 44a -,,': •• ~7>' .- .~~."" ';. ~- )U~~\C.~\~"~~"""'\.9'w:t~~a....%':'\. . .~,-'~'-. . . ........ . ~r:: 'f:-> .:~ ~ = .. ' "" '" •.... ' . ' , "" ___ -",,;;;,. ~ ;::;".' _ '" :::">._~ Jl~" ~\.1.\.5\o..l.t',:\(~lC)lCU~\<,\lO\~~~~~G\')<'\\"'>~»~u.~u..... ~a~Ci\~\~~~~~C\\, GJ. ,,~~\.\:~n ~\Ol\~<»"-W"(, - " . .'. ,..-.....,44b ~~~~~\~O"'\~~-O?CiR'~ "~~'I-~\~~\=",~,~",,- ~--~''''''~~~''''''''''~,,"~~'<I- ~~'''. a~~~~:;w ~w~"<r~'~~"1~\<;~'~~ r~ :~~~~~~~~~"~~~( ~'~~ ."-\.~·(ct~\C4\~~~,~~ ~"-\~~~"" _~~~~~~~, ~~~o.~ )"''-. .... .!~"tU(,~~~Cl\~<u'l~\'~~ C\~(~~.~~\~",~ Cl~~\~~~o..\.\CJ.~n,,~~~"'\'<M~~~,,~~~\.uU\\<9~I.4.\U~~~Q\~.t\~~"~(~~~. \'~~\Q~~~'~~\"~~G\i.~~~~:at\.\.~~u~'--'~\\~~~~~¥\'O'\l\l~\~Q\\!.<:~~~~~\U~~~t~<i4Ulol~~§~~\l~~rtt~~~\ fi\~U."'tU.\.Q.til\\.cU\~..-u....... ~.~\~QO""~~C9~Cl~\' ~'i'..!...0\~~n..<$,.~~~~'~~\"cq,c:t\~~~\~\ &<il~CI.4.\~\('~~~~r.(~",~~<\"~~\ 'M~ :,cc.l~i.C\.~~",,-~~~~\~c..~\.~~~v..~'-L~u.r~\...~\~~~~\.~~~cU.~<;n.\. ~i.U~\U\~~ut~ ·~~?'d"~~~U~~~~E...')<...~\q; ' . . .~. • .0.•••• : ' . . . ..o! .:'i.','" ',.:'''. .. ~. :: ~~x. !r>~ .,.:--.,., . ~ ~ Co '", "< Co ..::i c.2, nl ..... co . , .,~ t~ -; l' ~( t~t~( ~\\)~)~ l~ t'~~\~(! 9i~~' :fa if J ,- ~ a 6)? / ~\ j ~ dG"rv,,'" ' ~. , "6'f~t< fi{ co~ 6' \; ) 'd ~ ~ C(! t~ u: id l §.J0~·~%" t §11 j~ ~.~ 4-~'~' ..c co ".. 1 ~ 0f~ .q'dt1fbf~ ! ~ . ~ .~ ~f~ . )~ r~t ~.~~.1 ~ ~l¥ 5 rD J~h ~. ?~~ ~/ '6' .I ~I~[,t,/ ~iltj t B d ~ rrr:~~J, t ~ ~ ~ s~~ ~ a~ nf ~n 5[t ~i , I. ~,? r} fA 4 ~(,g ~' ~ r j~ ~ v ~~ ~I~"l Ht./~ ~:q " 1~ >i ',r q~~r~f I, q,Ht~~n r ' 'r ,~}~, Jj? 'f :r1l , .'; ~~~~'~~A -1: tr~ J)~ ,Jc f t~~~t6 J J~ H~ ~A t ~ ~~JI(~'! ~'~ t ' { .It'?J' ,W ": fsd1!i~ ~i}~ (! . ',~ . '(i t.6:rtl~l r ),~,g ,I . f .{ ~s ~3 ¥ ? ~ ~ JI'\ ,~ct r ~(~~J ~' ? ~IJt A~~"' ~ ~'~ ~ j ~. ~~ . (a J ;(I~ g ~ ~.I'::~J(6". r~a ,~'~s9 \s<vf (I I %W?~ ~~ ~I~ ,5),<:( r n ., ~. ~ ~ ~ tr:~/ ~ ~ ~ l~ ~G~f,~~ i:~E-Y.,f~' ~ f..f t (~(ff '<', i ~ G~t~.r ~ VIflf;[ II ~ ~~ SV~ ~~~10~'i~ ~I 'f("1. ~t ~ sf l. " ~!, , qP~?t atJj~Jt ~l/) ~ if' ~6 ~ ~ &':(~~'\~ d)1 li~ ~,C{od g6<' ... 1 .I,; ~, ~ H{f~~ ~ ~ \~GI~1:JJ~\~ ~~.~~ ~j, " '~r( irn ~ >\)d ~t ~ ~ :' d,~ r ~\O)~",\' }~ ~ .1~1~.1 r.~ r} J[OJ t 1 J1 ~~ t~}J~ I U ~ ~~ .Jltf~ (~~ au, J ,Hdt"~ vf rJJ~~d(~(~if 1\) t Gt ~.L,~o~1.?~ . ~vr iJ ~ • ~~\r .~ d~ ~ n9 f ~ )r~ ~(~§~ H~(~'~')\"~ (~ll~1))t ~J~ ~ > '4 ~.~. ~ ~ ~ ~ if' ~ (1' t ~ D~ ~t ; ~. 4}~(} t- ~ )'G" 1 . fr~;~l~ i ti:~ ~~~ , t. ;{, &&~:r~;~.~'0 ~J~r:lr&' , r~ 5 IV(s{)ir f~ G ' ~ ~ ?'a Jr ~q:"t~'~ ~ u ~'op~q s' ~ ~, ~ J~f~ g. '~~ ~§, kr ~ " wi c( h (%!f1 ;~ r ~ ~~ r"lJ1(f4 . Jt~d (~1Jft ~.-, ~ ", [~'\ ~!7 V f~ ~l 6(~ ':<-';J~~A;id ", # ;;( ~~~ tf, ' .'';~p r~ 'H ''1 ~ ., -!; d .~ q I~~ Q iJ.. J- '~'~1V1 .~ J.! ~ (~i"~~ ~ ttr1 .!J ijJI~~ '~ra {./rPf J~~~D~ J~ ~ t "tlli" ~'~' ,<a 2--, ~ 1J~r,4 . .~.._~".J,J'<:. ~."r;... . nl ('l' ,CO ?1. r ~ ~~ ~.' L 4~1. ; J~J r ; rc(f .~. . y1'~ Ft 1~?J~ ~) (} ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ j~~1' t~ ~j ~f d ) ~~~ t '~1-'.. ~W ~" ~. {1,t }, ~ J~ j~)f. ~ l' ~ . , ~ r ( ~I~~ ...iL[(~ lf~;) . . vt ~ .~t 7.-~~; ~ Q , , " t~j~[ ~~' ~) '{} f ,~ ?~ ·vi ' n &'~ ~ ~j ~ q~ J ~,"'~ r J~'t vt,lti ~ j .. ~"r~ ' ~ J. ~ .' t~)~· ~K~ 1 ~ft '](ft ~ ~ ' ef,t . .ott~ ~L "",,\~, ,c t'~· ~ r 2~"b 'J~ Facsimiles of Red mda' ba'i rnam thar ngo mtshar rmad byung, Manuscript B (TBRC Code W18649) foIs.O-Jb I I. I '" C'\ ~~'~~~''i",\ ~o:{ :El~r oo.z 78/ (6) \ 1 {~ I it r I ,,~ {f -~ y .--'.:'0 . /~<'\.:'" -.. 2-- ~'\ r ~ ,<: .J i? . _-. ~"\ . ~to1t~\'fa)1t;L'®1''''!2l'P-O,'",\~\,>~'a..\-a\\\\O-l£'~~\~~2Plo\O~*-'\\. ,-r 3.1 '--'I I ~-:..J. ,- ~'.3IZl\n...ol\\~:;;-\~\~HUg,\. ~,«Y:;-. .u~c.s'-4~~~~~cu~:u,Y"\\ ...s.o~l:.!1.\"'2A""u~~t.!~-:b~\\ o..~'''I:1~'c\!?Z.~~\ "':;;-l"U~\ )U~~ta..ot\,(!)U""''''\~ ~~\(~\o.',"~\)\\.2)~\)"''''~ n.... n ... ~'~~\~~\~J.\\\ ~l-!o~U"t,'l2A"~'\">~?\)\P)~~\ ~~\\ ~\u";\,~t£."€"'.!!!)~\U"'O~'u,~")\ o?'\f\~~'''~'wl\30"~\ -n.o.~oC;;-'7"tn,.t.,~)~<::'),u~'!!:J~\S"\ ·~\IIU£....,\a4M\'?lA.'%\[U~~HU\ ~t;\···6a'~~~I-"u"\a1J"~\~'\ _~ala~\~O''7).(,')(,.~\4IU~~' 0M~'~~'o)\'W(OQ~,~~,",\ ~,~,~u\fU'c,\~~~lf""'~~ i -~~~.~-~-- ~-.; ? j ! .1 . . - - I I .- II: I ....'"", ....""" -!:i c2., (f : - ~ ~ , l~rlf :~H :~ KZ (f i ') r~ r~___ ~ ,t ;era!~. : .,(;~~8 :- ' 9 f~ a - f ~:-:~31l" !I~,~;.f ~ ~ 4' :: 1 0'" ~ :t"" r(a~-!~~ ;.. 1 1 .". ~~~t1' __ _ .r 12'('·,' )' (ft " " f ,; ~ ~ ~ ~ , r' f " r~r:f::',;: ~ : l ::- f:- 't ; ~ ! ~ ~ i III ';:1 e r ; ::. ;: i '(' \! \{ _;• . •= )'1 W (:.. - ~ , ~.,~" , •./ f~ :'.:. . ~ (:.. IS ~ ~ • :~ .I~·r~ ~~(~!r;~ &" !,r:(~. t.~,,,-~ . . , \\>\ ~&-~'j; _,,('(,1" f , ' - Ii t::' r ~! ;~:. • :J ~ a ::.-:.- ": a 'lIi~:;f~ , .. r '!'b ~ ' ~(f' .2 (2 .. 'f.~~ ..(' ;...... ... .I'~~!, ~; a " ' I! ;ag:~} ~~~~~(~ r." ~@:' ~ ~ '~ : : '10) v • ; (i .,.~.~-6)" ~ ':l"" \.- ,~ r r' 1;:. ~ ...:"': , • - 'r:- ." ~'~~ J: } , ';! :.. ~i" !;!,Ia~:lQ ; J~ a'P f ,i~l(er~ Ii r, :l • • :.. !I : . ' 1 (' '5 (t~~~~· f.~2~a: ~ - ~ ~ ~ b!;{:r~~ ~ • la > ~ (-ad~''$) ~ :. .1 : ~ ~~(~~a~ c - ~ 6 ,,~ ~ I i\-~~' : .. '": \.t a ~N 11~ f ~ F ~t, ~~?6' , • 1 :;' " ~ ~ - c; a- \'f- Q ' -: / a ~ 'f '6 Ie< , ;. &-- ,0 ~f . < Ji',; fI-'{:i'( J~ 1.< }.- J,-~I ~- !i~ ' ,.. '" ~ ;' I .' If 2 ~_ tf),~ i7J~fj' V 1" ~~ fi?:'~ ~,(cc""~ ! (~ '" 6' • : Jola ','0< ·."@'-' , , / ~ - if'if:;.{·~(c ~ . Jffr.r'I(~ J% ~ @ll~,~ · -/ ~ t~-If, ~; r;; ~,'If!§'('~,.I~ ;". a; (c r ~"lll~-~ • lI' .1 r ~ . ~. j,:i:. ~ h .... Ii ~ l' ~ ; )1 (i . ~ ~I ::. ~ ,. : :;..:.. (/ 6' "rr""ieI~ (~.--I::' f - - /' 1 ~ ~'Jil~il' • (:;'I'~i" -a' ::: ~ (r 11 ~ r{ (~ l; ft ~ " ra ~ f f r ~ .. ~f~(~f!?~ ~~!(i~1} : ,.. '" (!.. I ; I:;' r;l'a }- ,. ~I ~ fff~lf'11 Gi r 'f 1~ - i'~ "$'Urt"r. t :: I; ~ ." , - 0 ~ ;{ t ~~ :. @ - , 2 • &I ~I~~~l i ' ~ a ~ ~i ,~5 ~ I {(( - I,:" 'f ~"a;lfi'~ , -; i:, 'l'la ' ~ ~ If 1'" i ' ; i iO'!i§;1J) . ~ (0 ~ r. (8 ! 1 •. ,,: rl~t1i*f .. ~ . . J/. \. .. ~, :- j. ; 111 } ~j r (.- 'f I, r.df ~ 1°2,{0,:r " ~?....-. iN "I)~ ~ ~ ''''''-;- .;;- . §'i~ (2•... ('.. J! 'f~{~ . , ' '!'l : . ! 2 ~ ~ :1!lElIi 1\• ~.(' ~1 '-i'fJ' 4 ~! aa (~ .. i ~ • il ~ T:~f.(· r .' i !) . !l f ~ ~ :,.~;..r p~~&i ~, ilJ <f4 .. f~ rn . ~ ~ t •~,~i . .~ ji' J'• r&i(t r f .' - .j ~ '! g.. iq..lf~ . f i ~'-: ~.' '[n.··.~ f~ 'me{': G~ !~(f ,'. \. i . { ~ .' ' ~!.ir. 'I• •h ,=-~ ~? '-f' ~L .~ ~(r~t r ~ :~y1 •. ~ ; l' : c c ~ m~ ~ ~ i '0' ~ . ~ : {f ~ df - . rf- ,! (;I ! rr i 1 ~ if } · f 'I 0) ~ ,~ 'f.l ~ ; c,~ (~".gI) r 'f" f:,r'5 I:; ~ J:( ; • - (a n - ~ ,'7 ;.1 ~'~ "'i , ~' ..t' (;0('r ; (~ (5' ~ :;.. _ ~ ; f0 -;~ \ly''1 . ~ 'I ~ :''; I .\ .~~I C-. 4 1 .: ~ ~-~~...·~'i;.~4"1--~ ~. r·.·) V) ~